ais
Telctos 1
*
a ome abe ee
——-
-—- ete ms aes + ew
oes “es
oe Seer et gad ele ees
eee aed
een te od far te be eae 9
se
sh on)
+
iitbete
erty
a
EY Ee me oo. wr
ee aed pg tag ag a 2 a a9 Ce San Se ee ane ee ae eo ant Pe ae 20 ay em OO
RE I PR Coe tater aatedicha amine
ud ‘ 4.4 qnt
< in rie
ae
“
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
PROCEEDINGS
VOLUME |
EDITED BY
D. H. KENT
Victoria Regia
2 EN CUMTAAAOT
Floreat Flora
1954-55
Printed for the Society by T. Buncle & Co. Ltd., Market Place, Arbroath, Angus
S ty tous Boo
DoS UU UD
70,
93, 298, 419,
. 428,
430, 436, 445, 449,
452, 453,
455,
4517, 458, 459, 460 484, 505,
572,
line i6:
line 23: line 7: line 1:
line 19: line 41: line 23: line 12:
line 20
line 2
After line 20: insert 99, DUNBARTON.
SehOT (AS at oa: line 18: line 30: line 25: line 32: line 39:
PROCEEDINGS B.S.B.I., VOL. I
ERRATA
For Sharpness Docks, Bristol (v.c. 34) Gloucester (v.c. 34).
For GLENDENNING redd GLENDINNING.
For Filipendula ulmariia read Filipendula ulmaria.
For 1928 read 1938: For Wein read Wien
line 4 up: For 1953 read 1948.
For 1930 read 1925. For 1944 read 1934. For 1946 read 1942. For 1912 read 1946.
: For Weimarch read Weimarck. line 39:
read Sharpness Docks,
For Whitehead, Dr. F. N. read Whitehead, Dr. F. H.
Delete McFarlane, M. Add McFarlane, M. Delete Elliot, Rev. E. A. Add Elliot, Rev. E. A. For Whitehead, F. N. read Whitehead, Dr. F. H.
lines 17-18: For Bradshaw, Miss M. E. read Bradshaw, A. D. line 42: Delete Braid, Prof. K. W.
line 12: For Weimarch read Weimarck. line 15: For Bechnum spicant read Blechnum spicant. line 4: For Whitehead, F. N. read Whitehead, F. H.
line 2.up: Add Prot. T. Ga tui.
DATES OF PUBLICATION
Part:1, Dp. Part 2, pp. Parttic. pp: Part 4, pp.
-120, April 1954.
-286, November 1954. ae
470, July 1955. -584, October 1955.
. read (As at 20th April 1955).
Braid, Prof. K. W.
CONTENTS OF VOL. I
EDITORIAL ses eee see
RECENT WORK ON “THE MANx “FLORA. By D. E. Allen es
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE. By F. N. Hepper ...
PLANT NOTES sae a sa ae
PLANT RECORDS = ae See ae
ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER (V.ce. 33 & 34), 1952
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
REVIEW Ee ae Ass af a we nee oye si aM AA be
OBITUARIES: Margaret Knox (d. 1952); Robert Lloyd Praeger (1865-1953); Francis Rilstone (1881-1953); M. L. Wedgwood a moe :
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME. By S. M. Walters
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX IN WESTERN AND NORTHERN IRELAND. By H. G. Baker
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY. By ‘John. ‘Ounsted .
SCORZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRD. :* J. G. Hawkes and Je 18. IPanjoyar : ae aah eas
MENTHA PRATENSIS SOLE. By J. D. Grose
PLANT NOTES
PLANT RECORDS a
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL, 1953
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 8TH APRIL 1954
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REFORT FOR 1953
OBITUARIES : Sir Roger Curtis (1886-1954); Ralph Howarth (1889-1954); Karl Ronniger (1871-1954) aoe ee aS at bes 5
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM IN. SOUTHERN ENGLAND. By C. T. Prime, O. Buckle and J. D. Lovis ...
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES. By William S. Lacey
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES. By E. S. Edees
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS. By Douglas H. Kent .
CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE. By E. Nelmes
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME: A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION. “TO IRELAND OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL GRID. By D. A. Webb .
PLANT NOTES a Bee
PLANT RECORDS q
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 Ns
SUMMARY OF PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ‘ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 4955
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR 1954 . ee,
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME: FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 3
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954 ...
OBITUARIES: Mrs. Florence Bessie Hassall (1883-1954); P. Senay (1892-1954)
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES .TO MEMBERS ~ : 5 Ane f
List OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 x ae ee a a BS ve
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE (v.c. By F. H. Perring, P. D. Sell and S. M. Walters fu aa Mae fas
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTONSHIRE PLANT RECORDS. By F. H. Perring ...
PAGES
3
5-20) 21-36 37-40 41-69 76 71-82 83-103 104
105-115 116-117 121-130
131-141 142-151
152-153 154-155 156-160) 161-185 186-243 244-253 204-265 266-2738 2T4-275
276 201-278
279-281 282-285
287-296 297-300 301-311 312-313 314-315
316-319 320-324 325-338 339-363 369-378 379-394 395-397 398-405 406-407 408-409 410-4114
412 413-415 416-417 418-451 452-460 461-469
471-481 482-489
A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT. By D. P. Young ...
PLANT NOTES
PLANT RECORDS a ie ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE ... FIELD MEETING, 1953
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
OBITUARIES: Arthur George Gregor (1867-1954); William Robert Sherrin 1885-1954)
_ (1871-1955); William Charles Richard Watson ( PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS x Di LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES ... PANEL OF SPECIALISTS Sos
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
PAGES 490-494 492-494 495-502 903-537 038-541 542-531
202-561 362-566 567-571 572-574
975-584
ae i Be ena
a
PROCEEDIN
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES editor - D. Ho KENT
a}: APRIL 1954 Pr. | CONTENTS PAGE EDITORIAL as aA es aoe Ws ae i ies 3 RECENT WORK ON THE Manx FLORA. By D. E. Allen ... ah i)
‘Frora or Caupry ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE. By F. N. Hepper 21
PuLant NOTES .... hee ih hee ah DAS ale el 37
Piant Recorps. Compiled by E. C. Wallace ... vals pee 4]
ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER (V.cc. 33 and 34), 1952. Communicated by R. B. Abell, C. W. Bannister and
C. C. Townsend as ay Pp oa 70 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Kent a 71 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953... oh mG i aug aoe 83 REVIEW Bee a ae vo se aa a wai) «LOE OBITUARIES... na oe ae ad te eee et Oe LOD
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS aks Le ae te 116
—— PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE
| BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES o/o DeparTMent or Botany, British Muszum (Natura History), Lonpon, S.W.7
Prick TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. Tue Princess Roya
OFFICERS FOR 1953-54
ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MERTING, MARCH 14ruH, 1953
—-—_____
President: Rev. Canon C. KE. Raven
Vice-Presidents: Dr. R. W. Butcher, J. S. L. Gilmour, Prot) 1) °G:2Tatin
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley
Honorary Treasurer E E. L. Swann
Honorary Hdvtor : Dr. E. F. Warburg
Honorary Meetings Secretary 3 Dr. J. G. Dony
COUNCIL (in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e))
Elected March 1950 Hlected April 1952
J. E. Raven Dr DP.” Younus
G. M. Ash V. S. Summerhayes
. EK. B. Bangerter
Elected April 1951 =
BD. Meikle Dr. S. M. Walters
Prof. D. H. Valentine Elected March 1953
Prof. D. A. Webb Dr. J. H. Burnett
Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison R. A. Graham
Dr. R. C. L. Burges D. E. Allen
KH. Milne-Redhead Mrs. A. N. Gibby Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D. H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch Honorary Field Secretary : QO. Buckle
REPRESENTATIVES
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett Wild Plant Conservation Board : H. G. Alston
i
Continued on inside of back cover
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Victoria regia
Sees Se pA RSA ee ES yy eT Uy ee _ = x — x
—<—$—<—<—$—
Floreat Flora
PROCEEDINGS
VOLT PART. 1
EDITOR
Bene KENT
APRIL 1954
Printed for the Society by Te Buncle & Co. Ltd., Market Place, Arbroath, Angus
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES, c/o DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), LONDON S.W.7
PRICE TEN SHILLINGS
EDITORIAL 3
EDITORIAL
It has been decided to replace the Year Book with a new-publication, of which this is the first number. The Proceedings will be published twice a year, and will contain such familiar features as Plant Notes, Plant Records and Abstracts from Literature. Each number will also contain papers of general interest on the British flora and, at times, Reports of Officers, Excursions and Exhibition Meetings, as well as
book reviews and obituaries.
It is hoped to publish in each number something of interest to every member, whether a beginner or a more advanced student of the study of British plants.
Ay: 5° ea: 2 iene i) ge a ml = oS tee oad Cit alt : te Lorne A ‘iw € Sait es me Lage ands eaiot, tell sts STD. a dine 040i diss ‘ioe ‘ Berge § 3
aac ;
NX
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA By D. E. ALLEN
In 1949 the compiling of a full account of the flora of the Isle of Man (v.c. 71) was begun. In the course of this work a con- siderable number of new and interesting records have been ac- cumulated, and since the results of the Society’s Field Meeting (1950) need to be placed on record, this seems a convenient oppor- tunity of bringing them all together in one paper.
A few words about the flora in general might not be inappro- priate. The island is only 227 square miles in extent, and the flora, like that of Ireland, is markedly oceanic in character. It bears the closest resemblance to the flora of the two areas that are the nearest geographically, namely, Wigtownshire and eastern Ulster. Even so, there are ten flowering plants and possibly four mosses that occur in the Isle of Man but not in Ireland. A post-glacial land connection must be supposed to account for the comparative richness of the flora and fauna. There are, however, twenty species of flowering plants which are absent from the island, although they occur in most vice-counties surrounding the Irish Sea. These are: —
Thalictrum flavum Tithospermum officinale Ranunculus auricomus Epipactis helleborine R. trichophyllus Juncus inflexus Arabis hirsuta Scirpus tabernaemontanit (Schoeno- Hypericum maculatum (FH. plectus tabernaemontant) dubium) : Rhynchospora alba Geranium. lucidum Poa nemoralts Euonymus europaeus Festuca gigantea Geum rivale Bromus ramosus (Zerna ramosa) Parnassia palustris Agropyron caninum 5 Vaccinium oxycoccos (Oxycoccus quadripetalus)
These absentees are mainly inhabitants of calcareous soils or woodlands, both of which are conspicuously lacking in the island. Although the flora can be said to have been reasonably well worked in the past (notably by Edward Forbes, G. A. Holt, P. G. Ralfe, J. A. Wheldon and C. I. Paton), virtually no sign of endemism has been detected, contrary to the experience of the zoologists with the insects. The island’s greatest interest to the biologist lies, in fact, in its rdle as the meeting-place of Irish, Scottish and English races of plants and animals, and in reveal-
6 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
ing how far these races are able to co-exist. There are also the problems connected with population fluctuation, survival density and genetic drift, inherent in the study of all such islands. There are no truly Lusitanian species except for a single moth, but the island makes up for this deficiency to some extent by harbouring (mainly in the north-west corner) an interesting series of relics of a “Continental” type of distribution, otherwise confined mainly to the South of England. The reason for this must be that the island’s flora suffered relatively less than that of either Ireland or Britain from the spread of dense forests and blanket-bog earlier post-glacially.
An unfortunate misconception is prevalent in parts of Eng- land that the Isle of Man is a second Blackpool, peopled almost entirely by vast multitudes of holidaymakers. This heresy, com- bined with the prospect of an often arduous seventy-mile sea voyage. has unhappily deflected many botanists whose visits would have made the island’s flora much better known than it is. In order to dispel such illusions, I would recommend a visit to the deserted island in June or September by the excellent and relatively inexpensive air service.
The records which follow are grouped for convenience under four heads : —
I. The Society’s Field Meeting, June 25-July 1, 1950 (for full details see Year Book, 1952, 32-34). This meeting, based on Douglas, was extremely successful and about 65% of the known flora (over 800 species of vascular plants are recorded) was seen. In addition to the daily excursions by coach, Messrs. E. Milne- Redhead and V. S. Summerhayes made a number of evening sorties by car, and stayed on for a few days’ additional collecting after the Meeting had officially ended. Their specimens are deposited in Hb. Kew (K.), while those collected by Miss C. W. Muirhead are in Carlisle Museum (Cl.), by Messrs. P. S. Green and N. D. Simpson in Hb. Univ. Birmingham (B.) and Hb. Simp- son (S.) respectively, and by myself in Hb. Univ. Cambridge (C.).
II. September 1-28, 1951. Based on Douglas, I visited all parts of the island and collected extensively.
III. September 11-25, 1952. A week was spent at Port St. Mary, exploring the south-west corner of the island, and a second week at Douglas. The collections made on this and the previous expedition have been divided: new records for the island have been placed mostly in Hb. Manx Museum, Douglas (M.), and the rest in Hb. Univ. Cambridge (C.).
IV. This includes specimens from Hb. Manx Museum or elsewhere that have been re-determined, hitherto unpublished new records, and corrections to Paton’s List (1933) and its supplements (1934, 1945). Also included are unpublished
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA ji
records kindly communicated to me by Mr. J. R. Bruce, the Hon. Marjorie Cross, Mr. E. F. Ladds, Miss M. Quayle, Mr. G. D. Row- ley, Dr. D. P. Young and, in particular, by Messrs. R. Howarth (the Society’s Local Secretary) and W. 8. Cowin, to both of whom I am deeply indebted for much help and hospitality.
New county records are marked with an asterisk, alien species
with an obelisk. Records new to Comital Flora are marked with §.
6/6. RanuncuLus Lineva L. I. Curraghs near Sandygate. II. Baldwin Reservoir.
6/7. R. ruammura L. I. Very small specimens in dune slack near Rue Point, simulating RF. scoticus EK. S. Marsh. (K.).
t11/1. AguinEcia vutearis L. IV. Tromode Dam (Cowin).
§*22/1. Merconopsis camBrica (L.) Vig. IV. Damp rocks at cliff foot, Port Soderick (Ladds). Evidently native. Not, apparently, mich grown in Manx gardens.
¥31/4. Corypatis tuTEA (L.) DC. II. Old Laxey. IV. Sulby; Glentramman, Lezayre (Howarth).
32/1. Fumarta capreotata L. IV. Arbory, common (Rowley).
32/4. FEF. purpurea Pugsl. JI. Ramsey (K.—all specimens in Hb. Kew det. N. Y. Sandwith).
32/9. HK. sasrarpr Bor. I. Cornfield near Sandygate (K.). Dog- mills (K.). (IT. Port. St. Mary.
30/1. Rorippa NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Hayek. I. 8 localities (K., det. H. K. Airy Shaw). Seen since in 13 other localities, mainly near the coast.
30/1. X1(2). R. x srerintis Airy Shaw. I-III. Collected in 9 locali- ties (K., M., C., det. H. K. Airy Shaw). The other parent, R. micro- phylla (Boenn.) Hyl., has not yet been detected, curiously enough. The hybrid grows in native habitats and does not appear to be a relic of cultivation.
§*35/2. R. synvestris (L.) Bess. II. Clypse Reservoir, first found by W. S. Cowin (M.).
742/10. Losurarra maritima (L.) Desv. III. Gansey dump.
45/5. CocHLEARIA anetica L. IV. Paton’s specimens from Scar- lett (M.) belong to the northern race.
t47/2. Hesperts MatRonatis L. I. Corrany (K.). II. Ballig. Near Foxdale. IV. Kirkbride, 1931 (Hon. Marjorie Cross).
748/1. Maxcormra maritima (L.) R.Br. IV. Railway track, Peel, 1937 (Hb. Young).
149/6b. SIsYMBRIUM OFFICINALE var. LEIOCARPUM DC. I. Dump, Langness. III. Gansey dump.
49/8. ALLIARIA PETIOLATA (Bieb.) Cavara & Grande. III. Glen Down,
found earlier independently by W. S. Cowin. Extremely rare: first record for fifty years.
8 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
54(2)/1. RHYNCHOSINAPIS MONENSIS (L.) Dandy. I, II. Still in two places on Ramsey Mooragh, where Ray found it in 1660, but threatened by building projects.
§*+55/2. DripLroraxis muRALis (L.) DC. II. Casual on premises of kipper factory, Peel (M.).
§*+60/1. Coronopus pipymus (L.) Sm. I. Dump, Langness (K.).
+61/5. .Lepiprum caMpEsSTRE (L.) R.Br. I. Dogmills (K.). Only one reliable previous record, the older authors including LD. smithu under this name.
+76/3. RapistRuM Rucosum (L.) All. J. Near Eairy (K., S., Cl.).
87/1. HELianrHEMUM geuTTatumM (L.) Mill. IV. Dickson’s plant labelled ‘‘ Isle of Man ”’ and circulated in 1797 has been hitherto ex- plained away as a misinterpretation of ‘‘ Mona ’’, intended to denote Anglesey. However, M. C. F. Proctor has drawn attention to the fact that Dickson’s specimens represent a form quite unlike the Holyhead subsp. breweri (Planch.)Hook. f. and more like the Channel Isles form. The sandy heathland near Ballaugh is a very likely locality, though the species is presumably now extinct. It is interesting to recall that the Cistus Forester (Procris geryon (Huebn.)), which is supposed to feed exclusively on Helianthemum (and no other species of the genus has been recorded in the island), was taken at Archallagan in 1939.
88/4. VIoLA RIVINIANA Reichb. subsp. rtvintana. II. Maughold (C., det. S. M. Walters). Probably common.
*Subsp. mrinorn (Murb.) Valentine. II. Cliff-top turf, Banks Howe, flowering regularly every September (det. D. H. Valentine). Probably frequent on cliffs all round the coast.
§*88/7. V. uactea Sm. IV. Groudle, 1883, G. A. Holt (M., conf. S. M. Walters). Technically an N.C.R., all previous records (accepted by Paton) being errors for V. canina L. em. Reichb.
88/34. V. TRIcoLOR subsp. curTisi (EK. Forst.) Syme. IV. Ballaugh, 1878, G. A. Holt (M.). This is the true, small-, yellow-flowered plant, apparently endemic to the British Isles. Most, if not all, of the other Manx records belong to V. tricolor L. subsp. tricolor. There is no evidence of the very distinct, long-spurred, purple-flowered plant of the Lanca- shire coast.
§*102/6. ARENARIA LEPTOCLADOS (Reichb.) Guss. III. Wall by sea, Kentraugh, a single specimen (M.).
103/2. Saq@rna suBuLaTa (Sw.) C. Presl. I. Near Point of Ayre (S., Cl.). II. The Chasms (M_.).
103/7., SS; omaATA “fro ii. ear Mooragh (M.).
109/1. Montra rontana L. (det. S. M. Walters).
*Subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) S. ae Walters. IV. Douglas, 1888 C. R. Billups (Hb. Univ. Coll. Leic.).
*Subsp. INTERMEDIA (Beeby) S. M. Walters. IV. South Barrule Re- servoir, 1947, C. I. Paton (M.).
Subsp. vartantnis 8. M. Walters. The common form in the island, collected from 12 localities (C., Cl., K., M., S.).
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 9
4123/81. Tia corpata X T. pLATypHyLLos. III. Planted, Port Soderick Station (M.).
128/3. Eroprum ctcutarium (L.) L’Hérit. subsp. cicurartum. III. Langness (M., C., det. E. F. Warburg).
*Subsp. DUNENSE Andreas. I. Langness (K., det. N. Y. Sandwith). III. N.W. end of Langness, with subsp. cicutariwm (M., det. E. F. War- burg).
128/3c. KE. GLuTINosum Dum. I. Dunes near Rue Point. Pre- viously recorded by J. A. & H. J. Wheldon (det. C. E. Salmon).
4132/2c. OxALIs cORNICULATA var. MINOR Lange. IV. Peel, 1937 (Hb. Young).
4132/8. O. artTicuULATA var. HIRSUTA Prog. Much grown in Manx gardens, often escaping (det. D. P. Young).
§*+154/4. Metitorus inpica (L.) All. III. Sand-pit, St. Johns (M.).
155/11. Trirotrum striatum L. I. Derby Haven and Langness (K.), a densely velutinous form, the nearest approach to which is repre- sented by Cornish specimens (N. Y. Sandwith).
166/3. AstTRAGALUS DANIcUS Retz. I. Sand hillock at mouth of R. Killane (Howarth). Now known from 9 localities round the coast. Very rare in Ireland.
§*+173/1. ONoBRYCHIS VICIIFOLIA Scop. IV. Ballasalla, c. 1880, Mrs. W. Kermode (M.).
7183/4. Prunus cerasus L. III. Fleshwick Glen, naturalised (C.). All previous records are errors for P. avium (L.) L., except probably those by Whellan (1948).
185. Rusus (det. W. Watson, except where stated):
R. nemoratis P. J. Muell. IV. Ohio, Andreas, 1931, C. I. Paton (M.).
R. prrrons Vest. ex Tratt. IV. Douglas, 1866, T. Talbot (M.).
R. PYRAMIDALIS Kalt. I. Rushen Abbey (det. N. D. Simpson & C. W. Muirhead).
R. POoLYANTHEMOS Lindeb. IV. Richmond Hill; Douglas, 1866, T. Talbot (M.).
R. ERRABUNDUS W. Wats. IV. Groudle, 1865, T. Talbot (M.).
*R. notunpatus P. J. Muell. ex Genev. II. Cliff foot, Port Gar- wick (M.).
*R. HEBECAULIS Sudre. II. Hedge of Dhoon Glen (M.).
*R. HytocHaris W. Wats. II. Cliff foot, Port Garwick (M.). Groudle Glen. IV. Laxey, 1930, C. I. Paton (M.).
*R. wouLEy-popir (Sudre) W. Wats. II. A few bushes on cliff, Onchan Harbour (M.).
R. carstus L. II. Peel (M.).
4188/4. FRaGARIA X ANANASSA Duchesne. Ili. Port St. Mary. Gansey dump. Railway bank, St. Johns.
190(2)/2. APpHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. I. Near Rue Point, and Glen Maye (K., det. S. M. Walters). Ballaglass Glen. III. Gorse heath near Cregneish. Fistard. IV. Jurby, 1930, C. I. Paton (M.). Still no evidence of A. arvensis L.
194/6. Rosa cantna L. IV. Rare (Rowley).
10 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
194/20. R. sHerarpI Davies. IV. Common (Rowley).
194/21. R. virtosa L. IV. Common (Rowley).
(A number of roses collected still await determination.)
§*+195/9. Sorpus mnTeERMEDIA (Ehrh.) Pers. III. Naturalised in Dhoon and Crogga Glens (M.).
§*4195/13. S. arta (L.) Crantz. I. Hillside above Ramsey. Junc- tion of rivers Glas and Baldwin (K.). Il. Hedges between Ballacottier and Onchan (C., conf. E. F. Warburg). IV. Ballure Glen, 1948, J. J. Gill (M.).
196/1ce. CrRATAEGUS MONOGYNA var. LAcINIATA Dippel. I. Glen Maye (S.). According to Moss (1913) this is the common form of upland woods in the Peak District.
§*+197/2. CoToNEASTER MIcRoPHYLLUS Wall. ex. Lindl. I. Near Eairy (S., Cl.).
§*+197/3. C. smmonstr Baker. I. Scrubby ground near Eairy (S.). II. Lead-mine debris, Eairy.
*+199/25b. SAXIFRAGA HIRSUTA var. DENTATA (Haw.) Pugsl. I. Near Eairy (S., det. N. D. Simpson). A garden escape.
4207/2. Rises nigrum L. III. St. Johns, an escape. IV. Listed (without data) by Gasking (1889).
§211/1. SepumM TELEPHIUM * subsp. FABARIA Schinz. & Keller. II. Ditch-bank, Pulrose.
¥211/1(2). S. spurtum Bieb. I. Among rocks on beach, Scarlett (K:):
216/3. MyrRIopHYLLUM VERTICILLATUM L. IIT. Flooded pit near sea, Kentraugh (M.). Only previous record rather dubious.
217/5. CALLITRICHE INTERMEDIA subsp. HAMULATA (Koch) Clapham. Frequent in peaty or brackish water (S., B., M.).
Subsp. pEpuNcuLata (DC.) Syme. II, III. Locally abundant in richly- sedimented, non-acid pools that dry up in summer, e.g., ponds near Ballawhane, Andreas (M.).
220. Eprtosrum (det. G. M. Ash):
§*220/7. E. opscurum Schreb. IV. This is certainly the common species, and not (as Paton thought) E. adnatum Griseb., the existence of ight in fact, doubtful. Bracket E. adnatum (E. tetragonum L.) in C.F.
220/7. x4. E. opscurum x E. parvirtortm. III. Port Soderick (M.).
220/7. x14. E. opscurum x E. patustre. I. Cliff marsh, Niarbyl (K.).
§*220/8. E. rosrum Schreb. J. Rushen Abbey (K.). IL. Quarry near Douglas Head (M.).
+224/1. FwucCHSIA MAGELLANICA var. RICCARTONI (Lebas) L. H. Bailey. Widely naturalised in hedges (S., Hb. Young).
261/1. ANTHRISCcUS syLvEsTRIs (L.) Hoffm. I. By R. Glas near Baldwin (K.). Very rare in the island, all specimens in Hb. Manx National Museum belonging to the northern race.
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA lal:
265/3. OENANTHE cRocatTa L. Il. A colony of uniformly dwarf plants (under 30 cm.) with small, close inflorescences and small leaves, in marsh on sand cliff, Ramsey Mooragh (C.).
304/1. WVALERIANELLA LOCUSTA (L.) Betcke. I. Dunes near Rue Point (S.), the same dwarf, stemless form that grows on the Lancashire dunes and apparently also (Hart, 1881) on the Donegal coast.
+318/9. AstER puniceus L. II. Naturalised by R. Greeba near Northop Farm, and by R. Neb at Ballig (C., M., det. T. G. Tutin).
353/1. Brpens ceRNua L. II. Nappin pond, near Jurby. Only previous record vague and unlocalised.
393/2c. ARCTIUM MINUS subsp. PUBENS (Bab.) Arenes. This is the predominant, if not the only, subspecies in the island.
396/9b. CrRsIUM PALUSTRE var. FEROX Druce. IV. Unlocalised specimen collected c. 1866, T. Talbot (M. as Carduus lanceolatus). Sulby, 1928, C. I. Paton (M.).
405/8. CENTAUREA NIGRA L. subsp. nieRA (C. obscura Jord.) is pre- dominant in the wetter central region, subsp. nemoralis (Jord.) Gugl. on the drier northern and southern plains.
411/1b. Lapsana communis f. HiRsuTA (Peterm.) Hegi (var. glandu- losa Freyn). I. Scarlett quarry (S.).
§*+416/10. CrepiIs VESICARIA subsp. TARAxACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. I. Widespread, hitherto overlooked: even among marram on the re- mote Ayre dunes (S.).
419. Hzeractum (det. P. D. Sell & ©. West). The great scarcity of this genus (except for H. pilosella L.) is as remarkable as it is consol- ing. After years of botanising in all parts of the island J. A. Whel- don had seen not a sign of even a single specimen. The following five have, however, been found, each confined to a single station:
[H. Bpeepyanum Pugsl. III. Abundant on rocks above Dhoon beach (C.). Specimens from this locality were sent by Paton (in litt., 1947) to Hb. Mus. Brit., but have been mislaid. Almost certainly this species, but awaits confirmation pending the collection of less advanced material. The only other possibility is H. schmidti Tausch; either would be new. | ;
*H. vuteatum (Fr.) Almq. II. Neb bridge, Ballig (C.), pointed out by W. S. Cowin.
H. umpetrtatum L. IV. Cregneish, 1897, C. Roeder (M.).
H. vacum Jord. II. Abundant on cliffs above Old Laxey (C.). Not in Ireland.
*H. pirapont Pugs. III. Spooyt-vane, Glen Mooar (C.), earlier recorded here by Garner (1878) as H. sylvaticum.
§*421/3. HypocHoERIs GLABRA L. III. Sandy heath near Orrisdale, with Filago minima, Viola tricolor, etc. (M.). Very rare in Ireland.
493/—. Taraxacum LAEvIeATuUM (Willd.) DC. The following biotypes are the only ones so far found. Specimens of the first three are in Hb. Mus. Brit., awaiting determination by Prof. J. L. van Soest:
12 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
A. J. Abundant on Ayre dunes near Rue Point (C.). A very distinct, late-flowering biotype with dark purple cypselas, found also on the Southport and Sandscale dunes.
B. IV. Wall at the Lhen (Howarth).
C. JI, Ill. Langness Links—T. fulvum Raunk. or an allied form.
D. Il. Douglas Head and Onchan Head, single specimens only.
427/3. SoncHus ASPER (L.) Hill. Apparently native on the Ayre dunes and on beaches and low cliffs on the south-west coast.
427/4. S. oteraceus L. Frequent as a native round most of the coastline on damp cliff-ledges, shingle, blown sand.
~428/1. TRracopocon porRiFoLivus L. I. Roadsides near Jurby (K.), pointed out by R. Howarth.
$428/2b. T. PRATENSIS subsp. miNoR (Mill.) Rouy. I. Ramsey Mooragh. There is only one previous record, and the species must be considered adventive.
$442/1. Prernerrya mucronata (L. f.) Lindl. I, IJ. Naturalised in bog above Onchan Harbour (Cl.).
7452/1. RuopopENDRON ponTicum L. III. Naturalised and self- sown in Crogga Glen.
§*453/3. Pyro~a minoR L. IV. Near Spanish Head, 1930, Miss Everton (per Hon. Marjorie Cross). There is some very likely ground in this locality, but I failed to find it after a careful search in 1952.
468/1. CrentuNcuLus minimus L. IJ. Douglas Head (M.). Banks Mowe. Ballakinnag dubb, Smeale. First records for a century.
+472/2. LigustrRuM OVALIFoLIuM Hassk. IV. Paton’s specimen and doubtless many of his records belong to this species and not to L. vulgare L., which is planted in hedges less often.
+473/1. Vinca mason L. IV. An escape on roadsides, first recorded by Garner (1878).
+474/2. Buppiesa pAavipmt Franch. Widely naturalised, especially in the Neb Valley near Glen Helen.
478/2. x1. CENTAURIUM LITTORALE X C. minus. I. Rocks, Port Cornah (det. J. S. L. Gilmour, ‘‘almost certainly’’). There is one pre- vious unlocalised record for C. littorale, which is very rare in Ireland.
480/9. GENTIANELLA CAMPESTRIS (L.) H. Sm. IJ. Abundant on lead- mine debris, Eairy and Foxdale (C.), pointed out by R. Howarth. IV. Near Peel, 1937 (Hb. Young). There are three other old records; two of these are for sand dune localities and suggest G. baltica (Murb.) H. Sm., but attempts at rediscovery have so far failed.
+497/4. SympHyTuM PEREGRINUM Ledeb. I. Glen Mona hotel (K.).
506/1c(2). MyosoTis SCORPIOIDES var. REICHENBACHIANA (Dum.) Wade. I. Eairy (K., det. A. E. Wade).
506/10e. M. piscoLor var. MULTICAULIS (Bosch) Wade. I. Near det. A. E. Wade).
506/10d. M. piscotor var. pupra (Arrond.) Wade. I. Dogmills (K., Point of Ayre (K., det. A. E. Wade).
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 13
511/1. Carystreeia sepium (L.) R.Br. Native on beaches and stream banks, mostly in the south-west, rarely introduced.
4511/2. C. sytvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. Frequent, but nearly always close to gardens. Grown in Manx gardens since 1866 or earlier.
4520/2. Lycrum HaAtimirotium Mill. I, III. Escape in several places in the south-west.
§*+521/1. ATROPA BELLA-DONNA L. IV. Mouth of R. Killane, one plant, c. 19385 (Howarth).
§*+532/3. LinaRta REPENS (L.) Mill. III. Fistard. IV. Common garden weed, Port Erin (Bruce). The Lhag shore, S. of Dalby, 1952 (Howarth). Possibly native in this last station.
+537 /2. Mimutus moscHatus Doug]. ex Lindl. III. Garden weed, Sulby (Miss Quayle: M.).
*543/8. VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AguaTica L. IV. Ramsey, 1923-26, C. I. Paton (M., det. J. H. Burnett). First record for the segregate.
543/8. x9. V. ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA X V. CATENATA. II. Stream W. of Castletown (det. J. H. Burnett). The hybrid being sterile, V. catenata promises to be a forthcoming N.C.R.
545/3. HuPHRASIA BREVIPILA Burnat & Gremli. I. Hairy (S.). Bal- laugh Curragh (K., S., B., det. N. D. Simpson). III. Fields between Cregneish and Calf Sound (det. E. F. Warburg).
545/9. E. curta (Fr.) Wettst. I. Smeale (K., det. J. P. M. Brenan). Near Eairy (S., det. N. D. Simpson). IJ. Ballacain dubbs, Jurby (M., det. E. F. Warburg).
545/10. E. occrpentatis Wettst. I. Langness Links (S., M., det. Brenan, Simpson, Warburg). Glen Maye; dunes near Rue Point; Ramsey Mooragh (all det. N. D. Simpson). III. Calf Sound; Banks Howe and Onchan Head, var. calvescens Pugsl. (det. E. F. Warburg).
545/15. HE. micranrHa Reichb. I. Glen Maye; slopes of North Bar- rule (det. N. D. Simpson). IV. Granite Mountain, 1819, J. S. Hen- slow (C., det. P. F.- Yeo).
*545/18. KE. conrusa Pugsl. II. Near Douglas Head (M.). III. Banks Howe; lead-mine debris, Eairy; near Spanish Head (all det. E. F. Warburg).
545/18. x10. E. conrusa x E. occrpentanis. III. “I get the impression that confusa and occidentalis must be hybridising rather freely in the island and some local populations may consist entirely of such hybrids’? (KE. F. Warburg, in litt.). Material from 4 localities suggested as this.
545/19(4). E. anezica Pugsl. I. Corrany (K., det. J. P. M. Brenan). II. Roadside by Baldwin Reservoir (M., det. E. F. Warburg). III. Cronk-ny-Arrey, near Cregneish (C., det. E. F. Warburg).
§*548/5. RHINANTHUS STENOPHYLLUS (Schur) Druce. I, Ramsey Mooragh; Curragh near Sandygate (det. N. D. Simpson).
7554/1. AcanrHus motis L. III. Naturalised on cliff-top above Onchan Harbour.
14 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
§*+558/4. Menrua spicata L. em. Huds. III. Gansey dump (M., det. R. A. Graham).
§*558/10. M. x centiis L. III. Bank of R. Colby, Kentraugh, looking quite native (M., det. R. A. Graham).
561/8. THymus pruceI Ronn. All gatherings of T. serpyllum agg. referred here by C. D. Pigott. Round Peel the planis all seem more strongly hirsute and have pinkish flowers.
*578/2b. GaLEopsts BIFIDA Boenn. II. Cornfield, Nunnery Howe. IV. Near Peel, 1937 (Hb. Young).
588/3b. PLANTAGO CORONOPUS var. CERATOPHYLIA (Hoffmans. & Link) Rapin. II. Peel promenade (M., Hb. Young). Mouth of R. Killane. Balladoole. IV. Niarbyl rocks (Howarth). Probably a dis- tinct subspecies, characterised by its broader, ascending leaves, longer spikes, larger bracts, perennial rootstock, westerly range and a habit of growing always in the immediate vicinity of the sea (Marshall, 1918).
588/8. PLANTAGO LANCEOLATA var. ANTHOVIRIDIS W. Wats. J[-III. Noted from 13 localities in different parts of the island, apparently never far from the sea. Single specimens in all cases.
600/1. CHENoPopDIUM RUBRUM L. IV. Pool at Nappin, N. of Jurby Church (Howarth: M.). Only previous record is unlocalised.
4615/32. Potyconum cusPprpatum Sieb. & Zuce. Widely natural- ised, especially on river shingle.
618/13. RumeEex maritimus L. IJ. Ballakinnag dubb, Smeale, in plenty (M.). Only previous records are a century old.
*618/16(2).. R. TENvIFoLIus (Walir.) Love. III. Abundant on sandy heath near Orrisdale (M., det. J. E. Lousley); search promoted by the discovery of a scrap apparently of this species (labelled R. acetosella L.) in Paton’s herbarium from this locality. Not known from Ireland.
§*+625/1. HippopHan RHAMNOIDEs L. II. Port Erin cliffs, planted.
633. Unimus (det. R. Melville). The following occur as planted trees :—
U. carprntror1a x U. ciasra. I. Glen Maye (K.).
U. exasra x U. protir. I. Whitehoe (K).
U. corrrana X U. etapra. I. Whitehoe (K.).
§"+633/2. U. carpryirotia Gleditsch. I. St. Marks (K.).
1636/1. Ficus cartca L. III. Gansey dump.
+639/1. Herr~xtne soLerrotit Req. II. Gansey Point. Baldrine. III. Near Glendown.
+646/3. Quercus cerris L. I. Near Baldwin (K.). Eairy. II. Dhoon Glen. III. Tromode.
650. Sarrx (det. R. D. Meikle):
+650 /2(2). S. Russetriana Sm. Material from 12 localities (K., M., C.), widespread but apparently only naturalised. This includes all pre- vious records for S. fragilis L.
*650/2(3). S. precrprens Hoffm. IT. Pond near Ballawhane, Andreas. looking native (M.).
K
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 15
650/7. S. x smirHiana Willd. I. Eairy (K.,S.). Ballamenagh (K.). II. Dhoon Glen (C.), etc. Mainly planted.
650/8.x6. S. viminatis XxX S. CAPRPA. II. Glen Grenaugh (M). III. Spaldrick Bay (C.).
650/10.x9. S. arRocIneREA x S. aurRita. I. Hairy (K.)
*650/10(2). S. crnergEa L. I. Curragh near Sandygate (K.). Not known from Ireland.
+650/22. S. papHnorpers Vill. III. Stream bank near Gansey (M.).
*+651/3. Poputus nicRA L. var. nigrA. III. Gansey dump.
1651/3b(2). P. NIGRA var. PLANTIERENSIS Schneid. III. Fleshwick Glen, four small trees (C.).
*+651/5(2). P. xX CANADENSIS var. SEROTINA (Hartig) Rehd. If. Douglas. Very rare in the island, this being the first record despite the entry in Comital Flora (under P. deltoidea var. serotina).
669. Orcutg (det. V. S. Summerhayes) :
§*669/7. O. LattForIaA L. sec. Pugsl. I. Curraghs, in two places (K., S.), pointed out by R. Howarth.
669/7.x9. O. LATIFoLTA xX O. PURPURELLA. I. Ballaugh Curragh (K.).
669/10.x9. O. macuLaTa xX O. PURPURELLA. I. Northern Curraghs generally (K., S.). Ballaglas Glen (K.). Dogmills (K.).
674(1)/1. GymnapENntA conopsgEa (L.) R.Br. I. A single colony in the Ballaugh Curragh (discovered in 1943), consisting of about 100 plants, teste R. Howarth (K., M.). The specimens belong to the type.
§*+676/2. Iris rortrpissima L. I. Naturalised in Ballaglas Glen. IV. Old garden, Sulby (Howarth).
+683/1. CROoCOSMIA xX CROCOSMIIFLORA (Lemoine) N.E.Br. Well naturalised in many places.
+696/1. PHorRMiIuM TENAX J. R. & G. Forst. I. Ballaugh Curragh (K., S.). A relic of cultivation abandoned some years ago—also tried as a crop in Connemara, Wigtownshire and the Scilly Isles.
718/4b. JUNCUS EFFUSUS Var. comPpAcTUS Hoppe. Replaces the type in the hills.
718/12. J. pursosus L. I. Eairy (K., B.). The only certain record.
*718/12b. J. Kocuir F. W. Schultz. I. Abundant in pools, Cornah Glen (K., S., C.). Frequent, largely replacing J. bulbosus, older records for which must be referred to this species.
§*+718/16. J. tenuis Willd. II. Roadsides at Dhoon Glen entrance (M.).
722/2. SPARGANIUM ERECTUM L. *subsp. ERECTUM (S. ramosum Huds.) II. Ditch, Pulrose. IIT. Mouth of R. Colby, Kentraugh. Port Soderick (M.). Paton referred all records for the species to subsp. neglectuwm (Beeby) Schinz & Thell., but this only seems to replace subsp. erectum on the northern plain.
+723/1. Arum 1raticum Mill. Naturalised in many places. Paton was clearly right in referring here all the old records for A. maculatum L., which is not certainly a Manx plant.
729/1. Atisma pLANTAGo-aquaTica. L. JI. Ballaugh Curragh. IV. Stream W. of Castletown, 1948, C. I. Paton (M.). All previous records —
16 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
for the aggregate were referred by Paton to A. lanceolatum With., which is certainly the predominant species on the northern plain.
§*737/5. PoTAMOGETON ALPINUS Balb. II. Nappin pond, Jurby (Hb. Mus. Brit., det. J. EK. Dandy & G. Taylor).
737/23. P. BeRcHToLDI Fieb. I, Il. Pond at Glascoe (K., M.). II. Nappin pond, Jurby (M.). Bishop’s dubb, near Orrisdale (M.). R. Killane by Ballacain dubbs (M.). (All det. J. E. Dandy & G. Taylor).
739/1. ZANNICHELLIA PALUSTRIS L. II. Pond at Glascoe (M.). Nap- pin pond, Jurby (M.). One previous record.
§*745/2. ELEocHARIS uNIgLUMIs (Link) Schult. I, Balladoole (K., det. S. M. Walters).
749/1. ScHoENUS NIGRICANS L. III. Rock-pools, Spaldrick Bay, with Eleocharis multicaulis (Sm.) Sm. (M.).
§*753/4. Carex vesicARIaA L. IV. Union Mills, 1881, 1917, G. A. Holt (M., det. C. D. Pigott & S. M. Walters).
753/11. C. synvatica Huds. I. Glen Maye, a single tuft (S.). TIT. Summerhill Glen, Douglas. Very rare.
753/18. C. punctara Gaudin. I, II. Port Jack and Onchan Har- bour (S., B., Cl.). IT. Douglas Head, rediscovered after interval of a century.
753 /20(2). C. pemissA Hornem. The old records for C. flava and C. oederi belong to this species, which is frequent (M., K., S.).
753 /20(2).x19. C. premissa x C. HostiaNa. III. Cronk-ny-Arrey, near Cregneish (M., det. E. W. Davies).
§*753/21. C. LEPIDOCARPA Tausch. JI. Marsh, Balladoole (K., det. KE. Nelmes). IV. Kentraugh, 1866, T. Talbot (M., det. T. G. Tutin ‘‘pro- bably, but specimens too young’’).
§*753/58. C. curta Gooden. J. Swamp near Ballamenagh (K.).
753/60. C. sprcata Huds. I. Sphagnum bog, Eairy Reservoir (S.). Recorded from here by Osvald (1949) as C. vulpina agg., which cannot refer to the purely coastal C. otrubae Podp. All other records for C. spicata appear to belong to the next species.
§*753/61. OC. parrart F. W. Schultz. IV. Douglas Bay, 1866, T. Talbot (M., det. C. D. Pigott). Between Douglas and Laxey, 1915, G. A. Holt (M.); Laxey, 1912, G. A. Holt (M.); Balladoole, 1939, C. I. Paton (M.) (det. KE. W. Davies).
*753/66. C. pistrcoHA Huds. I. Balladoole (K.). Listed in Comital Flora but there is no previous record.
766/1d. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM var. TENERUM Aschers. & Graebn. I Sphagnum bog, Cornah Glen (S.).
*777/1(2). PHirum noposum L. I. Derby Haven (K., det. C. E. Hubbard). IT. Port Grenaugh (M.). Kentraugh. III. Balladoole.
*+780/2(2). Agrostis GIGANTEA Roth. IT. Roadside by Douglas Museum (M., det. T. G. Tutin).
791/1. DrscHAMPSIA CESPITOSA var. ARGENTEA Gray. I. Ballaglas Glen (S.).
+794/6. AvENA stRtcosa Schreb. I. Dogmills (K., det. C. E. Hubbard).
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA lth
795/1. ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. ex J. & C. Presl. The type is rare, confined to the eastern periphery, while var. bulbosum (Willd.) Spenn. is common all over the lowlands, as Holt (1912) and Paton (MS.) found. This parallels the distribution of the two races of Polypodium vulgare L. (q.v.). The correlation of the distribution of var. bulbosum with a wetter climate is reflected by its prevalence in Inverness-shire (Druce, 1893) and Cardiganshire (Painter, 1904). It is also said to be commoner than the type round Plymouth.
809/1. Korterta eRrActnis Pers. Scattered round the coast, and largely referable to subsp. britanmnica (Domin) Domin. According to Druce (1905, 1906), the latter often vividly recalls K. albescens DC., but is otherwise connected to K. gracilis by a series of intermediate forms, and ‘‘it is not impossible that it frequently appears as a hybrid gracilis x albescens’’. This seems to me a very likely explanation of its origin. Domin remarked that he had seen nothing on the Continent identical with the British plant and stressed its great variability. Moreover, britannica occurs both in the coastal habitats of albescens and in the gharacteristically inland ones of gracilis, thus forming an ecological as well as a morphological link between the two. It therefore seems probable that the so-called subsp. britannica is the product of ancient crossing beween the two species when their ranges were less restricted and overlapped. K. albescens was found on the sandy coast at Jurby by Paton (M., conf. J. FE. Lousley), and is interesting in apparently not occurring in Treland.
814/1. CaTaBROSA AQUATICA var. UNIFLORA Gray. I. Tangness beach
822/1. Briza mepta L. I. Balladoole (K.).
824/3. Poa PRATENSIS subsp. SUBCAERULEA (Sm.) Tutin. IV. Near Douglas, 1866, T. Talbot (M., det. T. G. Tutin).
824/10. P. compressa L. J. Wall-top by Douglas Museum (K.., S., B., Cl.). Second record.
825/2.x3. GitycERIA X PEDICELLATA Townsend (G. FLUITANS xX pricaTaA). III. Marsh near Port Erin (M.). Near Fleshwick. G. plicata apparently absent in both cases.
§*825/3. Grycerta pPricata Fr. I, II. Balladoole (K., det. C. E. Hubbard; M., det. M. Borrill).
825/3b. G. pEectinata Bréb. Widespread: now known from 12 localities.
826/4.x829/1. %xFrsrunottum LomiaAceum (Huds.) P. Fourn. TI. Scarlett (K., Cl., B.).
826/12. Frstuca ovina *subsp. TenutForia (Sibth.) Tutin. IV. Doug- las cemetery, 1916, G. A. Holt (M.).
§*+827/16. Bromus secatinus L. IV. Meadows, Union Mills, 1918, G. A. Holt as B. racemosus (M., det. T. G. Tutin),
827/17. B. commutatus Schrad. I. Fort Island (S.). Roadside near Sandygate.
18 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
*297/18. B. racemosus L. I. Field W. of Sandygate (K., det. C. E. Hubbard). IV. Field borders, Port Soderick, 1883, G. A. Holt (M., det. T. G. Tutin). Two previous records, one an error, the other very dubious.
+827/19(2). B. tepipus Holmb. Widespread, in all parts of the island (K., M., C.). First record in 1913.
827/19(3). B. raHomintt Hardouin. Widespread: material from 7 localities, mostly by the coast (K., M., C., S.).
§*827/20. B. rerRontr Mabille. IV. Sea cliffs, Onchan Head, 1916, G. A. Holt (M., det. T. G. Tutin). Not in Ireland.
§*836/1. EnymMus ARENARIUS L. I. Mouth of R. Killane (K.). Since washed away, but two more patches found at Sartfield. Jurby (Howarth). Evidently a new arrival.
851/5. ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NicRUM IL. II. Maughold (C.). “A very odd form, and rather like subsp. onopteris (L.) Heufl.”’ (E. W. Davies).
854/3. PotysticHuM acuLEATUM (L.) Roth. JT. Foxdale quarry. III. Spooytvane (M.). Much scarcer than P. setiferum (Forsk.) Woynar.
*856/1(2). DRryYopTERIS BORRERI Newm. Frequent in the east, but apparently absent from most of the southern plain (K.).
856/3. DRyYopTeRIs sprnutosa (O. F. Muell.) Watt. III. Spooyt- vane bridge (C.). Extremely rare.
856/4e. D. aAusTRIACA var. ALPINA (Moore). IT. Moist rock crevices on Snaefell, 1750 ft. (C., det. A. H. G. Alston). Possibly a distinct species or subspecies.
856/5. D. aemuna (Ait.) Kuntze. IT. Dhoon Glen (C.).
§*857/4. CysTopreRIs FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. III. Wall by Port Soderick station (M.). IV. Glen Maye, 1895, C. R. Billups (Hb. Univ. Coll. Leic., comm. A. P. Conolly).
858/1. Potypoprum vuLcGARE L. The hexaploid race is common on walls, coast rocks and trees all over the island, whereas the tetraploid is rare and confined to the eastern and southern periphery.
CHaropHyta (det. G. O. Allen):
872/2. Nurerza opaca Ag. I. R. Greeba near St. Trinians (K.).
876/3b. CHARA VULGARIS var. LONGIBRACTEATA Kiitz. TI. Scarlett quarry (K.). Cf. var. papillata Wallr. TI. Nappin pond, Jurby (M.).
876/17. C. prericatutra Ag. IL. Nappin pond, Jurby (M.). This and the Nitella have already been published in Watsonia (1958).
Attention should be drawn to Wilmott’s (1947) extraction of records from Paton’s lists for Comital Flora, as this has been over- looked by the authors of the Flora of the British Isles. The results of this work of extraction are not, however, altogether satisfactory, owing to defects in the lists themselves. Several species which are there cited as doubtful are now considered acceptable and are omitted from the lists given below, while others accepted by Paton are now considered dubious.
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 19
The following are cited for v.c. 71 in Comital Flora, but their insertion seems to be due to errors in transcription and they should be deleted: Arctium lappa, [| Pulmonaria officinalis], Salix
triandra, Ophrys apifera, Juncus inflexus.
The following have been recorded, but are clearly errors :—-
Fumaria muralis Lepidium ruderale Subularia aquatica Silene acaulis Vicia orobus Potentilla hirta Sazifraga oppositifolia Petroselinum segetum (Carum segetwm) Oenanthe pimpinelloides Sambucus ebulus Scabiosa columbaria Solidago cambrica
Polemonium caeruleum
Timonium humile Primula farinosa Centaurium latifolium Calamintha nepeta
(Satureia nepeta) Galeopsis dubia
(G. segetalis) Eleocharis acicularis Carex elongata Carex maritima Spartina maritima
(S. stricta)
Vulpia membranacea (Festuca membran- acea)
Bromus ramosus
srachypodium pinna- tum
Lolium remotum
Hordeum marinum
Thelypteris palustris (Dryopteris thelyp- teris)
Cystopteris regia
(Salix purpurea was included in C.F. on the basis of a record for cultivated specimens.)
The following have been recorded, but for various reasons must be considered dubious and must be enclosed in square brackets in Comital Flora: —
Corydalis claviculata Epilobium alsinifolium Stellaria nemorum Daucus gummifer Arenaria trinervia Galium mollugo Hypericum hirsutum G. uliginosum Althaea officinalis Senecio erucifolius Geranium sylvaticum Arctiwm minus subsp. Acer campestre MINUS Ononis spinosa Carduus crispus Trifolium medium Centaurea scabiosa Alchemilla alpina Campanula latifolia Saxifraga aizoides Centaurium pulchellum Epilobium adnatum Lathraea squamaria (HZ. tetragonum) Clinopodium vulgare
Stachys officinalis Rumez hydrolapathum Arum maculatum Scirpus pauciflorus Carex caryophyllea C. pauciflora Helictotrichon pratense - (Avena pratensis). Asplenium obovatum Thelypteris dryopteris (Dryopteris dryop- teris) Selaginella selaginoides
The additions to Comital Flora (as well as 7 new Rubi and Hieracia) given in this paper total over seventy species and sub- species. If we also take into account the many aliens, not included in that work, which are new to the Manx flora, the number swells to one hundred. Thus the work of the last three years has succeeded in extending the known flora by the equiva- lent of an eighth of its total size.
20 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
In conclusion, I should like to express my thanks to all those specialists who have examined material, to Mr. N. D. Simpson for invaluable bibliographical assistance, and to those members of the Society who attended the 1950 Field Meeting for their patience in having to wait so long for the results of their work to appear.
CLAPHAM, A. R., T. G. TUTIN & E. F. WARBURG, 1952, Flora of the British Isles. DRUCE, G:-C., 18938, Rep. Bot. E.C., 1892, 391. , 1905, Notes on the British Koelerias, J. Bot., 43, 354-357. , 1906, Two Species of Koeleria New to Scotland, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1906, 30-33. GARNER, R., 1878, Professor Edward Forbes and His Country, Midl. Nat., 1. 67-70; 90-94. GASKING, S., 1889, List of the Plants of the Isle of Man, Research, 1889. 172 211; 40; 66. (n.Vv.). HART, H. C., 1881, On Some Rare Plants in County Donegal, J. Bot., 19, 233-240. HOLT: GA, 1912, Proc: 1.0O:M. Nat. Hist’ & Antiq- Soc., 4.26: MARSHALL, E. S. 1918, Plantago ceratophylla Hoffm. & Link, J. Bot., 56. 190 MOSS, C. E., 1913, Vegetation of the Peak District. OSVALD, H., 1949, Notes on the Vegetation of British and Irish Mosses, Acta Phytogeogr. Suec., no. 26, 1-62. PAINTER, W. H., 1904, Rep. Bot. E.C., 1903, 30. PATON, C. I., 1933, A List of Flowering Plants, Ferns and Horse-Tails of the Isle of Man, Suppl: N.W. Nat., 8, 547-619. , 1934, Addenda to the List of Flowering Plants, etc., of the Isle of Man N.W. Nat., 9, 386. -———, 1945, Isle of Man Botanical Report and Revision of Catalogues of Manks Flowering Plants and Ferns, 1934-1943, ibid., 19, 164-170. WHELLAN, J. A., 1948, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1946-47. 290. WILMOTT, A. J:, 1947, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1945, 47-51.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 21
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
By F. N. HEPPER (The Herbarium, Kew)
| e8@ees a
Caldey Island lies about three miles south of Tenby in Pein- brokeshire, vice-county 45, but only 2 of a mile of deep water separates it from Giltar Point to the N.W. The island thus shelters Tenby from the south-westerly gales and is itself fully exposed to them, so that the flora is markedly maritime.
Caldey is highly cultivated and supports the common and impoverished flora of the mainland, but nevertheless the flora is interesting and larger than might be expected for an island of only 550 acres at high tide. A reason for this is the geological structure, for the island is almost equally divided between carboni- ferous limestone in the north and old red sandstone in the south. Separating these two rocks is a thick layer of clays, sands and iron ores, which the sea has eroded more rapidly than the rocks on either side, forming the bays of Drinkim and Sandtop in the east and west respectively. The limestone is an off-shore exten- sion of the Gower Peninsula and South Pembrokeshire limestone; all the strata are in the vertical plane.
Although much of the island is under cultivation in one form or other, the cliff-tops are mostly undisturbed except by rabbits, which abound. The following account defines the localities and terms used in the list, in conjunction with the map. The High Cliff area on the limestone to the north-west is covered by scrub. High Cliff and the fixed and un-fixed dunes of Priory Bay con- stitute the largest “‘wild” vegetation area on Caldey. These fixed dunes are notable for the number of naturalised horticultural species they support, whilst ecologically the mobile dunes differ significantly from those in the more exposed Sandtop Bay. In the present paper “the Park” indicates an overgrown private plantation which is contiguous with the High Cliff area and con- sists of exotic trees such as Hucalyptus and Pinus spp. These do not appear in the list below and, indeed, it is difficult to know which trees to include and which to omit, for most of them must have been introduced. It is said that there was no tree on the island 50 years ago. Several springs* occur in the intermediate
*Bushell (1919) suggests that the name Caldey can be derived from the Saxon words ‘‘keld’’ for water and ‘‘ei’’ an island. It certainly is true that the island has a copious supply of water for its size and, if the derivation is correct, it would make the spelling of Caldey with an “‘e’’ more correct than the alternative “Caldy’’ used by the Ordnance Survey.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
yey eS prvaga 7y614Klor umes,
yruyoys JOz ss | VY, ° eos = 9001 Dp % 977)
GNV ISI AFT IVO
qViced uoro7g YON
———
ee
= STR
Ss
oes Kog way 7S
is
LE ery
WI VYUIAG * ub Ye
> a te ‘S
: ( is
pures KIPyD
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 23
strata between the limestone and the sandstone. ‘They have given rise to aquatic vegetation at Drinkim and along the village stream that originates at a pool. There are also two overgrown field ponds which yield an interesting marsh flora. ‘The term “stream wood” is used to indicate the wood about the village. The six miles of sinuous clifi-tops provide habitats for a large number of species, as will be seen from the list, whilst there are a few clifi-growing plants including Inula crithmoides. The whole of the centre of Caldey is cultivated and supports a typical weed- flora, though the recent extensive use of hormone sprays may have a significant effect upon the specific composition in the future.
The small precipitous island of St. Margaret that les at Caldey’s north-west tip may be reached at low tide across the rocks, so that the length of time one may stay there is strictly regulated by the tide—usually about an hour. Here the vegeta- tion of Beta maritima and Urtica dioica is rank and knee high, and no species was found that did not occur on Caldey itself.
Caldey has been inhabited for a very long time. A number of papers have been written on the Neolithic remains and flint implements that have been found in quantity in the limestone caves, though many of the caves were destroyed when High Chiff was quarried earlier this century. The geology has also been studied fairly extensively, but little biological work has been done. A few short lists of plants found on the island have been published, notably by Ray (1670), Pugsley (1924) and Rees (1950). ‘Their records have been used to supplement my own where necessary. References will be found to other works on Pembroke and Caldey at the end of this paper.
It has been possible to visit the island on two separate occa- sions of one week duration in each case. The first visit was made in early July 1950 in company with other members of King’s College N.H.S. (Durham Univ.), whilst the second was made alone during the first week of June 1952. These visits enabled the collection of summer and spring flowering species. Some mosses and liverworts were also collected and it is hoped to publish elsewhere a list of these together with those already recorded for Caldey.
There will inevitably be further species to add to the total of 348 recorded from Caldey, for it is easy enough to overlook even common plants. I shall be pleased to receive additional records and specimens at the Herbarium, Kew, but it is pointed out that the island is strictly private and collecting should not be done without permission.
The arrangement of the list is according to Clapham (1946), with certain nomenclatural modifications.
24 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
I am greatly indebted to the following specialists who have kindly determined specimens from Caldey : —Messrs. G. O. Allen, A. H. G. Alston, J. P. M. Brenan, J. E. Dandy, C. E. Hubbard, R. D. Meikle, E. Milne-Redhead, E. Nelmes, C. D. Pigott, P. D. Sell, H. K. Airy Shaw, V. 8S. Summerhayes, Dr. E. F. Warburg, Mr. W. C. R. Watson and Dr. C. West.
My thanks are also due to the Prior of Caldey Monastery for permission to stay on the island and to have access to otherwise private ground.
Abbreviations used in the list:
t before a plant name indicates it is an introduced species to Caldey.
* before a plant name indicates it is a new vice-county record for Pembrokeshire.
(H) after a record indicates that a specimen of the plant is in the herbarium of the writer.
LIST OF FLOWERING PLANTS, FERNS AND CHAROPHYTES FOUND ON THE ISLAND OF CALDEY
CLEMATIS vITALBA L. Frequent on the bushes at High Cliff and Priory
Bay.
Ranuncuuus aquatitus L. (R. heterophyllus Weber). In Sandtop Pond only.
R. HEDERACEUS L. On the mud around the stream marsh and Sandtop pond.
R. sceceratus L. A few plants in the stream marsh.
R. ruamMMutaA L. In the Sandtop marsh only. (H)
R. acris L. Common.
R. repens L. Common.
R. sutsosus L. Common.
R. ricarta L. Common, especially along the exposed southern cliff tops.
+CattHa PALUSTRIS L. In the stream in the wood, probably introduced.
+NyMPHARA spp. Various exotic species appear to be well established in the Carp Pond. I understand they were planted there about 1930.
PaPAVER RHOEFAS L. Common, as a weed.
FumMARIA BASTARDI Bor. In the garden as a weed, det. N. Y. Sand- with, ~ (EL).
I’. norart Jord. Growing with the last, det. N. Y. Sandwith. (8).
I’. orrtcrnaAntis L. Common. Also a form from the fixed dunes which Mr. Sandwith states is common in dry and exposed places. (H).
NASTURTIUM OFFICINALE R.Br. sens. lat. Abundant in the stream where it is now being cultivated.
CARDAMINE PRATENSIS L. <A form with almost white flowers grows in about 6 inches of water in Sandtop pond; it appears to flower later than the terrestrial plants. (H)
C. nrrsuta L. Occasional.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 25
CocHLEARIA DANIcA L. All around the coasts within reach of the sea-
spray. CH) CG. orrictnatis L. Rather less common than the last and around the coasts. (H)
+ARMORACIA RUSTICANA Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. (A. lapathifolia Gilib.). Naturalised in a few places about buildings.
+HesPERIS MATRONALIS L. Naturalised on the fixed dunes.
Brassica CAMPESTRIS L. Hormone weed killers are being used in corn- fields to kill this and Sinapis arvensis in particular. (H)
SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop. In the lane. (H)
SINAPIS ARVENSIS L. Frequent. CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic. Common on cultivated ground.
Coronorus squamMatus (Forsk.) Aschers. Occasional around Sandtop.
CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv. A few plants on the land-side of partly fixed dunes, Priory Bay. (H)
CAKILE MARITIMA Scop. On the dunes at Sandtop, but not seen at Priory Bay. (H)
ReEsEDA LUTEOLA L. Common in the Priory Bay and High Cliff areas.
Viota HIRTA L. Frequent amongst the shrubs at High Cliff.
V. oporata L. Thickets behind the post office.
V. RIVINIANA Reichb. With the last. (H)
V. aRvENsis Murr. In the garden and cultivated areas. (H)
PoLyGaLa vuLGARIS L. In the more open parts of High Cliff.
SILENE VULGARIS (Moench) Garcke (S. cucwbalus Wibel). In a field towards Sandtop Bay; not common. (H)
S. maritmma With. Common around the coasts. (H)
MELANDRIUM ALBUM (Mill.) Garcke. Priory Bay fixed dunes and the more open places.
M. pioicum (L.) Coss. & Germ. North coast, with the last, with which it appears to be hybridising.
CERASTIUM ATROVIRENS Bab. (C. tetrandrum Curt.). Frequent on ex-
. posed places on the cliffs, det. EK. Milne-Redhead. (H)
C. HoLosTEOIDEs Fries (C. vulgatum auct.). By the stream in the wood, det. EK. Milne-Redhead. (H)
STELLARIA MEDIA (L.) Vill. Common on cultivated ground. (H)
S. craminea L. A little by the stream. (H)
ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Frequent in dry, sandy places and on walls.
HoNKENYA PEPLOIDES (L.) Ehrh. (Arenaria peploides L.). On the dunes at Sandtop.
Sacina MARITIMA Don ex Sm. On the low cliffs about Eel Point. (H)
S. cmiata Fr. High Cliff. (A)
S. procumpens L. Generally common. (H)
LS. noposa (L.) Fenzl. Recorded by Rees (1950) for ‘‘Caldey Isle’, but not confirmed, though there is a sheet in Herb. Kew from Tenby dunes. |
SPERGULA ARVENSIS L. In a cultivated field near the farm. (H)
26 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
SPERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis. Common on the cliffs, par- ticularly along the north coast. (H)
+TaMARIX ANGLICA Webb. Several plants in the waste ground near Priory Bay fixed dunes. (H)
HyYpericUM ANDROSAEMUM L. A few plants in the lane towards the Old Priory.
H. rerrapterum Fr. (fH, quadrangulum L.). Beside the stream.
H. putcurum L. Very common in the High Cliff area as far as the ‘‘Park’’, but nowhere else. On the cliff tops in this region, where the rabbit grazing is so heavy, there is a very reduced form of this species with a short procumbent stem. The area where H. pulchrum oceurs is the most basic soil on the Island, which con- trasts markedly with the statement in ‘‘Flora of the British Isles’’ that it is local on ‘‘non-caleareous soils’’. (H)
LAVATERA ARBOREA L. A number of plants scattered along the south and west on cliff ledges; there is also one large plant near the shop; common on St. Margaret’s Island. This species has been persis- tently recorded from Caldey for over 280 years. The earliest record I can find is by Ray (1670); it is then repeated in Turner and Dillwyn (1805) and by Falconer (1848) and C. C. Babington (1863). Rees (1950) also records it from ‘‘Castlemain, Caldey I., and most of the other islands around the coast [of Pembroke- shire] such as Grassholm, ete.”’
Matva sytvestris L. A few plants about the market garden; abundant on St. Margaret’s. (H)
M. necrecta Wallr. Occasional.
Linum catHarticum L. At High Cliff, abundant in the turf. (H)
GERANIUM MOLLE L. Generally distributed. (H)
G. pissEctum L. Near the Carp pond. (H)
G. ROBERTIANUM L. Frequent, especially in the Wood.
Eropium cicutTarium (L.) L’Hérit. Common around Priory Bay and elsewhere in sandy places. (H)
K. maritrimum (L.) L’Hérit. Sandy places along the cliff tops of the south and west coasts. (H)
ACER PSEUDOPLATANUS L. A common tree in the wood. There are a number of trees on the clay cliff at Drinkim.
Urex ruropaEus L. Abundant in all the shrubby areas. The plants growing at the cliff edge near Den point were neatly rounded into small cushions by rabbits.
ONONIS REPENS L. On the dunes, Priory Bay.
Mepicaco LtuputiIna L. Frequent in waste places. (H)
Me.itorus ALTISSIMA Thuill. A few plants at the side of a field near Sandtop Bay.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE L. Common.
T. scaprum L. On the partly fixed dune and on the path, Priory Bay. (H)
T. repens L. In pastures, apparently included in the seed-mixtures with rye grasses.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 27
T. cAmpestRE Schreb. Frequent. (H)
ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. Common on the cliffs, chiefly on the east side of the island. (H)
Lotus cornicuLatus L. Common. (H)
L. uxtiemnosus Schkuhr. In a ditch near Kel Point. (H)
ORNITHOPUS PERPUSILLUS L. Occasional in the ‘‘Park’’ area. (H)
Vicia niRsuTA (L.) Gray. In the garden; on Drinkim cliffs. (H)
V. cracca L. Frequent in and around the wood.
V. sepium L. In the garden. (H)
V. sativa L. Apparently sown for fodder in a field near Sandtop. This is a large-flowered cultivated variety.
V. aneustiroria L. Common.
LATHYRUS PRATENSIS L. Common.
L. sytvestris L. Growing in some abundance around Drinkim Bay. This has very pale mauve flowers. (H)
Prunus spinosa L. Covers much of the High Cliff area with a thick scrub.
FILIPENDULA ULMARIA (L..) Maxim. In profusion on the slopes to Drin- kim Bay, where the ground is moist.
GrUM URBANUM L. In the nursery garden as a weed.
Ruvsvus. Specimens were taken of the large bramble population on Caldey. The determinations are given below, but they are un- doubtedly only a fraction of those that may be found on the island. All det. W. Watson.
Rusvus caEstus L. In the lane and along the south coast.
. sSILURUM (Ley) W. Wats. At Priory Bay and in the Park.
DUMNONIENSIS Bab. In the High Cliff area near Den Point.
. ULMIFOLIUS Schott f. In the Park; near Den Point; Priory Bay, near the Guest House and at Sandtop Bay.
CAESIUS X ULMIFOLIUS. Den Point.
TUBERCULATUS Bab. In the wood and at Priory Bay. There were also a number of gatherings from the south coast, which were referred by Mr. Watson to the Section Corylifolii Focke, but the material was insufficient for accurate determination.
FRAGARIA vEscA L. Occasional.
POTENTILLA STERILIS (.) Garcke. Occasional at High Cliff. (H)
P. EReEcTA (L.) Rausch. In the turf along the southern cliffs.
P. reprans L. Frequent in the fields. (H)
P. ANSERINA L. Common.
APHANES ARVENSIS Li. (Alchemilla arvensis (li.) Scop.). Occasional on
the limestone and at Sandtop. (H)
PoTERIUM sANGuIsoRBA L. Abundant on the limestone at High Cliff.
AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA L. Particularly common along the north coast and on the fixed dunes. (H)
Rosa spinosisstma L. Locally abundant on the slope from High Cliff area to Priory Bay. Pugsley’s note (1924) is of interest: ‘‘remark- ably common on Tenby and Penally sandhills and extends thence to the sand-covered summit of Giltar Head, is curiously absent -
ded Bo
28 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
from the opposite island of Caldey, although precisely similar habitats exist there. Its range on the mainland has apparently extended with the increase of the sand hills’’. It is not surprising that Pugsley overlooked this plant in spite of its local abundance on Caldey, for during the summer the area is covered by impene- trable thicket and the rose only grows there to a maximum of 1 ft. It was not until my second visit in late spring that I found it. (H)
R. canrya L. sens. lat. Only a few plants were seen, near the situation of the last species. There were still some late flowers (July). (H)
Matus syuivestris Mill. (M. pumila Mill.). In the Park, probably planted. Also in the wood.
CRATAEGUS MONOGYNA Jacq. Common in the scrub areas. (H)
SAXIFRAGA TRIDACTYLITES L. Common on the dunes and old wall tops. (H)
UMBILICUS RUPESTRIS (Salisb.) Dandy (U. pendulinus DC.). A plant characteristic of the oceanic element of the flora and common all over Caldey in dry, stony places and on walls.
SEDUM ANGLIcum Huds. Abundant all round the coasts. (H)
tS. atpum L. Scarce, on a wall near the Guest House. (H)
S. acre L. Common on walls and fixed dunes. (H)
CALLITRICHE STAGNALIS Scop. In Sandtop pond.
CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. In the stream wood. (H)
Epitopium Hirsutum L. By the stream in the wood.
E. PARVIFLORUM Schreb. Growing with the last. (H)
E. montanum L. Generally common.
E. patustre L. By the stream and Sandtop pond. (H)
tOpNoTHERA sp. Naturalised on the fixed dunes; unfortunately not collected.
+FUCHSIA MAGELLANICA Lam. Used as a hedging plant, hardly natur- alised.
BRYONIA DioIcaA Jacq. Recorded by Pugsley (1924).
ERyYNGIUM MARITIMUM L. Common on both the Priory Bay and Sand- top Bay dunes.
Conrum macuLatum L. A little at the edge of the garden, also plentiful in the farmyard. (H)
ApIuM NopIFLoRUM (L.) Reichb. f. In plenty in the marsh by the Carp pond. (H)
A. INUNDATUM (L.) Reichb. f. Confined to the Sandtop Pond but quite plentiful in that station. (H)
ArcopopIUM POoDAGRARIA L. A large patch in front of the shop.
Conorpoptum maAJus (Gouan) Loret. Frequent in the High Cliff area.
CRITHMUM MARITIMUM L. Occasional around the coast. Allen’s ‘‘Guide to Tenby’”’ (c. 1890) states that ‘‘the cliffs abound in samphire’’ and continues ‘‘it is gathered to make delicious pickle’’ on Caldey.
OpnaNTHR crocaTa L. Massive plants in the marsh by the Carp pond.
HeRACLEUM sPHONDYLIUM L. Common.
Daucus carota L. Frequent at the edges of fields, etc.
Heprra uevix L. Covers a large area of fixed and mobile dunes at Priory Bay where it is heavily infested by Orobanche hederae.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 29
LONICERA PERICLYMENUM L. Common in High Cliff area. (H)
SamBucus nicRA L. Very common along the north coast and elsewhere in bushy areas.
Rusia PEREGRINA L. Very occasional in the High Cliff area and Drinkim ents.” (EH)
GaLtium veRum L. Abundant on the limestone and sandy districts.
G. saxaTILe L. Cliff top turf along the south coast. (H)
G. pALuSTRE L. In the Sandtop marsh. (H)
G. aPARINE L. Abundant at High Cliff.
ASPERULA CYNANCHICA L. In the more open parts of High Cliff scrub. (H)
SHERARDIA ARVENSIS L. Frequent in pastures.
VALERIANELLA LocusTA (L.) Betcke. Frequent on the landward side of the dune, Priory Bay. (H)
+CENTRANTHUS RUBER (L.) DC. Occasionally found on the fixed dunes.
Succrsa PRATENSIS Moench. Occasional.
EUPATORIUM CANNABINUM L. On the slope to Drinkim Bay; High Cliff.
BELLIS PERENNIS L. Common.
[ErRiceRoN acris LL. Recorded by Rees (1950) for ‘‘Caldy Island dunes’’; needs confirmation. ]
Inuta conyzaA DC. Occasional in the High Cliff area.
T. crtrHmormpes L. Scattered on cliff ledges, chiefly in the S. and W. on both sand and limestone. Ray (1670) recorded this for the island. (H)
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Generally distributed.
A. ptarmica L. A few plants seen near Sandtop pond. (H)
CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM L. Only a few plants on the cliffs at Drinkim but probably more common.
MaTRICARIA MARITIMA subsp. INoDORA (I..) Clapham. Frequent around the coasts. (H) Pugsley (1924) records M. inodora var. salina (Wallr.) DC.
M. marricaRriores (Less.) Porter. Common as a weed.
TUSSILAGO FARFARA L. Common.
+PETASITES FRAGRANS (Vill.) C. Presl. Abundant in the wood and Monastery grounds. Introduced, but now a noxious weed.
+DoronicuM PLANTAGINEUM LL. In the stream wood, planted.
SENECIO VULGARIS L. Common.
S. syzvaticus L. Occurs in large associations along the exposed sandy cliff top of the south coast. (H)
S. ERucIFotIus L. Only a few plants seen in a field near Kel Point. (H)
S. sacopaEA L. Very common.
CaRLINA VULGARIS L. Limited to the limestone of High Cliff, but there frequent.
Arctium LAPpPpA L. Frequent in the lane and elsewhere.
CaRDUUS TENUIFLORUS Curt. Very common, particularly around the coasts. On Kel point, where the gulls nest, very reduced speci- mens were found; some were flowering on stems but 2 inches
high. (H)
30 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
CIRSIUM VULGARE (Savi) Ten. Generally common. One large white- flowered specimen was found on the cliff top near the Light- house.
SERRATULA TINCTORIA L. A few plants were seen (at that time in bud) at the bottom of Drinkim Bay cliffs. (H)
CENTAUREA NIGRA L. Frequent.
©. scasiosaA L. Common and particularly magnificent on the lime- stone. Three entire-leaved plants were seen in bud on Eel Point in 1950; a thorough search in the same area in 1952 failed to find one. On comparing the specimen collected with material in Herb. Mus. Brit., it was found to match var. succisifolia E. S. Marshall from Sutherland, in the long entire leaves and green portion of the phyllaries hidden by appendages. It does not match material from Gower Peninsula which would appear to be the form cretacea (Woerlein) Hyde & Wade.
[CicHorIum IntyBus L. Rees (1950) reports it for Caldey but ‘‘nowhere permanent’’; needs confirmation. |
LAPSANA COMMUNIS L. Occasional. (H)
CREPIS CAPILLARIS (L.) Wallr. Abundant on Priory Bay dunes. (H)
LEONTODON TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Mérat (1. leysseri G. Beck). Common on Priory Bay dunes. (H)
HIERACIUM PILOSELLA L. On the dunes. (H)
H. pustomon (EK. F. & W. R. Linton) Roffey. Only 3 plants seen in 1952 on ledges of the quarry, High Cliff. The specimen collected appears to be a poorly developed plant, but the species is known from cliffs at Tenby and a few places in S. Wales. Det. C. West puavol lene IDS tSElile (@eD)
TARAXACUM spp. Generally common.
SONCHUS OLERACEUS L. Common. (H)
S. asper (L.) Hill. <A superficial enquiry into the distribution of this and the last species over the island showed that both species seemed to be equally abundant. S. asper occurred quite fre- quently on the dunes. (H)
S. arvensis L. Common.
TRAGOPOGON PRATENSIS L. Occasional in the fields near the farm.
JASIONE MONTANA L. Frequent. on cliff ledges of the south and west coasts.
ERICA CINEREA L. Common on the dry turf of the southern sandstone cliff tops and northern limestone cliff tops. (H)
LIMONIUM BINERVosUM (G. E. Sm.) C. E. Salmon. Scattered around the coast on the cliffs. Det. N. ¥Y. Sandwith. (H)
ARMERIA MARITIMA (Mill.) Willd. A common coastal species.
PRIMULA VULGARIS L. Common in most rough areas.
P. verts L. Frequent in northern fields. A hybrid with the last was seen.
tLystimMacuiIa vuiearts L. Introduced recently into the stream wood.
tL. NummutaRia L. In the stream wood, presumably introduced.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 31
ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Very common on rocks and in sandy places near the coast, also in the fields. Frequently plants with pale pink flowers were growing together with the normal scarlet form. I have not gone into these forms taxonomically, but they appear to be similar morphologically. The pink-flowered form appears to have a paler green foliage and may grow nearer to the sea than the other. (H)
SAMOLUS VALERANDI L. Only a few plants seen on Priory Bay dunes. (H) +FRAXINUS EXCELSIOR L. Possibly planted.
LigustTRuM vuLGARE L. Common in most shrubby places as large bushes. (H)
CENTAURIUM MINUS Moench (C. wmbellatum Guilib.). Common in the High Cliff area. (H)
CYNOGLOSSUM OFFICINALE L. Frequent on the fixed dunes and at High Cliff. (H)
SYMPHYTUM OFFICINALE L. One or two plants against a wall in the lane towards the lighthouse. (H)
+Boraco orrictnatis L. An escape occurring on the fixed dunes.
Myosoris scorrioipes L. (M. palustris (L.) Hill). In the marsh near the Carp pond. (H)
M. carsprrosa K. F. Schultz. By the stream in the wood. (H)
M. urspipa Schlecht. (M. collina auct.). Abundant on the Priory Dunes and on other sandy places. (H)
LITHOSPERMUM OFFICINALE L. Frequent around High Cliff. (H)
Ecuium vuigare L. Fine plants at Priory Bay.
CaLYSTEGIA SEPIUM (L.) R.Br. Common. (H)
C. sotpANELLA (L.) R.Br. Occurs on the Sandtop dunes, but not seen on those at Priory Bay. This seems to be the semi-climbing form volubilis Praeger which was also recorded by Rees (1950) for the Tenby dunes and elsewhere in Pembrokeshire. (H)
CoNVOLVULUS ARVENSIS L. Very common all over the island. Both the pink and white-flowered forms are present. (H)
SOLANUM DULCAMARA L. In waste ground.
S. nigrum L. Only a few plants seen in Priory Bay.
[tDatura stRamMontIum LL. Rees (1950) states that it ‘‘used to grow freely on Caldey Island’’, no other station is given for Pembroke- shire; needs confirmation. |
Hyoscyamus NicER lL. Appeared in some quantity on soil removed from Nannas Cave, a prehistoric dwelling, during 1951. There were 11 plants there in 1952. Residents do not remember seeing it before, though seeds may have been introduced when the cave was last excavated about 1910. (H)
VeRBAascum THapsus L. On inaccessible cliffs, Kel Point, and in the east. (H)
CYMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. (Linaria cymbalaria (L.) Mill.). Frequent on walls.
ScRoPHULARIA aquatica L. By the stream in the wood.
32 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
+Mimvutus eutTtatus DC. In marshy ground in the stream wood. DicGiITALis PURPUREA L. Abundant in the High Cliff scrub. VERONICA HEDERIFOLIA L. Common. (H)
. SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Occasional. (H)
. PERSICA Poir. Common. (H)
. OFFICINALIS L. Abundant. (H)
CHAMAEDRYS L. In the wood. (H)
ad<4<<
. BECCABUNGA L. Locally abundant in the stream marsh.
EUPHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. High Cliff. Determined by Dr. E. F. Warburg, who states that it is a very stunted form approaching var. minor Pugsley. (H)
E. nemMorosa Mart. Pugsley (1924) recorded ‘‘a dwarf condensed form’’ from Caldey.
ODONTITES VERNA (Bellardi) Dum. (O. rubra Gray). In the scrub along the north coast.
OROBANCHE HEDERAE Duby. Locally abundant on part of the fixed dunes near High Cliff scrub, where ivy is so common. (H)
[VERBENA OFFICINALIS L. Reported by the gardener to grow in High Cliff area, but needs confirmation. |
MentHa Aquatica L. In the stream marsh.
THymus pRucet Ronn. Abundant in dry places. Det. C. D. Pigott. (H)
GLECHOMA HEDERACEA L. Common in shady places. (H)
PRUNELLA VULGARIS L. Generally common. (H)
+MARRUBIUM VULGARE L. A few plants were seen in the scrub near High © Cliff itself, where the floors alone remain of ancient buildings. Rees (1950) also reports it for the dunes. (H)
BeTONICA OFFICINALIS L. (Stachys officinalis (l.) Trev.). Frequent along the cliff tops in the south. (H)
StacHys PALusTRIs L. Frequent along the north coast, etc., in the moister parts.
S. syntvatica L. Common.
TEvucRIuM scoroponitA L. Abundant in the north.
AJUGA REPTANS L.. Frequent in the Park.
LAMIumM PuRPUREUM L. Common. (H)
L. atsum L. Common.
PLANTAGO coRONOoPUS L. Very common, particularly in the south.
P. maritima L. Abundant, but it appeared to be commoner in the less exposed northern part of the island than in the south. (H)
P. LANCEKOLATA L. Common,
P. mepiA L. Local; on the limestone.
P. masor L. Common.
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L. Common. Det. J. P. M. Brenan.
Beta maritima L. Frequent on the cliffs. (H)
ATRIPLEX PATULA L. Generally common, especially on the southern cliff tops. Det. J. P. M. Brenan. (H)
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 313)
A. wasrata I. With the'last. Det. J. P. M. Brenan. (H)
A. GLABRIUSCULA var. VIRESCENS (Lange) Moss & Wilmott. Recorded by Pugsley (1924).
PoLYGONUM AVICULARE L. sens. lat. Common in the lane and elsewhere.
P. perstcarza L. Common as a weed.
P. ampurstum L. In plenty on the lower Carp pond.
RUMEX SANGUINEUS var. vinIDIS Sibth. Common. (H)
R. ostustrotivus L. Common.
R. crtspus L. Very common, especially near the sea.
R. acerosa L. Common. (H)
R. acEToseLLA L. Common. (H)
EvpHorsBia HELIOSCoPIA L. In the fields in the centre of Caldey.
E. parattas L. Common on the sand dunes of Priory Bay and Sand- top Bay. (H)
KE. porrtanpica L. With the last species. (H)
E. exicua Ll. In cultivated ground.
Urtica piotca L. Abundant.
U. urens L. Abundant. (H)
PaRIETARIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. Common about walls.
Uxmvus gxasra Huds. Common in the stream wood, being the principal tree there. Det. H. K. Airy Shaw. (H)
+U. x HorzaNviIca Mill. With the last. Det. H. K. Airy Shaw. (H)
BETULA PENDULA Roth. Common in the shrubby places.
ALNUS GLUTINOSA (L.) Gaertn. Scattered on the fixed dunes of Priory Bay.
+QuERCcUS ROBUR L. Occasional, probably planted.
tFacus syztvatica L. Planted along the south end of the garden.
SALIX ATROCINEREA Brot. Beside the Carp pond. Det. R. D. Meikle. (H)
Salix xX GmMINATA Forbes (S. ATROCINEREA X VIMINALIS). Beside the overgrown pool in the stream wood. Det. R. D. Meikle. (H)
+Poputts canescens (Ait.) Sm. One large tree near the farm.
TP. tremuta L. Planted.
Listera ovata (L.) R. Br. A few plants were seen in a field near Kel Point in 1950 but they had been ploughed up by 1952; several others were seen by the central dew pond. .
SPIRANTHES SPIRALIS (l.) Chevall. Reported by Pugsley (1924).
ANACAMPTIS PYRAMIDALIS (L.) Rich. Common on the N.E. limestone. (H)
OrcHis Morio L. On the fixed dunes at Priory Bay. Det. V. S. Sum- merhayes. (H)
O. mascurta (L.) L. <A few plants at High Cliff on the grassy slopes between the ledges. Det. V. S. Summerhayes. (H)
O. rucHst Druce. A number of plants in an old pasture near Hel Point. Det. V. S. Summerhayes. (H)
OPHRYS APIFERA Huds. Very local on rather inaccessible slopes of High Chff quarry. Also reported from one locality at the edge of Priory Bay fixed dunes. ‘‘Allen’s Guide’’ (c. 1890) states that ‘the bee orchid has been gathered from Caldey’’. Rees (1950)
34 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
does not record it for Caldey, but about its Pembrokeshire dis- tribution she writes: ‘‘The haunts of this orchid are so systema- tically raided that its ultimate survival is doubtful’. (H)
TRIS FOETIDISSIMA L. Frequent in the woods.
I. psEupAcorts L. In one of the ponds in the wood; central dew pond.
TamMus communis L. Frequent in the High Cliff scrub. [ ASPARAGUS MARITIMUS (L.) Mill. Rees (1950) states it is ‘‘a weed on Caldey where it was once cultivated’’; needs confirmation. ] Scinta VERNA Huds. An abundant and characteristic plant of the Caldey Cliff tops. Rees (1950) reports it as ‘‘common on the headlands of Pembrokeshire, also on the islands of Caldey. Skokholm and Skomer’’. (H)
ENDYMION NoN-scRIPTUs (L.) Garcke (Scilla non-scripta (L.) Hoffmanns. & Link). In the wood.
Juncus BuFonIus L. In the marshy ground by the stream. (H)
J. EFFUSUS L. Frequent in damp places. (H)
J. ARTIcULATUS L. By Sandtop pond. (H)
LuzvLa cAMPESTRIS (L.) DC. Common. (H)
TypHa LaTiFotia L. Plentiful, and locally dominant in the Carp pond marsh.
SPARGANIUM ERECTUM L. In the Sandtop pond.
ARUM MActuLATUM L. Common in the High Cliff area and rather sur- prisingly close to the sea on the semi-fixed dunes in Priory Bay.
LeMNA MINOR L. Abundant on still water. (H)
BALDELLIA RANUNCULOIDES (L.) Parl. Limited to the Sandtop pond. (H)
POTAMOGETON POLYGONIFOLIUS Pourr. In the Sandtop pond. Det. J. E. Dandy. (Herb. Mus. Brit.)
ELEOcHARIS PALUSTRIS (L..) Roem. & Schult. In the Sandtop pond.
Scirpus ceRNuvs Vahl. At the bottom of Drinkim Bay cliffs. (H)
CAREX ARENARIA L. Common on the sand dunes. Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
*C. POLYPHYLLA Kar. & Kir. Only in the High Cliff area near the ‘Park’? plantation. Of these specimens Mr. Nelmes writes that they ‘“‘are in my opinion Carex polyphylla. The length of the inflorescence in this sp. varies from about 3-7 cm. so that in these specimens it is at the lowest point of its range, causing it to resemble that of C. muricata L. whose similar inflorescence is at the highest point of its range at c.3cm. The lowest spike in Mr. Hepper’s specimens is often compound as is usual in C@. poly- phylla, that of C. muricata being simple. The utricles are longer than those of C. muricata’’. The only other records for Wales are from Glamorgan, v.c. 41, and Denbigh, v.c. 50. (H)
C. rnacca Schreb. Frequent. Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
C. penputa L. Occasional in the stream wood. Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
C. puncrata Gaudin. On the east coast. An interesting find and limited, as far as I know, to this one locality. Pugsley (1924) also recorded it for Caldey. Rees (1950) records the species from Waterwynch in Pembrokeshire and continues: ‘‘This is the only locality where T have found this rare sedge .. .’” Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 35
C. nirta L. Near the stream. (H)
ANTHOXANTHUM oDORATUM LL. Generally common. Various forms were noticed, including one with a very lax inflorescence, but Mr. Hubbard does not regard these variations as taxonomically important. (H)
ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS LL. In plenty in the Sandtop pond. (H)
A. PRATENSIS L. Generally common.
PHLEUM PRATENSE LL. agg. Common.
P. aReNARIUM L. On the dunes. Det. C. E. Hubbard (H)
AcRosTIs TENUIS Sibth. Abundant and dominant in the cliff top turf along the south coast. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
A. STOLONIFERA var. PALUSTRIS (Huds.) Farw. In the Sandtop pond. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. Abundant on the dunes. (H)
Hotcus montuis L. At High Cliff.
H. ranarus L. Co-dominant with Agrostis tenuis on the southern cliff tops.
TRISETUM FLAVESCENS (L.) Beauv. Frequent in the limestone areas. (H)
ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. ex J. & C. Presl. At High Cliff. (H)
PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin. In the moist ground at Drinkim Bay.
Cynosturus cristatus L. Common.
KoELERIA GRACILIS Pers. On fixed dunes in the north. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
K. BRITANNICA Domin. Frequent in the more exposed southern part of the island. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
Dactyiis GLOMERATA L. Common.
Poa annua L. Common.
P. prRATENSIS L. Common; also one of the cliff top forms. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
P. tRiviatis L. Common. (H)
CaTAPoDIuUM RIcIDUM (L.) C. E. Hubbard (Scleropoa rigida (I.) Griseb.). Frequent on wall tops. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
Festuca ovina L. Common.
F. nusra L. Common, including var. fallax (Thuill.) Howarth and var. rubra. Det. C. E. Hubbard.
Bromus sterinis L. Frequent at High Cliff.
B. moris L. With the last. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
BRACHYPODIUM SYLVATICUM (Huds.) Beauv. Abundant in the basic shady areas. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
LoLiuM PERENNE L. Common.
tL. MULTIFLORUM Lam. Sown with clover for fodder.
AGROPYRON REPENS (L.) Beauv. Common. A variety with a hairy rhachis grows freely on the dunes at Sandtop Bay. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
36 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
A. JUNCEIFORME (A. & D. Love) A. & D. Love (A. junceum auct.). In plenty on the Sandtop dunes, to which it appears to be limited. It was not seen on Priory Bay dunes. Det. C. E. Hub- bard. (H)
Narpvus stricta L. Frequent, particularly in the south. (H)
PrERIDIUM AQuILINUM (L.) Kuhn. Abundant, especially along the north coast.
BLECHNU™M sproAnt (LL.) Roth. Only seen at Drinkim Bay. (H)
PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. Frequent.
ASPLENIUM MARINUM L. In one of the limestone caves. Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
A. ADIANTUM-NIGRUM L. In Nannas cave. Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
A. RUTA-MURARIA L. Common on walls.
CETERACH OFFICINARUM DC. [ looked for this species specially but did not see it until I was shown some plants for sale. On enquiry IL was directed to a few plants in the wall opposite the Carp pond. I fear that it will soon be exterminated by the gardener.
ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth. Reported by Pugsley (1924).
DRyYOPTERIS FILIX-MASs (L.) Schott sens str. Common. Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
D. austrriaca (Jacq.) Woynar (D. dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray). Common. Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
POLYSTICHUM SETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar. Common. Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
PoLypopium vuLGcARE L. Common. (H)
CHARA DELICATULA var. BARBATA (Gant.) Groves & Bullock-Webster. Abundant in Sandtop pond. Det. G. O. Allen. (H)
REFERENCES. BABINGTON, C. C., 1868, On the Botany of South Pembrokeshire, J. Bot., 1. 258-270. BUSHELL, W. D., 1919, Caldey Island, Pembroke, Arch. Camb., 222.
CLAPHAM, A. R., 1946, Check-List of British Vascular Plants, J. Ecol., 33, 308-347.
CLAPHAM, A. R., T. G. TUTIN & BE. F. WARBURG, 1952, Flora of the British Tsles.
FALCONER, R. WILBRAHAM, 1848, Contributions towards a catalogue of plants indigenous to the neighbourhood of Tenby. Lond.
PUGSLEY, H. W., 1924, Notes on Pembrokeshire Plants, J. Bot., §2, 102-105.
RAY, JOHN, 1670, Catalogus Plantarwm Angliae, 206. Lond.
REES, F. LILLIAN, 1950, A List of Pembrokeshire Plants. Tenby.
TURNER, D., & L. W. DILLWYN, 1805, The Botanist’s Guide through England and Wales. 2 vols. Lond.
WINTLE, W. JAMES, c. 1980, The Coasts of Caldey; Caldey Abbey, near Tenby. Tenby.
PLANT NOTES or
PLANT NOTES
162/2. Psoralea americana L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 2, 763; P. dentata DC.,” 1825, Prodr., 2, 221. 21, Middx.; rubbish-tip, Hanwell, 1952, B.S.B.1. Excursion, det. Miss D. M. Hillcoat, E. B. Bangerter & D. H. Kent. A perennial species, sending out numerous diffusely spreading or pro- cumbent branches 35-70 cm. long. Leaflets in threes, pinnately ternate, dark shining green, rhomboidal or roundish-ovate, repand-toothed, wedge-shaped and entire towards the base, nearly smooth, glandular- dotted, the middle leaflet stalked, longer than the other two; petioles and pedicels glandulose. Flowers rather small, pale whitish-lilac, in pyramidal or oblong-pointed short and interrupted spikes or racemes on long axillary peduncles. Bracts ovate-lanceolate, shorter than the striated glandulose and villose calyx. Pod without beak, 1-seeded, indehiscent. Native of Algeria, Tunisia, Morocco, Spain and Gibraltar. —D. H. Kent.
220/18. Epilobium linnaeoides Hook. f., 1844, Fl. Antarct., 1, 10, t 6. 58, Cheshire; Helsby, where it has persisted since 1938: H.16, W. Galway; near Leenane, established for about a mile along the road- side west of the village, 1953. Plant with herbaceous stem 5-20 cm. long, slender, creeping, and rooting at nodes; usually widely and irreguiarly branched, glabrous, or with two faint pubescent lines towards the tips of the branches. Leaves opposite, 4-8mm. in diameter, orbicular, petioled, flaccid and membranous, closely and sharply denticulate. Flowers in the axils of leaves remote from the ends of the branches, white or rose, 3-5 mm. in diameter. Calyx lobes lanceolate, shorter than the deeply cleft petals. Stigma clavate. Capsules 25-50 mm. long, per- fectly glabrous; peduncles usually much elongated, 5-10cm. Seeds densely papillose. Native of New Zealand and Tasmania.—Miss V. GORDON.
7
~ 383/9x8. Senecio x viscidulus Scheele, 1844, Linnaea, 18, 480, (S. sylvaticus x viscosus). 17, Surrey. On August 16, 1947, in the company of Dr. Cyril West, I was examining a very large colony of Senecio viscosus L. on the sandy ground by Frensham Little Pond, when we noticed two plants which, from their habit, colour of leaves, and quantity of material attached to their viscid stems and leaves, seemed obviously different from the numerous plants of S. viscosus with which they were growing. More careful examination of fresh material at home showed that one (Reference ‘‘A’’) was certainly a hybrid between that species and S. sylvaticus L. which was abundant on the adjacent heathland. The
38 PLANT NOTES
other (Reference ‘‘B’’) seemed likely to be of the same parentage but very much closer to S. viscosus.
Both had flowers with conspicuous ray florets and showed a general resemblance to S. viscosus, from which they differed in reduced glandular development (which explained the lesser amount of wind blown material attached to them as already mentioned), in the pappus being slightly more silvery in colour, and having abortive achenes which tended to remain attached to the receptacles. In ‘‘A’’ the achenes were all very ill-developed but in ‘‘B’’ some of them had swollen though not to the same size as those of the parents.
In ‘‘A’’ the evidence of S. sylvaticus was apparent in the less spread- ing branches, the darker coloured, less glandular leaves which were enlarged and auricled at the base, in the more slender peduncles and capitula (the latter only 6 mm. broad at the base, compared with 8 mm. in S. viscosus and 5-5 mm. in S. sylvaticus from the same locality) and in the presence of numerous silky hairs in the furrows of the achenes. In ‘“‘B”’ the same characters were discernible but less evident.
The countries from which hybrids of this parentage are known include Germany and Austria (Hegi, 1929), Czechoslovakia (Domin, 1936), Hol- land (Heukels, 1933) and Sweden (Hylander, 1941). Records from France appear to be doubtful (Fournier, 1928 & 1946). The synonymy is as follows :—
S. viscipuLus Scheele, 1844 (Linnaeu, 18, 480)
S. viscoso-silvaticus var. intermedius Lasch ex Scheele, 1844 (l.c.) in syn.
S. intermedius Lasch in Rabenh., 1846 (Bot. Centralbl., 1846, 131)
S. intermedius Wiesb., 1874 (Oesterr. bot. Zeitschr., 24, 109)
S. wiesbaurii Halacsy & Braun, 1882 (Nachtr. Fl. Niederoesterr, 83)
The correct hybrid name is therefore S. x viscidulus Scheele. It seems a little surprising that it has not been detected in this country earlier but it is only in recent years that the parents have occurred together with any frequency. Prior to the rapid spread of S. viscosus this species was almost restricted to the coast and fens where there is very little heathy ground favoured by S. sylvaticus.
Material of both forms of the hybrid, and of the parents, from by Frensham Little Pond was exhibited at the Society’s Exhibition Meet- ing of November 28, 1953.
REFERENCES. BORNMUELLER., J., 1906, Bemerkungen ueber das Vorkommen von Senecio silva- ticus X viscosus, Mitt. Thuer. Bot. Ver. N.F., 21, 83-4. DOMIN, K., 1935, Plantarum Cechoslovakiae Enumeratio, Preslia, 13-15, 287. FOURNIER, P., 1928, Fl. comp. Plaine Francaise, 277. —, 1946, Quatre Fl. Fr., 994.
PLANT NOTES 3”
HEGI, G., 1929, Ill. Fl. Mitt.-Eur., 6/2, 795.
HEUKELS, H., 1933, Schoolfl. Nederl., 690.
HYLANDER, N. 1941, FOrteckning Over Skandinaviens Vaxter—!. Karl-vaxter, 120. RICHTER, C., 1888, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 38, 97.
UECHTRITZ, R. v., 1874, Floristische Bemerkungen, OVesterr. bot. Zeitschr., 24, 242.
J. EB. Lous ey.
510/2b. CErRINTHE MINOR var. hispida Turrill, 1924, Kew Bull., 1924, 309. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Portway tip, Bristol, 1950, I. W. Evans, comm. W. R. Price. Differs from the var. minor in having the pedicels markedly hispid with spreading white hairs. The var. minor appears to occur in the central and western parts of the Mediterranean region, and in central Europe. The var. hispida is found in the eastern part of the Mediterranean region, Armenia, Kurdistan and Syria. Both var. minor and var. hispida occur in the Caucasus.—D. H. KeEnv.
515/11b. Cuscuta australis var. cesatiana (Bertoloni) Yuncker, 1932, Mem. Torrey Bot. Cl., 18, 126; C. cesatiana Bertoloni, 1847, Fl. Ital., 1, 623; C. polygonarum Cesati, 1849, Index Seminum Genev., 22; C. obtusi- flora var. cesatiana Engelmann, 1859, Trans. Acad. Sc. St. Louis, 1, 493. 18, S. Essex; rubbish-tip, Barking, parasitic on Artemisia verlo- torum Lamotte, Senecio squalidus L. and Polygonum aviculare L., 1953, S T. Jermyn and B. T. Warp, det. A. MeLpEris and J. F. Surm1irTo. 21, Middx.; Enfield, parasitic on Chinese Asters in a garden, 1953, Miss J. Maung, det. A. Metpreris and J. F. Suiriitro. 34, W. Glos.; Kings- wood, Bristol, parasitic on Polygonum aviculare L., 1932, C. I. Sandwith, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1932, 346 (1933), as C. tinez Insenga subsp. cesatiana (Bert.).
Plant annual with slender twining yellow-orange coloured stems; parasitic, attached to the host plant by suckers. Often on Polygonum sp., but also on a variety of other herbaceous plants., e.g. Artemisia, Genista, Xanthium, Pelargonium, etc. Flowers yellowish, about 2 mm. diameter, mostly 5-parted, in clusters (scorpioid cymes). Corolla lobes commonly longer than the tube, obtuse or acutish, and narrower than in C. australis sens. str. Scales narrow with long fringes, more or less bifid and about reaching the stamens, or exserted. Filaments longer than the anthers. Ovary globose, flattened on top. Stigmas 2, capitate, rising each side of a cleft in the ovary, this cleft widening and deepening considerably on ripening. Stigmas persistent. Switzerland and Italy to India.—J. F. Suriiito and B. T. Warp.
675/1. CypripEpium caLcEotus L. 64, Mid-west York; edge of the Duke of Devonshire’s estate, Upper Wharfedale, 5 plants, which were not in flower, 1952, E. Lloyd Jones and EK. Hardy (1952, Country-side eyes). AG, 277), The recorders also give the following information. acquired from a companion whose late father was the original finder of the colony.
40 PLANT NOTES
Date. No. of plants. No. in flower.
1930 14 1931-33 1934 1935 1936-39 1940 1941-42 1943 1944 1945-46 1947-48 1949-51
“~~
Wb we Or Or 1 Wo Cro qoooor®cjoocoor od Ke
Grazing sheep are said to be the main danger to the plants.—D. H. KENT.
PLANT RECORDS Al
PLANT RECORDS Compiled by E. C. WALLACE.
Records are for the year 1952 when no date is given.
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con- tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the plant is not a native species in the British Isles.
+ before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
* before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub-
lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ ] enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
+4
It will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as accurate as is thought advisable, are added to all records.
§4/1. Aponts annua L. 16, W. Kent; near Darenth Wood, H. M. Pratt (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand Ivst, 2): cornfields, Cotton Farm, Stone, 1951, J. H. McCatx, conf. J. EK. Loustny. {131, Hunts.; garden weed, Alconbury, Mr. and Mrs. J. EH. H. Blackie (1949, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 14).
§6/6. Ranuncvius rineua L. fy, 18, S. Essex; Baldwin’s Hill, Loughton, 1948 (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand Inst, 5): Cook’s Pond, Woodford Green, 1951, B. T. Warp. 38, Warwick; a fine group of a score or so plants in an old marl-pit, half a mile north of Brandon Grange, W. F. Shotton (1951, Proc. Coventry & Dist. N.H. & Scient. soc. 2, 162).
6/13. RaNnuNcuLus PARVIFLORUS L. 17, Surrey; (IIIa) Thursley Common, B. M. C. Morgan.
§6/20. RaAaNUNCULUS FLUITANS Lam. £16, W. Kent; in the river Medway, Hartlake Bridge, Hadlow, D. McClintock and F. Rose (1952, Sel Nat., 57,) xviii).
6/30. RanuNcuLus LuTARIUS (Revel) Bouvet. 52, Anglesey; marshy ground below Fferam, near Rhosneigr, with R. hederaceus, C. C. TowNsEND, conf. R. W. BurTcHer.
42 PLANT RECORDS
6/31. RanuncuLus LENORMANDI F. W. Schultz. 98, Argyll; Glen Coe; ditch beside Rectory in Carnach village, 1951, K. N. G. Macleay. [Top. Bot. & Supps. make no reference to v.c. 98, though it is quoted im, Ge |
11/1. AguinEcIa vuLteaRIs L. +97 (Argyll); Strontian, hedge at roadside to old lead mines—?garden escape, A. A. SLACK.
19/2. NupHar pumita (Timm) DC. 98, Argyll; Lochan na Cut- haig, Lorne; nameless lochan above Portsonachan, Loch Awe, K. N. G. Macleay.
21/5. PapaAvER ARGEMONE L. 45, Pemb.; St. Davids, a few plants on roadside bank near Pen Arthur, R. M. Payne. 90, Forfar; railway embankment near Elliot station, a few plants, A. W. KosBson.
31/1. —- CorRypaLis ciavicutata (L.) DC. +21, Middx.; bombed site, Theobalds Road, W.C., 1950, J. WuittTaKer, det. E. B. BANGERTER, comm. D. H. Kent.
32/5. FuMARIA BORAEI Jord. 57, Derby, and 63, S.W. Yorks.; locally abundant on cultivated land at, and about, Dore, Sheffield, F. W. Apams, comm. N. Y. SaNpDWITH.
32/9. Fumarta BasTtarpI Bor. 45, Pemb.; St. Davids, R. M. Payne, det. A. MELDERIS.
35/1x35/1(@2). Roripa x steRIis Airy-Shaw. *92, S. Aberd.; strean' below Kildrummy Castle, 1951: *93, N. Aberd.; stream by Cardrum near Old Meldrum, 1951, A. G. Lyon,
35/1(2). RorippaA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. *4, N. Devon;
Baggypoint, Croyde, near Ilfracombe, T. G. Coxierr, det. and comm. DS El Kent:
36/1. BARBAREA stRIcTA Andrz. 16, W. Kent; Abbey Wood Marshes, one plant, Lonpon Natvurat History Society Excursion, conf. and comm. D. H. Kent. 21, Middx.; Chiswick House grounds, R. A. Bontrace, comm. D. H. Kent.
§36/2. BARBAREA VERNA (Mill.) Aschers. t+43, Radnor; Nantmel, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
36/5. BARBARBA INTERMEDIA Bor. 33, E. Glos.; (7a) roadside, Fox- cote, Miss L. ABELL.
37/5. CaRDAMINOPSIS PETRARA (L.) Hiit. 97, (Argyll); seree on hill above Glen Cripesdale, Loch Sunart, K. N. G. Mactray and E. C. WALLACE.
PLANT RECORDS 43
§43/2. DraBa NoRvEGIcA Gunn. *105, W. Ross; northern crags on Beinn Dearg, and on Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackecunin and KH. C. WALLACE.
§44/1. ErRopHita VERNA (L.) Chevall. *97, (Argyll); Strontian, roadside verge on way to old lead mines, A. A. Snack.
§45/2. CocHLEARIA OFFICINALIS L. t121, Middx.; waste ground close to Tower Hill railway station and All Hallows Church, a number of seedlings, but only one plant in flower, W. N. Lawfield, fide E. B. Bangerter (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 17).
§45/7. CocHLEaRIA pDANIcA L. {ft21, Middx.; growing plentifully between the metals on railway main line by Scratch Wood sidings near Edgwarebury, J. G. Dony (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand Inst, 17).
+47/2. Hrsprris matronatis L. 43, Radnor; on road metal, Forest Inn, Nantmelan; near Monaughty; Llandrindod Wells; Doldowlod; plentiful near Llanyre by the Newbridge Road, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Wai. 20, 157).
+49/4. SISYMBRIUM ORIENTALE L. 43, Radnor; rail bank and Station Yard, Rhayader, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157). 49, Caern.; waste ground near the station, Llandudno, C. C. TowNsEnp.
[§49/5. SisymBrium trio L. 54, N. Lines.; erroneously recorded in B.E.C. 1941-42 Rep., 480 (1944). The specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit. is S. loeselu L., teste KE. B. BANGERTER and B. WetcH. Delete from C.F.]
54/1. Brassica o“vERAcEA L. +100, Clyde Isles; Arran, 1918, T Wise (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
54/4d. Brassica RAPA var. BRIGest H. C. Wats. 33, E. Glos.; (2a)
banks of river Severn and adjoining fields near Ashleworth Ferry, C. C. TOWNSEND. ;
§54/5. RHYNCHOSINAPIS MONENSIS (L.) Dandy. *+90, Forfar; re- claimed ground west of Tay Bridge, Dundee, a few plants, A. W. Rosson.
§54/13. Brassica nigra (L.) Koch. {43, Radnor; near Newchurch on shale-banks, 1948, J. A. Webb (1952, Proc. Swansea Scient. & F.N.S., 10, 324). *100, Clyde Isles; Whiting Bay, 1883, Dr. J. Wy. (Herh Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
54/15. Srnapis auBa L. +100, Clyde Isles; Great Cumbrae, 1884, Dr. R. M. Bucuanan (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
754/18(2)b. Brassica INTEGRIFOLIA var. caRINATA (A. Braun) O. FE.
Schulz. 21, Middx.; garden weed, Cricklewood, J. Farranp, det at Kew, comm. D. H. Kent.
44 PLANT RECORDS
154/22. HirscHFetpia Incana (L.) Lagr.-Foss. 6, N. Som.; sand dunes N. of Berrow Church, 1951, C. I. and N. Y. Sanpwits.
55/2. DIPLoTaxiIs MuRALIS (L.) DC. +56, Notts.; railway bank near Welham Manor, F. W. ApAms.
§60/1. Coronopus pipymMus (L.) Sm. %{43, Radnor; plentiful, Llan- drindod Common; Clyro towards Rhydspence; Cwmbach; Glasbury, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
§+61/3. CarpaRria DRABA (L.) Desv. $31, Hunts.; Houghton and Salome Wood, Mr. and Mrs. J. H. Blackie (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 15). +100, Clyde Isles; Great Cumbrae, 1909, D. Parton (Herb. Glasgow Umv.)—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 36 (1938).
61/7. Leprptum smitHit Hook. 97, (Argyll); roadside verge at Killundine, E. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Mactieay.
§64/1. THILASPI ARVENSE L. t43, Radnor; frequent in kitchen garden, Ridgebourne, Llandrindod, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
+76/1. RapPIsStRUM PERENNE (L.) All. 21, Middx.; bombed site, Hammersmith, two plants, N. Y. SanpwitH, comm. D. H. Kent.
§80/2. RaAaPHANUS MARITIMUS Sm. *97, (Argyll); Ardgour, shore near roadside to south of Corran Ferry: 98, Argyll; shingly shore be- tween Dunoon and Inellan, Cowal, K. N. G. Macteay and E. C. Wa tace.
#85/1. Resepa avpa L. 36, Heref.; roadside, Ross-Monmouth road, bet ween Ross and Pencraig, many fine plants, C. W. BANNISTER.
85/2b. RESEDA LUTEA var. PULCHELLA J. Muell. 21, Middx.; bombed site, Hammersmith, N. Y. SanpwitH, comm. D. H. Kent.
§88/3. VioLA REICHENBACHIANA Jord. ex Bor. [{18, S. Essex; Lambourne, R. W. Robbins (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 28).
§88/8. Viota oporata L. 143, Radnor; near Boughrood; Pistyll; Glasbury; between Clyro and Hay, J. A. Webb (1945, N.-IV. Naft., 20, 157).
88/8d. VioLA opoRATA var. DUMETORUM (Jord.) Rouy & Fouc. 33, E. Glos.; (7a) Mill Lane, Prestbury, Cheltenham, 1949. The first speci- men I have seen in the county, though the Flora has several records; f. imberbis is the common Cotswold white sweet violet, C. C. TowNseEnpD, det. A. C. TALLANTIRE.
PLANT RECORDS 45
§88/34. VioLA TRICOLOR subsp. cuRTIsII (KH. Forst.) Syme. {101, Kintyre; fixed dunes of Machrihanish links at north end, K. C. Watiacr and K. N. G. Mactray—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 43 (1933).
92/3. DiaANTHUS ARMERIA L. 17, Surrey; Richmond Park, Mrs. L. M. P. Sma, conf. A. MeLpEriIs, comm. D. H. Kent. 21, Middx.; foot of Parliament Hill, Hampstead, 1941, H. C. Harris (1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 29).
§100/4. Cr astium arcticum Lange. 105 and *106, W. and E. Ross; scattered over Beinn Enaiglair, Braemore, in both v.cc., R. MACKECHNIE and EH. C. WaALumAce.
100/45. CERASTIUM ARCTICUM X HOLOSTEOIDES. 105, W. Ross; Beinn Dearg, Beinn Enaiglair and on Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. MAcKECHNIE and E. C. WALLACE.
§100/7. Crrastium pumitumM Curt. ft 21, Middx.; railway bank near Mill Hill, E. Milne-Redhead and J. G. Oks (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 35).
§100/9. CrRAstium atTRovrrENS Bab. {t+ 21, Middx.; plentifully between the metals of the main line by Scratch Wood Sidings, near. Edgwarebury, J. G. Dony (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 35): railway track, Brentford, 1951, D. H. Kenr.
100/11. Crrastium cerastorpEs (L.) Britton. 105 and 106, W. and K. Ross; on Beinn Dearg in several places above 3000 ft. in moss, R. MAcKEcHNIB and E. C. Watiace.
101/3b. Sretiaria aperana Ucria. *48, Mer.; sand dunes, Bar- mouth, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtzgEs.
101/4. SreLLaRtA NEGLECTA Weihe. 105, W. Ross; roadside verge, Foich, Inverbroom, R. Mackecunigz and KE. C. Watuace.
102/1. MorwriInGia TRINERVIA (L.) Clairv. 98, Argyll; Glen Nant, EK. C. Watuace and K. N. G. Macreay; Craigantairbh, Ford: 101, Kintyre; Tayvallich, Knapdale, roadside plantation, K. N. G. Mactray.
§102/3. ARENARIA NORVEGICA Gunn. *97, (Argyll); on basalt scree, Morvern, E. C. Wauuacr and K. N. G. Mactrmay.
102/8. MinuartTia TENUIFOLIA (L.) Hiern. 121, Middx. and +24, Bucks. ; railway tracks between Uxbridge and Denham, D. H. Kent.
103/2. Sacina suBuLATA (Sw.) C. Presl. 52, Anglesey; rocks on the borders of Llyn Penryn and Llyn Dinam, C. C. Townsenp. 98, Argyll; roadside wall top, Taynuilt; limestone ridge above Kilchrenan, Lorn, KE. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Mactmay.
46 PLANT RECORDS
103/7(2). Sacina FiticavLtis Jord. 10, Wight; abundant and very constant at the south side of Blackgang Chine, 1951, C. C. TowNsEnp.
103/10. Saerna maritima Don ex Sm. 34, W. Glos.; (4) in quantity below Tidenham Crags on banks of Wye, C. C. Townsend. The first record for Glos. outside the Bristol area.
§104/1. SperRcuLA aRveNsIS L. *100, Clyde Isles; Cumbrae, 1884, R. M. Bucuanan; Bute, 1903, T. Wise (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
§104/2. SpereuLta sATIvVA Boenn. 143, Radnor; near Llanelwedd; Penithon, J. A. Webb (1945, N.-W. Nat., 20, 157).
§105/1. SpERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis. *48, Mer.; Harlech Castle walls, P. M. Benortt, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtgs.
§105 / 2. SPERGULARIA MEDIA (L.) C. Presl. *101, Kintyre; salt- marsh on Loch Sween, Caol Scotrish, K. N. G. Macteay.
§+108/1. CrayTontIA ALSINOIDES Sims. *40, Salop; Little Stretton, near Church Stretton, 1951, J. Gattoway, comm. E. B. BANGERTER. 59, S. Lanes.; well established in many places about Bury, 1949-1952, F. Sater.
§+108/2. CLAYTONIA PERFOLIATA Donn ex Willd. 475, Ayr; road- side between West Kilbride and Portincross since 1907, D. Parron. *89, EK. Perth; Pitlochry, 1933, L. J. TrREMayne, comm. D. H. Kent. *99, Dunb.; on Dumbarton Castle Rock, D. Patton.
109/2. MontTIA FONTANA subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) S. M. Walters. 34, W. Glos.; (4) May Hill, 1951, C. C. Townsenpn, det. S. M. WALTERS.
§111/2. EuatrnE HEXANDRA (Lapierre) DC. {3, S. Devon; Tamar Lake: 4, N. Devon; Fernworthy Reservoir, 1951, O. Greig (1952, Rep. and Trans. Devon. Assocn., 84, 255).
§112/1. Hypericum aNpRosAEMUM L. *72, Dumf.; Brocklehurst, Mrs. F. L. Batrour-Browne, det. and comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
4112/3. Hypericum niecinum L. *52, Anglesey; wooded roadside banks between Menai Bridge and Beaumaris, F. C. G. GoveH, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
§112/10. Hyprricum unpuLatum Schousb. ex Willd. *48, Mer.; Morfa Arthog, 1951, P. M. Brenorr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
112/11. Hyprertoum TETRAPTERUM Fr. 98, Argyll; Loch Ederline, Ford; on grassy bank at roadside, K. N. G. Mac easy.
PLANT RECORDS 47
§112/12. Hypericum macunatum Crantz. {18, S. Essex; near Wood- hatch, 1909, C. Nicholson (Herb. London Natural History Soc.): road- side, Theydon Mount, 1951, R. M. Payne, comm. D. H. Kent. 39, Staffs.; below Thor’s Cave near Wetton: 57, Derby: near the canal and river at Brimington, Chesterfield. Frequent in this neighbourhood, 1950, F. W. Apams. 100, Clyde Isles; Whiting Bay, Arran;1883, Dr. J. Wvrue: Kildonan, Arran, 1890, R. & T. Wirz (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
§112/14x12. Hypericum x DESETANGSID Lamotte. *33, E. Glos.; (2a) from the bank near rubbish tip at Walham to above the tar works, R. S. Georee, det. at Krew.
§115/2. AzrHara HirsutTa L. {f{T18, S. Essex; Dagenham Dump, 1939, P. H. Cooke, det. at Kew (1952, Kent and Lousley, Hand List, 48). {+61, S.E. York.; bombed site, Hull, E. Crackles (1953, The Nat., 844, 41).
117/4. Matva rorunprroria L. 13, W. Sussex; West Dean, 1947. Previously recorded (Watsonia, 1, 40) as M. parviflora L., but material from the same colony distributed in 1950 (see Year Book, 1951, 121) was determined by J. P. M. Brenan as this species, D. P. Youne.
§127/1. GERANIUM SANGUINEUM L. *42, Brecon; limestone cliffs, Daren Felin, Cwm Clydach, near Gilwern, 1951, D. P. M. Guitz, comm. Nar. Mus. Watgs.
+127/2. GerRaNIuM veERsiIcoLtor L. 36, Heref.; Preston-on-Stour, naturalised in quantity on roadside bank close to a garden, Rev. R. B. ABELL and C. W. BANNISTER.
§127/11. Grrantum rotunDiFoLIuM L. 163, S.W. York.; sandpit, Whitley Thorpe, W. A. Sledge and G. A. Shaw (1949, The Nat., 37).
127/13. Grrantum tuctipum L. 98, Argyll; on stone bank by road, Glen Nant, Taynuilt, K. N. G. Macteay and E. C. Watiace.
128/3c. Eropium GLuTINosum Dum. 45, Pemb.; St. David’s, on fixed dunes, R. M. Payne, det. A. MELDERIs.
§¢132/2. Oxatis cornicuLaTa L. 132, Northants.; very common and persistent as a wayside and garden weed at Kings Cliffe, J. L. Gilbert (1950, J. Northants. N.HWS. & F.C., 32, 85). ° £43, Radnor; scarce, pathside by Llandrindod Lake, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
§133/1. InpaTrENs NOLI-TANGERE L. t+101, Kintyre; Inverneill Woods near Ardrishaig, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 73).
§+133/2. Impatiens capensis Meerb. *37, Worcs.; by river Arrow, near Redditch, C. C. TowNsENpD, comm. F. M. Day.
48 PLANT RECORDS
§+133/4. ImpaTIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle. 118, S. Essex; Waltham- stow Reservoirs, 1951, J. Bedford (1952, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 52). *88, Mid Perth; Ardeonaig burn, Loch Tay, 1950, D. Parton. {98, Argyll; near the ruins of Dunollie Castle, near Oban, A. J. MacDougall (1951, Country Infe, 110, 1554).
§153/1. Mepicaco ratcata L. +21, Middx.; waste ground, Feltham, one clump, B. WrtcH, comm. D. H. Kent. *735, Mon.; Alexandra Dock, Newport, J. N. Davires, comm. Nat. Mus. WaAtes.
153/1d. Mepicago FALCATA var. DIFFUSA Schur. 125.5 BevSade ; waste ground, Felixstowe Docks, F. W. Simpson, det. at Kew. 736, Heref.; two plants by river Wye, Hereford, Miss Murier, det. at Kew, comm. F. M. Day.
§153/6. Mrpicaco minima (L.) Bartal. {132, Northants; Peter- borough railway sidings, 1950, J. G. Dony (1951, J. Northants N.AS. & HEC ppes 284)
156/1. . ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. +21, Middx.; bombed site, Cripplegate, E.C., M. A. R. S. ScHotry, comm. D. H. Kent.
§¢160/1. TrrRAGoNoLospus MARITIMUS (L.) Roth. *24, Bucks.; grassy road verge on chalk near Fingest, T. G. Cottert, comm. D. H. Kent.
4170/1. Corontnza varia L. 25, E. Suff.; waste ground, Felixstowe Docks, F. W. Simpson.
176/14. Victa tatHyromeEs L. 11, S. Hants.; Stubbington beach, with white flowers, C. W. Muserave Burton.
178/2. Larayrus sytvestris L. 49, Caern.; in two places, Nevin, F. C. G. Gouex.
§+184/10. Sprrara saAticirroria LL. $35, Mon.; near Tintern Abbey, 1948 and 1951, J. A. Webb (1952, Proc. Swansea Scient. & F.N.S., 10, 325). *98, Argyll; Stonmilchan, Dalmally; in old hedge along the old road, occasional, K. N. G. Macuray.
185/31. Rusus tinpEBerGi P. J. Muell. 34, W. Glos.; (4) Old Bar- gains Wood, Aylburton, C. C. TownsEnp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
§187/2. Grum rtvare L. 118, S. Essex; pond side, Chingford, 1936, J. Ross: streamside, High Beech, 19388, W. E. Gaze (1952, Kent & Lousley, Hand Inst, 101).
+189/13. Porentimuna RectA L. 19, N. Essex; Feering, roadside, R. M. Payne and J. A. WHettan, det. A. MELDERIS.
PLANT RECORDS AQ
190/2. ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. 97, (Argyll); Kuillun- dine, Fiunary; grassy roadside verges under trees: *98, Argyll; Glen Nant, Loch Aweside: *101, Kintyre; Stonefield, Knapdale, E. C. Wat- LACE and K. N. G. Macteay.
190/8. AtcHEMITLA GLABRA Neygenf. {16, W. Kent; meadow near Birling, 1951, F. Rose (1952, S.H. Nat., 57, xviii).
190(2)/2. APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. 110, Outer Hebrides; very common on sandy paths near the Creed River, Stornoway, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. ac, 11, 85).
191/2. AGRIMONIA opoRATA (Gouan) Mill. 52, Anglesey; side of track from main road to Dinam Farm, C. C. Townsrenp. 98, Argyll; roadside grassy bank beside Loch Ederline, K. N. G. Mac may.
§195/11. Sorsus rupicota (Syme) Hedl. *88, Mid Perth; rocks above Loch na Craige on the Aberfeldy to Crieff road, R. A. Granam, det. E. F. Warpure.
199/10. Saxrrraca HyPNoIDES L. 105, W. Ross; Beinn Dearg, and on Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackecuntik and EK. C. Watnace.
§199/19. Saxirraca Rivunaris L. *105, W. Ross; sparingly on Beinn Dearg, R. Mackrcunig and E. C. WALmAcE.
§199/21. Saxtrraca nivauis L. *105, W. Ross; very scarce, Beinn Dearg, R. MackEcHNIE and E. C. WaLuace.
203/1. CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM L. 25, E. Suff.; felled alder wood in wet valley, Stutton, F. J. Brnetry and KE. C. Wattace.
§207/3. Ripes sytvestre Mert. & Koch. 143, Radnor; brookside and by ruins, Abermethil, Llandegley; hedges at Gaufron, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
§207/5. Rises atprinum L. {+4, N. Devon; old bushes in roadside hedge, South Tawton, 1951, O. Greig (1952, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assocn., 84, 256). t+43, Radnor; frequent in hedges in the hills—Llan- bister; Gaufron; Penithon; Penybont; doubtfully native, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
§211/1. Sepum TELEPHIUM subsp. PURPURASCENS (Koch) Aresch. 52, Anglesey ; many plants ona wall between Holyhead and Porthdafarch, C. C. Townsenp. {100, Clyde Isles; Bute, 1917, T. Wise (Herb. Glas- gow Univ.), comm. D. Patron—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 135 (1933).
§211/5. Smpum sExaneutareE LL. {48, Radnor; Penithon, in quantity, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
50 PLANT RECORDS
§217/4. CaLtirRicHE PpotyMorPHA Lénnr. *14, E. Sussex; on marshes between Rye and Camber Castle, L. W. Frosv.
218/1. Prpris portura L. 101, Kintyre; Crosshill Loch and Aros Moss, 1949, M. H. CunNNINGHAM.
§220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. *103, Mid Ebudes; Tobermory, clearing in woods behind town, and on waste ground, frequent, K. N. G. Macti&ay.
220. Eprostum. All records, except where stated and those for H. pedunculare, determined or confirmed by G. M. AsuH.
220/4. EprimnoBruM PARVIFLORUM Schreb. S., Channel Islands; Herm, 1950, Mrs. F. L. Batrour-BrowNnE; swampy hollow in N. of island, M. Hancock, conf. A. MELpERIS, comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
220/5. EpiLoptum apNAatTum Griseb. 98, Argyll; Loch Ederline, Ford; roadside ditch beside the loch, K. N. G. Macteray.
220/6. Epitopium tamyt F. W. Schultz. 31, Hunts.; Wood Walton Fen, J. L. Gilbert (1951, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 1950, 17).
+220/7(2). Eprrtosium ADENOCAULON Hausskn. *4, N. Devon; Lundy, T. G. Cottett, comm. D. H. Kent. 18, S. Essex; railway yard, Snares- brook, D. H. Kent. 24, Bucks.; Burnham Beeches, R. A. BONIFACE and D. H. Kent. *38, Warw.; mixed woodland, partly devastated, Alveston, R. C. READETT.
§290/9. Epinoprum LANCEOLATUM Seb. & Mauri. *18, S. Essex; Blake’s Wood, Danbury, J. E. Lous ry.
+220/17. Epizostum PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. *35, Mon.; wall, Cwmffrwdoer, Pontypool, H. J. VERNALL, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs. *80, Roxb.; along Blackburn, Newcastleton, Miss E. M. Losury and E. F. Warzure.
§995/2. CrrcaEA INTERMEDIA Ehrh. 63, S.W. York.; locally abun- dant by the river, Rivelin Valley, Sheffield, 1951, F. W. Apams, det. E. ©. WIALLACE. +97, (Argyll); Fiunary, Morvern; WNillundine, damp eround beside burn: {98, Argyll; Cruach Achadh na Craoibhe, Kil- chrenan; rock ledges facing north, E. C. Wartacr and K. N. G. Mac- LEAY. 105, W. Ross; woodland at Foich, Inverbroom; ravine of Falls of Measach, R. Mackrecunie and E. C. Watrace. See also Top. Bot. Supp., 1.
225/3. Crrcara atpIna L. 42, Brecon; scree, Craig-y-Cilau, near Crickhowell, P. F. Vernon and E. F. Warsvre.
PLANT RECORDS 51
§+240/1. AsrrantTra major L. *98, Argyll; bank of Balliemeanoch burn, under Saliz trees, where it enters Loch Awe, K. N. G. Macreay.
9242/1. DANAA CORNUBIENSIS (L.) Burnat. 24, Bucks.; Dorney Wood, 1951, A. F. Wood (1953, Middle-Thames Nat., 5, 10).
§+250/3. PrrrosetiInum crispum (Mill.) Airy-Shaw. *52, Anglesey: Newborough Warren, F. C. G. GoucH, comm. Nat. Mus. Watzgs.
4252/1. Faucarta vuLearis Bernh. 21, Middx.; railway bank be- tween Yeoveney and Poyle, a large well established patch, 1951, D. H. KENT.
§253/2. Bervia EREcTA (Huds.) Coville. {+77, Lanark; introduced _ at Possil Marsh in 1919, now (1952) well established and locally abun- dant, D. PatTon.
9257/1. Myrruis oporata (L.) Scop. 59, S. Lancs.; common by river Irwell, Bury, 1949-1952, F. SiaTer.
§263/1. ForntcuLuM vuLeaRE Mill. *+57, Derby; on damp waste ground near Calver, F. W. Apams.
§265/4. OENANTHR PIMPINELLOIDES L. 115, E. Kent; roadside and meadow near Stubb’s Cross, Kingsnorth, J. Scott (1952, S.E. Nat., 57, Xvili).
265/6. OfNANTHE LACHENALIT C. C. Gmel. 18, S. Essex; salt marsh, Creekmouth, Barking, J. C. Codrington and J. E. Lousley (1952, Lond. Nat., 31, 11).
§270/1. Meum arHaMaAnticum Jacq. *50, Denb.; Cwrt, near Pentre Foelas, E. Price Evans, comm. Nat. Mus. WALtxgEs.
§276/3. Pastrnaca sativa L. tft43, Radnor; coal yards, between lines, on chippings, etc., at Dolau station. Not native, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
§+276/5. PrEucEDANUM osTRUTHIUM (L.) Koch. t75, Ayr; beside ruins of Glengarnock Castle, long known, D. Parton—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 163 (1933).
4277/1. HERAcCLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier. *43, Radnor; naturalised in a rocky dell near Llandrindod, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
+287/1. Sampucus racemosa L. 59, S. Lancs.; well established near Mersey, Woolston, E. Harpy, and see Merseyside Nat. Association Rep. 1952, p. 2. 67, Northumberland, S.; in wood by Colt Cray Reser- voir, J. K. Morton (1952, Vasc. Subst., 37, 21).
sy) PLANT RECORDS
§287/3. SampBucus EBuLus L. *43, Radnor; Knucklas, J. A. WEBB, comm. Nat. Mus. Watss.
288/1. VisurNuM oputus L. 97, (Argyll); Killundine, Morvern; roadside scrub, several plants, EH. C. Wartzace and K. N. G. Mactreay.
§296/5. Gattum pumMItumM Murr. “*100, Clyde Isles; Arran, 1884, Dr. R. M. Bucuanan (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
§+302/1. CrENTRANTHUS RUBER (L.) DC. £43, Radnor; Presteigne; New Radnor; Clyro; Knighton; Llandrindod, J. A. Webb (1945, N.IV. Nat., 20, 158). *73, Kirke.; Dundrennan Abbey; Rockcliffe, 1928, L. J. TREMAYNE, comm. D. H. Kent.
§304/2. VALERIANELLA ERIOCARPA Desv. *{21, Middx.; waste ground, Ealing, 1950, L. M. P. Smatn, det. E. B. BaNncEerTER, comm. D. H. Kent:
§304/4. VALERIANELLA CARINATA Lois. {8, S. Wilts.; Tisbury, B. Welch (1951, Rep. N.H. Sect. Wilts. Arch. & N.H.S., 1950, 76).
§304/5. VaALERIANELLA RIMOSA Bast. 139, Staffs.; potato field, Mucklestone, E. S. Edees (1952, Trans. N. Staffs. F.C., 86, 81).
+320/3. ERIcERON cANADENSIS L. 36, Heref.; goods yard, Hereford, 1944, Miss Mepwin; 1947, Miss MarsH; now very plentiful, comm. F. M. Day.
§334/2. PuLIcARIA VULGARIS Gaertn. *94, Bucks.; Littleworth Common, near Burnham Beeches, one large plant in a damp depression, 1949, R. A. Bontrace and F.. Rosr, comm. D. H. Kent.
*341/1. Xanruium srRuMARIUM L. 16, W. Kent; Erith Marshes, about six plants, H. T. Corks, comm. D. ~H. Kent: 18, S. Essex; rubbish-tip, Barking, 1951, J. C. Codrington and J E. Lousley (1952, Lond. Nat., 31,12),
$354/1. GaALINSOGA PARVIFLORA Cav. 14, (Kent); Hawkenbury cemetery, Tunbridge Wells, K. E. Butz. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Avonmouth Docks, Rev. R. B. Apeti, C. W. Bannister and C. C. TowNnseEnpD, conf. N. Y. SANDWITH.
1354/2. Gatinsoea ciaata (Raf.) Blake. 57, Derby; in town of Derby, D. MecCrinvrocx. #368/1. ANntTHEMIS TINcCTORIA L. 21, Middx.; railway banks between
Colnbrook and West Drayton, several large well established patches, D. H. Kenr.
368/2. ANTHEMIS NoprtIs L. 8, S. Wilts.; Woodfalls, B. Welch (1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 340).
PLANT RECORDS 53
§1371/3. MATRICARIA MATRICARIOIDES (Less.) Porter. “(2 Duan = Brocklehurst, Mrs. F. L. Batrour-Browne, det. and comm. E. B. Ban- GERTER. *73, Kirke.; Dundrennan, 1912, J. Brirten (Herb. Mus. Brit.). 98, Argyll; Balliemeanoch Farm, Loch Awe: {101, Kintyre; Taywallich, Knapdale, Measdale, abundant about farm buildings: 103, Mid Ebudes; Tiree, waste ground at Gott Bay, K. N. G. Macrray—But see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 187 (1933). *109, Caithn.; Thurso, 1932, H. H. JOHNSTON (Herb. Mus. Brit.).
§7380/3. PErrTasiTEs FRAGRANS (Vill.) C. Presl. 131, Hunts.; Alcon- bury Hill, Mr. and Mrs. J. E. H. Blackie (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fawna d Flora Soc., 1949, 16). +48, Radnor; shrubberies at Llandrindod; fre- quent in woods and on banks at Penybont (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159). $98, Argyll; Dunoon-Inellan, roadside and waste ground, locally fre- quent, H. C. Watiace and K. N. G. Mactray—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 189 (1938).
+380/4. Prrastres saponicus (Sieb. & Zucc.) F. Schmidt. 20, Herts.; naturalised on a bank in the grounds of Aldenham House near Elstree, C. S. Smaticompe, det. T. G. Cottetr, comm. D. H. KeEnr.
§383/1. SENECIO FLUVIATILIS Wallr. *+100, Clyde Isles; Arran, Whiting Bay, 1883, Dr. J. Wyre (Herb. Glasgow Umv.), comm. D. ParrTon.
383/78. SENECIO X LONDINENSIS Lousley. 39, Staffs.; Norton Canes, 1948, HE. S. Edees, conf. J. E. Lousley (1952, Trans. N. Staffs. F.C., 86, 82).
§383/8. Senecio viscosus L. +36, Heref.; Dinedor, several plants at farm entrance, Mrs. L. A. WuairreHEaD, comm. F. M. Day. = {t43, Radnor; Aberceuthon Bank, near Rhayader, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159). 101, Kintyre; Killellan Quarry, Campbeltown, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
4383/26. Senecio smiraHir DC. 101, Kintyre; Hill burn, inland on west coast, 1950, M. H. CunnineHam.
4389/1. EcHINops sPHAEROCEPHALUS L. 80, Roxb.; N. bank of River Teviot near old bridge at Cleekum Inn near Ancrum, A. W. Rosson.
§391/1. Cartina vuLeaRis L. 100, Clyde Isles; Arran, Struey Rocks, 1883, Dr. J. Wyte (Herb. Glasgow Univ. Bot. Dept.), comm. D. Patton—but see Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 5, 161 (1881) and Top. Bot.
§395/1. Carpuus nutans L. 143, Radnor; Llanelwedd Quarry, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
54 PLANT RECORDS
3895/2. Carpuus crispus L. 98, Argyll; roadside near Kilchrenan lime quarry, E. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Macteay; roadside near In- veraray, K. N. G@. Macteay.
396/1b. Crrsitum ERIOPHORUM var. BRITANNICUM (Petrak) Druce. 17, Surrey ; Old Coulsdon, H. Britten (1952, Lond. Nat., 31, 11).
§396/3. CrIRsIUM HETEROPHYLLUM (L.) Hill. £43, Radnor; two spots near Llanbadarn Fynydd, 1939, but the larger patch of the two was destroyed by road widening the following year, J. A. Webb (1945, N.IV. Nat., 20, 159).
396/8e. CIRSIUM ARVENSE var. sETOoSUM C. A. Mey. 112, N. Hants.; wood yard, Heath End. East Woodhay, A. M. Srwmonps.
1398/1. Cynara caRpuNcuLUs L. 98, Argyll; Carnasserie, near Kil- martin, old rubbish heap near road junction, has been here for at least 10 years, K. N. G. Mact&ay.
401/1. Saussurpa atprna (L.) DC. 98, Argyll; Cruach Achadh na Craoibhe, Kilchrennan, north facing rock ledges at 800 ft., E. C. Wat- Lace and K. N. G. Mactmay.
§405/12. Crntraurra cyaNus L. 143, Radnor; turfy walls by the Kinnerton road, New Radnor, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
4405/16. CrnTAUREA ASPERA L. 16, W. Kent; Blackheath, a small patch on a road verge, Mrs. K. K. Law, comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
419. Hieractum. All records, except where stated, have been deter- mined, or confirmed, by P. D. Srerz and C. West. The order and num- bers follow Pugsley, H. W., 1948, A Prodromus of the British Hieracia, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), 54. Asterisks refer to vice-counties not cited there.
419/4. Hreractum aLpinum L. 96, Easterness; with Arctostaphylos alpinus near the summit of Carn Glas Lochdarach, Glen Affric, 1947, C. C. TOWNSEND.
419/5. HreractuM HOLOSERIcEUM Backh. 96, Easterness; rocky ledges about halfway up Tom a Choinich, Glen Affric, 1947, C. C. TOWNSEND.
419/17. Hieractum HansBuryI Pugsl. 96, Easterness; high slopes of Tom a Choinich, Glen Affric, 1947, C. C. TowNsenp.
419/93. Hzieractum PRAEcOx Schultz-Bip. *18, S. Essex, Waltham- stow Reservoirs, J. Breprorp, comm. D. H. Kent.
PLANT RECORDS BIS)
419/99. Hreractum ExoTERIcUM Jord. *21, Middx.; grounds of Natural History Museum, South Kensington, 1948, E. B. BANGERTER.
419/149d. HtrrRaciIuM VULGATUM var. SUBFASCICULARE W. R. Linton. *33, E. Glos.; (7b) wall under railway viaduct, Dowdeswell, C. C. Towns- END.
419/152. HigRactum LEPIDULUM Stenstr. *4, N. Devon; Lyn Valley above Lynmouth, 1950, C. C. Townsend. *18, S. Essex; Walthamstow Reservoirs, J. Beprorp, comm. D. H. Kent.
419/153. HigRactum mMaAcuLATUM Sm. “*18, S. Essex; Walthamstow Reservoirs, 1951, J. Brprorp, comm. D. H. Kent.
419/164. Hirractum suBMUTABILE (Zahn) Pugsl. *34, W. Glos.; (4) rocky slope near Ruspidge, 1949; *85, Mon.; plentiful on a wall behind Tintern, 1949, C. C. TowNsEND.
419/165. HirractuM DAEDALOLEPIOIDES (Zahn) Roffey. 49, Caern.; Llanberis waterfall; Cwm Idwal, C. C. TownsEnp.
419/166. Hirractum ancLorum (Ley) Pugsl. *37, Worcs.; railway bank, Bromsgrove, C. C. TowNsEND.
419/167. HirpraciIuM TUNBRIDGENSE Pugsl. *21, Middx.; Hadley Wood, EK. B. Bancerter, J. K. Morton and J. WH1TTAKER, comm. D. H. KeEntT.
419/169. Hizracium strRuMosum Ley. *33, E. Glos.; (6) frequent about the roadside from Sapperton to Oakridge; Swift Hill, Slad Valley, 1949, C. C. TownseEnp. *35, Mon.; near Usk, 1935, R. Winpsor RickaRps, comm. Nat. Mus. Wa tes.
419/170. Hieractum acuminatum Jord. *34, W. Glos.; (5) St. Vin- cents Recks, Bristol, 1951, C. C. TowNsEND.
419/212. HirraciuM TRIDENTATUM f. GLANDULOSICEPS (Zahn) Pugs. *10, Wight; Bleak Down, Godshill, in some quantity on the N. side, C. C. TowNnsEND.
419/216. Hirractum TRICHOCAULON (Dahlst.) Roffey. *24, Bucks. ; roadside bank near Black Park, 1951, D. H. Kent.
419/217. HipRacIuM EBORACENSE Pugsl. *10, Wight; Bleak Down, Godshill, 1951, C. C. TownsEnp.
419/238. HipracIuM BICHLOROPHYLLUM (Druce & Zahn) Pugsl. 34, W. Glos.; limestone rocks at Symonds Yat, half a mile N. of the Station, 1949, C. C. TowNsEND.
56 PLANT RECORDS
419/238b. HisRACIUM BICHLOROPHYLLUM var. curTUM (EK. F. & W. R. Linton) Pugsl. 4, N. Devon; Lundy, 1951, T. G. Cottetr, comm. D. H. Kent.
419/245. Hizractum vacum Jord. *33, E. Glos.; (2a) railway bank, Natton, near Tewkesbury, C. W. BannisTER. *52, Anglesey; Bodorgan railway station, C. C. TownsEenp: 90, Forfar; railway embankment near Montrose, 1948, U. K. Duncan, det. J. E. Raven.
419/247. Hieracrum caLvatum (F. J. Hanb.) Pugsl. *47, Monig.; Llanfair Caereinion, 1940, J. A. Wess, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
419/249. Himractum crocrostytuM Pugsl. *47, Montg.; Llanfair Caereinion, 1940, J. A. WEBB, comm. Nar. Mus. WALEs.
+419/257. NH ieRAcIUM BRUNNEOCROCEUM Pugsl. 59, S. Lancs.; way- side, Hawkshaw, F. SLATER.
1428/1. TRacorpocGon Po-RIFoLIus L. 1, W. Cornwall; stream and hedge bank near Landewednack, F. W. ApAms.
432/1. JASIONE MONTANA L. 101, Kintyre; Bellanoch, Knapdale; locally common on a north facing bank beside the Crinan Canal, K. N. G. MAcLEay.
§435/1.. CampanuLta GLoMERATA L. {31, Hunts.; near Wansford Quarries, Stibbington, J. L. Gilbert (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 16).
§438/2. Vaccrntum myrtintus L. t7, N. Wilts.; Savernake Forest, G. W. Collett (1951, Rep. N.H. Sect. Wilts. Arch. & N.H.S., 1950, 77).
§446/7. Erica vacans L. *t50, Denb.; banks of river Dee, Melton Wood, W. of Cefn Mawr, V. Gorpon.
453/3. Pyrota minor L. 105, W. Ross; rock ledges, north corrie of Beinn Dearg at nearly 3000 ft., R. Mackecunire and E. C. Watuace.
+463/3. Lysrmacuia puncrata L. 98, Argyll; waste ground at road- side in Connell village, Lorn, K. N. G. Macteay (previously found by W. A. Sever, ec. 1950). 101, Kintyre; waste ground near Bellanoch, Knapdale, K. N. G. Maonkay.
467/3. ANAGALLIS FOEMINA Mill. 37, Worcs.; arable field, Sarn Hill, Bushley, quite plentiful, Rev. R. B. Abett and C. W. BANNISTER.
+472/2. Ligustrum ovatironium Hassk. 23, Oxon.; gravel-pit, Caversham, 1951: H. 20, Wicklow, one plant in an untrimmed hedge of native shrubs, by lane bordering fields, Wicklow, 1950, D. P. Youne.
PLANT RECORDS 57
§473/2. Vinca minor L. {+43, Radnor; Nantmel; Cwmbach- Llechryd; Penybont, doubtfully native, J. A. Webb (1945, N. W. Nat., 20, 159).
¢474/2. Buppiesa pAvipit Franch. 101, Kintyre; established for long stretches along the Tarbet to Ardrishaig road, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
478/4. CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce. 37, Worcs.; abundant in a pasture-field and along edge of nearby Sarn Hill Wood, Bushley, on sandy ground, with C. minus Moench, C. W. BANNISTER.
480/5. GENIIANELLA SEPTENTRIONALIS (Druce) EK. F. Warburg. 105, W. Ross; on limestone outcrops, Strath Kanaird; limestone pasture in ravine between Ullapool and Loch Achall, R. Macxkrcunig and H. C. WALLACE.
§480/7. GENTIANELLA ULIGINOSA (Willd.) H. Sm. *44, Carm.; dune slacks below Laugharne, 1944, R. B. Asetn, det. H. W. Pucstey.
§497/2. SympHytum tuBERosumM L. 133, E. Glos.; small copse near Brockworth, small colony apparently naturalised, Rev. R. B. AsBeru and C. W. Bannister, *44, Carm.; roadside, 13 miles north-east of Llanstephan, 1951, M. H. Syxss, det. A. E. Wangs, comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
$499/1. TRACHYSTEMON ORIENTALIS (L.) Don. 7, N. Wilts.; East Tytherton, T. G. CoLttEtTt, comm. J. D. Grose.
§7503/1. PuLMoNarRIA oFFICINALIS L. {43, Radnor; hedges, Llan- stephan, 1949, J. A. Webb and M. H. Sykes (1952, Proc. Swansea Scient. & F.N.S., 10, 326).
506/1. Myosotis scorpiompes L. 101, Kintyre; Machrihanish links; Ronachan Bay, Peninver, Saddell, frequent, K. N. G. Mactimay.
7511/2. CatystTEeIa syLvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. 18, S. Essex; plentiful on railway banks from Leyton to Debden, D. H. Kent. *37, Worcs.; waste ground and hedgesides in several places around Red- ditch, C. C. Townsenp. *46, Card.; Aberporth, 1951, J. A. Wess, comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
§517/1. Soranum putcamara L. *101, Kintyre; Cour, on shore at Crossaig, F. Davip; Ardnacross Bay, M. H. CuNNINGHAM, comm. K. N. G. Macuray.
6521/1. ATROPA BELLA-DONNA L. 121, Middx.; bombed site, EHaton Terrace, S.W.1., R. L. Bennet, comm. E. B. Bancrerter. +38, Warw.; grows vigorously on a number of bombed sites near Coventry station,
J. H. Edwards (1948, Proc. Coventry & Dist. N.H. & S.S., 2, 56).
58 PLANT RECORDS
$524/1b. HyoscyamMus NIGER var. PALLIDUS Waldst. & Kit. aN, Middx.; disused running track, Finsbury Park, J. Breprorp, det. and comm. D. H. Kent.
1527/5. VeERBASCUM BLATTARIA L. 36, Heref.; roadside between Ross and Pencraig, one plant, with Reseda alba L., C. W. BANNISTER.
527/8x3. VERBASCUM x COLLINUM Schrad., non Salisb. 33, E. Glos.; (6) Daneway, Sapperton, C. W. BANNISTER.
$532/2. Linaria PURPUREA (L.) Mill. 85, Fife; St. Andrews, frequent on old walls throughout town, also along N. beach, A. W. Rosson.
532/3. LINARIA REPENS (L.) Mill. 721, Middx.; railway sidings near West Drayton, 1951, D. H. Kenr.
§+532/26. CyMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. *103, Mid Ebudes; walls in Tobermory, Muil, frequent, K. N. G. Macteay.
534/2. MISoPATES ORONTIUM (L.) Raf. 14, (Kent); weed in a nur- sery, Bayham road, Tunbridge Wells, K. E. Butt.
§535/2. ScropHuLaRia Aquatica L. {t110, Outer Hebrides; in two widely separated localities in the Lews Castle Woods, Lewis, possibly introduced, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soce., 11, 87).
1537/2. Mimutus MoscHatus Dougl. ex Lindl. 49, Caern.; in bog, Moel Hebog, Beddgelert, L. W. Frost.
1542/1. Erinus atprnus L. 78, Peebles; walls of Neidpath Castle ; 100, Clyde Isles; main street at Millport, D. Parron. 101, Kintyre; Saddell, old walls, fairly frequent, K. N. G. Mactreay.
543/6. Veronica scuTeLtLATa L. 105, W. Ross; marsh, Braemore Square, Braemore, E. C. WaALuace.
543/9. VERONICA CATENATA Pennell. 52, Anglesey; marsh near Carreg Fawr Farm, Trearddwr Bay, C. C. TowNSEND.
543/12. Veronica TENELLA All. 105, W. Ross; Druim Reidh, Fan- nich, E. C. WALLACE.
~§543/14. Veronica verNA L. ft3, S. Devon; rough field near top of Peak Hill, Sidmouth, 1951, G. Steele-Perkins and T. J. Richards (1952, Rep. and Trans. Devon. Assocn., 84, 257).
§543/21. VERONICA HEDERTFOLIA L. *98, Argyll; waste ground in Kilchrenan village, E. C. Waunace and K. N. G. Macieay.
PLANT RECORDS 59
4543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. 14 (Kent); Hawkenbury cemetery, Funbridze™ Wells, K. EH.” Butt. 37, Worcs.; in quantity on the bank of the Severn behind Shrawley Wood, near Droitwich, C. E. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TowNSEND. 88, Mid Perth; cemetery of St. Kattan’s Chapel, Aberuthven; S. bank of Tay near Elcho Castle, A. W. Rosson. 98, Argyll; roadside in Kilchrenan village, E. C. Watuacr and K. N. G. Mactray.
545/10. EupHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. 52, Anglesey; Aberffraw Common, C. C. Townsenp, det. E. F. Warsure.
545/18. EupHRAsIA CONFUSA forma ALBIDA Pugsl. 52, Anglesey ; Aberffraw Common, C. C. TowNsENp, det. E. F. Warpure. ‘‘ Some of the plants are very hairy and are perhaps E. confusa x curta.’’—
545/19(4). EupHrasia ANGLIcA Pugsl. 6, N. Som.; Street Heath, near Glastonbury, common in boggy woodland, Rev. R. B. Apgety, C. C. TOWNSEND and C. W. BannrisTER.
§546/4. PareNTUCELIIA viscosa (L.) Caruel. *8, S. Wilts.; marshy field adjoining the river near Manningford Abbots, J. D. Grosz. {15, K. Kent; hollows on the dunes at Sandwich Bay, Miss B. Gore, teste Miss D. Long; over 100 plants, F. Rose (1952, S.H. Nat., 57, xix). 16, W. Kent; near Westerham, Mrs. L. M. P. Smatt, comm. D. H. Kent. *70, Cumb.; on disturbed ground adjoining sand dunes, Silloth-on- Solway, Miss N. M. SratxKer.
5648/1. RurNantHus sEROTINUS (Schénh.) Schinz & Thell. 37, Worcs.; in a cornfield on the south side of Bredon Hill, 1951, C. C. TowNsEND, conf. E. F. Warsure, as R. major Ehrh.
§550/ 7. OROBANCHE HEDERAE Duby. {17, Surrey; parasitic on Ivy on the tow-path between Richmond and Kew, 1948, W. H. Spreadbury (1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 28)—see also Salmon, F!l., 502 (1981).
508/1x4. MerntHa X CORDIFOLIA Opiz. 101, Kintyre; marsh in Glenbrackerie, M. H. Cunnrneuam.
5598/2. MentTHa ALopecuROIDEs Hull. 33, E. Glos.; Postlip Hall, near Winchcomb, C. C. TownsEnp, conf. R. A. GraHam.
_ 558 / 31. MENTHA LONGIFOLIA var. HORRIDULA Briq. 57, Derby; river- side on marshy ground near the bridge, Calver, F. W. Apams, comm. R. A. Granam.
558/31. MENTHA LONGIFOLIA X ROTUNDIFOLIA. 22, Berks.; Parish chalkpit, Compton, F. M. Day. 57, Derby; laneside near Beeley Hill Top, near Beeley, Chesterfield, F. W. Apams. Both det. R. A. Granam.,
60 PLANT RECORDS
558/3bis, MENTHA X NILIACA var. WEBBERI J. Fraser. 101, Kintyre; damp woodland, Rocky Burn, near Campbeltown, M. H. CunNnINGHAM, det. R. A. Grawam.
§558/10. Mernrua xX geEntTILIiIs L. 37, Wores.; R. Teme at Osebury Rock, Knightwick, F. M. Day. 63, S.W. York.; margin of old Mill Pond, Rivelin Valley, Sheffield, F. W. Apams. {101, Kintyre; marsh in Glenbrackerie, M. H. Cunningham. All det. R. A. Graham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
558/10c. MreNTHA X GENTILIS var. GRATA Briq. 37, Worcs.; R. Teme at Osebury Rock, Knightwick, F. M. Day, det. R. A. Granam.
558/10g. MrenrHaA Xx @RAcILIs Sole. +21, Middx.; rubbish-tip, Hare- field, F. M. Day, det. R. A. Granam.
§562/5. CALAMINTHA ASCENDENS Jord. {31, Hunts.; hedgerow near Church footpath, Stibbington, J. L. Gilbert (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 17).
TOO) 172 ISALVIA “VERTICMILATA 128 18; 8. Essex; Walthamstow Reservoirs, J. Beprorp, det. and comm. D. H. Kent. 21, Middx.; plentiful on railway banks near South Greenford, 1951, D. H. Kenr.
§573/2. PRunewLA Lactntata (L.) L. *18, S. Essex; pasture by river wall, Althorne, L.N.H.S. Firnp MeEgEtinc, comm. E. C. WALLACE.
577/4. Srachys X aMBIguA Sm. 57, Derby; riverside, Hathersage; waste ground by road, Calver; marsh in Brierley Wood, Chesterfield, F. W. ADAMS.
578/2b. GALEOPSIS BIFIDA Boenn. 34, W. Glos.; (4) The Grove, be- tween Lower Redbrook and Bigsweir, plentiful, with G@. tetrahit L. Many plants seemed more or less intermediate between the two species, and may have been hybrids, Rev. R. B. Aseti and C. W. BANNISTER.
581/4.. Lamium Hyspripum Vill. 33, E. Glos.; (2b) in a garden, Hucclecote, 1950, J. W. Hatnes, conf. E. F. Warsure, comm. C. C. TowNsenp. 52, Anglesey; abundant on Holyhead putting green; C. C. TOWNSEND.
§581/5. LamMIuM MOLUCCELLIFoLIUM Fr. ‘*t21, Middx.; waste ground, Hackney Marshes, J. E. Cooper (Herb. Mus. Brit.), det. A. Metperis and BK. B. BANGERTER, comm. D. H. Kent.
§600/ 4. CHENOPoDIUM HyBRIDUM L. {7, N. Wilts.; Marlborough, J. H. Halliday (1951, Rep. N.H. Sect. Wilts. Arch. & N.H.S. 1950, 77). 33, EK. Glos.; Northway, Ashchurch, about twelve plants in a flower- bed, C. W. BANNISTER.
PLANT RECORDS 61
600/13. CHENopopIUM GLAUcUM L. 16, W. Kent; Kemsing station, 1948, D. McClintock (1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 28).
615/3. Potyeconum BIsToRTA L. 13, W. Sussex; hedgebank of lane, Stopham, E. C. Wattacr. 101, Kintyre; banks of Lussa river, M. H. CunNINGHAM.
4615/19. Poryconum parutum Bieb. 26, W. Suff.; dry sandy ground above Lakenheath, F. W. Apams, det. A. MELDERISs.
1615/31. Potyeconum PpoLystacHyum Wall. ex Meisn. 97, (Argyll); Strontian, Ardgour, waste ground at roadside, probably garden escape, EK. C. Watiace and K. N. G. Mackay.
1615/32. Potyeonum cusprpatum Sieb. & Zucc. 43, Radnor; Llandrindod Common; by the Ithon; Penypont; Builth Road; near Newbridge-on-Wye, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
1615/33. PoLYGoNUM SACHALINENSE F’. Schmidt ex! Maxim. 34, W. Glos.; (5) one clump of large plants by the edge of a roadside field at Westonbirt, R. B. Asett, C. W. BannisteR and C. C. TownseEnp, conf. N. Y. SanpwitH.
1618/5. Rumex aupinus L. 63, S. W. York.; over 1000 feet on roadside bank near a farm at Rod Moor, 1951, F. W. Apams.
618/7. Rumex sancuineus L. 67, Northumb. S.; Capheaton, D. McCiintocxg.
618/16(2). Rumex TENUIFoLIUS (Wallr.) Love. 37, Worcs.; Holly- bush Hill, Malvern Hills, a dominant; in company with Hypochoeris glabra, Moenchia, Aphanes microcarpa, etc., C. W. BANNISTER and C. C. TownsEND, conf. J. E. Loustey.
+618/29. Rumex ospovatus Danser. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Avonmouth Docks, three or four plants, C. W. Bannister, det. J. EK. Lous ey.
§+622/1. ArRisToLocH1a cLEMATITIS L. {31, Hunts.; Bluntisham, Rev. R. F. McMeile (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna and Flora Soc., 1949, 17).
626/1. Viscum arsum lL. $43, Radnor; Orchards, Ffynnon Gynydd, A. Bates; Pistyll; Glasbury, J. A. Webb (on apple trees in all three localities), (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
628 / 6. EUPHORBIA STRICTA L. 34, W. Glos.; Old Park Wood, Lydney, three or four plants—the first seen here for many years, C. C. TOWNSEND.
62 PLANT RECORDS
§628/15. EupnHorsia exteua L. *95, Elgin; in flower garden, Moy House, Forres, M. McCattum Wesster, det. J. E. Loustey.
§+628/16. EupHorpia LatHyrus L. *44, Carm.; Llanegwad, Mrs. M. Barnes, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
+633 /3. Utmus x HoLuaANpIcA Mill. 48, Radnor; woods at Knighton; toward Knucklas, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
§637/2. Urtica urENS L. 1443, Radnor; Yard of Forest Inn, Nant- melan, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160).
§644/1. Carprnus BeTuLus L. +43, Radnor; shrub in hedges at Pencerrig, and one or two fine sized trees also in the woods there; Ithon Woods, Llandrindod, not native, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160).
646/1. Quercus ropuR L. 98, Argyll.; Loch Awe-side, frequent: 101, Kintyre; Bellanoch, Knapdale; West Loch Tarbert: frequent: (Most of the oaks in Argyll seem to be Q. robur, probably descendants ot planted trees. There are a few individuals of Q. petraea scattered among them), K. N. G. Mac ray.
646/2. QupRcus PETRAPA (Mattuschka) Liebl. (,. SEeaWalis=; Savernake Forest, J. T. Wildash (1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 341).
+646/3. Quercus cerRRIs L. 98, Argyll; Portsonachan, Loch Awe, a single tree in the Q. robur-Corylus wood; an escape from planted trees in Sonachan House, half a mile away, K. N. G. Mactray.
§+647/1. Casranga sativa Mill. 98, Argyll; Cladich, planted, 1941, K. N. G. Macteay: Glen Nant, E. C. Waxtace and K. N. G. Macteay —hbut see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 100 (19383).
§650/2. Sazrx Fraciris L. $43, Radnor; Llanfaredd, ete., J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160).
650/6b. Satrx vrMrnaris var. mntricata Leefe. 33, E. Glos.; (6) Toadsmoor Lake, R. B. Aner.
650/14. Satrx arspuscuta L. 98, Argyll; Meall nan Gabhar, near Dalmally, rock ledges on north face about 1,500 feet, E. C. Watiacer and K. N. G. Mactrray.
650/16. Satrx tapponum TL. 98, Argyll; Meall nan Gabhar, near Dalmally, rock ledges on north face about 1,500 feet, E. C. Watiace and K. N. G. Macrray. 105, W. Ross; Beinn Enaiglair, and Eididh nan Clach Geala: 106, E. Ross; Beinn Enaiglair, R. Mackecunm and E. C. WALLACE.
PLANT RECORDS 63
650/17. Satrx mMyrsinitEs L. 98, Argyll; Meall nan Gabhar, near Dalmally, rock ledges on north face about 1,500 feet, EK. C. Watuace and K. N. G. Mact&ay.
650/18. Satrx HERBAcEA L. 78, (Selk.); at alt. 2,450 ft., Little Craig, Meggott Water watershed; also between Lochcraig Head and Talla East Side above Loch Skene, D. A. RatcLirFe.
651/1. Poputus canescens (Ait.) Sm. 98, Argyll; Cladich, at the road junction, an old established group of trees, extending by suckers, K. N. G. Mactzay.
§651/3. Poputus nicrRAa L. 1438, Radnor; fine trees, Llanbister, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160)—but see J. Bot., 46, 336 (1908).
§660/1. Liparts Lorseni (L.) Rich. [tH.11, Kilkenny; Kilkenny, G. Gray (1952, Country Life, 112, 121). Enquiry has failed to elicit any confirmation of this record.—Eb. ]
§662/1. Nrortta nipus-Avis (L.) Rich. 98, Argyll; hazel wood in Glen Nant, EK. C. Wartace and K. N. G. Macteay: Inveraray, K. N. G. Mactray. 1101, Kintyre; Rhee estate, Tarbert, F. David, comm. K. N. G. Macleay (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
663/1. Listera ovata (L.) R.Br. 101, Kintyre; small grassy meadow at Redhouse road junction, E. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Mac- LEAY.
667/3. CEPHALANTHERA LONGIFOLIA (L.) Fritsch. 97, (Argyll); grassy verge of roadside through oak-hazel wood, Killundine, Morvern, K. C. Watuace, A. A. Stack and K. N. G. Mactmay.
668 /3(8). EPIPACTIS PHYLLANTHES var. VECTENSIS (T. & T. A. Steph.) D. P. Young. 11, S. Hants.; Nursling, a few plants in a willow holt on wet chalky alluvium, P. Bowman, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMERHAYES and D. P. Youne. 33, E. Glos.; (6) beech plantation in small quantity, Painswick, 1935, Lapy Davy; still there in 1951 and 1952 (Young, Thomas, Summerhayes and Fleming), varying through var. degenera D. P. Young to var. phyllanthes. Beech wood, Brimpsfield, 1947; (7b) beech wood, in small quantity, near Birdlip, 1940, a form approaching var. pendula D. P. Young, C. THomas. Not there in 1951 and 1952, Thomas, Summerhayes, Young and Fleming (Fleming, 1952, Proc. Cotteswold N.F.C., 31, 43).
669/8. ORcHIS PRAFTERMISSA Druce. 39, Staffs.; Sphagnum swamp by the roadside east of Milford, E. S. Edees, conf. V. S. Summerhayes (1952, Trans. N. Staff. F.C., 86, 83).
§669/9. Orcuis purPURELLA T. & T. A. Steph. *50, Denb.; Wern, near Bettws-y-coed, R. H. Roserts, comm. Nat. Mus. Watss. 98,
64 PLANT RECORDS
Argyll; roadside bank crossing the Moine Mér, near Kilmartin, fre- quent; Lochan na Cuthaig, Lorn: 101, Kintyre; Crinan, frequent, K. N. G. Macrmay.
669/10. OrcHis macuLata IL. 98, Argyll; Loch Awe-side; Glen Coe: Glen Nant; very common throughout Argyll, K. N. G. Macrzay.
669/11. Orcuis rucusi Druce. 98, Argyll; grassy verge of old road from Dalmally-Inverary near Cladich, K. N. G. Macteay. 101, Kin- tyre; near Crinan Canal, Knapdale, R. Watxer, 1951 (Herb. Kew), teste V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
669(3)/1. HimantrogLossum uHIRciNum (L.) Spreng. 8, S. Wilts.; railway bank near Downton, Dr. B. Whitehead (1953, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 62).
672/3. OpHRysS APIFFRA Huds. 9, Dorset; Corfe, a specimen with thirteen flowers on a two-foot stem, 1950, E. Chambers (1951, Prac. Bournemouth Nat. Scr. Soc., 40, 34).
§702/2. At1ruM BABINGTONII Borrer. *+5, S. Som.; Porlock, in a ruined brick enclosure (or shed), below bank of the beach, 1951, Miss E. M. Mepwry, comm. N. Y. SaNDWITH.
702/4. Aztxitum viInEALE L. 80, Roxb.; railway embankment about 13 miles south of Hawick, A. W. Rosson.
706/1. Scttma verNa Huds. 101, Kintyre; grassy, rocky coast at Ronachan Bay, K. N. G. Mact®ay and E. C. Wattace.
715/1. Torrenp1a pust~iA (Michx.) Pers. 105, W. Ross, and 106, K.. Ross; sparingly near Kididh nan Clach Geala, and in Coire Ghranda Beinn Dearg, R. Mackrcunitm and BE. C. WatLtrace.
718/5. Juncus mnripxus L. S., Channel Isles; Herm, swampy hollow in N. of island, M. Hancock, det. and comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
§+718/16. Juncus tenuis Willd. 143, Radnor; Llandegley; Stanner, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160). 59, S. Lancs.; sandy cart track, Walmersley, near Bury, F. Starter. 101, Kintyre; Achnamara, Knap- dale; frequent at roadside, K. N. G. Macrray.
718/20. Juncus castaneus Sm. 105, W. Ross; Sgurr Breac, Fan- nich; Hididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackecuntir and E. C. Warrace.
§718/22. Juncus stetumts L. *105, W. Ross; northern corrie, Beinn Dearg, and on Fididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackrecunie and FE. C. WALLACE.
719/8. Luzuna spreata (L.) DC. 97, (Argyll); scree on hill above Glen Cripesdale, Loch Sunart, K. N. @. Mactray and E. C. Wattace.
PLANT RECORDS 65
7723/1. Arum 1raticum Mill. 71, Man; well established at Great Meadow, Malew, 1946, C. I. Paton (1948, Peregrine, 1 (5), 19).
§727/2. Lemna potyruiza L. 42, Brecon; Llangorse Lake, D. P. M. GuILe, comm. Nar. Mus. Warres—see 1953 Year Book, B.S.B.I., 44.
§727/3. Lemna trisutca L. 42, Brecon; Llangorse Lake, D. P. M. GuILE, comm. Nar. Mus. Warrs—see 1953 Year Book, B.S.B.1., 44.
729/2. ALISMA LANCEOLATUM With. 18, S. Essex; Walthamstow Marshes, J. WHITTAKER, det. and comm. E. B. Bancerter. 20, Herts; Grand Union Canal, Rickmansworth: 21, Middx.; Grand Union Canal, Springwell to Harefield; Ruislip Reservoir, 1950: 24, Bucks.; Grand Union Canal, Denham, 1950, D. H. Kent.
737/23. PoTaMoGETON BERCHTOLDIT Fieb. 101, Kintyre; Tayinloan marsh, 1950, M. H. CunnineHam, det. J. E. Danny and G. Taytor.
737/27. PoTaMoGETON TRICHOIDFSs Cham. & Schlecht. 17, Surrey; Pen Ponds, Richmond Park, B. Wetcu, det. J. E. DANpy and G. Taytor.
§745/2. EtrocHarIs uNiIctuMIsS (Link) Schult. 64, Mid-W. York.; marshy field bordering south side of Askham Bog, L. F. H. Merton, det. S. M. Walters (1949, The Nat., 1949, 37).
747/1. ERiopHoRUM LATIFOLIUM Hoppe. 97, (Argyll); moorland near Kinloch Teacuis, Morvern: 98, Argyll; limestone ridge above Kil- chrenan, Loch Awe, K. N. G. Mactfay and EK. C. Watiace.
747/4. EriopHorum vaernattm L. 17, Surrey; bog west of Deer Rock Hill, Berkshire-Surrey border, A. Mretperts and E. C. Watuace.
§753/2. CAREX RIPARIA Curt. *98, Argyll; marshy ground at edge of Loch Ederline: *101, Kintyre; marshy ground under trees on south bank of Crinan canal near Bellanoch, Knapdale, K. N. G. Mactray.
753/6. Carex gaxaTinis L. 105, W. Ross; sparse and poor on Sgurr Breac, Fannich: more vigorous on Beinn Dearg and Fididh nan Clach Geala, R. MackrcHuniz and E. C. Wattace.
753/13. Carex LAEVIGATA Sm. 34, W. Glos.; Old Bargain’s Wood, Aylburton, C. C. TownsEnp.
753/27. Carex HumIlis Leyss. 7, N. Wilts.; Easton Hill, Mrs. E. Timperley (1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 342).
753/35. Carex vaGcrnaTa Tausch. 105, W. Ross; north corrie of A’chailleach, Fannich, E. C. Wanace.
66 PLANT RECORDS
§753/41. Carex arrata L. *106, E. Ross; crags above Loch Li, Fan- nich, R. MackrcHNIkz and KE. C. Wattace.
§753/52. Carex ELonGATA L. 15, EK. Kent; by a pond on Weald Clay at Stubb’s Cross, Kingsnorth, E. Scott (1952, S.E. Nat., 57, xix).
§753/56. Carex ECHINATA Murr. {31, Hunts.; The Heath, Wood Walton Fen, one plant only, 1951, M. E. D. Poore (1952, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 4, 21).
753/59. Carex oTRUBAH Podp. 101, Kintyre; Carradale, F. Davin, comm. K. N. G. Macrpay.
753 /61(2). Carpx POLYPHYLLA Kar. & Kir. 32, Northants; abundant in marshy parts of Old Sulchay Forest, 1950, J. L. Gilbert, det. E. C. Wallace (1951, J. Northants. N.H.S. & F.C., 32, 83). *45.. Pemh: ; Caldey Island, F. N. Heprrr, det. KE. Netmes.
753/63. Carex PANICULATA L. 98, Argyll; Loch Ederline: 101, Kin- tyre; south bank of Crinan canal near Bellanoch, K. N. G. Mactrray.
§753/66. Carpx pisticHaA Huds. *101, Kintyre; Campbeltown, F Davip, comm. K. N. G. Mactmay.
+754/11. Dierrar1A 1IscHAEMUM (Schreb.) Muhl. 17, Surrey; near Pyrford, 1948, B. Welch (1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 28).
§775/1. Mititum rErrusum IL. *105, W. Ross; ravine of Falls of Measach, Braemore, R. MackrcHnre and BE. C. Watrace.
791/2. DescHampstia ALPINA (L.) Roem. & Schult. 105, W. Ross: summit of plateau of Beinn Dearg, R. MackEcHunir and EF. C. WaLtacr.
+815/6. HEracrostis prnosa (L.) Beauv. 17, Surrey; waste land. West, Clandon—recorded previously as H. minor, but now corrected by _ W. A. Supper, BE. C. Wanuace.
§818/2. Merioa unrrtora Retz. *97, (Argyll); Killundine, Morvern, wood above shore road, occasional, EB. C. Wartacr and K. N. G. Macrray.
819/1b. DactTYLIS GLOMERATA var. COLLINA Schlecht. 6, N. Som.;
Cheddar Gorge, F’. M. Day, det. C. KE. Hussarp.
8924/4. Poa trrigata Lindm. 57, Derby; marshy pasture at Ward- low Mires near Stoney Middleton, F. W. Anams, comm. C. E. Hvupparp.
§824/5. Poa patustris L. 31, Hunts.; common at Wood Walton Fen, 1951, M. E. D. Poore (1952, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 4, 22).
PLANT RECORDS 67
§824/11. Poa auprna L. 97, (Argyll); scree on hill above Glen Cripes- dale, Loch Sunart, K. N. G. Mactmay and E. C. Wattace. *105, W. Ross; northern corrie, Beinn Dearg; Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mac- KECHNIE and E. C. WALuace.
§825/3b. GLyYcERIA DECLINATA Bréb. *37, Worcs.; Hanley Swan, in the Swan Pool, plentiful, Rev. R. B. Apert and C. W. Bannister.
826/4x829/1. %*FpstuLotiIum Ltotiackum (Huds.) P. Fourn. 57, Derby; grassland near the canal at Cromford; near the river in Brad- ford Dale, Miss E. Evans and F. W. Apams, comm. C. E. Hussarp.
826/5. Festuca attisstma All. 105, W. Ross; ravine of Falls of Measach, Braemore, R. MackEcHNTIE and E. C. Wattace.
826/18. Vuipra myuros (L.) C. C. Gmel. 26, W. Suff.; sandy ground near Mile End, Brandon, F. W. Apams.
+826/18(2). Vunpra mecatura (Nutt.) Rydb. 15, E. Kent; plentiful in the vicinity of a ‘‘shoddy’’ stack between Old Wives Lees and Selling, 1951, D. H. Kent, det. C. E. Huspparp.
+826(2)/1. Narpurus maritima (L.) Janchen. 21, Middx.; plentiful
and well established on railway tracks between Denham and Uxbridge, 1951, D. H. Kent, det. C.E. Husparp.
+827/1(2). Bromus p1anpRus Roth. 25, E. Suff.; waste ground at Felixstowe Dock, F. W. Stmpson.
+827/13(2). Bromus cartnatus Hook. & Arn. 8, S. Wilts.; The Butts, Salisbury, 1950, Mrs. P. R. Farquharson, det. C. E. Hubbard (1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 348).
§827/19(2). Bromus teprpus Holmb. *45, Pemb.; St. Davids, plen- tiful on roadsides, R. M. Paynn, det. A. Metperts. *57, Derby; road- side near Winster; edge of Wardlow Mires, F. W. Apams, conf. C. E. Housparp. *83, Edinb.; overgrown flower bed and rough grass verge with B. mollis Ii. sens. str., Learmouth Terrace, Edinburgh, P. S. Green, conf. C. K. Husparp.
827/19(3). Bromus tHominit Hard. *83, Edinb.; by a cinder path on the Haugh, Water of Leith, Edinburgh, P. S. Green, conf. C. E. HUBBARD.
§830/2. AGRoPYRON PUNGENS (Pers.) Roem. & Schult. 166, Durham: plentiful along the north side of Greatham Creek, J. W. Heslop- Harrison (1952, Vasc. (Subst.). 37, 32).
§836/1. Enymus arenartus L. 198, Argyll; Dunoon-Inellan, shingly beach, locally common—? planted, FE. C. Watiacr and K. N. G. Mactreay.
68 PLANT RECORDS
844/3. Equiserum syivaticum L. 4, N. Devon; near Kingbeare Farm, Okehampton Hamlets, 1951, O. Greig (1952, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 84, 259).
§854/1. PotysticHuUM sETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar. *97, (Argyll): Killundine, Morvern; on damp rocks beside Killundine burn, E. C. Watiack and K. N. G. Macrmay.
854/4. PotysticHum toncuHitis (L.) Roth. 106, E. Ross; crags above Loch Ii, Fannich, R. Mackecuniz and E. C. WatLtace.
856/1(2). DRyYoPTERIS BORRERT Newm. 15, E. Kent; in a dry fresh- water fen, Dungeness, Miss E. O’Nians and F. Rose (1952, S. H. Nat., 57, xix). *74, Wigtown; Glen Ragie Wood near Newton Stewart; Home Farm near Newton Stewart; Kiliture Forest near Wigtown, J. P. Puen. 98, Argyll; abundant on roadsides about Loch Awe, Loch Fyne and Loch Striven, K. N. G. Macteay and E. C. Wartace. 101, Kintyre; woods near Campbeltown, M. H. Cunnrnenam. 105, W. Ross; here and there about Braemore and Inverbroom, E. C. WatLtace.
856/1(3). DRYOPTERIS ABBREVIATA (DC.) Newm. 101, Kintyre, west shore rocks near Campbeltown, 1950, M. H. CunnincHam.
§856/2. Dryopreris cristata (L.) A. Gray. | S
5, E. Kent; one plant in freshwater fen at Dungeness, F. Rose (1952, S.H. N
Fiée: 2. Ix).
§856/5. DRyYOPTERIS AEMULA (Ait.) Kuntze. 97, (Argyll); rocky burn at Killundine, Morvern, E. C. Watuace and K. N. G. Macteay. 98, Argyll; Allt Beochlaich, Loch Awe-side: *101, Kintyre; Cour shore, not infrequent in shady gullies, K. N. G. Macieay.
§856/6. DryopreRiIs VILLARSI (Bellardi) Woynar. [7100, Clyde Isles; Arran, ‘‘Mr. Stewart exhibited Lastraea rigida from Arran—its first discovery in Scotland,’’ 15.7.1879, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 4, 119 (1879). ]
863/1. HyMrNoPHYLLUM TUNBRIGENSE (L.) Sm. 104, N. Ebudes: on sheltered overhanging rocks, alongside the stream in Allt a Coire Bhuidhe, Skye, St. ANpREws Untversity Brot. Soc., comm. J. A. MACDONALD.
864/1. Osswunpa recALIs L. 101, Kintyre; Cour, infrequent on shore: 105, W. Ross; Ullapool, a sea cliff one mile east of pier has its face covered with sporelings and young plants, 1951, K. N. G. Macteay.
§$869/2. Isorres rcHrNosporRA Durieu. *98, Argyll; Crow Island Bay, Balliemeanoch, Loch Awe, K. N. G. Mactimay.
PLANT RECORDS 69 CHaropHyta, all det. by G. O. ALLEN.
§872/5. NITELLA TRANSLUCENS Ag. “12. Ne Hants. - in ditch” by Kingsley Pond, C. Laneripcr. *49, Caern.; peat pool near beach three miles east of Pwllheli, A. VaugHaN Jones. *103, Mid Ebudes; Loch an Duin near Arinagour, Isle of Coll, 1951, C. W. Murrueap.
872/6b. NITELLA MUCRONATA var. GRACILLIMA Groves & Bullock- Webster. 27, EH. Norf.; Rockland Broad, at a depth of 2-5 m.; A. C. JERMY.
§876/3. CHara vuteaRtIs L. 88, Mid Perth; pool on Ben Lawers, J. Evans, comm. C. I. Sanpwirh. *103, Mid Ebudes; moorland ditch above Loch a Mhill Aird, Isle of Coll, 1951, C. W. Murruerap.
876/3c. CHARA VULGARIS var. PAPILLATA Wallr. 2 -eNe, Elants.: Odiham canal, F. D. GoopctiFFeE, comm. J. Ciece. 17. Surrey: bog at Enton, B. Grinpe11, J. Crece and G. O. Atten. *19, N. Essex; Felsted, K. A. Rosrnson. *90, Forfar; in pools, Barry Links, W. B. Ocitvin, comm. G. Taytor. *H.2, N. Kerry; south of Bally Leige, L. Akeragh, F. W. Stmpson, comm. C. W. Murryerap.
876/7b. CHARA CONTRARIA var. HISPIDULA A. Braun. (69, N. Lancs.); in gravel holes on N. Walney Island, Barrow, A. W. WEsTRUP.
876/14. CHARA CoNNIVENS A. Braun. 27, E. Norf.; Hickling Broad, G. H. Rocke.
§876/17. CHARA pDELIcATULA Ag. *103, Mid Ebudes; brackish ditch on Grishipoll Bay, Isle of Coll, 1951, C. W. Murruegap.
70 ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER
ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER (V.cc. 33 & 34), 1952
Sd
The following alien species are reported by the Rev. R. B. Abell (R.B.A.), C. W. Bannister (C.W.B.) and C. C. Townsend (C.C.T.).
BoroucH Fiour Mitts, TEwKESBURY (vV.c. 33)
Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Vella annua L. (R.B.A. & O.W.B.). Rapistrum orientale (L.) Crantz (C.W.B.). Malva pusilla Sm. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). M. parviflora L. (C.W.B.). Ambrosia trifida L. (C.W.B.). Xanthium strumartum L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Lappula myosotis Moench (C.W.B.). Amaranthus retroflerus L. (C.W.B.). Setaria glauca (L.) Beauv. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Aegilops cylindrica Host (C.W.B., det. C. E. Hubbard).
GLoucEsTER Docks (v.c. 33)
Descurainia pinnata (Walt.) Britton (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Rapistrum orientale (L.) Crantz (C.W.B.). Silene anglica L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Malva parviflora L. (C.W.B.). Amm visnaga (L.) Lam., 1951 (C.C.T.). Verbascum virgatum Stokes (C.W.B.).
SHARPNESS Docks, Briston (v.c. 34)
Rorippa austriaca (Crantz) Bess. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Barbarea verna (Mill.) Aschers. (C.W.B.). Descurainia sophia (L.) Webb ex Pranil (C.W.B.). Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Eruca sativa Mill. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Lepidium perfoliatum L. (C.W.B.). DL. virginicum L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). ZL. densiflorum Schrad. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., det. J. P. M. Brenan). Neslia paniculata (L.) Desv. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., det. J. P. M. Brenan). Rapistrum orientale var. hispidum (Godr.) Halacsy (R.B.A. & C.W.B., conf. A. Melderis). Raphanus landra Moretti ex DC. (C.W.B., det. A. Melderis). Vaccaria pyramidata Medic. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Malva pusilla Sm. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Vicia narbonensis L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., det. J. P. M. Brenan). Potentilla norvegica L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., conf. J. P. M. Brenan). Bifora radians Bieb. (C.W.B.). Caucalis lappula Grande (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). C. latifolia (L.) L. (C.W.B.). Galium tricorne Stokes (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Ambrosia trifida var. integrifolia (Willd.) Torr. & Gray (C.W.B.). Lappula myosotis Moench (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Axyris amarantoides L. (C.W.B., det. A. Melderis). Setaria glauca (L.) Beauv. (C.W.B., det. C. E. Hubbard). Lolium temulentum L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., conf. C. E. Hubbard).
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE a
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE* Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter and A. E. Wade for their help.
TOPOGRAPHICAL
3-4, Devon. Worth, R. H., 1953, The Ancient Dwarfed Oaks of Dartmoor, Dartmoor, 74-98. Plymouth.
3-4, DEvon. Worth, R. H., 1953, The Vegetation of Dartmoor, Dartmoor, 64-73. Plymouth. A short ecological account of the vegeta- tion of the area.—[D.H.K. ]
3-4, DEVON. Anon., 1952, Flora of the Batterbee Marsh and Lowman Meadows: A preliminary lst, Mag. Blundell’s School Scr. Soc., 7, 10-16.
3-4, Devon. Martin, W. K., 1952, 44th Annual Report on the Botany of Devon, Rep. and Trans. Devon. Assocn., 84, 254-259. Includes a number of new vice-county records.—[ A.E.W. ]
3-4, Devon. Turner, G., 1951, Observations on the Flora of some Walls near the School, Mag. Blundell's School Sci. Soc., 6, 55-59.
4, N. Devon. Gabbutt, P. D., 1953, A Study of the Vegetation of the Coastal Slopes of Lundy, Ann. Rep. Lundy F.S., 6, 36-49.
4, N. Devon. Kellett, E. G., 1953, A Botanist in Devonshire, Country-side (N.S.), 16, 422-424.
5-6, Somerser. Watson, W., 1952, Proc. Somerset Arch. and N.H.S., 96, 208-211. Reports the more interesting records made during 1951.— [A.E.W. ]
6, N. Somerset, and 34, W. Gios. Sandwith, C. I. & N. Y., 1952-1953, Bristol Botany in 1951, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 243-248. Report on the numerous records made during 1951; Bristol Botany in 1952, op. cit., 28, 305-314. Give new localities for plants in and near Bristol. W. R. Price and J. Cripps visited Steep Holm during the year and added Sagina maritima, Carduus tenuiflorus and Mercurialis annua to the known flora of the island.—[D.H.K. |
7-8, Wits. Grose, J. D., 1952-1953, Wiltshire Plant Notes [13], Wilts. Arch. and N.H. Mag., 54, 339-343; Wiltshire Plant Notes [14], op. cit., 55, 69-62. Gives further new stations for Wiltshire plants.— POE K |
9, Dorset. Hawkins, J. B., 1950-1951, Botanical Report, Rep. Bryanston School N.H.S., 1949, 18-20; op. cit., 1950, 16-19. Gives many interesting records for the area near the school.—[D.H.K. ]
*Systematic and miscellaneous abstracts will be given in the next part of the Proceedings.
NI N
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
9, Dorset. R.H.B., C.N.H. and G.D.H., 1952-1958, Botanical Report, Rep. Bryanston School N.H.S., 1951, 17-20; op. cit., 1952, 16-20.
9, Dorser. Ward, F. K., 1952, The Isle of Purbeck in May, Gard. Chron., 132, 84. A short popular account of some of the less common spring flowers to be found in the isle of Purbeck.—[D.H.K. ]
13-14, Sussex. 1950 & 1953, A List of Wild Flowers, J. and Trams. Eastbourne N.H. and Arch. Soc., 13 (1), 9-20. An unlocalized list of plants which can be found within about 15 miles of Eastbourne; Addenda to the List of Wild Flowers, op. cit., 13 (3), 5—[D.H.K. ]
13-14, Sussex, and 15-16, Kent. Rose, F., 1952, ‘‘Atlantic’’ Species in the Flora of the Weald, S.H. Nat., 57, 18-23.
13-14, Sussex, 15-16, Kent, and 17, Surrey. Rose, F., 1950-1952, Plant Records in Kent, Sussex and Surrey, 1949-50, S.H. Nat., 55, xxx- XXxlil; Botanical Records in Kent, Sussex and Surrey, op. cit., 57, XVlli-xix. Gives a few new vice-county records.—[ D.H.K. ]
15, E. Kent. Day, V. F., 1950, Vegetation of Bombed Sites, Trans. Folkestone N.H.S., 1949-50, 11-15. A systematic list of about 170 species found growing on bombed sites in the Folkestone area.—[ D.H.K. |
16, W. Kent. Angel, Mrs. E. L., 1952, Wild Flowers of Shooters Hill, Ann. Rep. Sidcup N.H.S., 2, 8-13. A list of nearly 150 flowering plants found on Shooters Hill and in Oxleas Wood between the years 1945 and 1951.—[D.H.K. ]
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18-19, Essex, 20, Herts, 21, Mippx., and 24, Bucks. Kent, D. H. and J. E. Lousley, 1953, A Hand List of the Plants of the London Area, part 3, Rosaceae (Cydonia) to Compositae (Lapsana), Supplement to Lond. Nat., 32.
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18-19, Essex, 20, Herts, 21, Mippx., and 24, Bucks. Lousley, J. E., 1953, Botanical Records for 1952, Lond. Nat., 32, 79-82. Further interesting records for the London Area are given.— [D.H.K.]
17, Surrey. Bangerter, E. B., 1953, The Survey of Bookham Com- mon, Eleventh Year: Willows of Eastern Plain, Lond. Nat., 32, 45-46. Salix atrocinerea Brot. and S. caprea var. rotundifolia Gaud. are added to the known flora of Bookham Common.—[D.H.K. ]
17, SurrREY. Cory, C. G. L., 1950, Flowers of the Epsom Neighbour- hood, Ann. Rep. Epsom Coll. N.H.S., 10, 37-38.
18, S. Essex. Jermyn, S. T., 1952, Botanical Records, S. Essex Nat., 1, 7-11. Gives stations for some of the more interesting plants found in the Benfleet-Leigh-Southend area.—|[D.H.K. |
20, Herts. Carter, J. R. L., 1951, Orchids, Ann. Rep. Haileybury Coll. N.H.S., 1951, 10. A short list of the species of Orchidaceae found near Haileybury in 1951.—[D.H.K.]
90, Herts. Harding, W. K., 1950, Local Orchids, Ann. Rep. Hailey- bury Coll. N.H.S., 1950, 12. Notes on the orchid species found near the college in 1950.—[D.H.K. ]
90, Herts. Horne, B. & G. E. Winbolt, 1950, Botanical Report, Ann. Rep. Haileybury Coll. N.H.S., 1950, 10.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 73
20, Herts. Meyer, D. & H., 1949-1950, Plant Records, J. Letchworth and Dist. N.H.S., 9, 11-13 & 10, 9-11.
20, Herts. Millett, A. G., 1950, Some Less Common Haileybury Trees, Ann. Rep. Haileybury Coll. N.H.S., 1950, 11.
21, Mippx. Mitchell, N. S. P., 1953, Wild Flowers in Middlesex, Middx. Monthly, 3, 2-4.
22, Berxs, and 23, Oxon. Stern, R. C., D. R. Tristram & A. F. Twist, 1950, Flora of the Radley District, Report of Observations made by Members [of the Radley College Natural History Society] in the Radley District, 1944-1949, 20-34.
22, Berxs, and 24, Bucks. Hyde, M. B., 1953, Plant Records, 1951- 1952, Middle-Thames Nat., 5, 9-11. Gives many interesting records in- cluding a second Bucks. station for Danaa cornubiensis.—[D.H.K. ]
25-26, SurFoLK. Simpson, F. W., 1953, Plant Records and Additions and Corrections to the Flora of Suffolk, Trans. Suffolk N.S., 8, 12-22. Gives a number of new records for the county, including many adven- tives.—[D.H.K. ]
27-28, Norrotk. M.B.B., 1953, Botanical Records, Gresham’s School N.H.S. Rep., 30, 6-7, & 31, 29-32. Gives new stations for Norfolk plants and includes a report on the Orchidaceae found near Holt between 1949 and 1952.—[D.H.K.]
29, Camps. Abeywickrama, B. A., 1950, A Study in the Variations in the Field Layer Vegetation of Two Cambridgeshire Woods, Abstr. Diss. Univ. Camb., 1948-1949, 7-8. The two woods studied are Hailey Wood and Buff Wood (Kast Hailey), situated on the chalky boulder clay plateau in the south-western corner of the county. They are of the ‘“(Ash)-Oak-Hazel”’ coppice type and the field layer shows much varia- tion, several societies being recognised. Primula elatior dominates the wetter areas and Mercurialis perennis the drier slopes; in the inter- mediate area between them Hndymion non-scriptus is abundant in Hailey Wood and Primula vulgaris in Buff Wood. Where the light intensity is high Filipendula ulmaria or Rubus caesius becomes frequent to abun- dant. The recentiy wooded areas have societies dominated by Deschamp- sia caespitosa and Brachypodium sylvaticum. The past history of the wood is summarised and the problem of the distribution of Primula elatior and P. vulgaris is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
31, Hunts. Gilbert, J. L., 1952-1953, Flora, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna and Flora Soc., 4, 15-22. This account, which includes a number of new vice-county records, gives only records not previously published in Druce’s account of the flora of the county in the Victoria County His- tory. Op. cit., 5, 15-19. Gives a few new records, including many adventives.—[ D.H.K.]
32, NortHants. Gilbert, J. L., 1952-1953, Botanical Records, 1951, J. Northants. N.H.S. and F.C., 32, 145-148. Reports the more interest- ing records made during 1951. Botanical Records, 1952, op. cit., 32, 201- 202. Gives further localities for Northants plants.—[A.E.W. & D.H.K.]
74 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
33-34, Gtos. Fleming, G. W. T. H., 1952, Phanerogams and. Vascular Cryptogams, Proc. Cotteswold N.F.C., 31, 34-42. Reports the more interesting records made during the year; many adventive species are included.—[ D.H.K. |
33-34, Gos. 1952, Corrigendum to the Flora of Gloucestershire Proc. Cotteswold N.F.C., 31, 43.
34, W. Gios.—See 6, N. Som.
35, Mon. Sandwith, C. I. & N. Y., 1953, Bristol Botany in 1952, Proc. Bristol N.S., 28, 305-314. The authors cite further additions to the flora of Denny, a small islet in the Bristol Channel. [N.B.—Denny is in v.c 35, Mon.: see Price, 1950, The Denny, Proc. Cotteswold N.F.C., 30, 100-102. ]|—[D.H.K.]
37, Worcs. Hardaker, W. H., 1952, An Ecological Study of the Flora of Broadmoor Wood in the Lickey District of Worcestershire, Proc. Birmingham N.H. and Phil. Soc., 18, 31-40.
39, Srarrs. Edees, E. S., 1951-1952, Botany, Trans. N. Staffs. F.C., 85, 59-68. Gives further new stations for Staffordshire plants. Op. cit., 86, 80-87. Includes a few new county records and gives short accounts of the history of Thelypteris palustris, T. phegopteris and Lycopodium clavatum in Staffordshire.—[D.H.K. ]
41, Guam. Nock, A. I., A. E. Wade & J. A. Webb, 1952, The Clyne Common Survey of 1944, Proc. Swansea Sct. and F.N.S., 2, 329-342. Clyne Common is an area of about 14 square miles in the south-east of the Gower Peninsula. Most of it is dry and dominated by Agrostis tenuis, Festuca ovina and Nardus stricta, but there are several bogs, streams, and one small remnant of sessile oak wood. A list of the flowering plants, fern allies, bryophytes and lichens is given.—[ A.E.W. |
41, Guam. Wade, A. E., 1952, Botanical Notes, 1949-50, Trans. Car- diff N.S., 80, 37-38.
41, Guam., 42, Brecon, 438, Rapnor, 44, Carm. & 45, Pems. Webb, J A., 1952, Records in Botany, 1948-51, Proc. Swansea Set. and F.N.S., 2, 323-328. Includes a few new vice-county records.—[{ D.H.K. ]
42, Brecon, 48, Rapnor, 44, Carm., 45, Pems., 46, Carp., 48, Mer. & 50, Dens., 1950-1952, Report of the Dept. of Botany, Ann. Rep. Nat. Mus. Wales, 43, 15, 44, 16 & 45, 12-13. Gives a few new vice-county records.—[ D.H.K. ]
44, Carm. Vaughan, I. M., 1952, Some Botanical Notes on the Pro- posed Scientific Area in Carmarthenshire, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 14, 19-23. <A short ecological account of the upper Towy-Cothi region at present under consideration by the Nature Conservancy. A short list of the rarer plants of the area is also given.—[D.H.K. ]
45, Pems. Gillham, M. E., 1953, An Ecological Account of the Vege- tation of Grassholm Island, Pembrokeshire, J. Ecol., 41, 84-99.
45, Pems. Rees, M., 1953, The Vegetation of St. Margaret’s Island, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 15, 18-21.
46, Carp. Wade, A. E. (Ed.), 1952, A Supplement to Dr. J. H. Salter’s The Flowering Plants and Ferns of Cardiganshire. Cardiff. University of Wales Press. Pp. i-vi and 1-48. This supplement com-
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 79
prises two parts; the first giving additional records of plants made since the publication of Salter’s work in 1935. A number of new county records are included. The second part consists of previously unpublished corrections made by Salter to the original work.—[D.H.K. |
49, CaERN. Dallas, J. E. S., 1953, Caernarvonshire Filicineae, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 100-101. Gives new stations for Ceterach officinarum, Ophioglossum vulgatum and Botrychium lunaria.—[D.H.K. |
53-54, Lincs. Gibbons, E. J., 1952, Botany, Trans. Inncs. Nats. Union, 13, 30-32. Contains a few new vice-county records.—[D.H.K.]
58, CHESHIRE. McMillan, N. F., 1953, Botanical Notes from Brom- borough, Mid-Wirral, Cheshire, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 98.
58, CoesHirE & 59, S. Lancs. McMillan, N. F., 1958, Botanical Notes, 1951-52, Proc. Inverpool N.F.C., 1952, 18-19.
59, S. Lancs. Edmondson, T., 1953, Some Aspects of the Natural History of Western Chat Moss, N.IW. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 400-416. <A short ecological account with a list of plants found in the area.—[D.H.K. ]
59, S. Lancs. Holder, F. W., 1953, Changing Flora of the South Lancashire Dunes, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 451-452. A short compari- son of the flora of the South Lancashire dunes about 1910 and in 1951. The flora is now thought to be richer due to the influx of alien species. DMs i ae
09, S. Lancs. London, M. E., 1953, Further Notes on the Flora of a Plot of Waste Ground at Blundell Sands, Proc. Liverpool N.F.C., 1952, 19-21.
61-65, Yorks. Sledge, W. A., 1953, Plant Records, The Nat., 1953, AQ-42.
63, S.W. Yorks. Scurfield, G., 1953, Ecological Observations in Southern Pennine Woods, J. Ecol., 41, 1-11.
64, Mmp-W. Yorxs., 65, N.W. Yorxs., and 69, West. Aiken, J. K., 1953, Wild lowers of the Clints, Gousiramon: 47, 148-150. A short Ee oant of some of the plants to be found on the ivewiens pave. ments of Wharfedale and Teesdale. 4) HK]
66, DurHam & 67-68, NortHumsB. Heslop-Harrison, J. W., 1950- 19538, ers Mowerine Plants, Vasc. (Subst.), 35, 14-16, 22- 23 and 31-32, 36, 15-16 and 22-24, 37, 6-7, 15-16 and 32, 38, 16 and 23-24. Gives tlie more interesting “Ret. including a Aerie of new vice- county records, made between 1950 and 1953.—[D.H.K.]
67, None S. Blackburn, D., 1950, The Flowering Plants of St Mary’s Island, Vasc. (Subst.), 35, 21. Lists 31 species of phanero- gams found growing on the tiny island of St. Mary’s—[D.H.K.]
68, CHEVIOTLAND. Kellett, EH. G., 1952, A Botanist in Northumber- land, Countryside (N.S.), 16, 273-274. Gives a short account of some of the more interesting plants encountered during visits to Seahouses, Holy Island, Farne Island, etc.—[D.H.K.]
70, CUMBERLAND. Yapp, Y. B., 1953, The High-Level Woodlands of the English Lake District, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 190-207 and 370-383.
76 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
71, Man. Allen, D. E., 1952, Who Wrote the Botany for Blackwell’s Guide?, Peregrine, 2, 22-23. It is very desirable to know who was the author of an anonymous list of Manx plants published in the second edition (1858) of Blackwell’s Illustrated Guide to the Isle of Man. Various evidence is considered and the conclusion reached that the author was either J. F. Robinson of Frodsham, J. H. Davies of Thirsk (the most likely) or Dr. B. Carrington of Leeds.—[D.E.A.]
75, Ayr, 76, RENFREW, 77, LaNaRK, 86, Srreiine, 87, W. PeErtu, 98, AreyLL, 99, DunBarton, 100, CrypE IstEs and 101, Kiytyre. Lee, John R., 1953, Additions to the Flora of the Clyde Area, Glasgow Nat., 17, 65-82. The author gives numerous additional records made since the publication of his Flora of the Clyde Area in 1933. Many new vice-county records are included in the account.—[D.H.K.]
91, Kincarp. Gimingham, C. H., 1953, Contributions to the Mari- time Ecology of St Cyrus, Kincardineshire: Part 3. The Salt Marsh, Trans, and Proc, Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 137-164.
104, N. Esupes, and 110, OvureR Hesripes. Heslop Harrison, J. W., & J. K. Morton, 1951, Botanical Investigations in the Isles of Raasay, Rhum (v.c. 104), Lewis and Harris (vy.c. 110) in 1951, Proce. Oniv. Durham Phil. Soc., 11, 12-23. Many new records for these islands are listed. Jentys-Szaferowa’s claim that the segregate of Betula alba in the Scottish Highlands is B. carpatica Waldst. & Kit. is not accepted, as regards the Outer Hebridean birches at any rate. The latter was found to be identical with authentic Scandinavian material of B. tortwosa Ledeb. OUrchis fuchsti is very abundant on Raasay, but none exactly matches the type as found in Durham but rather resembles the var. dunelmensis of the Durham coast. Gymnadenia conopsea occurs on Rhum and Raasay as subsp. insulicola H.-Harr.—[D.E.A.]
110, OureR Hesripes. Atkinson, R., & B. Roberts, 1952, Notes on the Islet of Gasker, Scot. Nat., 64, 129-137. Includes a short list of plants and some ecological data.—{D.H.K.]
110, OvrrR Hesripes. Barkley, S. Y., 1953, The Vegetation of the Island of Soay, Inner Hebrides, Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 119-131.
110, OurER Hesripes. Heslop-Harrison, J. W., 1953, Observations on the Flora of the Isle of Lewis, Isle of Harris and the Shiant Isles in 1952, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 11, 83-90. Further new stations are given for Hebridean plants, and a few new vice-county records are included.—[ D.H.K. ]
IRELAND. Braun-Blanquet, J., and R. Tiixen, 1952, Irische Pflanzen- gesellschaften, Verdffentl. Geobot. Inst., Riibel Ziirich, 25, 224491. A list of the plant communities observed during the 10th I.P.E. through Ireland. The associations are compared with those of the European mainland.—[D.H.K.]
TIrELAND. Heslop-Harrison, J., 19538, The Modern Distribution of Irish Plants in the Light of Post Glacial History, Adv. Sci., 10, 42-44.
lord
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE ee
IRELAND. Jessen, K., 1952, An Outline of the history of the Irish Vegetation, Verdéffentl., Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 79-84.
TRELAND. Liidi, W., 1952, Die Standortsstetigkeit elniger irischer Gewichse aus mitteleuropaischen Blickpunkt gesehen, Verdffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 201-213. The habitat constancy of some Irish plants as seen from a middle European point of view. Compara- tive habitats in Ireland and mid-Europe are given for several species.— fark
Irevanp. Liidi, W., 1952, Fragmente zu Waldstudien in Irland, Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 214-233.
IRELAND. Markgraf, F., 1952, Uber einige nordatlantische Bltiten- pflanzen Irlands, Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 143-146. A discussion on the North Atlantic element in the Irish flora.—[D.H.K. ]
Tretanp. Mitchell, G. F., 1953, The Immigration of Flora and Fauna into Ireland in Late Glacial Time, Adv. Scz., 10, 41-42.
IRELAND. Webb, D. A., 1952, The Flora and Vegetation of Ireland, Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 46-78.
IRELAND. Webb, D. A., 1952, Narrative of the Ninth [.P.E., Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 9-31. An account of the pre- liminary arrangements and a diary of the International Plant- Geographical Excursion in Ireland in 1949.—[D.H.K.]
Guernsey. Girard, P. J., 1952, Report of the Botanical Section, 1951, Rep. and Trans. Soc. Guern., 15, 94-96. Includes an account of the Orobanche species found on the island by N. Le Poidevin.— MOSH K:]
JERSEY. Attenborough, T. W., 1952, Botanical Report for 1951, Soc. Jers. Bull Ann., 15, 387. No new species were recorded from the island during the year, but the author suggests that a search be made for the following species, which still may occur although they have not been seen for a long time:—IJnula conyza, Sagina nodosa, Mentha pule- gium, Spiranthes aestivalis and Euphorbia peplis—[D.H.K.]
ECOLOGICAL (see also TOPOGRAPHICAL).
Brave, N. C. W., & A. B. Costin, 1952, Ecological Classification and Nomenclature, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales, 77, 61-82. A scheme for the objective classification of plant communities is outlined. A glossary of ecological terms is given.—[D.H.K.]
BoucHarp, J., 1952, Notes sur quelques plantes annuelles ou bisannuelles colonisant les bréilis de la Sauvette (Var), Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 17-18. Three species lists, taken one month apart, are given to show the floristic variation of the vegetation invading freshly burned sites in mountains on the French Riviera.—[D.H.K.]
Buenon, F., 1950, Etudes sur la végétation hygrophile des hautes plateaux Jurassiques Bourguignons: les marais de pente du Bajocien Supérieur, Bull. Sci. Bourg., 12, 1-35. An ecological account of a number of bogs on the marls of the Upper Bajocian in Bourgogne. Of particular interest is the Schoenetum (Schoenus ferrugineus), an asso-
78 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
ciation having a much wider area of distribution than formerly recog- nised. Map and diagrams are provided and floristic lists given and discussed. Pteridiwm aquilinum, Polystichum thelypteris and P. spinu- losum, species regarded as more or less calcifuge, are recorded from these turfaceous bogs.—[E.B.B. ]
CuristiAn, C. S., & R. A. Perry, 1953, The Systematic Description of Plant Communities by the use of Symbols, J. Ecol., 41, 100-105.
Coutraux, M., 1953, Contribution a l’étude de la végétation et de la flore du district Lorrain apercu sur la région située au nord d’Arlon, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 85, 305-330. The vegetation of this district in Belgian Lorraine is related to the various soil areas, marls and sands. Beechwood associations form the main groups; these are analysed with the aid of diagrams and tables. An alphabetical list of species, with habitat and locality notes, completes the study.—[E.B.B. ]
Davipson, J. F., 1952, The Use of Taxonomy in Ecology, Ecology, 33, 297-299. The author suggests that the lack of documented research in recent ecological papers reflects a lack of appreciation of the funda- mentals of taxonomy. LEcologists should be capable of and, practice. adequate documentation of their research materials. This should lead to increasing co-operation between ecologists and taxonomists, to their mutual advantage.—[D.H.K.]
DeEtvosatLz, L., 1952, Sur la répartition de quelques phanérogames au littoral belge, Nat. Belge, 31, 160-168. A phytogeographical ac- count of a number of species, illustrated by several distribution maps, of interest for comparative purposes as, with very few exceptions, the species selected are also found in Britain. The atlantic and sub- atlantic element is dominant; the mediterranean-atlantic and boreal elements have marked influence; central-european and eastern ele- ments are lacking except for Hippophae; the west of the area favours calcicoles, the east much less; hydroseral species are declining, mobile sand species progressing.—[E.B.B.]
De Vries, V., 1950, Over de plantegrooi de Duindalen op Vlieland, De Levende Natuur, 53, 29-38.
Dimsiesy, G. W., 1958, Natural Regeneration of Pine and Birch on the Heather Moors of North-East Yorkshire, Forestry, 26, 41-52. Both pine (Pinus sylvestris L.) and birch (Betula pubescens Ehrh.) usually invade after a fire; the invasion reaches greatest force after 3 to 5 years, then falling off rapidly probably with the return of the heather (Callwna), Pine seedlings only grow vigorously if their tap- roots reach the pan, when secondary roots are developed extensively. In birch the tap-root is not well developed, but secondary roots spread vigorously sending down sinkers to penetrate the pan. Regeneration of birch is helped by rotten stumps and roots which its mycorrhizal roots explore, The root forms are compared and contrasted and the findings compared with the work of Laitakari and Erteld.—[Author’s sum- mary. ]
ler
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 79
Freiréupy, L. J. M., 1950, Studies on the Shore Vegetation of Lake Bels6-T6 at Tihany, Arch. Biol. Hung., 19, 185-146.
Hermans, J., 1953, Groupements végétaux des pays-Bas, Bull. Union Soc. Franc. d@ Hist. Nat., 13, 1-10. A key to the plant associations of the Netherlands, extracted from Heiman’s Geillustreerde Flora van Nederland and translated into French by R. J. de Wit and J. M. Rouet. Habitat preferences and other ecological factors are used as the key characters and about 40 different groups are shown.—[H.B.B. |
Hype, M. & B., 1952, British Woodlands, Middle-Thames Nat., 4, 5-7. Gives a short account of the ecology of Oak-, Beech-, Ash-, Birch- and Pine-woods.—[{D.H.K. ]
Jovet. P., 1951, Causalité en biocénotique végétale, Année Biol., 27, 281-286. An account of the various types of plant associations found in the vicinity of Paris. The associations studied include those found on siliceous sand dunes untouched by man, rough limestone blocks, tombstones in Parisian cemeteries, walls, rubbish-tips, and for- merly cultivated fields now abandoned.—[D.H.K. |
Kyrx, J. & T. Retcuerit, 1952, Onze Rivieroevers, Schatkamers voor de Floristiek, De Levende Natuur, 55, 106-115 and 126-134. An account of the flora, including many adventive species, of some river banks in the Netherlands.—[ D.H.K.]
Kira, J., 1953, The Xerothermic Grass Associations of the Bohemian Stredohori, Bull. Int. Acad. Tchéq. Sci., 51, 231-238.
Korimaingen, M. J., 1951, Die Verbreitung der Moorpflanzen in Nordfinnland, Ann. Acad. Sci, Fenn., Ser. A, No. 17. Ecological and phytogeographical studies of plants in northern Finland. Illustrated by distribution maps.—[D.H.K.]
Krause, E., & B. Sprmpen, 1952, Zur floristschen, geographischen and okologischen Variabilitat der Glatthaferwiese (Arrhenatheretum elatioris) in mittleren und siidlichen Westdeutschland, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65, 403-419.
Krause, W., 1952, Das mosaik der Pflanzengesellschaften und seine Bedeutung fiir die Vegetationskunde, Planta, 41, 240-289.
Lasos, T., 1952, Gyomvizsgdlatok a szeged-kérnyéki kender-, len-és syapotvetésekben, Ann. Biol. Univ. Hung., 1, 447-454. An account of studies of the weed flora of crops of Hemp, Flax and Cotton around Szeged, Hungary.—[D.H.K.]
Lemnp, G., 1952, Végétation et écologie des tangues du havre de Portbail (Manche), Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Mém., 156-165. An account of the associations of halophytes and maritime species, including Sali- cormia spp., Limonium spp., Spartina townsendu, etc., found colonis- ing the muddy areas that are built up near ports on the north French coast; Portbail is taken as an example.—[ E.B.B. |
NorrFaLisE, A., 1952, Etude d’une biocénose. La Frénaie 4 Carex (Caricetum remotae-Fraxinetum, Koch, 1926), Mém. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., 122, 1-184. This study of the association of Ash and Carex remota is in two parts. First, general ecological and distributional
80 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
characteristics, based on surveys of areas in France, Belgium and Swit- zerland are given; the atlantic form of the association is shown as occurring in England. It is found typically by streams and never far from water and comprises several subassociations and variants. Secondly, a particular example at Rouge-Cloitre is analysed in detail to show the effect of seasonal variations, etc. Carex strigosa is found to be a good indicator. Floristic lists, diagrams and two plates of habitat photographs illustrate the work and there are two appendices on the molluscan population of the particular example.—[E.B.B.]
Ovineton, J. D., 1953, Studies of the Development of Woodland conditions under different trees, J. Ecol., 41, 35-52.
Prsota, V. A., 1952, Paraisten ja Lohjan kalkkilouhosten kasvil- lisuudesta, Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 7, 57-77. An ecolo- gical account of the vegetation of the limestone quarries of Parainen and Lohja in south west Finland.—[ D.H.K.]
PretrFrer, H., 1951, Uber die Pflanzengesellschaft des kleinsten Igelkolbens in wassergefiillten Torfstichen, Phyton, 3, 112-120. The ecology of Sparganietum minimi is discussed and it is suggested that it is probably a sociologically independent association, although this may not appear evident at once to the ecologist.—[D.H.K.]
Puri, G. S., 1952, The Field Method in the Study of Plant Com- munities, J. Ind. Bot. Soc., 31, 204-213. The transect method in the study of plant communities is described. The methods of laying a transect and charting quadrats are given. The ways of collecting and analysing vegetational and environmental data are described in detail and the methods of their representation and correlation with each other are enumerated. The chief merits of this method are its simplicity and the great amount of information it provides at a relatively low cost. The applicability of this method to the study of every type of vegeta- tion is shown.—[D.H.K. ]
Qurenry, A., 1950, La flore rudérale des bords du Rhone en amont du pont Boucle, Bull. Soc. Linn. Iyon, 19, 228-232. Ecological studies of various stretches of the river Rhone near the city of Lyon.— i BRE Pe ee]
QurzeL, P., 1952, A propos des foréts de Hétres (Buxeto-Fagetum) dans les canolles du Causse Noir, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Mém., 12-16. An account of the communities found within the Box-Beech associa- tions of the narraw gorges of the Causse Noir cliffs. An interesting feature is the abundance of Orchid species, mostly British.—[E.B.B.]
QuEzEL, P., 1952, L’ Association & Corylus Avellana L. et Galanthus nivalis L. dans la zone sud-orientale des Causses, Monde des Plantes. 287-288, 27-28. Floristic and ecological details ofi this association in south west France are given to show that it is a definite phytosocio- logical entity.—[ E.B.B.]
Raang, E. W., 1949, Der Zeigerwert der Ackerunkriuter im 6stli- chen Holstein, Biol. Zentralbl., 68, 471-488. Gives an account of studies on the indicational value of the field weeds in eastern Holstein.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 81
The different species of the field vegetation in the area depend to a strictly limited, though varying degree on the size of the grains, the amount of water available and the acidity of the soil, on certain methods of cultivation and on climatic influences. Thus there is the possibility of replacing single influential factors, or groups of factors, by others.—
[DeH Ke]
Ross, F., 1953, A Survey of the Ecology of British Lowland Bogs, Proc. Iinn, Soc., 164, 186-211.
Savitz, D. B. O., 1951, Changes in Grassland near Ottawa, Ontario, following Prolonged Flooding, Canad. Field-Nat., 65, 42-45. A strip of grassland adjoining the Ottawa River was flooded throughout May and June 1947. Nearly all the herbaceous plants were killed by this flood. By September 1947 Lysimachia nummularia had invaded large areas of the denuded ground. During 1948 Z. nummularia was partly replaced by Potentilla argentea and grasses. By September 1950, re- covery of the grass sod was almost complete, except in areas where soil was extremely scarce.—[ Author’s summary. ]
Smarpa, J., 1950, Mechova a Lisejnikoua Spoletenstva, Cas. Moray., 85, 79-156. An ecological account of the flora of the Hruby Jesenik mountains in north eastern Czechoslovakia.—[D.H.K. |
Sovengez, N.. 1951, Essai d’une classification phytosociologique des Prairies du Pays de Herve, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 123-151. An ecological account of grasslands, subjected to cutting or grazing, dominated by Arrhenatherum elatius; these are classified into sub-asso- ciations, each with its variants. TJllustrated by graphs, diagrams and photographs.—[ E.B.B.]
Van BercHEN, C., 1949, L’ Association a Isolepis setacea et Stell- aria uliginosa en Moyenne Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 71-80. This association, found along damp forest paths where stag- nant water accumulates in cart-ruts, etc., is analysed in a table com- piled from twenty five stations. Peplis portula and Callitriche stag- nalis among other British species are given as important constituents. In spite of the difficulty of defining its characteristic species the asso- ciation is widely recognisable in the mid- and northern-atlantic areas of Hurope; a comparative table from seven stations in this wide area is given.—[D.H.K.]
Van Bereuen, C., 1951, Landes Tourbeuses et Tourbiéres Bombées a Sphaignes de Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 157-226. The ecological group covering the peat- and raised sphagnum-bogs of Bel- gium is the Ericeto-Sphagnetalia. The two subgroups it comprises are (a) Sphagnion europaeum, of natural associations characterised by hygrophile species of Sphagnum, and (b) Ericion tetralicis, of associa- tions on peaty heathlands dominated by Erica tetralix, which are able to maintain their floristic composition only through the agency of man’s agricultural activities. Tables, diagrams and photographs illustrate the floristic and synecological account of these groups.—[E.B.B. |
82 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Van BercHEN, C., 1951, Les Prairies 4 Molinia de Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 373-403. In this study of Molinieta in Bel- gium floristic tables are provided to exemplify the two types (a) Moli- nietum coeruleae atlanticum, and (b) Eu-Molinietum coeruleae; these are differentiated geographically and, although having the same domi- nant, contain other species having different frequencies in each (e.g. Crepis paludosa and Cirsium anglicum, frequent in (b) but rare in (a) are good differentiating species). The effects of scything on some Molinia grasslands is considered as a factor influencing succession; microclimatic, edaphic and ethological factors are also discussed. Two habitat photographs are included.—[ E.B.B.]
Van BercuHEN, C., 1952, Contributions 4 l'étude des Bas-Marais de Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 1-64. The ecology of Belgian peat-bogs is analysed in some detail. The associations described are grouped under four main conformations :—Rhynchosporion albae (Cari- cetum limosae and Rhynchosporetum albae); Caricion lasiocarpae (Cari- cetum lasiocarpae and Calletum palustris); Caricion Davallianae (Schoenetum nigricantis and Drepanocladeto-Caricetum trinervis) ; Cari- cion canescentis-goodenoughii (Cariceto canescentis-Agrostidetum caninae). General synecological aspects are discussed under micro- climatic, edaphic and ethological headings.—[ E.B.B.]
Van BercuHen, C., 1953, Contribution 4 |’étude des groupements végétaux notés dans la vallée de ’Ourthe en amont de Laroche-en- Ardenne, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 85, 195-276. The main vegetation groups studied are forest, which comprises the major part of this area of the Belgian Ardennes, and aquatic from the river valleys. Various types of association are floristically listed and analysed, diagrams, photographs and a vegetation map providing the _ illustrations.— [K.B.B.]
WestHorr, V. & W. G. Brerrink, 1950, De Vegetatie van Duinen Slikken en Schorren op de Kaloot en in het Noord-Sloe, De Levende Natuur, 53, 124-133 and 225-233. |
WestHorr, V. & Van Dux, J., JR., 1952, Experimenteel Successie- Onderzoek in Natuurreservaten, in het Bijzonder in het Korenburger veen bij Winterswijk, De Levende Natuur, 55, 5-16.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 83
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
An Exhibition Meeting was held in the Lecture Hall of the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, by kind permission of the Trustees, on Saturday, November 28, 1953, from 2.30 to 5.45 p.m. The attendance created a new record, comprising 253 members and guests. Exhibits were arranged by 45 individuals and institutions, and an account of these is given below. The meeting was followed by a Conversazione at the Glendower Hotel attended by 55 members.
THE HERBARIUM OF JONATHAN SALT
Jonathan Salt (1759-1810) was a master cutler by trade. He com- piled a large herbarium, the majority of his specimens being collected in the environs of Sheffield between 1796 and 1807. He also received specimens from Sowerby and G. Don. The collection is now preserved at the City Museum, Sheffield. A number of representative sheets from the herbarium were exhibited, together with a copy of a printed ““catalogue’’, published in 1889.
F. W. ADAMS.
LOTUS HISPIDUS IN WALES
Specimens of Lotus hispidus Desf. ex DC. collected by the exhibitor from near Dale, Haverfordwest, Pembroke (v.c. 45)* in June 1953 were shown. The plant was hitherto known mainly from scattered coastal localities in south-west England. Its discovery in quantity in Wales is therefore of interest. The species occurs on cliff-tops, and in adjacent grassland in association with Carex punctata Gaudin (also exhibited). It is interesting to note that both these species have a similar western distribution, and are frequently found growing together. The geological formation is Old Red Sandstone, and the soil pH is approximately 5-2 (Johnson’s Indicator Paper).
F. W. ADAMS.
A CARDAMINE NEW TO BRITAIN
A sheet was exhibited from the Druce herbarium, Oxford, of a Cardamine collected in Snowdonia in 1892 by Dr. G. C. Druce. The specimen is labelled ‘“‘C. pratensis var. palustris (Peterm.)’’, but is fairly typical of C. crassifolia Pourr., a species confined to alpine springs and bogs between 3,000 and 9,000 feet in the Pyrenees, Corbiéres, Cevennes, Alps, and probably Carpathians. Except for its dwarf habit it closely resembles the lowland species C. hayneana (Reichb.) Jiingst, of which
*A further locality in v.c. 45, near Marloes, ‘Haverfordwest, is reported by C. D. Pigott.—ED.
84 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
it 1s perhaps better regarded as only an alpine subspecies. Moreover, these two species agree in having very small, globose pollen grains; in the other British representatives of the C. pratensis complex the pollen grains are ovoid or ellipsoid and considerably larger.
D. E. ALLEN. SOME INTERESTING IRISH PLANTS. Miss F. M. BARTON.
HYPERICUM UNDULATUM IN MERIONETH
Hypericum undulatum Schousb. ex Willd. was first recognised in Merioneth (v.c. 48) in August 1951, when a specimen was collected from Arthog Bog in the west of the county.
The new station is the northern lm -t of known world distribution. This markedly ‘‘Atlantic’’ species is otherwise confined in the British Isles to Cornwall and Devon (v.ce. 1, 2, 3 and 4), where it is fairly wide- spread, and to single stations in Pembroke (v.c. 45) and Cardigan (v.c. 46). Extra-British distribution (Clapham, Tutin and Warburg, 1952): W. Spain, Portugal and Azores. Carmarthen (v.c. 44) would seem a likely place for the species.
The plant is locally abundant in the new station, where it grows in ditches and wet boggy places on apparently fairly acid peat. A specimen from the new locality was exhibited, together with a map showing the distribution of the species in Arthog Bog and in the British Isles.
P.M. BENOIT.
THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS OF JUNCUS BULBOSUS AND J. KOCHII
The exhibit consisted of herbarium sheets of the two species, together with drawings showing their distinguishing characters. The most important of these are :—
Juncus bulbosus L. Plant weak. Stamens 3. Capsule 2-5-3 mm., oblong, obtuse, not retuse at apex, bluntly trigonous, about equalling or rather shorter than the light brown, or greenish, perianth-segments. Capsules closely sessile in a neat level row in the cluster.
Juneus kochii F. W. Schultz. Plant often stouter. Stamens 6. Cap- sule 2-2-5 (-3) mm., obovoid, blunt, slightly retuse, acutely trigonous at top, usually exceeding the blackish-brown perianth-segments. Capsules irregularly placed in the cluster, usually closely sessile, often a few pedicellate.
Both species are widespread in the British Isles, though J. kochi is a neglected plant and its distribution very imperfectly known.
P. M. BENOIT.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 85
SOME INTERESTING PLANTS FROM THE EUROPEAN HER- BARIUM OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
(1) SPECIMENS CONNECTED WITH PAPERS IN WATSONIA
This exhibit was prepared to enable examples of some interesting and uncommon plants discussed in recent parts of Watsonia to be seen. The following herbarium specimens were shown :—
Rhynchosinapis wright (O. E. Schulz) Dandy; see Bowen, Watsonia, 2. 303; from Lundy Island, N. Devon (v.c. 4), collected by the original finder, F. R. Elliston Wright.
Sagina nodosa var. moniliformis Lange; see Wright, op. cit., 2, 369; northern examples from N. Lancs. (v.c. 69).
Acanthus mollis L.; see Ribbons, op. cit., 2, 392; a gathering from W. Cornwall (v.c. 1) from the herbarium of the late James Groves.
Rumex xX wrightti Lousley (R. conglomeratus x cuneifolius); see Lousley, op. cit., 2, 396; a duplicate of the type no. from N. Devon (vaex,4)-
Orchis traunsteineri Sauter; see Heslop-Harrison, op. cit., 2, 371; two sheets from the herbarium of the late H. W. Pugsley, one from Ballyman Glen, and the other from Newcastle, both Co. Wicklow (v.c. H.20).
Carex microglochin Wahlenb. and C. rupestris All.; see Davies, op. cit., 2, 300; the former from Lady Davy’s original locality in mid-Perth (v.c. 88), and the latter from W. Sutherland (v.c. 108), from the her- - barium of the late T. J. Foggitt.
(2) A. “SPECIES PAIR’
Two sheets to illustrate the distinction between Cardaria draba (I..) Desy. and C. chalepensis Hand.-Mazz. The former from Middlesex (v.c. 21), A. H. G. Alston, 1953, showed the broadly cordate fruit (broader than long) with persistent style, emarginate at the base at maturity. The latter from Cumberland (v.c. 70), R. Martindale, 1952, showed the fruit longer than broad, cuneate at the base at maturity.
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
VERONICA SECTION BECCABUNGA
The exhibit illustrated :—
1. The distribution of V. anagallis-aquatica L., V. catenata. Pennell and their hybrid in the British Isles.
2. The distribution of all described species of the section through- out the world.
3. The distribution of endemic species of Veronica throughout the world.
4. The crossing and fertility relationships of the known diploids and tetraploids of the section Beccabunga.
It was concluded that a probable centre of origin of section Becca- bunga was the area Caucasus-Iran, and that this coincided with a centre
86 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
for other species of the genus. A final map illustrated the probable history of the section.
J. H. BURNETT.
EXHIBITS BY MEMBERS OF THE BOTANY SCHOOL, UNIVER- SITY OF CAMBRIDGE
(1) THE DISTRIBUTION OF IMPATIENS SPP. IN BRITAIN
Maps were shown indicating the dates of the first evidence for, and present status in, the Watsonian vice-counties, of the four Impatiens spp. now found wild in Britain. J. noli-tangere Li. has been recorded from at least fifty-seven vice-counties and is known to persist in ten, but it is almost certainly not native in four of these. It was certainly estab- lished locally for a period in ten v.cc. and there are authentic records for eleven more where it was only fugitive. In the remaining twenty- six v.cc. it was demonstrably recorded in error, or was unlikely on various grounds. JI. capensis Meerb. shows a fairly good correla- tion between date of first evidence and present abundance. It is still spreading in the northern and eastern Midlands, and is certainly pre- sent in twenty-eight v.cc. (probably also in v.ce. 18 and 57). J. parvi- flora DC. (correctly recorded from fifty-five v.cc.) is locally well estab- lished in woodlands in south-east England where it has been known for many decades, but in the West and North it is now abundant on some river-banks where in several cases it has only comparatively recently been observed. JI. glandwlifera Royle is now correctly recorded from seventy-two v.cc., excluding Ireland, where it is spreading; it may be present in four more English and Scottish vice-counties (viz. v.cc. 1, 40, 90 and 92). It is now most abundant in the industrial regions of England and Wales, on the Wye, and in Devon and Cornwall, but it is rather rare in most of lowland England, except around London.
D. E. COOMBE.
(2) KOENIGIA ISLANDICA IN THE SCOTTISH LATE-GLACIAL
The exhibit consisted of microphotographs of a single pollen grain recovered from late-glacial layers at Whitrig Bog, Berwickshire, and displaying all the characteristic morphological features of Koenigia islandica Iu. Too much cannot be argued from a single pollen grain, but, as contamination during preparation is most improbable, the evi- dence points towards the presence of Koenigia in southern Scotland in late-glacial time.
H. GODWIN.
(3) (a) PHOTOGRAPHS OF BRITISH DACTYLORCHIDS AND SOME SCOTTISH PLANTS The photographs shown included Orchis cruenta O. F. Miill. in Co. Clare and Co. Mayo, O. occidentalis (Pugsl.) Wilmott, O. purpurella T. & T. A. Stephenson, O. praetermissa Druce and OQ. strictifolia Opiz.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 87
The photographs of Scottish species included a varied assortment of general interest, taken during the summer of 1953:—Polystichum lonchitis (L.) Roth, Thelypteris phegopteris (L.) Slosson, Cerastium cerastoides (L.) Britton, Astragalus alpinus L., Salix lapponum L., S. lanuta L., S. arbuscula L., S. myrsinites L., Gentianella septentrionalis (Druce) E. F. Warburg, Erigeron borealis (Vierh.) Simmons, Carex vuginata Tausch, C. norvegica Retz., Poa glauca Vahl and Catabrosa aquatica (L.) Beauv.
M. C. F. PROCTOR.
(b) VARIATION IN HELIANTHEMUM GUTTATUM
Herbarium sheets were exhibited showing the effect of cultivation on this species from some British and Continental localities.
Seed from three localities, in Ireland, Brittany and Portugal, was sown at the same time (March 1953), and grown under identical con- ditions: representative plants from each sample were pressed in mid- August. The three samples showed ‘striking differences in size and habit. The Portuguese plant was the largest, with numerous long many-flowered inflorescences, while the Irish plant remained compact with short flowering axes. In most respects the French plant was intermediate between the other two, but the Irish plant alone had a few bracts on the lower part of the inflorescence. These differences were associated with differences in photoperiodic response, and are probably to some extent a function of this. It is clear that while a simple experiment of this kind will show the existence of genotypic differences, a more detailed experiment is necessary to analyse the nature of these differ- ences, or to give a precise statement of them. It is hoped to do this during the summer of 1954.
The species, like many other annuals, is extremely plastic. This was shown clearly by herbarium sheets of wild material from Ireland and Portugal, and wild and cultivated material from Anglesey.
M.C. F. PROCTOR.
(c) THE CYTOLOGY OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF HETLIAN- THEMUM AND THEIR ALLIES
The exhibit showed some of the results of chromosome studies carried out on British and Continental species of Helianthemum Mill. (sens. lat.) during 1952-3. In general the chromosome counts support the delimi- tation of genera used by Grosser in his monograph of the Cistaceae (1903, Pflanzenreich, IV, 193) and accepted by most recent authors.
The chromosome numbers found in the genera are :—
Halimium (Dunal) Spach ae ay 18 Tuberaria (Dunal) Spach Re it 14, 36 Helianthemum Mill. ae ee ny 20, 22
Fumana (Dunal) Spach ... ute pa: 32
88 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
The chromosome numbers of the British species as assigned to these genera are :— Tuberaria guttata (L.) Fourr. (Helianthe
mum guttatum (L.) Mill.) ae 36 Helianthemum apenninum (l.) Mill. ... 20 H. chamaecistus Mill. ae sat ae 20 H. canum (L.) Baumg. ... i ae 22
It is intended to prepare a fuller account of the investigation for
publication later. M. C. F. PROCTOR.
(4) SOME RARE AND INTERESTING HAWKWEEDS RE-DIS- COVERED IN 1953
This exhibit of eight herbarium sheets comprised four species of Hieracium from Wales, and four from the Lake District. All were collected during the summer of 1953, the majority after an interval of at least half a century since they were last recorded. All except one,
however, came from the recorded stations. J. E. RAVEN.
(5) (a) ALCHEMILILA MINOR HUDS. IN SCOTLAND
This very distinct Alchemilla, which is locally abundant on the Yorkshire limestone round Ingleborough, occurs in one isolated region in Ireland (from which specimens were exhibited last year) and had also been recorded from Wester Ross by Wilmott. A successful search was made this year (by M. S. Campbell, J. E. Raven and S. M. Walters) to re-find the Poss locality; this resulted further in the discovery of the plant in W. Sutherland also.
The Wilmott locality is on the narrow band of limestone which crosses the road just south of Ullapool (‘‘The Braes of Ullapool’). Here A. minor occurs, rather sparingly, in damp, grazed limestone turf around outcropping rock, on a S.W.-facing slope. The situation is not one which suggests a recent introduction.
At Inchnadamph, W. Sutherland, A. minor occurs very locally on a sheltered S.-facing limestone bank on very open rabbit-grazed ground. It should’ be looked for elsewhere in the vicinity (e.g. Elphin, and Cnochan rocks), although it seems unlikely that the plant is anywhere very abundant.
J. E. RAVEN & S. M. WALTERS.
(b) THE INCHNADAMPH ROEGNERIAS
Roegneria doniana (F. B. White) Meld., formerly thought to be confined to the Lawers range, has been shown (Raven, J., 1952, Watsonia, 2, 180) to be locally frequent in the vicinity.of Inchnadamph, W. Suther- land. A visit to Inchnadamph this season enabled a further study to be made, which revealed that, in addition to ‘‘good’’? R. doniana and R. canina (l.) Nevski, a plant occurred with these which was mor-
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 89
phologically intermediate between them, possessing the palea charac- teristic of R. doniana and the long awn of R. canina. These plants seem to be rather uniform, and the situation in the field suggested a rela- tively simple case of hybridisation. Dr. A. Melderis has examined the putative hybrid, however, and finds no pollen sterility (which is always evident in the comparable R. canina hybrids in Scandinavia); so that the status of the intermediate is still obscure.
J. E. RAVEN & S. M. WALTERS.
(6) VERONICA SPICATA L. AND V. HYBRIDA L.
These two Linnean species have generally been merged into Veronica spicata by Continental systematists, but the existence of extreme forms in Britain has encouraged British botanists to think of them as specific- ally distinct. Cultivation and cytogenetic experiments confirm the Continental view that even the extreme ecotypes of chalk grassland and limestone cliff should be included in the one variable species, for the characters are merely those of. habit and leaf shape and size, and moreover plants from the different British populations all prove to be highly infertile, with the same chromosome number (2n = c. 68). A diploid (2n = 34) exists in Central Europe, but is much less vege- tatively vigorous, and a Swiss plant in cultivation has unfortunately died. It is interesting that the diploid does not seem to have received any taxonomic recognition.
A Breckland plant (VI) was shown, together with one of origin Avon Gorge, Bristol (V4), and the vigorous, fertile hybrid between them
(V1 x V4). S. M. WAI “ERS.
(7) RECENT CAMBRIDGESHIRE RECORDS
1953 has been an exceptionally productive season in the recording of the Cambs. flora. The introduction of printed record cards has enabled the recording of distribution to be speeded up and put on a Grid Reference basis, and already over 200 such lists have been com- piled for the County.
Notes on one or two of the more interesting 1953 records exhibited:
Alchemilla vestita (Bus.) Raunk. A most interesting confirmation of an old record. Babington records Alchemilla vulgaris agg. for ‘‘ the outskirts of Balsham Wood ”’, but states that it ‘‘ was ploughed up and extirpated ”’ in 1863. A small quantity of the plant, however, still persists in old rough-grazed pasture by the wood, in what was probably a locality known to Ray in 1660!
Epilobium lanceolatum Seb. & Mauri. A new county record. There Is some evidence that this south-western species is extending its range in eastern England; it was first recorded in Bedfordshire in 1943, and has also been recorded for W. Suffolk this year.
Sonchus palustris L. Formerly a native of Cambs., but extinct by the middle of the 19th century, is now apparently spreading back into
90 EXHIBITION MEETING 1953
the county from its centres of re-introduction at Wood Walton, Hunts. This ‘‘ aggressive ’? behaviour is a very curious phenomenon in view of the past history of the species in the Fenland.
Stachys arvensis (L.) L. The first record this century for what must have been a not uncommon weed in earlier times, to judge from the records. Its decline, like that of Chrysanthemum segetum L. may be due to improved agricultural methods, particularly to generally higher base- status in arable soils.
S. M. WALTERS.
(8) WILD AND CULTIVATED SPECIMENS FROM SIX POPULA- TIONS OF EUPHRASIA NEMOROSA
Plants representing six wild populations of Euphrasia nemorosa (Pers.) H. Mart. were grown in the experimental garden at University College, Leicester, using Plantago lanceolata lL. as the host-plant. The use of this host resulted in luxuriant development.
The wild populations were located as follows:—two in Leicester- shire, and one in Northamptonshire, all being situated on oolite; two from different parts of the Chilterns, on chalk, and one from Box Hill, Surrey, also on chalk.
The first three could not be distinguished from each other under culti- vation on general appearance, though some differences have been de- tected. One of the Chiltern forms, while agreeing essentially with the first. three, was easily distinguished in the garden by its small flowers and leaves. The other Chiltern form, and that from Box Hill, differed markedly from one another and from all the other populations. The Chiltern one approaches the Continental H. condensata Jord. (EB. stricta Host, non Kunth) in leaf characters. The Box Hill plant had short internodes and may be Pugsley’s EH. nemorosa var. calcarea.
The principal differences between the populations grown were in internode length, leaf size, leaf shape, number of leaf teeth, leaf tex- ture, breadth and texture of calyx teeth, flower size, and details of Shape of lower lip. The condensata-like form, and the one from Box Hill, showed differences in more characters, and of a more pronounced degree, than the other populations.
The experiment was illustrated by herbarium sheets of both wild and cultivated plants from the same populations, and by contact prints of flowers and leaves of cultivated plants as well as photographs of plants growing in the garden.
The maximum numbers of leaf teeth were 9, 8, 8 (Leicestershire and Northamptonshire), 7, 6 (Chilterns), and 4 (Box Hill), the means rang- ing from 7:4 to 3-7.
PoP. YEO:
FRESH AND DRIED MATERIAL OF EROPHILA CONFERTA
The type specimen of Erophila conferta Wilmott from Herb. Mus. Brit. was shown together with living specimens from N. Essex (type
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 91
locality) and central Perthshire. It is a point of interest that whilst the original specimens were in full flower when gathered in the Island of Rhodes on March 8, 1934, plants have been noted in flower in Perth- shire in November (1951), and the Essex specimen here exhibited (gathered three days before the meeting) bore flowers. In both locali- ties the majority of plants flower in the spring.
For a description of the plant, and the history of its introduction into Britain, see Wilmott, Watsonia, 1, 137-138 (1948) and Campbell, Scot. Nat., 63, 49 (1951).
Miss M. 8S. CAMPBELL.
A BRITISH EPIPHYTIC FLORA
The exhibit was intended to illustrate some of the problems associated with the study of British epiphytic floras, and the opportunities they afford for co-operation between botanists and ornithologists and other zoologists.
The exhibit was based on observations on a group of pollarded willows, on the bank of the river Stour, near Flatford Mill, E. Suffolk. Sugges- tions concerning the probable means of dispersal of epiphytic plants to the tree tops were made, together with an analysis of the species repre- sented. At Flatford the willows studied were mainly Salix fragilis L. with some S. alba L., but apparently the species of willow does not affect its consequent epiphytic flora.
Pollarding produces a bowl-shaped depression at the top of the trunk, which gradually becomes filled with leaf-mould and wind-blown material, having an average pH of 5:0. Pollarding provides a greater surface suitable for the establishment of epiphytic plants than is available in a non-pollarded willow. The effect is purely quantitative, and non- pollarded willows may sometimes support quite a rich flora. Thirty species of flowering plants were recorded in the hundred willows studied at Flatford. Over a period of three years only very slight fluctuations in the number and frequency of the epiphytic species were recorded. Galium aparine appears to be the most efficient coloniser of epiphytic habitats in the British Flora; this conclusion is supported by the classi- cal work of Willis and Burkill at Cambridge (1893), and by Thompson, working between Bath and Bristol (1925). Thomas at St. Dizier (France) also obtained similar results (1904). It seems probable that this species may be dispersed by three distinct methods to the tops of the willows: as birds’ food, attached to birds’ feet and feathers, and as a constituent of birds’ nests. Some of the epiphytic plants are obviously well established and may form large shrubs (e.g. Rosa and Rubus spp.), while others may only appear as ephemerals (e.g. Fagopyrum). Epilo- bium spp. (especially H. hirsutum IL.) are very abundant in the neigh- bourhood, and apparently are well equipped for dispersal, but they do not appear in this epiphytic flora.
The trees were re-pollarded six months before the 1953 investigation and this appears to have had surprisingly little effect on their epiphytic
92 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
flora. An observed decrease in the representation of Cratuegus monogyna Jacq. was thought to be apparent rather than real, and to be due to slow regeneration from the stem stumps, mutilated in the pol- larding process. These small shrubs were very difficult to find in the dense new growth of the willow crowns. Rubus and Rosa on the other hand had regenerated very quickly, and after six months had re-formed as quite large shrubs.
Information relating to the location of other groups of willows, etc., bearing epiphytic floras would be very welcome, as it is hoped to ex- tend these studies. We are greatly indebted to Mr. F. J. Bingley, M.A., Warden of Flatford Mill Field Study Centre, for his assistance and encouragement in this work.
REFERENCES.
RIDLEY, H. N., 1930, The Dispersal of Plants throughout the World.
THOMAS, M. C., 1904, Vegetation Epiphyte sur les saules tetards, Bull. Acad. Géogr. Bot., 13, 358.
THOMPSON, H. S., 1925, Flowering Plants as Epiphytes in Willows and Alders. Nature, 116, 710.
WILLIS, J. C. & J. H. BURKILL, 1893, Observations on the Flora of Pollard Willows near Cambridge, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., 8, pt. 2, 82.
J. F. M. CANNON. Miss M. J. HERBERT.
SOME NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL HYBRIDS IN THE CAREX FLAVA AGGREGATE
It now seems clear that the five British members of the Carex flava aggregate (C. flava L., C. lepidocarpa Tausch, C. demissa Hornem, C. serotina Mérat and C.. scandinavica FE. W. Davies) may be regarded as ecospecies, and the group as a whole as one coenospecies. Some natural and artificial hybrids between these ecospecies were exhibited, together with photographs showing their highly irregular meiosis.
Miss E. W. DAVIES.
ANEUPLOIDY AND CHROMOSOME MORPHOLOGY IN THE CYPERACEAE Photographs of meiosis in Isolepis, Eleocharis, Schoenus, Erio- phorum and several species of Carex were exhibited. These indicated the presence of aneuploidy and the range of chromosome size and morphology in the Cyperaceae.
Miss E. W. DAVIES. DRAWINGS OF BRITISH PLANTS Miss FITCHEW. EGERIA DENSA IN BRITAIN Miss L. W. FROST.
BEWICK WOODCUTS FROM THORNTON’S NEW HERBAL Mrs. A. N. GIBBY.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 93
POLYGALA VULGARIS AND “P. OXYPTERA”
The purpose of the exhibit was to demonstrate that “ Polygala oxyptera Rehb.’’ is not specifically distinct from P. vulgaris L.
IG was im two parts, as. follows :—
(a) Capsules of P. vulgaris and “‘P. oxyptera’”’ were displayed. These were arranged in a continuous series to show the intergradation, and also to show that wing shape is independent of size. A parallel series in P. serpyllifolia Hose was also displayed.
It was pointed out that the differences between P. vulgaris and “P. oxyptera”’ are not of the same order as those separating the other British species; capsules and seed of these were shown for comparison, and the chief differences were listed.
(b) It was suggested that the frequent occurrence of small flowers with reduced wings on small plants with few-flowered spikes is due to the fact that these are reduced plants from exposed habitats. A series of specimens from one population was shown. It included both small ‘“‘oryptera’’ type plants from the exposed crest of a hill, and larger typical vulgaris plants from more sheltered conditions below.
It was suggested that P. amara L. and P. austriaca Crantz also may not be specificially distinct, but that, as so little material is available in Britain, the final decision must depend on examination of Continental
material. D. R. GLENDENNING.
EPILOBIUM LINNAEOIDES HOOK. IN BRITAIN
Specimens of the alien, Hpilobium. linnaeoides Hook f., a native of New Zealand, from Helsby, Cheshire, and Leenane, Connemara, were shown, together for comparison, with the well-established FH. pedunculare A. Cunn.
Epilobium linnaeoides was determined by G. M. Ash from material gathered at Helsby, Cheshire, in 1938 (it still persists there though it did not. flower in 1953) and from near Leenane, W. Galway, where it is well established for about a mile along the roadside west of the vil- lage. Near Leenane it grows on the wet banks in association with Epilobium pedunculare and Chrysosplenium oppositifolium L. <A de- scription of E’pilobium linnaeoides from Cheeseman’s Manual of the New Zealand Flora was attached.
Miss V. GORDON.
[See also Plant Notes.—KEd.]
EPIPOGIUM APHYLLUM
The exhibits were based entirely on the colony discovered in July 1953, in Buckinghamshire.
These included photographs by Messrs. J. P. M. Brenan, J. HE. Lousley and J. HE. Raven, paintings by Mrs. John Chapple and Miss “Roles, and three specimens.
94 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
On loan from Kew was a small specimen preserved in a spirit bottle. The most interesting exhibit, however, was a plant bearing a capsule from which seed had been largely dispersed—a feature hitherto un- recorded from Britain and occurring only rarely on the Continent.
R. A. GRAHAM.
VEGETATION MAP OF THE BRECON BEACONS NATIONAL PARK
A vegetation map was displayed summarising the results of the ex- hibitor’s ecological work in the Brecon Beacons and Black Moun- tains. The ecology was studied on the wider bases of reconnaissance and primary sarvey. Much intensive work was undertaken though the degree of investigation was, of necessity, subject to the extreme limi- tations inherent in the survey.
Mapping was conducted on a 6” scale and the data reduced to the scale of 1/25000. The ‘‘23” map’’ was further reduced to a 1” = 1 mile scale (the exhibit itself) with little loss of detail. The map is an innovation in that it is more than a static picture of the existing vege- tational pattern, for by careful study and diligent interpretation of the explanatory text, the trends of vegetational change may be read into the map.
The Vegetation Map is proposed for exhibition in the public gal- leries of the Department of Botany, National Museum of Wales, Cardiff.
D. P. M. GUILE.
THE FORMS OF SILENE NUTANS IN BRITAIN
This exhibit illustrated the paper on Silene nutans L. previously published in Watsonia 2: 80 (1951) and did not seek to present any new information. An example of each of the several forms of the plant in Britain was exhibited and these were in turn grouped into the two varieties smithiana Moss and salmoniana Hepper. Herbarium sheets corresponded to switches which, when depressed, illuminated the respec- tive localities on a large map of Great Britain suspended behind the exhibit, thus showing the distribution of each variety. Living plants from cultivation and photographs supplemented the information given with the dried specimens. For comparison with the British plants, a specimen of S. nutans, from what is believed to be the type locality in Sweden, was also shown. This plant has been grown at Kew for four years and has remained extremely small in all its parts compared with the British plants growing beside it.
F. N. HEPPER
MONSTROUS FORMS OF CALYSTEGIA SYLVESTRIS AND GALIUM VERUM
The monstrous form of Calystegia sylvestris (Willd.) Roem. &
Schult. from Kilereggan, Dunbartonshire, possessed many flowers with -
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 95
5 petals free to the base. There were also some flowers with only 2 or 3 free petals, but none was typically gamopetalous. The corolla was white.
A specimen of Galiwm verum L. from the cliff-top near Arbroath, Angus, showed a remarkably erect habit which distinguished it at once in the field from the surrounding vegetation. But more remark- able still was the fact that the flowers had been wholly replaced by branchlets. That vegetative propagation was effective was obvious by the fact that this form covered an area of 6 sq. ft. and 130 stems were counted.
F. N. HEPPER.
BRANCHING IN FOUR EQUISETUM SPECIES
The exhibit was part of the results of a preliminary investigation into the variation of habit and habitat within the genus Hquwisetum. Random samples of individual shoots were collected from populations and the various characters of the plants were measured or counted. This preliminary survey was done on E. fluviatile L., E. palustre L., E. sylvaticum L. and E£. telmateia Ehrh.
The results showed (1) there were significantly fewer nodes on the fruiting shoots than there were on the sterile shoots of the same popula- tion; (2) a combination of number of nodes per shoot and number of whorls of branches per shoot gave a good separation of the four species for the 20 populations examined.
It is proposed to collect samples from populations of all species from throughout Great Britain and to make an extensive study of (1) branching; (2) sheath and teeth characters; (3) habitat factors.
B. HOPKINS.
TILLAEKA MUSCOSA IN SURREY Miss S. HOOPER.
NAJAS MARINA
The exhibit consisted of two parts. The first showed the present dis- tribution of Najas marina lL. in Europe and in Britain. A map of E. Norfolk (v.c. 27), indicated the spread of the species in that vice- county from its original discovery by Arthur Bennett in July of 1883, in Hickling Broad. A few years later it was found by Hanbury and Holmes in Martham Broad, but it was not until 1949 that it was dis- covered much further inland in Barton Broad. Two years later mem- bers of the B.E.S. excursion found N. marina in Upton, a land-locked broad, and its latest extension was in 1952, when Dr. J. M. Lambert and D. H. Barry found it to be abundant in Hoveton Little (Inner) Broad. Little evidence has come to light as to why the plant has suddenly spread. Ecological factors show very little correlation, and NaCl concentration, once thought to be a factor, was shown on the map to be very variable.
96 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
The second part consisted of herbarium specimens of two apparently distinct forms, collected from the same square metre of water at White Slea, near Hickling Broad, in September 1953. One had short, narrow leaves (1-2 em. long) each with 4-7 spines on each side and with 1, 2 or 3 spines on the back of the leaf. The short, spiny internodes, the obovoid fruit (4-4-5 x 2-2-5 mm.) and the pentagonal markings on the seed-coat, suggested, with the luxuriant growth (up to 100 cm.) that the specimen may have been the variety that Rendle saw only from N. Germany and in his monograph on the genus (1899) called var. brevifolia.
The other specimen was slightly different in having somewhat longer internodes which were completely spineless. The leaves were longer (1-) 2-4 cm., and had 5-10 short teeth on either side with very few, if any, on the midrib. The oblong fruit (44:5 x1-5-2 mm.) was narrowed towards the sub-obtuse apex, and along with these other characters suggested a form intermediate between that originally collected by Bennett in Hickling Broad—which Rendle terms form S—and the N. European specimens called by Rendle var. angustifolia.
Both specimens were of fertile female plants and it is worth noting that, as far as is known, no male plants have been recorded from Nor- folk. It would be interesting to know if any male plants are recorded
as Norfolk material in any Herbarium. A. C. JERMY.
DRAWINGS OF SOME ISRAELI PLANTS Mrs. R. KOPPEL.
APIUM NODIFLORUM AND A. REPENS
Some ‘‘typical’’ specimens of Apiuwm nodiflorum and the rare A. repens were shown, together with some intermediate ‘‘problem’’ plants. The two species can be distinguished by their habit, leaf shape, length of peduncle and the number of bracts below the umbel. There are a very large number of plants combining some characters of both species, even from localities where A. repens is not known. At present I do not feel able to say whether these are hybrids, or merely forms of the vari- able A. nodiflorum. I should be very grateful for further records and specimens,
Miss S. M. LITTLEBOY.
A HYBRID SENECIO NEW TO BRITAIN
Material was exhibited of Senecio sylvaticus L. and S. viscosus L. from Frensham Little Pond, Surrey (v.c. 17), and of the hybrid be- tween them (8. Xviscidulus Scheele). Two forms of the hybrid were shown, one a good intermediate and the other with the evidence of S. sylvaticus less obvious.
J. E. LOUSLEY. [See also Plant Notes.—Ed.]
—ws ve
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 97
ARTEMISIA NORVEGICA Specimens were shown of plants in flower collected in 1953 from the locality in north-west Scotland discovered by Sir Christopher Cox,
together with photographs and a list of associated species. J. K. LOUSLEY.
A WILD ARUM HYBRID
A living plant of a wild hybrid between Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridley and A. maculatum I.., found at Arundel, Sussex, was exhibited, together with herbarium specimens of this plant and A. neglectum. Drawings of chromosome counts at first anaphase of meiosis in A. neglectum, A. maculatum, and the hybrid plant were also shown.
It has been shown that in this country at least the vast majority of A. maculatum has 2n = 56 chromosomes. Cytological examination of plants of A. neglectum from Cornwall, Dorset, and Sussex has shown that this species has 2n = 84 chromosomes or occasionally an immediate aneuploid derivative of 84.
The plant exhibited has 2n = 69 or 70 chromosomes, which may be regarded as sufficient evidence that this plant is an example of a wild first-generation hybrid between A. neglectum and A. maculatum.
J: D: LOVIS.
THE SYNTHESIS OF ASPLENIUM x BREYNII
Six plants of Asplenium x breynii (A. septentrionale x tricho- manes) have recently been raised as the result of hybridisation experi- ments carried out by us in the experimental gardens of the Depart- ment of Botany of the University of Leeds. Success has been obtained only when the diploid form of Asplenium trichomanes is used as the male parent in attempted crosses.
Cytological examination of meiosis in one of these synthesised plants shows the same features, i.e. 36 bivalents and 36 univalents, as had already been found in wild plants of A. xbreynii by Professor I. Manton. The triploid nature, 3x = 108, of the synthesised plants has also been established by means of root-tip squashes.
While our experiments were in progress we received a communica- tion from Dr. D. E. Meyer of Berlin which includes an account of the successful synthesis of A. xbreynii so our exhibit was not the first example of the synthesis of this hybrid fern.
Herbarium specimens of both wild examples and of a synthesised plant of A. xbreynii were exhibited, together with herbarium material and live plants of the two parent species.
Maps showing the distribution in the British Isles of the hybrid and its parents, a photograph of a synthesised plant of A. x breynii, and photographs of cytological preparations of meiosis in wild examples of the hybrid and of root-tip mitosis in synthesised A. x breynii com- pleted the exhibit.
J.D. LOVIS & Miss M. G. SHIVAS.
98 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
COMPARATIVE FIGURES OF BRITISH PLANTS Rev. W. KEBLE MARTIN.
SOME INTERESTING GRASSES COLLECTED AT FORRES
A selection of grasses from the Society’s excursion at Forres (1953) was exhibited. The following specimens were collected :—
1. In v.c. 95, Elgin: Deschampsia setacea (Huds.) Hack. (Culbin Sands); Corynephorus canescens (lu.) Beauv. (Lossiemouth); 2 pheno- typically different forms of Poa subcoerulea Sm., one from the sea- shore (Culbin Sands) and the other from a grove (Forres); a peculiar form of Festuca arundinacea Schreb. having greyish lower sheaths, short, rigid leaves and dark-purplish spikelets (sand dunes, Findhorn); a hybrid F’. arundinacea Schreb. x F’. gigantea (L.) Vill. (Greshop Wood) ; 3 coastal forms of F. rubra L., viz. f. litoralis Hack. (sea-shore, Culbin Sands), var. arenaria (Osb.) Koch (sand dunes, Culbin Sands) and var. glaucescens (Hegetschw. & Heer) Nym. (near Garmouth); F. vivipara (L.) Sm. (bank of River Findhorn, Darnaway Forest) and Bromus lepidus Holmb. (Forres).
2. In v.ec. 96, Easterness: Deschampsia cespitosa (li.) Beauv. (vivi- parous) and Poa flexuosa Sm., both on Coire an Lochan (Cairn Gorm).
A. MELDERIS.
A METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF A SUSPECTED HYBRID POPULATION BETWEEN CENTAURIUM MINUS AND C. LDLITTORALE
Populations of Centauwriwm on the sand-dunes at Freshfield, S. Lanes. (v.c. 59) were studied in an attempt to determine the extent of hybridisa- tion between Centaurium minus Moench and C. littorale (Turner) Gili. The two species were first defined by an adaptation of Wilmott’s (1950) method for the analysis of critical species, population samples being analysed for the morphological characters usually used to distinguish the two species.
On the basis of this analysis 6 characters were considered to be suffi- ciently distinct to be used to separate the two species. <A suspected hybrid population was scored for these characters. Using Anderson’s (1936) Hybrid Index method a numerical index was obtained for each individual. The population was summarised as a frequency distribution which showed a range of intermediates between the two species. Her- barium sheets of the two species and the putative hybrid were included in the exhibit.
ANDERSON, E., 1936, Hybridization in American Tradescantias, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard., 23, 511. WILMOTT, A. J., 1950, A New Method for the Identification and Study of Critical
Groups, Proc. Linn. Soc., 162. 83-98. Miss W. T. M. O’CONNOR.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 99
A REMARKABLE VARIETY OF RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA FROM ORKNEY AND SHETLAND.
The exhibit illustrated the distinguishing morphological character- istics of an unusual variety of Ranunculus fammula L. found in the Ork- ney and Shetland Islands in June 1953. The plant grows in exposed situ- ations by the sea and is dwarfed, with short internodes and thick fleshy leaves which are very broad with a cordate base. It appears to be somewhat similar to R. flammula forma minima A. Benn., but it is suspected that there is a genetical basis for the unusual morphology and that the plant is therefore worthy of higher rank than a ‘‘forma’’.
Miss P. A. PADMORE.
A HYPOCHOERIS HYBRID
Last August in company with Mr. #. C. Wallace, I found a number of plants of an evident hybrid between Hypochoeris glabra lL. and H. radicata L., growing in a sandy field in Surrey, with both parents. . The plants were obviously intermediate, particularly in the fully open eapitula, and the achenes were all sterile. The capitula are nearer those of H. glabra, but always wider when open, and the bracts much exceed the involucre. Herbarium specimens of the hybrid and both parents
were exhibited. N. Y. SANDWITH.
HYBRIDS OF EPIPACTIS HELLEBORINE AND E. PURPURATA C. A. THOMAS.
SOME MEMBERS OF CAREX SECTION ACUTAE Gea nO aiNe
SALICORNIA. A DISPLAY OF IGNORANCE
The exhibit consisted of specimens (preserved in 70% alcohol) cf representatives of the five groups into which the British species can be divided by way of a preliminary classification.
Salicornia perennis Mill. is a very distinct species and the only perennial one in this country.
The numerous annual species are difficult to classify, probably mainly because of the extreme reduction of the floral and vegetative parts and the consequent lack of orthodox ‘‘characters’’.
The accompanying table (Table 1, page 100) shows the representatives of four fairly clear-cut groups of species.
In each of these groups there appear to be a number of distinct entities which probably represent species. Two of these belonging to the dolichostachya group were shown. In order to attempt the clarifica- tion of the position I should be grateful for population samples from as many localities as possible. Fresh material travels perfectly if placed in polythene food bags (obtainable from Boots or Woolworth’s) and packed to prevent crushing. It is useful in flower (usually August to September) or fruit (late September to end of October) or, best, if specimens can be obtained in both flower and fruit from the same place.
T. G. TUTIN.
‘Sop
Suds TOUR M “sly ynoqe
ye ouoz MO -IVU @ SUTULLOST
‘dno..s sty suofoq Oo} avrod DULISSYSOULDA pue vuprvy VvUs ‘pssauddp = *S' ‘Soply suLIds ye possotwqns ATUO soov[d ul Uso vgpourys Appne tO APO Way
0} -dv 7S) iS)
“STOAOT TOUT 1 sjfouueryo pur scuty -yno punor pur OUu0Z DIUL091)DS -4a]SY UT pNUI JOS
‘soply dvou LOYEM-T SITY Mopod pnw JOM “OS
LViIAV
|
“poyovye YMA qyIM jJO oul -WU00 SOLUTPOUUOS tO JUOJSTSHOd pur yono) ATUoIeddy
ou}
‘queyd
oy? UO poos ol SUIABOT ‘od St poos UIYM SUITIV A
‘doy
our ye suTVIITTds Ayyenjuo Ao
pue juojstsitod AjJuoIeddy
HINVIWVAd
‘SOUG poadn LOSUOT OUULOS
pure siey poyooy AOUs
MO} UIA “WU «9-0 X | "SATeY poyoou YIM UU «6-0 X 77
‘SATCU poyooy UIIM “WU 8-0 XG-F
“pospooy “VLOUS
AIOA SALTY “UU 4}
XL:b—Gt aduus
“UMOUG -YstIppod JO UMOAG “LETNOATO YSOupV
JOMOY ‘PpoloMO-T “SLOMOT
Tedoyey aoypeuis ou} osuryeardos 140U puke MOTO popunol Jamo [erju00 “podoMOy-e |
‘OZIS 9UIeS OU} Aporewurxor1dder SHOMOT 99Lt} Ie ‘podoMoy-g
‘SouUO [LL01PT UCU JIGdeT ‘MOTOqd oe7eoUND -SUOT ‘oAOqR popuno.t coMoy [eijuoe. ‘poloMoy-gE
SHINAO
“AVI
ye sjurof popoos-z ‘SOUDURAG
ojuLr dn Suryrorg AAR PUOIOS
‘SJUOUIDOS G-% YIM VLOYUS YIM JO
\un[q “Wdous etduns ‘sujed uy
‘ueys Uleul
| $B suo, Sse ynogeR
| SOyUIUBIG JOMO'T
‘(UIUL GI-G) Joys
| soyoueIq o}PuUlyyn
| ‘poyoueiq 991M)
eas cea! JO 909U0 ATISOUI
UdTTOMS-YOnU! souo Adevurad
8-F = UJIM ‘osnidqg ey} ‘sured uy
| ‘uIo1s
UICUL UP) Jo LOYS
AT[VULIOU 91P
SOyUDURIG JAMO]
‘UTR Se payourag
| SsJUOULSOS | ‘s}uUe[d 95.1] UT ‘LO
/sI-9 UIIM ‘osniqg | o[dus ‘sured uy
|
| ‘SJUDUISOS | “SUTI9de) pur SUOT
| 9LOUL SOUITJOWOS TO ‘oTdUITS [TR ATIROU
| 06-9T UPIM ‘oinoy ‘Ssanoy ul auloS SAMIdS WILY SHHONVUd
TV UTav.L
“MOTTOA DUI ‘U9015 -SNOone[s > AySsng Ppue ooo
“e UI Se Ul
01 YsIppad
: ORISO1d +
*MOTIOA SUIULODAG ‘us013 -MOTTOA
: Woody
“YUSIUMOIG SULUIOD9q ‘u9015 doaop : AYSnq AJGA pue 4o014y
INV Id
‘VLVTOIILUVSIG ‘S
VIVULSOUd 'S
VLOIULS °S
VAHIVIS -OHIITOT 'S
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 101
THE RANGE FORMS OF DRYOPTERIS DILATATA AND THE SEPARATION OF A NEW SPECIES
The wide range of form existing in tetraploid Dryopteris dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray was illustrated by herbarium sheets. <A diploid form, collected on Ben Lawers, Mid-Perth, by Mr. A. H. G. Alston, is con- sidered worthy of specific separation owing to its morphological and cytological distinction. Hybrids between the diploid and tetraploid forms have been synthesised and found to be triploid or sterile with approx. ‘‘n”’ bivalents and ‘‘n’’ univalents at meiosis (n = 41 in Dryopteris).
S. WALKER.
CUSCUTA AUSTRALIS
The appearance of this species as an accidental introduction to the London Region was evidenced by the specimens shown.
The first case was brought to light by Miss J. Maude, M.Sc., of [Enfield Grammar School, who sent specimens to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) and to one of us (J.F.S.). These specimens were para- sitising Chinese Asters (presumably Callistephus chinensis (I.) Nees) growing in the garden of a Mr. Hedgley at Enfield, Middlesex (v.-c. 21); though we have not been able to follow this up fully, it seems that the host plants were raised from seed imported from Austria and else- where and there can be little doubt that the Dodder seed was intro- duced in one of these samples.
The second specimen was found by S. T. Jermyn and B. T. Ward while searching for aliens on the Barking Municipal Rubbish-dump, S. Essex (v.c. 18); the following hosts were noted :—
Artemisia verlotorum Lamotte Senecio squalidus L. (immature) Polygonum aviculare agg.
and one other plant which had possibly been killed by the parasite.
No explanation for this particular occurrence is apparent but it is obvious that it may have originated in a specimen thrown out by a gardener or, more likely in view of its associates, the seed may have bee deposited there with cleanings or packings.
With the help of Dr. A. Melderis this dodder has been referred to the variety césatiana (Bertoloni) Yuncker (see T. G. Yuncker, The Genus Cuscuta, in Mem. Torrey Bot. Cl., 18, 113-331 (1932)).
We wish to express our gratitude to Dr. A. Melderis and Mr. FE. B. Bangerter for assistance in staging this exhibit and to ‘‘Artricia Photographs’ of Enfield for permission to include the photograph of infested asters, taken in the laboratory of Enfield Grammar School.
B. T. WARD & J. F. SHILLITO.
[See also Plant Notes.—Ep. ]
102 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
SORBUS ARIA AND ITS ALLIES IN BRITAIN
Specimens and maps of the British distribution of the following species were exhibited :—Sorbus aria (L.) Crantz, S. leptophylla E. F. Warb., S. eminens EK. F. Warb., S. hibernica E. F. Warb., S. porrigenti- formis E. F. Warb., S. lancastriensis E. F. Warb., S. rupicola (Syme) Hedl. and S. vexans E. F. Warb.
EK. F. WARBURG.
ERICA MACKAIANA IN IRELAND AND SPAIN
This species hag long been known from Connemara and northern Spain, having been discovered in both regions almost simultaneously. Recently I have been able to show that it is also present in abundance round the shores of Upper Lough Nacung in West Donegal. The valley here has been scheduled for hydro-electric development and the level of the lough is to be raised; the flooding, together with associated con- structional work and peat-cutting, constitutes a serious threat to a very rare species and the Society’s Conservation Committee is support- ing efforts to save as much as we can.
The great abundance of this species over two very restricted areas in Ireland is connected with the fact that it never sets seed there, but spreads vegetatively. In Spain, though vegetative spread is important, dispersal by seed also takes place.
The exhibit included maps showing the distribution in Ireland and Spain, and details of! the distribution round Upper Lough Nacung, the earliest known specimen of the species collected by William McCalla from Roundstone, Connemara, in 1834, specimens from Spain, and material of Hrica x praegeri Ostenf. (EZ. mackaiana x tetralix) from L. Nacung.
D. A. WEBB.
CERASTIUM SUBTETRANDRUM—NOT A BRITISH SPECIES
By means of a discriminant analysis (Fisher, 1941; Whitehead, in the press) it was shown that the Scandinavian populations described by Murbeck as Cerastium subtetrandrum differed from both Scandinavian and British populations of Cerastium tetrandrum. The characters most important in this distinction were pollen size, length/breadth ratio of the petals, and seed size, but other characters, e.g. ratio petal length/sepal length, were also correlated to varying degrees. An examination of British material from the herbaria at Edinburgh, Kew and Oxford, which had previously been determined as C. subtetrandrum showed that it should, on the basis of this analysis, more properly be assigned to C. tetrandrum Curt.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 103
So far no British material examined had been found to lie within the range of variations typical of the Scandinavian species C. subtetrandrum and it was concluded that at present Cerastium subtetrandrum (Lange) Murbeck must be excluded from the British Flora.
FISHER, R. A., 1941, Statistical Methods for Research Workers, 8th edition.
KF. H. WHITEHEAD.
VARIATION IN THE GENETICAL STRUCTURE OF THE CANINAE ROSES
Some of the consequences of variation in chromosome behaviour at meiosis in the Caninae were illustrated. These included the forma- tion of aneuploids, whose frequency in different pentaploid and hexa- ploid families of seedlings was shown, together with details of meiotic behaviour in some of the aneuploids. They retain the Canina system more or less unimpaired. The occurrence of hexaploids (from fertilisa- tion of unreduced eggs) and of tetraploids (following development of a normal egg without fertilisation) in otherwise pentaploid families indi- cates one possible way in which the different levels of polyploidy in the Caninae may have arisen.
Miss A. WYLIE.
A further account of the various exhibits displayed may be found in Nature, 173, 113 (1954).
104 REVIEW
REVIEW
The Natural History of the City. By R. S. R. Firrer and J. E. Loustey. Published by the Corporation of London, Guildhall, E.C.2. Pp. 36, with 14 photographs. 1953. Price 2/3, post free.
No less than 269 flowering plants and ferns, 3 mammals, 31 birds, 56 insects and 27 kinds of other invertebrates have been recorded from bombed sites in the City of London. The chapters on birds, mammals and insects are written by R. S. R. Fitter, and those on plants by J. E. Lousley.
A short history is given of the study of City plants from William Turner’s Names of Herbes (1548) to the outbreak of the recent war. Special attention is given to the mode of introduction of the seeds of many of the species found in the area, e.g. wind-dispersed (Chamae- nerion angustifolium, Senecio squalidus, Erigeron canadensis, Pteri- dium aquilinum, ete.); by horse-traffic (Scandix pecten-veneris, Tri- folium pratense, T. hybridum, Polygonum convolvulus, ete.); on wheels and boots (Plantago lanceolata, P. major, Polygonum aviculare, Matri- caria matricarioides, etc.); by commerce (Lycopersicon esculentum, Ficus carica, Anethum graveolens, Fagopyrum esculentum, etc.); by birds (Sambucus nigra, Solanum nigrum, Lemna minor, etec.); and from gardens (Buddleja davidi, Colutea arborescens, Linaria purpurea, Ailanthus altissima, Papaver atlanticum, ete.).
Three plants named after London are also fully treated, viz. :— Senecio x londinensis, Platanus x acerifolia (London plane) and Sisym- brium wrio (London rocket). An appendix gives a list of all the flower- ing plants and ferns found in the City since 1942, with indications of their relative frequency.
D. H. Kent.
OBITUARIES 105
OBITUARIES
Marcarer Knox (— - 1952) died at an advanced age on April 29th, 1952. She was of Scottish extraction, her father hailing from Peterhead. Miss Knox was born in London: she studied painting at the Slade School of Art and for several years spent the summer vacation with Walter Russell’s sketching party in Cornwall. A number of her paint- ings of wild flowers dating from 1899 exist and form the nucleus of the collection which she made during her long and active life. After the death of her father she made an extensive tour in the Dominions during which she crossed Canada, travelled widely in New Zealand and spent a few weeks in Australia. In subsequent years she visited the Continent from time to time. She does not, however, appear to have painted when abroad. During the interval between her earlier sketches in Cornwall and the departure on her world tour she made a few additions to her paintings of wild flowers as opportunity offered, but after return- ing to England she took up painting in earnest and formed the ambition to make as complete a collection of paintings of British plants as She could. Her note-books show that she planned during winter a programme to cover the flowering period for the following year, which would enable her to visit some of the least accessible stations in the United Kingdom at the time of flowering of the rarer plants. If, as occasionally happened, the plant in question could not be found, some other plant would be chosen to occupy the available time. In order to secure fidelity of form and colour, every plant had to be seen in its native haunt. The writer and his wife made their first ascent of Ben Lawers in the summer of 1932. Approaching the summit, they spied Miss Knox toiling slowly ahead in what proved to be an abortive attempt to see Saxifraga cernua in flower. It seemed as natural to find her on ~ this mountain as in her home in Highgate. For almost twenty years she climbed Ben Lawers chiefly to see this saxifrage in flower and even- tually her quest was rewarded. On this memorable climb in 1932 we spent a long afternoon on the summit being shown many of the rarities for which Ben Lawers is noted. The following morning we were travel- ling between Killin and Aberfeldy: we called at the Lawers Hotel to enquire after her health after her exertions of the previous day. She had partaken of an early breakfast and was ‘‘away on the mountain’’ !
Miss Knox became a member of the School Nature Study Union many years ago and we shared her company in many rambles during our long period of membership. Soon after the opening of the South London Botanical Institute, she became a member, took part in its varying activities, became a member of the Council in 1936 and served until her death. In 1931 she joined the British Bryological Society and usually
106 OBITUARIES
took part in the spring and autumn meetings. She was at Dorchester during the spring meeting when she became ill, passing peacefully away a few days after being removed home. She shared with some other field botanists a strong antipathy to the activities of the old Botanical Exchange Club, and it was only when convinced that our Society heid very different objects from the B.E.C. as she had known it that she became a member. She carried her age lightly and attended many of our excursions and meetings, at some of which she exhibited a number of her paintings. On the advice of the late A. J. Wilmott she gave her large collection of water-colour paintings of British wild flowers to the nation and they have been transferred to the Department of Botany at the British Museum (Natural History). A few local paintings have been bequeathed to the citizens of Peterhead.
Margaret Knox possessed those virtues particularly associated with the Scottish character in a high degree. She retained an active memory and seemed to extract humour from every incident in her long and busy life. She had an inexhaustible supply of good stories and many botanists will recall how, after the day’s work was over, she would entertain a botanical party at some hotel with her reminiscences, so that the veriest stranger amongst us became drawn into that friendly circle which is so outstanding a feature when field botanists come together.
I am indebted to Mrs. V. M. Hale of Bromley and to Mrs. Adriana White of Ampfield for information concerning Miss Knox’s early life. I am glad to have the opportunity of paying a tribute to the gracious lady whose friendship I so valued in life, and of whom [I shall retain happy memories so long as I retain memory itself.
J. E. WoopHEaD.
Rosert Lioyp PRAEGER (1865-1953).—The death of Robert Lloyd Praeger on May 5th, 1953, at the age of 87, marks the end of an epoch in the biological exploration of Ireland. He was the last survivor of a remarkable group of men who belonged to the pre-specialist age of scientific natural history, and whose achievement, thanks to the com- bination of very wide interests and enthusiasm with great physical energy and stamina, has something of an epic quality. Praeger in his most active period of field work would average 20 to 25 miles of cross- country walking day after day, accumulating each day several hundred records; would spend the evening writing up notes and preparing per- haps 50 herbarium specimens, and could find time meanwhile to ferret out anything of geological, zoological or archaeological interest which lay near his route. He was sustained, not by the daemonic energy of the sort that enabled H. C. Hart to traverse all the mountain ranges of Ireland, botanising at six miles an hour, but by a dogged and tireless persistence which enabled him to ‘‘keep on going when the rest had stopped’. Utterly indifferent to weather or terrain, he maintained that the best boots were those with plenty of holes in them to let the water out, regarded swimming a stream in his clothes as a perfectly normal
OBITUARIES 107
part of field-work, and held that the naturalist who felt under an obliga- tion to keep reasonably dry and clean missed much that was revealed to those who would ‘‘poke their enquiring noses, like terriers, into every hole, be it dry or wet’’. In his later years he did not disdain motor transport when occasion offered (he found the third Irish station for Alchemulla alpina by stopping the car at the foot of an undistinguished Kerry mountain and sitting there while his companion, at his suggestion, went up to see what grew on its top); and although a puritan streak did not allow him to feel comfortable in a first-class hotel, he did not practise toughness for its own sake—he simply saw that the programme was carried through in the most rapid and practical way. It is in this spirit that we may picture him as Secretary of the Belfast Field Club struggling up the Mourne Mountains in a blinding storm when all others had turned back; swimming through subterranean lakes at Mitchels- town with a candle in his hat; camping on Inishturk in an abandoned shed in a medley of wire, dynamite, fish-scales, petrol, cement and saw- dust (‘‘an ideal existence’’, he comments); exploring the dense vegeta- tion of Connemara lake-islands clad in a vasculum and walking-stick ; digging bronze-age cairns on Carrowkeel and sifting eskers for marine shell-fragments; joining in deep-sea trawling off Cork and attempting to land on Rockall.
But Praeger was much more than a vigorous, enterprising and versa- tile naturalist. Directing all this activity was a brain which, though limited perhaps in imaginative range, was acute and shrewd, which could very rapidly ascertain and marshal all the relevant facts, and could expound them with quite remarkable lucidity. Though scholarly he was never finicky, and was quite innocent of the disastrous pride in un- published knowledge which besets so many naturalists. The skill with which he collated and set out in Irish Topographical Botany and The Botanist in Ireland his own records and those of his predecessors means that, although Ireland remains less thoroughly explored botanically than Britain, the results of the exploration are far more effectively integrated and codified.
Born near Belfast in 1865, Praeger received as a schoolboy his first training in biological study from the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club, which included then a large number of exceptionally keen and talented workers. He trained as an engineer at Queen’s College; and his earliest substantial publication was on the sub-fossil molluscs in the estuarine clays of Belfast which he came across in the course of his work on the construction of a dock. In this now classic paper be brought forward for the first time evidence that since the last glaciation the climate has been warmer than it is to-day, and may therefore claim to be the dis- coverer of the neolithic climatic optimum. His prospects as an engineer seemed dependent on accepting a post which would cut him off from his botanical and geological contacts, so with characteristic courage and decision he gave up his career, and after two or three years of an un- certain future came to Dublin in 1892. where a post had been found for
108 OBITUARIES
him in the National Library. Here he remained for over thirty years, succeeding eventually as Librarian a few years before circumstances consequent on the setting up of the Irish Free State enabled him to retire on favourable terms at a relatively early age.
It was soon after he came to Dublin that he formed the project of compiling an Irish Topographical Botany. The library side of the task (which was to include the making and sorting of over 30,000 slips, and assembling a bibliography of almost 1,000 references) would have daunted many men; but it was the least part of the work. For a survey of the literature’ in 1895 revealed that of the forty county-divisions in Ireland only eleven were at all adequately explored (one by Praeger himself a few years earlier); for seven others some sketchy lists existed; but over half were virtually unknown. Praeger determined to devote his holidays for five years to the exploration of these; and 200 days of field-work, carefully planned and unflaggingly executed during this period, enabled the work to be published in 1901. Alike in the completeness of its lists, the citation of its authorities, and the indications of frequency and ecological preferences it compares very favourably with its English counterpart.
Supplements to Irish Topographical Botany appeared at intervals throughout Praeger’s lifetime, but the compiling of local records was no longer his major occupation, and he turned from this rather solitary work to a number of co-operative enterprises. With Pethybridge he carried out an ecological survey of the mountainous region south of Dublin, and soon after this he became a member of the British Vegeta- tion Committee. Already joint editor of the Irish Naturalist (a post he retained throughout its thirty-two years of life), he became in 1903 Librarian of the Royal Irish Academy and editor of its Proceedings, retaining the former post till 1931 and the latter till 1945. A triennial series of joint conferences and excursions by all the Irish Field Clubs under Praeger’s leadership was held from 1895 to 1907. The experience and contacts developed in these led him to organize the general bio- logical survey of Lambay Island (1905-6), which proved so rewarding that it led on in its turn to the celebrated Clare Island survey of 1909-11. Although the most sensational and substantial results of this survey were in the realm of zoology, the knowledge gained of the distribution of plants, especially cryptogams, over a wide area of western Ireland which had hitherto been worked only in the neighbourhood of the prin- cipal hotels, was of considerable importance: over 500 species new to Ireland were recorded, and 11 new to science described. Nobody but Praeger could have assembled in this remote spot such a distinguished team of specialists, organised tolerable working conditions for them, and bullied them into publishing their findings within a very few years. The problems of insular distribution, which originally prompted the survey, led him to undertake at this time a very extensive series of experiments on the power of flotation of seeds and fruits of British plants—a pioneer piece of experimental ecology which deserves to be extended and consolidated.
OBITUARIES 109
In this way Praeger became a sort of godfather to most of the societies in Ireland which related to any form of natural history; and there are few of them which he did not either found, or see through hard times, or rescue from the doldrums and revivify. This was notably true of the Dublin Naturalists’ Field Club; of the Geographical Society of Ireland (of which he was first President); of the Royal Horticultural Society of Ireland; and of the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland, to the adornment of whose gardens with flowering shrubs he devoted much care and labour during the second War (amusing tales were told of the grubby gardener who, when questioned, turned out to be the President). His interest in horticulture and exotic floras grew during the second half of his life; and in the twenties he undertook the monographing of Sedum and Sempervivum for the Royal Horticultural Society. This bore fruit in two admirably clear and practical volumes, which make one regret the curious diffidence he showed in tackling taxonomic pro- blems in the native flora. In preparing these monographs he travelled to the Canaries and Bulgaria; and about the same time he took part in the International Phytogeographical Excursions through the Alps and Scandinavia. These travels, together with some personal contacts (his father was Dutch and his wife German), gave him an awareness of con- temporary continental botany which was at that time not very common among British field workers.
The year 1934 saw two great achievements. One was the publication of The Botanist in Ireland, a brilliant synthesis of fifty years’ field experience, with a comital flora thrown in for good measure. The second was the launching of the work of the Trish Quaternary Research Com- mittee. Praeger alone saw that the problems that were vexing archaeo- logists and phytogeographers could both be illuminated from the same source—bog-borings and pollen-analysis; and he alone knew that Jessen of Copenhagen was the man to start off the work. To his obstinate hammering in of these two points at one committee after another we owe Jessen’s impressive volume on the post-glacial vegetation of Ireland and the training of G. F. Mitchell in quaternary research.
Three years later The Way That I Went appeared and soon ran through three editions. [t is a happy blend of topographical commentary on Jreland with autobiographical reminiscence, and is the best of his numerous popular works (though mention should be made of his excellent guide to Co. Down, written in 1898 for the local railway company). Its success helped to make him a public figure in Ireland, well known to many whose interest in natural history was slight.
Up to the age of eighty Praeger remained remarkably youthful in mind and body, though it was generally felt that he had left till too late the composition of his two last books, a general natural history of Treland, and a series of biographical sketches of Irish naturalists. Both are useful for reference, but they fall far short of his best work both in accuracy and originality of conception. When the I.P.E. visited Ireland in 1949, though unable to accompany them into the field, he took great pleasure in presiding at their opening session. But in his
110 OBITUARIES
last few years disabilities and misfortunes befell him; he was unable to walk far, he was cut off from his friends by deafness which became total in 1950, and he lost his wife, the devoted companion of all his wanderings. When the end came none of his friends could feel it was too soon.
Praeger possessed in full measure the bluff, and at times gruff manner which is traditionally associated with his native Ulster; and there were times when the practical scepticism with which he greeted a project which one hoped deserved enthusiastic praise could be chilling. But although he had a shrewd and accurate estimate of his own abilities he was quite devoid of vanity, and was free from jealousy and touchiness to a quite remarkable degree. If he were criticised he replied vigorously, but bore not the least ill-will and was prepared to turn round and work with his critic immediately. And to any younger man who was really fired with enthusiasm and was prepared to work, Praeger’s generosity with his time, his effort, and often with his money, was unbounded.
The bulk of his estate is bequeathed to a fund, originally collected by his admirers on his eightieth birthday and administered by the Royal Irish Academy, to promote field studies in natural history. It is a fitting memorial; but no less fitting is the memorial he will leave to at least one generation—the spur to extra effort that is given us when we compare our achievement with his.
D. A. WEBB.
Franois Ritstone (1881-1953) was born at Penhallow near Perran- porth, Cornwall, on November 5th, 1881, and died in hospital at Truro after a short illness on January 22nd, 1953. He was the elder son of John Rilstone, a mine blacksmith, who became a J.P. and took a pro- minent part in the social and religious life of the parish. As a boy he attended Penwartha school where he became a pupil teacher and from there went to Treleigh near Redruth and then to Westminster College, London, for professional training. After teaching for some years at St. Mary’s School, Truro, he became headmaster first of St. Agnes Boys’ School and in 1914 of the County Primary School at Polperro. Here he remained until he retired on a break-down pension in 1934. His life at Polperro was evidently very full. He was a freemason, a Methodist local preacher and for some years chairman of the parish council. When he retired he went to live in the cottage on the hill between Penhallow and Perranzabuloe which had been his boyhood home. He was a bachelor.
He began botanising in 1905 or 1906 when F. H. Davey was pre- paring his Flora of Cornwall and with W. Tresidder for a companion spent the whole of at least one summer holiday exploring the country within a five mile radius of Penhallow. Afterwards he supplied records to E. Thurston and C. C. Vigurs for a Supplement. But he told me his first good find for the Supplement, Nitella gracilis, was made when he was looking for small algae in a marsh pool. From the first, Rilstone was as keenly interested in cryptogams as in phanerogams. He used to
WER
—
SW
\
Francis Ritstone, 1881-1953
ey
es
OBITUARIES lal
quote Isaac Foot’s conundrum, ‘‘What is the difference between a Ril- stone and a rolling stone?’’ The answer is that Rilstone was a bryologist. He became acquainted with W. H. Pearson and D. A. Jones and at the latter’s invitation joined the Moss Exchange Club, Section II, of which he soon became distributor. He was present at the meeting at Dolgelley in 1922 when the two sections of the old club were merged to form the British Bryological Society and continued for a further period to act as distributor of mosses. Then at a meeting at Ross-on-Wye in 1925 Dr. Rhodes persuaded him to take up the study of micro-fungi. It was a great joy to him when the Mycological Society held their spring foray at Perranporth in 1952 and he was able to show them the fungus treasures of his garden. A manuscript record of his work in this subject was presented to the Royal Institution of Cornwall. His work on mosses and hepatics culminated in ‘‘A Bryophyte Flora of Cornwall’’ which was published in 1948.
Rilstone began to study brambles seriously in 1919 and sent his first twenty gatherings to Kew to be named by R. A. Rolfe. Later on he came to know H. J. Riddelsdell and relied on him for determinations. Riddelsdell helped him generously with specimens of standard species not found in Cornwall, but could make very little of the Cornish plants he was asked to name. However a visit which Riddelsdell made to Looe in 1924 cleared up some difficulties and enabled Rilstone to publish his first important paper on the brambles of the county. About 1930 he acquired a set of between 300 and 400 gatherings of Rubi from C. C. Vigurs which he claimed were of great help to him. They were specimens which had been distributed through the exchange clubs in the years immediately preceding and following the turn of the century and illustrated the views of Rogers, Ley, the Lintons, Marshall, White and other batologists of the day. In addition to these plants he collected personally about a thousand numbers mainly from Cornwall, but also from the London commons, Wiltshire, the Cotswolds and North and South Wales. Then he purchased from W. C. Barton a splendid series of photographs (about 600 prints) of authentic specimens from the herbarium of W. O. Focke. All this, added to his study of the printed word, gave him con- fidence to publish first a Key to the brambles of Cornwall and then a Key to the species of all Britain.
But undoubtedly his most valuable work in this field was the elucida- tion of the Cornish species. He knew the Cornish brambles very well indeed and his list of 16 new species was not the outcome of a precipitate judgment but of long and patient observation in the field. He was con- vinced that the Rubus flora of Cornwall was very different from that of other parts of Britain and claimed that of 25 common or frequent brambles found within a two mile radius of Penhallow only 9 were described in Rogers’ Handbook. Time will show how many of these names can stand: at present it is a gain to have them. The importance of Rilstone’s work as a batologist is acknowledged in the name Rubus rustonei Barton & Riddelsd.
112 OBITUARIES
Rilstone was a member of the Berliner botanischer Tauschverein before the war and of both the British exchange clubs, acting as distri- butor for the B.E.C. in 1933. In 1932 he became a member of the Royal Institution of Cornwall and in the same year was awarded the Henwood Gold Medal for his botanical work. Five years later he was elected an Associate of the Linnean Society, honoris causa, and in 1949 became an Honorary member of the B.B.S. in recognition of nearly 40 years of active bryological work. In 1951 he became a Bard of the Cornish Gorsedd with the name Whyler Dreys which means ‘‘Searcher-out-of- Brambles’’.
During the years of his retirement he rarely travelled far from his house and garden, but he lived a strenuous mental life and had a wide circle of correspondents. His letters were full of detailed information and a delight to read. He had a strong sense of humour. My corre- spondence with him began in 1933 and developed with increasing momen- tum until his death. During recent years we corresponded almost every week in the winter season and when discussing brambles I have had as many as three letters in one day. He had a gift for clear and often picturesque expression and spared himself no trouble when helping others with their botanical problems.
In addition to his botanical studies Rilstone had a special interest in Cornish place names and popular speech, the results of his investiga- tions being published regularly in the Devon and Cornwall Notes and Queries and the Perranzabuloe parish magazine. In 1949 he completed a vocabulary of the countryside, a treatise of about 150 typewritten foolscap sheets, recording the words in general use in his own village in his younger days. This was offered to and accepted by the Philological Society.
Rilstone was a great Cornishman and a distinguished amateur botanist His passing is a grievous loss to all who were privileged to know him. His herbarium, which he estimated to contain 10,000 sheets of flowering plants and 10,000 packets of mosses and hepatics, has been presented to the British Museum (Natural History) except for about 300 sheets of Rubi which were given tome. The more important of his botanical books have been privately sold. I am greatly indebted to Mrs. K. A. Rilstone and to Mr. E. Rilstone for help in writing this memorial notice.
The following list of publications may not be complete, but it con- tains all the chief botanical papers and as many of the short notes as I have been able to trace.
1917-8: New Cornish Mosses and Hepatics, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 20, 310 ff.
1918: Notes on Cornish Plants, J. Bot., 56, 114.
1919: Cornish Mosses and Hepatics, J. Bot., 57, 3-10.
1920: Scilla campanulata, J. Bot., 58, 274.
1922: Cornish Sphagna, J. Bot., 60, 263-67.
1923: The Distribution of Euphrasia in Cornwall, J. Bot., 61, 546.
1926. Cornish Mosses and Hepatics, J. Bot., 64, 178-83.
1927 : 1928: 1929 : 1930 : 1931-2 :
1932:
1933 : 1935:
1936 : 1938 :
1940 :
1941:
1945:
1947:
1948 :
1950 : 1952: 1953 :
OBITUARIES ‘ 113
Cornish Rubi, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 22, 269-80.
Cornish Rubi, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 23, 364.
Erica ciliaris x tetralix, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1928, 631.
Myosotis caespitosa, J. Bot., 68, 153.
A Key to the Species of Rubi or Brambles in Cornwall, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 23, 462-76.
Abnormal Panicles of Rubus argenteus, J. Bot., 70, 318-19.
Rust Infection in Species of Rubus, J. Bot., 70, 319.
Rumex rupestris, J. Bot., 71, 107.
A Key to the Species of Rubi of the London Catalogue, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1934, 931-55.
Cornish Micro-Fungi, J. Bot., 73, 95-104.
Plantago lanceolata var. anthoviridis, J. Bot., 73, 234-35.
Cornish Bryophyta, J. Bot., 74, 234-36.
Some Flowering-Time Facts and Problems, Rep. Bot. Soc. &
E.C., 1937, 525-26.
Isoetes hystrix at the: Lizard, J. Bot., 76, 56-7.
Anagallis arvensis var. carnea, J. Bot., 76, 85.
Notes on Davey’s Flora of Cornwall, J. Bot., 76, 134-36.
The Flowering of Corylus Avellana, J. Bot., 76, 292-95.
Cornish Micro-Fungi, J. Bot., 76, 353-61.
A New Rubus from Cornwall, J. Bot., 78, 13-4.
Three East Cornwall Brambles, J. Bot., 78, 164-67.
A New Fungus from Devon, J. Bot., 78, 192.
Fungus Notes, J. Bot., 79, 13-5.
The Effect of Trochila Tini on Viburnum Tinus, J. Bot., 79, 173.
A Hyphomycete on Resin, J. Bot., 79, 187-89.
A New Staffordshire Bramble, V.W. Nat., 20, 161-63.
The Stability of Rubus Species, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1945, 77-9.
The Meaning of Spore Form in Aquatic Hyphomycetes, N.W. Wap. 22, 117-18.
Notes upon Bramble Seedlings, N.W. Nat., 22, 180-82.
Geranium Endressi and G. versicolor, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1946-47, 258-59.
Rubus Daltrii, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1946-47, 260.
Fluctuations of Sibthorpia europaea, N.W. Nat., 23, 130-81.
Exotic Fungi on Bamboo, N.W. Nat., 23, 167-68.
A Bryophyte Flora of Cornwall, Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc., 1, 75- 100, 153-65.
Some Cornish Rubi, J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), 53, 413-21.
Rubi from Dartmoor to the Land’s End, Watsonia, 2, 151-62.
Exotic Fungi on Bamboo, N.W. Nat. (New Series), 1, 101.
Cornish Fungi, N.W. Nat. (New Series), 1, 563-67.
E. S. Eve&es.
114 OBITUARIES
Karis Starcs (1897-1953), a Latvian botanist, was born on 18 May 1897 at Lidere, Latvia, and died on 2 February 1953 at Indianapolis, U.S.A. He was educated at the University of St. Petersburg, Russia, and at the Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Science of the University in Riga, Latvia, where he graduated Mag. rer. nat. in 1936. He was employed as a botanist at the Bio-entomological Station, Priekuli, and later at the Institute for Plant Protection, Riga. Starcs was a critical botanist with a good general knowledge in nearly all groups of plants. He studied the taxonomy and distribution of Latvian plants, being par- ticularly interested in trees and shrubs (Salicaceae and Betulaceae), garden plants, weeds and parasitic fungi of cultivated plants. More recently he had studied Taraxacum, mosses and lichens. About 65 papers, including some monographic studies on the Latvian forms of Pinus and Saliz, as well as on Philadelphus and Syringa, have been published by him. He was a very keen collector and his beautifully prepared speci- mens enrich many foreign herbaria. Starcs edited Betulaceae exsiccatae (1931) in 60 sets and Diseases of the Latvian Cultivated Plants (1937- 1944) in 150 sets. In 1944 when he was forced to leave Latvia, as a refugee, for Germany, he left behind him a large private herbarium containing about 100,000 specimens, and nearly as many duplicates. In 1945 he was appointed a temporary conservator at Haussknecht’s her- barium in Weimar, and from 1946-1947 he was a lecturer in Dendrology and Phytopathology at the University of U.N.R.R.A. at Munich. Living in primitive conditions in a camp of displaced persons in Thuringia and Bavaria, he studied the local flora with great assiduity and collected about 80,000 specimens, including 35,000 Taraxaca. In 1947 he went to the U.S.A. where he began the formation of another collection. His dream of returning to his native country to work on his fine herbarium was not however to be fulfilled. He joined the Society in 1951, and was a member of 22 other scientific societies in the U.S.A., Germany and Latvia.
The following taxa have been named in his honour:—Phegopteris robertiana var. starciana Kummerle, Rosa glauca subsp. starciana Matsson, Ascochyta starcii Sydow and Anthostomella starciti Sydow.
A. MELDERIs.
M. L. Wepvewoop (1854-1953).—Mrs. M. L. Wedgwood, who died at Slough on April 17, 1953, in her 99th year, was an outstanding character of what we may call the ‘‘Druce period’’ in the history of our Society. She was Mary Louisa Bell, born on November 23, 1854, and was twice married, her grand-daughter by the first marriage being our member, Miss Mary McCallum Webster. Her favourite son, Allen, the only child of her second marriage, was educated at Marlborough and Cambridge. They went botanising together and began to form a herbarium. Then Allen was caught by the first World War and in 1915, at the age of 22, he was sent to Gallipoli. He was reported missing and was never found. This entirely altered his mother’s mode of existence. She devoted her
OBITUARIES TALS)
whole life to the completion of a herbarium of British plants for Marl- borough College. Time and money were no object. She hired a car, with chauffeur, by the year and scoured these islands in search of every species, variety and hybrid, as listed in the London Catalogue. The quest introduced her to every botanist of the period, and she made the school collection at Marlborough something which is quite unique: a nearly perfect representation of the British flora, with all the critical forms verified by the specialists of that time. She also gave a playing- field to Marlborough in memory of her son, and was a passionate, if quite unexpected, believer in the public schools and all they have given to our country. During the second World War, when she had retired from London to Marlborough, she published (in 1944) the Wedgwood Catalogue of the herbarium. This will be of permanent use to British botanists, as well as to the Marlborough boys of future generations. The beautiful book-plate with the noble quotation from Plato’s Apology had been designed many years earlier by her friend, Emery Walker. Let us hope that the authorities at Marlborough will always value and take care of the Wedgwood Herbarium.
Tt would be quite out of place now to give any long description of Mrs. Wedgwood’s most unusual personality: the ‘‘Druce period” and all that it meant have vanished for ever, but she would have delighted as much as anyone in the rebirth (or should we call it the transforma- tion?) of the Society and its modern approach to the study of our flora. She became one of Druce’s intimate friends—he had come to her help when she lost Allen—but stood quite outside the circle of his more fashionable acquaintances. Long ago, at the turn of the century, she had entertained the ‘‘Bloomsbury’’ of her day in her house on Campden Hill, and she had travelled widely in India and the Mediterranean before she became interested in _ plants. To the country botanists on whom she later descended she may have seemed formidable or even a little odd, with her outspoken opinions, keen intel- ligence and experience of the world, and there may even be amusing recollections of some of those Cleopatra-like whims which go with the imperious manner of a great beauty. Those who were lucky to become her friends remember her with deep affection as the neat little figure in black in a very large car, sometimes severe, but full of kindness and fun and enchanting conversation, able even in extreme old age to cast a spell over one or two of the younger men whom she decided to take up and civilise. She served for six years on the General Committee which was formed after Druce’s death, and her name is commemorated in a Bramble, Rubus wedgwoodiae Barton & Riddelsd.
N. Y. SanpwItH.
116 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
FLORA OF WICKEN FEN, CAMBS.
Dr. S. M. Walters, Botany School, Cambridge, would be very grateful for any records of the flora of Wicken Fen, particularly of any date earlier than 1935. These may be simply notes of the occurrence (or abundance) of a particular species of plant in a particular year on the Fen, or lists, however incomplete, of plants seen, for example, in the brick-pits, or on the Main Drove, in a particular year. Many botanists probably have notes of this kind in field note-books, which could contri- bute a great deal to our knowledge of floristic change on the Fen. Copies of photographs taken on the Fen in a particular year would also be very welcome. Any lists or photographs can be returned if the owner so desires.
Species about which field notes would be particularly interesting include the following :—Potentilla (Comarum) palustris, Menyanthes trifoliata, Stellaria palustris, Stellaria alsine (uliginosa) and Epilobium palustre.
THE SOCIETY'S ANNOTATED COPY OF BRITISH PLANT LIST (ED. 2).
An annotated copy of the British Plant List (Ed. 2) kept up to date by the late P. M. Hall was left by him to the Society. Additions and corrections were made for a number of years by the late A. J. Wilmott The volume was used as a standard for corrections to nomenclature.
Since the death of A. J. Wilmott enquiries have been made regarding this book, but so far it has not been possible to trace its where- abouts. Any member who may be able to give information as to the present location of this important volume is urgently requested to get in touch with the Hon. General Secretary.
The Society’s annotated copy of Comital Flora is in the custody of Mr. E. C. Wallace who is at present responsible for Plant Records.
INDEX OF BRITISH HERBARTIA
The Society is preparing for publication an index to the location of herbarium collections of British flowering plants and ferns. It is pro- posed to include details of private collections and members are invited to send details of their herbaria to Mr. D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13. The information should include their full Christian names, approximate number of sheets, and a note of any groups or areas especially well represented. Work on this project is now well advanced and members are requested to send information as soon as possible.
: i ;
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS WAL?
MYXOMATOSIS IN RABBITS
The first outbreak of the fatal disease of myxomatosis in wild rabbits was reported from near Edenbridge, Kent, in the autumn of 1953, and shortly afterwards it appeared near Robertsbridge, and also near Lewes, it Sussex. By the end of February 1954 at least 11 outbreaks had been reported and it appears to be spreading northwards from Kent and Sussex in the Eastern Counties. Warmer weather in spring and sum- mer is likely to favour a rapid extension of the disease, and the rabbit population may be very greatly reduced.
Considerable changes in the vegetation of localities where rabbits now abound would follow their removal and members may like to take the opportunity of making an immediate record of the flora of selected areas likely to be affected. Chalk grassland and the East Anglian Brecklands are examples of habitats where considerable changes are likely to occur. Rare species, including a number of orchids, dependent on the surrounding vegetation being kept down by grazing, may suffer. If the threat materialises ar)angements will be made later for the collection of information, but in the meanwhile members may like to have this preliminary notice.
PERMITS FOR VISITING NATURE RESERVES
The Nature Conservancy have now acquired and declared the follow- ing Reserves: Cavenham Heath, Suffolk; Yarner Wood, Devon; Moor House, Westmorland; Holme Fen, Huntingdonshire; Kingley Vale, Sussex; Ham Street, Kent; and Beinn Ejighe, Ross-shire, and Morton Lochs, Fifeshire, in Scotland. Permits to collect are required for all reserves; permits to visit are required for all reserves except Cavenham Heath and Kingley Vale.
A small pamphlet, ‘‘Visiting Nature Reserves’’, setting out the con- siderations which govern the Nature Conservancy’s policy in permitting visits may be obtained from the Conservancy’s headquarters at 91 Vic- ~ toria Street, London, S.W.1. Applications for permits may be sent to this address for the English Reserves, or to The Nature Conservancy, 12 Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9, for those in Scotland, or to the Regional Officers of the Conservancy concerned. Visitors who wish their permits to include the right to collect and take away specimens should say so in making application and should specify what it is that they wish to collect.
THE CHANGING FLORA OF BRITAIN
A report of the Conference held in 1952. Edited by J. E. Lousley, pp. 204 + 6 half-tone plates and 25 figures in the text. Bound in buckram. The book contains contributions covering many aspects of the subject, includ- ing ecology, palaeo-botany, plant geography, the influx of alien plants, and conservation. The contributors include Dr. Maurice Burton, Prof. A. R. Clapham, Dr. H. Godwin, Canon C. E. Raven, Sir Edward Salisbury, Sir Arthur Tansley, Prof. G. T. Tutin, Dr. S. M. Walters, and Dr. E. F. Warburg. The volume provides much information which is not easily available elsewhere, and some that is new. It should be in the hands of all interested in British field botany. The price of the publication is 15/-, plus 9d. postage.
THE STUDY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS
being a Report of the Conference arranged by the Society in 1950. Edited by J. E. Lousley. Demy 8vo., pp. 128, with about 28 plant distribution maps and other illustrations.
This book contains full accounts of the papers, exhibits and discussions at the Conference: much of the information included is not easily avail- able elsewhere and some of it is new. The aims of the study of the dis- tribution of British plants are discussed from various angles and the methods employed in this and other countries are described and com- pared. This volume should be in the hands of everyone interested in British field botany. The price of the publication is 10/-, plus 4d. postage.
BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS AND MODERN SYSTEMATIC METHODS
being the Report of the Conference on ‘‘The Study of Critical British Groups’’, arranged by the Society in 1948. Edited by A. J. Wilmott, pp. 102 + 18 half-tcone plates. This book contains accounts of some of the latest work on British Flowering Plants. The price of the publication is 10/-, plus 4d postage.
PUBLICATIONS OF THE BOTANIGAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
A list of publications available for sale appeared in the Society’s Year Book for 1953. Copies of the list may be obtained from the Hon. General Secretary. Orders for all publications should be sent to E. B. BANGERTER, c/o Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7, and payment made on receipt of invoice.
Instructions to Contributors
PAPERS, ARTICLES AND NOTES
are invited both from Members of the Society and others. They should be of general interest concerning the British Flora. Papers should be typed. They should be double-spaced and typed on one side of the paper only. The form adopted in this part should be used for citations and references. Full references should be put at the end, except where special reasons exist (e.g., the citation of place of publication of a plant name) or in very short papers. Illustrations, which may take the form of line drawings or photographs, will be considered for publication. Twenty-five separates of each paper are given free to the author, and further copies may be obtained on payment; requesis for extra copies should be made when proofs are returned. Papers should be sent to the Editor, Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13.
PLANT RECORDS
Instructions are given in the Year Book, 1953, 71-73. Records may be sent either to the Editor or Mr. E. C. Waliace, 2 Strathearn Road, Sutton, Surrey.
PLANT NOTES
Instructions are given in the Year Book, 1953, 73. Notes should be sent to the Editor
OBITUARIES
These should include date of birth and death, summary of life so far as events have a bearing on botanical work, whereabouts of herbarium and any manuscripts, and chief botanical publications. Offers to write obituary notices may be sent either to the Editor or to Mr. J. E. Lousley, 7 Penistone Road, Streatham Common, London, S.W.16.
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL
A Magazine of Natural History
Published Every Quarter by the I.N.J. Committee.
Epirep spy Miss M. P. H. KERTLAND, M.Sc., with the assistance of Sectional Editors.
Annual Subscription, 10/* post free. Single Parts, 3/6.
All communications to be addressed to:—
The Editor, Department of Botany, Queen’s University, Belfast
Continued from inside froni cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1953-54
Development and Rules
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.) A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
E. Milne-Redhead
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan J. E. Dandy
Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison (Hon. Sec.)
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley
H. K. Airy Shaw E. C. Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. E. F. Warburg
Maps
Prof. A. R. Clapham (Hon. Sec.)
J. E.. Lousley
R. D. Meikle
E. Milne-Redhead
P. D. Sell
Prof. T. G. Tutin
E. C. Wallace
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Prof. D. A. Webb
Advertising
Meetings
A. H. G. Alston
E. B. Bangerter
O. Buckle
Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.) R. A. Graham
Mrs. B. H. S. Russell
Mrs. B. Welch
Conservation
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell Captain C. Diver
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley (Hon. Sec.) E. Milne-Redhead
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Junior Membership
D. EK. Allen
Miss H. Franks
Miss L. W. Frost
Miss B. M. C. Morgan
J. Ounsted
C. T. Prime
A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec.)
R. A. Graham (Hon Sec.)
J. E. Lousley D. McClintock
x Pat k = cd 3! .
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE 7 BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Editor: D. H. KENT
Vol. | NOVEMBER 1954 Pra CONTENTS PAGE THe DistRrBuTION Mars ScHEME. By S. M. Walters ... seth Wee THe LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX IN WESTERN AND NORTHERN IRELAND. By H.G. Baker ... a Set eo NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY. By J. Ounsted ... yee -ScorZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE. By J. G. Hawkes and J. B. Phipps oe es uae a i. pias MENTHA PRATENSIS SOLE. By J. D. Grose ie iy Spe cite 85. Prant NOTES Ea. os ea. ue ee oe ioe au ee Pxiant Recorps. Compiled by E. C. Wallace _... a (e eOL ABSTRACTS FROM LiTERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Kent ER See Meeevcs, 1953 a NorTHern RecionaL Meetine, 1953 a: es a een REPORT OF THE COUNCIL .... ae eee sea ses bit te AnnuAL GENERAL Meetine, 8th Aprin 1954 A Oe Sree Ee ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1953 et aa ae pene AS, REVIEW ap ae see om ee Se Fs Soe RRL OBITUARIES... oe 32 eS re ee oe cei Oe PERSONALIA AND Notices TO MEMBERS _... Se oy el ng ee
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES c/o DEPARTMENT OF Botany, British Muszum (Naturat History), Lonpon, S.W.7
Price TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. THE PRINCESS RoyaL
Applications for Membership should be addressed to the Hon. Assistant Secretary: D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, from whom copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained
OFFICERS FOR 1954-55 ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, APRIL 81x, 1954
President: Rev. Canon C. E. Raven
Vice-Presidents: Dr. R. W. Butcher, J. S. L. Gilmour, N. D. Simpson, Prof. T. G. Tutin
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley Honorary Treasurer : E. L. Swann Honorary Editor : Dr. E. F. Warburg Honorary Meetings Secretary : Dr. J. G. Dony COUNCIL j (in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e)) ; Elected April 1951 Elected March 1953 Prof. D. A. Webb . Dr. J. H. Burnett Prof. J. Heslop-Harrison R. A. Graham : Dr. R. C. L. Burges D. E. Allen E. Milne-Redhead Mrs. A. N. Gibby Elected April 1952 Elected April 1954 Dr. D. P. Young O. Buckle V.S. Summerhayes Dr. H. G. Baker E. B. Bangerter D. McClintock 7 Dr. 8S. M. Walters Dr. E. M. Rosser ; os : j Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D.H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch ¥ Honorary Field Secretary : QO. Buckle REPRESENTATIVES |
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett Council for the Promotion of Field Studies : J. E. Lousley Wild Plant Conservation Board : R. A. Graham
Continued on inside of back cover
BOTA! CAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Victoria regia
ny i TY VK > a = — em a eos SE = 5 aS Cait Io ay TV keke TV V Vie
eS AAT BOW YY YY
se se ae = ————$——
Floreat Flora
PROCEEDINGS
MOE by. RAR 2
EDITOR
Dy eh PGE NE
NOVEMBER 1954
Printed for the Society by T. Buncle & Co. Ltd., Market Place, Arbroath, Angus
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES, clo DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), LONDON S.W.7
PRICE TEN SHIELINGS
toe
+“ a ae ifs r4 veo oar;
TT
ned bn) . Baath r mere Shi =. \ ‘ ‘ i PP a oy:
aed its ng vu ved Aa a - Pa’ ae A
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 121
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME By S. M. WALTERS
HISTORY OF THE PROJECT
The collection and publication of data on the distribution ot British plants has been a major activity of our Society from its earliest days, and the interpretation of these data in the study of plant geography has always interested the members. both amateur and professional. This interest was well shown at the Society’s very successful second Conference which met in Aprii 1950 to consider the whole field of the study of the distribution of British plants in the light of the requirements of modern botanical science. The Times (12 April 1950) devoted a fourth leader to some aspects of the work of this Conference under the title of ‘Mapping the Cat’s Ear’.
The Conference Report, edited by J. E. Lousley and published in 1951, made available in convenient form the papers, illustra- tions and discussions, and stimulated further interest amongst British botanists as a whole.
At the closing session of the 1950 Conference, Professor A. R. Clapham had put forward a detailed proposal for a scheme to prepare and publish a set of distribution maps of the British flora, and a resolution was passed asking the Council of the Society to discuss the possibility of preparing and producing such a series of maps. The Council, accordingly, discussed Professor Clapham’s suggestion at a meeting in May 1950, and appointed a Committee to consider the part the Society might play in the project. This Maps Committee consisted of: —
Professor A. R. Clapham Mr. J. E. Lousley
Mr. E. Milne-Redhead Professor T. G. Tutin Mr. E. C. Wallace
Dr. E. F. Warburg
and at its first meeting, Mr. Lousley was elected Chairman and Professor Clapham, Secretary. Much careful investigation of the practical difficulties followed, and members undertook experi- mental mapping of a number of species from the existing records to reveal inadequacies of data and of methods of representation. Early in 1953 the Committee felt sufficiently sure that, given adequate financial support, the project to prepare and publish an atlas of distribution maps of British vascular plants was a practical one and, accordingly, an approach was made to the
22, TEE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
Nuffield Foundation for a grant for a five years’ project. This approach was successful, and the offer of a grant of £10,000 for the Scheme was gratefully accepted by the Council in December 1953. The Council further appointed myself as Director of the Scheme, which was to be centred in Cambridge, where facilities were available in the Botany School through the co-operation of the Professor of Botany and the General Board of the University. The Maps Committee was re-formed and enlarged, with power to co-opt representatives of other bodies, and the Council accepted its recommendation to appoint Mr. F. Perring as full time Senior Worker from 1 October 1954, and Miss A. Matthews as full time Secretary from 6 April 1954. The “Maps Office’ thus came into being just before the Scheme was officially launched at the Society’s Conference on April 9 and 10, 1954—exactly four years after the foundations were laid. Public acknowledgment was made of the generous grant of the Nuffield Foundation, and of valuable financial assistance from the Nature Conservancy, in the form of a grant of £1,000 per annum for the four years of the Scheme (commencing April 1955), and the cost of the Powers- Samas punched-card recording system adopted by the Committee for the incorporation of the vast body of data and the automatic production of maps. At the end of the Scheme, the Conservancy will take over the machinery, and the punched cards, as the basis of a permanent recording system.
At the April Conference it was possible to demonstrate the system of incorporating data and ‘mechanised mapping’; in addi- tion, Professor Clapham and I outlined the history of the project and the part field botanists could play in it. What follows is largely an expansion of the talks and demonstrations given on this occasion.
OUTLINE OF METHOD
The basis of the scheme is to indicate by means of a conven- tional symbol the presence of each species of vascular plant in each 10 kilometre square of the Ordnance Survey National Grid, thus producing a distribution map of the species concerned. The National Grid does not cover Ireland; we have had to extend it backwards from the N-S baseline (which, roughly, bisects Ireland). There are roughly 3,500 such squares on the map of the British Isles and it is hoped to map some 2,000 species. As- suming each species to be present in roughly one-third of the squares, some 2,500,000 individual records will have to be as- sembled and transferred to maps. This will be done in the follow- ing way :—
A small 40-column punched card (fig. 1) will be prepared for each record. It will carry, as ‘essential information’, the following data : —
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 123
Il. PuncHED Carp
$2.6.4:7696 |) \. —E P| vwicej10No cur aS!
STATUS
R GHN
HE POWERS $23
SPECIES
HABITAT
TRADE MARK
S31S!i HSILIbB 3Ni JO ALZIDOS IWIINVIOB 3HL
POWERS-SAMAS ACCOUNTING MACHINES
FCF.3046
Ja. Inpivipuat ReEcorD CARD BEFORE PUNCHING
SPECIES | DATE —€ F G H{10 15 16 EP VICE
AB C Oj11 1718 @ct@® U7]
' ! ! I 12 @ |GRID REFERENCE (ate SPECIES Ce
@ VICE COUNTY
LOCALITY
TRADE
eee
HABITA®
S318! HSIAIN@ 3IM1 4O ALZIOOS IWOINVLOS 3HL
7) wu z I ro) < z ° = e z > ° ° is) a 7) a z <a ® o 4 w z ° a
FCF.3046 3:
SeOn 78 aS OR N eats: 41516 18 19 ZO 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1b. Same Recorp, PuNCHED
124 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
(a) the ‘code number’ of the species (each species is as- signed a serial code number for the purposes of the scheme). (Columns 1-4).
(b) the date of the record (at least the year). (Columns 5-7).
(c) the National Grid Reference of the locality (at least to the 10 kilometre square (e.g. 52/41); if available, in more detail (e.g. 52/4010 or 52/400100)). (Columns 8-15).
(d) the vice-county number. (Columns 16 and 17).
In addition, columns 18 and 19 have been assigned for data which, though not absolutely essential to mapping, are valuable and relatively easily obtained; column 18 is for altitude (in 100’) and 19 for a coarse habitat classification (12 major types, e.g. woodland, aquatic, etc.). The remaining 21 columns of the card are not yet assigned; they are available for the Nature Con- servancy’s permanent recording scheme.
The punching of the card (done on an automatic key-punch, resembling a typewriter (fig. 2a)) transfers the data to the card in the form of holes, each hole indicating a particular digit (1-9). The face of the card is occupied by compartments for written data, and from which the required information for punching can be obtained; it 1s thus a ‘dual purpose’ card, and an individual record (e.g. from a herbarium sheet) can be transcribed directly on to it (figs. la and Ib).
Data will also be available in the form of lists of species made at the same locality at the same date; for these the system has the great advantage that information (e.g. grid reference) com- mon to all the species can be punched automatically on all the cards in one operation. It is thus apparent that large, reliable lists constitute the most rewarding type of data for the scheme.
All the punched cards referring to a particular species (e.g. Lamium album) will carry the same code number (1098); they can therefore be sorted mechanically for this number, with the aid of the second piece of essential machinery, the sorter (fig. 2b), at a speed of 40,000 per hour. Similarly, if it is required, all the ecards bearing, e.g., the same 10 kilometre Grid Reference (e.g. 52/41) can be sorted out. Finally, packs of cards for a particular species are sorted into sequence of Grid Reference, and given to the largest machine, the tabulator (figs. 2c and 2d), which trans- fers each 10 kilometre Grid Reference on to a base-map as a symbol, at a rate of about 100 per minute. In this way, a com- plete map (fig. 3) can be tabulated automatically in about half an hour. Mechanical map tabulation is, incidentally, so far as we are aware, an entirely new departure; and owes its existence to the ingenuity and enthusiasm of the representatives of Powers- Samas, who converted our tentative suggestions into reality with remarkable promptitude.
WAL AOS
AWANTHOV JL
2
OLLV'Td
PLATE 3
GC \\
yy
AK
\\
YY
AG
SN
\ NS N
7 7 Yy i
NA \ \
N N
APRIL
THE
AT
A Map
PRODUCING
r
LTABULATOR
(Above) 2d.
MONSTRATION
~
4
CONFERENCE DE
TABULATOR
(Left) 2c.
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 125
3. ‘TABULATED Map or DistRIisuTion oF Clematis vitalba L.
(DATA SUPPLIED BY EK. Mitnz-REDHEAD.) [This map is given as an example, and should not be taken as representing the known distri- bution. |
126 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
So much for the mechanics of assembling and using the records. We can now turn to the method of acquiring data. The use of correctly determined herbarium specimens provides, of course, the ideal method; in practice, however, not only are many species (especially common ones) very poorly represented in herbaria, but also the labour of abstracting the data, and par- ticularly of supplying a Grid Reference to the locality, is very great indeed for relatively small reward. E. Milne-Redhead (whose Clematis data are tabulated on the map (fig. 3)), has estimated that as much as 95% of the herbarium material of this species was for varying reasons (e.g. duplication, inability to localise) unproductive! The Committee has faced this difficulty and decided that the principal herbaria should be used in the first place to supply data on the rarer species, and has approved the part-time appointment of Mrs. B. Welch to begin such extraction of data from the Herbarium of the British Museum. It will clearly be impracticable to extract all herbarium data; but we hope that in this task many members of the Society will feel able to help in the winter months by offering to extract records from their own or some local herbarium with which they are familiar, particularly if the collection covers a restricted area and is, therefore easily localisable to a 10 kilometre square.
Individual literature records, particularly in the B.S.B.I. publications, are, of course, another source of information which can be extracted in the same way; again these will mostly yield data for the less common species.
The other principal source of data is field lists compiled by reliable observers; a great deal of information, much of it em- bodying precise records for common species, is in fact already in the possession of field botanists throughout the country, and its extraction from note-books for incorporation in the recording system is an urgent and highly productive task. Members are invited to offer such records and at the same time to indicate whether they are able to spare some time to put these into a convenient form for use in the Scheme, 1.e., on regional record cards (see below).
All this is existing data; but it is quite clear that a major part of the Scheme will be the collection of new data, particularly from botanically neglected areas. For this work, we are produc- ing regional record cards (fig. 4), which provide an easy method of listing species present in a particular locality; and also a ‘common species card’ listing some 100 common and (we hope) unmistakable species, which might be used by less experienced workers. Experience already gained with the use of similar cards in County Flora Schemes (e.g., Cambridgeshire, Derbyshire) has proved their extreme value for simple recording. Members able to produce data in this way are invited to offer their services; in particular a commitment to work in a specified 10 kilometre square is of great value.
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
CRanipperkors ten.
Rough |e acme
538 Colch Coniu Conop Convo 548 Comu Coron Coron
aut mac ma}
oxy 571 Crepi bie 372
i = IT | S| LOCALITY ~— ‘ ' =A HABITAT ig =| | oc | fil rox | ONS | 3 Acer cam 207 Astra dan fo) pse 208 gly 6 Acera ant 211 Athyr fl 7 rohit 0212 Atrip gla 9 pta 214 has 12 Acino arv 217 lit 15 Acoru cal 218 pat 19 Adoxa mos 216 sab 20 Aegop pod 220 Avena fat 2241 Aescu hip 221 lud 21 Aethu cyn 22 Agnm eup 224 Balde ran 23 odo 225 Ballo nig 26 Agrop can 229 Barba vul 28 jun 231 Beke—pes- 32 pup 232 Berbe vul 33 234 Berul ere 35 Agros can 235 Beta mar 36 gig 240 Betul pub S20 tr 239 er 4U ten 241 Biden cer 41 Aira’ car 242 tri 42 pra 243 Black per 46 Ajuga rep 244 Blech = spi 57 Alche ves 245 Blysm com 60 xan 248 Botry lun 62 Alism lan 249 Brach pin 63 pla 250 sy] 64 Allia pet 251 Brass nap 75 Alliu urs 252 nig 76 vin 253 ole 77 Alnus glu 254 rap 79 Alope aeq 256 82 gen 258 Broinu arv 84 myo 262 com 85 pra 268 lep 87 Altha off 269 *mol 97 Ammop are 270 mol 98"Anaca pyr 271 rac 99 Anaga arv 273 sec 100 ten 275 tho 105 Anemo nem 276 Bryon dio 106 pul 288 Butom umb 109 Angel syl 113 Anisa_ ste 291 Cakil mar 117 Anthe arv 292 Calam can + i cot 293 epi 121 Antho odo 296 Calam asc 123 Anthr neg 298 nep 125 syl 303 Calli int 126 Anthy vul 304 obt 128 Antir oro 307 sta 131 Aphan *arv 305 ver 132 arv 309 Callu. vul 133 ‘ mic 310 Calth pal 134 Apium gra 311 Calys sep 135 inu 312 sol 137 nod 313 - syl 142 Arabi tha 315 Campa glo 146 Arabi hir 321 rap- 151 Arcti lap 320 rapunculo 152 min 322 rot 153 yal 323 tra 161 Arena sex 325 Capse bur 162 (SEE 327 Carda ama 163 lep 328 fle 166 Armer mar 329 hir 167 Armor rus 331 pra 169 ttrrhe—ele- = 333 Carda dra 170 Artem abs 335 Cardu cri 172 mar 337 nut 175 vul 341 Carex acu 176 Arum mac 340 acuta 182 Asper cyn 342 app 183 odo 344 are 185 Asple adi 350 bin 192 rut 355 car 194 tri 357 con 204 Aster tri 359 cur
4. REGIONAL
578 588
589 .
592 596 597
607 617
620 bessn—eae
628 630 434 435 640 644 645 646
HE 647 657 661 664 666
670 673 674 675 677 678 679 681 682 687 688 689 692 694 695 696 697 698 700 705 708 710
tar epi epith Cymba mur Cynog off
Cuscu
Daphn lau
Descu sop Desma mar
ng Digit pur Diplo mur
ten Dipsa_ ful
RE
pil Drose_ rot Dryop aus *fil spl
Echiu vul Eleoc aci mul pal pau uni Eleog flu Elode can Elymu are Endym non Epilo ade
ros Epipa hel ees pal.
712 -bewts—e
713 717 721 726 731 733 735 740 745 733
Erica Erige Eriop
Erodi Eroph *ver
361 Carex dem 363 dia 366 —<dreters- 367 disticha 368 divisa 369 divulsa 370 ech 371 ela 373 eri 374 ext 376 : 381 hur She 385 lae 386 las 387 lep 393 nig 396 otr 397 ova 398 pai 399 pal 400 Panicea 401 panicula 404 pen 405 pil 406 pol 407 pse 408 pul 412 rem 413 rnp 414 ros 419 ser 421 syl 424 ves = roe D 427 Carli vul 428 Carpi bet 432 Casta sat 433 Catab aqu 440 Centa cya 444 —__ nig. 446 sca 451 Centa min 453 pul 456 Centu min 457 Cepha dam 461 Ceras arv 466 glo 469 sem 462 tet 409 471 Cerat dem 474 Chaen min 476 Chaer tem 477 Chama ang 480 Cheli maj 481 Cheno *alb 484 bon 487 fic 493 pol 502 Chrys leu 503 par 504 seg 506 Chrys opp 509 Cicho int 513 Circa lut 514 Cirsi aca 515 ————_aae 6 rs 517 eri 520 — 522 vul 523 tects 525 Clayt per 528 Clema vit 530 Clino vul 532 Cochl ang 533 dan 535 off 537 Coelo vir
759 Erysi che 762 Euony eur 763
764 Eupho amy 769 *esu
Recorp Carp
SOUTH EAST Date V. FT q45| 24 No. 71945) NAS 2 Alt. Code No 30 | |oo 771 Eupho exi 961 Helic pra Ci2 hel 962 pub 777 peplus $68 Herac sph 2213 Evphe ag2 976 Hiera pil 783 ang 979 Hippo com 798 ———ewe 980 Hippo rha 891 pse 981 Hippu vul 804 TOs 983 Holcu lan 984 mol 988 Honke pep 810 Fagus syl 989 Horde eur S13 este (991 Horde mar 816 Big $92 mur 821 *ovl 993 sec 823 pra 995 Hotte pal 824 *rub 996 Humul lup 830 Filag ger $98 Hydro mor 831 min 99S Hydro vul 833 4p —seee 1003 “Hyper and 834- vul 1004 cal 835 Foeni vul 1006 dub §36 Fraga ana 1008 elo 838 ves 1010 bir 839 Frang aln i0li hum 841 Fraxi exc 1014 per 847 Fumar cap 1015 pul 849 mic l10iG —————tet= 854 off 1018 Hypoc gla 856 par 1020 rad 858 val 1022 Iberi ama 1023 Ilex aqu 862 Galeo lut 1030 Inula con 863 Galeo ang 1036 Iris foe — = _ — — = 867 spe 1038 pse 868 *tet 1047 Isole set 871i Galin par 872 Galiu ang 1048 Jasio mon 873 apa 1050 Juncu acu 875 cru. 1054 art 877 ere 1057 buf 878 her 1058 *bul 879 *mol 1062 com 880 mol 1063 con 882 pal 1067 eff 886 tri 1069 ger 887 ——s# 1070 : 888 ver 1072 mar 891 Genis ang 1075 squ 893 O06 076g err 897 Genti *ama 1077 ten $06 Geran col 1080 Junip com 907 dis 909 luc 455 Kentr rub 911 mol 1082 Kickx ela 914 pra 1083 spu 916 pus 1084 Knaut arv 917 pyr 1087 Koele gra 918 rob 919 rot 1094 Lactu' ser 929 san 1095 vir 923 Geum int 1098 Lamiu alb 924 tiv 1099 amp 925 urb- 1100 hyb 929 Glaue fla 1103 pur 930 Glaux mar 1104 Lapsa com 931 Glech hed 1107 Lathr sgqu 932 Glyce dec 1108 Lathy aph 933 flu. 1112 mon 934 max 11i4 nis 935 ped 1115 pal 936 pli 1116 pra 940 Gnaph syl 1117 syl 941 uli 1125 Lemna gib 948 Gymnacon 1126 min 1127 pol 949 Halim por 1128 tri 952 Heder hel 1i29 Leont aut 955 Helia cha 1130 i
~]
128 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
As the Scheme proceeds, it is hoped that the Society’s field meetings may be increasingly planned and used to produce lists of species from under-worked areas. Some experience, it is hoped, will be gained this season in a ‘pilot scheme’ which will enable such planning to be made for 1955.
Special arrangements are being made individually with vice- county recorders and compilers of County and Local Floras to avoid duplication of the work of collecting and assembling the data. In certain counties (e.g. Warwickshire) where a scheme is already in operation for the collection of data on a 1 kilometre Grid Square basis, such arrangements are particularly easy to make and could be mutually advantageous. Regional arrange- ments are also in hand for Wales (with the co-operation of the National Museum of Wales), and, also for Scotland. For Ireland, the Committee has accepted gratefully an offer of co- operation from Professor D. A. Webb of Trinity College, Dublin, whereby a separate Regional Office for Irish records is being set up; this will collect Irish data for incorporation and mapping in the head office in Cambridge.
At present, the main work of the Maps Office in Cambridge is concentrated on the planning and production of the cards for the filing system and for recording, and the correspondence with individuals offering to supply data. The quite considerable press publicity attendant on the launching of the Scheme has naturally produced a good many offers of help, each of which necessitates an individual reply, at least in some stage in the correspondence. In addition to The Times leader, articles or notes on the Scheme have appeared in The Scotsman, News Chronicle, Country Life, Amateur Gardening and Gardening Illustrated, and, more recently, in Nature (Vol. 173, p. 1079) and the Irish Naturalists’ Journal (Vol. 11, pp. 201-203). An account has been published in the School Science Review, and an outline of the Scheme will appear in the Journal of Ecology.
Delivery and installation of some at least of the punched-card machinery is planned for September, when the incorporation of collected data can begin. It is hoped that the complete machinery will be installed by April 1955, so that some ‘interim map’ pro- duction can be undertaken to show areas obviously inadequately covered, to which field meetings and special recording parties may be directed.
It is the intention of the Committee that all native and natur- alised species of vascular plant should be mapped (including, as far as is practicable, apomictic microspecies); but detailed deci- sions on final mapping must be postponed, both with regard to the inclusion or exclusion of particular species, and the desira- bility of producing more than one map of a species (i.e., of pre- and post-1900 records) to show a change of range.
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 129
Recorders are, however, encouraged to submit data about all wild species, including casuals and garden-escapes, because of the long-term value of the data as part of the Nature Conser- vancy’s permanent record system. Detailed guidance as to the treatment of planted species and garden-escapes is being pre- pared, and will be available for all recorders.
DIFFICULTIES INHERENT IN THE SCHEME (a) Duplication of records
A rough estimate of the total number of individual records needed for approximate completion of the Scheme is 2,500,000. Some duplication (either of the same locality, or of a locality within the same 10 kilometre square) is inevitable; but a great deal can be avoided by attempting to assign particular 10 kilo- metre squares to particular observers, and directing attention to unworked areas. In this way ‘list’ duplication of common species records can be kept to a minimum.
(b) Indication of frequency
The basic scheme is merely to indicate presence or absence per 10 kilometre square. It is not practicable to include an objective estimate of frequency on the punched card. It would, however, probably be practicable to indicate, by some appropriate symbol, dots known to be based on a single (or very few) records (e.g., in Cambridgeshire the records for Melandrium dioicum for grid squares 52/54, 52/65, 52/55, 52/35); in this way the final map would be much more informative.
(c) Accuracy of records
This is a considerable problem for which no single solution exists. Absolute accuracy is impossible; even the voucher speci- men in a herbarium can be labelled in error with an incorrect locality. Several safeguards are, however, being adopted. Wherever possible, lists are to be submitted to the County Recorders for comment; voucher specimens will be required for any questioned records. Records backed by herbarium specimens will be so indicated on the punched cards; these can, therefore, if it is considered desirable, be indicated by a different symbol on the final maps. Further, when interim and final maps are pro- duced, outlying records can be noted and checked individually.
(d) Incomplete survey
It is impossible to forecast how effectively the British Isles can be covered in five years. A good ‘scatter’ of records, even if far from complete, will, however, be an adequate basis for publication. Clearly there is no possibility of an absolute com- pletion of the survey, if only because of constant floristic and vegetational change.
130 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHBME
CONCLUSION
The project offers an opportunity, on a scale not previously known in botanical science in this country, of fruitful co-operation between amateur and professional in a field in which the amateur contribution has always been recognised as of first-rate im- portance. Its successful completion will provide scientists, (botanists, agriculturists, entomologists and many others) not only in this country but internationally, with a work of reference of major importance. The Botanical Society of the British Isles is a flourishing and expanding body; the Maps Scheme offers to its members at this time of active growth an opportunity of co- operative work which is unlikely to be paralleled for many years to come.
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX Wau
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX IN WESTERN AND NORTHERN IRELAND
By H. G. BAKER (University of Leeds)
It is quite clear that Limonium binervosum (G. Ei. Sm.) C. E Salmon, L. recurvum C. E. Salmon, L. transwallianum Pugsl. and L. paradoxum Pugsl. are all members of an apomictic complex (Baker, 1950, 1953, etc.). It is also quite certain that the con- ventional classificatory treatment accorded to sexual species cannot be applied satisfactorily to this complex. An attempt is being made to classify these taxa and also the populations which do not fall neatly into them. In this attempt the results from a cytogenetic survey of natural populations are being used as an adjunct to morphological studies. This work is not nearly com- plete but it may be stated, already, that there is no evidence to support the belief of Pugsley (1924, 1930, 1931) that the popula- tions ascribed to L. recurvum, L. transwallianum and L. para- doxum are more than local derivations from L. binervosum. They agree with L. binervosum in pollen and stigma type (Baker, 1950, 1953) and in each of the type-localities (Portland for L. recurvum ; Giltar Point, Pembrokeshire, for L. transwallianum; St. David’s, Pembrokeshire, for L. paradoxum), evidence can be found to sup- port the belief that they have arisen locally (probably fairly recently) from L. binervosum, which accompanies them in each case. Consequently, it is reasonable to consider them together as members of a single complex.
A certain coastal population in Co. Clare has been claimed by Pugsley (1930) to contain L. transwallianum, while he also believed (Pugsley, 1931) that a population at Malin Head represented a northern Irish occurrence of L. paradoxum. However, an inspec- tion of the literature has revealed considerable confusion about the history of this complex in western and northern Ireland. Alleged endemic species are fair game for speculations on the his- tory of the British flora and it is important that this confusion should be removed. In presenting this brief historical survey it will be possible to consider whether or not the L. binervosum com- plex is relict or spreading in this region. The implication hitherto (Pugsley, 1924, 1931; Wilmott, in litt.) has been that the known populations are relics from a much earlier period which may have been inter-glacial or even pre-glacial.
The oldest Irish reference that I have seen to a Limonium which might have belonged to this complex is that given by Smith (1756) who refers to “Limonium Ger.” occurring “Along the
132 THE LIMONLUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
Ross gui \|
Knockglass
Lees (Malin Head)
Opposite Rathlin O Beirne’s Is] and —~—
Poulsallagh z a Craggagh os Co:
Inishmore
Es,
Inishmaan Loop Head 3 fiz
Barrow
Harbour as
Fig. 1. The known stations for the Limonium binervosum complex in western and northern Ireland.
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 133
sea-coast in Iveragh”’ (a district of Co. Kerry). Scully (1916), in his Flora of that county is inclined to consider that this refers to Limonium humile Mill., but even that species has not been seen in recent years from the Iveragh district. Nevertheless, this may be the basis for the statement by Mackay (1836) in the Flora Hibernica that L. binervosum (as Statice spathulata Dest.) occurs in “many places on the Kerry coast.”
The oldest Irish specimen of this complex that I have seen was collected in 1829 on Howth Hill (Co. Dublin) and rests in the Walker-Arnott herbarium (now incorporated in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh). In the Flora Hibernica (Mackay, 1836) it is recorded from four localities in Co. Dublin as well as from the Kerry coast as mentioned above. Specimens con- tinued to be collected and referred to and there is a (misleading) taxonomic note by Babington (1854) on a Waterford collection. Moore and More (1866) give a larger number of vice-comital records but it is only with those referring to western and northern Ireland that we are now concerned.
In their Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica, these authors repeat Mackay’s (1836) statement of occurrence in Kerry and then give two stations for County Clare (with the Aran Isles). They also cite two stations for Donegal. The occurrences of the complex in these three areas are worthy of separate analysis, beginning with the most southerly.
NortuH Kerry (v.c. H.2).
The first certain North Kerry record was made by Scully (1888): “In some plenty on rocks at both sides of the entrance to Barrow Harbour, over a limited area, and on an adjoining old tower on the east side” (see Fig. 1 for all known populations in western Ireland). L. binervosum was seen here again by Scully in 1902 and he repeats the record in his Flora of the county (Scully, 1916). I visited this locality in 1948 and found strong plants growing in cracks between rocks and on the rather grassy old limestone walls. Rebuilding of the walls has undoubtedly reduced the numbers of plants at this station.
During 1952, members of the B.S.B.I. visited this region and collected plants from the low limestone cliffs below a round tower which must be the one referred to by Scully. In addition they found a large colony at Banna Strand, about a mile or so from the previous station. This colony appeared to be increasing in size and was growing on muddy sand which was not yet fully stabi- lised. This is an unusual ecological situation for this species, nevertheless the specimens are truly referable to L. binervosum. Mr. O. Buckle has grown a specimen from the Banna Strand population in his garden and is satisfied that it is true L. biner- vosum.
154 THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
Opinions have been expressed that these plants should be referred to L. recurvum C. E. Salmon. However, I do not think that the spikes of these plants can be described as “‘arcuately re- curved” (most material from the western shores of the British Isles shows a greater recurving of the spikes than south-eastern British plants); they are not remarkably dense-flowered and stout; they are not particularly congested at the ends cf the branches and scape and the characteristic formation of the spikes into a cross at the tip of scape is not seen. The spikelets are not arranged with the same remarkable regularity that they show in material from Portland and they are not “so compressed that (the) outer bracts of (the) same row are distinctly imbricate” (Salmon, 1903). The bract sizes do not agree with those of true L. recurvum and the colour of the bracteoles is different. The scapes of the Kerry plants are not remarkably stout and they disagree with Portland plants in tapering from the base upwards rather than in the reverse direction. On the other hand, it must be agreed that, in leaf shape and the asperity of the scape, there is relatively close agreement. Nevertheless, in the last character, L. binervosum itself shows considerable variation between popula- tions in the British Isles.
Thus, although individual plants may approach L. recurvum in some characters, I do not believe that the populations as a whole show these characters in the striking manner of the Port- land plants and I do not believe that their ancestry shows any direct connection with that of the Portland population. I think that the not unaggressive North Kerry populations are best re- ferred to L. binervosum, at least until cytological determinations have been made.
CLARE (v.c. H.9).
Farther north, across the estuary of the River Shannon, at the extreme south-west tip of Co. Clare, is the peninsula which ter- minates in Loop Head. The first record of L. binervosum from here is by Praeger (1909, a, b) who records that it is to be found on the steep cliffs between Kilkee and Loop Head itself. Although I have not seen any material from this region, the descriptions of the local ecology and the associated species given by Praeger raise no doubts as to the correctness of the species-identification. He says that “On spray-swept stony slopes, Swaeda maritima grows 100 feet above the sea, with the three Spergularias, Statice occi- dentalis and Cochlearia danica’. Nevertheless, an earlier survey of the area published by Stewart (1890) does not include L. biner- vosum.
This vice-county includes the Aran Isles and the first record of this complex from them is by C. Moore (Moore & More, 1866): “On the west side of Great Aran Island.” Hart (1875) expanded this by stating that ‘Statice occidentalis’ is found along the cliffs
THE LIMONLUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 135
between Dun Aengus and Bungowla; abundant at the western extremity.of the Great Island”. All of these statements refer to the island best known as Inishmore. There is no further men- tion of the species in the reports of Nowers and Wells (1892), Colgan (1893) or Praeger (1895) but the last-named author repeats the record in “Irish Topographical Botany” (Praeger, 1901) and later (Praeger, 1909 a) adds the island of Inishmaan.
On the mainland opposite the Aran Isles there is a very famous population of this complex. Probably no other population has suffered so much confusion. The first record seems to be that by Moore & More (1866): “On rocks by the road-side south of Black Head, Clare”. ‘These authors performed what must have been one of the very first experiments in “genecology” for they remark that the form found in the Aran Isles and in the Clare population “differs remarkably in appearance from the ordinary state of the species as found along the east coast, being only about half the size with a less branched panicle, and it does not survive the ordinary winter at Glasnevin when planted in the open ground”. They were not only the first botanists to record these populations but were more observant than some succeeding authors who noticed no difference between plants from Co. Clare and those from other parts of the British Isles.
Hart (1875, p. 16) also refers to the occurrence of this species “at Poulsallagh, on the opposite coast (from Aran) of Clare’. This is the first exact location of this famous population. Praeger (1901) presumably was not unaware of it and says that the species was ‘local’ in the ‘Burran’ (sic! ). He also records it from Fanore on the authority of a collection in 1900 by Miss Knowles. Collec- tions in the west of Ireland dating from this period are not always very accurately localised but Fanore School is 54 miles north of Poulsallagh. Praeger (1909 a, p. 116) mentions that ‘Statice occi- dentalis’ was “local in (the) Burren” apart from recording ‘var. intermedia Syme’ from “near Poulsallagh”. The Poulsallagh population was probably ascribed to this variety because of the determination by Arthur Bennett of specimens collected there by P. B: O’Kelly in 1891 and 1892. O’Kelly described the locality as “Ballyryan, near Poulsallagh”. Actually the specimens are no closer to (or farther from) intermedium than any other of the western Irish plants. Praeger’s belief in the heterogeneity of the northern Clare plants is maintained in The Botanist in Ireland (Praeger, 1934) where, on p. 350, he refers to the occurrence of both L. binervosum and L. transwallianum* in the Burren. In his census list (p. 517), L. binervosum is recorded from v.c. H.9 as well as L. transwallianum.
Nevertheless, other authors appear to have been unaware of variation. It was in 1930 that Pugsley claimed that his species
*By a curious slip, Praeger (1934, p. 133) refers to transwallianum and paradoxum as segregates of L. humile Mill. !
136 THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
L. transwallianum (which had been described in 1924) was to be found in Co. Clare (although A. J. Wilmott had wanted to give this name to some specimens in 1925). Pugsley (1930) gave the locality as Ballyvaughan and based his determination on living material grown by T. J. Foggitt at Thirsk, in Yorkshire. Accord- ing to the label of a herbarium sheet (now in Herb. Mus. Brit.) containing a collection made by Mr. Foggitt at this locality, the material must have been in cultivation for 32 years before being seen by Pugsley. During this time it had preserved its diagnostic characters.
Wilmott (1930) stated that his material was gathered farther south at Poulsallagh and dismissed Ballyvaughan as a possible station “as there is no suitable ground for the plant at that place” and he was no more inclined to accept Foggitt’s alternative labelling (on his herbarium sheet) of “Black Head, Bally- vaughan”. Wilmott (l.c., p. 347) then makes a most remarkable statement: “When Mr. Francis Druce and I collected there in 1925, Mr. P. B. O’Kelly, who showed us the plant, said that it was the only locality for L. binervosum in the west of Ireland. Evidently, therefore, all the records refer to the one place, which was a small cleft in a rather isolated low rock-cliff at a consider- able distance from both the Black Head and Ballyvaughan”. It is surprising that O’Kelly should have said this and amazing that Wilmott should have accepted it! Apparently, both were quite unaware of the long-standing records from Barrow Harbour, Loop Head and the Aran Isles, apart from those from farther north.
Nevertheless, it is reasonable to trust Mr. O’Kelly’s judgment as far as the more restricted area of the Burren is concerned. There can be no doubt that his knowledge of this fascinating region, in which he spent his life, was extraordinarily detailed. As the coastline of the Burren is easy of access, he must have covered it thoroughly and it is very likely that when he demon- strated the plants in 1925, the “small cleft in a rather isolated low rock-cliff’ represented the extent of the distribution of the L. binervosum-complex in the Burren. O’Kelly died in 1931.
When I visited this region in 1948, I was assisted in searching suitable localities by my wife and by members of the South Wilts. Speleological Society (who were investigating the caverns of Poulnagollom in Slieve Elva). There was no difficulty in locating the Poulsallagh station, although the number of plants appeared to have increased considerably since 1925, for the population con- sisted of two relatively compact colonies about 80 yards apart, each containing at least 50 mature plants. Seedlings were frequent and occasional plants connected the colonies. It seemed that the grassiness of the cliffs away from the sites already occu- pied might be restricting the expansion of the population.
Although the plants showed the narrow petals of L. trans- wallianum and many of them possessed narrow leaves without
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 137
discernible petioles, there was considerable variation in leatf- shape, some plants possessing quite broad, spathulate leaves. Plants brought back to Leeds and cultivated there have retained their distinguishing characters.
On July 25th, 1948, Miss Brenda Sugden discovered plants of this complex on the rocks of the headland opposite Craggagh, about 44 miles farther north than the Poulsallagh population. Subsequently, other plants were seen between these stations, and collections were made. There can be no doubt that the L. binervosum-complex is spreading on the coast of the Burren.
Apart from those collections already cited, there are a few others made since 1925. P. B. O’Kelly is_ distressingly vague in the labelling of his 1931 collection, but in 1935 H. 8. Redgrove labelled a specimen (now at Kew) as being from “Fanore” which may represent a similar population to that found by Miss Sugden (or even the same one). In June 1952, Miss B. M. C. Morgan collected material, specimens from which are in the herbaria at Kew and the British Museum. The locations are extremely vague, the dates of collection are uncertain and the specimens are tiny and very immature. Again it has been sug- gested that these plants should be ascribed to L. recurvum, but there is less justification for this than with the Kerry plants. Pugsley’s ascription of the Burren plants to L. transwallianum is much more satisfactory, but even this breaks down for the broad-leaved plants. A detailed cyto-taxonomic study of all the segregates of L. binervosum is being made and, until that is com- pleted, these plants are best referred to the aggregate species, with a note of their morphological resemblance to L. transwallianum.
It is probable that if Pugsley had seen the wild population at Poulsallagh (rather than herbarium specimens) before naming it in 1930 he, too, would have hesitated before describing it as belonging to the same species as that at Giltar Point in Pembroke- shire. When he visited the locality in 1933 for the first time, he collected specimens (now at the British Museum) which even he hesitated to name L. transwallianum.
DONEGAL (v.cc. H.34 and H.35).
The confusion which has clouded the occurrence of this com- plex in County Clare has also shadowed the only record from the northern part of the west coast. In v.c. H.35 (W. Donegal) there is a record by Hart (1885): “On rocks at the signal tower on the mainland abreast of Rathlin O’Beirne’s Island, west of Slieve League”. This record for the south-west of the county is repeated in the Flora of Donegal (Hart, 1898) and by Colgan and Scully (1898), but I have found no record of this important population ever being revisited, although it is referred to by Praeger (1934).
Passing to the north coast, but still within the bounds of v.c. H.35, there is a well-documented record. This is from “one
138 THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
place only on the west side of Horn Head” and is attributed to Moore (Moore & More, 1866). The plants were seen again by Hart (1879), but although the record is repeated (Colgan & Scully, 1898; Praeger, 1901) there is no record of any subsequent visitor. Hart (1898), in his Flora of the county, gives greater precision to the record saying that the plant occurs “Near MacSwyne’s Gun, Horn Head”, and noting that Mr. Arthur Bennett had determined the plant as the variety intermedia of Syme. This would seem to indicate a resemblance to the western Irish populations already referred to and is an important point because plants from the next population, only about eight miles to the east, were deter- mined (also by Mr. Bennett) as of the variety occidentale Syme and, therefore, showing a greater resemblance to Scottish and much eastern Irish material. It is highly desirable that some suitably situated botanist should revisit these Donegal popula- tions.
This next population occurs “On the cliffs at Boyeaghter Bay, Rossgull’ (or Rossguill according to the Times Survey Atlas). This peninsula les between Horn Head and Fanad Head. The record first appears almost simultaneously in Hart (1898) and Colgan & Scully (1898), and is variously attributed to one or more of the Misses Kinahan. There is a passing reference to this popu- lation in Praeger (1934) but I know of no other visitor to it.
The most famous Donegal population is across the vice-comital border in v.c. H.34 (E. Donegal) and was discovered by C. Moore (Moore & More, 1866). This has received attention because Pugsley (1931) claimed it for his new endemic species L. para- doxum (otherwise known only from St. David’s in Pembroke- shire). Pugsley (1931, p. 44) refers to a single specimen in the herbarium of the British Museum collected in 1898 by Hart. This is now preserved as a paratype specimen. Pugsley (loc. cit.) believed that the population was “possibly a relic of an early Atlantic flora. . . Its occurrence on two headlands jutting out into the Atlantic, one the most westerly in Wales, the other the northernmost point of Ireland (Malin Head), indicates that it is an ancient survival and affords an interesting parallel to what is known of the more normal species L. transwallianum L.”’.
These dogmatic words were written before Pugsley, himself, visited the Donegal coast with Mr. C. R. Nodder and collected L. paradoxum in 1937. There is no evidence that he was at any time aware of the existence of other Donegal populations.
Reference to Hart’s account of “Botanical Excursions in Donegal” (Hart, 1899) gives us full details of his encounter with this population. He describes (/.c. p. 126) how he left the town of Malin and followed the coast, passing along mud flats to the sandy beach of the Back Strand. He continued along here until he reached the first rocky point below Knockglass. He then continued “along the base of these disintegrating rocks, some-
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 139
times of a black basaltic nature’. “About a mile along the base of these cliffs there is a grand show of Statice binervosa. This is C. Moore’s old record, “rocks of Dunargas”.” His herbarium
sheet is labelled “between Knockglass and Caloort”. He was still about four miles from Malin Head itself (which may explain why some later searchers for this species have failed to find it there). On p. 156 of the same paper, Hart repeats the record and observes that Mr. Bennett had referred his specimens to var. intermedia Syme and comments (not without truth) that intermedia “seems to be the commonest form in Ireland, as it is in nearly all western stations in England”. C. E. Salmon has annotated the British Museum specimen: “LL. occidentale, O.K. Abnormal growth; caused by stem being damaged”. Pugsley’s later specimens show that this is not true and the reduced and irregular development of the spikes is characteristic of the population through time.
This is not the place to discuss the significant differences between these specimens and those from Pugsley’s type-locality at St. David’s Head but it does not seem in the least likely that the populations have had a direct common origin. ‘They are almost certainly of separate derivation from L. binervosum stock. However, there is some morphological resemblance be- tween the Knockglass population and small plants of the well- known Mull of Galloway (Wigtown) form of L. binervosum (which was named L. binervosum var. humile (Gir.) by Salmon (1907). Similarly, there is considerable resemblance in leaf-shape and in the reduction of the foliar mucro between both of these populations and the western Irish ones. Geographically all these populations form a series, so that a common ancestor does not seem impossible.
In summary, one may say that there seems little likelihood that the discontinuous distribution of the L. binervosum-complex on the west coast of Ireland is due to the persistence of isolated populations from inter-glacial or even pre-glacial times. The L. binervosum-complex is generally distributed, in suitable habitats, around the coasts of England and Wales. It reaches no farther north than Lincolnshire on the east coast and the Mull of Galloway in extreme south-western Scotland. This does not suggest that any member of the complex is (or was) physiologically suited for survival in a nunatak. It seems quite reasonable to believe that this apomictic complex is a post-glacial immigrant into the British Isles. In such a case the relative abundance of L. binervosum on the east and south coasts compared with the west and north may be the result of longer tenancy. The present distribution of the complex on the west coast of Ireland is spotty but there is some evidence that the gaps may be slowly filling. Occasional seeds may be dispersed to a considerable distance from the parent population and, because of the apomictic nature of the plants, a single seed may be sufficient to start a new, seed-
140
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
reproducing colony in a fresh locality. Fruiting calyces of L. binervosum may be distributed by wind or by adhesion to the feathers of birds. Tests have shown that the seeds can withstand immersion in sea-water.
The following specimens, supporting the records and observa- tions mentioned above, have been seen by the author. The loca-
tions
and dates are given in extenso because of their importance
in this instance.
NortH Kerry (v.c. H.2)
ITerb.
Herb.
Herb.
ITerb.
Flerb.
CLARE, Herb.
Herb.
ITerb.
Herb.
Herb.
TTerb. TTerb.
ITerb. TTerh,.
Herb.
ITerb.
Herb,
IT. G. Baker. Barrow Harbour; limestone rocks. July 14, 1948. H. G. Baker.
O. Buckle. Banna Strand, near Ardfert. June 20, 1952. O. Buckle.
Kew. Mud flats at Banna Strand, N. of Tralee. June 20, 1952. Miss B. M. C. Morgan.
Mus. Brit. Low limestone cliffs below Round Tower at N. entrance to Barrow Harbour. Aug. 13, 1952. A. P. Fanning. Mus. Brit. Same locality. Awert8, 1952. Miss Muirhead, P. M. Newey and Mrs. B. Welch. 7
witH ARAN IstEs (v.c. H.9)
Kew; Herb. Mus. Brit. Near Ballyryan. July 20, 1891. P. B. O Kelly.
Mus. Brit. (2 sheets); Herb. Yorks Phil. Soc.; Herb. Univ. Sheffield. Ballyryan, near Poulsallagh. Aug. 12, 1892. P. B. O’ Kelly.
Mus. Brit. Rocks 4 to 3 mile from sea, Black Head, Bally- vaughan. July, 1898. 7. J. Foggitt.
Mus. Brit. T.imestone cliff facing sea, N. of Poulsallagh. June 18, 1925. A. J. Wilmott.
Mus. Brit. Inishmore, Aran Islands. Aug. 18-17, 1927. C. St. G. Poole.
Kew. The Burren. June 20, 1931. P. B. O'Kelly.
Mus. Brit. Rock face near Poulsallagh. May 18, 1938. H. WW. Pugsley and R. L. P(raeger).
Kew. Fanore. Aug. 5, 1935. H. S. Redgrove.
HT. G. Baker. Limestone headland, near Poulsallagh. July 21, 1948. H. G. and I. Baker.
H. G. Baker, Limestone rocks, opposite Craggagh. July 27, 1948. Miss M. EF. Bradshaw.
Kew (as recurvum). Black Head, in limestone rock. c. June 24, 1952. Miss B. M. C. Morgan.
Mus. Brit. (as recurvum). On sheer limestone rocks, ‘ Clare’’. June, 1952. Afiss B. M. CG. Morgan.
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 141
EK. Doneeat (v.c. H.34)
Herb. Mus. Brit. Paratype of L. paradoxwm. Rocks between Knock- glass and Caloort. Malin Head. Aug. 1898. HA. C. Hart. Tero. Maus. Brit.” Clit near Malin Head. Aug. 14, 19387. A. W.
Pugsley and C. R. Nodder. Herb. Mus. Brit. Near Malin Head (Hart’s locality). Aug. 19, 1937. H. W. Pugsley.
REFERENCES.
BABINGTON, C. C., 1854, Statice Dodartii a native of Ireland. Phytol., 5, 147. BAKER, H. G., 1950, The agamic complex in Limonium subsects. Densiflorae and Dissitiflorae. Proc. 7th Int. Congr. Botany. Stockholm.
- 1953, Race-formation and reproductive method in flowering plants, S.E.B. Symposia, 7, 114-145 (Evolution). Cambridge. COLGAN, N., 1893, Notes on the flora of the Aran Islands. Jrish Nat., 2, 75-78,
106-111.
———, & R. W. SCULLY, 1898, Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica. 2nd ed. Dublin.
HART, H. C., 1875, A List of plants found in the Islands of Aran, Galway Bay. Dublin.
———.,, 1879, On the flora of north-western Donegal. J. Bot. 17, 77-83, 106-114, 143-150, 183-184.
——., 1885, Report on the flora of south-west Donegal. Proc. R. Irish Acad., 9nd ser., A, 443-469. 1885.
———.,, 1898, Flora of the County Donegal. Dublin and London.
——.,, 1899, Botanical excursions in Donegal, 1898. J. Bot., 37, 125-130.
MACKAY, J. T., 1836, Flora Hibernica. Dublin.
MOORE, D. & A. G. MORE, 1866, Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica. Dublin.
NOWERS, J. E. & J. G. WELLS, 1892, The plants of the Aran Islands, Galway Bay. J. Bot., 30, 180-183.
PRAEGER, R. L., 1895, Notes on the flora of Aranmore (Inishmore). Jrish Nat., G, 249-252.
———.,, 1901, Irish topographical botany. Proc. R. Irish Acad. 38rd ser., 7, 1-410.
———., 1909a, A Tourist’s Flora of the West of Ireland. Dublin.
——., 1909b, Botanical notes, chiefly from Lough Mask and Kilkee. Jrish Nat., 18, 32-40.
——., 1934, The Botanist in [reland. Dublin.
PUGSLEY, H. W., 1924, A new Statice in Britain. J. Bot., 62, 129-134.
—, 1930, Limonium transwallianum Pugsl. in Ireland. J. Bot., 68, 316. ———.,, 1931, A further new Limonium in Britain. J. Bot., 69, 44-47. i SALMON, C. E., 1903, Notes on Limonium. J. Bot., 41, 65- 7.
———.,, 1907, Notes on Limonium. 5. J. Bot., 45, 24-25.
SCULLY, R. W., 1888, Notes on some Kerry plants. J. Bot., 26, 71-78.
——_——.,, 1916, Flora of County Kerry. Dublin.
SMITH, C., 1756, The Ancient and Present State of the County of Kerry. Dublin.
STEWART, S. A., 1890, Report on the botany of South Clare and the Shannon. Proc. R. Trish Acad., ser. 3, 1, 343-369.
WILMOTT, A. J., 1930, Limonium transwallianum Pugsley in Ireland. J. Bot., 68, 347.
142 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY By JOHN OUNSTED
I had the good fortune to be able to spend the four days, May 30-June 2, 1953, camping in the island of Alderney. The greater part of my time was passed in botanising, and, as the island proved fruitful ground for a botanical holiday, a short account may prove of interest.
Alderney lies ten miles from the coast of France, nearer to it than any other part of the British Isles. For the most part it is a plateau about 250 feet above the sea, with steep cliffs in the south and west but some lower lying sandy areas in the north- east.
One great advantage of Alderney as compared with Jersey and Guernsey is that very little of the land is enclosed or cul- tivated, so that one can wander freely over most of the island. The climate also is more bracing, and winds prevail. The coastal scenery is attractive, although marred by the fortifications which have been built on the island by its invaders from the Romans of antiquity down to the Germans of the 1940’s. Among the more rare and interesting plants are: —Hirschfeldia incana, Helianthe- mum guttatum, Polycarpon tetraphyllum, Hypericum linarii- folium, Ononis reclinata, Lotus angustissimus, L. hispidus, Orni- thopus pinnatus, Bupleurum opacum, Valerianella eriocarpa, Orobanche rapum-genistae, O. purpurea, Herniaria ciliata, Romulea columnae, Bromus diandrus (B. gqussonei) and B. cathar- ticus (B. unioloides).
Part of the purpose of my visit was to see how the flora com- pared with that described by Marquand (1901), and in particular to see if the German occupation had produced any changes. The area of Alderney is about four square miles, so that in so short a visit nothing like a complete survey was possible. Nevertheless, of the 503 flowering plants and ferns listed by Marquand (1901), 290 were seen; and another 17 plants not included in his list were also noted.
C. C. Babington visited Alderney for a week in 1838 and listed almost the same number of species—313 (Babington, 1839). His was the first attempt at a full plant list for the island. In 1901 EK. D. Marquand published his Flora of Guernsey and the Lesser Channel Islands. From 1902 to 1910 he annually listed additions in the Transactions of La Société Guernesiaise, these additions, with others, being brought together in 1924 as a Supplement to the Flora (McCrea, 1924). During the 1930’s the island was
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 143
visited by A. B. & A. K. Jackson, H. K. Airy Shaw and J. D. Grose. These visits resulted in further important additions to the known flora being published (Jackson, 1933; Jackson & Shaw, 1937, and Grose, 1938). J. E. Lousley visited the island in 1950, and D. McClintock spent a few hours there in August 1953, and has kindly placed the interesting records that he made at my disposal.
In the list which follows the simple mention of a plant name indicates that the plant’s present status seems the same as de- scribed by Marquand (1901). Plants new to the island are marked with an asterisk.
LIST OF FLOWERING PLANTS, FERNS AND FERN ALLIES FOUND ON THE ISLAND OF ALDERNEY
ANUNCULUS REPENS L.
. AcRIS L.
. BULBosUS IL.
. FLAMMULA L.
. PARVIFLORUS L. N.W. coast. Cliffs by Essex Castle. . TRICHOPHYLLUS Chaix. Mauney. PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM IL.
P. rHoEAS L.
P. pustium L.
P. HYBRIDUM IL.
GLAUCIUM FLAVUM Crantz.
R R R R R R
“KSCHSCHOLZIA CALIFORNICA Cham. Fort Houmet, D. McClintock.
MAtTTHiIona INcANA (L.) R.Br. Well established on the cliffs of the flooded quarry near Corblets Bay.
NASTURTIUM OFFICINALE R.Br. sens. lat.
ARABIS HIRSUTA (L.) Scop.
CARDAMINE HIRSUTA LL.
LopurartA maritima (L.) Desvy. Fort Houmet, etc.
EROPHILA VERNA (L.) Chevall.
ARMORACIA RUSTICANA Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. Abundant near the Nunnery.
CoCHLEARIA OFFICINALIS L. Inland, a few plants by Longy Road.
C. DANTIcA L.
SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop.
Brassica RAPA L.
SINAPIS ARVENSIS IL.
HIRSCHFELDIA INCANA (L.) Lagraze-Fossat. Abundant.
DipLoraxis TENUIFoLIA (L.) DC. Abundant.
CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic.
CoRoNoPUs pipymus (L.) Sm.
CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv.
Leripium smirum Hook. Clanque, a single plant.
TEESDALIA NUDICAULIS (L.). R.Br.
144 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
CRAMBE MARITIMA L. Has apparently increased, both at Fort Houmet and Platt Saline (cf. Grose, 1938).
CAKILE MARITIMA Scop. RAPHANUS RAPHANISTRUM L. R. MARITIMUS Sm. A conspicuous feature of the flora.
RESEDA LUTEOLA L.
HELIANTHEMUM GuTTATUM (L.) Mill. Apparently reduced in quantity (cf. Grose, 1938), perhaps due to the encroachment of Ulex galli:.
VIOLA RIVINIANA Rchb.
V. ARVENSIS Murr. sens. lat.
PoLYGALA VULGARIS L.
SILENE MARITIMA With.
S. vuntearis (Moench) Garcke (S. cucubalus Wibel).
S. contca L. A single small plant cn Longy Common.
LYcHNIS FLOS-cuUcULI L.
MELANDRIUM ALBUM (Mill.) Garcke.
M. piorcum (L.) Coss. & Germ. Scarce. Western cliffs.
CERASTIUM ATROVIRENS Bab. (C. tetrandrum Curt.).
STELLARIA MEDIA (L.) Vill.
*S. GRaMINEA L. In small quantity on a bushy hillside above Clanques. Very rare in Guernsey.
ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA L.
HoNCKENYA PEPLOIDES (L.) Ehrh.
SAGINA SUBULATA (Sw.) C. Presl.
S. MARITIMA Don ex Sm.
S. PROCUMBENS L.
SPERGULA ARVENSIS L.
SPERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis.
POLYCARPON TETRAPHYLLUM (L.) IL. Common.
HYPERICUM PULCHRUM Iu.
H. TETRAPTERUM Fr.
H. Humirusum L.
LAVATERA ARBOREA L.
MALvA SYLVESTRIS L.
LINUM BIENNE Mill.
L. catHarticum L. Fairly common. Also in one or two places in the west of the island.
GERANIUM DISSECTUM L.
G. mone L.
G. rorunpIFoLIuM L. Apparently increasing. Longy Road; railway near White Gates.
G. ROBERTIANUM L.
EroptumM MARITIMUM (L.) L’Hérit. N.E. of island, and on the burnt west cliffs opposite Garden Rocks.
Ii. crcutartum (L.) L’Hérit.
ACER PSEUDO-PLATANUS L.
ULex EuROPAEUS L.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 145
U. eatim Planch.
SAROTHAMNUS SCOPARIUS (L.) Wimm. ex Koch. The subsp. pRosTRATUS (Bailey) Tutin is common on the south western cliffs, and looks very distinct.
ONONIS RECLINATA L. Not seen, possibly owing to the fact that it was too early in the season for the plant to be in flower. Grose (1938) records that it was seen in several parts of the coast in June 1937, but that it was not nearly as plentiful as would be expected from Marquand’s Flora. [Plentiful in 1950, J. K. Lousley].
O. REPENS L.
TRIGONELLA ORNITHOPODIOIDES (L.) DC. Cliff top near Corblets Bay, abundant; Hanging Rock.
MeEpDIcaGo SATIVA L.
M. nwisprpa Gaertn. Longy Road.
M. arasica (L.) Huds. Very common.
M. tupurina L.
MELILoTus ALTIssIMA Thuill. Near the Harbour.
*M. rnpica (L.) All. Braye Bay, D. McClintock.
*TRIFOLIUM MEDIUM L. S. of Mauney Quarry.
ARVENSE L.
SCABRUM L.
STRIATUM L. The var. ERECTUM Gaspar was also seen.
SUBTERRANEUM L.
. REPENS L.
. GLOMERATUM L. Not rare on the southern cliffs.
. SUFFocATUM L. Not rare but easily overlooked. Rather plentiful
on southern cliff paths and paths across Longy Common. T. CAMPESTRE Schreb. T. pusrum Sibth. T. MICRANTHUM Viv. (7. filiforme auct.). ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. Lotus uticrnosus Schkuhr. L. cornicunatus L. L. nisprpus Desf. ex DC. L. aneustisstmus L. Noticeably rarer than the previous species. ORNITHOPUS PERPUSILLUS L. QO. prnnatus (Mill.) Dr. Mauney Quarry and southern cliffs. VicIA ANGUSTIFOLIA (L.) Reichard. V. uirsuta (L.) Gray. V. TETRASPERMA (L.) Schreb. PRUNUs sPINOoSA L. POTENTILLA REPTANS L. P. precta (L.) Rausch.
*“APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. Common. A. arvensis was not seen, and it may well be that all the old aggregate records belong to A. microcarpa.
CRATAEGUS MONOGYNA Jacq.
ciclcistclcls
146 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
UMBILICUS RUPESTRIS (Salisb.) Dandy.
SEDUM ACRE L.
S. aneticum Huds.
S. artpum L. Near St. Annes, D. McClintock.
Hiprpuris vuuearis L. Apparently increasing for it is now abundant in the pool in Mauney Quarry. Jackson (1933) states that it grew there sparingly.
*CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. I think that I saw this in the S.W. corner of the island, but find that I kept no specimen K. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
*EPILOBIUM HIRSUTUM L. A large patch in Mauney Quarry.
I. pARVIFLORUM Schreb.
*OQRENOTHERA ERYTHROSEPALA Borbas. N. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
*CARPOBROTUS EDULIS (L.) N.E.Br. Now well established on the rocky shore near Fort Houmet.
ERyYNcGIUM MARITIMUM L.
CoNIUM MACULATUM L.
SMYRNIUM PERFOLIATUM LL. Butes Hill, fairly plentiful.
BurLeuruM opacum (Ces.) Lange. Longy Sandhills.
AplumM NopIFLoRUM (L.) Reichb. f.
PETROSELINUM cRISPUM (Mill.) Airy Shaw.
ANTHRISCUS SYLVESTRIS (L.) Hoffm.
A. caucattis Bieb. (A. seandim (Scop.) Aschers., A. neglecta Bois. & Reut.).
ForNICULUM VULGARE Mill.
CrITHMUM MARITIMUM IL.
PASTINACA SATIVA L.
HERACLEUM SPHONDYIIUM I,.
Daucus carota I.
D. ginerpium IL.
HEDERA HELIX L.
SAMBUCUS NIGRA L.
LONICERA PERI-CLYMENUM IL.
RUBIA PEREGRINA L. Marquand (1901) forecasts its extinction, but there is still a little, probably in the same spot where Babington saw it in 1838 (cf. Jackson & Shaw, 1934).
GaArium mMotiuGo L. Marquand (1901) calls it extremely rare and gives only one locality. A second station occurs W. of Val du Sud.
G. SAXATILE TL. (G@. hareynieum Weigel).
G. verum lL.
G. APARINE IL.
SHERARDIA ARVENSIS L.
CENTRANTHUS RUBER (L.) DC. With white flowers by the old railway.
VALERTANELLA ERTOCARPA Desv. Apparently decreasing. Seen only in a pasture W. of Essex Castle. Not seen by Grose (1938) or D. McClintock.
V. CARTNATA Lois.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 147
Erteeron acrts L. Quarry S. of Fort Albert, D. McChutock.
*I), canapensis L. N. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
PULICARIA DYSENTERICA (L.) Bernh.
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L.
ANTHEMIS NoBILIS L. Only seen in one place.
CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM L. So dense and fine on the cliffs as to be conspicuous from an aeroplane.
ARTEMISIA ABSINTHIUM L.
A. vuntearts L. Stated to be ‘‘very rare’? by Marquand (1901), but still at the sole locality on Braye Sands.
SENECIO JACOBAEA L.
S. syzivaticus L.
S. vuteaRis L.
CaRLina vuuearis L. Only seen once.
Arctium minus (Hill) Bernh.
Carpuus nutans L. Mauney Quarry.
C. TENUIFLORUS Curt.
CIRSIUM VULGARE (Savi) Ten.
C. acauton (L.) Scop. Hill above Longy Common.
C. ARVENSE (L.) Scop.
C. patustTRE (L.) Scop.
CENTAUREA NIGRA L. agg.
C. scasrosa L.
Cicuorium Intyspus L. Not seen by me, but reported by Major Palmer of the Nunnery to have appeared at Longy Common since the war though never seen before. E. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
CREPIS VESICARIA subsp. TARAXACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. Very common.
HIBRACIUM PILOSELLA L.
HYPpOCHOERIS RADICATA L.
H. euasra L.
TARAXACUM OFFICINALE Weber agg.
T. LAEVIGATUM (Willd.) DC.
SONCHUS ARVENSIS L.
S. ASPER (L.) Hill.
S. oLeraceus L.
TRAGOPOGON MINOR Mill. Longy Road.
JASIONE MONTANA L.
CALLUNA VULGARIS (L.) Hull.
ERICA CINEREA L.
LIMONIUM LYCHNIDIFoLIUM (Gir.) Kuntze. Still about a dozen plants at Fort Houmet. Marquand (1901) recorded a dozen plants, Jackson (1932) an increase to 60, and Grose (1937) a reduction to 25. [At least 20 plants were present in 1950, J. E. Lousley }.
L. BINERVosUM (G. E. Sm.) C. E. Salmon. Fort Houmet.
ARMERIA MARITIMA (Mill.) Willd. Common. Also with white flowers.
PrIMULA vuLGARIS Huds. Surprisingly still plentiful in flower at the beginning of June.
14s NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
Guaux MARITIMA L. Still at the single station given by Marquand (1901). ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Common. The var. azuREA Wilmott occurred W. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
IF RAXINUS EXCELSIOR L.
Vinca MAJOR L.
CENTAURIUM ERYTHRAEFA Rafn (C. minus Moench).
SYMPHYTUM OFFICINALE L.
S. PEREGRINUM Ledeb. Essex Valley and S. of St. Annes.
BoraGo OFFICINALIS L. Scattered in the western parts of the island. Lycopsis ARVENSIS L.
Myosotis sEcuNDA A. Murray.
M. arvensis (L.) Hill.
M. uisprpa Schlecht.
EcHIUM VULGARE L. Conspicuous.
CALYSTEGIA SEPIUM (L.) R.Br.
C. SOLDANELLA (L.) R.Br. *C. sytvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. N. and E. of St. Annes, D.
McClintock.
CoNVOLVULUS ARVENSIS L.
Cuscuta EpIrHyMUM (L.) Murr. Conspicuous.
SoLANUM DULCAMARA L.
LycIuM CHINENSE Mill.
VerBASCUM THAPSUS L. Two large plants in front of Essex Castle (cf. Grose, 1938). St. Annes and Braye Bay, D. McClintock. CyMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. W. of St. Annes, near
the watch-tower. DIGITALIS PURPUREA L.
VERONICA OFFICINALIS L. Marquand (1901) describes it as ‘‘very rare’’ and gives a single locality. Another station is Clanque, where a large patch has unusually dark flowers.
V. CHAMAEDRYS IL.
V. persica Poir. Now very common.
V. HEDERIFOLIA L.
KUPHRASIA OFFICINALIS L. agg.
PARENTUCELLIA viscosa (L.) Caruel.
PrDICULARIS SYLVATICA L.
OROBANCHE RAPUM-GENISTAE Thuill. Still fairly plentiful in one spot, on the prostrate broom.
O. MARITIMA Pugsl.
QO. mInoR Sm. Very common.
QO. puRPUREA Jacq. Common in many parts of the island.
MENTHA AQUATICA L.
THYMUS SERPYLLUM L. agg.
*SALVIA PRATENSIS L. Near the Nunnery.
S. HORMINOIDES Pourr. Very abundant.
GLECHOMA HEDERACEA L. Still at Essex Castle quarry.
Marruspium vutGare L. Near the Nunnery.
ets { NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 149
*GaLEopsis TETRAHIT L. Weed by the airfield.
LAMIUM PURPUREUM L.
L. Hypripum Vill.
BaALLOTA NIGRA L.
TEUCRIUM SCORODONIA I.
PuLantTAGo coronopus L.
P. LANCEOLATA L.
HeRNIARIA CILIATA Bab.
ScLERANTHUS aNNUUS L. Marquand (1901) says ‘‘very rare... dying out’’, but I found a dwarf form quite common on the south cliffs, bearing much fruit and looking rather like the associated Polycarpon tetraphyllum.
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L.
BETA MARITIMA L.
ATRIPLEX PATULA L.
A. LActniATA L. (A. sabulosa Rouy).
PoLYGONUM CONVOLVULUS I.
P. ampuipium L. Still in the solitary station given by Marquand (19% 01)
P. avicuLaRE L.
RuMEX crispus L.
OBTUSIFOLIUS L.
PULCHER L. Very abundant. ACETOSA L.
. ACETOSELLA L.
EupHoRBIA HELIOSCOPIA L.
EK. parawias L.
E. portuanpica L.
E. peruus Li.
MERCURIALSS ANNUA IL.
Urtica piorca I.
U. urens L.
PARIETARIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. Portius auBA L.. Val du Sud.
Hd Ho bo
*ORCHIS PRAETERMISSA Druce. Plentiful in Rose Farm Valley. Per coe this is the ‘‘O. latifolia’? of Marquand (1901).
ANACAMPTIS PYRAMIDALIS (L.) Rich. Slope above Longy Road.
Iris pseupacorus L. Longy Pond.
J. rortTipissima L. Near Corblets Bay.
Ruscus acuuEatus L. Cliffs. :
ALLIUM TRIQUETRUM L. Much increased. Common on both sides of Longy Road, etc.
ScILLA AUTUMNALIS L.
JUNCUS MARITIMUS Lam. Among rocks on east coast.
J. acutus L. Still below Essex Castle at the foot of the cliffs, an untypical sort of habitat.
J] INFuEXUS LL.
J sBuFontus L.
150 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
Luzuwua camprstris (l.) DC. MLEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS (L.) Roem. & Schult. ScHOENUS NicRIcANS L. Still abundant at Trois Vaux. CAREX HIRTA L. *C. pEMIssA Hornem. The ‘‘C. flava’’ of Marquand (1901). C. extTENSA Good. Still in the single station given by Marquand (1901). C. CARYOPHYLLEA Latour. ), FLACCA Schreb. C. spicata Huds. (C. contigua Hoppe). C. PANICULATA L. Only at Marquand’s one locality, but the ‘‘large clumps’ referred to are now enormous. C. ARENARIA L. PHALARIS CANARIENSIS L. Sporadic on rubbish-tips. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM L. ALOPECURUS PRATENSIS L. Only in a meadow near Rose Farin. PHLEUM ARENARIUM L. AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. AIRA CARYOPHYLLEA L. A. PRAECOX L. Houtcus tanatus L. Dominant on some cliffs. TRISETUM FLAVESCENS (L.) Beauv. ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. ex J. & C. Presl. PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin. CYNOSURUS CRISTATUS L. *KOELERIA ALBESCENS DC. Comimon on Longy Common, confirmed by Dr. A. Melderis. Marquand (1901) gives only K. cristata. DactTYLIS GLOMERATA L. POA PRATENSIS L. P. triviauis L. P. annua L. *GLYCERIA X PEDICELLATA ‘Townsend (G. FLUITANS x PLICATA), Stream below Rose Farm. Neither of the parents was seen. IkStTucA RUBRA lL. I’. ovina L. VULPIA MEMBRANACEA (L.) Dum, V. BRomMoIDES (L.) Gray. Carapopium RicIpuUM (L.) C. HE. Hubbard (Desmuzeria rigida (lL.) Tutin). Very common. Bromus pIANDRUS Roth. (B. gussonei Parl.). Abundant. B. steritrs L. *B. catHarticus Vahl (B. wnioloides H.B.K.). Abundantly established ‘and very fine in hedgebanks and streamsides by Essex House. B. mottis L. Common, including diminutive forms. B. rHominir Hard. BRACHYPODIUM SYLVATICUM (Huds.) Beauv. LOLIUM PERENNE I. AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME (A. & D. Love) A. & D. Love. HorpBUM MURINUM L.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 151
HQUISETUM ARVENSE IL.
E. paLtustRE L.
PTERIDIUM AQUILINUM (L.) Kuhn. Very common.
PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. Clanque Valley.
ASPLENIUM MARINUM L. Nunnery Gate.
A. ADIANTUM-NIGRUM L.
A. RUTA-MURARIA L. Wall N. of Longy Road, by the eemetery (cf. Grose, 1938).
DryorrErRis FILIX-MAS (L.) Schott. Mauney Quarry.
PoLYPODIUM VULGARE L.
If one may draw a conclusion from so brief a visit it is that the strains of the twentieth century have made remarkably little difference to the flora of Alderney, and that the island remains a most attractive spot for the botanist, who will find plenty of scope for future work.
My thanks are due to my daughter, Miss Tanya Ounsted, for assistance with nomenclature, to Mr. D. McClintock for his kindness in allowing me to use some of his records, and to Mr. D. H. Kent for valuable help and advice.
REFERENCES
BABINGTON, C. C.. 1839, Primiliae Florae Sarnicae.
CLAPHAM, A. R., T. G. TUTIN & E. F. WARBURG, 1952, Flora of the British Isles.
GROSE, J. D., 1938, Notes on Some Alderney Plants, Rep. Bot. Soc. & LE.C.., 1937. 561-564. :
JACKSON, A. B. & A. K., 1933, Alderney Plants, J. Bot., 71, 106-107.
JACKSON, A. B. & A. K. & H. K. AIRY SHAW, 1937, Further Notes on Alderney Plants, J. Bot., 75, 299-300.
MARQUAND, E. D., 1901, Flora of Guernsey and the Lesser Channel Islands.
McCCREA, M. A., 1924, Supplement (1923) to Marquand’s “Flora of Guernsey and the Lesser Channel Islands’, Trans. Soc. Guern., 1923, 161-182.
152 SCORZONERA HUUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE
SCORZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE By J. G. HAWKES AND J. B. PHIPPS
A third locality has been found recently for one of Britain’s rarest plants, Scorzonera humilis L.
This species was previously known in the British Isles from two localities in east Dorset* where it occurs in marshy fields. We have now discovered a small colony of five plants in a meadow in the Earlswood region of Warwickshire, some 10 miles south of Birmingham.
On the continent the species occurs from the northern Medi- terranean to south Scandinavia, and from Portugal eastwards to central Russia and the Caucasus. It is therefore quite widespread and apparently common in Europe, and one might have expected it also to be quite frequent in the southern part of England.
In Warwickshire Scorzonera humilis was found with all the appearance of being perfectly native in a damp, old meadow on a sandy clay soil. Other plants found in this field include Alopecurus pratensis, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Holcus lanatus, Hypochoeris radicata, Lolium perenne, Lychnis flos-cuculi, Plan- tago lanceolata, Polygala vulgaris, Ranunculus acris, R. repens, Rumex acetosa, Trifolium pratense and Veronica chamaedrys.
The general aspect of the plant is common to many rosette Compositae, with long pointed leaves resembling at first glance those of Plantago lanceolata. The pale yellow flowers are similar in colour to those of Hieracium pilosella, though of course rather larger.
In reviewing the distribution so far recorded of Scorzonera humilis in Britain and comparing it with that for continental Europe one cannot avoid the conclusion that the species might indeed be more widely distributed here than has previously been realised. In the Warwickshire locality careful search revealed the presence of only five plants in the one field, and none in adjacent fields. However, many collectors undoubtedly overlook the yellow-fiowered Liguliflorae, and it is quite possible that this species may be found, on more intensive study, to be more com- mon than was thought previously. The locality in which it was found is not apparently specialised and must be mirrored in thousands of places in the British Isles. Furthermore, since a distance of some 130 miles separates the Dorset and Warwick- shire stations it would be of great interest to see whether a con- tinuous, if sparse, distribution existed between them.
*Rep. Bol. Soc. & E.C., 1915, 202; Ibid., 1927. 309.
Se
I SITINDH V
Tv ALVId
WANOZUOIG
SCORZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE 1S
The find was made whilst one of us (J.B.P.) was recording for the Flora of Warwickshire revision, sponsored by the Univer- sity of Birmingham and the Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society. In this work a complete list of species, together with habitats and frequencies, is made for each of the 1 km. National Grid squares in the county, so that many regions, especially meadows and botanically “uninteresting” areas are now being surveyed, virtually for the first time.
Whilst the discovery of this rarity would normally have been largely a matter of chance, it was made far more likely in this instance because of the intensive methods in use in the Flora of Warwickshire revision. It is greatly to be hoped that botanists in other parts of Britain will be able to make an intensive search for this interesting species in habitats of the type indicated so that its distribution may be worked out in some detail for this country.
154 MENTHA PRATENSIS SOLE
MENTHA PRATENSIS Sole By J. D. GROSE
-_———_—-
The original description of Mentha pratensis by Sole (1798) concludes with the statement: ‘I found this plant in the year 1789, in wet places in the New Forest, Hants, particularly in a common (Alderbury Common) near the Roebuck, between Salis- bury and Romsey. It has not varied in the least by cultivation’. Alderbury Common is in South Wilts, v.c. 8, but the true site of the Roebuck has been in doubt for many years and the record for Sole’s mint has been claimed for both Hants and Wilts. Townsend (1904) accepts the first part of the sentence as apply- ing to Hants, and Preston (1888) quotes the second half for Wilts without qualification. Later writers, e.g. Druce (1928) and Fraser (1927) mostly credit a single locality to the plant, and that to Wilts.
There is now no ‘Roebuck Inn’ at Alderbury and extensive enquiries failed to reveal any evidence that there ever was, or that either of the existing inns ever bore the name. In a letter to Sir James Smith, A. B. Lambert stated that he ‘ascertained that Mentha pratensis (Sole) was thrown out of the Roebuck Inn garden on Alderbury Common, and was merely a single plant; this Mr. Sole dug up, and the original specimen is at the Linnean Society’. The substance of this letter is contained also in a pencilled footnote by T. B. Flower in his copy of Sole’s book (now in the writer’s possession) but the words ‘Alderbury Common’ are omitted. A clue to the locality was provided when J. Britten (1905) discovered an alteration in A. B. Lambert's copy of Menthae Britannicae where ‘Alderbury Common’ had been de- leted and ‘Shervile Common’ substituted The following note was added: ‘This common I examined in the year 1798 & was shown by the person who keeps the Roebuck the spot where Mr. Sole found the plant which was nothing more than a plant of Mentha rubra thrown out of the Roebuck garden’.—A.B.L.
In the light of this information the search was extended to Sherfield English but here, also, there is no Roebuck. Eventu- ally Dr. B. Whitehead, of Downton, who has been helping with the enquiry, found that an incline about a mile east of the village was known locally as ‘Buck Hill’ and that the small general stores there was the original inn. The proprietress informs me that the name ‘Roebuck’ is still used by the Customs and Excise authori- ties for the tobacco licence. The locality is in South Hants, vice dT;
MENTIIA PRATENSIS SOLE 155
Sole’s Mentha pratensis has never been refound either in Hampshire or elsewhere and must, I think, be regarded as ex- tinct. It was described by Sole (1798) as a new species but was reduced by Sir James Smith to a lower grade. Sole, who was at issue with Smith on the ranking of this and other mints, wrote in his copy of Menthae Britannicae: ‘Dr. Smith makes this new Mint a Variety of the following one (M. rubra),—and_ soon after in a future Observation he chooses it shall be a Variety of my Sativa pl. 21. Quere—Is not the Dr. full as ardent for Varieties, as he says I am for Species? See the Observations’. And a later note: “The Dr. has in his last Flo. Angl. made it a gracilis’. J. Fraser (1927) places the plant under M. x gentilis and Mr R. Graham (in litt. 1953) agrees that it was probably a hybrid of the M. arvensis-spicata group being closely akin to M. X gentilis L. and M. x gracilis Sole, but adds that there is a morphological possibility that it arose as a hybrid of M. arvensis (3) with M. x piperita (2). The solution must await a new discovery.
REFERENCES.
BRITTEN, J., 1905, Mentha pratensis Sole, Journ. Bot., 43, 189-190. DRUCE, G. C., 1928, British Plant List, ed. 2. Arbroath.
FRASER, J., 1927, Menthae Britannicae, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 241. PRESTON, T. A., 1888, The Flowering Plants of Wilts. Leicester. SOLE, W., 1798, Menthae Britannicae. Bath.
TOWNSEND, F., 1904, Flora of Hampshive, ed. 2. London.
Tt should perhaps be remembered, with regard to Mr. Grose’s paper, that some of Sole’s names applied to mints different from those described under the original binomials. Thus, Sole’s M. sativa is not that of Linnaeus (--M. x verticillata L.) but is in fact M. x smithiana R. Graham (=M. rubra Smith, non Miller). Further, Sole’s MM. rubra is M. x gentilis I. subhybr. gentilis, and his M. gentilis is M. x gentilis L. subhybr. gracilis Sole var. cardiaca (Baker) Briq. The Mentha rubra to which Lambert refers would presumably have been Sole’s M. rubra, i.e. M. x gentilis Ilh., and it might well have been that M. pratensis arose as a sport from this as a garden outcast. R. A. GRAHAM. ~
156 PLANT NOTES
PLANT NOTES
197/9. Cotoneaster horizontalis Decne., 1877, Fl. des Serres, Sér. 2, 12, 168. 6, N. Som.; sparingly on limestone rocks, Crook Peak, J. P. M. Brenan (1953, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 307). 14, E. Sussex; Black Rock, Brighton, 1950, D. McCuintrock: chalky railway bank north of Waldron and Horam Station, one bush, 1952-1953; steep bank by rail- way bridge, Ghyll Lane, Heathfield, one bush, 1953, K. E. Bury. 15, EK. Kent; chalk down, Wrotham Hill, about a dozen bushes, ec. 1945- 1954, D. McCuintock. 17, Surrey; railway bank, Caterham, one bush, 1954, D. McCrintock. 21, Middx.; bank above chalkpit, Harefield, one small bush, 1945-1954, D. H. Kent. 23, Oxon; epiphytic on a pollard willow by the river bank near Iffley Lock, 1944, J. P. M. Brenan and Rev. N. E. G. Crutrwewy (Ref. No. 7059).
Deciduous or half-evergreen shrub of squat habit. Branches horizon- tal, pubescent. Leaves + roundish, 12 mm. or less long, mucronate, glabrous and shining above, subglabrous below. Flowers pinkish, 1-2 together, subsessile; fruit globose or ovoid, about 5 mm. across, bright red, containing 3 nutlets. Native of China. Long grown in British gardens from whence it is doubtless bird-sown to wild habitats.—D. H. Kent.
467/2. ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Although the various colour forms of this species have attracted considerable attention in the past, there is one feature of their occurrence which appears to have been over- looked. This is the tendency for other colour forms to appear whenever any two grow together in one place.
As early as 1700, W. Stonestreet (ex Druce, 1926, Fl. Bucks., 225) recorded both purple and white flowers among the scarlet type near Quainton, Buckinghamshire. E. Lees (1868, Bot. Malvern Hills, ed. 3, 48) mentions scarlet, blue and white forms growing together at Astley in Worcestershire. H. Hoffmann (1879, Bot. Zeit., 37, 177) stated that he had only encountered the form with salmon-pink flowers when the scarlet and blue forms grew together, both in cultivation and in the wild. According to E. D. Marquand (1901, Fl. Guernsey, 153), blue and scarlet plants are both plentiful on the island of Jethou, Channel Isles, and among them grows a sprinkling of the form with pure white flowers. R. Scott (1953, Country Life, 114, 1223) records blue, pale pink and heliotrope plants along with the scarlet type in a beet field in Norfolk. N. F. McMillan (1958, Proce. Liverpool Nat. Field Club, 19) has found single specimens of the shell-pink and sky-blue forms respectively among the scarlet type at Bromborough, Cheshire; and M. E. Gillham (1953, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 547) has reported a single blue specimen on Skok- holm Island, Pembrokeshire, where both pink and scarlet forms are plentiful. Finally, V. C. Smith (verbal communication), after crossing
PLANT NOTES LSS
the blue and scarlet forms artificially, found that specimens with pale pink and bluish-white flowers appeared alongside the parents in the F, generation.
It has been shown by EH. M. Marsden-Jones & F. EK. Weiss (1938, Proc. Linn. Soc., 150, 146-154) that the five colour variants, scarlet, pink, white, purple and blue, form a series in which scarlet is simply dominant to pink, pink to white, and so on. Blue is simply recessive to all the others, except that when it is crossed with lilac there is a segregation in the F,. No mention, however, is made by these authors of the pos- sibility of linkage, which the records cited above seem to suggest. Fur- ther genetical work on these colour variants is clearly needed.
Marquand (l.c.) remarks that in Guernsey ‘the form with salmon- coloured flowers is frequent, especially near the sea; plants with pale pink or flesh-coloured flowers also occur, but less commonly’. Likewise, W. C. Barton (1916, Wats. B.E.C. Rep., 2, 544) records that among searlet and pale-flowered plants growing at Barmouth, Merionethshire, a few specimens occurred with flowers intermediate in colour. The only other person to have reported two distinct pink variants appears to be H. W. Pugsley (1928, Wats. B.H.C. Rep., 3, 435), who distinguished a plant from Poole Harbour with pale pink corolla and bright crimson eye (‘clearly bicoloured flowers’) from the more frequent flesh-coloured form. Marsden-Jones & Weiss (l.c.) merely describe the corolla of their pink form as ‘salmon or flesh’, with a.purple eye. This matter, too, deserves closer investigation.
It has been pointed out by F. Rilstone (1938, J. Bot.. 76, 85) that the flesh-coloured form is almost exclusively a maritime plant in Cornwall, where it occurs mainly on sand dunes in a form with a neater habit and suberect stems. This dune form certainly has a very distinct facies, and as its characters appear to be constant it deserves a varietal name. However, while maritime populations (both of the suberect and straggling varieties) contain a large proportion, or even a predominance, of flesh-coloured plants in the Channel Isles, the Cornish Peninsula, the southern tip of Ireland and along the Welsh coast as far as Anglesey, the populations—at least of the suberect dune variety—outside this region, in Lancashire, Dorset and Norfolk, for example, are evidently (apart from rare isolated instances) uniformly scarlet. The coincidence of flesh-coloured flowers and suberect stems, postulated by Rilstone, is, therefore, not complete. The reason for the prevalence of the flesh- coloured form in the milder, westerly coastal areas is obscure.—D. E. ALLEN,
517(2)/1. Salpichroa origanifolia (Lam.) Baillon, 1888, Hist. pl., 9, 288, fig. 363; Physalis origanifolia Lam., 1793, Tabl. encycl., 2, 28; Atropa origanifolia Desf., 1829, Cat. hort. Paris, ed. 3, 396; Busbeckia radicans Mart., 1829, Cat. hort. Monac., 69; Atropa rhomboidea Gillies & Hook., 1829, Hook. Bot. Misc., 1, 135-6, tab. 37; Salpichroa rhom- boidea Miers, 1845, Hook. Lond. J. Bot., 4, 329.
A sprawling perennial, with rather woody, pubescent stems. Leaves with short hairs, or almost glabrous, small (1:5-2°5 x 1-2 cm.), ovate-
I
158 PLANT NOTES
rhomboid. Flowers small, > 1 ecm., solitary, nodding; corolla urceolate, constricted at middle and at throat, with a ring of hairs above the in- sertion of the stamens within, white; calyx cleft almost to the base into five narrow, acute segments. Berries said to be white or yellowish and edible.
Baillon in making the combination gives no description and cites no authors’ names but gives a figure of a section of the flower. This is ac- cepted by Litardiére (1948, Candollea, 11, 215) as validating the name. The same combination was made later by Thellung (1912, Mém. Soe. Nat. Sc. Cherbourg, Series 4, 38, 452).
This species has been found in Britain as follows:—S.; Guernsey ; ‘found apparently wild’, 1946, W. A. Warry, (Hb. Kew); Shore at Grandes Rocques, 1950, J. EK. Loustry, (Hb. Lousley); Jersey; St. Ouen’s, 1949, Miss TurnBuLt, (Hb. Lousley): v.c 9, Dorset; Abbotsbury, opposite gardens in field, 1937, Mrs. Davirs, (Hb. Kew): v.c. 10, Wight; Ventnor-St. Lawrence, ‘‘among brambles and nettles by a dry stone wall’, 1952, J. H. Wauter, (Hb. Mus. Brit.): v.c. 11, S. Hants.; Hay- ling Island beach, 1949 & 1951, Mrs. D. WorrenpEN, (Hb. Mus. Brit.).
Salpichroa origanifolia is a native of South America (Brazil, Uruguay, Paraguay and Argentina), and is grown for its edible berries, and as an exceedingly rapid climber. In California it has become a weed, and it is also naturalised in Florida. In Europe it is established in Corsica, and is on the way to becoming naturalised in the south of France. It appears also to be established in Portugal, and in Holland, near Rotterdam. In New Zealand it ‘‘occasionally escapes in North Island”’ (Allan, 1940: Handbook Naturalised Fl. N.Z., 299). In Britain it is said to be half-hardy but the records above suggest that it is likely to persist in competition with native plants in the Channel Islands and on the south coast.
In Paraguay, Argentina and France it is known as ‘‘cock’s eggs’’. I am very much indebted to Mr. N. Y. Sandwith for assistance in com- piling this note.—J. E. Loustry.
691/2.x3. Polygonatum x hybridum Briigger, 1886, in Jahresb. Naturforsch. Ges. Grawbiind., Neue Folge, 29, 160 (P. multifiorum x odoratum); P. x intermedium Bor., 1857, Fl. C. France, éd. 3, 2, 615, non Dum. (1827). 88, Mid Perth; Dunning burn adjacent to gardens, Dunning, 1953. Several plants of this garden hybrid mentioned in Clapham, Tutin & Warburg, Flora of the British Isles, 1220 (1952), were found growing amongst native vegetation and appeared to be well established. The flowers occurred in threes; the _ perianths, measuring up to 22 mm. were contracted in the middle, and the filaments were pubescent.—A. W. Rosson.
+744/6. Cyperus esculentus L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 45. 34, W. Glos.; waste ground, St. Philip’s Marsh, Bristol, IT. W. Evans, in C. I. and N. Y. Sandwith, Bristol Botany in 1948, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 27, 889 (1949).
PLANT NOTES 159
+744/7. CG. rotundus L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 45. 30, Beds.; Sundon Rubbish Dump, 1953, J. G. Dony and H. B. Soustrr (J. G. Dony 2046, Herb. Mus. Brit., Herb. Kew, Herb. Luton Mus.).
Cyperus esculentus and C. rotundus, both sold commercially as tiger- nuts, are perennials. Superficially they resemble the British C. fuscus L., an annual; but they are taller, growing to 30cm. Their spikelets are longer, in C. esculentus from 5 to 10 mm., and in C. rotundus from 15 to 30mm. The glumes of C. esculentus are many-veined and straw- coloured with a narrow green keel; in C. rotundus they are three-veined and reddish-brown with a green keel.
Both species have a wide distribution in the Tropics, S. Asia and S. Kurope.—J. G. Dony.
758. Spartina. Specimens collected by Mr. A. W. Westrup and others during the excursion to West Wittering, W. Sussex, included some which, by the key in Clapham, Tutin and Warburg’s Flora of the British Isles, ran down to Spartina maritima, yet were clearly not that species. They formed a patch among otherwise normal S. townsendir but were distinct in appearance on account of their small spikelets. In this gathering, the spikelets were shorter than 14 mm., and the anthers 6mm. long, but the spikelets were short-hairy and the rachis was extended as a flexuous bristle beyond the spikelets; whereas in S. mar- tima the spikelets are densely hairy with long hairs, and the rachis is scarcely prolonged beyond the spikelets. The hairiness of the spikelets and the length of the rachis in the specimens in question was in favour of the assumption that they belonged to S. townsendiu which has prob- ably arisen from hybridisation between S. maritima and S. alterniflora. In S. alterniflora, the spikelets are glabrous and the rachis is prolonged in a flexuous bristle up to 83cm. beyond the spikelets.—A. MeELperis.
770/2. AtopEcurnus aLPpInus Sm. The discovery of Alopecuris alpinus in Upper Teesdale adds another plant to the already extensive list of arctic-alpine species growing in that area. Also it adds another species to the list of English plants; all the other British records being from north of the Border. ;
The species was discovered in a collection of grasses made by the writer in Upper Teesdale in 1945 and identified recently by Mr. C. FE. Hubbard. The plant was growing on sheep-cropped mounds of short, ereen turf in boggy ground near the Tees, at an altitude of about 1500 ft., on the Durham side of the river. It belongs to the awned variety of the species.—J. K. Morton.
827/13(2). Bromus cartnatus Hook. & Arn. In September 1953 Mrs. B. Welch discovered a few tussocks of this alien grass growing on a rubbish-tip at Hanwell (v.c. 21). Dr. A. Melderis and [I visited the area shortly afterwards and saw about eight tussocks growing over a small area of grassy waste land.
169 PLANT NOTES
Bromus carinatus is abundant by the Thames in the vicinity of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (v.c. 17), from whence it originally escaped. It was at Kew that the plant was shown to members of the Society at the start of the London Area excursion in September 1952. During the course of that excursion the rubbish-tip at Hanwell was visited, and it is possible that the seeds were accidentally introduced from Kew via the trouser turn-ups or shoes of a member, or members. of the Society.—D. H. Kent.
PLANT RECORDS 161
PLANT RECORDS Compiled by FE. C. Wa acer
Records are for the year 1953 when no date is given. |
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con- tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the plant is not a
- mative species in the British Isles.
+ before the record; to indicate a species which, though native in some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
* before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub-
lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ ] enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
++
Tt will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as accurate as is thought advisable, are added to all records.
1/1. Cxematis viraupa L. 48, Mer.; near Porkington Terrace, Barmouth, 1951, P. M. Bewnort.
72/6. THALIcTRUM AQuILEciIFotium LL. 14, (Kent); (7) railway bank near Tunbridge Wells West Station, an escape, but established in some quantity, 1949-1953, K. E. Butz.
6/6. Ranuncutus tineva L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) pond immediately east of railway, between Hellingly and Hailsham Stations, growing with Comarum, Menyanthes, etc., 1950-1953, K. E. Butt.
§6/7bis. RaNUNcULUS FLAMMULA subsp. scoticus (E. S. Marshall) Clapham. £95, Elgin; Buckie Loch, N. D. Smpson—but see J. Bur- gess, Flora of Moray, 1 (1935).
§6/22. RaNnuNCULUS TRICHOPHYLLUS Chaix. *95, Elgin; Gilston Loch, M. McCatitum Werster, det. A. MELDERIS.
6/24. RanuNcULvUs- AQUATILIS L. subsp. aquatinis (R. heterophillus Weber). 37, Worcs.; pond at Callow Hill, near Redditch, D. O. Jonzs and C. C. Townsenp.
162 PLANT RECORDS
§6/25. RANUNCULUS AQUATILIS subsp. PELTATUS (Schrank) Syme. *95, Klgin; The Leen, Garmouth, M. McCarnum WEBSTER.
§6/28. RanuncuLus BAubDotTir Godr. 163,--9.W.. Vorke-aprickyard pond, Thorne, W. Bunting (1954, The Nat., 1954, 26).
§8/1. Troritus zuRopaAEus L. *+17, Surrey; on tipped soil at the edge of a road near Bisley, a single large plant, presumably from a garden, Miss Maynarp, comm. B. M. C. Morean.
9/2. HELLEBORUS FOETIDUS IL. 36, Heref.; Cherry Hill, Town- hope, F. M. Day.
+10/1. Eranruis HyreMatis (I..) Salish. 14, E. Sussex; (4) rather well naturalised in Iford Churchyard, below Lewes, 1951; (5) wood at back of King’s Drive, Willingdon, a patch in wet soil, escape, 1950, K. E. Burt.
§14/1. Aconitum aNclicum Stapf. +100, Clyde Isles; Cumbrae, W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 70).
¥21/11. Papaver ornrenTALE L. 14, E. Sussex; (4) railway banks west of Lewes Station, well established and in considerable quantity, 1951-1953, K. EK. Butt.
§22/1. Meconopsts camMBrica L. +16, W. Kent; established as an escape, in and near Bull’s Hollow, Rusthall, Tunbridge Wells, 1949- 1953, K. E. Butt. 71, Man; naturalised for a great many years in several places about Sulby, R. HowartH: dump, Braddan Works, D. K. Auten. {+101, Kintyre; woodland near Limecraigs, Campbeltown; also sporadically elsewhere in the district, e.g. Tangy and Peninver, M. H. CunnineHam—see also Glasgow Nat., 17, 70 (1958).
23/1. Guauctum FLAVUM Crantz. +14, E. Sussex; (4) disturbed ground by new houses, Kingston-by-Lewes, an inland station, 1951], IK. EK. Burn.
23/2. Guauctum coRNIcuLATUM (L.) Rudolph. 14, E. Sussex; (4) one large plant in overgrown allotments by Lewes Priory ruins, 1950, K. KE. Butt.
32/9. Fumarta BASTARDI Bor. 52, Anglesey; sea-front gardens, Holyhead, 1952, C. C. TownseEnp, det. N. Y. SANDWITH. wr]
33/5. Marraroua tRicusprpata R.Br. 33, E. Glos.; (7b) Charlton Kings tip, near Cheltenham, 1952, C. C. Townsrnp, conf. A. MELDERIS.
§35/1. RorirrpA NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Hayek. 9, Dorset, by a streamside between Tilly Whim and Dancing Ledge, Swanage: 33, IX. Glos.; (6) roadside at Amberley: 37, Worcs.; Abbey meadows, Red- ditch, on Bunter sandstone, C. C. Townsenp. *108, W. Sutherland; Bettyhill, S. M. Watters.
PLANT RECORDS 163
§35/1(2). RoriveA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. *12, N. Hants.; stream in Alice Holt, near Buckshorn Oak, 1952, A. W. Wesrrup.
30/1(2)x1. Roripra X sTERILIS Airy-Shaw. 37, Worcs.; pool near Hanbury, C. C. TownsEnp.
36/5. BARBAREA INTERMEDIA Bor. 14, E. Sussex;-(5) roadside, Vines Cross Road, Horam, a number of plants after road-widening, 1950. Did not persist here: 14, (Kent); (7) a single plant, railway bank near Tunbridge Wells West Station, 1950, K. EK. Butt. 20, Herts.; arable field by Merlyn’s Wood, near Watford, Lonpon Naturat History Society Hxcursion, det. EK. B. Bancerter. 48, Mer.; Talybont, P. M. BrENoIT, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
37/12. Apmapis cAucasicaA Willd. 37, Worcs.; well established in quarries at the Wyche cutting, Malvern, 1952, C. C. TowNsEND.
§39/2. CARDAMINE AMARA L. *47, Montg.; canal-side, Welshpool, J. D. K. Lioyp, comm. Nat. Mus. Wates.
39/7. DENTARIA BULBIFERA L. 16, W. Kent; a very small patch on Tunbridge Wells Common, first noticed in 1938; still there in 1953 though not increasing, K. EK. Butt.
+49/5. SisympBrium irto L. 21, Middx.; rubbish-tip, Greenford, in fair quantity, B. WeucH: bombed site near Great Tower Street, City, E.C., A. W. Jonss.
51/2. CoNRINGIA AUSTRIACA (Jacq.) Sweet. 69, Westin.; roadside between Appleby and Dutton, M. Cross, det. at Krew.
§¢52/1b. CAMELINA SATIVA subsp. prtosA (DC.) Zinger. *95, Elgin; casual at Moy House, A. MeLpERIs.
§53/1. SuBuLaria aquatica L. {98, Argyll; near Inverary, K. N. G. Macleay (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 71).
§60/1. Coronopus pipymMus Sm. *69b, N. Lancs.; roadside be- tween Greenodd and Haverthwaite, 1952, A. W. Wesrrup.
§61/3. CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv. $95, Elgin; Spey shingle and roadside near Garmouth, M. McCattum WesstEer—but see J. Burzess, Flora of Moray, 3 (1935).
165/2. Isepris umBELtLatTa L. 3, S. Devon; waste patch, Rock-close, Broadsands, Churston, 1949-1953, K. K. Buu.
+76/3. RapistruM RuGosum (L.) All. 14, EK. Sussex; (5) waste ground, Kastbourne, 1950, K. EK. Burn, det. J. K. Loustey. 22, Berks. ; allotments near Maidenhead Station, 1952, A. W. Westrup, det. R. D. MEIKLE (as var. scabrum (Host) Rouy & Fouc.),.
164 PLANT RECORDS
80/1e: RAPHANUS RAPHANISTRUM var. AUREUS Wilmott. 108, W. Sutherland; arable field, Melvich, S. M. Watrers.
80/2. RapHanus MARITIMUS Sm. 14, E. Sussex; (6) shingle-bank east of Rye Harbour, one plant only noted, 1952, K. E. Butt.
88/3c. VIOLA REICHENBACHIANA val. LEUCANTHA (Célak.) Wilmott. 36. Heref.; The Golden Valley, Ewgas Harold, M. Porter, det. at Kew, comm. I") M. Day.
88/6. Viota cantina L. 101, Kintyre; sandy links ground near Lochsanish, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninenam, det. D. H. VALENTINE.
88/8h. ViIoLA ODORATA var. SUBCARNEA (Jord.) Parl. 14, E. Sussex; (5) shrubberies and lawns at Folkington Rectory, 1950; near the entrance to Selmeston Churchyard, 1953, K. E. Butt.
788/13. VioLta cornuta L. 95, Klgin; by banks of Spey at Grantown: hedgerows at Dallas; bank at Dunphail, M. McCattum WesstTeER, det. A. MELDERIS.
§88/34. VioLA TRICOLOR subsp. currisit (EK. Forst.) Syme. $101, Kintyre; sandy sea pasture by Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninc- HAM, det. R. D. Merxkue—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Areu, 43 (1933).
[§89/6. Potyeata amaRA L. *S, Jersey?, 1837 or 1838, C. C. Bas- INGTON (Herb. Edinb. Bot. Gard.), det. and comm. D. R. GLENDINNING. |
§90/1. FRrANKENIA LAEVIS L. {t4, N. Devon; Saunton Cliffs, Braun ton, established for two or three years, Mrs. Cadell (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assoc., 85, 180).
92/2. Dranruus pDELToOIDES L. 52 Anglesey; sandy bank of lane to Newborough Warren, about a dozen plants, 1951, A. W. Wesrrur.
96/8. Sruene Acautis (L.) Jacq. 112, Zetland; on north facing cliffs, Noss of Rerwick, and Wick of Shuni, E. W. Davies and P. A PADMORE.
§+96/11. Srene rrarica (L.) Pers. *35, Mon.; Newport Docks, J. MacQueen, det. A. E. Wapr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
196/16. SrteNe picnotoma Ehrh. 21, Middx.; on the island at Penton Hook Lock, near Staines, B. M. C. Morean.
$96/20. Srienr ARMERIA L. 33, E. Glos.; (2b) waste ground, North- way, near Ashchurch, 1952, R. G@uynng, det. A. MELDERIS, comm. C. C. TOWNSEND.
PLANT RECORDS 165
198/10. AGRoSTEMMA coRONARIA IL. 14, KE. Sussex; (5) shingly ground near Tower House, Pevensey, plentiful, 1951: 15, K. Kent; waste ground among furze, Littlestone-on-Sea, plentiful; waste ground, New Romney Warren, one plant, K. EK. BULL.
§100/7. CrRastiIum pumiILUM Curt. *11, S. Hants.; by Paulsgrove Chalkpit, Portsdown, Portsmouth, 1951, A. W. Wesrrup, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
101/3b. Srexuaria APETALA Ucria. 31, Hunts.; wall top, Waternew- ton village, 1952 (1953, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 5, 16). 36, Heref.; wall, Lyde Farm, near Hereford, L. E. Wuireneap, det. and comm. F. M. Day.
101/5c. STELLARIA HOLOSTEA var. LOUSLEYI (Druce) Brenan & Lous- ley. 4, N. Devon; Burley Wood, South west of Bridestow, C. I. and N. Y. SANDWITH.
102/6. ARENARIA LEPTOCLADOS (Reichb.) Guss. 71, Man; walls and vanks, Castletown; bank by sea, Scarlett; Derbyhaven; wall-top by Hango Hill, with A. serpyllifolia, D. E. ALLEN.
4102/14. AReNnaRIA BALEARICA L. 1, W. Cornwall; wall at Portreath, 1945, C. C. TowNSEND, cont. A. MELDERIS.
§103/7. Sacina cruiata Fr. 71, Man; walls about Castletown , Malew; Derbyhaven, D. E. Auten. {76, Renfrew; Mearns, R. Mac- kechnie (1953, Glasgow Nut., 17, 71).
1168/1. CLAYTONIA ALSINOIDES Sims. 3, S. Devon; damp sandy soil by the Dart, Staverton, 1949: 16, W. Kent; plentiful as a weed, Reho- both Chapel, Chapel Place, Tunbridge Wells; weed in gardens, Lons- dale Gardens, Tunbridge Wells, 1948-1953, K. E. Buti. 62, N.E. York.; well established at the top end of Bransdale, ten miles north of Helms- ley, A. Feversham (1953, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 97). 101, Kintyre; deep wayside ditch north of Tarbert, not near dwellings, M. H. CunnincuHam. 111, Orkney; shady ditches along the Howtown-Orphir road, E. W. Davies and P. A. PAapMoRE.
1108/2. CLAyToNIA PERFOLIATA Donn ex Willd. 19, N. Essex; abun- dant in a lane, Parney Heath, near Dedham, M. E. Kennepy, comm. D. H. Kent.
109/2d. MonvTIa FoNTANA subsp. vartaBitis S. M. Walters. 69b, N. Lanes.; pond by old railway, Rampside, Furness, 1952, A. W. Wesrrur, det. S. M. Watters. 88, Mid Perth; Ben Lawers, 1950, D. O. Jonzs, det. S M. Watters, comm. C. C. Townsenp.
7112/4. Hypericum ELatum Ait. 71, Man; Foxdale, J. T. Wu- LIaMs, det. and comm. D. E. ALLEN.
166 PLANT RECORDS
§112/12. Hypericum macuLtatum Crantz. *107, E. Sutherland; hedgebank near Lairg, M. S. Camppett, J. E. Raven and S. M. WatL- TERS, form with eglandular sepals, det. S. M. Watters.
123/1. TitIA pLATypHyLLos Scop. t71, Man; _ self-sown and naturalised in Ballure Glen, D. E. ALuen.
125/1. Linum Brienne Mill. 21, Middx.; field near Hounslow Heath, B. WeEtcH.
127/4. GERANIUM PRATENSE L. 13, S. Devon; by Staverton Church- yard, 1949; rough waste ground, Horseshoebend, Goodrington, well established: +16, W. Kent; in ditch and long grass by War Memorial, Brenchley, well established, K. E. Butt.
§127/8. GERANIUM COLUMBINUM L. *95, Elgin; shingle at mouth of river Spey, Garmouth, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§7132/2. OxanIs coRNicuLATA L. *101, Kintyre; Bardaravinue Woods, W. Kintyre, south of Tarbert, H. T. Mayo, det. D. P. Youne, comm. M. H. CunnINncHAM.
§133/1. ImpaTIENS NOLI-TANGERE L. {98, Argyll; Kilmory, W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 73).
§133/3. ImpaTIENS PARVIFLORA DC. 177, Lanark; garden weed, Cleghorn, near Lanark, W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 11, 73).
§+133/4. ImpaTIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle. 59, S. Lanes.; ditch, Parbold, including several specimens with deep-red flowers, and also a number of albinos with white flowers and pale green foliage, D. LE. ALLEN. *71, Man; between Braaid and Foxdale, J. T. WiLLIAMs, comm. D. KE. ALLEN.
4145/4. Luernus aneustirotius L. 49, Caern.; Llandudno Warren in some quantity with ZL. urboreus Sims, probably originally planted, 1952, C. C. TOWNSEND.
§152/1. TRIGONELLA oRNITHOPODIOIDES (L.) DC. 17, Surrey; golf- course, Wimbledon Common, A. W. Jones. *48, Mer.; near Tonfanan, P. M. Benorr, comm. Nat. Mus. Wares. ItH.3, W. Cork; grassy bank near railway line on Baltimore Pier, Cape Clear, J. E. O’ Donovan (1953, Irish Nat. J., 11, 108-109).
+153/3. Mepicaco sativa L. 48, Mer.; railway siding, Barmouth Junction, P. M. Benorr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
4154/4. Meuiotus inpica (L.) All. S., Guernsey; L’Ancresse Common, in plenty, L. W. Frost.
PLANT RECORDS 167
155/13. TRIFOLIUM FRAGIFERUM L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) Vines Cross Lane, Horam, one small patch, 1949-1953; in the pit at the brickworks, Marle Green Road, Horam, 1951; Hales Hill, near Vines Cross, Horam, one or two roadside patches, 1950, K. E. BuLt.
156/1. ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) railway banks, north of Waldron and Horam Station, far from the chalk, 1949-1953, K. E. Butt. ;
§¢160/1. TrTRAGOoNOLOBUS MARITIMUS (L.) Roth. *23, Oxon.; large patch on a chalk slope near Ipsden, V. S. SummeErRHAyYES and N. Y. SANDWITH.
§160/7. Lotus nispipus Desf. ex DC. {45, Pemb.; cliff top turf near Hook Vale, above Westdale Bay, and above Mill Bay, near St. Ann’s Head, C. D. Pigott; fields above Watwick Bay, F. W. Apams.— See also Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 83 (1954)—Ed. +tH.38, W. Cork; Cape Clear, a large colony, J. E. O’ Donovan (1953, Irish Nat. J., 11, 108-109).
4163/1. Gateca orricinatis L. 9, Dorset; naturalised on cliffs at Swanage, C. C. TOWNSEND.
4170/1. CoRonr~ta varia L. 3, S. Devon; rampant on disused tennis-court, Hydro Hotel, Daddy Hole Plain, Torquay, K. EK. Butt.
+176 /33(8). Victa ERIocARPA (Hausskn.) Halacsy. 17, Surrey; (5) rubbish-tip, Earlswood, M. McCattum WesstER and B. M. C. Morean, det. A. MELDERIS.
178/3. LatHyrus TuBEROsSUs L. 14, E. Sussex; scrambling over brambles on rough ground, Newhaven Heights, K. E. Butt.
178/9. Latuyrus apHaca L. 17, Surrey; (5) rubbish-tip, Earls- wood, B. M. C. Morean.
185/38. RusBus Lactntatus Willd. 71, Man; between Groudle and Old Lonan Church, J. T. Wiziiams, det. and comm. D. E. ALLEN.
185/84d. Rusus RapuLorpEs (Rogers) Druce. 38, Warw.; two bushes by roadside near Maffleborough Green, near Redditch, 1952, C. C. TowNsEND, conf. W. C. R. Watson; roadside by bridge over stream at Hill Wootton, C. KE. A. ANDREWs and C. C. TownsEnD, conf. W. C. R. Watson.
185/104. Rusus morier Barton & Riddelsd. 18, S. Essex; Blake’s Wood, near Danbury, B. T. Warp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
185/104(2). Rusus RADULICAULIS Sudre. 37, Worcs.; Muskett’s Way, Redditch, C. C. Townsenp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
165 PLANT RECORDS
185/124. Ruspus murrayi Sudre. 37, Worcs.; Pitcher Oak Wood, Redditch, C. C. TownsEND, det. W. C. R. Watson.
185/137. Rupus aNneustTiIFRoNs Sudre. 18, S. Essex; Hart’s Wood, near Brentwood, B. T. Warp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
185/149(2). Rupus myrtacantuts Focke. 33, E. Glos.; (7b) near road at top of Charlton Hill, Cheltenham, 1952, C. C. TowNseEnp, det. W. ©. R.. Watson.
+185/15b. Rusus spectaBILIs Pursh. 71, Man; naturalised in marshy ground, Port Soderick, J. T. WuitiiamMs, det. E. M. Rosser, comm. D. E. ALLEN.
*188/1. FRagAarIA MoscHATA Duchesne. 71, Man; naturalised on hedgebank, Mount Murray; hedgebank by Braddan Works, D. E. ALLEN. 88, Mid Perth; on south bank of Loch Tay, 14 miles from Ken- more, M. McCattum WessteEr, det. A. MELDERIS.
§190/4b. ALCHEMILLA FILICAULIS Bus. *42, Brec.; Capel-y-ffin, 1941, S. G. Cuarzes, det. S. M. Watters, comm. Nat. Mus. WaAteEs.
§190(2)/2. APpHANES mMiIcROocARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. The ®. Som.; Minehead Warren, C. I. and N. Y. Sanpwitn. 13, W. Sussex; on several tracks in woodland on Graffham Common, E. C. Watuace. 38, Warw.; Oversley Wood, L. H. Writtams and C. ©. TownsEnp, conf. S. M. Watters. *48, Mer.; garden weed at Felin Sylfaen, near Barmouth, P. M. Benoit, det. A. E. Wave. *95, Elgin; near Moy House, Forres, N. D. Simpson.
§195/11. Sorsus rupicota (Syme) Hedl. *H15; S.E. Galway; west shore of Lough Dearg, a little below Portumna Golf Course, J. N. Mitts, det. E. F. Warsure.
4196/10. PyracantHa coccinea M. J. Roem. 14, E. Sussex; (5) two large bushes on a chalky railway bank north of Waldron and Horam Station, probably bird-sown, 1949-1953; one bush on railway bank north of Hailsham Station, 1950-1953, K. E. Burnt. *21, Middx.; disused chalkpit, Harefield, one large plant, T. G. and M. Conterr, det. A. MELDERIS, comm. D. H. Kent.
1197/2. CoTroNEASTER MICROPHYLLUS Wall. ex Lindl. 3, S. Devon; a single bush on slaggy waste ground by Goodrington Sands Station: 14, KE. Sussex; (5) chalky railway bank north of Waldron and Horam Station, 1949-1953; chalky field above Ratton Woods, several bushes, 1950, K. E. Butt. 17, Surrey; North Downs above Betchworth lime works, EK. M. C. Isuerwoop and B. M. C. Morgan.
§+197/3. CoTONEASTER sIMonsiII Baker. *95, Elgin; Spey shingle, J. SoOUSTER.
PLANT RECORDS 169
§209/1. CrasstLa TILLAEA Lester-Garland (Tillaea muscosa L.). *17, Surrey; a troublesome weed for 10 or more years in Waterer’s Nursery, Bagshot, 1932, B. ScHarer (Herb. Mus. Brit.). This speci- men appears to be the first evidence for the plant in Surrey, J. E. LoustEY: sandy ground near Virginia Water, 1952, S. HoopER.
§211/1. Sepum tTEeLEPHIUM L. “*101, Kintyre; sides of ditch and by grassy heathside, borders of Aros Moss, §. Kintyre, 1952, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
§211/4. Sepum FORSTERIANUM Sm. *45, Pemb.; wall, St Davids, 1952, J. A. WEBB, comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
§213/1. Drosera aNnetica Huds. *47, Montg.; Plynlimon, 1948, J. D. K. Luoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
§217/2. CALLITRICHE oBTUSANGULA Le Gall ex Hegelm. *48, Mer.; ditch near the Post Office, Arthog, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
217/5. CALLITRICHE INTERMEDIA Hoffm. 98, Argyll, and 101, Kin- tyre; edges of Crinan Canal at Dunarary Locks, and elsewhere in the canal in 101, Kintyre, K. N. G. Macteay and O. BUCKLE.
§219/1. LyrHrum saticaria L. *95, Elgin; marsh by road between Dyke and Kintessack, M. McCattum WEssTER.
220. EprmLoBium. All records, except those for H. pedunculare, have been determined or confirmed by G. M. AsH.
220/3x4. EpILopluM HIRSUTUM X PARVIFLORUM. 14, E. Sussex; (5) waste ground by Princes Park, Crumbles, Eastbourne, 1950, K. i. Butt. 24, Bucks.; rubbish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/5x4. EprLopium ADNATUM X PARVIFLORUM. 24, Bucks.; gar- den. shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/7. Errnopium opscurum Schreb. 101, Kintyre; Tarbert, way- side ditch, N. Kintyre; Carskiery, S. Kintyre; roadside, Ugadale, E. Kintyre, and many other places, M. H. CunnrIncHAM.
220/7x4. EprmLopIumM oOBSCURUM X PARVIFLORUM. 24, Bucks.; Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
§+220/7(2). KpiLopiuM ADENOCAULON Hausskn. 38, Warw.; Rough Hill Wood, Studley, C. C. Townsrznp. *48, Mer.; Dolgelly, P. M. Benort, comm. Nat. Mus. Waters. {61, S.E. York.; bombed site, Hull, F. E. Crackles (1954, The Nat., 1954, 28).
220/7(2)x3. EpiLoBIUM ADENOCAULON X HIRSUTUM. 24, Bucks.; rubbish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
a ee
| i '
170 PLANT RECORDS
220/7(2)x4. MprtopiuM ADENOCAULON X PARVIFLORUM. 24, Bucks.,; rubbish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. I. Woop.
220/7(2)x7. EprILoBIUM ADENOCAULON X oBSCURUM. 24, Bucks. ; Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/7(2)x8. EpinoBIuM ADENOCAULON X ROSEUM. 24, ee ueks::: Burnham Beeches, A. I*. Woop.
220/7(2)x10. ErrLoBIuM ADENOCAULON X MONTANUM. 14, E. Sus- sex; (5) Furnace Wood, near Sharps Corner, Horam, 1951, K. E. But. 24, Bucks.; Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
§220/8. EprLopium rosEUM Schreb. *95, Elgin; garden weed, West- field, Roseisle, a very large leaved torm, M. McCattum WEssTER.
220/9. EprmLoBium LANCEoLATUM Seb. & Mauri. 9, Dorset; a few plants on walls near Sandsfoot Castle, Weymouth, C. C. TowNsEnp.
220/10x4. EpmILoBIUM MONTANUM X PARVIFLORUM. 37, Worcs. ; Hanbury, near Droitwich, C. C. TownseEnp.
220/107. EprLopiluM MONTANUM X oBSCURUM. 24, Bucks.; Burn- hain Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/108. EKpinopium MoNTANUM X ROSEUM. 24, Bucks.; Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/144. EPpILoBIUM PALUSTRE X PARVIFLORUM. 101, Kintyre; marshy ground on hillside near Ballegreggan, Campbeltown, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
1220/17. KprLtoprtum repUNCULARE A. Cunn. 3, S. Devon; garden weed, Exminster, L. A. Harvey (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 180). 14, E. Sussex; (7) damp wall, Ship Lane, East Grinstead, 1952- 1953, K. E. But.
$223/1. OENOTHERA BIENNIS L. 47, Montg.; railway bank, Dovey Junction Station, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nar. Mus. WALEs.
223/10. Opnoruera rosEA Ait. 90, Forfar; garden weed, Lunan, U. K. Dunoan, det. J. P. M. BRENaN.
923/15. ObNOTHERA PARVIFLORA L. 6, N. Som.; sandhills, Berrow, 1951, C. I. & N. Y. Sandwith (1952, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 308).
+234/1. Carvosrotus EDULIS (L.) N.E.Br. 14, E. Sussex; (4) steep grassy bank at Splash Point, Seaford, established as an escape, but not yet noted in flower, 1949-19538, K. Ik. Butt.
+239/3. MRYNGIUM PLANUM L. 8, S. Devon; Dawlish Warren, one plant, B. M. C. Moreax,. det. A. Mrtperts.
PLANT RECORDS aril
243/1. Contum maAcunatum I. 108, W. Sutherland; roadside, Melvich, M. S. Camesert, J. HK. Raven and S. M. Watters.
244/1. SMYRNIUM OLUSATRUM L. 14, KE. Sussex; (5) colony by roadside between Rosers Cross and Cross-in-Hand, 1951-1953, K. K. Bun.
§247/1. Aptum GRAVEOLENS L. *47, Montg.; Lymore Park, Mont- gomery, 1952, J. D. K. Liuoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtgss.
§257/1. Myrryis oporata (l.) Scop. *111, Orkney; roadsides along the Germiston Road between Orphir and Stenness, E. W. Davies and P. A. PapMoRE.
§265/7. OENANTHE FISTULOSA L. *47, Montg.; Stalloe Pool, Mont- gomery, J. D. K. Lioyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WaALtgs.
§276/3. Pastinaca sativa L. {177, Lanark; Carmyle, I. C. Crom- bie: £7101, Kintyre; Campbeltown, M. H. Carrothers (1953, Glasgow Git do 1).
7277/1. WERACLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier: 37, Worcs.: railway bank, Bromsgrove Lickey, 1952, C. C. TowNnsEnp.
_ 287/2b. SAMBUCUS NIGRA var. LAcINIATA L. 14, EK. Sussex; one large tree by stream near Theobaids Green Farm, south of Heathfield, 1950; several bushes in hedge, roadside near entrance to Nevill Golf Club, 1949-1950, K. E. But.
§290/1. Lainnaka porkeALIS L. *78, Peebles; Rachan, near Brough- ton, M. McDonatp, comm. D. Patron.
+292/1. LEycESTERIA FORMOSA Wall. 3, S. Devon; near Churston Ferrers War Memorial, a few bushes on rough ground, K. EK. Butt.
-296/5. Gatium pumMirum Murr. 98, Argyll; Craigentairbh Wood, near Ford, K. N. G. Mactray.
§296/10. Gattum TRICORNE Stokes. {+75, Ayr; banks of Ayr, F. David (1958, Glasgow Nat., 17, 75).
§296/12. Gatium vaitLantir DC. {+75, Ayr; banks of Ayr, F. David (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 75).
7298/5. ASPERULA ARVENSIS L. 24, Bucks.; garden weed, Bourne End, A. F. Woop, conf. J. G. Dony.
§304/2. VALERIANELLA ERIOCARPA Desv. *+95, Elgin; garden weed, Greshop House, Forres, M. McCatnum Wenrster, det. A. MrLpERIs.
172 PLANT RECORDS
304/5. VALERIANELLA RIMOSA Bast. 38, Warw.; with V. dentata and V. dentata var. mixta in a mixed crop at Newbold-on-Stour, C. EK. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TowNsEND.
+308/2b. ScaBrosa arropuRPUREA L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) bare chalky bank close to Eastbourne Station, well-naturalised and in quantity, with Hrigeron acris, 1950-1953, K. E. But.
+312/5. SoLipaAGO GIGANTEA var. LEIOPHYLLA Fern. 16, W. Kent; slaggy ground by Tonbridge Gasworks, one clump, 1950, K. E. Butt, det. at Kew. 31, Hunts.; Hicks Pit, Woodston, H. F. Tesss, det. A. MELDERIS.
§+320/3. ERIGERON CANADENSIS L. 4, N. Devon; Instow, Mrs. D. Hilton, the first record on the N. Devon mainland since 1871 (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 181). Remove record from brackets in C.F. *59, S. Lanes.; a fast increasing weed of gardens, pavements and waste ground, Birkdale, Southport, 1952-1953; unknown on bombed sites in north-west England, so possibly introduced directly from the sou!b with garden plants or, more likely, with bricks, with which it is associated in nearly every locality in the Midlands in which it has appeared since the war, D. E. ALLEN.
$327/1. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) Benth. 3, S. Devon; a patch on slaggy waste ground by Goodrington Sands Station, 1949-1953, K. E. Burt. 96, Easterness; rough ground by river Nairn, Clova, M. McCaLtum WesstTErR, det. A. MELDERIS.
§333/1. Inu~a HELENIUM L. 1101, Kintyre; Sunadale, F. David (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 75).
1353/6. BrpENs rronposa L. 37, Worcs.; one plant by the south bank of the canal, Tardebrigge, near Bromsgrove, D. O. Jones and C. C. TowNSsEND.
1354/1. GaALINSOGA PARVIFLORA Cay. 14, (Kent); (7) weed among marrow-plants, Hillside Nurseries, Tunbridge Wells, 1949, K. E. Bunn. 24, Bucks; Chalfont St. Peter, V. M. Sacre, comm. F. R. Browne. 59, S. Lanes.; abundant weed in allotments, Sefton Park, Liverpool, J. R. Capman, det. and comm. D. E. AtLzen.
$354/2. Gatinsoea crtaata (Raf.) Blake. 9, Dorset; several plants as weeds outside the Bankes Arms Hotel, Corfe, C. C. TownsENnD. 19, N. Essex ; roadside, Dovercourt, M. K. Corrman, det. and comm. B. T. Warp.
§368/1. ANTHEMIS TINCTORIA L. *95, Elgin; one plant on shingle mouth of river Spey, Garmouth, M. MeCantum WeEpsTErR.
PLANT RECORDS 173
+370/18. CHRYSANTHEMUM BALSAMITA L. 59, S. Lancs.; naturalised on sandy waste ground, Victoria Park, Southport, D. EH. ALLEN.
§378/1. ARTEMISIA ABSINTHIUM L. {75, Ayr; Largs, Dr. Cairne (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
+378/21. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte. 15, E. Kent; hedgebank, Old Wives Lees, near Chilham, D. H. Kenv.
+383/7. SmNECIo squatipus L. 14, E. Sussex; (6) on slag by rail- way line just south of Mayfield Station, one plant, 1952, many plants, 1953; (7) one plant, Tunbridge Wells West Station, 1952, not seen in 1953, K. E. Butt.
§383/8. SENeEcIo viscosts L. *t95, Elgin; railway siding, Gran- town-on-Spey, M. McCattum WessTER, det. A. MELDERIS.
393/1. ARcTIUM LAPPA L. 71, Man; waste ground, Braddan Works; all previous Manx records doubtful, D. E. ALLEN.
396/3. CiRSIUM HETEROPHYLLUM (L.) Hill. 48, Mer.; railway line, Arenig, E. H. CHater, comm. Nar. Mus. WALEs.
§+416/10. CrEPIS VESICARIA subsp. TARAXACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. *95, Elgin; Findhorn shingle near Greshop, A. Mruperts.
$419/256. Hizractum AURANTIACUM L. 33, E. Glos.; (7b) by the roadside, Leckhampton Hill, Cheltenham, 1950, C. C. Townsenn, det. P. D. Seti and C. WEstT.
1419/257. HifRAcIUM BRUNNEO-cROcEUM Pugsl. 34, W. Glos.; (4) Symonds Yat, 1947, C. C. TownseEnp, det. P. D. Serm and C. West.
§425/4. Mycrris muratis (L.) Reichb. t76, Renfrew; Rouken Glen: 177, Lanark; Kilmacolm (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
$425/7. CrcERBITA pLUMIERI (Gren. & Godr.) Wallr. 76, Renfrew; near Paisley: 77, Lanark; Tollcross: 99, Dunbarton; Milngavie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
+425/8. CICERBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wallr. 16, W. Kent; Ruxley gravel pit, near Sidcup, F. J. Hotroype, det. and comm. J. HB. Loustey. 71, Man; Tromode Road, Douglas, patch known since 1951, A. Bucke, det. KE. B. BANGERTER, comm. D. EF. ALLEN.
4428/1. TRAGopoGon porRIFOLIUS L. 14, E. Sussex; (4) grassy bank by Glynde Church, abundant, and as a weed in nearby gardens, 1948-1953; (5) rough ground near Polegate Station, 1952; (6) Camber Golf Course, several plants, 1952, K. E. Butu.
174 PLANT RECORDS
§432/1. JASIONE MONTANA L. {68, Cheviotland; Longframlington, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 24).
§433/1. WAHLENBERGIA HEDERACEA (L.) Reichb. 7, N. Wilts.: boggy ground near the White Lodge, Spye Park, J. D. Grose (1954. Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 260).
§+435/4. CAMPANULA RAPUNCULOIDES L. {3, S. Devon; cornfield about half a mile south of Blackingstone Rock, Bridford, in quantity. O. Greig (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assuc., 85, 181).
§436/1. LrcoustA HypRIDA (L.) Delarb. {4, N. Devon; Freming- | ton, Mrs. Cadell (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assoc., 85, 181).
439/1b. Vacctintum micRocaRpuM (Rupr.) Hook. f. 95, Elgin; lochan on Dava Moor, M. McCattum WEpsster.
+443/1. GavrTHERIA sHALLON Pursh. 16, W. Kent; well natura- ised, with Rhododendron ponticum, in woods opposite Pembury Hos- pital, 1949-1953, K. E. Butt.
§456/1. Monotropra nyporitys L. agg. *95, Elgin; Cothall Quarry, B.S.B.I. Excursion.
§458/4. ARMERIA MARITIMA (Mill.) Willd. *47,. Montg.;_ salt- marsh by Dovey Junction Station, P. M. Brnotr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
§462/1. CycLAMEN HEDERIFOLIUM Ait. +77, Lanark; well estab- lished at Cleghorn, and at Braxfield, near Lanark, W. A. Scott (1953. Glasgow Nat., 17, 77).
466/1. Guaux maritima IL. 47, Montg.: salt-marshes by Dovey Junction Station, P. M. Bewnorr.
467/1. ANAGALLIS 'TRENELLA (L.) L; 18, W. Sussex; Poison Copse, near Linchmere, E. C. Watnacr.
+474/2. Buppirsa pavipt Franch. S., Sark; hedgeside in centre of island, Kine’s Cotiurek (DurHAM) N.H.S., comm. EK. B. BANGERTER.
§478/6b. CrNTAURIUM SCILLOIDES var. PORTENSE (Brot.) Butcher. *1, W. Cornwall; near St. Levan, E. G. Corpiner, comm. Nar. Mus. WAtes.
§482/1. Nympnorprs prettata (S. G. Gmel.) Kuntze. oo Ce Hants.; duckpond, Clanfield, probably introduced c. 1940; now (1951) covers pond, A. W. Westrvr.
+494/1. ASPERUGO PROCUMBENS I.. 17, Surrey; (5) rubbish-tip, Karlswood, EB. M. C. Tsurrwoop and B. M. C. Morean.
PLANT RECORDS 175
1497/3. SyMPHYTUM ORIENTALE L. 9, Dorset; Blandford Forum; roadside at outskirts of town, towards Wimborne, well established, 1952, A. W. WestRuvp, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
4497/4. SymMPHYTUM PEREGRINUM Ledeb. 95, Elgin; Spey shingle, N. D. Srmpson. H.16, W. Galway; roadside at Faul, near Clifden, Connemara, J. WHITTAKER, det. and comm. EK. B. BANGERTER.
T497/9. SyMPHYTUM GRANDIFLORUM DC. 37, Wores.; Worcester- Hereford Road near Newtown, a large patch on the roadside verge, Mrs. Dyson PrrRrins, det. A. MELpERIS, comm. B. M. C. Morgan.
1500/10. BRUNNERA MACROPHYLLA (M. Bieb.) I. M. Johnston (Anchusa myosotidifiora Lehm.). 33, E. Glos.; spreading on a roadside near a cottage near Withington, 1952, C. C. Townsenp, det. A. MELDERIS.
§7503/1. PunMonaria orFicinaLis L. {77, Lanark; naturalised ut Cleghorn, W. A. Scott: 86, Stirling; Campsie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 78).
§506/9. Myosotis uisprpA Schlecht. 1101, Kintyre; frequent in Cantyre, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 78).
506/10. Myosotis piscoLor var. puBIA (Arrond.) Rouy. 101, Kin- tyre; damp wayside ground near Ronadhan, N.W. Kintyre, M. H. CunnINGHAM, det. A. E. Wane.
509/1. EcHIuM VULGARE L. 49, Caern.; Deganwy Castle rock, very dwarf and stunted, 1952, C. C. TownsEnp.
$511/2. CatnysTEGIA syuivestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. So Sark; hedgeside, Little Sark, Kine’s Corttece (DuRHAM) N.H.S., det. and comm. EK. B. Banegerter. 11, S. Hants.; sandbanks, near the ferry, Mudeford, C. C. TownsEnpD.
1527/1. VersBascum PHLoMorpEs L. 16, W. Kent; railway bank near Edenbridge Town Station, 1950-1952, K. E. Burn, det. J. EK. Lous ry.
527/7b. VERBASCUM LYCHNITIS var. ALBUM (Mill.) Druce. +85, Fife; established on waste ground by Newburgh-Lindores road near Denmilne, A. W. Rosson, det. J. E. Loustry.
1527/12. VrrBascum spEctiosum Schrad. 38, Warw.; abundantly naturalised by the disused railway station at Great Alne, C. E. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TownseEnpD, det. J. KH. Lousiey.
§532/1. Linarta vuLearis Mill. *106, E. Ross; Fearne Lodge, roadside near the entrance gates, M. S. Camppertt, J. E. Raven and S. M. Watters.
ie a aes . > oo.
et a
«=
176 PLANT RECORDS
§532/3. | LinaRIaA REPENS (J..) MiJ!. £198, Argyll; Ardrishaig, W. A. Scott (1958, Glasgow Nat., 17, 78).
§543/9. VERONICA CATENATA Pennell. 59, S. Lancs.; in several ditches, Birkdale dunes, growing intermingled with V. anagallis- aquatica, but no hybrids detected, D. E. AtteN. 69b, N. Lanes.; gravel scrape near shore, N. Walney, Barrow-in-Furness, a form with alter- nate racemes, 1952, A. W. WestrRvup, det. R. D. MErxiz. *71, Man; dyke running into Dumb River near Ballakeigan, Castletown, a few plants only, D. E. ALien.
+543/31. Veronica PEREGRINA L. 90, Forfar; garden weed, Glamis, U. K. Duncan, conf. J. P. M. Brenan.
1543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. 3, S. Devon; abundant on grass verge and roadside by Paignton Goods Station; Ashburton Churchyard; roadside, outskirts of Galmpton; near a cottage, not far from Berry Head Hotel, Brixham: 16, W. Kent; grassy bank, Bishops Down, Tunbridge Wells, 1950-1953; abundant in turf, St. Paul’s Churchyard, Rusthall, 1950-1953; Bull’s Hollow, Rusthall, 1951, K. E. Bui. 17, Surrey; roadside, Marden Park, Woldingham, P. GREENFIELD, conf. EF. B. BANGERTER. 34, W. Glos.; (6) Brimscombe: *38, Warw.; Rough Hill Wood, near Studley, ©. C. TownsEenD. 67-68, Northumb.; near Halt- whistle; Riding Mill; Wylam; Rothbury, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 24).
§545/2. HKuPHRASIA BOREALIS Towns. *5, S. Som.; Simonsbath, 1918, E. S. Marswatit (Herb. Kew), det. P. F. YEo.
545/5d. HurpHRASIA NEMOROSA var. CoLLINA Pugsl. 90, Forfar; sand dunes, Sands of Barry, U. K. Duncan, det. E. F. Warsure.
§545/10. HKupHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. *13, W. Sussex; Park Farm, Lurgashall, mixed with FE. nemorosa, 1923 and 1929, R. J. Bur- DoN (Herb. Kew), det. P. F. Yeo. An inland locality. ‘* Sheet 1 ” (Herb. Kew), B.E.C. Distribution 1923, labelled ‘‘nemorosa”’ by Pugs- ley, is the mixture. ‘‘Sheet 2’? (Herb. Kev), 1929, is all E. occidentalis, but the label is not in Burdon’s hand and the different date is perhaps an error, P. F. Yro. *95, Elgin; Spey shingle, M. McCartum WEBSTER. det. E. F. Warpura.
§545/10d. EupHraAsIA OCCIDENTALIS var. CALVESCENS Pugsl. 9. Dorset; Hambledon Hill, in turf on chalk hill, 1948, E. Netmes (Herb. Kew), det. P. F. Yeo. *90, Forfar; sand-dunes, Sands of Barry, U. K. Dunoan, det. E. F. Warsure.
§545/13. KupHRASIA FoULAENSIS Towns. ex Wettst. *95, Elgin; short turf at edge of salt-marsh, Findhorn, U. K. Dwnean, det. E. F. WARBURG.
aaa a a
a
PLANT RECORDS AGEL
§545/19. EupHRasiaA ROSTKOVIANA Hayne. *68, Cheviotland; Hart- hope Burn, south west of Wooler, 1941, A. H. Evans (Herb. N. D. Simpson), det. P. F. Yeo. *72, Dumfries; farm by Taras Burn, with E. brevipila, 1950, P. A. Papmore, det. P. F. Yeo. *98, Argyll; moor near Kilchrenan, 1920, L. V. Lester-Gartanp (Herb. Kew), det. P. F. YEO.
§546/4. PaRENTUCELLIA viscosa (L.) Caruel. *t24, Bucks.; open space near the Moat, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop, conf. J. G. Dony.
548/1. RuInaANrHUs sERoTINUS (Schénh.) Schinz & Thell. 54, N. Lines. and 63, S.W. York.; near Lindholme, in both Yorks and Lincs., W. Bunting (1954, The Nat., 1954, 27).
§548/6. RuINANTHUS sPADICEUS Wilmott. *95, Elgin; sand-dunes, Culbin Sands, U. K. Duncan, conf. E. F. Warsure.
§550/6. OROBANCHE RETICULATA Wallr. Hole obey Yorks Noren Grimston, on Cirsium eriophorum (chiefly) and C. vulgare, W. A. Sledge (1954, The Nat., 1954, 27).
§550/10. ORroBANCHE MINOR Sm. 159, S. Lancs.; one small patch, on Trifolium pratense, in dune slack by railway, Birkdale, Southport, D. E. Auten. But see C. T. Green, Flora of Iiverpool Area, 72 (1933).
1554/1. Acanrnus motus L. 3, S. Devor, waste ground, Horse- shoe-bend, Goodrington, established as an escape; cliffs near Torcross Hotel, Slapton, escape, 1949-1953, K. E. ButLv.
§558/1. Menrna rotunpiroria L. {101, Kintyre; Peninver, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
§558/31. MENTHA LONGIFOLIA var. HORRIDULA Brig. 38, Warw.; marsh on Lower Lias clay, Newbold Quarry, near Rugby, 1950, D. E. AunEn, det. R. A. Granam. *+71, Man; Ramsey, J. T. WitiiaMs, det. R. A. GrawaM, comm. D. EH. ALLEN.
§558/10. Menrua x cEentTinis L. 3, S. Devon; damp roadside at Michelcombe, near Holne, Ashburton, K. E. Butt, det. R. A. GRAHAM. £76, Renfrew; Giffnock, R. Mackechnie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
558/12. MrntTHa X SMITHIANA R. A. Graham. 3, S. Devon; waste ground, Horse-shoe bend, Goodrington, K. EK. Buty, det. R. A. GRAHAM. 9, Dorset; ditch near Fiddleford Mill, Sturminster Newton, 1952, A. W. Westrup. 38, Warw.; by the Ridge Way, Astwood Bank, C. C. TownseEnD, conf. R. A. Granam.
562/1. Acrnos ARVENSIS (Lam.) Dandy. 21, Middx.; railway bank between Denham and Uxbridge, a small patch, T. G. and M. Cottet? and D. H. Kent.
178 PLANT RECORDS
———
577/4. _SracnHys xX ampBrievua Sm. 14, E. Sussex; (5) edge of wood close to Hampden Park Siaticn, 1950. kK. E. Buri. 69b, N. Lanes: hedge by shore, foot of Humphrey Head, near Grange-over-Sands. with both parents, 1952, A. W. Westrvp.
§581/6. Lamium AMPLEXIcAULE L. *47, Montg.; Aberhafesp, 1947. J D. K. Lioyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtEs.
583/1. Battota niera L. +95, Elgin: roadside between Fochabers and Speybay, M. McCatitum WEeEssTER.
588/8h. PLANTAGO LANCEOLATA Var. ANTHOVIRIDIS W. Waits. 34. W. Glos. ; (4) Wigpool Common, Mitcheldean, C. C. Townsenp, conf. J. E. LousLEY. we
§588/9. PLantraco mepi4 L. 795, Elgin; lawn at Moy House. Forres, B.S.B.1.. Excurston—but see~J. Burges. Flora of Moray, 25 (1934).
589/1. lLirroretta untriora (L.) Aschers. 15, E. Kent; open pits, Dungeness, first record for nearly 80 years, F. Rose and R. A. Boni- face (1953, S.E. Nat., 58, xx).
600/6. CHENOPoDIUM mMURALE I.. 9. Dorset: Mill House. Ware- ham, C. C. TowNnsEnD.
§+600/12. CHENoPoDIUM FICIFoLIUM Sm. *95, Elgin: arable land, Darnaway, and garden at Moy House, Forres, U. K. Duncan.
§611/1. SanicoRNIA PERENNIS Mill. *48, Mer.; salt-marshes near Barmouth, 1951, P. M. BeEnorr.
§611/8. SaLIcoRNIA APPRESSA Dum. *48. Mer.: near Tonfaneau, P. M. Benort, comm. Nat. Mutus. WAtgss.
+615/28. Potyconum AMPLEXICAULE TD. Don. 17, Surrey: chalk slope, Warlingham, P. GREENFIELD.
§618/13. Rumex maritimus L. *47, Montg.; Stalloe Pool, Mont- gomery, 1950, J. D. K. Luoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. Wats.
618/16(2). Rumex tTenvrrorivs (Wallr.) Léve. 95, Moray: by river Findhorn, near Forres, U. K. Duncan, conf. J. E. Lous ey.
621/1. Asarum EuRoPAEUM [L.. +36. Heref.; garden weed, Eastnor, F. M. Day.
§+628/2. Evupnorsra putcts L. 177, Lanark; Cleghorn. near Lanark, W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 73).
PLANT RECORDS 179
628/11. KurHorspta cyparissias L. 13, S. Devon; well established in furze, Fishcombe Cove, Brixham, 1949, K. EK. Butt.
§628/16. EKurHorsia LAtTHYRUS L. *47, Montg.; Hendomen, Mont- gomery, 1952, J. D. K. Luoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
§632/2. MercurtaLis AaNNUA L. *46, Card.; garden weed, Aberyst- wyth, EK. H. CHater, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtLEs.
633/5. UnLMus PROocERA Salisb. +71, Man; planted here and there, near Castletown Mill, Glen Vine, Ballure Glen, etc., D. E. AtiEn.
650/46. SaLIx xX HIPPOPHAEFOLIA Thuill. 59, S. Lancs.; hedge near sea, Marshside, Southport, probably planted, 1952, D. E. ALusn, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
>.
~
650/5x6. SaLIx PURPUREA X VIMINALIS. 101, Kintyre; Carskiey meadow marsh, S. Kintyre, M. Hi. CuNNINGHAM, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
650/6(2). Satix CALODENDRON Wimm. 90, Forfar; base of sea-clifts, Auchmithie, U. K. Duncan, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
650/8x6. SALIX CAPREA X VIMINALIS. 101, Kintyre; banks of Breckere Burn near Gortavie Southend, S. Kintyre, M. H. CunnINGHAM, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
§650/19. Sanrx rericutata L. *98, Argyll; north-facing crags of Meall nan Gabhar, Dalmally, R. Mackecunie and B. W. Ripsons.
652/2. KMPETRUM HERMAPHRODITUM (Lange) Hagerup. 70, Cumb. ; hillside above Angle Tarn, Bow Fell, D. A. Ratciirre.
§1656/1. ExLopEA caNapENsis Michx. {75, Ayr; Dalry, A. Shanks (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
664/2. SprRANTHES SPIRALIS (L.) Chevall. 71, Man; rediscovered in small quantity on slope of Keeill Vaill, Balladoole, the only known locality, where it had not been seen again since its discovery in 1918, L. V. Baker and Mrs. KE. M. Mecaw, comm. D. E. ALuen.
§666/1. Kprpogium APHYLLUM Sw. 238, Oxon.; refound in one of the localities in this county by its original discoverer, Mrs. V. N. Paun. 24, Bucks.; see Watsonia, 3, 33 (1958).
§668/3(3)b.. EprrpacTIS PHYLLANTHES var. VECTENSIS (T. & T. A. Steph.) D. P. Young. 8, S. Wilts.; in a beech wood, Erlestoke, W. O. CosBeTtT, det. and comm. J. D. Grosg and D. P. Youne. {H.20, Wick- low; coastal dunes south of Wicklow. New to Ireland. First seen in
1949 by C. Srpxes, who photographed the immature plants but kept no specimens; he determined it tentatively as H. dunensis. Refound in 1953 by D. A. Wess following Sipkes’s directions, det. and comm. D. P. Youne.—See also Irish Nat. J.. 11, 90-98 (1953) and 113-115 (1954).—Kd.
iRsi0) PLANT RECORDS
§669/7. ORcHIs INcARNATA L. *95, Elgin; Buckie Loch, B.S.B.I. EXCURSION.
§669/9. ORCHIS PURPURELLA T. & T. A. Steph. ~ *95, Elgin; The Leen, Garmouth, A. Metperis. 101, Kintyre; plentiful, Aros Moss, Kintyre, 1952-1953, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
669/10. Orcuis macunata L. 44, Carm.; Laugharne Burrows, J. F. THomas, comm. Nat. Mus. Wates. 101, Kintyre; common on hilly and peaty ground throughout Kintyre, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. V. S SUMMERHAYES.
§669/11. ORcuis FucHsir Druce. *95, Elgin; The Leen, Garmouth, N. D. Simpson. 101, Kintyre; plentiful on coastal stretches particu- larly on west coast of Kintyre, M. H. Cunninecuam, det. V. S. SuMMER- HAYES.
72/3e. OPHRYS APIFERA var. TROLLII (Hegetschw.) Reichb. 59, S. Lancs. ; Birkdale dunes, 1952, a single specimen with the labellum inside out and colouring and notching somewhat different from the type, D. EK. Aten, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYEsS as ‘‘one of many freaks which seem to be all variants of var. trolliw’’.
§t685/1. GauantHus wnNivatis L. *42, Brec.; Penyarth Wood, Glanusk, V. Witt1ams, comm. Nat. Mus. Wates. 73, Kirke.; south of Dalbeattie, Miss Bragar, comm. B. M. C. Morean.
702/4. ALLIUM VINEALE L. 71, Man; roadside between Peel and Glenfaba, L. V. CrELLIN, comm. D. E. ALiEn.
702/4c. ALLIUM VINEALE var. compactum (Thuill.) Bor. 71, Man; Ballemanagh, Sulby, R. Howartrnu, det. and comm. D. E. ALLEN.
§t702/8. Axuittum carInatum L. {100, Clyde Isles; Rothesay, I. C. Crombie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
§+707/2. ORNITHOGALUM UMBELLATUM L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) grass bank near Jevington Church; grassy bank near Hanging Birch, Horam, well-established as an escape, 1951-1953; (6) roadside, Benhall Mill Lane, 1950-1953, K. E. Bury. 71, Man; naturalised at Howstrake, Onchan, 1947, J. T. Wiu.rams, det. and comm. D. E. Anten. [101, Kintyre; near Carskey, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
709/1. Frivinnaria MELEAGRIS L. 20, Herts. and 21, Middx.; in quantity in a meadow near Barnet, in both vice-¢ounties, I. LANspury, comm. D. H. Kent.
§711/1. Gacra turga (L.) Ker-Gawler. {75, Ayr; Largs, J. Boyd (19538, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
PLANT RECORDS Id]
§715/1. Torrenpia pALusTRIS (Michx.) Pers. *100, Clyde Isles; Arran, Glen Sannox, 1883, J. Wye (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. PATTON.
§718/8. Juncus suBNopULosus Schrank. *48, Mer.; bog near Arthog, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtgs.
718/12. Juncus sunBosus L. 48, Mer.; Arthog Bog, P. M. BEwnotr.
§718/12b. Junous KocHm F. W. Schultz. *48, Mer.; Arthog Bog, 1951, P. M. Benorr. 58, Ches.; abundant in a dried-up pond, Thurstas- ton Common, 1952, D. EK. ALLEN.
§718/14. Juncus compRessus Jacq. *13, W. Sussex; by pond on Sidlesham Common, R. A. Bontrace and EH. C. Wauuace. 71, Man; Talbot’s specimen in Herb. Manx Museum is J. acutiflorus Khrh. ex Hoffm.; R. P. Murray almost certainly derived his record from this source, and all the other authors cited by Paton in his list (N.W. Nat. Suppl. (1933)) used the name in an aggregate sense and clearly intended J. gerardi Lois. Delete 71 from C.F., D. EK. ALLEN.
§+718/16. Juncus TENuIS Willd. 101, Kintyre; wayside near W. Loch Tarbert, N. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninenam. {H.35, W. Donegal; near Letterkenny, 1952, J. McK. Moon (1953, Irish Nat. J., 11, 77).
§719/8. Luzuta spicata (L.) DC. *100, Clyde Isles; Lochranza, 1883, J. WyLiz (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
7221/1. TYPHA LATIFOLIA L. 101, Kintyre; marshy ground by sea, W. Loch Tarbert, N. Kintyre, one very large clump, M. H. CunnincHam.
722/3. SparRGANIUM stMPpLEX Huds. ex With. 47, Montg., Lymore Pool, Montgomery, 1952, J. D. K. Liuoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WaALEs.
§737/20. PoTAMOGETON OBTUSIFOLIUS Mert. & Koch. *95, Elgin ; burn by Chapelton Farm, Forres; pond at Blairs Farm, Forres, M. McCatitum Wesster, det. J. EK. Danny and G. Taytror.
737/23. PoTAMOGETON PUSILLUS IL. 95, Elgin; Gilmerston Loch, M. McCatitum Wesster, det. J. EH. Danpy and G. Taytor.
§738/1. Ruppia sprratis L. ex Dum. *100, Clyde Isles; South Bute, 1908, T. Wist (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
§738/2. Ruppia maritima L. *100, Clyde Isles; Ardmore, 1892, R and T. Wixre (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
740/1. Zostera MaRInA L. 71, Man; Ballaugh shore, A. C. Hoyts; Port Erin, off jetty, J. R. Bruce; lifeboat slip, Peel, G. Comme, comm. D. E. ALuen.
-
182 PLANT RECORDS
§740/2. Zostera NANA Roth. *95, Elgin; Findhorn Estuary, R. D GRAHAM.
$742/1. APoNOGETON DISTACHYos L. f. 96, Easterness; Guisachan Tomich, Strathglass, E. R. Parmer, det. and comm. E. F. Warsurec.
745/38. ELEOCHARIS MULTICAULIS (Sm.) Sm. 52 Anglesey; by the old reservoir, Holyhead Mountain, 1952, C. C. TowNsEND.
753/3. - CAREX ACUTIFORMIS Ehrh. 98, Argyll; shallow swamp at south end of Ederline Loch, K. N. G. Macteay and O. Buck te.
753/8. Carex LASIocaARPA Ehrh. 95, Elgin; lochan on Dava Moor, M. McCattum WEssvTeER, det. A. MELDERIS.
753/21. CAREX LEPIDOCARPA Tausch. 14, E. Sussex; (5) Sapperton Wood, Horam, 1952, K. E. Buut, det. EK. NELMgs.
753 /22(2). CaREX SCANDINAVICA E. W. Davies. 95, Elgin; “‘winter lochs’, Culbin State Forest: 108, W. Sutherland; shelving rocks by sea at Clachtoll, M. McCattum Wesster, det. E. W. Davtiss.
§753/38. Carex timosa L. *95, Elgin; lochan on Dava Moor, M. McCatitum WessteR, det. A. MELDERIs.
753/46. Carex acuta L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) swampy ground near Buxted Railway Station, 1951, K. E. Buti, det. E. Netmegs.
§753/54. Carex LACHENALIZT Schkuhr. *98, Argyll; damp rock ledges, 2750 to 3000 ft., on Bidean nam Bian, Glencoe, A. M. Strrrrmc, det. KE. Nretmss.
753/61. Carex patRAEr F. W. Schultz. 49, Caern.; Deganwy Castle Rock, 1952: 52, Anglesey; roadside near to track approaching Dinam Farm, near Valley, 1952, C. C. Townsenp, conf. E. Neues.
e
753/62. Cant pivutsa Stokes. 49, Caern.; dry bank, Penrhyn
Bay, L. W. Frost.
§753/65. Carex piANpRA Schrank. 166, Durham; on boggy ground near Sprucely Farm, and on cliff tops north of Crindon Dene, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vase. (Subst.), 38, 23). 98, Argyll; shallow marsh, south end of Ederline Loch, K. N. G@. Mactray and O. Bucxr.
§753/66. Carex pisticHA Huds. 71, Man; wet field by Dumb River, near Ballakeigan, D. BE. Auten, conf. S. M. Watters. *95, Elgin; banks of river Spey, Grantown-on-Spey, M. McCatrum Wesster, det. A. MELDERITS.
PLANT RECORDS 183
§753/75. Carex pioicA L. 71, Man; Talbot’s record for this species was accepted by C. I. Paton (N.W.Nat. Suppl. (1933)), but the speci- mens in his herbarium labelled as this are C. pulicaris. Delete 71 from O.F., D. E. ALLEN.
+754/26. PANICUM CAPILLARE var. OCCIDENTALE Rydb. 14, E. Sussex, (5) weedy allotment near Waldron and Horam Station, 1952, K. EH. Buty, det. C. EK. Hussarp.
§¢758/3. SpaRTINA TOWNSENDIT H. & J. Groves. *48, Mer.; salt- marshes near Barmouth, 1951, P. M. Benoit, det. A. E. Wapz. *69b, N. Lancs.; Rampside, Furness; shore by Piel Island Road, 1952, A. W. WESTRUP.
§770/2. AtopecuRUS ALPINUS Sm. *66, Durham; see Plant Notes.
§770/3. ALopEcuRUS MyosUROIDES Huds. *95, HKlgin; cornfield, Moy House, Forres, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
7Vi7/1g. Puurum noposum I. *48, Mer.; Barmouth sand dunes, P. M. Benort, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
783/1. CALAMAGROSTIS EPIGEJOS (L.) Roth. 20, Herts.; Ball’s Wood, R. M. Payne.
§783/4. CALAMAGROSTIS sTRICTA (Timm) Koel. {63, S.W. York.; with C. canescens near the canals above Moorends, Thorne, F. W. Adams (1954, The Nat., 1954, 27).
791/1f. DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA var. PARVIFLORA (Thuill.) Dum. 14, Ki. Sussex ; (5) Furnace Wood, near Sharp’s Corner, Horam, 1952, K. E. Butt, det. C. E. Husparp. 33, E. Glos.; (7a) much along the lower wood path leading to Whittington, Puckham Woods, near Cheltenham, 1950: 38, Warw.; abundant in Rough Hill Wood, near Studley, C. C. Towns- END, det. C. E. Hussarp.
809/1. Kornerta cractuis Pers. 48 ‘er.; Brit) ‘ir, 1950, Mrs. M. RicwaRps, det. C. E. Husparp. Bee
§+824/1. Poa cHarxi Vill. t77, Uanark; Core-house, Castlemilk (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 81).
§825/5. PuccingELLiA maRiTIMA (Huds.) Parl. *47, Montg.; salt- marshes by Dovey Junction Station, P. M. BrEnoirr.
826/3x2. FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA X GIGANTEA. 87, W. Perth; water- meadows by river Teith at Callander, with both parents, U. K. Duncan, conf. A. Mretperis. 95, Elgin; Greshop Wood, near Forres, U. K. Dun- can and B. M. C. Morean, det. A. MELDERIS.
+827/13(2). Bromus carinatus Hook. & Arn. 85, Fife; waste ground, Leven, M. McCattum WessteErR, det. A. MELDERIS.
184 PLANT RECORDS
§827/18. Bromus RAacemMosus L. {101, Kintyre; Cour, f. David (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 81).
827/19. Bromus mous L. 85, Fife; waste ground, Elie, M. McCattum WEeEpsstTER, det. A. MELDERIS.
§827/19(2). Bromus Lepipus Holmb. *59, S. Lancs.; weed on sandy lawn, Victoria Park, Southport, D. E. Aten, conf. T. G. Turm. 195, Elgin; Forres, A. Melderis (1954, Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 98).
827/19(3). Bromus tHomiIntr Hard. 108, W. Sutherland; meadow near the sea, Melness, M. McCattum Wessrer, det. A. M=LDERIS.
§828/2. BRracHypopiIuM PINNATUM (J..) Beauv. 466, Durham; Fish- burn, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vase (Subst.), 38, 25).
830/1x2. AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME X PUNGENS. 9. Dorset: Chesil Beach, near Weymouth, D. O. Jonss, det. C. E. Husparp.
§830/2. AGROPYRON PUNGENS (Pers.) Roem. & Schult. *100, Clyde Isles; Corrie, Arran, 1883, J. Wy.ie (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. PATTON.
§844/4. EQquisrTUM PRATENSE Ehrh. *75, Ayr; shady wooded islet in river Ayr above Mid-Heilan, H. Mrtne-REDHEAD.
§848/1. ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L. *+36, Heref.; (4) railway bridge, Ledbury, known for at least 20 years, J. M. KENDRICK, comm. L. E. WHITEHEAD.
854/1. PotysTIcCHUM SETIFERUM (l*orsk.) Woynar. 20, Herts. ; Bayford Wood, R. M. Payne.
856/1c. DRyYorTERIS BORRERI Newm. 14, FE. Sussex; (5) near Wen- ham’s Farm, Hawkhurst Wood; Sicklehatch Lane, Maynards Green, near Horam, 1951-1953, K.. E. Burn, det. J. P. Puen. 20, Herts.; Ball’s Wood and Wormley Wood, R. M. Payne. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Hortou Bushes, G. W. Garlick (1952, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 312).
856/9. THELYPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (I..) Slosson. 6, N. Som.; Leigh Woods, G. W. Garlick (1952, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 312). 112, Zetland ; in shelter of overhanging rocks on the Grud Burn, Ronas Hill, alt. c. 800’, E. W. Davirs and P. A. PapMore.
§856/11. THELYPTERIS ROBERTIANA (Hoffm.) Slossoa. *108, W. Suther- land; limestone cliff south of Inchnadamph, M. Jaques, det. A. MEL- peRIs, comm. M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§859/1. CrETERACH OFFICINARUM Lam. & DC. 1100, Clyde Isles; near Rothesay (1958, Glasgow Nat., 17, 82).
864/1. OsmuNDA REGALIS L. 3, S. Devon: cliffs by railway be- tween Dawlish and Dawlish Warren Stations, 1949-1953. K. E. Butt.
PLANT RECORDS 185
§T868/1. AzoLLA FILICULOIDES Lam, S., Guernsey; pool at Petit Bot, L. W. Frosr. +4, N. Devon; plentiful in the dyke at Vellator, Braunton, Mrs. Cadell (1958, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 182).
869/2. IsonrEs ECHINosPoRA Durieu. 3, S. Devon; dam ends of the highest and lowest of the three reservoirs at Christow and Hennock, O. Greig, det. at Kew (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 182).
CuHaropnuyta, all det. by G. O. ALLEN. §872/9. NireLLa coNFERVACEA A. Braun. {95, Elgin; in grab sample of mud in 12 of water, Lochindorb, A. V. Holden, comm. A. J. Brook (1953, Scot. Naut., 65, 190).
§873/2. ToLypeLLa PROLIFERA Leonh. *56, Notts.; disused canal, Wollaton, R. C. L. Howitt.
§874/1. NirELLopsts osptusA (Desv.) Groves. {89, EK. Perth; Loch of Marlee, A. V. Holden, comm. A. J. Brook (1958, Scot. Nat., 65, 190).
876/3c. CHARA VULGARIS var. PAPILLATA Wallr. 56, Notts.; canal, Corsall, R. C. L. Howitt. 71, Man; Malew, D. BH. Auten. 95, Elgin; Gilston Loch, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§876/4. CHara rupis (A. Braun) Leonh. {88, Mid Perth; Loch Choin, between Trinafour and Loch Garry, A. J. Brook (1953, Scot. Nat., 65, 190).
§876/5. CHara HispIpA IL. *68, Chevictland; pool on Ross links, 1951, Ff. D. Goovciirre. {89, EK. Perth; Loch Moraig, A. J. Brook (1953, Scot. Nut., 65, 90). 95, Elgin; Gilston Loch, M. McCatuum WsEs- STER.
§876/11. CHARA ACULEOLATA Kuetz. *31, Hunts.; in London. Brick Company’s pits at Fletton, near Peterborough, C. C. TowNnsEnp.
§876/12. Cuara aspera Willd. *37, Wores.; Westwood Pool, near Droitwich, C. C. TowNsEND.
§876/17. CHaRra pELIcATULA Ag. *63, S.W. York.; river Torne soak ditch, W. Bunttne. 112, Zetland; Brouster, Walls, a small form, A. H. G. Aston.
§876/17b. CHARA DELICATULA var. BARBATA (Gant.) Groves & Bullock- Webster. 6, N. Som.; Shapwick, A. J. Dopp. *54, N. Lincs.; near Dirtness Pump Station, W. BuntTING.
§876/17c. CHARA DELICATULA var. ANNULATA (Wallm.) Groves & Bullock-Webster. 88, Mid Perth; Loch Kinardochy, and Lochan an Daim: {89, KE. Perth; Loch Dunmore: £95, Elgin; Lochindorb, A. V Holden, comm. A. J. Brook (1953, Scot. Nat., 65, 190).
IS6 ABSTRACTS PROM LITERATURE
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE* Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter, A. E. Wade and I. Ff. Warburg for their help.
SYSTEMATIC, ETC.
3. ANEMONE. Berton, A., 1952, L’involucre des Anemones, Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 26. The involucre of Anemone should be regarded as an imbricated rosette of three distinct leaves, and not as a whorl of one leaf divided into three leaflets.—[ E.B.B. |
3/1. PuLSATILLA vuLGARIS Mill. Pawlowska, S., 1951, Sasanki, Chron. Przy. Ojcz., 7 (83/4), 3-18. Studies on Pulsatilla vulgaris and its allies in Europe. The account is illustrated by photographs and distri- bution maps.—[D.H.K. ]
5. Myosurus. Campbell, G. R., 1952, The Genus Myosurus L. (Ranunculaceae) in North America, El Aliso, 2, 389-403. The author recognises four species of the genus in N. America, viz.:—MWyosurus minimus, M. aristatus, M. nitidus and M. cupulatus. M. minimus with eight taxa of subspecific rank is the most widespread; occurring in N. & S. America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand. A key is given as an aid to the identification of the various species and varieties.— [i Dai eet Sag
5/1. Myosurus minimus L. Boivin, B., 1953, Notulae Taxonomicae —l. Myosurus minimus Linné, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 85, 331-332 The American var. nov. interior is distinguished from the European var. minimus by its sepals having longer spurs and narrower leaves (spur 2-2°5 mm.; leaves (0:2) 0°5-0°7 (1:2) mm.).—[ E.B.B. ]
6. RANUNOULUS. Marsden-Jones, EK. M. & W. B. Turrill, 1952. Studies in Ranunculus 4. Additional experiments with Ranunculus bulbosus and R. acris, J. Genetics, 51, 26-31. This paper is a continua- tion of two previous papers on the genetics of Ranunculus bulbosus and R. acris. Characters studied are flower colour and sex in both species, poor development of petals in the former and leaf-blotch in the latter species. Evidence is given that these have all a genetic basis, but the ratios are often disturbed by the occurrence of apomixis and, particu- larly in R. acris, semi-lethality and perhaps of lethality with certain gene combinations.—[ Authors’ summary. ]
*Owing to pressure of space miscellaneous abstracts have been held over to the next part of the Proceedings.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 187
6/4. Ranunctunus aurtcomus L. Baum, H., 1952, Die doppelsprei- tigen Petalen von Ranunculus auricomus und neapolitanus, Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr., 99, 64-77.
6/33. RANUNCULUS FICARIA L. Perje, A.-M., 1952, Some causes of variation in Ranunculus ficaria L., Arkiv fiir Bot., 2, 251-264. The tetraploid race (2n = 32), which reproduces vegetatively from bulbils in the leaf axils, is the common race in Sweden. It is split up into a great many genetically distinct clones, differing especially in the number of floral organs. Abnormal poilen is often produced, and it also fruits badly, a condition which may be due to the effect of a growth-retarding substance on the seeds. The more northerly range of the tetraploid is perhaps a consequence of its greater ability to endure night frosts than the diploid.—[D.E.A. ]
7/1. CattHa paLustRis L. Reese, G., 1952, Hochgradige Dysploide bei Caltha palustris L., Planta, 41, 195-196. <A cytological examination of a number of specimens of Caltha palustris revealed at least 19 different somatic chromosome numbers.—[D.H.K. |
7/1. CautHa paLustris IL. Stecki, K. & K. Bogdazski, 1953, Teratologie kwiatu i przykwiatkow u Caltha palustris L., Acta Soe. Bot. Pol., 22, 207-224. An account of abnormalities in the bracts of Caltha palustris.—[D.H.K. ]
8/1. Trotiius EURoPAEUS L. Madalski, J., 1950, Petnik, Chrov. Przyr. Ojcz., 6 (3/4), 12-17.. An account of Trollius ewropaeus in Poland. —![D.H.K.]
9/1. HeEtLeEBoRUs viripis lL. Jaspers, G., 1950, De Wrangwortel (Helleborus viridis L.), De Levende Natuur, 53, 67.
21. Papaver. Tedd, H. G. & W. B. Turrill, 1951, A Study of Papaver Populations in Western Thrace, Kew Bull., 1951, 192-196. A
random sampling of populations of plants of the Papaver rhoeas groups
growing in western Thrace showed variations and character combina- tions similar to those found in English populations. The problems in- volved are discussed.—[ D.H.K.]
25/1. CHELIDONIUM Majus L. Hara, H., 1949, An Hast-Asiatic representative of Chelidonium majus L., J. Jap. Bot., 23, 43-50. The race of Chelidontum majus which occurs in Manchuria, China, Korea and Japan is described as subsp. astaticum Hara. It differs from the European type (2n = 12) not only in external morphology but also in having 2n = 10. The variation, and probable history, of the species in Eurasia are discussed.—[D.E.A.]
25/1. CHELIDONIUM magus L. Widder, F., 1958, Die ‘‘ laciniaten ”’ Abanderungen des Chelidonium majus Linné, Phyton, 5, 153-162.
188 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
32. Fumarta. Lefort, L., 1951, Quelques groupes infra-spécifiques Luxembourgeois de Fumaria officinalis L., Proc. Soc. Nat. Luxemb. (N.S.), 44, 180-181.
32. Fumaria. Negodi, G., 1951, Cariologia del gen. Fumaria bl. e poliploidi da colchicina, Sci. Gen., 4, 94-121. The following chromo- some numbers are reported in the genus:—n = 7 (Fumaria rostellata), n = 14 (F.. officinalis, F. micrantha, F. parviflora, F. muralis, F. spicata), n = 28 (F. capreolata, F. flabellata, F. agraria, F. major). Artificial polyploid forms are described and figured which the author produced by colchicine treatment of all the species except F. micrantha, F. spicata and F. agraria, and their characters are compared with spontaneous polyploids.—[D.EK.A. |
33/1. Marruiota IncANA (L.) R.Br. Saito, K., 1949. Studies on inducing polyploid flower-plants and their utilization: 1. On several polyploid plants of wallflower, stock and others, J. Hort. Assoc. Jap.., 18, 129-137. An induced tetraploid of Cheiranthus cheiri had larger, deeper yellow and more fragrant flowers than the diploid type and was partially sterile. An induced tetraploid of Matthiola incana had larger and more fragrant pink flowers and was partially sterile, while an in- duced octoploid had larger and more fragrant flowers with thicker petals variegated with pink and white and was completely sterile.—[D.E.A.]
34/1. CrerrantHus cHETRI L.—See 33/1. Marruroua INcANA (1:.) R.Br.
35. Rorrppa. Lawalrée, A., 1950, Les Cressons de Fontaine, Nat. Belge, 31, 28-33. Describes Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum, R. micro- phylla, and the hybrid between them (R. x sterilis), and gives their known distribution in Belgium and Europe.—[D.H.K.]
39. CarpamMIne. Allen, D. E., 1952, Cardamine pratensis on the Lancashire dunes, Bull. Liverpool Bot. Soc., no. 11. Two distinct segregates of this species grow on the Lancashire dunes, viz., a local race of the common Cardamine pratensis L. sensu stricto (2n = 56) and the northern C. polemonioides Rouy (2n = 64). The latter grows in peaty ‘‘slacks’’ which are still moist in midsummer, the former in dryish places at the edges of the ‘‘slacks’’. C. polemonioides is very local in a pure state, but hybrids with C. pratensis occur over a much greater area, indicating that the species formerly had a wider range. Hybridisation is very extensive and the hybrids are fertile and ean backeross with the parents. Introgression was found to be taking place in one colony of C. polemonioides analysed biometrically. | With in- creasing desiccation of the ‘‘slacks’’ C. pratensis is gradually invading the habitat of C. polemonioides and threatens to hybridise it out of existence—unless a new intermediate entity is created, of which there are already signs. ‘‘In a few decades scarcely anyone will deduce that
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 189
the (. pratensis form found on the dunes has been created by the fusion of two distinct species’’.—[D.}H.A. ]
49/5. Srsymprium trio L. Brunker, J. P., 1952, Sisymbrium irio L. in the Dublin district, Irish Nat. J., 10, 319-320. Gives a short account of the present distribution of the plant in Dublin.—[D.H.K.]
54. Brasstca. Gates, R. R., 1953, Wild Cabbages and the Effects of Cultivation, J. Gen., 51, 363-372. The wild cabbage (Brassica oler- acea lu.), on the coasts of western Europe, shows enormous increase in size when taken into cultivation. It shows much variation, which is correlated with its self-sterility. It has the potentiality for producing, since its cultivation began, perhaps early in the Neolithic, kale, brussels- sprouts and cabbage. The historical evidence favours the derivation of cabbage and kale from Italy in pre-Roman times. The middle and eastern Mediterranean contains several species nearly related to B. oleracea. Probably cauliflower and broccoli came from B. cretica, the most eastern of these; and such cultigens as kohlrabi may have been derived from one of the middle Mediterranean species. The various cultivated forms appear therefore to have had a polyphyletic origin.— {[ Author’s summary p.p. |
55. Drpnoraxis. Ltibbert, G., 1951, Vergleichende cytologische morphologische and physiologische Untersuchungen innerhalb der Gat- tung Diplotaxis, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz., 28, 254-293. A cytological, mor- phological and physiological account of the genus. The distribution of Diplotaxis muralis, D. tenuifolia, D. erucoides, D. viminea and D. catholica in Europe and N. Africa is shown by a map. The chromosome numbers of the species are given as follows:—D. eruwcoides 2n = 14, D. catholica 2n = 18, D. tenuifolia 2n = 22, and D. muralis 2n = 44. The variation in plant size and leaf shape in D. muralis is discussed at length.—[D.H.K.]
55/2. DrpLrotaxis muRALIS (L.) DC. Hoogenraad, H., 1950, Muur- zandkool, Natura, 47, 206-209. The spread of Diplotaxis muralis in the Netherlands since the beginning of the present century is discussed and illustrated by maps.—[D.H.K. ]
59/1. CapsELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic. Negodi, G., 1951, Tetraploida da colchicina in Capsella bursa-pastoris Moench, Atti Mem. Accad. Sci. Modena, 9, 27-38.
61. Lepiptum. Meissner, H., 1950, Notizen iiber Wanderpflanzen, 1. Lepidium densiflorum Schrad., und L. virginicum L., Mitt. Flora-soz. Arb., 2, 77 & 93. Lepidium densiflorum and DL. virginicum, American adventives closely allied to LZ. ruderale, have extended their ranges rapidly in Lower Saxony, apparently migrating along the railway tracks. The different characters of the three species are tabulated.—[D.H.K. ]
190) ABSTRACTS FROM. LITERATURE
64. 'THUASPI. Gernohorsky, Z., 1950, Anatomie des graines des especes tcheques du genre Thlaspi L., Bull. Int. Cesk. Acad. Frant. Josef., 48, 5-10. Anatomical differences are given for distinguishing between the seeds of Thlaspi arvense, T. perfoliatum, T. alpestre and T. montanum.—[D.H.K. |
66/1. TrEspaLIA NupDIcAULIS (L.) R.Br. Garjeanne, A. J., 1953, Teesdalia, De Levende Natuur, 56, 146-154.
77. CaxiLte. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1953, The new British Sea Rocket, Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hooker, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 30. A hybrid between Cakile edentula and C. maritima is reported as growing on the beach near Seilebost (v.c. 110). It was totally sterile, and displayed great heterosis.—[D.H.K. ]
93/1. KoHLRAUSCHIA PROLIFERA (L.) Kunth. Bocher, T. W., K. Larsen & K. Rahn, 1953, Experimental and cytological studies on plant species: 1. Kohlrauschia prolifera and Plantago coronopus, Hereditas, 39, 289-304. The diploid form of Kohlrauschia prolifera (2n = 30) is found in central Europe stretching towards the French side of the Pyrenees in the south-west, and alone forms the northern tongues of distribution reaching to the Kattegat and the southern part of the Baltic. The tetraploid plant (2n = 60) has a Lusitanian-western Medi- terranean-southern English distribution. The only morphological difference between the two forms appears to be in the smaller size of the seeds in the tetraploid.—[D.H.K. ]
98. ViscartA. Hakansson, S., 1952, Om Viscaria alpina (L.) G. Don och V. alpina (L.) G@. Don x vulgaris Bernh. i sydéstligaste Blekinge. Bot. Not., 1952, 411-424. A report on the distribution of Viscaria alpina and the occurrence of a supposed hybrid with V. vulgaris in south east Blekinge, Sweden.—[D.H.K. ]
98(2). Mrnanprium. Burtt, B. L., 1953, A note on typification, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edin., 21, 163-164. The author shows that the correct name for the Red Campion is Melandrium dioicum (L.) Coss. & Germ. in spite of the fact that the name was first applied to the White Campion on its transfer from the genus Lychnis.—[D.H.K.]
100. Crrastium. Brett, O. E., 1952, Basic chromosome numbers in the genus Cerastium, Nature, 170, 251-252. The following chromo- some numbers are reported from counts made on British material :— Cerastium alpinum L. 2n = 72, C. arvense L. 2n = 72, C. brachypetalum Pers. 2n = 90, C. glomeratum Thuill. 2n = 72, C. holosteoides Fries (C. vulgatum auct.) 2n = 72, OC. semidecandrum L. 2n = 36 and C. tetran-
drum Curt. 2n = 72.—[D.H.K.]
100. Crrastrum. Brett, O. E., 1953, Cerastium arcticum Lange, Nature, 171, 527-528. Cerastium edmondstonii (Wats.) Murb. & Ostenf. is an illegitimate name and should be replaced by C. arcticum Lange.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 191
Chromosome counts have now been made on all the British species, and the following previously unpublished counts are given:—. arcticwm Lange 2n = 108 and 2n = 195, the latter number is believed to be due to the plant being cross-fertilised by OC. holosteoides. OC. cerastoides (L.) Britton 2n = 38 and ©. pumilum Curt. 2n = 90 and 95.—[D.H.K.]
100. Crrastium. Sollner, R., 1950, Polyploide intraspécifique chez Cerastium arvense L. et nombres chromosomiques de quelques autres Cerastium, Hxperienta, 6, 335-337. A table of chromosome numbers of four subspecies of Cerastium arvense (subsp. commune Gaudin, subsp. strictum (Haenke) Gaudin, subsp. suffruticosum (L.) Koch, and subsp. calcicola (Schur) Borza) is given. Rohweder and R. Mattick-Ehrens- berger found 2n = 72 for C. arvense. The present author finds two chromosome races, n = 18 (diploid) and n = 36 (tetraploid). The lowland subsp. commune has a different number (36) from the alpine subsp. strictuwm (18); the latter is therefore not simply a high altitude form of O. arvense. Experimental work in cultivation led to the same result, these two subspp. retaining their differences. Subsp. suffruti- cosum differs very little from strictwm, and subsp. calcicola (tetra- ploid) is closely allied to subsp. commune. It was found that the dis- tribution of the diploid and polyploid forms followed neither altitude nor habitat (e.g. Haut-Jura plants are tetraploid, Alps diploid, and the tetraploid form is on both chalk and peaty soil). It seems that the present distribution is related to historic causes and to the origin of the two subspp. The polyploid occupies a vast area in central and eastern Europe whilst the diploid is local. Phylogenetically strictum is the oldest subsp. and probably the only representative of arvense in the alpine chain; the interesting point arises of an alpine form being the ancestor of a lowland and almost cosmopolitan form. Chromosome numbers of other species given are: C. perfoliatum L. n = 19, C. chloraefolium Fisch. & Mey. n = 19, 0. dahuricum Fisch. n = 19 and C. banaticum (Roch.) Heuff. n = 36.—[E.B.B.]
100. CERASTIUM. Sollner, R., 1952, Nouvelle contribution la cytotaxonomie du genre Cerastium, Haperienta, 8, 104-105. Chromo- some counts of some widely distributed species of Cerastium are tabled. They show that chromosome races in these species may be revealed when the species examined are from widely separated localities. One case (. arvense (n = 18 and 36), is discussed in the short note.—[ E.B.B. ]
100/5. CrRAsTIUM HOLOSTEOIDES Fr. Wiinstedt, A. K., 1953, Cerastium holosteoides Fries i Danmark, Bot. Tidssk., 50, 107-109.
101/2. Sreniarta NEMorRUM L. Lawalrée, A., 1953, Stellaria nemo- rum L. subsp. glochidosperma Murb. en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux, 23, 77-79. A description and details of the distribution in Bel- gium of this subspecies are given: its general European distribution is from southern Sweden to the French and Dinaric Alps and the Apen-
192 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
nines; its eastern limits are not precisely known. The leaves of the subsp. are + deeply cordate, all distinctly petioled, at the most twice as long as broad; the typical plant has slightly cordate to subcuneate leaves, the upper sessile to subsessile, at least twice as long as broad. The bracts of the inflorescence are rapidly transitional to small scales. not foliaceous and gradually transitional as in the typical plant. Seed of subspecies with elongate and narrowly cylindrical protuberances; of
typical plant with short and subovoid protuberances.—[ E.B.B.]
101/2. SrernariaA NeMoRUM L. Lawalrée, A., 1953, Stellaria nemo- rum lL. subsp. glochidosperma Murb. en France et en Espagne, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 100, 270-272. The finding in 1953 of this plant in nor- thern Spain led the author to study French and Spanish herbarium material, where he found that its distribution extends much further west than previously recognised, as well as reaching as far south as Madrid in Spain. The distribution of type S. nemorum in S.W. Europe should be further investigated. The following diagnostic characters to separate the subspp. are given:
Leaves oval-oblong, slightly cordate-subcuneate at base, upper sessile- subsessile, blade at least twice as long as broad; inflorescence bracts large and foliaceous, gradually transitional to leaves; seeds with short and hemispherical-subovoid protuberances at the margin ... S. nemorum
Leaves oval, + deeply cordate at base, upper petiolate and with blade at most twice as long as broad; bracts abruptly reduced to small scales. the lower hardly or not transitional to leaves; seeds with elongate or narrowly cylindric protuberances at the margin ... subsp. glochidospermu —[E.B.B.]
101/38. Sretiaria MEpIA (L.) Vill. Pal, N., 1952. <A contribution to the life-histories of Stellaria media Linn. and Polycarpon loeflingiae Benth. & Hook., Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci., India, 18, 363-378.
101/8. STELLARIA ALSINE Grimm. Tapio, S., 1951, Lihdetaihtimén (Stellaria uliginosa) kukkimisesta, Duunn. Tuth.. 55, 38. A short note on the flowering of the species.—[{D.H.K. ]
102/18. ARENARIA MONTANA L. Ingwersen, W. E. T., 1947, An addition to the alpine flora of Britain, Natwre Lover, 4, 133-137. Several large patches of Arenaria montana were discovered growing far from gardens on Dartmoor about 1930. The plant was competing suc- cessfully with native vegetation, and unless it was deliberately planted its occurrence in Devon is hard to explain. The nearest native habitat of the species to Britain is believed to be the Landes of south west France, where it usually inhabits open woodlands. The account is aug- mented by a photograph.—[D.H.K.]
108/11. Sagrna procumbens L. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1951, Sagina, De Levende Natwur, 54, 190-195. Some anatomical details of Saginu procumbens collected from different habitats are described. The flowers
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 193
are tetramerous or pentamerous, but sonie had 3, 2, 1 or 0 petals. Very few, if any, insects visit the flowers of Sagina and self-fertilisation is the rule. Tetramerous flowers produce 40-60 seeds and pentamerous flowers 50-70 seeds. The seeds appear to germinate in 4-5 days.—[D.H.K. |
106/1. PotycaRPoN TETRAPHYLLUM (L.) L. Bugnon, F., 1951, Une variante remarquable de l’inflorescence au Polycarpon tetraphyllum L., Monde des Plantes, 276-277, 18-19.
109. Monta. Clason, E. W., 1953, Watermontia in Noord-Drente, De Levende Natuur, 56, 50-52.
111/2. EvatInkE HEXANDRA (Lapierre) DC. McMillan, N. F., 1953, EKlatine hexandra DC. in the Dibbin, Bromborough, Cheshire, N.W.Naft. (N.S.),.1, 100.
112/14. Hypericum perroratum L. 1950, St. John’s Wort, a dan- gerous weed, fmg. S. Africa, 25, 61-63. Hypericum perforatum was introduced into S. Africa from Australia as an impurity in vetch seed in 1942. Since then it has spread at an alarming rate, and being poison- ous to stock is becoming a serious pest.—[D.H.K. ]
112/14. Hyprrtcum PERFoRATUM L. Huffaker, C. B., 1951, The return of native perennial bunchgrass following the removal of klamath weed (Hypericum perforatum) by imported beetles, Ecology, 32, 443-458.
112/14. Hypericum prrroratum L. Clark, N., 1953, The biology of Hypericum perforatum L. var. angustifolium DC. (St. John’s Wort) in the Oven Valley, Victoria, with particular reference to entomological control, Austr. J. Bot., 1, 95-120.
123/1x4. TILIA PLATYPHYLLOS X TOMENTOSA. Kobendza, R., 1951, Wartosciowy mieszaniec lipy wegierskie} 1 szerokolistnej Tilia Varsavi- ensis (T. argentea x platyphyllos), Roczn. Sekc. Dendr. Polsk. Tow. Bot., 7, 159-174. A description of the hybrid between Tilia platyphyllos and T. tomentosa which has occurred naturally in Warsaw.—[D.H.K. |
127/12. Geranium pusittum L. Shaw, R. J., 1952, A cytotaxonomic study of the genus Geranium in the Wasatch region of Idaho and Utah, ' Madrofio, 11, 297-304. Geranium pusillum has been introduced from Kurope and is now commonly naturalised as a weed of lawns and waste places in the U.S.A. and southern Canada.—[D.H.K.]
1382/1. Oxatis acETosELLA L. Uziak, Z., 1952, Obserwacje nad ner- watura lisci Oxalis acetosella L., na tle siedliska w Bialowieska Parku Naradowyn, Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie, 6, 249-261. An account of studies on the innervation of the leaves of Oxalis acetosellan—[D.H.K. ]
133/38. Impatiens PARvIFLORA DC. Erkamo, V., 1952, Pienikuk- kaiseta haipykannukseta Impatiens parviflora DC. Suomessa, Arch. Soe.
194 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Zool.-Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 6, 87-94. Gives the history and distribution of the species in Finland. Some ecological data are also provided.—
[DE Ke]
133/4. ImpaTIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle. Delvosalle, L., 1951, Apro- pos d’Impatiens roylei Walp., Nat. Belge, 32, 37-38. An account of the arrival and spread of the species in Belgium.—[D.H.K. ]
149/2.. Utex gautit Planch. Corillion, R., 1950, Contribution 4 Vétude de la répartition d’Ulex gallii Planch. sur le littoral du nord de la Bretagne, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 24, 97-99. Details of the local distribution are given and U. gallu is found to be common on the coasta! plains of north Brittany; its eastern limit is the estuary of the Rance. —[E.B.B.]
153/3. Merpicaco sativa L. Vasilj¢éenko, I. T., 1948, On the origin of cultivated Lucernes (in Russian), Bot. Zhurn., 33, 591-604. The poly- phyletic origin of the cultivated species of Lucerne in Western Europe is said to be connected with M. varia Mart., which the author claims is an ancient endemic species, and not a hybrid as is usually supposed.—
DFEeKes 1538/3. Mepicaeo sativa L. See 155. TriFrottum.
155. Trirotrtum. Vicioso, C., 1952, Revisién del género Trifolium, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 10, 347-412. The Spanish species of Trifolium. which include many also found in Britain, are described and keyed.—
DEKE |
155. Trirottum. Wexelsen, H., 1959, Polyploidiforedling en over- sikt, Forsk. Forsk. Landbr., 1, 287-310. A review of the progress made in breeding polyploid forms of Trifolium pratense, T. hybridum, T. repens and Medicago sativa.—{ D.H.K.]
155/12. Trirotium suBTERRANEUM L. Brock, R. D., 19538, Species formation in Trifolium subterraneum, Nature, 171, 939.
155/15. Trironium aypripum L. Williams, W., 1951, Geneties of incompatability in Alsike Clover, Trifolium hybridum, Heredity, 5, 51-738.
172. Hrerocrerts. Hrabétova-Uhrova, A., 1949-1950, Generis Hip- pocrepis L. revisio, Acta Acad. Sci. Nat., Morav.-Siles., 21 (4), 1-54 & 22, 99-158, 219-250 & 331-356. A revision of the genus Hippocrepis. A key is given to all the species and varieties, and maps show the world distribution. Many new varieties and forms of H. comosa are described. A specimen in Herb. Mus. Nat. Budapest labelled “chalk, Oxford, 1893, Baker’? is described as a new form:—
ABSTRACES FROM LITERATURE 195
f. yracilis f. nov.—20-35 cm. alta. gracilis, subglabra, internodiis haud raro elongatis (4-8 cm.), caulibus teneribus. Folia 13cm. longe petiolata, stipulis obovato-lanceolatis, membranaceis, diaphano-albidis, 24mm. longis. Umbellae 4-9 floreae, pedunculo 8-1i1cm. longo. Flores 8-10 mm. longi, unguibus tenuibus filiformibus, calice duplo longioribus. Calix subglaber solum margine Ciliatus. Ungues petalorum longii praecipue unquis vexilli, quod limbo aequat: alae paulo angustiores ut in typo—T[D.H.K. |
172/1. Hrerocrepis comosa L. Bolman, J., 1950, Paardenhoefklaver (Hippoerepis comosa), Natura, 47, 54-56. The distribution of the species in the Netherlands is discussed.—[{ D.H.K. ]
176. Vuicta. Kostrakiewicz, K., 1951, Studia systematyczne nad polskimi gatunkami rodzaju Vicia L., Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci., 27, 1-71. Gives keys and descriptions of all the species of Victa known to occur in Poland. These include a number of species also found in Britain.
= BEAK.
WS/o. LATHyRUS PALUSTRIs - L. Thommen, E., 1952, Lathyrus palustre L. record d’altitude, Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 14. This species was found in 1950 at an altitude of 1,070 metres in a marshy meadow with Swertia and Salix pentundru. Fournier gives its limits
as 0-500 metres.—[ E.B.B. ]
178/6. LATHYRUS PRATENSIS IL. Larsen, K., 1953, Chromosome numbers of some European flowering plants, a preliminary note, Bot. Tidssk., 50, 91. Lathyrus pratensis which has been investigated from several places in Europe has been shown to contain polyplotypes, one diploid, 2n = 14 (strains from Denmark, Finland, the Baltic and Swit- zerland), and one tetraploid from south-west Europe, with 2n = 28. These strains are being cultivated for further study.—[D.H.K. ]
183. Prunus. Hruby, K., 1950, The cytology of tetraploid cherries, Studia Bot. Cech., 11, 87-97.
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W., 1952, The Rubus-flora of Belgium and the Netherlands: its study and problems, Biol. Jaarb., 19, 28-51.
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W. & A. J. Ter Pelkwijk, 1952, Deter- mineertabellen voor onze Nederlanse bramen (Rubi-Moriferi), De Levende Natuur, 55, 50-58. Gives a key to the species of Rubus found
in the Netherlands, these include many also found in Britain.— DEAK. |
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W. & A. J. Ter Pelkwijk, 1952, Nieuwe bramen uit het Drentse district, De Levende Natuwur, 55, 89-96. De- scriptions of new brambles found in the Netherlands include a number also known from the British Isles —[D.H.K. ]
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W. & A. J. Ter Pelkwijk, 1952, Rubi in the north eastern part of the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 325-360. Many British species are included in the account.—[D.H.K. ]
L96 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
185. Rubus. Heslop-Harrison, Y., 1953, Cytological studies in the genus Rubus, 1. Chromosome numbers in the British flora, New Phyt., 52, 22-39. 217 chromosome determinations of British Rubus taxa are reported, including counts from 80 taxa hitherto not known cytologic- - ally. All species examined were found to be euploids. Studies of chromosome morphology are unlikely to assist very greatly in the elucidation of the origin of Rubus taxa owing to the uniformity and small size of the chromosomes.—[ D.H.K. ]
185. Rusus. Vaarama, A., 1951, Om artkorsningforaddling inom slaktet Rubus, Nord. Jordb., 1951, 412-417. An account of the results of breeding work on Rubus carried out at the State Hort. Inst., Piiki6, Finland, by crossing R. arcticus with other species of the genus. A short account on cytology, segregation and fertility in the Fl and F2 generations as well as in a colchicine-induced F2-amphiploid of the hybrid R. idaeus x arcticus is given. Differentiation of genomes in Rubus has probably taken place to a great extent through gene muta- tions and minor structural alterations not able to disturb the pairing capacity of the chromosomes. The successful artificial hybrids obtained were R. phoenicolasius x arcticus, R. phoenicolastus x idaeus X arcti- cus and R. phoenicolasius x saxatilis x caesius—[D.H.K. |
187. Geum. Raynor, L. A., 1952, Cytotaxonomic Studies of Geum, Amer. J. Bot., 39, 713-719. Most species of Gewm have 42 zygotic and 21 gametic chromosomes. None of the Geum chromosomes is of peculiar morphology, nor can individual genomes be identified, with the excep- tion of two Chilean species which have somewhat shorter, thicker chromo- somes. Basic chromosome numbers in the subfamily Rosoitdeae tribe Potentilleae, indicate that Gewm is a mostly hexaploid genus assuming 7 to be the basic chromosome number. Meiotic chromosome behaviour is very regular except in hybrids. On the basis of cytological evidence Geum is a closely knit taxonomic group.—[D.H.K. ]
188. Fracarta. Scott, D. H., 1951, Cytological studies on poly- ploids derived from tetraploid Fragaria vesca and cultivated straw- berries, Genetics, 36, 311-325.
188. Fracarta. Staudt, G., 19538, Die geographische Verbreitung der Gattung Fragaria und die Bedeutung ftir die Phylogenie der Gat- tung, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 236-238.
188/2. Fragarta vescaA L. Dahlgren, K. V. O., 1953, Die eigenar- tigen Vererbungsverhaltnisse der micrantha-Form von Fragaria vesca, Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 47, 1-15. <A peculiar form of Fragaria vesca was found in an alpine region of central Scandinavia in 1927. Compared with the normal type it possessed very small petals which were not in contact with each other, and short coneave sepals, but the epicalyx segments were more normal. It is believed that the form may be due to the influence of a virus. Details are given of experimental crossings of this form with typical plants.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 197
189. Porentutya. Luther, H. & I., 1953, Neue Fundorte von Poten-
tilla anglica und P. anglica x erecta, Mem. Soc. Fuuna Flora Fenn., 28, 25-32.
189. Porentmisa. Stomps, T. J.. 1951, Poteniilla anglica Laich. ein neues Beispiel eines allopolyploiden Bastards, Ned. Kruidk. Arch.., 58, 57-59. The somatic chromosome number of Potentilla-erecta is 28. the same as that of P. reptans. but P. anglica appears to possess twice that number. The hybrids P. anglica x reptans and P. erecta xX anglica, occasionally found in the field, proved to be 14 + 28. P. anglica x reptans is patroclinous, i.e. it shows a striking resemblance to P. reptans, whereas P. erecta x anglica is matroclinous, i.e. very much like P. erecta. Since the first-named hybrid must possess two sets of reptans chomosomes, and the second two sets of erecta chromosomes this behaviour becomes comprehensible. As the somatic cells of some of the Potentilla species contain 14 chromosomes, P. erecta and P. reptans are to be regarded as tetraploids; P. anglica theréfcre is not a tetraploid but an alloctoploid form.—{D.H.K. |
190. AtcHEMiLsA. Oskarsson, I., 1953, A new Alchemilla species of the Eu-Vulgaris group found in Iceland, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 47, 30-33. Alchemilla vestita, A. filicaulis, A. wichurae, A. glomerulans, A. glabra, A. oxyodonta, A. subecrenata and A. murbeckiana are all found in Ice- land. A species closely related to A. oxyodonta but differing from it mainly in the strongly hairy inflorescence of its branches and the upper part of the stem has been found on the island and is described as a new species :—A. glacialis sp. nov.—|[ D.H.K. ]
190. AtcHemiira. Pawlowski, B., 1953, Przywrotniki Zebrane w Czasie Trzech Podrozy Balkanskich, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 22, 245-258. The distribution of the segregates of Alchemilla vulgaris in the Balkans is given. Some species also found in Britain are included.—[D.H.K.]
190. AtcHEMinna. Rothmaler, W., 1952, Alchemilla subglobosa C. G. Westerl., ein Glazialrelikt des Harzes, Vegetatio, 4, 32-39. An account of Alchemilla subglobosa in the Harz mountains where it is believed to be a glacial relict. The author also gives a key to all the segregates of Alchemilla rulgaris known from mid-Germany. Many species also found in Britain are included.—[D.H.K.]
190. AtcHEwmmrsa. Smith, A. M. & G. A. Shaw, 1953, Alchemillas of the vulgaris aggregate in West Yorkshire, The Nat., 1953, 53-56. The distribution and ecology of the segregates of Alchemilla vulgaris in Yorkshire is discussed; altitudinal limits are also given for some species.—[ D.H.K.]
190(2). APpHANES. Lawalrée, A., 1950, Les Aphanes de la iiore Belge, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 129-131. Describes the differences between Aphanes arvensis and A. micrecarpa, and gives their known distribution in Belgium. and throughout the world —[D.H.K.]
JOS ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
190(2). ApHaneEs. Navak, F. A., 1951, Nepatrnee maloplody Vv Ceskoslovensku, Cesk. Bot. Listy, 4, 58-57. An account of Aphanes arvensis and A. microcarpa in Czechoslovakia.—[D.H.K. ]
190(2). ApHANnes. Reichgelt, T., 1952, Aphanes microcarpa in the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 115-121. Aphanes microcarpa in the Netherlands is as common as its near ally A. arvensis with which it was until recently confused. Maps showing the distribution of the two species in the Netherlands are given. A. arvensis predominates in the more fertile parts of the country, while A. microcarpa is found on poor, more or less acid, soils. Plants collected on the coastal dunes show a slightly different habit; they are small-leaved, and the stipules are so short that the achenes often protrude above their tops.—[D.H.K.]
195. Sorsus. De Poucques, M. L., 1951, Etude chromosomique de quelques Sorbus, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nancy, 10, 41-46. Two forms of the cross Sorbus torminalis x aria, one from Fontainebleau, S. latifolia Pers. and the other S. confusa Gremli from Lorraine, were investigated cyto- genetically. The former is fertile and it was thought that it would be a tetraploid but the investigations showed the two hybrids and parents all to have 2n = 34. The hybrids were shown to be very close to each other and intermediate between the parents. The author puts for- ward the theory that the difference between the hybrids might be a result of the difference in frequency of the two parents in the areas concerned. The fertile S. latifolia would result from the cross in one direction and the sterile S. confusa from the reciprocal eross. The hybrids need to be artificially produced and investigated to test such a theory.—[E.B.B. ]
195. Sorsus. Walter, K., 1950, Le Sorbus Mougeotii Soyer-Wille- met et Godron dans le Vivarais, Actes Congr. Assoc. Fr. Avance. Sci., 1949, 105-106. Sorbus mougeotii is locally abundant in Haute-Loire, where it has a higher more mountainous range than S. aria, with which it crosses. The hybrids are rare and isolated, and the two species are readily distinguished by their fruits by local children. S. mougeotii is probably of hybrid origin NS. aria X aucuparia, a close parallel to S. scandica of Scandinavia. Its centre of distribution is in the Jura, whence it has colonised other French mountain regions.—[D.E.A.]
198. AMELANCHIER. Ter Pelkwijk, A. J., 1951, Over de benaming van enige Amelanchier-soorten, Ned. Kruidk. Arch., 58, 37-47. Repre- sentatives grown in the Netherlands as garden plants are identified. Two of them, Amelanchier spicata and A. laevis, have escaped from cultivation and are now completely naturalised, which has been reported also for A. ovalis which was misidentified. A. laevis occurs as f. villosa which appears to occur also in southern England and in Denmark; it is the plant described by Ascherson & Graebner as A. canadensis. Her- barium specimens show that it had run wild in the Netherlands as early
as 1866.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 199
Y05/1. Parnassta paLustRIS L. Kullenberg, B., 1953, Nagra iaktta- gelser Over insektbesoéken pa blomman av Parnassia palustris L., Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 47, 439-448. Observations on insects visiting and pollinat- ing the flowers of Parnassia palustris in southern Sweden.—[D.H.K. ]
207. RIBEs. Zielinski, Q. B., 1953, Chromosome numbers and melotic studies in Ribes, Bot. Gaz., 114, 265-274.
211/22. Srpum rosea (L.) Scop. Uhl, C. H., 1952, Heteroploidy in Sedum rosea (L.) Scop., Evolution, 6, 81-86. This circumboreal species has n = 11] in seven localities in north-east North America as well as in six Old World localities. At eight other localities in the United States however n = 18. Little or none of the considerable morphological varia- tion appears to be consistently correlated with the difference in chromo- some number. It is suggested that the 18-chromosome strain may have arisen either as an amphiploid having the 11-chromosome strain as one parent, or as a hexaploid with basic number of 6 in the section. The distribution suggests that the 11l-chromosome strain is of more recent arrival in North America.—[D.H.A. ]
214/1. Hierpuris vuuearis L. Gessner, F'., 1952, Der Druck in seiner Bedeutung ftir das Wachstum submerser Wasserpflanzen, Planta, 40, 391-397. A study of the effects of water pressure and currents upon the growth of aquatics with particular reference to Hippuris vulgaris.— [D.H.K.]
217/5. CALLITRICHE INTERMEDIA Hoffm. Jones, H., 1952, Variation in Leaf Form in Callitriche intermedia, Nature, 170, 848-849.
217/6. CALLITRICHE HERMAPHRODITICA L. Mendes, E. J., 1952, Acerca da existéncia de Callitriche autumnalis em Portugal, Agron. Tusit., 14, 52-58. The existence of Callitriche hermaphroditica (C. autummnalis) in Portugal is confirmed and its distribution recorded. <A revision of the various species of Callitriche reported by different Por- tuguése systematists is also given.—[D.H.K. |
219/1. LytTHRuM SALICARIA L. Barabé, R., 1950, La Salicaire, Agric. (Quebec), 7, 356-360. Lythrum salicaria, introduced into Canada some years ago, is now spreading rapidly. In some districts it covers wide areas and has become a serious pest.—[ D.H.K. ]
220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1953, The present position of the Rosebay Willow Herb., Vasc. (SLD SE), 38." 25; Chamaenerion angustifolium in lowland Durham differs in flower-colour, leaf-structure and other details from plants in upland habitats. These lowland plants are believed to have been of American origin, and have not been derived from native British popu- lations. An enormous increase in the spread of the plant took place after the first World War, but a period of decline appears to have set.
200 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
in, at least as far as the Birtley populations are concerned. The author requests information on the supposed status of the species in other parts of Britain.—[D.H.K. ]
220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. Stephens, D. C. R., 1951, A study of Rosebay Willow Herb (Epilobium angustifolium) as a colonist of poor soils, Mag. Blundell's School Sci. Soc., 6, 52-55.
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Jermyn, S. T., 1953, Some interesting notes on the family Umbelliferae, Essex Nat., 29, 94-101.
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Malheiros-Gardé, N. & A. Gardé, 1951, Con- tribuigao para o estudo cariologico da familia Umbelliferae, Gen. Iber., 3, 23-25. Chromosome counts were made on fourteen species of Portu- guese Umbelliferae, of these Petroselinum segetum, Eryngium mari- timum, Daucus carota and Aegopodium podagraria occur also in Britain. Aegopodium podagraria was found to have diploid forms (2n = 11) as well as tetraploid forms (Qn = 22).—[D.H.K.]
240/1. AsTRanTIA Mason L. Eberle, G., 1952, Sterndolden, Natur und Volk, 82, 183-187. An ecological account of the species in Germany. —[D.H.K. }
256/1. CoNnopopium masus (Gouan) Loret. Jovet, P., 1952, Cono- podium denudatum Koch en milieu calcaire, Feuille des Nat., 7, 20-22. An account of experimental tests on soil, ete., carried out in connec- tion with the long-established station of this + calcifuge plant at Bois de la Cendrée, Longpoint, Aisne. Some differences are given between the leaves of this plant and those of the calcicolous Bunium bulbocas- tanum. The latter has leaves with the lobes terminating in a minute point (scarcely a mucro) and glabrous on the margins; Conopodium majus has lobes terminating in a clearly distinct acumen and the mar- gins are always ciliate.—[E.B.B. ]
275/1. ANGELICA ARCHANGELICA L. Schenk, E., 1950, Archangelica im Kreise Celle, Mitt. Flor.-soz. Arb., 2, 11. Angelica archangelica subsp. litoralis, frequent on the north European coasts, is a halophyte. A. archangelica subsp. eu-archangelica is a salt tolerant plant and is found on the banks of NaCl-containing rivers in Lower Saxony, but not along the Aller river where the salt content is low.—[D.H.K.]
279/1. CortanpruMm sativum L. Adatia, R. D. & G. L. Shah, 1952, A contribution to the life-history of Coriandrum sativum Linn., Bom- bay U.J., Sect B., Biol. Sci. (N.S.), 20, 34-86.
284/1. Herpera HELIx L. Home, Sir J. M., 1952, Ivy as a forest weed, Scot. For., 6, 86-87. Although there is no exact information on the harm done to trees by ivy the author estimates the loss of incre- ment in the timber crop to be 25%-35%. The various methods of controlling the plant in forest areas are disecussed.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 201
984/1. Heprera HELIX L. Jasiewicz, A., 1951, Bluszcz, Chron. Przy. Ojez., 7 (9/10), 3-11. The distribution of Hedera helix in Europe is discussed and illustrated with maps.—[D.H.K.]
287. Samsucus. Michel, E., 1950, Les sureaux du pays (Sambucus L.), Nat. Belge, 31, 54-56. Describes Sambucus nigra, S. racemosa and S. ebulus, and gives some ecological data.—[D.H.K. |
287/3. SamBucus EBULUS IL. Grigson, G., 1953, The Legend of a Plant, Country Infe, 113, 145. The origin of the legend that the plant grows where Danes’ blood has been spilt is traced back to John Rous (ob. 1491), an antiquary of Warwick, who, however, said the plant grew from the blood of Englishmen slaughtered by the Danes. In Sweden there are similar legends associating the plant with the blood of the dead. These are presumably due to the foetid smell and the blood-red berries; and it was a widely held notion that plants grew out of corpses. The name ‘‘Danes’-blood’’ has also been applied in Kast Anglia to Pulsatilla vulgaris (Anemone pulsatilla). The associa- tion with the Danes in particular is probably incorrect, but was taken up by the romantic antiquaries. Turner (1538) first recorded the name Danewort, which is perhaps derived from ‘‘dain’’, meaning ‘‘to stink’’. The old English name is Walwort, meaning ‘‘Foreigner’s Plant’’.— [D.E.A.]
287/3. SamBucus EBuLUS.L. Gray, E. F., 1953, Legend of a Plant, Country Life, 113, 585. The writer suggests that Sambucus ebulus was introduced into Britain by the Jutes, as a valuable herb.—[D.H.K.]
287/3. Sambucus EBuLUs L. Sargant, W. L., 1952, Daneweed and the Danish Vikings in Rutland and Kesteven, separately printed for Rutland Arch. & Nat. Hist. Soc., pp. 6. This species is considered to have been certainly introduced by the Danes, since it is found in the creeks and estuaries frequented by them round the English coast. The ““Danes’-blood’’? legend found throughout the parts of England ana south Sweden conquered by the Danes is attributed to the plant’s hav- ing sprung from the equipment of the slain, the flower-stem having possibly been employed as a fibre. It is not so much associated with Danish settlements as with the sites of their battles. This hypothesis is supported by archaeological and historical evidence, mainly relat- ing to the great Viking invasion of A.D. 865-877 which resulted in the conquest of Danelaw.—[D.E.A.]
291/2. LONICERA PERI-cCLYMENUM L. Ammal, E. J. K. & B. Saunders, 1952, Chromosome numbers in species of Lonicera, Kew Bull., 1952, 539-541. Plants of LD. peri-clymenum from Surrey were found to be tetraploids. The authors suggest that the distribution of diploid and tetraploid forms of the species in Britain needs further investigation.—[D.H.K.]
202 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
296. Gatium. Ubach, M., 1951, Estudio anatomico de la epiderm:s del fruto algunas especies de Galium, Coll. Bot., 3, 110-135. Descrip- tions of the epidermal cells and hairs of the surface of the fruits in 9 species of Galiwm. In a number of hybrids these afford useful taxonomic characters. <A key for the identification of species studied on the bass of fruit surface is provided.—[ D.H.K. ]
301. VaterIANA. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Le groupe du Valeriana off- cinalis L. en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 193-200. It is stated that recent work reveals a number of species in this complex group and that the name Valeriana officinalis LL. should be rejected as a nomen ambiguum. The characters of the group are given in detail and its polyploid nature commented upon. Two species and one variety are recognised in Belgium, keyed as follows :—
Middle cauline leaves petiolate, with 4-9 pairs of lobes with large teeth;
fruits 4-5 mm. long; fl. end June-Aug. Stem hirsute at least in the lower part .........................0.0000e- V. procurrens STEMM MOD eNSULerste 2 lalMOUS: teeneece-pesecene meres caee V. procurrens var. calvescens
Middle cauline leaves very shortly petiolate, with 6-14 pairs of narrow lobes. entire or with small teeth; fruits 2-5 mm. long; fl. May-June ... V. colliiu
The Belgian distribution is given in detail. In general distribution V. procurrens Wallr. occurs in the British Isles; var. calvescens Walther similarly; V. collina Wallr. occurs in S.E. England.—{ E.B.B.]
304/1. VALERIANELLA Locusta (L.) Betcke. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1950, Valerianella, De Levende Natwur, 53, 101-107. Gives an account of the anatomy and morphology of the species.—[ D.H.K. ]
308/1. ScastosA cotpumBARIA L, Kloos, A. W., Jr., 1952, Aanwin- sten van de Nederlandse flora in 1950, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 122-156. De- scribes a new form of Scabiosa columbaria—
f. prolifera f. nov. Capitula secundaria parva e capitulis primariis deducia.
IPI) 1A |
326/1. ANTENNARIA DiIoIcA (L.) Gaertn. Braun-Blanquet, J., 1952, Pflanzensoziologische Uberlegungen als Hilfsmittel zur Erkennung sys- tematischer EKinheiten am Beispiel von Antennaria hibernica dargelegt, Vegetatio, 3, 298-300. During the International Phytogeographical Ex- -cursion in Ireland in 1949 ‘‘A. dioica’ was found to be common in some of the limestone areas. In the central and south European mountains however A. dioica is typical of non-caleareous sites. The Irish plant is theretore described as a distinct species :—
A. hibernica sp. nov.—A. dioeca L. et hansiit Kerner (A. groenlandica Porsild) affinis—Caudex laxe stoloniferus. Folia basalia laxe rosulata, late ovato- spathulata, 10-23.mm. longa, 3-7 mm. lata, apice saepe subtruncata-cuspidata superne glabra viridia, inferne niveo-lanata, superiora lineari-lanceolata, acum- inata. Caules florales erecti, (5) 10-20 (30) em. alti, sericei-lanati, 6-14 foliati. Inflorescentia laxe-cymosa, calathiis 1-8, longe pedicellatis (0-5-2 c¢m.); campanu- latis, 59mm. longis. Squamae involucri obovatae, superiore parte niveae (non rubrae), apice rotundato vel emarginato. Pappi radii 7mm. longi.
The author has also seen material of the new species from Scotland.
[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 203
333/3. INULA BRITANNICA. L. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1952, Inula, De Levende Natuur, 55, 221-227. A morphological and physiological account of the species.—[D.H.K. |
353/6. BIpENS FRONDOSA L. Icsmesle, R., 1952, De laire d’exten- sion du Bidens frondosus L. dans la vallée de la Vienne, Fewille des Nat., 7, 9-10. A short phytogeographical account of the establishment of this N. American therophyte on the banks of the Vienne, where in some situations it has become dominant. It should be looked for along other waterways of the Atlantic side of the cont:nent in areas where it has not yet been recorded.—[ E.B.B. ]
354. GaLinsoca. Crane, M. B. (Kd.), 1952, Cyto-ecology, Rep. John Innes Hort. Inst., 1951, 17-18. Galinsoga parviflora has 2n = 16, while G. ciliata, ‘‘mostly confined to the vicinity of docks and probably intrs- duced by shipping’’, is an allotetraploid with 2n = 32. The species differ in their pollen grain and stomata sizes.—[D.E.A. | ;
304. GaALINSoGA. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1951, Galinsoga, De Levende Natuur, 54, 7-14. An account of the spreading of Galinsoga parviflora. It is not certain which factors lead to the rapid spreading of immigrants like Galinsoga, Elodea and Azolla, but it is interesting to note that European Galinsoga seeds reintroduced into Peru, the native home of the species, led to eruptive development there. The species is very sen- sitive to night frosts. In experiments carried out by the author the percentage of seeds germinating was low. Several anatomical details of the plant are described.—[D.H.K. ]
304. Gauinsoca. Haskell, G. & G. E. Marks, 1952, Chromosome ecology of British Galinsoga species, New Phyt., 51, 382-387. Galin- soga parviflora has 2n = 16 and G. ciliata 2n = 32. The species form eight and sixteen bivalents respectively at meiosis. Differences in chromosome morphology, stomata and pollen-grain sizes indicate that G. ciliata has not been derived directly from G. parviflora. Taxo- nomical difficulties may be due to a possible polyploid series within the genus.—|[D.H.K. ]
304. GaLInsoca. Tronchet, A. & J., 1951, Sur la présence 4 Besan- con du Galinsoga aristulata Bicknell (=G. parviflora Cav. var. hispida DC.), Ann. Sct. Univ. Besan., 6, 3-5. This species was discovered by the authors in 1950 in St. Ferjeux. A brief summary of its known Kuropean distribution is given, and speculations on its method of arrival in Besancon. Characters to differentiate it from Galinsoga parviflora are given; the following are additional to those given by Lousley in Watsonia, 1, 238-241 (1950) (where the correct name is estab- lished as G. ciliata) :—
G. aristulata: outer phyllaries + acute, scarcely membranous at margins, finely fimbriate at apex; achenes of ligulate florets hairy on the inner face, glabrous on the outer.
904 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
G. parviflora: outer phyllaries rounded at apex, fringed and mem- branous all round; achenes of ligulate florets scarcely hairy.—[E.B.B.]
362/2. TacetEs minuta L. Jovet, P. & J. Vivant, 1951, Tagetes minuta L., adventice nouvelle pour le sud-ouest de la France, Monde des Plantes, 274-275, 13-14. A description of Tagetes minuta which has been found for the first time in south-east France. The distribution of the species and some ecological data are also given.—[D.H.K. ]
377/1. Tanacetum vuLeGARE L. MHassebrauk, K., 1951, Uber eine rostwiderstandfahige Dauermodifikation bei Tanacetum vulgare L., Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 116-119. A form of Tanacetum vulgare in which each rachis bears a bundle of subdivided leaflets is described. The form was not infected by Puccinia tanaceti.—[D.H.K. ] :
378. Artemisia. Straka, H., 1952, Zur Feinmorphologie des Pollens von Salix und von Artemisia, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 46, 204-227.
378/21. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte. Nehou, J., 1952, L’ Arte- misia verlotorum Lamotte a Saint-Malo, Monde des Plantes, 285-286. 1-2. Distribution and spread of this species in Saint-Malo is discussed and compared with that of Artemisia vulgaris. The latter is indige- nous and establishes itself in already colonised waste ground, etc.; the achenes are wind-distributed. The former is a newcomer, spreading by stolons. and establishing itself in uncolonised waste ground, ete.— [E.B.B.]
378/22. Artemisia norvegica Fr. Blakelock, R. A., 1953, Artemisia norvegica Fries in Scotland, Kew Bull., 1953, 173-184. Artemisia nor- vegica was discovered in August 1950 in Wester Ross, in the neigh- bourhood of Ullapool, Scotland, by Sir Christopher Cox, K.C.M.G. 24 colonies in all were counted, growing on the spur of a mountain be- tween 2,350’ and 2,450’. Each of the colonies was about 5-10 yards square and the collector estimates that he saw 500-1,000 plants. De- tails of associated species and some ecological data is given. A map shows the world distribution of the plant; apart from Scotland it is confined to the Dovrefjeld district and adjacent mountains in Norway, and to the Northern Urals.
The author discusses the possibility of A. norvegica being native in Scotland, but mentions the known deliberate introductions of certain alpine species into that country. It is concluded that the arguments for and against the species being a native are much the same as for Diapensia lapponica,
A full deseription of the plant is given, but the author states that “the solitary or few large capitula with wide dark brown margins to the involueral bracts, low growth and tufted habit distinguish it at once from any other British species of Artemisia’’.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 205
381. Doronicum. Lindquist, K., 1950, Some results of a cytolo- gical investigation of Doronicum, /Tereditas, 36, 94-102. Three species have so far been investigated; of these Doronicum. pardalianches 2n=60 and D. plantagineum 2n = + 120 are known to occur in Britain.— [D.H.K.]
383/10. Senecio vuntearis L. Haskell, G., 1953, Adaptation and the breeding system in Groundsel, Genetica, 26, 468-484. Groundsel is a common polyploid weed with high phenotypic plasticity and colonising ability. Functionally it is an entomophilous cross-breeder yet unat- tractive to insects. Hence it mostly self-pollinates, but some crossing occurs during warm weather when insects are active. Hybrids between micro-species may show heterosis. .
A ray-floreted groundsel, which differs by a single major gene, also occurs in western England. This has failed to spread, either being an ecospecies, or through a reduced reproductive capacity because - its female ray-florets fail in pollination.
Groundsel investigated for suitability in biometrical studies has a shorter life-cycle than other common weeds in a glasshouse. Five gene- rations of three families were grown together. There was little differ- ence between generations in heights, first flowering times and number of branches. Families behaved more or less like pure lines and were inter-related, not unexpectedly as they derived from a limited popula- tion. Variation in each generation depended upon character, e.g. variation fcr branching remaining constant, while that for flowering time rapidly decreasing. In this respect families differed somewhat from each other.
Groundsel’s highly advanced seasonal breeding system, of inter- breeding with occasional outbreeding is compared with that of chick- weed, another successful weed. Together with the relatively high repro- ductive capacity and efficient dispersal mechanism, it permits successful adaptation and colonisation. It leads also to production of the numerous micre-species with restricted distributions.—[Author’s summary. ]
393. Arctium. Arénes, J., 1951, Les races francaises du genre Arctium, Monde des Plantes, 276-277, 21-22. Describes and keys the various species and varieties of Arctiwm found in France and gives their distribution.—[D.H.K.]
411/2. Lapsana InTERMEDIA M. Bieb. Gagnepain, F., 1950, Une nouvelle adventice en France, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 97, 217-218. <A short account of Lapsana intermedia, an adventive which has been dis- covered near Paris. The plant is new to France.—[D.H.K.]
415/1. Proris EcHIoipES L. Villion, P., 1952, De l’extension d’une espece euryméditerranéenne: Picris echioides L. = Helminthia echioides Gaertner dans la region Nord du Bessin, Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 24.
206 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
This species has extended its range in this region about three kilometres from N. to S. inland. ‘‘Floras’’? of Normandy give it as mainly littoral. —[E.B.B.]
419. Hieracium. Whlinstedt, A. K., 1953, Nogle nye Hieracium arten i Danmark, 2, Bot. Tidssk., 50, 56-62. Six new species of Hiera- cium are described from Denmark, while a number of others are reduced in synonymy.—[D.H.K. ]
4229/3. LEONTODON TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Mérat. Holub, J. & J. Moravec, 1952, Thrincia saxatilis (Lam. ex Stankov) Holub-Moravec em. v Ceskoslovensku, Preslia, 24, 73-94. A revision of Leontodon taraxacoides in Czechoslovakia. The authors report that the correct name of the species is Thrincia saxatilis (Lam. ex Stankov) em. Holub- Moravee. The plant is divided into two subspecies, viz. :—subsp. taraxacoides (Vill.) Holub-Moravee and subsp. hispida (Roth) Holub- Moravec. The distribution of the two subspecies in Europe is discussed and illustrated by maps. Subsp. taraxracoides, to which the authors refer all the British material that they have seen, is widespread in western, central and southern Europe, while subsp. hispida is appar- ently confined to the Mediterranean region.—[D.H.K. ]
428. TRacorpocon. Ownbey, M. & G. D. McCollum, 1953, Cytoplas- mie inheritance and reciprocal amphiploidy in Tragopogon, Amer. ./. Bot., 40, 788-796.
31/1. JASIONE MONTANA L. Garjeanne, A. J., 1958, Jasione, De Levende Natuur, 56, 187-193. A taxonomic and physiological account of Jasione montana in the Netherlands.—[D.H.K. ]
435. CAMPANULA. Hruby, J., 1950, Campanulastudien innerhalb der Vulgares und ihrer Verwandten in Mitteleuropa, Mitt. Flora-soz. Arb., 2, 77-93. A number of new varieties of Campanula rotundifolic are described.—[D.H.K.]
435/6. CAMPANULA PERSICcIFoLIA L. Darlington, C. D. & L. F. La Cour, 1950, Hybridity selection in Campanula, Heredity, 4, 217-248.
438/1. Vaccintum uLictnosum L. Hara, H., 1952. Vaccinium ulig- inosum L. in Japan, with reference to variations in widespread northern species, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 309-315 & 28, 83-92. The variations in Vaccinium uliginosum are discussed in detail. The size and shape of leaves, corollas, anthers and berries are exceedingly variable in Japan as well as in Kurope and N. America.—![D.H.K.]
445. Catnuna. Hagerup, 0., 1950, Thrips pollination in Calluna, Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Biol. Med., 18 (4), 1-16. Calluna may be pol- linated in many different ways, the one most easily observed being bee- pollination. This method of pollination, however, fails completely in
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 207
some regions (e.g. the Faroes), where large pollinating insects are absent. In these areas pollination may be carried out by a very small insect (Taeniothrips ericae) which seeks shelter, food and a breeding gsround within the flower, and which in return pollinates the flower by creeping on to the stigma.—[ D.H.K. |
446/2. Erica Tetratix L. Hagerup, EK. & O., 1953, Thrips pollin- ation of Erica tetralix, New Phyt., 52, 1-7. As soon as the flower of E. tetralix opens it is pollinated autogamously. The horns of the an- thers are not adaptations for insect pollination; but on the contrary promote autogamy. Being tightened springs pressed against the corolla. they force the anthers with their falling pollen into the most favour- able position above the stigma. At the same time the flower is also pollinated by 1 mm. long insects, Taeniothrips ericae and Frankliniella intonsa, which can carry pollen from other flowers and lay their eggs in the tissue of the corolla.
As the males of Taeniothrips are rare and wingless, the winged females roam actively from flower to flower in order to find the males, thereby becoming active pollinators. Visits by large insects are rare and most often useless to the flower, which is frequently pollinated beforehand. The view of the classic flower biologists, e.g. Knuth, and their observations on autogamy ought to be reviewed by experiments with flowers wrapped in bags to prevent visits of insects.—f[ Authors’ summary. |
452/1. RHODODENDRON PoNTIcum L. Brown, J. M. B., 1953, The Rhododendron problem in the Woodlands of southern England, Quart. J. For., 47, 239-253. Rhododendron ponticum, native to the east and west parts of the Mediterranean vegetation region, was introduced to Britain in 1763 and has since become thoroughly naturalised in wood- lands and shrubberies, particularly on sandy podzolic soils. The vigorous colonies resulting from the dissemination of seed from planted ornamental avenues and clumps are in many cases a serious hindrance to the regeneration of woods by planting or natural seeding; while the clear cutting of rhododendrons is very costly and not always of lasting effect. Some aspects of the ecology of R. ponticum are here reviewed in relation to the challenge which it presents to silviculture.—[ Author’s summary. |
457. Limonium. Baker, H. G., 1953, Dimorphism and monomor- phism in the Plumbaginaceae, 2. Pollen and stigmata in the genus Limonium, Ann. Bot., 51, 433-446; 3. Correlation of geographical dis- tribution patterns with dimorphism and monomorphism in Limonium, Op ctt., 17, 613-627.
460. Primura. Ernst, A., 1951, ‘‘Maternal hybrids’? nach inter- spezifischen Bestéubungen in der Gattung Primula, 2. Sektion Farinosae, Arch. Klaus.-Stift. Ver. Forsch., 26, 187-322.
208 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
460/2. PrimvuLta vutearts Huds. Crosby, J. L., 1950, Population genetics in the genus Primula, Abstr. Diss. Univ. Camb., 1948-49, 9-10.
462. CycLtaMEeN. Blasdale, W. C., 1952, Cyclamen europaeum, Calif. Hort. Soc. J., 13, 132-137. Gives an account of Cyclamen euro- paeum, including its geographical distribution and nomenclature.— iD) bk
467/2. ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Lehmann, E., 1952, Von der Erfor- schung einer heimischen Pflanzenart Anagallis arvensis—Gauchheil, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz., 29, 208-219.
473. Vinca. Pichon, M., 1951, Classification des Apocynacées: 22, Les especes du genre Vinca, Bull. Mus. Nat. d’ Hist. Nat., 23, 439-444. A revision of the genus Viwca with keys to the species and varieties. Only three species (Vinca major L., V. minor lL. and V. herbacea Waldst. & Kit.) are recognised with the remaining forms reduced to varieties.
Seeker
473/1. Vinca major L. Smedley, D. N., 1953, Fruit of the Greater Periwinkle, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 99-100. Vinca major apparently rarely sets fruit in Britain, and a short account is given of fruits found on a
plant near Ross-on-Wye.—[D.H.K.]
476. GENTIANACEAE. Love, D., 1953, Cytotaxonomical remarks on the Gentianaceae, Hereditas, 39, 225-235. The chromosome numbers of seven species of Icelandic Gentianaceae are reported. Numbers of species also found in Britain are:—2n = 36 for Gentianella amarella, 2n = 36 for Gentianella campestris, 2n = 14 for Gentiana nivalis. All chromosome numbers known within the family are listed. It is shown that different basic numbers are met with in different sections, and that on the basis of these numbers as well as on chromosome morphology, the separation of Gentiana and Gentianella as two genera only is insufficient. Different taxonomical changes in order to get at generic uniformity are
discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
477/1. BwuAcKSTONIA PERFOLIATA (L.) Huds. Fabris, H. A., 1949, Dos Gencianaceas aventicias para la flora argentina, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot., 2, 287-290. Blackstonia perfoliata and Centaurium pulchellum have occurred as adventives in the Argentine; the former species has also been found in Uruguay.—[D.H.K.]
478/2. CENTAURIUM LITTORALE (D. Turner) Gilmour. Pignatti, S.. 1951, Polygala exile DC. e Centaurium vulgare Rafn. nella laguna Veneta, Atti Ist. Bot. Univ. Pavia, 9, 268-274. Centaurium littorale has been discovered in Italy. The author suspects that it is an old indigenous plant, rather than a recent introduction.—[D.H.K.]
478/4. CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce. See 477/1. BLack- STONTA PERFOLIATA (T..) Huds.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 209
480. Gentrana. Skalitiska, M., 1952, Badania cytologiczne nad gatun- kami rodzaju Gentiana z Tatra i Pienin, Bull. l’Acad. Pol. Sci. Lett., 1-3, B.1, 1951. A study of the cytology of seven species of Gentiana native in the Tatra and Pieniny mountains of Poland. Only one species found in Britain is included, G. verna 2n = 28.—[D.H.K.]
496. AmsinckiA. Kamb, P., 1952, Chromosome numbers in the genus Amsinckia, Madrofio, 11, 305-307.
496. AmsincK1A. Lawalrée, A., 1950, Les Amsinckia adventices en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 304-306. Describes Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey. and A. parishi A. Brand which have been found as adventives in Belgium.—[ D.H.K.]
503. Putmonarta. Lawalrée, A., 1949, Les Pulmonaria de Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 97-102. Five taxa of Pulmonaria (P. affinis, P. angustifolia subsp. azurea, P. longifolia, P. mollis, P. mollis- sima) have been attributed to the Belgian flora that do not occur in Belgium. The groups recognized are keyed as follows : —
eS AleeAVCSHCOLOALCNALA WAS) 2605 )..acq.tesedeced- nba semensies sdinetseatieoarsoey P. officinalis
Aestival leaves not cordate at base: Leaves spotted, the aestival oval to elliptic, abruptly attenuate at the
IDASE soondansdbuk baa sa sate o dea Coe AEE aeRO BREN errr is Rea ae ines Ae ens Sr P. picta Leaves not spotted, the aestival lanceolate to lanceolate-elliptic, + gradu- ally attenuate at the base ..................... P. angustifolia subsp. tuberosa
P. officinalis L. is divided into subsp. officinalis, with pale-spotted leaves, petiole of aestival leaves longer than blade, and subsp. obscura, without (rarely with) spotted leaves, and petiole shorter than the blade. De- tailed distribution in Belgium is given and some descriptive notes. Hybrids are P. officinalis subsp. officinalis x angustifolia subsp. tuberosa (P. x ovalifolia) and P. officinalis subsp. obscura x angustifolia subsp. tuberosa (P. X vosagisa).—[E.B.B. ]
06/1. Myosotis scorptompEs L. em. Hill. Ohwi, J., 1952, Myosotis scorpioides naturalised to Honshu, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 270.
007. LitHosPermMuM. Johnston, I. M., 1952, Studies in the Boragin- aceae, 23: A survey of the genus Lithospermum, J. Arn. Arb., 33, 299- 363. Gives a key to all the species —[D.H.K. ]
513/1. ConvoLvuLus arvensis L. Wilcke, J., 1949, De bloemen van de akkerwinde, De Levende Natuur, 52, 1-7. Studies on the flowers of Convolvulus arvensis. One plant may produce thousands of flowers during the course of the summer season. The structure of the buds and the opening of the flowers is described in detail. Some insect visitors are given. Ripe fruits are very rarely found in Holland and central Europe.—[D.H.K. ]
515. Cuscuta. Wendelbo, P., 1952, Cuscuta campestris i Norge, Blyttia, 10, 106-107. The author reports two Norwegian finds of Cus-
210 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
cuta campestris. The host plants were Satureja hortensis and Calli- stephus chinensis.—[D.H.K. |
515/2. Cuscuta EUROPAFA L. Gaertner, E. K., 1952, Observations on the host range of Cuscuta europaea among the Compositae, Canad. J. Bot., 30, 682-684. An account of the examination of 128 species of 44 genera of Compositae as to their susceptibility as hosts to Cuscuta europaea.—[ D.H.K. |
515/11. Cuscuta austraLtis R.Br. Hyjelmquist, H., 1953, Cuscuta australis 1 Sverige, Bot. Not., 1953, 97-104. Most of the specimens in Swedish herbaria determined as Cuscuta campestris have on re-deter- mination proved to be (. australis. In most cases C. australis has been introduced with the seeds of garden plants, while C. campestris which has apparently occurred in only a few cases is believed to have been imported with clover and alfalfa seeds. The form of C. australis found in Sweden agrees most closely with the var. cesatiana, and its charac- teristics in comparison with C. australis sensu stricto and C. campestris are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
517. Soutanum. Westergaard, M., 1948, The aspects of polyploidy in the genus Solanum, 3. Seed production in autopolyploid and allopoly- ploid Solanum, Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Biol. Med., 18 (3), 1-18.
517/7. Sovtanum rRostRATUM Dunal. Meyer, M., 1950, Gestekelde nachtschade (Solanum rostratum), Natura, 47, 35-36. An account of Solanum rostratum, a Mexican adventive, in the Netherlands.—
byisineg
517/14. SoLaANuM SISYMBRIIFOLIUM Lam. 1950, Solanum sisymbrii- folium Lam., Natura, 47, 83-84. Gives details of a N. American adven- tive often confused with Solanwm rostratum Dunal in the Netherlands.
== Dee
518/1. PHYSALIS ALKEKENGI I. Hara, H. & S. Kurosawa, 1952, Physalis alkekengi and its Variation in East Asia, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 947-253. Physalis alkekengi is native from central and southern Europe eastwards to Asia Minor, Caucasus, north Persia and southern central Asia, but is unknown in Siberia, India and Malaya. The common Japanese form differs from the European plant by having a robust glabrous erect stem, much broader glabrous leaves, thick, generally glabrous calyx tubes, less acuminate corolla-lobes and larger lustrous fruiting-calyees. The chromosomes of both plants are the same in num- ber and size. The history of the plant in east Asia is uncertain, and it is still doubtful whether it is indigenous to Japan, or has spread from ancient cultivation.—[D.H.K.]
522/1b. Datura sTRAMONIUM var. TATULA (L..) Torr. Rudorf, W. & P. Schwarze, 1951, Polyploidie-effekte bei Datura tatula, Planta,
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Zl
39, 36-64. Tetraploid plants of D. stramonium var. tautula have a lower and more bushy form than the diploid and fewer flowers are produced. —— DEE Ky
532/1. Linania vutcaris Mill. Van Hest, P., 1952, Afwijkingen bij de Vlasleeuwenbek, Nat.-Hist. Maand., 41, 63-65. Studies in the peloric forms of Linaria vulgaris.—{ D.H.K. |
0932/7. CHAENORHINUM MINUS (L.) Lange. Champagnat, M., 1952, Remarques caryologiques et génétiques sur quelques Chaenorrhinum du groupe minus, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 99, 301-304. Short notes on (1) an experimentally produced hybrid Chaenorhinum minus x C. minus var. praetermissum; F1. showed all glabrous plants (as in the var.) and F2. one pubescent to three glabrous, dominance of glabrous type, al- though the var. is very restricted in distribution, being thus revealed. (2) C. littorale Fritsch is the first polyploid (hexaploid) known in the sub-genus.—[ E.B.B. ] |
5032/7. CHAENORHINUM MINUS (L.) Lange. Negodi, G., 1951, Cario- logia delle specie elementari di Linaria minor (L.) Desf. e tetraploidi da colchicina, Attt Mem. Accad. Sci. Modena, 9, 1-26.
332 (24-25. Kickxta. Hoogenraad, H. R., 1952, Twee zeldzame leeuwenbekken, Natura, 49, 81-85. The distribution of Kickria spuria and K. elatine in the Netherlands is discussed and illustrated by maps. ==) pia Bl cea
032/26. CyYMBALARIA MURALIS G.M. & S. Touton, J. B., 1952, Les pro- blemes posés par Cymbalaria toutoni A. Ch. (mutation de Cymbalaria muralis Gunth.) Rev. Gén. Bot., 59, 5-12. Discusses experiments and hypotheses to explain the origin of this mutation, which is genetic, as the piant has not undergone morphological modification since its dis- covery 15 years ago. Its original natural locality has been destroyed and it has not been found in the wild since.—[E.B.B.]
5934/1. ANTIRRHINUM Masus L. Mechelke, F., 1952, Die Entstehung der polyploiden Zellkerne des Antherentapetums bei Antirrhinum majus L., Chromosoma, 5, 246-295.
541. Dierraris. Olechowska-Baraiska, K., 1953, Nasiona Digitalis L. 1 ich cechy rozpoznaweze, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 22, 321-330. Having investigated the size of the seeds, and the anatomical structure of the seed-coat of Digitalis purpurea, D. ambigua, D. lutea and D. lanata, species found in Poland in both the wild and cultivated state, the author gives a key to their identification.—[{ Author’s summary. ]
541/1. Dicrranis puRPpuUREA [.. Grohne, U., 1952, Untersuchungen zur Frage der Lichtkeimung von Digitalis purpurea L., Biol. Zentralvl.,
Ae ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
71, 10-42. Studies on the effect of light on the germination of seeds of Digitalis purpurea.—[ D.H.K. |
542/1. Erinus aupinus L. Blackler, H., 1953, Erinus alpinus in Aneus, WW. Nats CUNES))pabr4olk
542/1. Erinus atpinus L. Dallman, A. A., 1953, Erinus alpinus L. in Argyll, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 295.
542/1. Erinus atpinus L. Palmer, C. E., 1953, Erinus alpinus L. in Argyll, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 460.
543. Veronica. Hui-Lin Li, 1952, The Genus Veronica (Scrophul- ariaceae) in China, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, 104, 197-218. A critical review of the thirty-four species recorded from China. The following species which also occur in Britain are discussed :—Veronica spicata L., the records are considered of doubtful value, although it may occur along the very northernmost borders; V. serpyllifolia L. subsp. humifusa (Dicks.) Syme, confined in China to high altitudes (2300-3700 metres) in the west; V. arvensis L., a single record and probably intro- duced; V. polita Fr. (as V. didyma Ten.), widespread; V. persica Poir., adventive; V. beccabunga L., alpine, found only in Yunnan and Szechuan; V. anagallis-aquatica L., common and widespread especially in the northern provinces; V. catenata Pennell (as V. aquatica Bernh.), western and central China.—[A.E.W. ]
543. VeRoNIcA. Lawalrée, A., 1953, Veronica anagallis-aquatica et Veronica catenata Pennell en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruz., 23, 383- 389. The author states that Veronica catenata has been confused with ’ V. anagallis-aquatica and the distribution of the two species in Belgium is consequently not well known. From a study of herbarium material, after describing the two species, he gives details of their occurrence. and concludes that V. catenata is essentially a plant of maritime and low-country areas whilst V. anagallis-aquatica predominates in the western higher areas. This is in accordance with the world range of both so far as it is known; the latter has a much wider distribution, reaching higher altitudes. Hybrids, recorded elsewhere from areas of overlap in distribution, should be found in the central area of Belgium.
—[E.BiB.]
543/7. VERONICA BECCABUNGA L. Kloos, A. W., Jr., 1952, Aanwin- sten van de Nederlandse flora in 1950, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 122-156. De- scribes a new variety—var. rubra nov. var.—floribus phoeniceis nec
roseis.—|[ D.H.K. |
543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Thaler, I., 1951, Morphologisches iiber Veronica filiformis Smith und ihre Verwandten, Phyton, 3, 216- 226. The author gives a morphological and taxonomical account of Veronica filiformis and deals with its affinity to V. persica.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Zils
543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Thaler, I., 1953, Die Ausbrei- tung von Veronica filiformis Sm., Phyton, 5, 41-54. The spread of Veronica filiformis in Europe is discussed and illustrated by a map. Many British records are cited.—[ D.H.K. |
545. HupHrasia. Callen, E. O., 1952, Studies in the genus Euphrasia L., 3, Rhodora, 54, 154-156. Discusses Huphrasia arctica Lange ex Rostrup which is regarded as a widespread and polymorphic northern species occurring in N. America, Greenland, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, Scandinavia and Scotland. He regards H.marshalliu Pugsl. as synonymous with it and EH. frigida Pugsl. and EH. eurycarpa Pugsl. as conspecific. He divides the species into five varieties of which three are British:—var. arctica (EK. marshallu Pugsl.); var. obtusata (E. Joerg.) Callen (EH. frigida var. laxa Pugsl.); var. submollis (K. Joerg.) Callen (EZ. marshallu var. pygmaea Pugsl., EH. eurycarpa Pugsl.). Of the remaining varieties 1. arctica var. stromoensis (Pugsl.) Callen described from the Faroes may occur in Scotland where ‘‘plants that seem ta resemble it’’ have been seen.—[ E.F.W. |
6548/3. RHINANTHUS oRISTA-GALLI L. Hambler, D. J., 1958, Pro- chromosomes and supernumerary chromosomes in Rhinanthus minor Ehrh., Nature, 172, 629-630.
548/3. RHINANTHUS cRISTA-GALLI L. Vallance, K. B., 1952, The germination of the seeds of Rhinanthus crista-galli, Ann. Bot., 16, 409- 420.
549/2. MELAMPYRUM ARVENSE L. Gislen, T., 1949, Problems con- cerning the occurrence of Melampyrum arvense in Sweden, Oikos, 1, 208-234. The species has much decreased in Sweden in recent times, the main cause appearing to be changes in agriculture. The possibility of a very early post-glacial immigration of all the Melampyrum species (except M. nemorosum) by way of a southern land bridge is discussed.— [D.H.K.]
549/2. MrLAMpyRUM ARVENSE L. Hoogenraad, H. R., 1951, Wilde weit, Natura, 48, 93-97. Notes on the distribution of Melampyrwm arvense in the Netherlands.—[D.H.K. ]
550/10. OROBANCHE MINOR Sm. Smith, A. M. & A. D. Greenwood, 1952, Notes on the biology of the Lesser Broomrape, The Nat., 1952, 102-105.
dol/1. Larurara squaMaria L. Smith, A. M., 1952, The Tooth- wort, Bull. Bradford Nat. Soc., 28, 3-4. A short account of the species
including details of localities and host plants in the Bradford area.— [D.H.K.]
578. GaLEopsis. Hagberg, A., 1952, Heterosis in Fl combinations in Galeopsis: T & II, Hereditas, 38, 33-82 & 221-245.
24 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
581. Lamium. Bernstrom, P., 1953, Cytogenetic Intraspecific Studies on Lamium, Hereditas, 39, 241-256 & 381-437.
581/1. Lamium atpum L. Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1952, Een Merk- waardige vorm van Lamium album L., Nat.-Hist. Maand.. 40, 37-39. A short account of an unusual form of L. album found in the Nether-
lands.—[D.H.K.]
581/3. Lamium puRPUREUM L. Dunstone, K., 1952, A New Record for South Australia, S. Austr. Nat., 26, 59. Lamium purpureum has become an established adventive in a market garden at Norton Sum- mit, S. Australia.—[D.H.K. ]
588. PrLanraco. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1951, Plantago, De Levende Natuur, 54, 151-159. The species of the genus indigenous to the Nether- lands are described, and many details of their anatomy are depicted, with particular reference to the minute anatomy of the flowers.—-
[D.H.K]
088/3. PLANTAGO CORONOPUS L. Dodds, J. G., 1953, Plantago coronopus L. (Biological Flora), J. Mcoi., 41, 467-478.
588/38. Puanraco coronopus L. See 93/1. KoHLRAUSCHIA PROLI- rpRA (L.) Kunth.
593. Herntaria. Blackburn, K. B., 1953, Notes on Modern KRe- search Methods in Taxonomy, Rep. & Trans. Soc. Guern., 15, 169-170. Herniaria ciliata Bab. from Guernsey has 2n = 72, whereas a similar plant from Portugal often called H. muritima var. ciliata Bab. and believed by many to be the same thing has 2n = 108.—[D.H.K.]
595. SCLERANTHUS. Rossler, W., 19538, Scleranthi Lusitaniae, Agron, Lusit., 15, 97-138. Describes and keys the species of Scleranthus found in Portugal.—[D.H.K.]
596. AMARANTHUS. d’Alleizette, C. & P. Aellen, 1953, Bemerkens- werte Amaranthus-Funde aus Frankreich, Candollea, 14, 159-162. This account of new Amaranthus species recently discovered in France in- cludes a description of a new hybrid—A. x alletzettet Aellen (A. cauda- tus xX chlorostachys). Descriptions are also given of A. X ozanonii Thell. (A. chlorostachys x retroflerus), A. bouchoni Thell. and A. pal- mert S. Wats.—[D.H.K. ]
600. CHrNOoPOpDIUM. Kowal, T., 1953, Kluez do oznaezania nasion rodzajow Chenopodium L. i Atriplex L., Polsk. Tow. Bot.: Monogr. Bot., 1, 87-168. On a basis of morphological and anatomical features the author gives keys for the determination of the seeds of eighteen species of Chenopodium and ten species of Atripler. The morpholo- wieal key is based on the outer structure of the seed coat and on the size, outline and shape of the seeds. The anatomical key is based on
ABSTRACTS EROM LITERATURE Y15
the structure of the outer and inner seed coats. Drawings of some of the seeds are given. Many species also found in Britain are included in the account.
The author draws conclusions from his studies regarding the taxono- mical division of the genera Chenopodium and Atriplex into sections and proposes. certain changes in this division. A method of determin- ing the seeds of hybrids is also given.—[D.H.K. ]
606. ArrirLEx. See 600. CHENOPODIUM.
614/1. PHyvro.acca amERtcANA L. Sauer, J. D., 1952, A geography of Pokeweed, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard., 39, 113-125. Phytolacca ameri- cana is native in N. America but was introduced into the Mediterranean region about the year 1650. Its berries proved so useful for colouring low-grade wines that the plant became widely cultivated in Portugal, Spain, France and Italy. Escaping from cultivation it has become a fairly common weed in the region, and has been reported from all the European and African countries bordering the Mediterranean. The plant has now extended its range northwards into Switzerland, southern Germany, Austria, Hungary and Russia, eastwards to Persia and westward to the Azores, Canaries and Cape Verde. ‘The plant is also cultivated as an ornamental in some European countries includ- ing England and France. It is now naturalised in S. Africa, and has been reported as an adventive from California, Arizona, Bermuda, Asia, Australia and Macronesia. The spread of the plant has been entirely influenced by the activities of man.—[D.H.K.]
615. Potyeonum. Schotsman, H. D., 1950, De bouw der klieren van enige Polygonum soorten en bastardeen, Ned. Kruidk. Arch., 52, 262-276. An anatomical study of the glands of some species and hybrids of Polygonum. The species investigated were P. persicaria, P. minus, P lapathifolium, P. mite and P. hydropiper, and the author shows that each of these species has a very specific type of gland by which it is easily identified. The hybrids P. minus x persicaria, P. mite x persi- caria and P. hydropiper x minus were also studied, and although pos- sessing a shape of gland deviating from all species, taken as a group the glands of the three hybrids are virtually identical—_[D.H.K. ]
615/2x1. PoLyYGoNUM CONVOLVULUS X DUMETORUM. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Deux hybrides Polygonum convolvulus x dumetorum, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 211-213. Two new forms of the hybrid Polygonum x convolvuloides Briigger are described. Forma intermedium differs from P. convolvulus in pedicels jointed below middle and perianth segments clearly winged; from P. duwmetoruwm in narrower wings and larger achenes. Forma pterocarpum differs from P. convolvulus in its winged fruiting perianth and smaller achenes; from P. dumetorum in short fruiting pedicels, jointed near the top. The fruits are figured.—[ E.B.B. |
615/5. Poryconum ameHisrum L. Hoogenraad, H. R., 1953, De Veenwortel, een tweeslachtige plant, Natura, 50, 51-54.
216 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
615/14. Potyconum (Sect. Avicunarta). Vindt, J., 1952, Le Genre Polygonum L. sect. Avicularia Meisn., au Maroc, Bull. Soc. Sei. Nat. Maroc, 31, 27-36. A rearrangement of the section Avicularia is given after Fournier’s study of the Moroccan material of the genus Polygonum. A key to the species in the section is supplied together with a key to the varieties of P. aviculare L. As many of the species occur, some as aliens, in the British Isles, and as the complex group is not well understood, the keys are reproduced here; general distribution, as taken from the de- scriptions following the keys, is interpolated : —
A Plants annual, rarely biennial; achenes not more than 3 mm. long, included in or little exserted from perianth.
B Flowering branches leafy to top, leaves distinctly exceeding flowers (COSMOPOHUGAM) eet eA ee eee ee ee a ee P. aviculare
BB Flowering branches slender, naked, or leaves not or liitle exceeding flowers, simulating interrupted spikes. C Plants upright; achenes smooth or sub-smooth. + shining.
D Achenes 2-5-3 mm.; flowers 1-5 in scattered groups: perianth with broad greenish divisions on the back; plant + branched. branches Sstraicht..(C.1& S: Europe, N. AtricaAsta) eee P. patulum
DD Achenes not more than 2mim.; flowers solitary or few together; stenis and branchesslender, flexwWOus; ‘ZI@=7a@ = see ee ee te
P. aviculare var. rurivagunt
CC Plants spreading-diffuse, branches sometimes ascending, very branched from base; inflorescences crowded: flowers 1-3 with narrow greenish divisions on the back and broad pinkish margins: achenes 1-5-2-3 mm., subrugulose, dull or slightly shining. (S. European, littoral) .........
P. pulchellwia
AA Plants perennial, with woody stock B Plant glaucous of maritime sands, stem thick, ascending. branches up- right; leaves subcoriaceous, elliptic or lanceolate crowded; ochrea very large, shining, the upper longer than internodes; achenes 45 mm., smooth, shining, exceeding perianth. (W. & S. Europe, N. Africa, PINOT ICA va ccdees Goabrce oh shack sau gnc cove ausue ns duonsueteeeel cap neces a eee P. marilimum
BB Plants decumbent or upper part of branches only ascending; achenes not more than 3 mm.
G; Flower branches leafy, leaves = or exceeding internodes. D Stems numerous, elongate, sometimes 1 m. long, spreading on the
eround, naked below, branched. (S. France, C. & S. Italy)............
P. romanum
DD Stems few, subsimple, short, 1-20 cm., leafy their whole length: leaves
with prominent subparallel nerves. (W. Algeria) ... P. rhizorylon
CCG Flower branches threadlike, naked or with leaves distinctly shorter
than internodes.
E Leaves with very prominent nerves below, the secondary very curved towards the median.
F Stems numerous, knotty, with long internodes + soon denuded below: flower branches leafy: leaves oblong, elliptical or lanceolate; ochrea discolorous, membranous part long and deeply torn: flowers 2-4, peduncles unequal. often = or longer than flowers. (S. Europe except France, N. Africa, W. Asia) ...............
P. equisetiforiie
FEF Plant decumbent with very numerous soon denuded stems, not or little knotty, very branched, branches parallel; flower branches leafless or nearly so: leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, long (up to 3 cm.): flowers 4-7, peduncles = or longer than flowers. (EnaGgemic’ toimMOPOCGO) . 4 < cvscqckon (.ccerep noes etees . P. decumbens
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Di
Kk Leaves with few nerves, little or not prominent, linear-lanceolate, shorter than internodes; flowers in 1-3, subsessile. (Algeria) ......... P. Battandieri
KEY TO VARIETIES OF P. AVICULARKE. A Achenes c.2 mim., shining, sub-smooth; plant littoral, spreading, glauce- scent; branches long, slender; leaves thick, oblong, or lanceolate, obtuse OWL GWOOONMTGS, \Wwvilila THEVOIUOUKE TOE ASO — 5, canosecsccocodeboenvoeocodoDes var. litorale AA Achenes dull or scarcely shining. B Achenes more than 2 mm.; subsmooth or finely lined.
C Plant very small, a few cm., ascending, subsimple or divided from the base into several stems; leaves very small, spatulate or lanceolaie, the lower easily falling off; inflorescence usually 1-flowered, crowded WON PEWEOIS 1G) 0) “CA AETOT Lp oonadbesoothokbenconcdbascodéead doneoceGosnaadT var. minimuin
CC Not as above.
D Plant decumbent or with solitary ascending branches. E Plant fairly laxly leaved; flower branches with distant inflorescence,
ochreay, Shorter -iany tmteeMOdeS se wastes te ceeeceeec ces var. triviale EEK Plant fairly densely leaved; inflorescence crowded towards top of branches, ochrea longer than internodes ...... var. condensatum
DD Plants with upright or ascending stems. F Leaves oval or elliptic, up to 1-155 cm. broad, up to 2-3 cm. long, obtuse or subobtuse at apex, + undulate at margins; plant MODUS 202 SOMCINN Uke. S.osed en eeeeaenachcccasocantaeenemeessens var. monspeliense KF Leaves lanceolate or lanceolate-linear, acute or acutiuscule at apex, lower larger; plant with elongate internodes; inflorescence sub- CON CENAHROTE TT ques Hennaa ead cnn nmaatconetor aeaueda immeraRcdncaen tess var. erectum BB Achenes small, 1-1-5 mm. (rarely 2 mm.) generally dull; plant erect with slender stems and branches, flexuous, zig-zag; leaves narrow, linear or linear-lanceolate, upper very narrow acuminate; inflorescence often 1-flowered, distant; plant becoming + reddish on drying .................. var. rurivagum
2B Be
615/14. Potyeonum (Sect. AvicuLARIA). Vindt, J., 1953, Note complémentaire sur le genre Polygonum L. sect. Avicularia Meisn. du Maroc, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, 32, 167-168.
618. RuMeEx. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Le Genre Rumex Sous-Genre Acetosella en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 79-86. The writer states that the subgenus Acetosella (Meissn.) Rech. f. of the genus Rumex L. comprises four species, 2. angiocarpus Murb. 2n = 14, R. tenuifolius (Wallr.) Love 2n = 28, R. acetosella L. sensu stricto 2n = 42 and R. graminifolius Lamb. 2n = 56; basic chromosome number for subgenus = 7. The first two are represented in the Belgian flora. A _ detailed description of each species is given with full distribution in Belgium. World distribution is summarised. The species are differentiated ecolo- gically: R. angiocarpus is found on dry banks and arable land (reaches 2,400 m.); R. tenwifoltus is more calcifuge and is found on poor, especi- ally sandy and acid soils. A new variety var. turfosus of tenuifolius is described (from Belgium) differing in shorter and less narrow leaves. KR. angiocarpus is very variable; its variations are discussed from the morphological and genetic points of view; it is the only species showing “angiocarpy’’ or the joining of valve and achene into a false fruit.
218 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Some salient points of difference between the two species (ex deser.) BCS) 3 =
anglocarpus tenuifolius Plant green, rarely somewhat reddish Usually entirely reddish:
Stem ascending o1 erect 20-40 cm. Procunibent with erect flowering branches, rarely more than 15 cm. (green when young becoming reddish)
Leaves lower, hastate-subrotund, hastate-linear with petiole = blade, median lobe 1-5-3 times longer median lobe c.10 times longer than than broad broad
cauline, 2-7 cm. x 0-4-2 cm. Margin rarely More thans2:3) ‘cites < Qe nine:
not involute margin involute c. 1 mm. Stamen less than 1 mm. (Oy aaron: Flower, mature female with valve = a little longer than achene achene False fruit a little less than 1 Imi. Achene 0-9-1-3) mm- x - 0-6-0-8 um... Jone by as much broad, rough, reddish-black, shining. dull. —[#.B.B]
621/1. AsarRum EUROPAEUM L. Werth, E., 1951, Asarum europaeum ein permanenter Selbstbefruchter, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 287-294. The flowers of Asarum europaeum are not adapted for insect pollination and no insect visitors have been observed. The pollinisation mechanism is regarded as a form of cleistogamy, and although the reproductive capacity of the plant is low, it certainly enables it to survive. The seeds are distributed by ants.—[D.H.K. ]
625/1. H1ippopHAE RHAMNOIDES L. Van Soest, J. L., 1952, Zwei Unterarten von Hippophae rhamnoides L., Mitt. Flor.-soz. Arb., 3, 88. Describes H. rhamnoides subsp. maritima from sand dunes on the North Sea coast and subsp. fluviatilis from the gravel banks of alpine streams.
—[D.H.K.]
626/1.. Viscum atpum L. Froment, M. & Mme. P., 1953, Précisions sur la répartition géographique de Viscum album L. dans la region du Nord et dans le bassin Parisien, Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 57-59. Many stations for mistletoe, with limits of distribution, are detailed for the north of France.—[E.B.B. |
626/1. Viscum atpum L. Montfort, C. & L. Miiller, 1952, Grund- satzliches zur Lebensrhythmik der Mistel (Viscum album L.) im jahr- lichen Liingenzuwaechs und in der Blattgestaltung, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. (res., 64, 297-308.
626/1. Viscum atnum L. Routier, 1953, Apercu sur la répartition vcographique de Viscum album L. en Bretagne et en Normandie, Bull.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 219
Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 8-9. Mistletoe grows abundantly on the schists and lower chalk, fairly frequently on granite but rarely on the upper chalk, sandstone or puddingstone in the areas under observation.—
[E.B.B.]
626/1. Viscum atgum L. Routier, J., 1953, Apercu sur la réparti- tion géographique de Viscum album L. dans la vallée de la Bresle, Bull. Bot. Soc. Nord France, 6, 59. Short note on distribution of mistletoe in the valley of the Bresle, where it grows on both lower and upper
chalk.—[E.B.B.]
626/1. Viscum aLtBpum L. Wiinstedt, A., 1952, Nye Bidrag til den Danske flore: 33. Viscum album L., Bot. Tidssk., 49, 212.
628. EupHorsia. Krochmal, A., 1952, Seeds of Weedy Euphorbia species and their identification, Weeds, 1, 243-255. The seeds of 26 species of Euphorbia are described in detail.—[D.H.K.]
628/10. EupHorsia psuta L. Charrier, G., 1950, Brevi note a pro- posite di una Huforbia raccolta in Val Sangone, Italy, Nwov. Giorn. Bot., Ttal., 57, 684-688. The author reports a large colony of EH. esula in the Sangone Valley (Cozie Alps) and discusses the systematic posi- tion of H. esula and EF. virgata, closely allied forms of which are not always easily distinguishable from one another.—[D.H.K. ]
628/11. EupHorsia cyparisstas L. Moore, R. J. & D. R. Lindsay, 1953, Fertility and Polyploidy of Euphorbia cyparissias in Canada, Canad. J. Bot., 31, 152-163. Euphorbia cyparissias, a Kuropean species originally introduced into N. America as an ornamental, is now firmly established on roadsides and pastures in eastern Canada. The Cana- dian distribution is mapped from specimens in three herbaria. Plants with a somatic chromosome number of 20 and plants with the number 2n = 40 occur in eastern Ontario and adjacent Quebec. According to all available evidence for this region, the diploid plants never set seed, whereas the tetraploid populations are highly fertile. The cells of the upper leaf epidermis of the tetraploid plants are conspicuously larger than those of diploid plants. By means of this criterion, the probable chromosome no. of herbarium specimens was determined. The distri- bution of the diploid and tetraploid plants in Ontario and western Quebec is mapped. Tetraploid plants are known from eight locations in this area, five of these infestations are serious. It is believed that the sterility of the diploid population is due to a genic condition which may interrupt normal pollen development.—[ Authors’ summary. |
628/11. Kupnorpia cyparissias LL. Troll, W. & B. Heidenhain, 1952, Studien tiber die Infloreszenzen von Euphorbia cyparissias, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65, 377-382.
220 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
631/1. Buxus sEMPERVIRENS L. Shove, R. F., 1950, The common Box (Buxus sempervirens), School Nat. Stud., 45, 37-40. Gives an ac- count of the morphology and physiology of the species. Some ecolo- gical data are also supplied.—[D.H.K. ]
633. Unmus. Ehrenberg, C. E., 1953, Studies on Elm Pollen, Bot. Not., 1953, 308-316.
633/3. ULMuUsS X HOLLANDICA Mill. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Ulmus hollandica Mill. en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 66-70. U. x hollandica is the hybrid U. carpinifolia x glabra; it is often planted and it is difficult to say whether it is native in Belgium and even else- where. A key to the Belgian forms is given :—
All leaves simply acuminate, not lobed-tricuspidate : Epicormic shoots not provided with strong corky protuberances : Leaves with petiole 6-15 mm. long: blade 8-16 mm. long x 5-10 cm. broad: with 8-14 primary lateral nerves on each side of median nerve ............ hollandica Leaves with petiole 3-5 mm. long: blade 8-16 cm. long x 3-5-7 em. broad: with 14-18 primary lateral nerves on each side of median nerve ............ f. belgica Epicormic¢ shoots with strong corky protuberances ..........................-- f. major Leaves, at. least some, lobed-tricuspidate in their upper parts ..................... f. tricuspidata Detailed descriptions and the distribution in Belgium of the hybrid and its forms are given; general distribution is given and f. be/gica (Burgsdorf) Rehder and f. major (Smith) Rehder are said to occur in Kngland.—[ E.B.B. ]
6387/1. Urtica piorca L. Ivins, J. D., 1952, Concerning the Ecology of Urtica dioica L., J. Ecol., 40, 380-382.
6388. Parierarta. Paclt, J., 1952, Uber die Identitaét von Parietaria ramiflora Moénch mit Parietaria erecta Mertens et Koch (=P. officin- alis L.), Phyton, 4, 46-50. Parietaria ramiflora, P. erecta and P. offi- cinalis cannot be separated from each other specifically or subspecific- ally, and the first two are probably merely immature forms of the latter.
Due kG
642. BretTvuta. Berrie, A. M. M., 1953, A Study of the Scottish Birch with special reference to the genetics and ecology of the species, Summ. Thes. Univ, Glasgow, 1951-52, 10-11. Differentiation in the birch has proceeded cytologically, there being two races, a diploid and a tetra- ploid. These races are distributed in Scotland in such a way that the western region contains only tetraploids, while in the east, only a local area contains nothing but diploids. Between these areas there is a zone of intergradation.—[D.H.K.]
643. Annus. Erdtman, G., 1953, On the Difference between the Pollen Grains in Alnus glutinosa and those in Alnus ineana, Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 47, 449-450.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE UPN
643/1. ALNUS GLUTINOSA (L.) Gaertn. McVean, D., 1953, Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (Biological Flora), J. Heal., 41, 447-466.
644. CaRPINUS. Berger, W., 1953, Studien zur Systematik und Geschichte der Gattung Carpinus, Bot. Not., 1953, 1-47.
644/1. Carpinus BeTtutus L. Corillion, R., 1953, Sur la répartition et aire d’indigénat du Charme (Carpinus betulus L.) dans le Massif armoricain, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 100, 320-323. A consideration of the distribution of the Hornbeam in the Breton massifs area leads the author to conclude that it must be considered indigenous in the south- east of this range.—[E.B.B.]
645/1. Coryvius avetnaNna Ih. Wilcke, J., 1953, Elsen Hazelaar, De Levende Natuwur, 56, 1-5.
646. Quercus. Krahl-Urban, J., 1951, Trauben- und Stiel-Kiche in Schweden, Forstuiss. Cbl., 70, 319-336. A study of Quercus petraea and @. robur on the borders of their natural range in Sweden. Low tem- peratures appear to be the main factor in determining the northern limits of the two species. The boundary of Q. robur corresponds roughly with that of the —5° ©. January mean temperature line while that of Q. petraea largely coincides with the —3° C. January mean temperature line. The author suggests that natural hybridisation between the two species is more common than is usually supposed.—[D.H.K.]
646/3. QuERous ceRRIs L. Corillion, R., 1950, Quercus cerris h. et sa végétation a Notre-Dame-du-Guildo (Cétes-du-Nord), Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 24, 51-54. A short discussion on the distribution and ecology of the species, subspontaneous in this area.—[E.B.B.]
649/1. Fagus sytvatica L. Michel, E., 1950, Les Fleurs et le Fruit du Hétre, Nat. Belge, 31, 181-182. Description of flowers and fruit of the beech with some details of the economic uses of the beech-nut. The nut is parasitised by the lepidopterous larva, Carpocapsa grossana. [E.B.B.]
649/1. Faeus sytvatica L. Motyka, J., 1953, Z zagadnien ekologii buka (Fagus silvatica L.), Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie, Sect. C. Biol., 8, 121-164. Studies in the ecology of the beech in eastern Europe.— [D.H.K.]
650/11. Sanix REPENs I.. Thompson, J., 1953, Intersexual Catkins of the Creeping Willow, Salix repens, on Birtley Fells (66), Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 12-13.
650/16. Satrx tapponum I. Montserrat, P., 1951, El Salix lap- ponum lL. en Espafia, Coll. Bot., 2, 439-443. Salix lapponwm subsp. ceretana has been found in a bog near Andorra in the Pyrenees; it is new to Spain.—[D.H.K.]
22D, ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
651. Porutus. Bugula, W., 1951, Euro-amerykanskie mieszarice topoli ezarnych, zich naczenie oraz krétki przeglad dotychzasowych osiagniec hodowli topoli WZSRR, Sylwan, 95, 324-338. The author gives an account of the Euro-american hybrids between Populus nigra and P. deltoidea, and a short review of poplar breeding in the U.S.S.R. The following hybrids are described in detail: —P. x serotina, P. x marilandica, P. x regenerata, P. x eugenei, P. x brabantica, I. x gelrica and P. x robusta.—[D.H.K.]
651. Poputus. Van der Veen, R., 1951, Influence of Daylight on the Dormancy of some Species of the Genus Populus, Phys. Plant., 4. 35-40. The author gives an account of experiments carried out on cut- tings and seedlings of P. alba, P. x robusta. P. x marilandica, P. tremula, P. x trichocarpa, P. x serotina, P. nigra and P. xX lasio- carpa.—| D.H.-K.]
651/1. PopruLus cANESCENS (Ait.) Sm. Grohn, W., 1951, Die Grau- pappel in Schleswig-Holstein, Mitt. Deutsch. Dendrol. Ges., 56, 64-66. An account of Populus canescens in Schleswig-Holstein.—[D.H.K.]}
651/2. Popvutus tremuta L. Runquist, E. W., 1951, Ett fall av androgyna hingen hos Populus tremula L., Bot. Not., 1951, 188-191. A morphological account of the types of flowers noted in androgynous catkins that were found in association with hermaphrodite flowers in a clone of three trees of Populus tremula growing in Sweden. Seedlings raised from seed from some of the abnormal catkins are thought to be the result of self-pollination. A structural change in the chromosomes of a trisomic sex chromosome may be the cause of the anomaly.—
[D.H.K.]
651/2. Poputus tremuta L. Seitz, F. W., 1952. Zwei neue Funde von Zwitterigkeit bei der Aspe, Z. Forstgenet., 1, 70-73. The author reports on two examples of hermaphroditism found in flowers of Populus tremula in southern Germany. A comparison is made with those found by Runquist in northern Sweden.—[ D.H.K.]
652. Emprerrum. McVean, D. N. & A. Berrie, 1952, Hermaphro- dite Empetrum in Sutherland, Scot. Nat., 64, 45 —[D.H.K.]
653/1. CERATOPHYLLUM SUBMERSUM lL. Nilsson, A. A., 1952, Om Ceratophyllum submersum L. i Lanskrona och om nya lokaler i omgivn- ingarna, Bot. Not., 1952, 127-137. The only previously known locality in Sweden for Ceratophyllum submersum was almost destroyed in 1931-35 when the canals around the castle of Landskrona were dredged. The plant appeared afterwards sporadically until 1946 since when it has not been seen there. It has however been refound in marl-pits east of Landskrona by the author, who suggests that it was possibly intro- duced from the original locality by water-hirds.—/[D.H.K.7
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 22>
653/2. CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM I.. McGregor, R. L. & K. L. Sperry, 1951, Variation of Ceratophyllum demersum in Eastern Kansas, Trans. Kansas Acad., 54, 536-539. Mass collections of Ceratophyllum were made from four localities in eastern Kansas. All the material studied on the basis of fruit and leaf character (flower characters appear to be of little morphological value) was referable to C. demersim L. The species appears to be polymorphic by being subject to morphological changes due to environment.—[ D.H.K. |
656/1. ELopEa CANADENSIS Michx. Ernst-Schwarzenbach, E., 1951, Die Ursachen der verminderten Fertilitat von Elodea-Arten, Planta. 39, 542-569.
656/1. Enopra CANADENSIS Michx. Murray, I., 1952, Notes on Anacharis or Canadian Pondweed (Elodea canadensis) in Europe, Aquarium J., 23, 154-155.
657/1. VALLISNERIA sprraLis L. Michel, E., 1951, Vallisneria spiralis L., Nat. Belge, 32, 145-149. An account of the species and its history in Belgium and France.—[D.H.K. ]
659. OrcHIDACEAE. Ferlan, L., 1950, Aprenda a conhecer as Orquideas da sua terra, Broteria, 19, 97-107. Gives an analytical key to the species found in Portugal. This includes most of those also found in Britain.—[D.H.K. ]
659.— ORCHIDACEAE. Gsell, R., 1951, Herbstbeobachtungen an Orchideen, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 61, 280-376. A study of autumnal observations on forty different species of Orchidaceae, belonging to twenty genera. All the species developed the young shoots early in the autumn, these shoots consist of leaves and all parts of the inflorescence with the exception of spurs and pollinia.—[D.H.K. ]
659/1. HamMMarByA PALUDOSA (L.) Kuntze. Abbayes. H. des & R. Corillion, 1953, Répartition et végétation du Malaxis paludosa Sw. (Orchidacées) dans le Finistére, Bull. Bot. Soc. France, 100, 355-358. Recent discoveries of and the disappearance from old localities of this orchid in the Finistére area are discussed. It occurs on Sphagnum in Rhynchospora associations, and tends to disappear as the Sphagnum- bogs become modified.—[ E.B.B. ]
660/1. Liparis LokseLit (L.) Rich. Tornroth, H., 1958, Liparis loeselii Rich., ny for Finlands Flora, Mem. Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn., 28, 2-4. Details are given of the first known station for Liparis loeselii in Finland. Some ecological data are included._[D.H.K.]
662/1. NerorTia wNnipus-avis (L.) Rich. Smitha A..” Ma. 1952: The so-called Saprophytic Orchids, The Nat.. 1952, 159-163. The term “saprophytic? as used by various authors, and the orchid-fungus re- lationship is discussed. The author suggests that Neottia nidus-arvis and
294 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
other so-called ‘‘saprophytic’’ orchids feed on a living fungus and give no advantage in return, i.e., they are parasitic on the fungus. It is concluded that there are ne such organisms as saprophytic fiowering plants.—[D.H.K. ]
666/1. Eprpoctum apHyLLuM Sw. Jovet, P., 1952, Epipogon aphyl- lum Swartz, Orchidée boréo-montagnarde trouvée en forét de Com- piegne, Feuille des Nat., 7, 39-46. A remarkable extension of the range of the species westward from its usual French mountain stations; British stations still remain the most westerly however. A detailed account of the ecology of its new area is given and the general distribution of the species is discussed.—[{ E.B.B. ]
668. Eprpactis. Young, D. P., 1953, Autogamous Epipactis in Scandinavia, Bot. Not., 1953, 253-270. Descriptions are given of the following autogamous (self-fertilised) Epipactis which occur in Sweden and Denmark:
E. leptochila (Godf.) Godf., from Falster and Men (new to Scandin- avia) ;
E. confusa sp. nov., from southern Sweden and Denmark, which for- merly passed under the names of EF. microphylla Ehrh. and £. viridifilora (Hoffm.) Rchb., and more recently was included under E. persica (Soo) Hausskn. by Nannfeldt, but is here considered a distinct species; and
E. phyllanthes G. E. Sm. var. pendula D. P. Young from Jutland and Funen, previously recorded by Nannfeldt as F. leptochila.
A revised key is given to the Scandinavian species of Epipactis sec- tion Hu-eptpactis—[ Author’s Summary. ]
668/1. Eprpactis paLustrRis (L.) Crantz. Rantaniemi, P. A., 1952, Suo=neidonvaipan, Epipactis palustris (L.) Cr., merkittéva erillisesiin- tyma Tervolassa (P.P.), Arch. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 6, 136-138. Epipactis palustris has been discovered in an isolated locality in N. Finland. Some ecological data are given.—[D.H.K. }
668/2. EpreacTIs HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz. Drew. W. B. & R. A. Giles, 1951, Epipactis helleborine (L.) Crantz in Michigan and its general range in North America, Rhodora, 53, 240-242. The introduc- tion of the species into the U.S.A. and its subsequent spread is dis- cussed.—[D.H.K. ]
668/2. EPreacTIS HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz. Weijer, J., 1952, The Colour-Difference in Epipactis helleborine Cr. Wats. & Coult., and the Selection of the Genetical Varieties by Environment, Genetica, 26, 1-32. The author has found that climatological environmental influences play an important réle in the natural selection of the colour-varieties of EZ. helleborine on the island of Ameland (Netherlands). Data were obtained from counts in open field of the frequency of the genetical colour vars.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Do
Data were also obtained concerning the occurrence of self-pollination or allogamy of the species. Some conclusions are given regarding the systematics of the species, and a new variety is described : —
Var. alba Weijer var. nov.—Rhizome with many roots springing from the various nodes at different depths. Lower parts of stem never purple, with short, firm leaves, light-green, placed close together. Raceme short to fairly long and densely flowered, axis rough with short hairs. Ovary sometimes fairly densely hairy. Flowers with greenish petals and small slightly or not wrinkled bosses on heart-shaped white epichilium. Rostellum permanent.—{ D.H.K. |
668/3(6). EPpIrpACcTIS PHYLLANTHES G. E. Sm. Webb, D. A., 1953, Epipactis phyllanthes G. E. Sm.: An Orchid New to Ireland, Irish Nat. J., 11, 90-91. Epipactis phyllanthes has been found in Co. Wicklow. The author gives a short description of the species and its known British distribution, and suspects that it will be found elsewhere in Treland.—[D.H.K. ]
668/4. EprmrpacTIS PURPURATA Sm. Nothdurft, H. von, 1952, Die violette Sumpfwurz, Natur und Volk, 82, 269-272. <A short ecological account of the species in Germany illustrated by photographs.—
DeEeK. |
669. OrcnHis. Harrison, J. Heslop, 1952, Notes on the Distribution of the Irish Dactylorchids, Verdéffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Aurich, 25, 100-113.
669. Orcuis. Harrison, J. Heslop, 1953, Some problems of variation in the British dactylorchids, S.H. Nat., 58, 14-25.
669. Orcuis. Harrison, J. Heslop, 1953, Microsporogenesis in some Triploid Dactylorchis Hybrids, Ann. Bot., 17, 539-549. During meiosis in naturally occurring triploid hybrids between the diploid Orchis fuchsii Druce (2n=40) and the two tetraploids Orchis purpurella Stephenson and Orchis praetermissa Druce (2n=80), there is a regular formation of 20 bivalents and 20 univalents. Since the tetraploid species them- selves show typical ‘diploid’ behaviour in synapsis and fertility, they are considered to be allopolyploids, and the hybrid pairing to be allo- syndetic. The implication is therefore that both tetraploids are amphi- diploids of which Orchis fuchsi has been one progenitor. It is sug- gested that varieties of the polytypic diploid Orchis latifolia L., sec. Pugsl. may have been the other progenitors. A feature of interest in the microsporogenesis of both parents and hybrids is the close synchron- ization of nuclear events in the pollen massulae, which behave as physiological units throughout meiosis and _ pollen-mitosis. In the triploids, although numerous dysploid nuclei are produced, none dies prematurely, probably because of mutual compensation within what is, in effect, a common cytoplasmic matrix.—[ Author’s summary. |
669/1. OncHiIs puRPUREA Huds. MHordkova, V. M., 1950, Monstrosni kvét u Orchis purpurea Huds., Cesk. Bot. Listy, 2, 158-159. A short
226 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
account of abnormal flowers of Orchis purpurea in Czechoslovakia.— [D.H.K. ]
669/2. Orcuis mititaris L. Sipkes, C., 1950, De Soldaatjes-Orchis in de duinen op Voorne, De Levende Natuur, 53, 201-207. An ecological account of Orchis militaris in the Netherlands.—[ D.H.K. |
669/2x1. ORcHIS XxX gacguINI Godr. (O. MILITARIS X PURPUREA) D’ Alleizette, C., 1951, A propos d’ x Orchis Jacquini Godr. (= O. mili- taris x purpurea), Bull; Soc. Franc: eich. LL. Vase. —a sei aoboLk parents of this hybrid exhibit considerable variation in shape of label- lum (illustrations given); recognition by this character is often difficult. The colour of the hood is a more reliable character; it is given as ‘‘always a more or less bright rose-lilac, standing out clearly in a group of individuals of the two parents.’’—[E.B.B. |
669) 2m onelyile x QORCHIACERAS SPURIA Camus. Jans, A., 1951, Orchiaceras spuria Camus en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 227-231. The hybrid between Aceras anthropophorum and Orchis mili- taris is described and figured. It has one constant recognition feature: the short conical spur, slightly recurved and about one quarter or one fifth the length of the ovary. The close affinity of Aceras with the Militares section of the genus Orchis is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
669/7. OnrcHIS INCARNATA L. Butcher, D.A.P., 1952, The Pollina- tion of Orchids, Mag. Blundell’s School Sci. Soc. 7, 42-46. Studies on the pollination of Orchis incarnata and Platanthera bifolia.—[D.H.K. }
669/9(3). ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Sauter. Grégoire, L., J. J. Jan- sen & J. J. G. Prick, 1952, Beschouwingen over Dactylorechis traun- steineri (Sauter) Vermln. en Dactylorchis deweveri Verm!n., Nat.-Hist. Maand, 41, 17-22.
669/9(3). ORcHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Santer. Harrison, J. W. Heslop. 1958, The Occurrence of Dactylorchis traunsteineri Saut. in Durham (66), Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 13. A plant, at the Blackhall Rocks, which has long passed as Orchis purpurella has been studied by the author who is now of the opinion that it falls well within the range of variability given for O. traunsteineri by Fuchs in his ‘Monograph of Orchis Traunsteineri Saut.’—[D.H.K. ]
669/11. Orcuts FucHstt Druce. Love, A., 1951, Téfragrés (Dactyl- orchis fuchsii) & Islandi, Natturufr., 21, 91-92. In Iceland only one species of the genus Dactylorchis was hitherto known, viz., D. maculata (L.) Vermeulen.with the two subspp. elodes (Gris.) Vermeulen and islandica A. & D. Love, the latter of which is endemic. Both these subspp. have the chromosome number 2n=80. In the present paper the author reports the occurrence of the species D. fuchsia (Druce) Vermeulen in S.W. Iceland, where it was found to have the chromosome
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 227
number 2n=40. It was collected as early as 1910 at Dalsimynui but had hitherto passed as D. maculata.—[ Author’s summary. |
672. OpHrys. Kullenberg, B., 1952, Recherches sur la Biologie Florale des Ophrys, Bull Soc. Hist. Nat. VAfr. Nord, 43, 53-62.
672. Opnrys. Shimoya, C. & L. Ferlan, 1952, Orchid studies, III. Chromosome determination in Ophrys (Gin Portuguese), Brotéria, 21, 171- 176.
672/5. OpHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Kullenberg, B., 1950, Flugblom- stret (Ophrys insectifera) och insekterna, Svensk Faun. Rev., 12, 21-30. Several insects of different orders have been noted visiting the flowers of Ophrys imsectifera on the Swedish island of Gland, but only the males of two spp. of Gorytes (Hym. Sphecidue) seem to be active for trans- ferring the pollinia.—[D.H.K.]
672/5. OpHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Kullenberg, B., 1951, Ophrys insectifera L. et les Insectes, Oikos, 3, 53-70. An account of the scent of the flowers of Ophrys muscifera, its attraction to various species of insects, and the pollination of the species.—[ D.H.is. |
672/5. OPpHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Wolff, T., 1950, Pollinisation and Fertilisation of the Fly Ophrys, Ophrys insectifera L. in Allindelille Fredskov, Denmark, Oikos, 2, 20-59.
672/5. OPHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Wolff, T., 1951, Ecological In- vestigations on the Fly Ophrys, Ophrys insectifera L. in Allindelille Fredskov, Denmark, Oikos, 3, 71-97. The only known habitat of the species in Denmark is described, and an account of the previously far more abundant occurrence of the plant in this and a neighbouring wood is given. The effects of attacks on the plant by various insects and animals is also studied. The world distribution of the species is given.—
[D.H.K.]
674(5)/2. PxLaranrHers pirotta (L.) Rich. See 669/7. Orcuis INCARNATA Ih,
676/1. Iris psEupAcorus L. Michel, E., 1950, Iris pseudacorus (Iris de marais), Nat. Belge, 31, 124-126. A popular account (technical terms explained) of the species with some discussion on its various Continental common names, and on the origin of its adoption as the French royal emblem, the Fleur-de-Lis.—[E.B.B. |
684. Narcissus. Fernandes, A., 1952, Sur la phylogénie des especes du genre Narcissus L., Bol. Soc. Brot., 25, 113-190. Having completed a cytological and morphological study of the Linnean species of Narcis- sus, the author discusses the possible phylogenetic relationships between them. The evolution of the various species is discussed and a suggestion made for a new classification of the genus.—[D.H.K. ]
225 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
685/1. GALANTHUS NIvALIs L. Luyten, I. & J. M. Van Waverei, 1952, De Orgaanvorming van Galanthus nivalis L., Med. Lund- bouwhoogesch. Wag., 52 (4), 105-128. Galanthus nivalis is native in south and central Kurope with its centre of distribution in the Mediter- ranean region. It was probably introduced into western Kurope during Roman times and is now extensively naturalised. The structure of the buds and flowers of the plant are dealt with at length.—[{ D.H.K. }
685/1. GaLantHus NivaLis L. Wilcke, J., 1953, Het Sneeuwklokje, De Levende Natuur, 56, 21-24. An account of the Snowdrop in the Netherlands.—[ D.H.K. ]
689. Ruscus. Martinoli, G., 1951, Studio Cariologico sul Genere Ruscus (Asparagaceae), Caryologia, 4, 86-97.
691. Potyeonatum. Therman, E., 1953, Chromosomal Evolution in the Genus Polygonatum, Hereditas, 39, 277-288.
691. Potyconatum. Therman, E., 1953, On the Cytology of the Genus Polygonatum. Groups Verticillata and Oppositifolia, Ann. Bot. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 25(6), 1-26.
706/3. KNDYMION NoN-ScoRIPTUS (L.) Garcke. Blackman, G. E. & A. J. Rutter, 1950, Physiological and Ecological Studies in the Analysis of Plant Environment: V. An assessment of the factors controlling the distribution of the bluebell (Scilla non-seripta) in different communi- ties, Ann. Bot., 14, 487-520.
709/1. FRririLuaRtiA MELEAGRIS L. NKostecka, O., 1950, Korona kost- kowata, Chrov. Prey. Ojcz., 6(9/10), 3-9. An account of the species in Poland.—| D.H.K. |
714/1. NarrHectum ossirracum (L.) Huds. Jovet, P. & R. B. Per- rot, 1950, Sur le Narthecium ossifragum (L.) Huds. dans les Pyrénées- Orientales, Monde des Plantes, 267-268, 37-38. Narthecium ossifragum has been found in the Pyrénées-Orientales at an altitude of 2921 metres, far above its previously known vertical range.—[D.H.K.]
718/16. Juncus renuts Willd. lLitardiere, R. de, 1951, Observa- tions sur diverses plantes des Deux-sévres, Monde des Plantes, 278-279 35-38.
718/16. Juncus tenuis Willd. Moon, J. MeK., 1953, Juncus tenuis Willd. in Ireland, Irish Nat. J., 11, 77. Gives a brief account of the history of the species in Ireland, and suggests that the plant is extend- ing its range in many parts of the country.—[D.H.K. }
718/16. Juncus tenuts Willd. Toérnroth, H., 1952, Juncus macer Gray, ny for Finland, Mem. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn, 27, 8-10. Juncus tenuis has been discovered in Finland.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 229
719. Luzuua. Malheiros-Gardé, N. & A. Gardé, 1950, Fragimenta- tion as a possible evolutionary process in the genus Luzula DC., Gen. Iber., 2, 257-262. The diffused centromere characteristic of the genus seems to have favoured a process of increase in chromosome number due to fragmentation, referred to as agmatoploidy, which, 1t is suggested, may also have occurred in the evolution of the related genus Carex.—
NE Key
719. Luzuta. Malheiros-Gardé, N. & A. Gardé, 1951, Agmatoplodia no Genera Luzula DC., Gen. Iber., 3, 155-176.
719. Luzuna. Michalaska, ‘A., 1953, Badania cytologiczne nad rodzajem Luzula, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 22, 169-186. The somatic chromo- some numbers for the following Luzula species from natural stations in Poland were determined:—2n=12 for L. silvatica, L. spadicea, L. nemorosa, L. pallescens and L. spicata, 2n=24 and 36 were found for L. multiflora, 2n=54 for L. sudetica and 2n more than 50 for L. pilosa.
The possibility of the formation of polyploid numbers of chromo- somes by the way of chromosome tragmentation is discussed.—
[D.H.K.]
719. Luzuta. Noronha-Wagner, M. & D. Castro, 1952, Interpre- tacao dum Comportamento Meidtico observado em Juzula, Sci. Gen., 4, 154-161. Meiosis was studied in plants of the tetraploid species, Luzula campestris and L. nemorosa. The authors describe the chromosome behaviour observed.—[D.H.K. ]
719/6. Luzuta campestris (L.) DC. Noronha-Wagner, M. & D. Castro, 1952, Um Cromosoma Supranumerario em Luzula campestris, Sci. Gen., 4, 149-153. A few cases of trisomy were found in Luzula campestris. The trisomic plants (2n=13) appeared quite normal in all their morphology.—[D.H.K. }
721. Typna. Fassett, N. C. & B. Calhoun, 1952, Introgression be- tween Typha latifolia and T. angustifolia, Hvolution, 6, 367-379. In many parts of the northern United States and southern Canada Typha latifolia and T. angustifolia occupy the same region and may often be found in the same colony. Mass collections have been made consisting of a spike and a leaf from each clone in a colony (or from each clone that could be conveniently reached). Six pairs of qualitative characters have been used in the analysis of these collections. The gap between the pistillate and staminate portions of the spike present in T. angustifolia and absent in 7’. latifolia, and the light-brown spike typical of 7. angus- tifolia and the mottled black spike of T. latifolia, while reasonably con- stant for the respective ‘‘pure species’’, seem to diffuse readily from one species to the other in regions of coexistence.
The other four characters include the slender bract subtending the pistillate flower present in 7. angustifolia and absent in T. latifolia: the filiform stigma of T. angustifolia and the flattened stigma of T.
2°31) ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
lutifolia; the flattened and flabellate aborted pistil of 7. ungustifolia and club-shaped aborted pistil of 7. latifolia; the presence of knobbed hairs on the pistillate flower of T. angustifolia and the knobless hairs on the pistillate flower of T. latifolia. These characters are much more closely correlated, but there is nevertheless some diffusion of these characters from one species to the other.
Of the 821 individuals represented on the basis of these six charac- ters, 536 are pure 7’. latifolia, 86 are pure T. angustifolia, and the rest show various recombinations of the characters of the two. It is con- cluded that while there has been introgression where the two species occur together, there are forces, both external and internal, tending to maintain them as specific entities.—[ Authors’ summary. |
724/1. Acorus catamus L.~ Berton, A., 1951, L’Acorus calamus dans le Nord, Monde des Plantes, 216-277, 20. This species is natural- ised in the N. as well as E. & W. of France. Points of distinction be- tween its leaves and those of /ris pseudacorus are: yellowish-green, crinkled (but sometimes so in Iris), aromatic when rubbed, brittle. The leaves of Iris are bluish-green; not aromatic, and pliable.—[E.B.B. }
727/3. Lemna trisutca L. Corrigan, M. J., 1952, Studies on the biology of Ivy-leaved duckweed (Lemna trisulea), Mag. Blundell’s School Sci. Soc., 7, 26-41. An account of experimental studies on the methods of encouraging growth and the effects of temperature on the growth of Lemna trisulca. The effect of different intensities of light on the plant and the reasons which cause it to sink to the bottom of ponds and streams in the winter and to float just below the surface of the water at other times were also studied.—[D.H.K.]
729. AtismA. Castro, D. & M. N. Wagner, 1950, Preliminary Ob- servat’ is on the cytology of the genus Alisma L. in Portugal, Gen. Iber., 2, 75-82. Caryological studies in Alisma show that there exist in north and central Europe two forms of A. Plantago-aquatica and two of A. lanceolatum each with different chromosome numbers. In Portugal A. Plantago-aquatica has 2n=14 and A. lanceolatum 2n=26.
Owing to the fact that a form of A. Plantago-aquatica with 2n=12 is found elsewhere in Europe the authors discuss the possibility of A. lanceolatum with 2n=26 being an amphidiploid of the two forms of A. Plantago-aquatica with 14 and 12.—[{D.H.K. ]
732/1. SaGirraria saGitTirot1a L. Wan Schoor, G. H. J., 1951, Action de lumiéres colorées sur le comportement de Sagittaria sagitti- folia L., Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 5-12. An account, illustrated by a graph, of experiments to show effect of varying light intensities on erowth of Sagittaria. The formation of sagittate leaves is not dependent on immersion in water, but on the presence of light: they may even be produced in intense red light.—[ E.B.B. ]
737/5. PoramMoGETon ALPINUS Balb. Clason, E. W., 1953, Het Alpen onteinkruid in Noord-Drente, De Lecende Natwur, 56, 87-92.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 231
740. Zostera. Arasaki, S., 1950, Studies on the LHcology of Zostera marina and Z. nana, Bull. Jap. Soc. Sci. Fish., 16, 70-76. Zostera marina flourishes during early spring and early summer and decays from midsummer till late autumn. Z. nana, on the other hand, flourishes during late spring and late autumn, decaying in winter, its flowers opening twice in the year, in late spring and late autumn. Seeds germinate in the sea after a dormancy of several months. The seedlings of Z. marina appear abundantly in early spring, while those of Z. nana appear in late spring.—[D.E.A. |
746/3. ScHOENOPLECTUS LAcUSTRIS (L.) Palla. Seidel, K.; 1952, Zur Okologie von Scirpus lacustris, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 342-352. An account of studies of S. lacustris in EK. Holstein. The growth of the plant and the stem structure is described in detail. The course of seed germination is discussed and ecological data given.—[ D.H.K. |
747/2. Eriophorum aneustirorium Honck. Phillips, M. H., 1953, Studies in the Quantitative Morphology and Ecology of Eriophorum _angustifolium Roth. I, The Rhizome System, J. Hcol., 41, 295-318.
747/2. ERiIopHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Honck. Raymon, M., 1953, On the presence of Eriophorum angustifolium Honck. in the Southern Hemisphere, Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 47, 122-123.
750/1. Criapium mariscus (L.) Pohl. Cédercreutz, C., 1950, Cladium mariscus (L.) R. Br., ny for Finland, Mem. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn., 24, 10-12. Cladiwm mariscus has been discovered in Finland.— [D.H.K.]
753. Carex. Arnal, C., 1952, Essai sur la répartition des sexes chez le Carex, Ann. Univ. Sarav., 1, 102-114. An analysis of the results of plotting the relative positions of male and female flowers of the spike- lets of 600 specimens, comprising about 100 species of the genus Carez. Two basic ‘‘sexual gradients’? emerge, of which the variations and com- binations are sufficient to explain many apparent anomalies. The distribution of the sexes in Carex is partly determined physiologically and partly by environmental variation; it is consequently a ‘‘bad”’ systematic character.—[E.B.B. ]
753. Carex. Neumann, A., 1952, Vorlaufiger Bestimmungs- Schlissel fur Carex-Arten Nordwestdeutschlands im _ bliitenlosen Zustande, Mitt. Flor.-soz Arb., 3, 44-77. <A tentative key, based on vegetative characters, to the Carex species of N.W. Germany. Includes many species found in Britain.—[D.H.K. |
753. Carex. Oskarsson, I., 1951, Islenzkar starir, Natturufr., 21, 3-23. An account illustrated by distribution maps, of the Carices of Iceland. At present 42 valid species are known in the island, of these 00% are common and well distributed, 35% have a more limited distribu- tion, and 15% are rare. The author expresses the opinion that the
ey ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Icelandic population of sedges originated from a common arctic popula- tion of the late Tertiary, and that no less than 50% of the species found at the present time have survived at least the last three glacial periods of the Pleistocene. The following five species are believed to be post-glacial: —Carex diandra, C. flacca, U. pallescens, U. pilulifera and C. pulicaris. It is thought that CU. pallescens was most likely brought to Iceland by the early settlers of the country.—[D.H.K. |
753. Carex. Raymond, M., 1951, Sedges as material for phyto- geographical studies, Mém. Jaurd. Bot. Montréal, 20, 1-23.
753. Carex. Savile, D. B. O. & J. A. Calder, 1953, Phylogeny of Carex in the Light of Parasitism by the Smut Fungi, Uanad. J. Bot., 31, 164-174. By using evidence derived from the relationship with smut fungi (Cintractia and Planetella) that attack its members, new light has been shed on the phylogeny of Carex. The genus is believed to be essentially monophyletic and derived from Kobresia. It has been found necessary to erect a new subgenus Kuekenthalia, composed principally of those sections with persistent styles and bladdery perigynia that were formerly placed in Hucurexz: Uncinia is shown to be an offshoot of the evolutionary line that gave rise to Kuekenthalia.—[{ Author’s summary. ]
753/13. CAREX LAEVIGATA Sm. Bonnot, E., 1950, Carex helodes Link dans les monts du Roannais, Bull. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 19, 191-192. Carex laevigata has been found in the mountains of central France near Roanne. Its general distribution and synonymy are discussed.—
pose ice |
753 /20-22. CAREX FLAVA agg. Reiter, M., 1950, Der Formenkreis von Carex flava L. s. lat. und seine Bastards im Lande Salzburg, Mitt. Nat. Arb. Haus. Nat. Salzburg, 1, Botunische Arbeitsgruppe, 42-46. Descriptions are given of the following species and hybrids :—Carex serotina, C. lepidocarpa, CU. flava, (. flava x lepidocarpa, C. flava x serotina, CU. lepidocarpa x serotina, C. flava x hostiana, C. hostiana x flava, CU. hostiana x lepidocurpa and C. hostiuna x _ serotina.—
oviseicey
753/23. CaREX EXTENSA Good. Hoeg, O. A. & J. Lid, 1949, Carex extensa, ny for Norge, Blyttia, 7, 87-91. Career extensa was found for the first time in Norway in 1949, growing in salt-marshes on the island of Skatoy on the Skager Rack coast.—[D.H.K. ]
753/51(2). Carex srootor All. Gyaerevoll, O., 19% Contribution to the Ecology of Carex bicolor All. in Seandinavia, Aong. Norsk Vid. Selsk., 22, 11-15. Carex bicolor is considered to be a glacial relict in Norway. The author deals with its distribution in Seandinavia and gives lists of associated species.—[D.H.K. ]
753/74. Carex puntcarts L. Davidsson, I., 1950, N¥ starartegund og nokkrir fundnarstadir jarta, Vatturufr., 20, 187-189. Carex pulicaris has been discovered in Iceland.—[D.H.K. ]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 2333
754.2 Gramineae. Claustres, G., 1952, Variations de type épharmonique de l’histologie foliaire des Graminées en rapport avec le métabolisme hormonal, Rev. Gen. Bot., 59, 429-438. Experiments with synthetic “‘photohormones’’ on certain grasses produced adaptive varia- tions in the foliar cells similar to those produced by warm, dry condi- tions. Details of the results are given, illustrated by diagrams of cross- sections of leaves in various sections of Festuca, Deschampsia flexuosa and Agrostis schleicheri.—{ E.B.B. |
734. GRAMINEAE. Fasseux, W., 1950, La Tribu des Festuceae ect ses affinités avec Jes Tribus voisines, Bull. Soc. Ruy. Bot. Belg., 82, 307- 314.
754. GRAMINEAE. Fasseux, W., 1951, Eléments d Organologie des Graminées, Nat. Belge, 32, 87-93. A useful analysis, illustrated by diagrams, of the morphological characters of grasses, examples being freely given.—[{ E.B.B. |
754.—GRAMINESE. Forlani, R., 1950, Ibridazioni interspecifiche e intergeneriche di Graminacee, Ann. Sper. Agr., 4, 537-560.
754. GRaMINESE. Paunero, E., 1953, La Agrostideas espanolas, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 11, 319-418. The grasses of the tribe Agrostideae found in Spain are keyed and figured. Many of the species are also found in Britain.—[{D.H.K. ]
754.2 GRAMINEAE. Wycherley, P. R., 1952, Temperature and Photoperiod in relation to flowering of three perennial grass species, Med. Landb. Wagen., 52 (2), 75-92. Studies on Cynosurus cristatus, Dactylis glomerata and Lolium perenne.—[D.H.K.]
754.2 GrRaMINEAE. Wycherley, P. R., 1953, The Distribution of Viviparous Grasses in Great Britain, J. Ecol., 41. 275-288.
754/10. Dieirarta saneutnaLis (L.) Scop. Gianfagna, A. J. & A. M. S. Pridham, 1951, Some Aspects of Dormancy and Germination of Crabgrass Seed, Digitaria sanguinalis Scop., Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Scz., 58, 291-297. The control of Digitaria sanguinalis, a major weed in many parts of the U.S.A. is made difficult by its seeds germinating over long periods. The authors give new information on the facts affecting dormancy and germination.—[D.H.K.]
756. Setar._°° Pohl, R. W., 1951, The Genus Setaria in Iowa, Iowa State Coll. J. Sci., 25, 501-508. The author illustrates and gives a key to the various species of Setaria found in Iowa. These include several which are found in Britain.—[D.H.K. ]
758/3. SpaRTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. Corillion, R., 1951, Extension récente du Spartina townsendii Groves en Bretagne, Monde des Plantes, 274-275, 2. A short account of the recent spread of the species in Brittany.—[D.H.K. ]
Ww x. — ~~ —
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves: Deloffre, G., 1953, Observations écologiques sur les peuplements de Spartina townsendi de la baie de Brakman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 13-14. Observa- tions on Spartina townsendu planted in 1948 in the bay of Brakman (at mouth of R. Escaut) show that it has developed on the clay basins but not on the sandy banks of the creeks.—[ K.B.B. ]
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. McMillan, N. F., 1953, Spartina townsendii H. & J. Groves, at Parkgate, Cheshire, N..-W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 98.
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. Pratt, M. C., 1953, Spartina townsendii H. & J. Groves on the Dee Marshes, N.-IWV. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 98-99. A short ecological account of the species, and its status and progress, on the Dee Marshes.—[D.H.K. |
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. Van Schreven, A. C., 1952, The Fruit of Spartina townsendii Groves, Koninkl. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch., 55, 150-162.
760. TRAGUS. Fasseaux, W., 1949, Les Tragus Adventices en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 67-69. Describes the species which have occurred as adventives in Belgium.—[ D.H.K. }
762. DacTYLOCTENIUM. Fasseaux, W., 1951, Les Dactyloctenium Adventices en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 153-155. De- scribes Dactyloctenium radulans (R. Br.) P.B. and D. aegyptium (L.) P.B. which have occurred as adventives in Belgium.—[D.H.K. }
765. Puauaris. Paunero, E. 1948, Revision de las especies espano- las del género Phalaris, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 8, 475-522. A key, de- scriptions and synonyms are given for the Spanish species, Phalaris paradoxu, P. canariensis, P. brachystachys and DP. arundinacea, and their varieties and forms.—[D.H.K. }
765. Puavarts. Stermer, P., 1950, Nokkel til de norske Phalaris- artene, Blyttia, 8, 156-159. The author presents an illustrated key to the species of Phalaris found in Norway.—[D.H.K. ]
770. Atorrourus. Nissen, 0O., 1949, Cytology and Fertility of the hybrid Alopecurus pratensis L. x A. aequalis Sobol. and its progeny, Aaron. J., 41, 164-166.
770. Atorgpeurus. Paunero, E., 1952, Las especies espanolas de! eénero Alopecurus, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 10 (2), 301-346. An account of the species of Alopecurus found in Spain, including many also found in Britain. A. aequalis is reduced to a variety of A. geniculatus.— RUD Ye we IG gy
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE SAAS 5)
777/\. Puteum PRATENSE L. Nordenskiold, H., 1953, A Genetical Study in the Mode of Segregation in Hexaploid Phleum pratense, Hereditas, 39, 469-488.
(ito. EHTEUM PHLEOIDES: (..) Karst. Bocher, -——W., 1950, Chromosome Behaviour and Syneyte Formation in Phleum_ phleoides (L.) Karst., Bot. Not., 3, 353-368. Meiosis is described in plants from eastern and western Europe and Scandinavia. The chromosome num- ber is 2n=14 or 28. B chromosomes are often present. Structural aberrations were noted in some cases. Syncyte formation was fairly frequent in two samples.—[D.H.K. |
780/2. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. Hildegard, J., 1952, Aneuploidie und Systematik bei Agrostis stolonifera L. und Festuca rubra L. aus Schleswig-Holstein, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., €5, 330-337.
780/2(2). AGROSTIS GIGANTEA Roth. Stormer, P., 1952, Agrostis gigantea Roth, Blyttia, 3, 73-76. A report of the distribution of Agrostis gigantea in Norway, where the grass has been recognised as an independent species since 1949.—[D.H.K. ]
783. CatamMaGrostis. Jalas, J., 1950, Kastikkalajit uusimpien solu = ja perinnollisyystutkimusten valossa, Luonn. Tutk., 4, 120-123. An account of the Finnish species of Calamagrostis and their hybrids. The chromosome numbers of the species also found in Britain are given as C. canescens 2n=28 and C. epigeios 2n=42.—[D.H.K. |
787/1. AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. Gemmell, A. B., P. Greig- Smith and G. H. Gimingham, 1953, A Note on the Behaviour of Ammo- phila arenaria (L.) Link in relation to Sand-Dune Formation, Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 132-136.
791/4. DEScHAMPSIA FLEXUOSA (L.) Trin. See 792/1. Hotcus MOLLIS L.
792. Houcus. Beddows, A. R. & K. Jones, 1953, Chromosome Num- bers in Holcus mollis, Nature, 171, 938-939. Cytological examination of 60 plants of Holcus mollis from 6 localities in England and Wales has shown that the plant has three chromosome numbers :—2n=28 (tetra- ploid), 2n=35 (pentaploid) and 2n=42 (hexaploid). The pentaploid form is the most frequent, and in some areas at least it co-exists with the tetraploid and hexaploid forms. More extensive investigations are being made to determine the distribution and relative frequency of the chromosome types in various areas and their relation to each other. H. lanatus was found to have 2n=14.—_[D.H.K. ]
236 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
792/1. Hontcus motuis L. Jowett, C. H. & G. Scurfield, 1952, Statistical Investigations into the Success of Holeus mollis L. and Deschampsia flexuosa (l..) Trin., J. Ecol., 40, 393-404.
792/1. Hoxtceus moriis L. Ovington, J. D., 1953, A Study of In- vasion by Holeus mollis l.., J. Kcol., 41, 35-52.
798. CHiLoRIs. Fasseaux, W., 1952, Les Chloris Adventices en Bel- gique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 239-242. The author describes and gives a key to the identification of the species of Chloris found as adventives in Belgium.—[D.H.K. |
802/1. PH2aGMITES coMMUNIS Trin. Otterstrom, C. V., 1950, Tagror (Phragmites communis Trinius) med spiredygtigt Fre, Flora og Fauna, 56, 46. A short note on the morphology of the seeds of Phrag- mites communis.—[D.H.K. |
802/1. PHRAGMITES comMMUNIS L. Weber, H., 1950, Gramineen- studien ITI. Neue Beobachtungen tiber die Kriechsprosse von Phrag- mites communis Trinius, Biol. Zentralbl., 69, 323-334.
808. Cynosurus. Petetin, C. A., 1950, Dos especies de Cynosurus adventicias en la Argentina, Rev. Argent. Agron., 17, 83-88. Cynosurus cristatus and C. echinatus have been found as adventives in the Argen- tine.—[D.H.K. |
809. Kornrria. Jungblut, F., 1951, Contribution & lVEtude du Genre Koeleria Pers. au Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 241-255. An account illustrated by tables and photo- graphs of the three species of Koeleria—K. pyramidata (Lam.) Domin, K. gracilis Pers. and K. albescens DC.—which occur in the Grand Duchy. Their distribution is related to geological formations.—
(D.H.K.]
819/1. Dactyrnts eromErAtA L. Rebischung, J., 1951, Auto et inter- fertilité chez le Dactyle, Ann. Inst. Nat. Rech. Agron., Ser. B., 1, 20-33. A three year study of material of Dactylis glomerata from the vicinity of Paris showed that the proportion of individuals having a high degree of self-fertility was low.—[D.H.K. ]
824/2. Poa prRatENsts IL.. Juhl, H., 1952, Zytologische Unter- suchungen an einigen Formen von Poa pratensis L. in Schleswig- Holstein, Flora, 139, 462-476. A cytological account of the Poa pratensis complex in Schleswig-Holstein.—[D.H.K. ]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 237
3824/2. Pow pratensis L. Nielsen, EH. L.. & Ds C. Smith, 1952, Interrelations of Selected Plant Characters in Kentucky Blue Grass (Poa pratensis L.), Bot. Gaz., 114, 53-62.
824/2. Poa pratensis L. Nissen, 9.. 1950. Chromosome Numbers, Morphology and Fertility in Poa pratensis L. from South-Eastern Nor- way, Agron. J., 42, 135-144. <A study of the chromosome numbers, mor- phology, and fertility in 24 strains of Poa pratensis collected from pas- tures in south east Norway. Nearly all the strains had aneuploid num- bers varying from 2n=53 to 92. The data obtained lead to the con- clusion that apomixis is the usual mode of reproduction in the Nor- wegian material examined.—_[D.H.K. ]
824/11 x2. Poa anpIna x PRATENSIS. Akerberg, E. & S. Bingefors, 1953, Progeny Studies in the hybrid Poa pratensis x Poa alpina, Hereditas, 39, 125-135.
824/14. Poa annua L. Magrou, J., 1950, Transformation du Poa annua L. en plante vivace a rhizomes, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 91, 9-11. Poa annua planted in soil containing the correct fungus will become a perennial as the result of the formation of mycorrhiza.—[D.H.K.]
824/14. Poa annua L. Magrou, J. & F. Mariat, 1950, Transforma- tion expérimentale d’une plante annuelle (Poa annua L.) en plante vivace, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, 230, 22-25. <A plant of Poa annua has been induced to perennate by growing it on soil from the Pyrenees. The change is attributed to mycorrhizal action.—[D.H.K.]
825/3(2). GLyYcERIA DECLINATA Bréb. Litardiére, R. de, 1951, Observations sur diverses plantes des Deux-sévres, Monde des Plantes, 278-279, 35-38.
825 (2) Guyceria. Jungblut, F.. 1953, Les Espéces du Genre Glyceria R. Br. au Grande-Duché de Luxembourg, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86. 25-37. Glyceria maxima (Hartm.) Holmberg, G. plicata Fries and G. flui- tans (L.) R. Br. have been known in the Grand Duchy for some time. Re- cent investigation has revealed the presence of G. declinata Bréb. A diagram shows the distinctive 3-toothed lemma of G. declinata and a table gives other diagnostic differences between the species of the sect. Euglyceria; J. M. Lambert’s description of G. declinata is included and compared. G. fluitans and G. declinata prefer acid situations but the former is commonly distributed, whereas the latter is considered rare. G. plicata is frequent but prefers more alkaline conditions. A map illustrates the discussion on distribution. Plates show the variation in form of these species: var. sub-spicata Cogn. of G. fluitans and var. depauperata Crép. of G. plicata are recognised and a new form, f. effusa, of the latter is described :—distinguished from plicata by long, slender, slightly flattened stem; long, narrow leaves; depauperate panicle bearing long, slender, spreading branches. The hybrid G. fluitans x plicata (G. x intersita Haussknecht) is also recorded.— [E.B.B.]
238 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
825/3(2). GLYCERIA DECLINATA Bréb. Litardiére, R. de, 1951. Nouvelles localités francaises du Glyceria declinata Bréb., Monde des Plantes, 282, 50. Gives new French stations for Glyceria declinata.—
[Dia Ky
826. Festuca. Markgraf-Dannenberg. I., 1952, Studien an irischen Festu_a-Rassen, Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Zurich, 25, 114-142. Studies on the Festuca rubra and F. ovina complex in Ireland. A key is given to all the known varieties and forms. F. ovina subsp. indigesta var. molinierz Litard., a plant known from Spain, Portugal and Morocco is reported from Clare and Galway: it is new to the British Isles.
A new subvar. of F. ovina var. vulgaris is described from Waterford and Sligo, viz., subvar. hibernica—Planta abbreviata (usque ad 30 cm. alta). Folia vix setiformia (0-3—0-5 [0-6] mm. lata), laevia. Panicula brevis (4-6 cm. longa). Spiculae magnae (quadrifiorae usque ad 7-0 mm. longae), glumae fertiles usque ad 5-0 mm. longae, aristae breves (0°3-0°5 [0-6] mm. longae).
Some ecological data are also given.—[D.H.K. |
826. Festuca. Litardiere, R. de, 1952, Contribution a l'étude des Festuca du Portugal, Agron. Lusit., 14, 31-51. Describes and gives a key with observations on the species found in Portugal.—[D.H.K. }
827/7. Festuca ruBRA L. See 780/2. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA Ih.
826/11b. FEsTUCA LONGIFOLIA var. TRACHYPHYLLA (Hack.) Druce. Jalas, J., 1952, Festuca ovina subsp. capillata (Lam.) Sch. & K. ja Festuca trachyphylla (Hack.) Krajina Suomessa, Mem. Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn., 27, 10-12. Festuca longifolia var. trachyphylla has been found growing abundantly on a lawn in Maarianhamina (Finland). A list of all Finnish localities of this species Known at present is given.
F. tenuifolia has been discovered in the Finnish province of Ahvenan- maa (Aland), where it was probably introduced with grass seed.—
[D.H.K.]
826/12. Festuca TENUIFOLIA Sibth. See 826/11b. Frstvea Lonert- FOLIA var. TRACHYPHYLLA (Hack.).
827. Bromus. Fasseaux, W., 1951, Le Groupe du Bromus mollis L. en Belgique, Nat. Belge, 32, 190-196. A key is given to the four sec- tions into which the native and introduced species of Bromus of Belgium may be subdivided: Zeobromus, Ceratochloa, Stenobromus, Festucaria. The species comprising the section Zeobromus, to which the group Bromus mollis L. belongs, are keyed out in detail and detailed descriptions of B. mollis, B. thominii, B. lepidus and B. molliformis follow; the introduced B. macrostachys Desf., and B. scoparius L. are mentioned, and B. interruptus Druce should be looked for. The follow- ing table is given to differentiate three closely allied species : —
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 239
153. NOUS: 10. B.thominii Hardouin B. lepidus Holmb. Siena 20-80 cm., numerous, 5-20 cm., spreading 25-60 cm., as B. erect or ascending or geniculate - as- mollis
cending forming low and tight tufts
Ranicle.- fib com. Oblong: 4-5 em, ovoid, com= 5-7 cm. usually con- fairly lax, spread- pact, contracted tracted ing during an- even during flower- thesis, contracted ing
after flowering
emma 2..:.- 8-9 mm.,- usually 62-8 mm, usually 5565 mm.. usually hairy at the mar- glabrous at the glabrous at the
gins forming an margins rounded or margins forming a
obtuse angle, de- forming a weak right angle a little
pressed or split at angle, apex as B. below the middle,
apex mollis SOs — Eig eee WO
point of insertion of
the awn and form-
ing 2 triang. some-
what diverging teeth
PNW BB apenee =lemma Shorter than lemma Shorter than lemma al@ay ese ecece i broadest towards as in B. mollis broadest towards the middle, = fruit, cili- apex, shorter than ate its whole length fruit. eilliate i4-= of
its leneth
Caryopsis .. with apical hairs with apical hairs a equalling or slightly not reaching base little exceeding the exceeding the lem- of awn base of awn ma, with apical
hairs distinctly ex- ceeding it
[E.B.B.]
827. Bromus. Isely, D., D. West & R. W. Pohl, 1951, Seeds of Agri- cultural and Weedy Bromus, Jowa State Coll. J. Sev., 25, 531-548. The authors illustrate and give keys to the identification of the various species of Bromus, and their seeds found in the U.S.A. Many of these occur as adventives in Britain.—[D.H.K. |
827/9. Bromus INERMIS Leyss. Knobloch, I. W., 1953, Tetraploid Smooth Bromegrass, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 80, 131-135.
827/16. Bromus sEcatinus L. Isely, D., 1952, Seeds of Bromus secalinus and B. commutatus, Proc. Iowa Acad., 58, 155-163.
827/17. Bromus commutatus’ Schrad. See 827/16. Bromus SECALINUS L.
835. Horprum. Covas, G., 1949, Taxonomic Observations on the North American Species of Hordeum, Madrofo, 10, 1-21. Deals with the taxonomy and cytology of the group. A key is given to all the known species of N. America.—[D.H.K.1
240 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
835. HorprEuM. Covas, G., 1952, Numero de cromosomas de las especies de ‘‘Hordeum’’, Rev. Argent. Agron., 19, 52-53. A short account of studies on the genus. The haploid numbers of the following species are given as:—Hordeum hystrix Roth 7, H. jubatum L. 14, H. marinum Huds. 7, H. nodosum L. 14, H. leporinum Link 14, and H. murinum L. 7.—[D.H.K. |
8386/1. Enymus arenarius LL. Nehou, J., 1950, Apparition d’Elymus arenarius L. (Graminées) en Bretagne, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 24, 101-104. First discovery of this species in Brittany; an account of the associated species is given; its origin is suggested as by grain or rhizome from the opposite bank of the bay of St. Michael’s Mount (Normandy).—[E.B.B. |
840/1. Taxus saccata L. Fabijanowski, J., 1951, Cis (Taxus baccata L.), Chron. Przy. Ojcz., 71(3/4), 18-32. A study of the distribu- tion of the species in Poland.—[ D.H.K. |
840/1. Taxus sBaccata L. Traczyk, T., 1953, Obserwacje nad rozmieszezeniem cisa (Taxus baccata LL.) w Sudetach, Ann. Univ. Mariae-Curie, 8, 103-119. Studies on T. baccata in eastern Europe.—
[D.H.K.]
841/1. Prnus syivestris L. Wareing, P. F., 1953, Experimental Induction of Male Cones in Pinus sylvestris, Nature, 171, 47. <A short account of disbudding experiments carried out on Pinus sylvestris at Oxshott Common, Surrey.—[D.H.K. ]
842/1. Larix prorpua Mill. Christiansen, H., 1950, A Tetraploid Larix decidua Miller, Agl. Danske Vid. Selsh. Biol. Medd., 18 (9), 1-9. A short account of a tetraploid larch discovered at Sealand, Denmark in
1949.—[D.H.K.]
844. Eaquisetum. Hogendijk, T. R.. 1953, Twente’s paardestaarten, Natura, 50, 13-19.
844/4. EQquisETUM PRATENSE Ehrh. Berton, A., 1952, Apropos d’Equisetum pratense Ehrh., Monde des Plantes, 282, 54. The author gives taxonomic notes, and new French stations for the species.—
[D.H.K.]
Prertpornyta. Bange, C., 1953, Quelques mots sur la Nomenclature du Dryopteris Filix-mas et de l’Athyrium Filix-femina, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86, 135-136.
PrertpopHyta. Boullard B., 1951, Champignons endophytes de quelques Fougéres indigénes et observations relatives & Ophioglossum vulgatum L., Le Botaniste, 35, 257-281. The author gives detailed accounts of the endotrophic mycorrhiza associated with the following ferns: Polysticham spinulosum, P. filir-mas, Pteris aquilina, Blechnum
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 241
spicant, Scolopendrium officinale. The material for study was gathered from three widely separated localities. Previous work on these species, including that of British authors, is discussed and compared; observa- tions only are given on Ophioglossum vulgatum as much more work had already been done, the results of which the author more or less confirms. Polypodium vulgare surprisingly gave no evidence of endophytic as- sociation.—[ E.B.B. ]
PTERIDOPHYTA. Chevalier, A., 1953. Sur deux nouvelles formes de Fougeres des environs de Domfront (Orne), Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 100, 336-339. Two new forms of ferns from the neighbourhood of Domfront are described by the author and illustrated by line drawing. Dryopteris spinulosa subsp. crispiloba has the lobes of the pinnules curved down- wards giving the frond a crisped appearance. Asplentwm adiantum- nigrum var. clandestinum is a very minute, decumbent variety (frond 3-8 cm. long).—[E.B.B. |
PTERIDOPHYTA. Grigson, G., 1953, Ferns, Rock and Water, Country Tnfe, 113, 650-651. A popular account of some British ferns and their habitats.—_[D.H.K. ]
PrerimporpHytTa. Tryon, R. M., Junr., 1952, A sketch of the history of fern classification, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard., 29, 255-262.
847/1. PreRipium aquininum (L.) Kuhn. Burke, D.P.T., 1953, A Study of the Influence of Light and Soil Properties on the Growth of Bracken (Pteridium aquilinum), Vag. Blindell’’s School Sci. Soc., 8. 13-17.
847/1. PreRIpIuM aquininum (L.) Kuhn. Conway, E., 1952, Bracken—the problem plant, Scot. Agric., 1952, 181-184. Bracken is estimated to have invaded 3-14 million acres in the west of Scotland, mainly in the Highlands, and the infestation of further areas is pro- gressing. Control measures must be directed against the underground stems either directly by ploughing or indirectly by continually cutting away the fronds, thus exhausting the plant.—[D.H.K. |
847/1. Preripium aquitinum (L.) Kuhn. Conway, E., 1953, Spore and Sporeling Survival in Bracken (Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn), J. Heol., 41, 289-294.
850/1. PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. Sipkes, C., 1952, De Tongvaren (Phyllitis scolopendrium), Natura, 49, 17-18.
851. AspLENIuUM. Meyer, D. E., 1952, Untersuchungen _ iiber Bastardieurung in der Gattung Asplenium, Biol. Bot., 123, 1-34. <A morphological and cytological account of the various species and the hybrids between them.—[D.H.K.]
851/38. ASPLENIUM VIRIDE Huds. Senay, P., 1952, Découverte de VAsplenium viride Huds. dans la Seine-Inférieure, Bull. Soc. Bot.
249 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
France, 99, 306-308. This species was discovered in July 1952 growing in a wall-joint (caleareous sandstone) at Ancretteville, a locality far removed from its usual alpine habitats. One suggestion as to means of introduction is that the spores might be wind-borne from S. Wales.— [E.B.B. ]
856. DRYOPTERIS. Bange, C., 1952. Nomenclature de quelques genres de Fougeres. 1. Dryopteris, Bull. Bot. Soc. France, 99, 290-293. Guétrot’s arguments (1937, Pteridophyta Fxsiccata) rejecting the name Dryopteris are shown to be erroneous. It is here accepted in the narrow sense, distinct from Lastrea, Gymnocarpium and Polystichum. French species included are: —D. filiz-mas, D. villarsii, D. dilatata, D. spinulosa, D. aemula and D. cristata.—[ E.B.B. ]
856. DryopreRis. Reichling, L., 1953, Dryopteris paleacea (Sw.) Handel-Mazetti et Dryopteris x tavelii Rothmaler au Grande-Ducheé de Luxembourg et en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belge, 86, 39-57. Dryopteris paleacea (D. borreri Newm.) is found in Luxembourg on acid soils in damp beechwoods; it is yet to be recorded from Belgium. The hybrid D. x tavelii (D. filix-mas x paleacea) has been recorded from several localities in both countries on various soils. Comparison of Kuropean with tropical material of D. paleacea reveals no morphological evidence for distinguishing more than one species in the taxon; its nomenclature remains somewhat uncertain.
Detailed descriptions, including the morphology, ecology, phenology and geographical distribution, of ). paleacea and the hybrid are given, illustrated with diagrams and photographs. The characters of the hybrid and its two parents are contrasted in a table. D. x _ taveliti shows an intermediate character in many respects but favours PD. filix- mas in its soft, tapering frond and soft, not coriaceous, indusium: it resembles D. paleacea in its dense, dark scales, evergreen frond, + oppo- site, right-angled pinnae, black spots at base of pinnules and apogamous method of reproduction. Clearly distinct from the former parent, it is often difficult to distinguish from the other parent, especially in a dried state. The many forms intermediate between the hybrid and J). paleacea require further cytological investigation.—[{ E.B.B. ]
856/3. DryopTeris SsPINULOSA (O. F. Muell.) Watt. Manton, I. & S. Walker, 1953, Cytology of the Dryopteris spinulosa complex in Eastern North America, Nature, 171, 1116-17.
858/1. Potyroptum vutGarE L. Martens, P., 1950, Les Paraphyses de Polypodium vulgare et la sous-espéce serratum, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belge, 82, 225-261. An analysis of a number of distribution tables, which have been drawn up from the examination of many hundreds of specimens from all the continents except Australia, leads to the con- clusion that the area of the subsp. serratum coincides with that of material bearing paraphyses. The area is roughly mediterranean, ex- tending through France to the British Isles; British material from England, Ireland and Wales was examined and is of interest as being
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 245
from the northern limits of the area. The structure of the organs, which are branched and gland-tipped, arising from the receptacle of the sori, is described and illustrated; their great importance as diagnostic char- acters for the determination of the subspecies is discussed.—[ H.B.B. |
858/1b. PoLypopIUM VULGARE subsp. SERRATUM (Willd.) Christ. Litardiere, R. de, 1951, Observations sur diverses plantes des Deux- sevres, Monde des pluntes, 278-279, 35-38.
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE. Nishida, M., 1952, A New System of Ophiogios- sales, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 271-278. The order Ophioglossales is classified into two suborders Ophioglossineue and Botrychineae, by the character of the vascular system.—|[D.H.K. |
862/1. TRICHOMANES sSPEcIosum Willd. Kertland, M. P. H., 1952, The Killarney fern in Co. Antrim, Jrish Nat. J., 10, 320. Records the discovery of the species in a cave in Co. Antrim (H.39) in 1952:—
[D.H.K.]
863/1. HyYMENOPHYLLUM TUNBRIGENSE (L.) Sm. Turmel, J.-M., 1952, L’ Hymenophyllum tunbrigense Sm. et Sow. aux Pyrénées, Monde des Plantes, 283-284, 62. The species previously unknown at altitudes above 1000 metres has now been discovered at 1750 metres altitude in the French Pyrénées. Some ecological data are given.—[ D.H.K. ]
868/1. AzoLLA FILICULOIDES Lam. Rechow, M. von, 1952, Azolla filiculoides im Interglazial von Wunstorf bei Hanover und das wahrscheinliche Alter dieses Interglazials, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65, 315-318.
861/1. AZOLLA FILICULOIDES Lam. West, R. G., 1953, The Occur- rence of Azolla in British Interglacial Deposits, New Phyt., 52, 267-272. The discovery is reported of Azolla filiculoides Lam. in Interglacial deposits in Britain. It is shown that the terminal structure of the glochidia permits a distinction from A. caroliniana Willd., and the stalk structure of the glochidia from the other species in the section Euazolla. The presence of A. filiculoides in Interglacial deposits may give some indication of their age and also of climatic conditions during their formation.—[ Author’s summary. |
870/5. Lycopopium cLtavatum L. Dhien, R., 1952, Une rare varia- tion du Lycopodium clavatum L., Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 284-285. Lycopodium clavatum var. laurentianum Vict. formerly known only from America has been discovered in the Vosges Mountains.—[D.H.K. ]
872.— CuHarRackEaE. Brook, A. J., 19538, Some New Records of Stone- worts (Charophyta) in Scotland, Scot. Nat. 65, 190. Gives details of a number of interesting Charophytes discovered in Scotland during studies on several freshwater lochs by workers from the Brown Trout Research Laboratories, Pitlochry.—[D.H.K. |
244 FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
MAY 9th, 1953. ROYAL BOTANIC GARDENS, KEW
About 80 members and friends joined the party which visited the exhibition arranged to commemorate the centenary of the Herbarium and Library. The exhibits illustrated various aspects of the work carried out at Kew since 1853, and of the development of the herbarium (which now includes some six million collectings) and the library. They included demonstrations of methods of collecting and mounting material and of the many valuable contributions to the knowledge of the flora of the British Commonwealth and elsewhere made during the past century.
A most interesting historical survey of the work and purpose of this great establishment was given by Sir Edward Salisbury, and visitors were handed a booklet lsting the exhibits and summarising the history and work of the herbarium and lbrary. The Society’s thanks are due to the Director for extending to us an invitation to be present on this historic occasion, and for providing tea. We are also grateful to the members of the staff who took so much trouble to explain their exhibits and answer our questions. All those who attended had a most profitable as well as a most interesting afternoon.
J. E. Loustey.
MAY 22nd to 25th, 1953. BANGOR Leader: Prof. P. W. RicHarps
This was a most enjoyable and light-hearted week-end, which 48 members and friends attended.
The party met at the Department of Botany, University College of North Wales at Bangor on Friday evening, and were welcomed by Professor Richards. An interesting display of exhibits was shown and the general programme for the week-end explained. Members were eiven the freedom of the library and the use of some equipment, and this was much appreciated.
On Saturday morning the party left by coach for Anglesey, and a short stop was made at Newborough Warren to see Mibora minima and the plant was duly found in some quantity. The journey then continued to Aberffraw where the party separated and made a detailed examination of the dunes and dune slacks. Many interesting plants were seen including Ophioglossum vculgatum, Carex extensa, Linum catharticum on the one hand and Blysmus rufus, Pinguicula vulgaris and Selaginellu selaginoides on the other. In addition, Centaurium littorale, Orchis strietifolia subsp. coccinea, Eleocharis quinqueflorus (FE. pauciflora) and Equisetum variegutum, were found. Mibora minima was seen again here at its ‘locus classicus’.
FIELD MBETINGS, 1953 245
Atter lunch the party continued by coach to Llanbedr-goch, where a most fascinating fen was explored. Again as in the morning, a wide range of plants was seen, calcicoles and calcifuges often growing together in close proximity. Among the more interesting plants seen were, Arabis hirsuta, Viola luctea, Rosa spinosissima, Menyanthes trifoliata, Scilla verna, Antennaria dioica, Asplenium adiantum-nigrum, Carex caryophyllea, Potentilla palustris, Pediculuris palustris, Drosera rotun- difolia, Pingwcula vulgaris, Schoenus nigricans, Cladium mariscus, Carex limosa, and C. lasiocarpa.
Whit Sunday, a brilliantly fine day, was spent at Cwm Idwal. A tew members who had explored the Cwm before, went, under the guidance of Mr. Evan Roberts and Mr. Inigo Jones, to Black Ladders, where interesting alpines were seen. The remainder of the party made the climb through grassland with Viola pulustris, Scirpus cespitosus, Carex dioica, and C. panicea, up to the head of the Cwm where a number of alpines were seen including Thalictrum alpinum, Trollius eurcpaeus, Meconopsis cambrica, Minuurtia verna, Saxifraga nivalis, S. oppositi- folia, S. stellaris, S. hypnoides, Sedum rosea, Silene acaulis, Oxyria digyna, Empetrum nigrum, E. hermaphroditum, Asplenium viride, Cystopteris fragilis, Dryopteris borren, D. abbreviata, Hymenophylluin wilsom, Cryptogramma crispa, Thelypteris phegopteris, T. dryopterts, Lycopodium alpinum, and many others.
Whit Monday was spent on limestone at Pabo and at Little Orme. A short stop was made at a small limestone hill near Pabo where the following plants were seen, Arabis hirsuta, Cardaminopsis petraea, Helianthemum canum, Cotoneaster microphyllus, Veronica spicata subsp. hybrida, and Orchis morio. Mr. Price Evans, who joined the party here, showed members a fine limestone pavement on Pabo ridge, and, during heavy rain following a violent thunderstorm, gave a most interesting and instructive talk on the botany, geology and ecology ot the ridge. Mr. Price Evans has studied the district for many years, and we had the benefit of his expert knowledge. Geranium sanguineum, Convallaria majalis and Juniperus communis were seen here, together with many Hieracia which were just coming into bloom. We were very fortunate that this thunderstorm cleared the ridge as well as it did. A little further north, very great damage was done. A last stop on this good day was at Little Orme where the following plants were seen, Brassica oleracea, Minuartia verna, Geranium lucidum, Silene nutans, Helianthemum canum, Sedum forsterianum, Cotoneaster macrophyllus in great quantity, Potentilla tabernaemontam, Marrubtum vulgare, Veronica spicatu subsp. hybrida, and Scilla verna.
The Society’s grateful thanks are due to Prof. Richards for his leadership and interest, and to his enthusiastic helpers, Messrs Price Evans, Evan Roberts and Inigo Jones.
O. BUCKLE.
246 FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
JUNE 27th to JULY 4th, 1953. FORRES Leader: Miss M. McCattum WEBSTER
The object of this Meeting was to attempt to confirm some of the old records in the Flora of Moray (1935) by James Burgess, and to add new ones. Lists of plants for which records were desired were handed to the forty-two members and guests attending, and except for the visit to Cairngorm (v.cc. 94 and 96), the week was spent in Elgin (v.c. 95).
Most of the party arrived on the morning of Saturday, June 27th, and in the afternoon Greshop Wood (about a mile west of Forres) and the adjacent stretch of the river Findhorn were visited. Mrs. Grant- Peterkin most kindly invited the party to tea at Greshop House. In the evening an informal meeting was held at the Cluny Hill Hotel.
On Sunday, June 28th, Darnaway Woods (the property of the Earl of Moray) were studied. Here, in a young fir plantation, Trientalis europaea and Pyrola minor were seen; on the steep, wooded west-bank of the river Findhorn, Trollius europaeus, Stellaria nemorum and Geum x intermedium were found, and on a damp slope nearby, Dr. Melderis collected Festuca rubra var. planifolia. After lunch, the opposite bank of the river was visited, near the long-disused Cothall Limestone quarry. This is in old mixed deciduous woodland, mainly ash, regenerating naturally. Here Monotropa hypopitys (one of the rarest plants in Moray) was rediscovered in its old station, with abundant Listera ovata. which is also uncommon in v.c. 95. In the pine wood around Blairs Loch, about a mile distant, an abundance of Goodyera repens was seen.
Monday, June 29th, was spent in the ‘‘Culbin State Forest’, formerly the Culbin Sands, a tract some eight miles long by three miles wide, along the coast of the Moray Firth between Nairn and Findhorn, now almost completely planted with conifers. Among the dunes are depressions known as ‘‘winter lochs’’, which are relics of the course of the river Findhorn before 1694, when the great sandstorm blocked the mouth and altered the course of the river to its present position further east. On the way to Buckie Loch, a stop was made and in a very small area we saw Moneses uniflora, Orthilia secunda (Pyrola secunda), Pyrola minor, Corallorhiza trifida, Goodyera repens and Listera cordata. Fur- ther into the Forest, we were met by Mr. Milne, the Head Forester, and were shown the ‘‘thatch’’ of branches in which the young trees are planted. The Buckie Loch is to remain unplanted. It was completely dry, a wide flat area with Corallorhiza trifida in plenty in the grass at the eastern end, and fine Botrychium lunaria and Ophioglossum vui- gatum. Where water had most recently stood, Littorella uniflora formed a turf. Working westward, we reached the coastal dunes where Juncus balticus and Poa subcaerulea were abundant, with Radiola linoides, Hypochoeris glabra, Ligusticum scoticum and Pyrola media (new in this area). On the return journey we were delighted by the kind invitation of the Hon. Mrs. Murray to take tea at Moy House, and visit the wardens, where Miss Gibbons found an odd association of Sedum album and Goodyera repens growing on a potting shed roof.
FIELD MBETINGS, 1953 247
Tuesday, June 30th, was spent near the village of Findhorn, the morning on the estuary salt-marsh and the afternoon on the seaward dunes where Thalictrum minus subsp. arenarium, Astragalus danicus, Vicia lathyroides and Rumex longifolius were seen. Towards 4 o’clock the scattered groups gathered at Quay Cottage, where we were invited to a welcome cup of tea by Mrs. McCallum Webster. In the evening we were shown the coloured film ‘The Culbin Story’, kindly lent by the Iorestry Commission.
On Wednesday, July Ist, the party left Forres at 8.30 a.m. for Glenmore Lodge where we were joined by members of the Moray Mountaineering Club who kindly volunteered to help the leader should the mountain be misty. Actually the sky was cloudless and the sun shone brightly all day. One party made for the summit of Cairngorm (4084 ft.) and the other set off for the Coire an Lochain, passing Chamac- periclymenum suecicum, Tofeldia pusilla, Rubus chamaemorus, Saus- surea alpina, etc. The lochan was reached about 1 p.m. and we were sooh upon a wet grassy slope with Cerastiwm cerastoides, Saxifraga stellaris and Luzula urcuata. Above were patches of snow, and tower- ing over us the vertical granite cliff. Cerastium arcticum was found growing in crevices and Saxifraga rivularis, in beautiful flower, was abundant where water trickled over the rock. Veronica alpina, Empetrum hermaphroditum and the viviparous form of Deschampsia cespitosa were seen, but the best find was Poa flexuosa. The other party, led by Mr. George Mackenzie of Forres, reached the summit plateau and tound Cardaminopsis petraea, Loiseleuria procumbens and Juncus trifidus. After a late dinner at Grantown-on-Spey, the party visited a nearby pinewood to see Linnaea borealis and Pyrola media.
The morning of July 2nd was spent by the lower reaches of the Muckle Burn and on flat sandy ground near the Binsness entrance to Culbin Forest where Blysmus rufus and Juncus balticus were seen. After lunch, several of the ‘‘winter lochs’’ were explored. One was full of Drosera rotundifolia and Lycopodiwm inundatum, while in another were quai- tities of fine Carex serotina with Inttorella uniflora, Eleocharis multi- caulis, H. quinqueflora (H. pauciflora) and Deschampsia setacea; in a third was Orthilia secunda. Hottonma palustris was seen in its only known station in Moray. Mrs. Murray again entertained us to tea at Moy House, after which we walked down the Muckle Burn to the Find- horn River, where Heracleum mantegazzianum formed a thicket along the bank.
On Friday, July 3rd, the coach set off for Garmoutkh near the eastern extremity of the county. Near Elgin we noticed the great damage done in the woods by the January gales. At Lossiemouth a short stop was made to see Corynephorus canescens, first recorded here over fifty years ago as a casual and now well established. At Garmouth the party divided; some walked along the shore in a vain search for Carex mari- tima, while others made for the old bed ot the river Spey, called ‘‘The Leen”, now marshy meadows interspersed with Phragmites swamp. Between “The Leen’’ and the sea. Jasione montana was seen on the
248 FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
shingle bank; its only known station in the north-east of Scotland. After lunch the Spey shingles were visited. Here the flora included alpine species brought down by the floods (Cardaminopsis petraea and Alchemilla alpina were seen), and escaped garden plants. Mimulus guttatus, Impatiens glandulifera, I. parviflora, Silene maritima anc Galium boreale were common. That evening the final meeting took place at the Cluny Hill Hotel, when Mr. N: D. Simpson thanked the leader and all who had helped to make the week so enjoyable. The weather had been fine and warm throughout.
In the list that follows plants marked * are additions to the Flore of Moray (1935). Alien species are indicated by fT.
(B.M.) indicates a specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit., det. by Dr. A. Melderis. (M.McC.W.) indicates a specimen in the herbarium of Miss M. McC. Webster.
(N.D.S.) indicates a specimen in the herbarium of Mr. N. D. Simpson. (U.K.D.) indicates a specimen in the herbarium of Miss U. K. Duncan
CULBIN FOREST
RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA Subsp. SCOTICUS (E. 8. Marshall) Clapham. Buckie J.och (N.D.S.). PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS L. Near Buckie Loch. CENTAURIUM LITTORALE (Turner) Gilm. Buckie Loch (B.M.), and near Binsness. EUPHRASIA BREVIPILA Burnat & Gremli. Buckie Loch (B.M. and M.Mc.W., det. E. F. WARBURG). E. OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. Near Binsness (M.McW., “not typical’, det. E. F. WARBURG. *RHINANTHUS STENOPHYLLUS (Schur) Druce. Buckie Loch (B.M.). *R. SPADICEUS Wilmott. Buckie Loch (U.K.D., det. E. F. WARBURG). ORCHIS INCARNATA L. Buckie Loch. *QO. PRAEBTERMISSA Druce. Buckie Loch (N.D.S.). QO. MACULATA L. Binsness. PLATANTHERA BIFOLIA (L.) Rich. Buckie Loch (B.M.). ELEOCHARIS MULTICAULIS (Sm.) Sm. Binsness (B.M.). E. QUINQUEFLORUS (F. X. Hartm.) Schwarz. (£. pauciflora (Lightf.) Link).. Binsness (B.M.). CAREX SEROTINA Mérat. Binsness (B.M.). *C, SCANDINAVICA E. W. Davies. Winter Lochs, Binsness (M.Mc.W., det. E. W DAVIES). ©. DIANDRA Schrank. Buckie Loch. DESCHAMPSIA SETACEA (Huds.) Hack. Binsness (B...). AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. subsp. STOLONIFERA Binsness (B.M.). A. TENUIS Sibth. Binsness (B.M.). POA SUBCAERULEA Sm. Binsness (B.M.). FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA Schreb. Binsness (B.M.). F. RUBRA var. ARENARIA (Osb.) Koch. Buckie Loch (B.M.). F. RUBRA f. LITORALIS Hack. Buckie Loch (B.M.). AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME A. & D. Léve. Buckie Loch (B.M.).
PLANTS RECORDED IN OTHER PARTS OF MORAY *RANUNCULUS AQUATILIS subsp. PELTATUS (Schrank) Syme. ‘The Leen’, Garmouth (B.M. and M.Mc.W.). *RORIPPA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. The common form in V.c. 9%. SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE var. LEIOCARPUM DC, Findhorn, rubbish-heap (B.M. and WD): +CAMELINA SATIVA Subsp. PILOSA (DC.) Zinger. Casual at Moy House (B.M.).
FIELD MEETINGS, L953 249
*CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv. Findhorn; Spey shingle and roadside near Gar- mouth.
POLYGALA OXYPTERA Reichb. Garmouth golf course, flowers white and crimson (B.M.); Findhorn (M.Mc.W.).
SAGINA SUBULATA (Sw.) C. Presl. Findhorn Shingle, near Greshop-(B.M.).
*SPERGULA SATIVA Boenn. Findhorn (N.D.S.). *HYPERICUM MACULATUM Crantz (H. dubium Lees). Spey shingle (N.D.S.). *GERANIUM COLUMBINUM L. Near Moy House (M.Mc.W.). *+ITMPATIENS PARVIFLORA DC. Spey shingle. *+T. GLANDULIFERA Royle. Spey shingle. *APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. Near Moy House (B.M. and N.D.S.). * ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. Spey shingle. A. GLABRA Neygenf. Darnaway (B.M.); Spey shingle. * + COTONEASTER SIMONSII Baker. Spey shingle, J. SOUSTER. CHRYSOSPLENIUM OPPOSITIFOLIUM L. Darnaway. *+EPILOBIUM PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. Findhorn shingle, near Greshop (B.M.); Cothall (M.Mc.W.). CIRCAEA INTERMEDIA Ehrh. Darnaway (M.Mc.W.); Spey shingle. *+HERACLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier. Banks of Findhorn river near Greshop; Darnaway; Moy; Spey shingle (B.M.). *+VALERIANELLA ERIOCARPA Desy. Garden of Greshop House (B.M. and M.Mc.W.). *+ANTHEMIS TINCTORIA'L. Spey shingle (M.Mc.W.). *+CREPIS VESICARIA Subsp. TARAXACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. Findhorn shingle, near Greshop (B.M.). HYPOCHOERIS GLABRA L. Lossiemouth (B.M.). MYCELIS MURALIS (L.) Reichb. Darnaway; Moy House. MONOTROPA HYPOPITYS L. agg. Cothall quarry. *+SYMPHYTUM PEREGRINUM Ledeb. Spey shingle (N.D.S.). MYOSOTIS DISCOLOR var. DUBIA (Arrond.) Wade. ‘“‘The Leen’’ (N.D.S.) LITHOSPERMUM OFFICINALE L. Cothall. *+LINARIA PURPUREA (L.) Mill. Spey shingle (N.D.S.). EUPHRASIA BREVIPILA Burnat & Gremli. Darnaway (B.M.); near Moy House; Spey shingle. E. OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. Spey shingle (M.Mc.W., det. E. F. WARBURG). E. OCCIDENTALIS var. CALVESCENS Pugsl. Near Moy House (M.Mc.W., det. E. F. WARBURG). *E. FOULAENSIS Towns. ex Wettst. Findhorn (U.K.D., det. E. F. WARBURG). E. CONFUSA forma ALBIDA Pugsl. Near Moy House (M.Mc.W., det. E. F. WaAk- _BURG). *+MENTHA X NILIACA var. SAPIDA (Tausch) Brig. Findhorn, rubbish-tip; near Muy House (B.M., det. R. A. GRAHAM). *M. X VERTICILLATA var. PALUDOSA (Sole) Druce. Near Moy (M.Mc.W., det. R. A. GRAHAM). *THYMUS DRUCEL Ronn. Greshop Wood (B.M:); Darnaway (U.K.D.). PLANTAGO MEDIA L. Lawn at Moy House. P. LANCEOLATA var. ANTHOVIRIDIS W. Wats. Findhorn (B.M. and N.D.S.). *+CHENOPODIUM FICIFOLIUM Sm. Arable, Darnaway; Moy House Gardens (B.M. and U.K.D.). *RUMEX TENUIFOLIUS (Wallr.) Love. Findhorn shingle near Greshop (U.K.D., det. J. E. LOUSLEY). SALIX PHYLICIFOLIA L. Darnaway (B.M.). *ORCHIS PURPURELLA T. & T. A. Stephenson. Darnaway; ‘Ihe Leen” (B.M.). *O. FUCHSII Druce. ‘‘The Leen’’ (N.D.S.). *ZOSTERA NANA Roth. Findhorn estuary, R. D. GRAHAM. ELEOCHARIS UNIGLUMIS (Link) Schultes. Garmouth golf course (B.M.). SCHOENUS NIGRICANS L. Garmouth (B.M.). CAREX LAEVIGATA Sm. Greshop Wood.
*PHLEUM NODOSUM L. Garmouth (B.M.).
25() PIELD MEETINGS, 1953
* FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA X GIGANTEA. Greshop Wood, B. M. C. MoRrGAN and U. kK. DUNCAN (B.M.).
KF. RUBRA var. GLAUCESCENS (Heg. & Heer) Nym. “The Leen” (3B.M.); Findhom (N.D.S.).
I. RUBRA Var. ARENARIA (Osb.) Koch. Findhorn (B.M.).
F. RUBRA Var. PLANIFOLIA Hack. Darnaway (B.M.).
F, RUBRA forma LITORALIS Hack. Spey Shingle (B.M.).
F. TENUIFOLIA Sibth. Darnaway (B.M.): Findhorn (N.D:S.).
F. VIVIPARA (L.) Sm. Findhorn shingle, near Greshop,. Darnaway (B.4i.).
VULPIA BROMOIDES (L.) S. F. Gray. Near Moy House: Spey shingle-(B ).
*BROMUS LEPIDUS Holmb. Arable at Cothall: near Forres station (B.M.): Find- horn, det. A. MELDERIS.
JULY 12th, 1953. SOUTH LANCS. LOCAL FIELD MEETING
Thirteen South Lancs. members met at Ainsdale, near Southport on July 12th, 1953, for what we hope will be the first of a series of locai field meetings in the vice-county.
Miss V. Gordon led the party over the dunes and dune-slacks. concentrating mainly on the rich flora of the slacks. Among the species seen were Parnassia palustris var. condensata, Centaurium erythraca and CU. littorale, Parentucellia viscosu, Epipactis palustris and EB. dun- ensis, Scirpus americanus, Botrychium lunaria and Ophioglossum vul- gatum. After tea those members who were able to remain saw Antennaria. dioica, recently found in the area by Miss Gordon, growing at the side of a drainage channel on fixed dune sand colonized by Rulus caesius. The meeting was concluded by a visit to a damp thicket to see Osmunda regalis and the members then dispersed after thanking Miss Gordon for her leadership of an extremely pleasant excursion.
EK. M. Rosser.
JULY. 24th to 26th, 1958. MALDON, ESSEX Leaders: Mr. B. T. Warn and Mr. S. T. JERMYN
On Kriday evening 27 members and friends assembled at Head- quarters, The Blue Boar Hotel, for the usual briefing, and then went for a short walk along the towpath of the River Blackwater to Beeleigh Weir and back. Many interesting riverside plants were seen including Thalictrum flavum, Brassica nigra and Acorus calamus. We also found Ranunculus sardous, Sison amomum and Trifolium fragiferum in very great quantity. The ahen Thlaspi alliacewum has been known at thle Weir for some years, and it was just possible to identify some withered remains. Members will remember the excursion to Rippers Cross in April 1952 to see this plant in its original 1923 site. In Essex it was associated with Lepidium ruderale and Cardaria draba. Later in the evening Hyoscyamus niger, Phalaris canartensis and Euphorbia lathyrus were seen on Maldon rubbish dump.
On Saturday the party left by coach tor the Blackwater Estuary at Stansgate Abbey. In February 1953 the sea wall broke all along this part of the coast, and here and there the effect of salt water on former
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953 251
arable land was very evident. In many ditches behind shingle banks maritime plants, especially grasses, had survived the effect of sea water but had assumed extraordinary and monstrous forms of growth while they were submerged. The odd looking forms of Parapholis strigosa were especially remarkable. Other plants seen here were Suaeda fruti- cosa, Carum segetum, Chenopodium ficifolium, Carduus tenwuiflorus. Senecio squalidus, and Bupleurum tenuisstinum. Interesting grasses included Agropyron pungens, Parapholis strigosa, Puccinellia fasciculata, P. distans and Hordeum marinum.
After lunch the party continued to Bradwell juxta Mare, and had the opportunity of examining the very famous old chapel of St. Peter by the Wall. The shore here is dominated by Spartina townsendii, which appears to be steadily smothering other plants. Limoniuwm vul- gare and L. humile with Salicornia perennis appeared to be able to exist with Spartina townsendi quite well, but many other maritime species such as Artemisia maritima, Suaeda maritima and Halimione portula- coides had been banished to the extreme edge of the Spartina area. It was interesting to see large quantities of Lathyrus nissolia in seed. This was a lovely warm and windless day, and ideal for sea coast botany.
Sunday morning was cooler and showery, and the party was for- tunate in having woodland to explore instead of open country. Woodham Walter Common and Blake’s Wood were examined and a new vice-county record was made. This was Rubus moylei Barton and Riddelsdell (det. W. Watson) from Blake’s Wood. Other plants observed during the day were Aphanes arvensis and A. microcarpa, Agrostis tenuis, Symphytuim peregrinum, Convallaria majalis, Carpinus betulus, Quercus petraea, Thelypteris palustris, Epilobium lanceolatum, E. parviflorum and Ff. adenocaulon. Both Lactuca serriola and L. virosa were seen in the lane leading to Woodham Walter Common.
This was an interesting week-end in country new to many members present, and the delightful little town of Maldon provided an idea! headquarters. The Society’s thanks are due to Mr. Ward and Mr. Jermyn for organising the excursion. Thanks are also due to Dr Melderis for identifying the various grasses.
O. BuckiE.
AUGUST 28th to 30th, 1953. PULBOROUGH TLeader: Mr. O. BuckiE
This week-end was planned to show typical south coast salt marsh and the peat brooks at Amberley and North Stoke. In West Sussex salt marsh is being reclaimed very rapidly, and there is now little left in the vice-county.
Thirty-six members and friends attended, and after the usual meet- ing on Friday evening at which details of the excursions were given, together with a few general remarks on the botany, geology and local history of the district, the party met on Saturday morning in the rain to go by coach to West Wittering in the Selsey peninsula. On arrival
DAS FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
there, the weather became very much worse and the party set off across the salt-marsh to the dune fringe in a heavy downpour. Jt was too wet to consider a detailed examination of the flora of the marsh, but a trudge round the sandy edge revealed many interesting plants including Althaea officmalis, Frankema laevis, Bupleurum tenuissimum, Inula crithmoides, Oenothera ammophila, Euphorbia parahas, FE. portlandica oe seen in West Sussex in 1951), Limonium humile, Salicornia peren- ms, S. prostrata, S. appressa, S. stricta, S. disarticulata and Elymus aos. In addition, some Gaherestine forms of Spartina townsendii were seen and Dr. Melderis has been good enough to make some observations on them.*
Lunch was taken at Wittering and the party continued by coach to Pagham Harbour on the east side of Selsey. Here, an examination of the steady growth of Spartina townsendii had been planned. The water-way is now almost silted up. The leader had also hoped to make a thorough search for Spartina maritima which has not been seen there for some time. He had taken the precaution of walking over the area at high tide, but unfortunately had not exercised sufficient forethought to make allowance for the effect of the full moon, and the selected area was under water. Consequently the afternoon was rather disappointing although the following plants were seen, Chenopodium rubrum var. pseudo-botryodes, Stachys arvensts and Carex extensa.
On Sunday morning in heavy rain the party left by coach for Amber- ley Wild Brooks. The rain ceased during the morning and these famous Sussex brooks were seen at their best. Many interesting plants were seen including Thelypteris palustris, Stellaria palustris, Impatiens capensis (always a cleistogamous form here), Hlodea canadensis in full bloom, Anthemis nobilis, Mentha x verticillata, Leersia oryzoides and Sium latifolium.
After lunch at Amberley, a short halt was made at Houghton Bridge to see Wolffia arrhiza, Scirpus tabernaemontami x triqueter and Carex acuta. The party then proceeded to North Stoke where another range of peat brooks was shown. Here nine pondweeds were seen :—Potamo- geton acutifolius, P. obtusifolius, P. lucens, P. perfoliatus, P. trichoides, P. natans, P. pusillus, P. crispus and Groenlandia densa (Potamogeton densus). In addition there were seen in the brooks other interesting plants including Myriophyllum verticillatum, M. alterniflorum, Utri- cularia neglecta and triglochin palustris. All these plants are compara- tively scarce in West Sussex. Two other splendid finds were Chara delicatula and Tolypella prolifera, both named by G@. QO. Allen.
This completed the work of the week-end and the party returned by coach to Pulborough.
Dr. Young thanked the leader who replied briefly regretting that rain had to some extent restricted the programme.
O. BucKLE.
“See Plant Notes. —Ea
bo Or
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
SEPTEMBER 26th, 1953. PETERBOROUGH Leaders: Mr. J. E: Danny and Dr.-G. Taytor
This was primarily a Potamogeton excursion, and a large number of members gathered at Peterborough. The morning was spent at tlie London Brick Company’s pits at Fletton (v.c. 31). Almost-at once the rare P. x cooperi (P. crispus xX perfoliatus), a new record for Hunts., was discovered. Both parents were subsequently seen although P. crispus was in small quantity. Another interesting find here was P. coloratus. Other Pondweeds seen in the various pits examined were P. pectinatus, P. natans, P. lucens and P. pusillus. Artemisia absinthiwm was abundant in the brick-yards.
After lunch the party went to a dyke near Ramsey where Potamo- geton X sparganifolius (P. gramineus X natans) was seen with both parents. It was interesting to see P. gramineus in such good quantity.
On the walk to the dyke some splendid Galeopsis speciosa was seen in a field of carrots. Sonchus palustris grew in quantity along a ditch at the edge of Wood Walton Fen, and here also was seen Galium x ochroleucum (G. mollugo x verum).
The Society’s thanks are due to the leaders for their enthusiastic leadership, and for the patience they displayed in helping members in the identification of the various Pondweeds.
O. Buck.
A= x 254 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
The first Northern Regional Meeting, attended by 78 members and guests, was held in the Department of Botany, University of Man- chester, on October 31st, 1953, by kind permission of the Vice-Chancellor and Professor S. C. Harland.
When the meeting opened at 11.15 a.m. Professor S. C. Harland. F.R.S., welcomed members of the Society and their guests to Man- chester, commenting on the great taxonomic advances which had been made since the days of Mr. Charles Bailey. who was so closely associated both with the Society in its early days and with the University which has benefited so much from his presentation of his fine herbarium. He then took the chair at the opening session, introducing the speakers, Mr. P. C. Sylvester-Bradley, Miss C. M. Rob and Mr. J. E. Lousley.
At the afternoon session Professor Tutin, the chairman, introduced Professor Harland’s talk on the experimental work which is in progress on the genus Senecio, which was followed by an interesting and informa- tive discussion.
After tea all adjourned to the laboratories to examine a large selec- tion of exhibits and discuss points of interest. The meeting ended at 6 p.m., when Dr. Dony and Mr. Lousley thanked all who had con- tributed to the success of the meeting. I should like to take this oppor- tunity of supplementing my inadequate thanks on the day of the meet- ing by recording here my indebtedness to Dr. Dony, Mr. Lousley, the local secretaries for Lancs. and Yorks and Dr. W. O. Howarth for their patience in replying to my numerous enquiries and appeals for advice both before and during the meeting, and to the exhibitors and others not only for their contributions on the day of the meeting but also for their help in compiling the report of the lectures and exhibits which follows.
FE. M. Rosser.
Lectures THE TAXONOMIC IMPLICATIONS OF THE BRITISH ROSE SURVEY
P. C. SytvesterR-BRADLEY
Mr. P. C. Sylvester-Bradley, in his interesting lecture, gave a brief account of the native roses and indicated what kind of information he hoped would emerge from the British Rose Survey.
The native roses can be divided into two sharply distinct groups on the basis of their cytological behaviour. On the one hand there are the two species with orthodox behaviour at meiosis: Rosa arvensis (diploid) and R. spinosissima (tetraploid). On the other there is the multitude of micro-species belonging to the section Caninae. with their aberrant
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 255
type of meiosis, leading to the production of gametes of unlike chromo- some number, the pollen grains always being haploid. On fertilisation the parent number is restored. Tetraploids, pentaploids and hexaploids are known here, the pentaploids being the most frequent.
Unlike most plants, the principal species (as recognised by Warburg in the new British Flora) in each subsection show reasonably well- defined geographical replacement.
Local populations of roses would appear to show rather different types of variation. There are the densely populated areas with sometimes a very wide range of variation—it is on these, naturally, that field botanists have tended to concentrate in the past. But there are also areas where exactly the same microspecies is encountered over and over again to the exclusion of any other. Such areas would appear to be more sparsely populated than the ‘‘good’’ rose areas. _But a great deal more information on these lines is required and this, it is hoped, will emerge as the results of the Survey are analysed.
SOME ALLEN PLANTS OF YORKSHIRE Miss C. M. Ros
It is impossible to reproduce adequately here the humour and en- thusiasm with which Miss Rob put forward her plea for more interest in the alien plants occurring in Yorkshire, but it is to be hoped that they had a lasting effect on her audience, and that any present who retain any vestige of what she believes to be distrust of ‘‘foreigners’’ wil! soon lose it and join in the recording of interesting aliens.
Reasons for devoting more serious study to alien plants were further stressed by Mr. Lousley in the discussion which followed. Firstly, he said, it was important to obtain early records of species which may subsequently spread (early records of Senecio squalidus and Hpilobium adenocaulon are inadequate). Secondly, closer study of the introduc- tion, spread and taxonomy of present aliens is likely to give information which will throw light on the status of many plants already in our flora and, thirdly, by compelling the use of characters of families and genera it leads to knowledge of the distribution and variation of genera and species and encourages the use of floras and monographs dealing with most temperate areas of the world. For these and other reasons the study of aliens is to be encouraged provided it does not detract from the investigation of native plants.
SOME RECENT DISCOVERTES AND RE-DISCOVERIES J. E. Loustey
The purpose of this lecture was to discuss some of the more im- portant additions to the British flora and re-discoveries which have been shown at the London meetings of the Society or described in Watsonia.
The additions to our flora were reviewed under two headings. First, those which resulted from the investigation of little-known areas and
256 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
were very easily recognised as different from previously known British plants. Of these Diapensia lapponica and Artemisia norvegica are excellent examples and were found on Scottish mountains in places which may not previously have been visited by botanists. Koenigia islandica 1s equally easily recognised but as at least one place where it grows in Skye is frequented by tourists it seems that its small size must explain why it was not detected earlier. These important discoveries suggest that there is still scope for further major additions to our flora from the more remote parts of the British Isles.
The second category of additions arises from the close study of critical groups. These are more numerous, and examples of species added to the British list recently were selected from the work of Dr. S. M. Walters on Alchemilla and Aphanes, of Dr. EK. F. Warburg on Sorbus, and of Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison on Dactylorchis.
Roegneria doniana was selected as one of the most interesting examples of a species recently re-discovered. It was suggested that a similar careful examination of the records of some other species might result in them being re-found in old localities.
THE GENUS SENECIO AS A SUBJECT FOR CYTOGENETICAL INVESTIGATION
S. C. Harnanp
Professor Harland said that Senecio vulgaris was chosen for study because it was possible to obtain three or more generations in one year.
With the object of getting a number of clear-cut Mendelian differ- ences to use as markers in interspecific hybrids 250 different geographical strains of groundsel from all parts of Europe, from Iceland, South America and the United States were grown in 1950 at the Manchester University Experimental Ground; but curiously there was little varia- tion.
Attempts are being made to take the radiate gene from Senecio squalidus and, by repeated back-crossing to S. vulgaris, to put it in a groundsel background and discover whether it is the same gene. If it is this would indicate that S. vulgaris and S. squalidus had a common ancestry.
A groundsel variant ealled ‘strap’ which has been obtained is very weak, has narrow leaves and is male sterile but female fertile. This plant was pollinated extensively by S. squalidus pollen and a hybrid obtained which is a sterile triploid. ‘Strap’ provides the possibility of obtaining other hybrids with S. vulgaris. It hybridises readily with the alien described in Druce and Hayward’s Adventive Flora of Tweed- side as Senecio lautus Sol.*
*See J. E. Lousley, 1953, Year Book, B.S.B.I., p. 107, for comments concerning the identity of this plant. It is there suggested that the plant is S. inaequidens DC., which has since heen confirmed by the National Herbarium, Pretoria.— J. BE. Lousley.
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 19538 257
Excised roots of different geographical strains grown by Dr. H. FE.
Street and co-workers under artificial conditions have shown different
growth rates. [Lantern slides illustrating these differences of growth- rate were shown.
Exhibits
1. An IntTERESTING MiInT FROM THE SHEFFIELD DISTRICT
The exhibit showed a peculiar mint form from the Rivelin Valley near Sheffield, v.c. 63, which bears a strong affinity to Mentha smithiana R. Graham and has perhaps arisen from this taxon by a somatic gene mutation. R. A. Graham identifies it as M. smithiana R. Graham var. angustifolia R. Graham forma. The Rivelin mint differs from M. smithiana and its variety angustifolia in having the pedicels and the bases of the calyces more or less hirsute instead of glabrous.
The leaf shape is very variable, some being lanceolate and deeply serrate and others approaching ‘typical’ A. smithiana.
F. W. Apams.
Mr. Adams also exhibited interesting sheets from
2. THe HERBARIUM OF JONATHAN SALT
3. LOTUS HISPIDUS 1x WateEs See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.1., 1, 83, 1954).
4. Spectres PArRS AND THEIR HYBRIDS IN THE ISLE oF MAN
Maps were exhibited showing the distribution in the island of 5 pairs of species: Stachys sylvatica L., S. palustris L. and S. x ambigua Sm.; Glyceria fluitans (L.) R.Br., G. plicata (L.) R.Br. and G. x pedi- cellata Townsend; Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum (l.) Hayek, R. micro- phylla (Boenn.) Hylander and R. x sterilis Airy Shaw; Veronica anagallis-aquatica L., V. catenata Pennell and their hybrid ; and Poten- tilla reptans L., P. mixta auct. angl. and their hybrid.
These were all selected as instances where the hybrids (usually quite sterile) occur plentifully in areas from which one or both parents are apparently absent. In the case of the Veronica the sterile hybrid is much more abundant in the island than either parent. The remarkable pre- valence of hybrids in the Manx flora is perhaps partly explicable by the absence or excessive rarity of many species that are more plentiful in Great Britain, thus permitting the hybrids to occupy ecological niches from which they would normally be excluded by the much greater com- petition prevailing on the mainland. _
D. BK. ALiEn,
258 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
> ALCHEMILILA VULGARIS (sace.) tx Norra ENGLAND
Eleven of the twelve micro-species of Alchemilla vulgaris occur in North England ; pressed specimens of these species were shown, together with notes on their distribution. A. monticola Opiz, A. acutiloba Opiz and A. swbcrenata Buser are lccalized in Teesdale and Weardale, A. minima S. M. Walters and A. minor Huds. in the Craven district (the latter occurs in Seotland and Ireland) and the other species are more widespread. Specimens, and/or records of ‘‘difficult’’ A. restita (Buser) Raunk. and A. filicaulis Buser would be welcomed by Dr. S. M. Walters
and myself. Miss M. FE. BrapsHaw.
6 CALAMAGROSTIS NEGLECTA 1x Sourn-East YORKSHIRE AND A PUTATIVE HYBRID witH CALAMAGROSTIS CANESCENS
Calamagrostis neglecta and (. canescens were shown, together with the suspected hybrid and drawings of the floral structure of the parents, leaf positions and flowering spikes of (. neglecta and the hybrid.
Miss F. FE. CRAckKtes.
7. SOME INTERESTING PLANTS FROM YORKSHIRE, ETC.
Herbarium sheets of the following species were shown :—
Orchis traunsteinerioides (Pugsl.) Pugsl. A recently gathered Yorks. specimen.
Orchis fuchsti x purpurella.
Adiantum capillus-veneris L. Kent estuary, 1953.
Polystichum lonchitis (L.) Roth. Near Settle. Yorks... 1953.
Orobanche alba Steph. ex Willd. West Yorks., v.c. 64. 1953.
Veronica spicata subsp. hybrida (L.) E. F. Warburg. A plant from the exact Westmorland station where it was recorded as V. spicata type and so got into the Comite] Flora for v.ec. 69.
Myosotis brevifolia C. E. Salmon. Upper Wharfedale.
Gagea lutea (L.) Ker-Gawl. Upper Ribblesdale, its highest known altitude in Britain, where it very rarely flowers.
Mertensia maritima (L.) S. F. Gray. V.-c. 60. First record for West Lancs. Shingle near Morecambe, August 1941.
Epilobium alsinifolhum Vill. V.c. 64. Upper Wharfedale, Yorks.
Linum catharticum var. dunense Druce from an inland station.
Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Beauv. from the sear limestone. Yorks.
All previous records are doubtful. J. N. FRANKLAND.
8. EGERIA DENSA 1w Britatx
This new and interesting addition to the alien fora of Britain was recently found by Miss Frost in a South Lanes. canal. Fresh material. drawings and herbarium specimens were shown, together with a map
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 259
illustrating the temperature gradients in the canal and the distribution
ot Hgeria and associated species.
g.
Miss ite MAY Frost.
KLoRd OF LSRAEL
Two volumes of 50 illustrations cach, the second having five plates
in colour.
10.
(b)
Mrs. A. N. Gibby.
British POLY GALA SPECIES
The demonstration consisted of :—
A specimen of Polygala amara seemingly from Jersey, collected by Babington, differing shghtly from known British stocks of P. amara and DP. austriaca. This is thought to justify a queried record for that locality.
P. calcarea (misidentified as P. depressa = IP. serpyllifolia) from Thirsk. It seems most unlikely that suitable localities for the species occur in this neighbourhood, and as the species 1s not rare in the south of England it is thought that the locality on the sheet is an error (5/58 e. coll. Fletcher).
A demonstration of capsules of Polygala species to draw attention to useful characters of wing venation, capsule shape and capsule rim. See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.1., 1, 98, 1954) for further details.
Herbarium material of the species, differences in habit, leaf shape and corolla proportions being pointed out. P. vulgaris, P. amara and P. austriaca tend to grow from the base, 2. serpyllifolia and P. calcarea tend to continue the growth of a stem by shoots arising from the upper axils of overwintering stems, and in P. serpyllifolia from the axils beneath a spike. The leaves of P. calcarea, P. amara and P. austriaca are broadly spatulate below, narrowly above. (In P. austriaca the leaves are blunt, in P?. amara pointed). Those of P. serpyllifolia are usually elliptic, broadest about the middle, and blunter than in P. vulgaris, where the broadest point is usually below the middle, and the leaves longer. The corolla is usually short-tubed with long petals and comb in P. calcarea, P. amara and IP. austriaca, longer-tubed in LP. serpyllifolia and LP. vulgaris, the comb and petals being short in P. serpyllifolia and longer in P. vulgaris.
The similarity of P. amara and I. austriacu was pointed out and
emphasized by the display of a sheet of P. austriaca from Shoreham. Kent, which has the habit of P. amara, and can only be distinguished with difficulty. The intergradation of-P. vulgaris and “P. oxyptera’”’ was again shown by the display of a collection from Wye, Kent, where “P. oryptera” can be obtained on the top of the Down and P. vulgaris
260) NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
below. The forms grade into one another, the series being visible in several flower colours, and leaf and wing shape seem constant through- out (the wing being greatly reduced in the ‘“‘P. oxyptera’’). It appears as one population, the ‘‘P. oxyptera’’ form being brought about by the exposed conditions.
The intergradation of P. vulgaris and ‘‘P. oxyptera’’ was emphas- ised throughout, the point being stressed that they do not differ in qualitative characters as do the other species, e.g., characters of wing venation, capsule shape and rim, corolla proportions, leaf shape or habit other than in size. It was also pointed out that there are various ideas as to what is meant by ‘“‘?. oxyptera’’, various people employing habit, small size and few flowers, or wing shape, or the proportions of wing to capsule, to define it. It is felt that the non-significance of habit is shown by the population mentioned above, which also varies in wing-to-capsule proportions. Wing shape commonly varies in one population, as was Shown in the demonstration of capsules, and is generally independent of plant size. It seems that all P. vulgaris in Britain has the wing narrower than the fully ripe capsule.
The similarities of P. amara and P. austriaca were also brought out, showing that they did not differ more than isolated populations of the other species.
D. R. GLENDINNING.
ll. EPILOBIUM LINNAEOIDES Hook. ¥. In BRITAIN See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 93, 1954) for details. Miss V. Gorpon.
12. Warer Cotourn DRAWINGS OF SEEDS OF BRITISH PLANTS A selection of water colours of seeds and fruits of British plants.
H. E. GREEN.
13. An InreREstING SHNECIO rrom NortH WALES
A specimen was exhibited of a large radiate Senecio which could not be named by any of those present. Seed of this plant, supplied by the exhibitor, is in cultivation at the Manchester University Experimental jround and it is hoped that further information about this “‘giant eroundsel’’? can be given soon.
H. E. Green.
l4. Two SENECIO Hysrips
The weak, narrow-leaved groundsel variant called ‘‘strap’’, which is male-sterile, was exhibited. This plant has been used as a female parent to obtain an inter-specifie cross between Senecio vulgaris and 8. squalidus, the hybrid being a sterile triploid. Interspecific hybrid seedlings were shown from the crossing of ‘‘strap’’ with an alien species thought at first to be S. lautus Sol., but now thought to be probably S. inaequidens DC. (See earlier reference.)
S. C. Hartanp and A. R. HayGartn Jackson,
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 261
15. Excisep Roots or SENEHCIO SprEcIES GROWING IN STERILE CULTURE
The first part of the demonstration showed the methods of main- taining excised roots in sterile culture, and of increasing them for experiment.
The second part consisted of excised roots of the species Senecio vulgaris, S. squalidus and S. jacobaea, to show the striking differences in morphology between roots of these species.
Roots of strains of 8. vulgaris from Norway, Iceland, Czechoslovakia and Peru demonstrated intraspecific differences in morphology and particularly in growth rate.
Finally there were roots of the Czechoslovakian strain growing on Arginine and Yeast media, showing the differential effect on growth rate exercised by these two substances which is not found with the Icelandic strain.
H. KE. Srreet, H. P. CuHaries and B. CHoierton.
16. Some BritisH VARIETIES oF FESTUCA A series of forms of Festuca ovina and IF. rubra showing parallel divergences was exhibited, as, for example :— A. Hairiness of spikelets illustrated by :— F. ovina (mutica) and var. hirtula F. ovina (type) and var. hispidula F. rubra (type) and var. dumetorum 3B. Pruinose (waxy) surface illustrated by :— F. ovina var. glauca F. rubra var. pruinosa
Forms of F. elatior were also shown and the natural hybrid x Festu- lolium loaceum (Huds.) P. Fourn. W. O. Howarru.
17. Some INTERSPECIFIC Hysrivps IN POTENTILLA
The demonstration included the preliminary results of a cytogenetical investigation of the relationships of Potentilla erecta (.) Rausch. (Qn= 28), and P. anglica Laich. (2n=56). Natural hybrids between these species are frequently recorded in British floras under the names P. x suberecta Zimm., P. x italica Lehm. and P. x mixta Nolte. Crossing experiments, including all combinations, were successful in producing P. erecta x anglica and the reciprocal hybrid. All other combinations failed. The hybrids, 2n=42, are female fertile, and slightly male fer- tile. Backcrosses to both parents produced viable seed, and the back- cross derivatives are mainly vigorous. Chromosome numbers already determined include 2n=28, 33, 35, 36, 49 and 51.
An investigation of the possibility of intergeneric hybridisation between species of Fragaria and Potentilla has shown that the most promising combination is Ff’. vesca L. 9 x P. reptans L. 6. The two species cross easily, but the seedlings die after one or two months.
J. K. Jones.
262 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 18. KMxuHipirs By MemBersS GF LIVERPOOL UNIVERSITY
(1) Brirtsny LTHRACIA or Hisrortc INTEREST FROM THE HERBARIUM oF W. R. Linton
The exhibit showed specimens of historic interest extracted from Herb. W. R. Linton, now in the possession of the University of Liver- pool.
The Linton herbarium includes an extensive collection of British Hieracia, mainly collected by W. R. Linton, with many additional specimens contributed by E. I. Linton and other British and Continen- tal Hieracium specialists..
The sheets exhibited showed only those species or varieties whicl: appear to have been first described by W. R. or E. F. Linton. The interest of these sheets is considerably enhanced by the abundant critica! comments or extracts from correspondence with other contemporary specialists. The names most frequently occurring are those of Dahlstedt. K. S. Marshall, F. J. Hanbury and Augustine Ley.
C. L. Hare.
(2) DRYOPTERIS DILATATA
Herbarium material of Dryopteris dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray was exhibited. Work on this species was carried out whilst the exhibitor was a member of Leeds University.
A wide range of form was shown to be present in tetraploid Dry- opteris dilatata. <A diploid form, collected on Ben Lawers, Perthshire. Scotland, by Mr. A. H. G. Alston of the British Museum, is considered worthy of specific separation owing to its morphological and cytological distinction. Hybrids between the diploid and tetraploid forms have been shown to be triploid and sterile, with approximately ‘n’ bivalents and ‘n’ univalents at meiosis (n=41 in Dryopteris).
S. Walker.
19. Two ERICA ¥ForMS
Erica tetralix L. Herbarium specimens of this plant were shown in which the leaves were devoid of cilia. Similar plants were found in blanket bog in several localities in Connemara. Search in Herb. Bailey showed no similar plant among sheets of English material, but similar forms were found in material collected in Connemara.
The plants shown were growing among E. mackaianu, and typical Mrica tetralix was rare here.
Erica cinerea L. A dwarf form with restricted inflorescence, a ‘pinched’ appearance to the corolla, and the corolla usually salmon pink. occasionally white. An unmistakable form in the field, scattered over the blanket bog behind Roundstone, Connemara, between Errisbeg and the Clifden road.
NORTHERN REGLONAL MEETING, 1953 263
No similar plant was found in the English material in Herb. Bailey, but an exactly similar form (white-flowered) was found, collected in exactly the same locality in 1868, labelled ‘nana fl. albo’.
J. N. Miuus.
90. A puzztiInc GALIUM From CoNNEMARA
A small number of plants, all dwarfed like the specimen exhibited, were found on rocks at Connemara just above the highest tide-mark. Typical well-grown Galium aparine was growing nearby.
Professor D. A. Webb, who saw fresh material, commented, ‘‘A very odd plant; seems intermediate between the two (G. aparine and G. tricorne) in most respects, especially curvature of and length ot peduncles and surface of fruit. Leaves are more like G. aparine; colour of fruit and frequent abortion more like G. tricorne”’
The corolla, when fresh, was dirty yellow, like G. tricorne. Petals were usually 3 and leaves in whorls of 4, unlike either species, re- sembling G. aparine both in shape and in the direction of the mar- ginal bristles near the apex.
Hybrid origin is improbable, as G. tricorne ae never been recorded from Ireland.
J. N. Mitts.
21. A METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF A SUSPECTED HYBRID POPULATION BETWEEN CHNTAURIUM MINUS ano CENTAURIUM § LITTO- RALE
See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 98, 1954) for details. Miss W. T. M. O’Connor.
22. A Narurat Hyprip BETWEEN VACCINIUM MYRTILLUS anv JV. VITIS-IDAEA, V. x INTERMEDIUM RutHe
This hybrid was discovered in Germany in 1826, and Vaccinium myrtillus and V. vitis-idaea were suggested as parental species. The distribution of the putative hybrid and its supposed parents in N.W. Europe was presented on maps.
The results of artificial pollination experiments showed that V. x intermedium is formed from V. myrtillus x V. vitts-idaea of which the former is the maternal parent. Backcrossing of this hybrid by polli- nating it from V. vitis-idaea yielded a progeny which showed more variability than any of the progeny of parental selfings or hybrid first generation progeny. Individuals of the backcross progeny provide strong evidence of introgression to the recurrent parent.
Using a pictorialized scatter diagram technique, the results of a field analysis of V. x intermedium were summarized and it was shown that the population (in the British Isles) is homogeneous, in that it shows no more variability than either parent.
264 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
Low pollen viability of the hybrid and the negative results of self- pollination experiment indicate that the production of a second gene- ration is unlikely. Back-crossing experiments provide evidence for introgression to the recurrent parent, V. vitis-idaea. With one excep- tion, in Sweden, the absence of evidence of natural introgression indi- cates that gene-flow between these two ecospecies has scarcely begun, being limited by the selective effects of environment. Further, the longevity of individual clones and their mode of reproduction—almost entirely vegetative—retards potential gene-exchange and convergence.
J. C. RitcHiz.
23. A Sucrion APPARATUS FOR THE EMASCULATION OF SMALL FLOWERS
The emasculation of the small flowers of Trifolium species for use in experimental crosses is achieved by the exhibitor by means of fine glass jets attached to a water pump which provides sufficiently strong suction to remove the anthers. He gave a number of demonstrations of his technique during the meeting.
A. SMITH.
24. SoME MEMBERS OF CAREY section ACUTAE
Carex nigra (L.) Reichard is a common, variable and widely distri- buted species which in Dansk Ekskursions-Flora (7th edition by K. Wiinstedt) is divided into three species. It is probable that all three of these can be recognized in Britain, but one, C. stolonifera Hoppe, needs further investigation. C. subcaespitosa (Kiikenthal) Wiinstedt is, however, a distinct plant in its densely tufted habit and fruit shape. It is known to occur near Edale and Malham and may well be found elsewhere. It appears almost certain that records of C. juncella (E.Fr.) Th.Fr. from this country refer to C. subcaespitosa.
The exhibit consisted of specimens of C. subcaespitosa together with sheets of C. bigelowu, C. nigra and what may be C. stolonifera. Speci- mens of C. juncella and C. cespitosa, neither of which appear to be British, were included for comparison.
Ty Gs Turrm.
25. A Dwarr Ecotyert or GEUM RIVALE From TEESDALE
Specimens were shown of a dwarf form of Geum rivale L. collected at a height of 1700 ft. from the grazed limestone grassland of Cronkley Fell, Upper Teesdale, and of the common lowland form.
These and other forms of G@. rivale have been recently studied by Miss A. C. Tallantire at Durham. She has found that, in general, plants from montane habitats are significantly smaller than those from lowland habitats. Experiments on plants from Durham populations have shown that the forms retain their distinguishing characters in cultivation, breed true, and are perfectly interfertile.
NORLHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 265
The differences between the lowland and montane populations (which may be regarded as ecotypes) appear to be purely quantitative; no qualitative differences have been found.
Populations intermediate in size characters between the extreme forms demonstrated here have been found in sub-montane habitats in other parts of the British Isles; but the extreme dwarfness of the Tees-
dale population appears to be unique. D. H. VALENTINE.
26. RUBUS SPHCTABILIS Pursx# From tHE IsuE or Man
This attractive North American alien was recently recorded by the exhibitor near Port Sodrick in the Isle of Man, where it appears to be naturalised. Herbarium sheets were shown.
J. T. WILuIAMS. -
27. THe status or ROSA WILSONT
The demonstration included drawings and microphotos of different stages in meiosis of Rosa x wilsoni Borr. and data on the breeding behaviour of this hexaploid hybrid between Rk. tomentosa and R. spino- sissima. This new information suggests that R. wilsoni arose from a cross of the type:—R. tomentosa (female) x R. spinosissima (male), giving a hexaploid in one step, rather than from the reciprocal, followed by chromosome doubling to produce an allohexaploid as had previously been suggested. The observed breakdown of the meiotic system charac- teristic of the Caninae themselves, agrees with the results of Scandin- avian and American workers on artificial hybrids between members of the Caninae and species from other sections of the genus.
A. P. Wytis.
2066 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
This report and the audited accounts printed below cover the period January Ist to December 31st, 1953.
MEMBERSHIP. During the year 92 new members joined the Society; of these 14 (15%) were introduced through the activities of the Advertising Committee. We lost 31 members through death, resigna- tion, and the operation of Rule 6 (e), giving a net increase of 61. This may be compared with 12, 104,79 and 97 respectively for the years 1949, 1950, 1951 and 1952. The total membership at the end of the year was 839.
FINANCE. Receipts from subscriptions amounted to £823 compared with £719, £641 and £590 for the preceding three years. Income Tax recovered was £44, compared with £32 for 1952. The Council are grate- ful to those members who have made this possible by entering into Deeds of Covenant but think there must be many more who could assist us in this way without cost to themselves.
During the year the Society has expended no less than £1,062 on publications (£428 in 1952), and it is expected that our expenditure on periodicals and books in 1954 will be even greater. For this reason it has been thought prudent to make as much provision as possible towards future commitments. The balance of the Publications Fund has been built up towards the cost of the books it is hoped to publish in 1954 and 1955 (see below). A new Proceedings Fund has been opened in the books with an initial balance of £200 for the periodical which will replace the Year Book. The cost of the latter has in the past been charged to the General Fund which would have shown a credit balance of some £175 if this transfer had not been made.
Our total assets at the end of the year were about £156 less than at the same date last year. This is regarded as not unsatisfactory since the expenditure on publications included £250 earmarked in 1952 for the Conference Report. The Society’s financial position remains sound.
We wish to express our appreciation to the Royal Society for a grant of £50 towards the cost of our periodicals from the Scientific Publica- tions Grant-in-aid Fund, and to Mr. J. H. G. Peterken for acting as Honorary Auditor.
DEVELOPMENT AND RULES COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. D. E. Allen.
During the year various proposals for providing improved facilities for Junior Members and for members living at a distance from London, which were contained in the recommendations to Council mentioned in the last report, have been implemented but no new developments have been referred to this Committee for consideration. They have carried out the usual revisions of the lists of Local Secretaries, Recorders, Vice- county and Regional Referees, and Panel of Specialists.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 26
MEETINGS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Dr. J. G. Dony.
. Arrangements were made for three papers to be read on the day of
the Annual General Meeting. The published programme of field meet- ings was carried out as arranged. The meeting at Forres lasted a week, the one at Bangor three days and there were week-end visits to Maldon and Pulborough districts. In addition members were able to attend the Centenary Exhibition of the Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, by kind invitation of the Director, and a day visit was made to the vicinity of Peterborough for the study of Potamogetons. Attendance was as follows:—Kew 80, Bangor 48, Forres 42, Maldon 27, Pulborough 36, and Peterborough 34. A special meeting for younger members, lasting a week, was arranged in the Lake District and was attended by 13 (accommodation was restricted).
The Annual Exhibition Meeting arranged in the Lecture Hall of the British Museum (Natural History) by kind permission of the Trustees, on November 28th was attended by about 250 members and guests. The meeting was followed by a Conversazione at the Glendower Hotel attended by 55 members. A Northern Regional Meeting was held at Manchester University on October 3lst. We are grateful to the Vice-Chancellor of the University and to Professor S. C. Harland for the facilities they provided, and to Dr. E. M. Rosser for the very efficient manner in which she made the local arrangements for this most successful meeting. It was attended by 70 members and guests, five papers were read, and 28 exhibits displayed. A similar meeting is being arranged at Durham for October 1954. During the year the Committee have also been engaged in making preliminary arrangements for the Conference on ‘‘The Species Concept in its relation to the British flora’’ to be held at Church House, Westminster, on April 9th and 10th 1954.
In view of the increasing work attached to the organisation of the Society’s meetings it has become necessary to relieve the Meetings Secretary by appointing an Honorary Field Secretary responsible for the arrangements for field meetings. The Council took advantage of the powers arising from the alterations of the Rules at the last Annual General Meeting to appoint Mr. O. Buckle to this office as from March 14th. The Meetings Secretary, Dr. J. G. Dony, completed the arrange- ments for the 1953 field meetings, but in future he will be responsible only for indoor meetings.
PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison.
During the year steps have been taken with a view to improving the Society’s periodicals and facilitating regular publication. Watsonia, Volume IJ, Parts V and VI were issued in the old format in January and April respectively, and Volume III, Part I, with a page size in- creasing to 63” x 10”, was published in December. The larger format will provide improved facilities for the publication of original papers, and Watsonia will in future appear twice a year, edited by Dr. Warburg - as hefore.
I6R REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
The Year Book 1953, edited by Mr. D. H. Kent, was published in September. This will be superseded by a new periodical, the Proceed- ings of the Botanical Society of the British Isles, in the same page size, and to include some matter previously appearing in Watsonia as well as reports of the Society’s activities. The Proceedings will be edited by Mr. D. H. Kent, and two parts will be issued each year.
Arrangements were made with our printers for the supply of standard binding cases for Watsonia, Volume II, and for binding members’ own parts. The Changing Flora of Britain, being the report of the 1952 Conference, was published in July. 245 members took advantage of the offer to purchase copies at half the published price, and sales to non-members have been satisfactory. The total cost of the book was £434 and £153 has been recovered from sales. It is expected that with the aid of the generous grant received from the Royal Society in 1952, the balance of the cost should eventually be covered by sales.
Work on the revised and shortened edition of the British Plant List has been continued and a draft prepared by Mr. J. E. Dandy has been circulated to members of the Committee. It is expected that this will be published next year. In March the Council agreed to a proposal that an Index of British Herbaria should be prepared with a view to publication. Collection of the necessary information has been under- taken by E. B. Bangerter, D. H. Kent and J. E. Lousley and a circular letter has been sent to a large number of universities, museums and institutions requesting details of the herbaria preserved in their collec- tions. The Council has also agreed to publication of A Flora of the Isles of Scilly by J. E. Lousley. It is hoped that this will be ready for the printers in 1954.
CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. J. E. Lousley.
The number of ‘‘threats’’ under consideration was fortunately some- what lower than in recent years. The more important included a threat to the magnificent colonies of Aconitum anglicum by the Ely River, Glamorgan, a proposal to exploit the peat resources of Flanders Moss, Stirlingshire, and the projected hydro-electric scheme at Lough Nacung, Co. Donegal, where EHrica mackaiana has recently been dis- covered. Reasonable safeguards to the flora and access by scientists have been offered by the War Department in connection with the threats to the Teesdale plants from the Warcop A.F.V. Range. Following our representations at the Public Enquiry on the proposed use of New- borough Warren, Anglesey, as a firing range, the Air Ministry has undertaken to supply us with advance notification of the times of firing practices. We have nominated Professor P. W. Richards as our repre- sentative to receive these notices, and members wishing to visit New- borough Warren should communicate with him in advance.
We are grateful to members living in Cheshire who prepared reports on areas in that county already scheduled as of special scientifie in- terest. The information they supplied enabled us to make recommen- dations to the Cheshire County Council regarding sites considered as of sufficient importance to warrant management as local nature reserves.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 269
The usual meetings at intervals of six months between members of our Conservation Committee and representatives of the Nature Con- servancy have been continued, and many matters of mutual interest have been discussed. In response to a request from the Conservancy the Society has undertaken the preparation of reports on areas in which they are especially interested. For 1953 it was necessary to restrict this scheme to a relatively small number of members and the work could not be commenced until May. Reports on a total of 37 areas (some of which were large) were received from H. J. M. Bowen, Lt.-Col. C. J. F. Bensley, C. P. Castell, F. M. Day, Dr. J. G. Dony, E. S. Edees, R. A. Graham, J. D. Grose, Ian Hepburn, J. E. Lousley, E. Milne-Redhead, Dre er. Peteh, Dr. EK. Rose, P. J. Wanstall, B. T. .Ward,. and G. Wilson. Under the terms of the agreement we have entered into with the Nature Conservancy, members undertaking this work will be reimbursed for expenses they incur. During 1954 it is hoped to extend this scheme with a view to surveying as many areas as possible, and giving more members an opportunity of assisting.
MAPS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Prof. A. R. Clapham.
Since 1950 this Committee has been considering methods of recording data on the distribution of British vascular plants. Trial maps have been prepared and much valuable experience has been gained on problems concerning the collection of available information. By the beginning of 1953, it was felt that, provided the necessary finance could be made available, a satisfactory atlas showing the distribution of British vascular plants could be prepared in a period of five years. Detailed proposals were placed before the Council in February and, in view of the great importance of this project to workers in many branches of botany and allied sciences, it was agreed that application should be made to the Nuffield Foundation for a grant towards the funds required. The Society has now been notified that the Trustees of the Nuffield Foundation have offered a grant of £10,000 provided that the Society is able to find the balance of the money required. With the support con- fidently expected from other bodies, the Council felt justified in giving this assurance, and we are most grateful to the Nuffield Trust for mak- ing it possible for us to undertake this major project.
Collection of the data and preparation of the atlas will be super- vised by Dr. S. M. Walters, with a full-time staff at Cambridge under the direction of an Executive Committee. Some of the preliminary work will be decentralised and all members of the Society will be invited to co-operate in the investigation of little known areas. Work will com- mence early in 1954.
ADVERTISING COMMITTEE.
During 1953 circulars have been sent to 136 individuals and 104 in- stitutions, and 10 new members and 4 subscribers are believed to have joined as a result of the Committee’s activities. At a meeting on December 15th Mr. Graham tendered his resignation as Secretary of the Committee and it was decided not to appoint his successor in view
270) REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
of proposals for reallocating the advertising work which would be = before the Council at their next meeting.
JUNIOR MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. A. W. Westrup.
This Committee has been appointed to consider how the Society can make known its activities to, and cater for, botanists of school age. Three meetings have been held during the year and many methods have been explored of interesting young people and their teachers in field- work. Arrangements have been made for two special field- meetings for young botanists in 1954 in the vicinity of London and it is hoped to extend these later to other centres. A junior prospectus has been drawn up and other developments are under consideration.
APPOINTMENTS MADE BY THE COUNCIL.
Mr. D. H. Kent was appointed Honorary Assistant Secretary on February 6th on the resignation of Mr. W. R. Price, and Mrs. B. Welch was appointed an additional Honorary Assistant Secretary on November 27th. Mr. O. Buckle was appointed Hon. Field Secretary on March 14th.
EXCHANGE SECTION.
To the 1952-53 Distribution, 14 members contributed 985 sheets of specimens. Dr. D. P. Young acted as Distributor and made a special effort to encourage interest in the work of the Section. His report printed in the Year Book, 1953, pages 100-102, includes a valuable state ment of the functions of this branch of our activities and the service it offers to botanists and institutions. Professor T. G. Tutin is acting as Distributor for 1953/54 and is now dealing with the plants con- tributed.
STOCK OF PUBLICATIONS.
Since the death of Dr. G. Claridge Druce in 1932 the Society’s stock of publications has been stored on the property of the University of Oxford and during the last five years orders have been attended to by Dr. J. H. Burnett. He has now left Oxford to take up another appoint- ment and we are grateful to the Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History), and to Dr. George Taylor, for kindly granting us facilities for storage in one of the towers at the Natural History Museum. The stock was transported from Oxford to London by Mr. G. M. Ash in December, and orders will in future be executed by Mr. E. B. Bangerter.
The Council would like to express its appreciation of the services of members who have represented the Society at meetings of other organisations during the year.
C. E. Raven, President. J. E. Lovstry, Hon. General Secretary. By Order of the Council, February 5th, 1954.
To Balance from 1952 ...
5°
, Receipts
REPORT OF
THE COUNCITI,
ACCOUNTS FOR 1953.
Subscriptions received
during the year
from Advertise- ments oe Income Tax Recovered Bae
_ Interest for 1952 on Post
Office Savings Bank De- posit
_ Balance (dehit)
GENERAL FUND.
GOs he
823 8 10
£1157 12° 2
By
Transfers to Journal Fund
,, Transfers to Publications Fund
_ Transfers to “Proceedings
Fund oe ee ee
, Transfers to Meetings
Committee’s Fund
,, Notional Interest to Pub-
lications Fund
. Year Book, 1953, and post-
ages thereon
_ Hire of Rooms for Goan
cil and Committee Meet- ings
. Cheque Book
. Duplicating
Minutes of Meetings
,. Officers’ Expenses 5 . Fire Insurance on publi-
cations at London and
portrait
,. Telephones
,, Advertising Expenses
. General Printing and Stationery ee Ds . Preliminary Expenses of Index of British Her- hbaria”’ a sen ee
,, Removal Expenses on transfer of publications
. Curator
from Oxford to London .. Luton Museum for share of postages re Rose Survey
.. Postages and Petty EX
penses. :— Hon. General Secretary 55 eel a Al) Hon. Treasurer 13 2 6 Hon. Assistant Secretary 1018 4
Hon. Distributor 216 8 Hon. Secretary,
Rules © Com- mittee See OKO Hon Secretary, Publications Committee ... 1 8.7
ho ~“ —
168 8 0
Qrrp = rm > ww -1 D
iIDy
we)
slay (0)
~
6 8
46 13 6
asnlilayy/ ap) 9
DUM, REPORT OF THE COUNCII
JOURNAL FUND.
To Balance from 1952 .. Lolo 2)°6 By Printing Watsonas and
, Transfers from General postages thereon :
Fund ae nae coe OU (YO WAOIL, INE, IPATEE BY © ce eereHiBya., 4, 7
, scientific Publications, WOM UL leeway AVES Le. Sere GOS 156 Grant-in-aid Fund oe 50 0 0 Volk. Tht. Part; sepa
, sales of Reports and cost) oie he sae bal bss Reprints ; 614 4 6 ,, Balance ae A apes ALT heal
£934 7 0 £934 7 0 PUBLICATIONS FUND.
To Balance from 1952 .. £990 18 2 By Cost of 1952 Conference
,. Transfers from Report, “Changing Flora General Fund :— of Britain’, and postages
“Index of Brit- thereon ae ate coe EEZBRT AD ish Herbaria’’ £125 0 0 ,. Balance a Be eG = eet “Flora of Scilly”’ 125510) 10
RN (0% XO)
, Interest for year on initial balance at 22%
(per General Fund) se YAGI (83
, sales of C.F. and B.P.L WA by &
,» sales of 1948 Conference Report cee ee aE 10 6 9
, sales of 1950 Conference Report a ae Aes (By 2 a(t
, sales of 1952 Conference Report ke at Oman O
BOAO a at £1450 1 11 MEETINGS COMMITTEE’S FUND. To Transfer from General By Balance from 1952 ig oot 9 Fund being cost of 1952 ., Northern Regional Meet- Exhibition Re wa £89) 9 ing Expenses ie es 3 18 10 ,» Profit on Field Meetings , Advance Payment, he- and Conversazione a Git ing half-cost of hire of » Balance (debit) in beh 98 9 11 hire of hall for 1954 Con- ference tee ae ce So 4u @
. Exhibition Meeting Ex- penses ace ee a 9 11 11 400 3 £43 1.1
BENEVOLENT FUND.
To Balance from 1952 .. #41 3 6 By Payments made .., ener Gt ka ., Balance se sae nt 39 11 0 £41 3 6 £413 6
By reason of the change in form of the Society’s publications a new Proceedings
Fund has been opened with an initial sum of £200 transferred from General
Fund; the balance on Life Members’ Fund remains at £145 12s 0d, and there have been no entries on this account during the year.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
BALANCE-SHEET as at
Journal Fund TS Fi 4 Publications Fund ial 7h ae! Proceedings Fund fi 200 0 0 Life Members’ Fund ... 145 12 0 Benevolent Fund am AP 39 11 0
Cheques issued but not pre- sented 410 0 £1880 8 0
Examined and found correct. 13th January 1954.
sist December 1953.
General Fund (Debit Balance) £24 19 8
Meetings Committee’s Fund (Debit Balance) 98 -9 11
500 National Savings Certifi- cates, at cost 400 0 O
Deposit with Post Office Savings Bank 1300 0 0 Cash at Bank 126 18 5 £1880 8 O
(Signed) J. H. G. PETERKEN, Hon. Auditor.
E. L. SWANN, Hon. Treasurer.
bo NX Ss
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. 8TH APRIL 1954_
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 8th APRIL 1954
The Annual General Meeting was held in the rooms of the Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, on Thursday, April 8th, 1954, at 6.15 p.m.
Mr. J. S. L. Gilmour (Vice-President) was in the chair and 60 mem- bers were preesnt. The Chairman said that he felt sure that members would wish for a letter of sympathy to be sent to the President offering condolences on his recent bereavement. This was agreed unanimously.
The Minutes of the last Annual General Meeting as printed in the 1953 Year Book were adopted.
Councit’s Report.—The Report of the Council for the year 1953, having been printed and circulated, was then considered, the Hon. General Secretary further outlining the work of the Society in 1953.
Mr. S. T. Jermyn enquired why a fee was charged when booking for Field Meetings. Dr. Dony said that this was essential to obtain accur- ate details of the number of people attending. Many members joined in the lengthy discussion which followed and the following resolution was put to the meeting:—‘‘That fees charged for Field Meetings be abolished’’ (Tutin/ Ash); an amendment was immediately proposed :— “That fees charged for Field Meetings be considered as an advance con- tribution to payment of expenses on the said Meetings’? (Ounsted / Ribbons). The amendment and the resolution were then put to the meeting in turn, and were defeated by 24 votes to 17 and 34 votes to 13 respectively. It was finally decided to refer the matter to the Meetings Committee for their consideration.
The Report was adopted, and Mr. Lousley was thanked for drawing it up.
Evection oF Vick-PRESIDENTS.—There was one_ retiring Vice- President, who under Rule 3(d) was eligible for re-election, and there was one other vacancy. Council had nominated Prof. T. G. Tutin for re-election, and had nominated Mr. N. D. Simpson to fill the other vacancy. The proposal was then put to the meeting and Prof. Tutin and Mr. Simpson were declared elected.
Exiection or Honorary GENERAL SECRETARY, Honorary TREASURER, Honorary Eprror ann Honorary Fretp (Meretrincs) Srecretary.—Coun- cil had nominated Mr. J. E. Lousley, Mr. E. L. Swann, Dr. E. F. War- burg and Dr. J. G@. Dony respectively. These were unanimously re- elected. Mr. R. A. Graham then expressed the gratitude of all to the Executive Officers of the Society for their work during 1953.
Mr. Gilmour left the meeting at 7.15 p.m., the Chair then heing taken by Mr. G. M. Ash.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, StH APRIL 1954 wie
Exvection oF MEMBERS oF CouNciIL.—There were four vacancies on Council provided by the retirement of Mr. J. E. Raven, Mr. G. M. Ash, Mr. R. D. Meikle and Prof. D. H. Valentine in accordance with Rule 3(e). Dr. H. G. Baker, Mr. O. Buckle, Mr. D. McClintock, Dr. C. T. Prime and Dr. E. M. Rosser had been nominated by members. Ballot papers were distributed, and Mr. Graham and Dr. J. Heslop- Harrison were appointed scrutineers. The following were declared elected :—Mr. O. Buckle, Dr. H. G. Baker and Mr. D. McClintock. Dr. Prime and Dr. Rosser having received an equal number of votes for the fourth vacancy, the Chairman drew lots and Dr. Rosser was declared elected. The order of seniority for retirement, as decided by lots drawn by the Chairman, is in the sequence given.
Maps CommittEeE.—The Hon. General Secretary explained that the work of the Maps Committee necessitates closer collaboration with other- Societies and bodies over a wider field than normally arises, but the Rules restrict membership of Committees to persons who are members of the Society. The Council consider it desirable that the Committee should have exceptional powers but that the Rules should remain un- altered.
The following resolution was then put forward:—‘‘That the Maps Committee be authorised to co-opt as members of that Committee per- sons who are not members of the Society, provided that the number of non-members of the Society on the Committee shall not at any time exceed one-third of the membership of the Committee.’’ This was agreed.
Any OtTHerR Business.—Mr. Sandwith drew attention to the fact that a full report of the Society’s Glen Affric Field Meeting held in 1947 had not yet been published, and proposed the following resolution : —“That a letter from the Hon. Secretary of the Publications Com- mittee be sent to Prof. A. R. Clapham requesting him to complete the report of the Glen Affric Field Meeting for publication’’. This was seconded by Mr. E. C. Wallace, put to the meeting, and agreed. Mr. W. E. Warren also drew attention to the fact that no report had been published of the Society’s Field Meeting to Cliveden in 1951, and pro- posed the following resolution: —‘‘That a similar letter be sent to Mr. C. E. Hubbard requesting him to complete the report of the Cliveden Field Meeting for publication.’’ This was seconded by Mr. E. Milne- Redhead, put to the meeting, and agreed.
The Chairman then thanked members for their attendance and proposed that the thanks of the meeting be accorded to the Council of the Linnean Society for the use of their rooms. This was agreed.
J.E.L. D.H.K.
276 ASSISTANT SECRETARY'S REPORT FOR 1953 _
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1953
During 1953, 92* new members joined the Society, this being 22 fewer than in 1952, and 14 fewer than in 1951. Of the new members 69* were Ordinary members, 5 Subscriber members, 16 Junior members and 2 Family members. Losses were 31, this being 14 more than in 1952, and 4 more than in 1951. Of these 7 members resigned, 16 ceased to be members under rule 6 (e), and we regret having to record the deaths of the following 8 members:—C. M. Baker, Major R. Mackenzie, Rt. Hon. the Earl of Morley, Dr. R. L. Praeger (Honorary Member), F. Rilstone, Lady Victoria Russell, K. Stares, and Mrs M. L. Wedgwood.
New Ordinary members are:—Dr. G. J. H. Amshoff, Miss J. Andrews, Miss R. M. Barnes, Miss J. E. Bartle, P. M. Benoit, F. C. Best, E. Q. Bitton, Dr. T. E. T. Bond, Miss E. M. Booth, B. N. Bowden, Miss E. A. Bruce, Mrs. C. M. A. Cadell, Dr. B. Campbell, Miss H. Child, Mrs. H. N. Clokie, G. W. Collett, Mrs. M. E. Cotton, Mrs. M. Cowling, A. Currie, O. Davis, Miss D. E. De Vesian, Miss O. R. Dewey, T. W. J. D. Dupree, P. B. Gahan, D. R. Glendinning, F. D. Hanson, R. E. Hardy, Dr. J. 'G. Hawkes, Mrs. H. V. Hawkins, Miss M. B. Hinton, Miss E. M. Howard, I. Jones, Miss V. E. Jones, M. N. 8. Khash, W. S. Lacey, J. Latham, W. N. Lawfield, Miss J. R. Lawrie, D. V. Le Mare, Lady Lennard, Dr. J. Liger, Major J. G. MacGeorge, A. P. Major, W. F. C. Marwood, F. C. Minns, Miss D. E. North, Dr. H. O’Reilly, Mrs. V. N. Paul, G. J. Paxman, O. Ranson, I. H. Rorison, Mrs. K. N. Sanecki (re-joined), W. H. Somers, P. S. L. Southall (re- joined), B. Sowerby, Col. C. E. H. Sparrow, A. W. Stelfox, Dr. T. D. V. Swinscow, Mrs. A. E. Swinton, Mrs. M. E. Tanner, Mrs. N. Teacher, [. H. Welsh, A. K. Wilson, D. Wilson, E. V. Wray, Miss A. P. Wylie, and Mrs. H. J. Younger.
New Junior members are:—J. A. Adcock, Miss J. Davis, H. J. Iletcher, R. Harley, B. S. Kear, M. McFarlane, Miss S. Maxwell, R. Maycock, N. R. Morrison, B. J. Perry, G. S. Perryman, G. R. Sagar, A. V. Simpson, Miss P. M. Tuckett, J. T. Williams, and P. J. Wood.
New Subscriber members are:—Haslemere Natural History Society, Institut de Botanique, Grenoble, Lloyd Library and Museum, Nature Conservancy, Merlewood Research Station, and Texas Research loundation.
New Family members are:—D. W. M. Cowling and Mrs. A. H. Gurney.
D. H. Kent. January 1954.
*These figures include an adjustment of 2 brought forward from the 1952 figures. see Year Book, B.S.BJI., 1953. 33.
REVIEW With
REVIEW
Flora of Bedfordshire. By J. G. Dony. Pp. 532, 25 plates, 22 figs. and a map. Luton Museum, 1953. Price 2 guineas.
In an age in which many forces are at work tending to favour large- scale national organisations at the expense of regional or more local ones, it is a particular pleasure to welcome a work of this type; written, printed and published within one of the smaller English counties, by a native of that county, about the county flora, and reflecting on every
page the great care which has been taken in its preparation and final
production. This new Flora of Bedfordshire is indeed a model of what a modern local Flora should seek to do. Whilst in no way ignoring or breaking with the long tradition established by his eighteenth and nine- teenth century predecessors—indeed, we find an excellent histori- cal introduction to Bedfordshire field botany provided—Dr. Dony has rightly chosen to incorporate features which most older County Floras conspicuously lack. Chief among these is an attempt to give some picture of the vegetation of the county based upon 86 ‘habitat studies’ (all accurately localised by National Grid References) in selected localities on all the main soil types. This section, occupying some 75 pages, enormously enhances the value of the book to the field botanist, amateur and professional; it 1s preceded by a section on topography, climate, geology and soils, and followed by a discussion of the composi- tion of the flora from the point of view of the status of species and of their distribution. Of special interest is the author’s critical re- assessment of the status of many species in the flora, by which, for example, he accords unquestionably native status to Carum carvi in some of its Bedfordshire habitats.
Together these sections make an admirable introduction to the main body of the Flora, which then follows traditional] lines; although it should be pointed out that its scope is rather larger than that of most works of this type, for (in addition to the vascular plants and the tradi- tionally-hallowed Characeae) Bryophytes and Fungi, each contributed by specialists, are included.
Naturally the type of treatment accorded to individual species varies. Local patriotism and botanical interest alike would agree in welcoming the excellent account, with frontispiece photograph and dot distribution map, of the great earth-nut (Buniuwm bulbocastanum), which the author considers ‘the most interesting Bedfordshire species’; or, to take an- other example, the historical detail accompanying the account of Orni- thogalum pyrenaicum, whose history as a local Bedfordshire plant can be traced back to Abbot’s Flora Bedfordiensis and the illustration in Sowerby’s English Botany, at the end of the eighteenth century. Yet,
278 REVLEW
interesting as these inay be, the botanical worth of the book may well rest more on the author’s substantiated claim to have given some better idea of the distribution of the commoner species that is normally pro- vided by the ‘traditional’ County Flora. This is achieved by listing, under each species, all the ‘habitat studies’ in which that species was recorded; thus, Holcus lanatus is recorded in 47 of these surveys, and Lotus corniculatus in 21, out of the total 86. Such data go to support generalisations made about the occurrence and frequency of each species, which are all too often glibly made on little or no evidence.
Particular mention should be made of the excellent treatment of non- native species in the Flora. Dr. Dony has made a special study of the alien flora of the county, and has rightly decided to include in the main body of the Flora all plants, whatever their origin, which are reasonably well established; he has also provided a separate list of all recorded casuals or garden escapes.
The nomenclature of the vascular plants differs slightly from that of Clapham, Tutin and Warburg (the general arrangement of whose Flora of the British Isles is followed), but I have been unable to discover any statement as to the nomenclatural policy adopted. This is, how- ever, no serious drawback, as a rather full synonymy is given, with references to Clapham, Tutin and Warburg. In all the more difficult groups, the author has enlisted specialist help. The degree to which this has enhanced the value of the Flora above that of some, at least, of its kind can be gained by a comparison of the excellent account of Carex (for which E. Nelmes’ valuable assistance is acknowledged) with that of the same genus in A. H. Evans’ Flora of Cambridgeshire, although this is admittedly a somewhat extreme contrast!
In a detailed work of this kind, some errors are unavoidable, but Dr. Dony’s care and scholarship seems to have reduced them to a minimum. Some, indeed, are clearly not to be laid at his door, but rather reflect the inadequacy of the records published for adjoining counties; in this category, for example, is the incorrect statement that the red campion is absent from Cambridgeshire. It is less easy to see the basis for the equally incorrect statement that Dianthus deltoides is extinet in Cam- bridgeshire. Minor errors undetected in proof seem to be very com- mendably few; page 134 provides two examples in ‘Cantoneuron’ and ‘Climaceum’ (sic).
The twenty-five photographs, mainly of the habitats studied in detail, are of a high standard and very well reproduced; indeed the printers are to be congratulated on a neat, pleasing, well-bound volume. An appreciative foreword by Sir Edward Salisbury and a triple index (to botanists, localities with Grid Reference, and plant names) form an admirable start and finish to a book worthy of the highest praise.
S. M. Watters.
OBLTUARIES 279
OBITUARIES
Sir Roger Curtis (1886-1954).—Sir Roger Colin Molyneux Curtis, Ath Baronet, of Gatcombe, was born September 12, 1886, and succeeded to the Baronetcy in 1898. He was educated at Keble College, Oxford, where he graduated B.A. in 1910, and he became one of H.M. Inspectors of Schools, Board of Education, first in Surrey, and subsequently in Staffordshire and Derbyshire.
He joined the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles in 1915 and was a member for 25 years.. For a period he was keenly interested in the alien plants which appeared in the vicinity of the breweries at Burton-on-Trent trom the use of foreign grain. He was joined in some of his visits there by Dr. G. Claridge Druce, and this work culminated in a useful paper (Rep. B.E.C., 9, 465-9, 1931). At that time Dr. Druce, who had been the sole officer of the Society for many years, was making arrangements for the continuance of the work alter his death and he named Sir Roger as a member of the ‘‘Advisory Committee” charged with making appropriate arrangements. Follow- ing preliminary work by this Committee it was decided to place the affairs of the Society on a democratic basis, and at the Annual General Meeting called in May 1932, Sir Roger became a member of our first elected Committee. In 1934 he was elected Honorary Treasurer, and he served in this capacity until 1937 when he resigned on being asked to make a long visit to South Africa to study education methods there.
In his last years he lived in a delightful cottage overlooking the lake at Melbourne, a locality well known to Derbyshire botanists. There he always had a warm welcome for his friends, and particularly for those of botanical inclination. Botany to him was a recreation and, although he knew his plants well, he never had the opportunity, nor perhaps the taste, for intensive work. He threw himself with great energy and enthusiasm into many things. During the war he greatly assisted in the collection of material from our hedgerows for wartime needs, emphasising always its educational value in helping children to appre- ciate better the interests in the countryside. Later he helped in the organisation of field investigations for the new Flora of Derbyshire. He was also greatly interested in boys’ clubs and annually took a large number of boys on a camping tour on the continent. He was a governor of Trent College.
Sir Roger was a genial companion on a botanical ramble and found delight and much of interest in even the commonest flowers. He had
a great sense of humour. He resigned from the Society in 1940 and died on January 11th, 1954.
R.- W. Burcuer and J. EK. LousieEy.
280 OBITUARIES
RatpH HowarrH (1889-1954), who passed away on February 8, 1954, after a long illness, will be remembered by those members who attended the Isle of Man meeting in June, 1950. His eagerness on that occasion to show the party the most interesting parts of the island, and to take uiembers in his car to areas that would otherwise have been inaccessible was characteristic of his kindly nature.
Born in Yorkshire, and engaged in the textile trade all his life, he first came to the Isle of Man in 1916 in connection with the manuiac- ture of airship fabric. After the war he made his home in the island. living first at Peel, and later at Sulby. After his retirement he acted as wool valuer for the Manx Government. He was a member of the island’s Education Authority and of Lezayre Parish Commissioners, a Steward of Sulby Methodist Chapel, an ardent freemason and rotarian, a Trustee and valued helper of the Manx Museum, and an ex-President of the Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquarian Society, whose natural history activities he had fostered over many years.
A life-long lover of the country, he was first drawn to the ee ot ornithology, but latterly his enthusiasm had been directed more and more towards botany. He joined the Botanical Society of the British Isles at the end of the 1950 meeting and shortly afterwards became Local Secretary for Man, in which capacity he established contact with all the island’s botanists, enlisting their help in the preparation of the Flora which had been commenced in 1949. As Recorder I found in him a perfect collaborator, ever ready to search for any plant that he could persuade me to mention. He never pretended to be an expert botanist, but his hospitality to botanical visitors was unfailing, and I shall never forget the days that we spent together exploring the northern half of the island—especially the pond near Jurby where we found four plants new to the Manx flora in as many minutes.
He leaves a widow and two sons, to whom we extend our deepest sympathy.
D. E. ALLEN.
Kart Ronnicer (1871-1954) was born at Gmunden, Upper Austria, on 13th August 1871, and died in Vienna on 5th February 1954. His father, Ferdinand Ronniger, was Manager of the publishing house Holder in Vienna, and a member of the Zoologisch-Botanische Gesell- schaft, and his love of nature was evidently inherited by his son who showed a keen interest in plants from early childhood. Ronniger was educated at the lower and middle schools in Vienna, and in 1889 joined the staff of the Finanz-Landes-Direktion. Later he was transferred to the Finanzministerium, where he remained until he retired as the head of the Rechnungsdepartment IV in 1925. He married Gabriele Haas in 1902; there were no children. ;
Ronniger was one of the most distinguished Viennese amateur botan- ists of the older generation, and made many excursions through all the former Austrian-Hungarian Monarchy. He also travelled extensively
OBITUARIES 281
in the Mediterranean, southern Europe and the Balkans. He was of a cheerful disposition, and a keen and extremely careful collector. His herbarium contains about 60,000 sheets, mostly of plants collected by himself, including more than 80 large parcels of Thymus; certainly the most complete collection of this genus ever assembled.
Ronniger’s later years were devoted to the study of Thymus, his favourite genus, though unfortunately he did not publish a monograph. In recognition of his papers on British Thymes he was elected an Honorary Member of the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles in 1924.
The following is a list of Ronniger’s most important publications : —
1924: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Thymus, 1. Die britischen Arten und Formen, Fedde Repert., 20, 321-332. Contributions to the Knowledge of the genus Thymus. The British species and forms, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1923, 226-239.
1928: The Distribution of Thymus in Britain, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1927, 509-517.
1930: Thymus, in Hayek Prodr. Fl. Penins. Balcan., 2, 337-382.
1932: Die Thymus-Arten des Kaukasus und der stidlich angrenzenden Gebiete. Fedde Repert., 31, 135-157. Thymus, in Grossheim Flora Kawkasa, vol. 3, 334-347.
A complete list of Ronniger’s botanical papers and notes will be published in Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gesellschaft Wien, together with a longer
obituary notice.
K. H. Recnwincer.
282 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
CARDAMINE PRATENSIS L. agg.
Mr D. E. Allen is carrying out a revision of the Cardamine pratensis complex in the British Isles and would be glad to examine material from all parts, especially from Scotland and Ireland. Care should he taken to gather the radical leaves.
JUNCUS BULBOSUS L. agg.
Messrs. D. E. Allen and P. M. Benoit are co-operating in a study of the variation and distribution of Juncus bulbosus L. and J. kochii F. W. Schultz in the British Isles. They would be grateful for material (preferably fresh) of both species, which may be sent to either of them. It would be helpful if the number of stamens could be noted in each gathering.
CYPERACEAE
Dr. T. Koyama, 1341 Ryoke, Urawa-City, Japan, wishes to obtain material of any British species of Cyperaceaec; in exchange he offers material from Japan.
CAREX
Mr. J. A. Calder, Department of Agriculture, Science Service Building, Ottawa, Canada, is anxious to obtain material of British Carices for the Divisional Collections, in exchange for Canadian material. Interested members should write direct to Mr. Calder giving details of the specimens they have for exchange.
STEEP TIOLM TRUST
The island of Steep Holm in the Bristol Channel has been acquired on a twenty-one years lease by a Trust, representing four local societies : —Somerset Archaeological and Natural History Society, Bristol Naturalists’ Society, Mid-Somerset Naturalists and Bristol Folk House Archaeological Club.
One of the aims of the Trust is to preserve the flora of the island. Steep Holm is the only habitat in Britain of Paeonia mascula; Allium ampeloprasum and Inula crithmoides are also well established.
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 283
The annual rent of the island is guaranteed by the four societies, but the development of the Trust’s aims is entirely dependent on a small income from landing dues and voluntary effort. Much work has already been carried out by the Trust, including clearing the path round the whole perimeter of the island, overgrown to such an extent as to be, in places, impassable; cleaning the well which supplies the only drinking water; clearing the guttering of the Barracks roof; fixing wire netting over all its broken windows, etc.
During the coming year the Trust feels that it should endeavour to provide the following :—
1. Improved landing facilities.
2. Repair and maintenance of the fresh water supply.
3. Conversion of one of the smaller buildings into a Bird-Ringing Station.
4, Provision of camp-beds, blankets, stores and cooking facilities
for working parties. 5. Purchase of an adequate supply and selection of tools for clear- ance work and repair of buildings.
Ample voluntary labour by members is assured, but it is estimated that between £200 and £300 will be required for purchase of materials and equipment.
Donations to assist the work of the Trust will be gratefully received
by the Hon. Secretary, Mr. J. H. Savory, 61 Lower Redland Road, Bristol 6.
FLORA OF HUNTINGDONSHIRE
Mr. J. L. Gilbert, ‘‘Riverside’’, Wansford, Peterborough, is com- piling a Flora of Huntingdonshire and would be glad to receive notes and records of plants in that county.
PERMITS FOR VISITING NATURE RESERVES
The Nature Conservancy have now acquired and declared the follow- ing Nature Reserves:—Cavenham Heath, Suffolk; Yarner Wood, Devon; Moor House, Westmorland; Holme Fen, Huntingdonshire; Kingley Vale, Sussex; Ham Street, Kent; Beinn Eighe, Ross-shire; Morton Lochs, Fifeshire; Monk’s Wood, Huntingdonshire; Blean Woods, Kent; Orfordness-Havergate, Suffolk; Woodwalton Fen, Hunt- ingdonshire; Old Winchester Hill, Hampshire; Bridgwater Bay, Somerset; Castor Hanglands, Soke of Peterborough; Scolt Head, Norfolk; and Tentsmuir Point, Fifeshire. Permits to collect are required for all reserves; permits to visit are required for all reserves except Cavenham Heath, Kingley Vale, Old Winchester Hill, Scolt Head, and Castor Hanglands (except for ‘“‘Blacklands’’).
SS ee =e oy
ase: —
ee
a
2R4 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
A small pamphlet, ‘‘Visiting Nature Reserves’’, setting out the con- siderations which govern the Nature Conservancy’s policy in permitting visits, may be obtained from the Conservancy’s headquarters at 19 Belgrave Square, London, S.W.1. Applications for permits may be sent to this address for the English Reserves, or to The Nature Conservancy, 12 Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9, for those in Scotland, or to the Regional Officers of the Conservancy concerned. Visitors who wish their permits to include the right to collect and take away specimens should say so in making application and should specify what it is they wish to collect.
NEWBOROUGH WARREN, ANGLESEY
The Air Ministry propose to establish a range at Newborough Warren but following representations made at a Public Local Inquiry by this Society and others, have agreed to make advance notices of firing prac- tices available to research workers and students. These notices will be sent to our Local Secretary, Prof. P. W. Richards, Coed Menai, Upper Bangor, Caernarvonshire, and members wishing to visit the Warren are advised to make arrangements with him well in advance of the time of their visits.
THREATS TO BRITISH FLORA
Members are urged to report to the Hon. General Secretary any threats to the British flora. The Council has appointed a Conservation Committee to deal with such matters and every effort will be made ‘‘to promote in every way possible the conservation of the British flora’’.
TOXIC SPRAYS
The Society is collecting information about the effect on native vege- tation of toxic chemicals used for spraying crops. The increasing use of weed-killing chemicals on arable land implies a threat to neighbour- ing uncultivated land or woods since the spray can be carried a con- siderable distance under suitable conditions. _ Members who observe damage from this cause are asked to send full details to the Hon. General Secretary, 7 Penistone Road, London, S.W.16.
SYSTEMATICS ASSOCIATION
A card index of autecological and/or cytogenetic-taxonomic researches that are being carried out on British flowering plants is maintained by the Association. Copies of the index may be consulted at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, or at the Royal Botanic Garden,
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 285
Edinburgh. Its purpose is to obviate overlapping between different workers. Members taking up research of this nature are asked to send particulars either to Mr. R. D. Meikle, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Surrey, or to Mr. B. L. Burtt, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 4.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Members are reminded that through the kindness of the Council of the Linnean Society of London, they have the privilege of consulting the Library of the Linnean Society at Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W.1.
ADVERTISEMENTS
A limited number of relevant advertisements will be accepted for the Society’s publications as space permits. Enquiries should be addressed to Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13.
< fen =
2 an
na
ST.
BO RAVICAIS SOCIETY OF: THE-BRITISH: ISLES
PUBLICATIONS
To be obtained from Mr. E. B. Bangerter, c/o Department of Botany,
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7. Prices revised October 1954. Postage extra.
B.E.C. REPORTS
A few almost complete runs are available for sale to Institutions; details will be sent on request. For details of other available parts see Year Book 1951.
SPECIAL OFFER OF BACK REPORTS. To enable new members to obtain a representative selection of earlier publications, and in order to reduce the Society’s stock of surplus Reports, they are offered certain back Reports at a greatly reduced price. The parts availabie are mainly from Vol. X (1933) to Vol. XIII (1946-47), and parcels of 20 different Reports (10 Secretary’s Reports and 10 Distributor’s Reports; published price £7), are offered at the price of £1 post free. Parcels of 10 different Reports (5 Secretary’s Reports and 5 Distributor’s Reports; published price £3 10/-), are offered at the price of 10/- post-free. Selection of Reports to be made by the Society.
SEGCOND-HAND REPORTS. The runs listed below are offered at less
than half-price. in some cases the covers are worn or torn, or the pages
annotated, but they include parts which cannot be supplied separately out of the Society’s stock.
EBNIG. Vols. VIXEN, 1920-1947 —................. £10 RUN D. Vols. VI—Xill, 1920-1947 ..................... £10
Certain parts of Volume I and other volumes are also available second- hand at half-price—details may be obtained from Mr. Bangerter.
WATSONIA Vol. | (1949-50), parts 1-6; Vol. 11 (1951-52), parts 1-6; Vol. Ili (1953- 54), part 1, 7/6 each; part 2, 15/-. Members purchasing Reports, Wat- sonia and Proceedings, for their own use are entitled to a reduction of 25%. This concession cannot be allowed on more than one copy of a part or volume.
YEAR BOOK 1949, 1950, 1951, 1952 and 1953, 7/6 each.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES. Vol. | (1954), parts 1 and 2, 10/=- each. BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS AND MODERN SYSTEMATIC METHODS. Ed. A. J. Wilmott, 1948, 10/-. THE STUDY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS. Ed. J. E. Lousley, 195i, 10/-.
THE CHANGING FLORA OF BRITAIN. Ed. J. E. Lousley, 1953, 15/-. THE COMITAL FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES. Druce (1932). Bound, 25/-.
THE FLORA OF NORTHAMPTONSHIRE. Druce (1930). Members are given the opportunity of purchasing this book at half-price, i.e., 10/-. The price to non-members remains at 20/-.
THE FLORA OF WEST ROSS. Druce (1929). 7/6.
pe
oy ee ake
ray
a - = oe te
REPRINTS FROM B.E.C. REPORTS WATSONIA and PROCEEDINGS
Reprints of most papers which have appeared in Watsonia from Vol. III, part 1 onwards, are available for sale; details will be sent on request.
HISTORICAL s. d. Annals of the B.E.C. Foggitt (1933) — 7 aes Samuel Brewer’s Diary (N. Wales). Hyde (1931) 1-26 Du Bois Herb., British Plants in. Druce (1928) ... Ss er 1220 John Blackstone, Apothecary and Botanist (1712-53). Kent (1949)... bes — = sm Se a ox 2.0 NOMENCLATURE Duplicated Binomials. Druce (1925) ee gt a 1 0 Nomenclature and Corrections to British Plant List 1 (1942), 2 (1944), 4 (1947), 5 (1948), 6 (1949), Wilmott; 7 (1950), 8 (1951), Warburg... per set 36 A Binary Name for the Hybrid Watercress. Shaw (1951) -) 40 Nomenclature of the British ages of ae ess Lousley (1950)... : ee #5. is +O Correct Name for Veronica aquatica ‘Bernh. Burnett (1950) ... t 3B Orchis latifolia. Vermeulen, Pugsiey, Wilmott (1947) ... Ae 1 6 TOPOGRAPHICAL Notes on the Flora of Alderney. Ounsted (1954) ........ 2 0 Notes on Flora of Scilly isles & Lizard. Raven (1950) . # o-'S A List of Plants from the Isle of Wight. Drabble & Long (1932) 1.6 Flora of Surrey (Notes on). Druce (1932) . 15 Additions and Correction to the Comital Floral for Middlesex. Kent (1949) ree i Notes on the Flora of Kensington Gardens & Hyde Park. Kent (1950) ce dg a ae 1 6 Additions to the Berkshi re Flora. Druce (1919) ; A 46 Neighbourhood of Oxford. Brenan (1948) a as by 1 6 Additions and Emendations to C. F. for Beds. Dony (1946) ... 1 6 Contribution to the Flora of Huntingdonshire. Dony (1950) ... 2. ai} Plants of the Silurian Limestones on the West of the Malvern Hills. Day (1953) Ris a Staffs., additions to C. F. Edees (1944) am ne 1° 8 Flora of Caldey !sland, Pembrokeshire. Hepper (1954) 2 0 Recent Work on the Manx Flora. Allen (1954) 2. SS Additions and Emendations to the C. F. for Fife and Kinross (v.c. 85). MacLeay (1953) 2 W. Sutherland (Lochinver). Wilmott and Campbell (1946) 1 0 Contribution to the Flora of W. Sutherland. McCallum Webster & Marler (1952) Lam Three Weeks’ Botanising in Outer Hebrides. Campbell (1937) figly Additions to Flora Zetlandica. Druce (1925) Pee Flora of Foula. Turrill (1929) 1 6 Irish Plant Records. Webb (1952) 1s Egypt and Palestine. Druce (1926) ... 242
REPRINTS FOR SALE (continued)
ALIENS
Adventive Flora cf the Port of Cardiff and additions. Wade & Smith (1926 and 1927), each s es
Adventive Fiora of the Port of Bristol. Sandwith (1933) Adventive Flora of Burton-on-Trent. Curtis (1931) Adventive Flora of Burton-on-Trent. Burges (1946) Southampton Docks. Brenan (1947) 2m:
Flora of Bombed Sites in Canterbury. Kent (1951)
SYSTEMATIC
Extinct and Dubious Plants of Britain. Druce (1920) ...
Notes on British Batrachia. Pearsall (1922) ay
Identification and Distribution of the British Watercress Species. Howard & Lyon (1950) ie)
ieee trie of British Watercress Species. Howard & Lyon q951)° -*:.
Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook. in Britain. Allen (1952)
Viola odorata. Walters (1946) ee aD
Variations of Silene nutans L. in Great Britain. ‘Hepper (1951)
Floral eau, in Stellaria holostea L. Brenan & Lousley 1846)... ve am =i se a Bey =
British Brambles. Trower (1929)... =x ee
Weihean Species of Rubus in Britain. Watson (1949)
Rubus Watsonii sp. nov. Mills (1949) bere he =e
Rubus corylifolius var. purpureus Bab. Watson (1950)
Alchemilla vulgaris L. agg in Britain. Waiters (1949)
Alchemilia subcrenata Buser in Britain. Walters (1952)
Aphanes microcarpa (Boiss. et Reut.) Rothm. in Britain. Walters (1949) ty: ses ne
Mossy Saxifrages of the British Isles. Webb (1951) ._.. sot
Australian Myriophylium verrucosum Lindley in_ Britain. Brenan & Chapple (1949)
Artemisia verlotorum Lamotte and its Occurrence in Britain. Brenan (1950) Le 3
Homogyne aipina in Scotland. Ribbons (1952)
Lapsana intermedia in Britain. Burtt. (1950)...
Limonium binervosum complex in Western and Northern Ireland. Baker (1954)
Habitats & Distribution of Gentiana uliginosa. Lousley (1950)
Cuscuta europaea var. nefrens . Verdcourt (1947) se
Cuscuta epithymum var. trifolii Bab. Van Oostroom (1951)
Some Remarks on British Rhinanthus. Wilmott (1942) .
Another British Rhinanthus with Pubescent Calyx. Wilmott (1949) _ te c at
Scutellaria hastifolia in Britain. Pigott (1951) ...
Menthae Briquetianae. Fraser (1925) a Bae
Menthae Britannicae. Fraser 27) ae ey
Mint Notes. Graham, 1 (1949), 2 (1950), 4 (1951). each
Koenigia islandica L. in Scotland. Raven (1952) .
Rumex cuneifolius and a new Hybrid. Lousiey (1953) .
Lines of Evolution and Geographical Distribution in ‘Rumex Subgen. Lapathum. Rechinger (i949) a
Ficus carica L. Lousley (1948) ze
Key to the British Species of Salix. Rechinger (1949)
Observations on some Scottish Willows. Rechinger (1950)
Salix calodendren Wimm. in Britain. Meikle (1952)
The Kenfig Enipactis. Thomas (19508) ts: ek
Studies in the British Epipactis, | and ie Young (1949)
car ay ay SE OG
—_b
eh ek DD) ND eh eh
MNP aa hy a
QoOo0O DD ©
© a
NDHOD ODO oon m (=p)
i=) Dn ©
OnQVOND® & Qone © Ona
Oeonnnn
REPRINTS FOR SALE (continued)
Studies in the British Epipactis, I1!. Young (1952) a Orchis cruenta Mull. in the British Isiands. Heslop-Harrison
(1950) Me, Pe Fie Orcnis DUNES von, Saut. in the British Isles. Heslop-Harrison 1953)... TH 2 Be cig and Ecology of Scheuchzeria ‘palustris L. Siedg 1949) oe Bt:
Carex flava and C. muricata. Nelmes (1947) beet
Another Hybrid Carex from Ireland. Nelmes (1949) .
A Mysterious Carex on Ben Lawers. Sandwith leet
Milium scabrum Merlet. Tutin (1950)
Avena strigosa. Marquand (1922)
British Fescues. Howarth (1948) . an a ay
Roegneria doniana (F. B. White) Meld. in Britain. Raven (1952)
Note on Species Pairs in the Gramineae. Tutin (1950) -
Equisetum ramosissimum as a British Plant. Alston (1949) .
MISCELLANEOUS
Evolution and Classification of Flowering Plants. Parkin (1927) ‘‘Victoria regia’’—the Embiem of the Society. Lousley (1951)
Dp =a = © =| =P
_— ©
ooonoeoo oO lows) op)
nO ©
on
Continued from inside front cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1954-55
ae
Development and - Rules Meetings
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.) A. H. G. Alston Miss M. S. Campbell Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
R. A. Graham
D. H. Kent
R. D. Meikle
EK. Milne-Redhead
O. V. Polunin
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan
J. EK. Dandy
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley
H. K. Airy Shaw
E. C.: Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters
P. J. Wanstall (Hon. Sec.) Dr. KE. F. Warburg
Maps
Prof. A. R. Clapham (Hon. Sec.) ~
Dr. V. M. Conway
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. E. Lousley
R. D. Meikle
EK. Milne-Redhead |
W. T. Stearn (co-opted) Prof. T. G. Tutin
EK. C. Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. E. F. Warburg
[<- Prot D. A: Webb
A. H. G. Alston
Dr. H. G. Baker
E. B. Bangerter
O. Buckle
Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.) R. A. Graham
Dr. E. M. Rosser
Mrs. B. H. S. Russell Mrs. B. Welch
Conservation
Captain C. Diver
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
R. A. Graham
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley (Hon. Sec.) EK. Milne-Redhead
V. S. Summerhayes
P. J. Wanstall
Mrs. B. Welch ©
Junior Membership
D. E. Allen
Miss H. Franks
Miss L. W. Frost Miss B. M. C. Morgan J. Ounsted
Dr. C. T. Prime
A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec
3 eS ee
WATSONIA
JOURNAL OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES Published Twice Yearly Price 15} per part Obtainable from Mr E. B. BANGERTER,
c/o Department of Botany, British Museum, (Natural History ), London, S.W.7
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Editor: D. H. KENT
Vol. | FUEY 1955 re aa
CONTENTS PAGE
THe DISTRIBUTION AND EcoLoGy oF ARUM NEGLECTUM IN SOUTHERN ENGLAND. ue C. T. Prime, O. Buckle and
J. D. Lovis ... a 287 ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN Waike. By William s. rae. 297 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES. By E.S. Edees ... a 301 THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS L. Ey Douglas fe
Kent... % at & 312 CAREX HOSTIANA IN a oe E. Nelmes Si Der eaets
THe DIsTRIBUTION Maps SCHEME: A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION TO TRELAND OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL GRID. By D.A.Webb = 316
PLantT NOTES es Pe = espe A PLANT RECORDS. boupited = E. Cc. Wallace a eae Var ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Rent ie oon NorrTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954 Les ike ey aNesape EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 ... _.... = BID PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL Beweiis. Masaiwe: 1955 eet REPORT OF THE COUNCIL _..... sees eons DistrisuTion Mars ScHEMg, eae SNNGAN Brake Be ese? ANG ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955 is a ... 408 ASSISTANT SECRETARY'S REPORT FOR 1954 se at paper 81, REVIEW a a 28 3c ae ec a eva 442 OBITUARIES cS ae Sa te moa, eee PERSONALIA AND Gree TO a Meninag ane st see soc SANG Last oF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS ee ARS cae Sse eS GEOGRAPHICAL List OF MEMBERS ... en ie “a Se oD
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 ... seas ae see Se pEAES 5
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES c/o DEPARTMENT or Botany, British Museum (Naturat History), Lonpon, S.W.7
Price TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. THe Princess Royan
Applications for Membership should be addressed to the Hon. Assistant Secretary: D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, from whom copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained
OFFICERS FOR 1955-1956 ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MERTING, APRIL 2np, 1955
President: Dr. George Taylor
Vice-Presidents: N. D. Simpson, Prof. T. G. Tutin, G. M. Ash, Prof. D. A. Webb
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley Honorary Treasurer ; E. L. Swann Honorary Editor : Dr. E. F. Warburg Honorary Meetings Secretary : Dr. J. G. Dony COUNCIL (in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e)) Elected April 1952 Elected April 1954 Dr. D. P. Young O. Buckle V.S. Summerhayes Dr. H. G. Baker _E. B. Bangerter D. McClintock Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. E. M. Rosser Elected March 1958 Elected April 1955 Dr. J. H. Burnett Dr. F. Rose R. A. Graham C. E. Hubbard D. E,. Allen P. J. Wanstall Mrs. A. N. Gibby J. E. Raven Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D.H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch Honorary Field Secretary : O. Buckle REPRESENTATIVES
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett Council for the Promotion of Field Studies : J. E. Lousley Wild Plant Conservation Board : R. A. Graham
Continued on inside of back cover
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM how
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM IN SOUTHERN ENGLAND
By C. T. Prime, O. BuckKLE anv J. D. Lovis PART I. KENT, SUSSEX, HANTS. AND DORSET
et
Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridley was first recorded in the British Isles by A. Hambrough in 1854 when it was identified as A. italicum Miller. Subsequently Townsend (1883) distinguished it from A. italicum as var. neglectum and as recently as 1938 it was re-described by Ridley as a separate species. The plant is present as a native in southern and western England and northern France but its status and distribution on the Continent are very inadequately known. A. italicum (sensu stricto) probably does not occur in England as a native, but it has been cultivated, particularly in the south west and it is found occasionally as an escape.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
A. neglectum has been recorded with certainty from ten vice- counties and the records from the more easterly of these will be treated in detail.
EAST AND West KeEntT (Vice-counties 15 and 16)
Hanbury and Marshall (1899) give six localities for Kent, but it is very doubtful if the plant has ever occurred in the county [see Prime (1954), also Melvill (1888) and Briggs (1888)]. A. italicum (sensu stricto) has been recorded from Westwell near Ashford (v.c. 15) but in this locality it is an undoubted garden escape.
SUSSEX (Vice-counties 13 and 14)
_ Eight records were published by Wolley-Dod (1937); one (Arundel, 1920) is a duplication and another (Park Bottom) is now known to be an error. The following additional information has been collected from the labels of herbarium specimens at the British Museum and at Kew.
(a) Offington near Worthing, May 1858, W. W. Saunders; with a note that he tried for the plant between Broadwater and Sompting with- out success, and that he knew the plant only at Goring and Arundel.
(b) Lane leading to the Downs at Sompting, 1881, Oakeshott.
(c) Goring, 1921, C. EH. Salmon.
288 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
One of us (O. Buckle) has searched the county systematically
for this plant and has added many localities. for A. neglectum now reads:
The complete list
1. Southwick 22. Holt Farm, Clapham 2. Lancing Manor 23. Clapham Church 3. Bramber Castle 24. Clapham Village +4. Bramber 25. Nr. Patching Pond 5. Steyning 26. East Preston 6. Cokeham Road 27. West Preston 7. Sompting Village 28. Rustington 8. Sompting Church 29. Brookpits, ur. Littlehampton 9. Nr. Sompting Abbots 30. Clymping 10. Upper Brighton Road, 31. Cross Bush, Arundel Sompting 32. Arundel Bridge 11. Lambley Lane +33. Swanbourne Lake 12. Tarring +34. Black Rabbit 13. High Salvington +35. Cocking Village 14. Ham Farm, Goring 36. Roadside north of Cocking 15. Old Forge, Goring 37. Treyford *16. Sea Lane, Goring 38. South Harting 17. Titmore Lane 39. Bury Hill 18. Sea Lane, Ferring 40. Bignor 19. Hangleton Lane 41. Barlavington 20. Nr. Kingston Copse 42. Offham 21. Copse nr. Ferring 43. South Stoke
The plant has been seen recently in all these stations except the first, and until its rediscovery, Lancing Manor (v.c. 13)
remains the eastern limit of the species in Great Britain. absent from E. Sussex (v.c. 14). the Petersfield localities in Hants.
It 3s
Sites 35-41 serve as a link with
The chromosome number of
two plants of A. neglectwm from Steyning has been determined
as 2n = 83 (J. D. Lovis).
The cultivated form of A. italicuwm with marked cream veins in the leaves occurs in the following localities:
1. Newtimber
+2. Offington Lane +3. Offington Hall +4. Offington Corner 5. Sutton by Bignor 6. Bognor
The Offington plants were possibly planted by the owners of Offington Hall who were enthusiastic gardeners. One or two plants from the Tarring Colony of A. neglectum have the appear-
tA record given in Wolley-Dod (1937). *Now destroyed by building.
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM 289
ance of hybrids. All the plants from the first list are quite clearly A. neglectum, and all have unspotted leaves.
The Newtimber record based on a leaf specimen in the Druce herbarium at Oxford was refound in 1953 growing in cultivated sround. The localities at Sutton by Bignor and Bognor are similar.
The history of the plant in Sussex is puzzling. The earliest notice was in 1858 at Offington and a specimen is in the Britisn Museum. As already mentioned, it now seems certain that this plant was A. italicum. It appears from notes with the specimen that Saunders was at that time aware of the plant at Goring and at Arundel, and neither of these localities is under suspicion of producing A. italicwm. Another specimen at the British Museum is labelled ‘Near Sompting, June 30th, 1881’, and is from C. Oakeshott. This locality is also under no suspicion of pro- ducing other than A. neglectum and is the first dated specimen for the species in Sussex. Other reliable dates are:
Arundel (Swanbourne lake), 1920 Goring, 1923
Southwick, 1931
Cocking, 1933
A. neglectum (as A. italicum) is boldly claimed as a native of the county in the Flora of Sussex (Wolley-Dod, 1937). Arnold’s earlier Flora of Sussex (revised in 1907) gives only the Offington localities, but the plant has certainly been in the county since 1881, and very probably at Goring and Arundel (where it still grows) since at least 1858.
HAMPSHIRE (Vice-counties 11 and 12)
The following localities from Hampshire have been recorded:
1. Bordean Hangar, 1919, HE. H. White; but not visited after 1923 (Rayner, 1929), v.c. 12.
2. Hockham coppice, Kast Meon, 1933, F. Escombe, Hb. Kew.
Compton, nr. Winchester, F. Hscombe (Ridley, 1938).
4. Lyth Hanger, Steep, Petersfield, 1946, Mrs. O. G. Seward (in litt.)
we)
The first record is supported by a specimen in the Kew her- barium and a small colony still persists (1953). Hockham coppice is the locality from which F. Escombe made extensive collections in 1933. These are now at Kew. Compton, nr. Winchester, given by Ridley (1938), was inferred from the exten- sive Escombe correspondence at Kew, but search of all likely spots in the area has failed.
290 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
To these may be added the following : —
l> Buriton veer 11 7. Hawkley Hanger 2. Ramsdean 8. Goleigh Farm
3. Froxfield v.c. 12 9. Noar Hill
4. Stonor Hill 10. Selborne Hangar 5. Wheatham Hill 11. South Hay
6. Roadside near Hawkley
In Hampshire the plant may be considered abundant where it occurs; in fact, it is found in every suitable locality along the whole of the Chalk escarpment, where the Chalk and Gault meet, between Cocking in Sussex and Selborne. It is most noticeable that the plant always grows along the lower slopes of steep wood- land where the soil over the Chalk is relatively deep and rich as well as moist. South Hay is the northernmost locality in southern England and is 25 miles from the open sea. The chromosome number of two plants from Lyth Hanger has been determined as 2n = 84 (J. D. Lovis).
IsLE OF WiGuHT (Vice-county 10)
A. neglectum was first recorded from Steephill, near Ventnor, by Hambrough (1854), but in his account he says that he had seen the plant there previously. Subsequently it was recorded from Bonchurch on the other northern side of Ventnor. At the present time the plant is common at the base of the Undercliff all the way from Niton to Bonchurch, being more frequent than A. maculatum. It shows some variation, for plants with a few round spots are frequent as are plants with a slight white venation, but they do not show the full development of this character which is so marked a feature of A. ttalicum. The chromosome number of one plant from Ventnor was found to be 2n = 84 (J. D. Lovis).
Dorset (Vice-county 9)
A. neglectum (as A. italicwm) was found in this county in 1874 by H. N. Ridley “at Swanage” and “in thickets near the sea between Durlstone and Arish Mell” (Ridley, 1938) The first locality has now been built over, but recent search by one of us (J. D. Lovis) has located ten colonies in the second area. All the habitats are more exposed than those further east and the plants are slightly different, the leaves tending to a more pointed apex and showing a slightly wider divergence of the lobes. A. neglectum from other parts is sufficiently variable as to make it impossible to distinguish the Dorset plants from some plants of A. neglectum from elsewhere. Several plants from Dorset were found to have chromosome numbers 2n = 84. Two other deter- minations of 2n = 70 are probably hybrids between A. neglectum and A. maculatum.
291
ARUM NEGLECTUM
OLOGY OF
AND EC
THE DISTRIBUTION
XOSSNS PUL JUSTIN JO o[S] ‘ortysdurey ‘ostoq ‘TF UIVITIG Ul Wn2VIa bau wntPY JO UOTINGIAISIP oT, “F Sl
WANDIWLI YW YOA G8sOIA3Y
VJOUNS NI 2dvWW Gddoo3y
NOW! dNOD ONIMINDad GvOD3" WALORTIOSN WHS 30 SNOWWLS LN3SS3ud ASA
292 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
ARUM NEGLECTUM
aaa SPRING LINE
SOIL PROFI
LITTER ——> WJ Ao Ve Y, BLACK LOAM ———> Ay
/, COMPACTED Y BROKEN CHALK
Fig. 2. Arum neglectum near Swanbourne Lake, Arundel
THE ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
The present distribution is shown on the map (Fig. 1). The northern limit may be correlated with a susceptibility to severe frost during the winter (Prime, 1954). Within its range the plant shows distinct ecological preferences. Although it occupies rather varied habitats in different parts, these show similarity and careful study of them suggests that the first requirement of the species is a deep well drained soil.
The plant often occurs on shady banks above or near water. In Sussex the usual station is on Brick Earth, Coombe rock, Valley gravel or Gault near the junction with the Chalk so that there will be a fairly continuous caleareous wash over the deeper and richer soil. Though it occurs near the Chalk, the plant is not found on the typical hot shallow rendzina soils: the nearest to
293
uoIN seq ‘voiddoD Weyy0H 4e wWin}Ia)baU WNtp °“§ “STA
* WM 1 ee
NEGLECTUM
SAN WNtiv———- /.
ARUM
Or
ECOLOGY
SNOSW3S LAM Ni YaWM SNIGNYLS —————>
AND
THE DISTRIBUTION
294 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
this type is the soil of the Lyth Hanger escarpment near Peters- field. The rendzina soils are probably far too dry. A possible exception to the deep soil requirement is Purbeck, Dorset, where the soil is shallow, but the underlying rock is fissured and this allows a deep root penetration. At Arundel in Sussex (locality 36) where there is one of the largest colonies, the plant grows at the base of a steep chalk escarpment abutting on a road margin. Here there are springs which lead away into a stream running parallel with the base of the scarp. Fig. 2 is a rough diagram of this locality. The soil is alkaline with a pH of 8-0 and some drawings of the soil profile are given in figure 2. At this site, light intensity appeared to be far less important than water supply (Prime, 1954).
In other Sussex localities the association of the plant with water is most marked. Examples are sites 4, 19, 27 and 35. Hockham coppice, East Meon, Hants., is another locality where the plant is to be found on a good soil at the base of a chalk escarpment and near water (Fig. 3). The Isle of Wight sites show a similar well defined habitat, the plant occurring at the base of the Undercliff formed from Upper Greensand overlying the Gault. The soil is consequently derived from the downwash, and it is deep and moist and similar to those already mentioned.
The Dorset habitats are slightly different, for the parent material is of heavy grey clay and limestone, which forms a soil of a rich red-brown type (Robinson, 1948). The plant grows on the cliff tops which are, in places, obviously moist with springs issuing. ‘There does not appear to be any correlation between the presence of Arum neglectum and these springs, but there are, no doubt, very many places where water is passing up in the soil, but not in sufficient quantity to show an outflow.
Although as shown above, a moist soil is required, Arum neglectum cannot tolerate anything in the nature of a water- logged soil. In Sussex it is very striking that, as soon as soil and water conditions permit Phyllitis scolopendrium and Polystichum lobatum to appear, Arwm neglectum disappears. <A favourite position for the plant is a well drained sloping shady bank, where the angle is steep, often exceeding 75°.
The reason for the plant requiring such a soil is most probably associated with the presence of exchangeable bases, particularly calcium. In Sussex the plant is never far from the Chalk, and it is worthy of note that deposits of Reading Beds lying across the area appear to be quite unsuitable for the plant, which has stations all round the perimeter of the clay but no station actually on it (Fig. 4). The Hampshire localities are all on or near the base of chalk escarpments. The Upper Greensand in the Isle of Wight is caleareous. In Dorset, the records are on the Purbeck series or the Portland stone.
295
ARUM NEGLECTUM
OF
AND ECOLOGY
THE DISTRIBUTION
ASOTOOD 0} UOlPefod IIA ‘xossng UI 1WN729a)6au wnsp JO UOTINALISIG “Y ‘SVT
LLL EERE A AAA RN
TU ASSIS
WODTIWL WAV
WALOSISSN Whdv
AVII_ NOOGNO? % SOA ONIOVAY
WNIANTIY SI9ayu YOND0G MSs NOLd WHS aN HLYv IWIN SNIHLGOM Ate — as Pees oe en ® 8 HLYVINIING ~*~ YS SLISODIC-TEWOOD = @ 3 oy Hr Ya\ awa ) o BALSIH IHD
e6 2) (eo Sy x
neat ae \ ~~. 3; 0 As eee Se DH SLISOdIQ FewWROT a es by) ‘ Le on ee. A 5 ~ \ « “ ee = — Ce “ \ ae Sans —_ > . 3 " o Ses — . . ar ( ’ Ly} ‘ : r) ae ee, ( ON * — b e i? ie e Chr “7 - ~ PT re Lik. Vadeneaen 2 AN A if Vi grey UG encanto an > NG Me enc Se Cte v Ve re a/@ . ‘ OR Le TYAN eT Teh Writ yu top enc tae i YY Wl EY MD nae - Aho) NEA RM NS EA IOUS TS Bora iy " ' Be oat efene s\ou dese . . i ‘ = e 4 ‘ FCN eet Ni ere cs , vd Sa ee ~ yt! DY fie oy \ OM Tepe a es ues) CN - po oy SS Une ay) z ’ « == ' ' --. DSS Seach awe pon ‘ @. YIVHI fore eyo? At Wwe “I an tes, SS xs iy wee tee = ee v7 Meat '. ty ee — “ cam. tS nen — | Ww) ~ “ nee sy i — ‘ | . Wi) a \0 Re ‘ @ Was tt ' ’
: y) al URI RSS ia : \ x aN \ ans Sse a a Bienisto eae sie Ee N3Q7V3IM ‘ SS inet oe Se a NN Ge STS eo —~ Na N im ’ »\ xe SUNVSNIIYD INY LINVO Sangeaeee
—— Se. °* nt ® OL ‘
RS 4 : : : : : “SS. on
296 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
Light shade is a second important factor, and shelter from the danger of drying out in hot summers is as important as win- ter protection. In Sussex, Hants., and the Isle of Wight many plants grow in the shade of deciduous trees, e.g., Ulmus spp. and Corylus avellana. Sites where shade is now absent can usually be proved to have had suitable shade in the not very distant past. Hedera helix is present on the ground in many localities, and this evergreen may give winter shelter.
In Dorset the sites are more exposed and of two kinds. One, very local, is in open grassland and dominated by Brachypodium pinnatum. Here Arum neglectum is not luxuriant but gains protection from the Tor grass which is very persistent in winter. The second is in scrub on the east side of limestone walls, and more rarely on the western sides where there is less scrub.
From a consideration of the foregoing, it will be seen that few situations having all the requirements of the plant occur on the south coast. Many possible habitats are too far from the sea, too bleak and exposed (the Chalk west of Brighton), the soils too heavy (London Clay of the Selsey peninsula), or lacking in ealclum (Reading beds). There would appear to be suitable localities in the more eastern strip of Kent. Most of the Sussex sites occur in the sheltered valleys of the Arun and Adur. The Hants. localities are also well defined, while the optimum develop- ment seen in the Isle of Wight is associated with the added mild- ness of climate and shelter found in the south-east part of the island.
REFERENCES
ARNOLD, F. H., 1907, A Flora of Sussex.
BRIGGS, T. R. A., 1888, Arum italicum Mill. and Arum maculatum Linn, J. Bot., 26, 378.
HAMBROUGH, A., 1854, Notice of the occurrence of Arum italicum at Steephill. Isle of Wight, Phytologist, 5, 154.
HANBURY, F. J. and MARSHALL, E. S., 1899, Flora of Kent.
MELVILL, J. C., 1888, Arum italicum (Mill.), J. Bot., 26, 38.
PRIME, C. T., 1954, Arum neglectum (Biological Flora of the British Isles), J. Ecol., 42, 241.
RAYNER, J. F., 1929, A Supplement to Townsend's Flora of Hampshire.
RIDLEY, H. N., 1938, Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridl., J. Bot., 78, 144.
ROBINSON, K. W., 1948, The Soils of Dorset, in Good, R. ad’O., A Geographical Handbook of the Dorset Flora,
TOWNSEND, F., 1883, Flora of Hampshire, 327. WOLLEY-DOD, A. H., 1987, Flora of Sussex.
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES 297
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES
By WILLIAM 8. LACEY Department of Botany, University College of North Wales, Bangor
—EEe
INTRODUCTION
While collecting bryophytes from the Rhyd-y-clafdy district of the Lleyn peninsula, Caernarvonshire, on June 8th, 1953, I discovered amongst a colony of marsh orchids several unusual individuals. At first I believed them to be a form of Orchis praetermissa Druce or a hybrid between that species and Orchis ericetorum (Linton) E. 8. Marshall, which also occurred nearby. Accordingly, I sent herbarium sheets of the new orchid to Mr. V. S. Summerhayes for his opinion. Mr. Summerhayes informed me that they strongly resembled specimens of Orchis traunsteineri Saut. from both Irish and English localities. In order to confirm the record of this species, which is new to Wales, I visited the locality again this year (June 22nd, 1954), allowing about a fort- night for the lateness of the season. A gathering of fresh materia! was sent to Mr. Summerhayes, who confirmed the identification as Orchis traunsteineri Saut., commenting “quite typical, and agreeing well with specimens I have seen from the other British localities”.
Specimens have been deposited in the herbaria of the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, the National Museum of Wales, Cardifi, and the University College of North Wales, Bangor.
DESCRIPTION OF THE LOCALITY AND HABITAT LOCALITY
Cors Geirch, about 3 miles north west of Rhyd-y-clafdy, be- tween Pwllheli and Nevin, Caernarvonshire, v.c. 49. (This area is scheduled by the Nature Conservancy as a Site of Scientific Im- portance and a report on it has been submitted by the writer.)
HABITAT
The immediate vicinity of the O. trawnsteineri locality is of the nature of semi-fen with calcareous ground water. A list of associated plants in the same area, made on the second visit (22/6/54), is given below (Table 1), with some indication of their frequency.
298 ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES
TABLE 1. Ranunculus fammula lL. f Eriophorum angustifolium Caltha palustris L. o Honck. lf Cardamine pratensis lL. o Schoenus nigricans L. 1d Lychnis flos-cuculi L. f Cladium mariscus (L.) Pohl la Lotus uliginosus Schkuhr a Carex rostrata Stokes la
Filipendula ulmaria (L.) Maxim. o (@. lasiocarpa Ehrh. o Potentila palustris (L.) Scop. la C. diandra Schrank o Epilobium hirsutum l. o C. panicea L. f Angelica sylvestris L. o C. lepidocarpa Tausch f Galium uliginosum Lh. f C. stellulata Good. o Eupatorium cannabinum L. f Holcus lanatus L. o Cirsium palustre (Iu.) Scop. o Festuca rubra L. o Menyanthes trifoliata L. a Equisetum palustre L. f Solanum dulcamara L. o E. fluviatile L. f Pedicularis palustris L. f Aulacomnium palustre (Hedw.) Utricularia intermedia Hayne a Schwaegr. o Mentha aquatica L. o Mnium pseudopunctatum B. & S. Saliz aurita L. o If Myrica gale L. o Campylium stellatum (Hedw.) Orchis ericetorum (Linton) E. S. Lange & C. Jens. a Marshall f Acrocladium giganteum (Schp.) O. incarnata L. f Richards & Wallace a O. purpurella T. & T. A. Steph. f Acrocladium cordifoltum (Hedw.) Tris pseudacorus L. o Richards & Wallace a
Juncus subnodulosus Schrank la Sphagnum spp. (not determined) o J. effusus L. o
Of the plants listed above, Orchis ericetorum, Carex stellulata and Aulacomnium palustre occur in rather drier raised parts and round the margin of the semi-fen.
A close similarity is apparent between this Welsh habitat and those described by Heslop Harrison (1953) for O. traunsteineri in Treland and in Berkshire. In Cors Geirch, as in other localities, O. traunsteineri is very loosely rooted in a carpet formed of mosses and occurs in areas where Schoenus nigricans is locally dominant. The pH of the ground water, determined colorimetri- cally (B.D.H.), is about 7:0, four determinations giving a range of 6:5 to 7:5.
DESCRIPTION OF THE WELSH SPECIMENS Vegetative and flower characters have been examined in the manner described by Heslop Harrison (1953), but as the colony is a small one only six individuals were collected for study. This number is admittedly small, but permits some of the results to be given in full (Table 2).
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES 299 TABLE 2.
Inflorescence Specimen Stature Leaf number Leaf lengih Leaf width (no. of flowers) A 28:8 cm. 5 10-2 cm. 1-1 cm. 10 B a4 Oem, 5 9-1 cm. ‘L-Suemet 23 C 38:0 cm. 5 iL1EOS) (eran it -2ema: 28 D 36°5 cm. 5 13:4 cm. 1-3 cm: il E 31-3 cm. 3) 10-3 cm. enmemis 18 F 44-5 cm. 5 14-0 cm. Ilell Gina 24
Averages 36 cm. 9) 11-4 em. 1-2 cm. 21
These measurements agree well with the data provided by Heslop Harrison (1953) and emphasize the important vegetative characters of the small number and narrowness of the leaves. They also show a similar range of flower numbers in the in- florescence, and the occasional occurrence of curious lax speci- mens with few flowers.
Other features of the Welsh specimens may be summarised as follows: stem with or without small cavity, leaves widely spaced, narrow-lanceolate, mid- to yellow-green, unspotted or with light transversely arranged spots, slightly hooded at apex. Flowers pale red-purple to magenta, labellum flat or slightly reflexed, with obscure dashes or irregular loop markings, wedge-shaped, divided into three lobes, with central lobe bluntly triangular. Spur stout, much longer than in O. incarnata.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
Orchis traunsteiert Saut. 1s recorded for the first time from Wales. The record helps to fill a gap in the “remarkably dis- continuous range in the British Isles” commented on by Heslop Harrison (1953). |
It also provides another indication of the preference of this species for fen or fen-like habitats with a pH near neutrality. Since a number of such habitats are known in various parts of the British Isles, it seems probable that, when carefully sought, O. traunsteineri will be found to be quite widely distributed.
In Anglesey (v.c. 52), for example, there are two areas known as Cors Goch and Cors Bodeilio, both of the nature of semi-fen, with Juncus subnodulosus, Cladium mariscus, and Schoenus nigricans, and pH ranging from about 6:5-8-0. Though not yet fully explored, the former has yielded Orchis fuchsii, O. incarnata, O. purpurella, with Gymnadema conopsea, Platanthera bifolia and Coeloglossum viride in drier parts, while the latter has provided the same species and, in addition, O. ericetorum, Ophrys musci- fera and Listera ovata. O. traunsteineri may well be found in these localilties.
B00 ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES
The Welsh specimens of O. traunsteineri corroborate Heslop Harrison’s evaluation of leaf and labellum characters as a ready means of separating this species from other British marsh orchids. They provide further evidence of its homogeneity and support for its recognition as a distinct unit.
I am indebted to Mr. V. 8S. Summerhayes for much help in confirming the identifications of all the orchids mentioned above, in addition to Orchis traunsteineri.
REFERENCE.
HARRISON, J. HESLOP, 1953, Studies in Orchis L. IJ. Orchis traunsteineri Saut. in the British Isles, Watsonia, 2, 371-391.
NOTES ON STAFFORDSTILRE BRAMBLES SUL
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES By E. 8. EDEES
The object of this paper is to record or to criticise the records of certain species of the Staffordshire Rubus flora which are now well known to the writer. There are many others, some of them resting on good recent authority, which are not yet understood. We have at least a hundred constant and well marked species. The Bunter Sandstone which is well developed in Staffordshire, especially in the west of the county, yields many species. Others are found on the Keuper marl of central Staffordshire, the car- boniferous limestone of the north-east and the millstone grit and peat of the moorlands, though these areas are less rich. There is a remarkable contrast between the Rubi of the Bunter Sand- stone in the south of the county and the Rubi of the same for- mation in the north. This can be studied in two localities which have a rich concentration of species, viz. Whitmore Common in the north (Grid Ref. 795410) and Kinver Edge in the south (Grid Ref. 830830). Other good bramble areas are Hillswood, near Leek (Grid Ref. 985590), Hand Leasow Wood between Uttoxeter and Stafford (Grid Ref. 025305) and Cranmere Wood _ near Wolverhampton (Grid Ref. 850005). Seckley Wood (Grid Ref. 765785), now in Worcestershire, was once part of Staffordshire and for that reason is included in this survey.
My interest in Staffordshire brambles was inspired by the late F. Rilstone about twelve years ago and my indebtedness to him is very great. More recently the late W. C. R. Watson named several of my gatherings, and in 1950 spent a week with me in the north of the county. In addition to my own herbarium, | which contains about 2,000 sheets of Rubi, the following collec- tions have been consulted:
1. The Bailey Herbarium. The extensive herbarium of C. Bailey in the Manchester University Museum contains thousands of Rubus sheets, including the principal British and European sets.
2. The Bagnall Herbarium. The plants of J. EK. Bagnall are preserved in the Natural History Museum, Birmingham. The collection is particularly rich in Rubi, of which there are about 100 Staffordshire specimens, in addition to many from Warwick- shire and elsewhere. Unfortunately many of them are incom- plete, stem leaves being often missing.
3. The Daltry Herbarium. This is in the private possession of Mr. H. W. Daltry. It contains very complete specimens of about twenty Staffordshire species, of which all but one (a sheet
302 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
of R. ulmifolius) were determined by H. J. Riddelsdell and some also by W. M. Rogers. The specimens were collected between 1914 and 1922 chiefly from Madeley in the north of the county.
4. The Reader Herbarium. The Staffordshire specimens of H. P. Reader are in the Hanley Museum, Stoke-on-Trent. They include beautifully preserved specimens of a dozen Rubus species illustrating the flora of Rugeley and collected about the same time as Mr. Daltry’s.
I am very grateful to Mr. Daltry and to those in charge of the public collections for much generous help.
Rusus cagsius L. There are many old records for this species, but the true plant is very local. I have seen it only in the Manifold Valley, a short distance below Thor’s Cave.
[R. Nessensis W. Hall (R. suberectus Anders.). There is so far no proof that this species occurs in Staffordshire. Rogers (1900) recorded it within square brackets. There is a specimen in Hb. Bagnall labelled R. swbherectus (“wild lane by Streetly railway”, August 18, 1898), but this can hardly be correct. A Warwickshire specimen from Handsworth Wood (said to be in Staffs. but really in Warwickshire—between West Bromwich and Birmingham) seems to be correctly named. There is a large 7-nate leaf, the petiole is apparently not channelled, the leaf- toothing is nearly simple and the prickles on stem and panicle are small, curved, few and remote. The specimen is dated 1869 and bears the following note: “Abundant in lower part of wood in 1869, but since then has been destroyed, 8/69, J. E. Bagnall. This was considered typical by Rev. Moyle Rogers.” |
R. scissus W. Wats. (R. fissus auct.). This is the commonest suberect bramble in Staffordshire. It is found on sand or peat in exposed or shaded habitats throughout the county, ascending to well over 1,000 ft. near Ramshaw Rocks between Leek and Buxton.
R. puicatus W. & N. Apparently a rare species in Stafford- shire. Sparingly on Whitmore Common, but not quite typical.
R. BERTRAMIL G. Braun ex Focke. Hand Leasow Wood and Shaw Wood in the parish of Stowe (between Stafford and Uttoxeter) and Craddock’s Moss and Black Bank near New- castle. A specimen from Hand Leasow Wood was named by Watson and appears to match one collected by Ley at Llanwrtyd, Breconshire, in 1902 and distributed through the B.E.C. Ley considered R. bertramii commoner than R. plicatus in south and central Wales and this may be true of Staffordshire also. Riddelsdell (1948) doubted the occurrence of R. bertramii in
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 303
England and would probably have called my plants luxuriant forms of R. plicatus. They differ from typical R. plicatus in having rather broader leaves with finer toothing, shortly stalked basal leaflets, strong faleate prickles on the rhachis and long stamens.
R. SPRENGELII Weihe. This beautiful bramble, which Focke called “decus dumetorum’”, is widely distributed in moist woods and shady hedgerows, but is particularly common in the hilly parts of north Staffordshire, as about Leek and in the Dane Valley.
R. ARRHENII J. Lange var. POLYADENES Gravet ap. Focke. In July 1950 Watson found a bramble in a roadside hedge on Bailey’s Hill, Biddulph, which he later determined as above. It had a glandular stem and rhachis, narrow elliptic leaflets, small rose-pink petals and short stamens only half as long as the styles. There was only one rather weak bush and no flowers were pro- duced in 1951 and 1952 when it was last visited. Apart from the narrow leafiets and the glandular development of the inflores- cence, which are marks of the variety, my specimen compares well with one of the typical plant sent to me recently from Hol- land.
[R. AXILLARIS Lejeune. Growing with other brambles opposite Belmont Hall, Ipstones. Discovered and determined by Watson. Few flowers ever opened and no barren stem was seen. In 1951 and 1952 no trace of the plant could be found. The panicle appears to match that of a Scandinavian specimen in my collection, but in view of the fact that no stem leaves were seen the record cannot be accepted without doubt. |
R. cAaLvaTus Ed. Lees ex Blox. Widely distributed in thickets and by roadsides and easily recognised by the erratic toothing of the terminal leaflets which are characteristically oblong and hard to the touch. There are many fine examples in Shaw Wood.
R. CARPINIFOLIUS W. & N. A frequent species of sandy heaths throughout Staffordshire. There are six sheets in Hb. Bagnall. One of these was determined by Rogers as “good R. carpinifolius’. The others are incomplete specimens lacking stem leaves, but seem to be correct. I have collected specimens from a dozen widely separated stations. These plants are uni- form and typical, having oval-acuminate terminal leaflets with emarginate base, white petals, spreading sepals and pedicels with crowded subulate yellowish prickles, and compare well with the R. carpinifolius of the London commons. But in the north of
304 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
Staffordshire we have an abundant bramble which differs from typical R. carpinifolius in that the terminal leaflet is plane, cor- date, often ovate and only thinly pubescent beneath. The prickles on stem and rhachis are weaker and fewer and the characteristic armature of the pedicels is wanting. Rogers’ description of R. carpinifolius would cover these plants and several of them have been determined as Ff. carpinifolius by Watson. It may be that growth in the shade or semi-shade of woods and hedgerows is a sufficient explanation, but the plant is not confined to woods. It is an attractive feature of Han- church Hills (Grid Ref. 840400) where it flowers early and pro- duces good fruit. Rilstone thought it might be R. plicatus x carpinifolius.
R. LINDLEIANUS Ed. Lees. A well marked and widely distri- buted species, one of the commonest Staffordshire brambles.
R. neMoRALIS P. J. Muell. (R. selmert Lindeb.). This is another well defined and common species generally distributed throughout the county.
R. LAciniaTus Willd. Occurs here and there, usually near gardens, and is considered an escape from cultivation.
R. MACROPHYLLUS W. & N. Betley, Madeley, Mucklestone and Whitmore, all in the Newcastle district of north Stafford- shire. I have five gatherings which are quite unmistakable. The earliest was determined years ago by Rilstone as “exactly Weihe’s plant”.
R. SCHLECHTENDALIT Wheihe var. ANGLICUS Sudre. Mr. Daltry has an undated specimen collected by himself at Madeley which both Rogers and Riddelsdell determined as R. schlechtendalii. A note with the specimen states that the flowers were very large and showy, the petals bright pink, and that the anthers had long hairs.
R. PYRAMIDALIS Kalt. Hand Leasow Wood. This seems to be the true plant. It has pinkish petals, short stamens, long- tipped loosely reflexed sepals, a glandular rhachis and felted leaflets, though the toothing of the leaflets is somewhat finer than usual.
R. INCURVATUS Bab. Typical R. incurvatus is rare in Staf- fordshire, if indeed it occurs at all. There are specimens in Hb. Bagnall from Hopton and Fradley which were approved by Rogers. In the same part of Staffordshire I have seen a plant on the edge of Hand Leasow Wood which is nearly identical with
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 305
a specimen from Bangor except for its looser panicle. The floral organs are deep rose, the carpels densely pilose, the sepals loosely reflexed and the leaflets strongly incurved and in shape and texture quite characteristic of true R. incurvatus. Near Lichfield there is a flourishing and uniform colony of bushes which sug- gest R. incurvatus with a strain of RA. vestitus. Rilstone and Watson both agreed with this judgment. In the north of the county we have a bramble widespread and constant over a large area (I have gatherings from Ashley, Bradnop, Cheddleton, Endon, Heathylee, Hollinsclough, Ipstones, Maer and Whitmore), which has obvious affinities with R. incurvatus, but which is pro- bably an unnamed species. Some of these bushes were called R. incurvatus by Watson and they all agree with the typical species from North Wales in possessing thick lobate terminal leaflets and strong triangular-based prickles on the barren stem. But the leaflets, though sometimes slightly incurved at the edge, are usually quite plane, the petals are nearly always pure white and the panicle is markedly pyramidal without the compact cylindrical upper part of R. incurvatus. There is an identical specimen in Hb. Bailey, gathered by Bailey in 1896 between Hawes Water and Bampton in Westmorland, which Rogers determined as &. pyramidalis Kalt. and which was recorded by Wilson (1938) under that name.
R. POLYANTHEMOS Lindeb. In hedgerows, disused gravel pits and on heaths throughout the county. Living bushes are easily determined. The dull green foliage with here and there a 6-nate or 7-nate leaf, convex leaflets, long panicle and pink flowers are characteristic features.
R. CARDIOPHYLLUS L. & M. Rather thinly distributed, rare in the north, more frequent in the south of the county. Ashley; Church Eaton; Hatherton; Kinver; Maer; Newcastle; Norbury; Penkridge; Trysull and Seisdon; Whitmore. These plants differ from many I have seen in the south of England in that the ter- minal leaflet has a truncate instead of a cordate base.
R. LINDEBERGIT P. J. Muell. Locally common in north Staffordshire, especially in the Manifold Valley, but rare in the south. A specimen in Hb. Bagnall (Lane from Blockley, Trysull, 1897, J. EK. Bagnall), though labelled R. lindebergii, has a glan- dular rhachis and is R. polyanthemos.
R. uLMirouius Schott. f. A lowland species abundant on the Keuper mar! of central and southern Staffordshire, less common on sandstone and apparently quite absent from large areas of ie Staffordshire, though it occurs on limestone in the Manifold
alley.
306 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
R. Pprocerus P. J. Muell. Whitmore Common. Said to be an escape from cultivation.
R. SCIOCHARIS (Sud.) W. Wats. Watson gave this name to a bramble which occurs in local abundance at Codsall, on Kinver Edge and near Stourbridge, Worcestershire, along a sandy lane which is only a few yards from the Staffordshire boundary. It has yellowish green foliage with a cordate terminal leaflet, rather small prickles, spreading sepals, white petals and hairy anthers. There are many sessile and subsessile glands in the upper part of the inflorescence, but few stalked glands.
R. EIFELIENSIS Wirtg. Watson has so named bushes at Meerbrook near Leek and Black Bank near Newcastle, which he saw in the field in 1950. I have other specimens of the same species from Rushton (coll. W. D. Graddon), Biddulph Grange and High Shutt, Cheadle. Mr. B. T. Ward sent me a specimen, collected by W. H. Painter from Norton-in-the-Moors in 1890, which was originally labelled R. danicus Focke, but which had been corrected to R. macrothyrsus Lange by Watson in 1950. In my judgment it is R. eifeliensis. R. macrothyrsus has not yet been found in Staffordshire, but R. ezfeliensis is widespread in the north of the county. Two specimens in Hb. Bailey, collected by Painter from Biddulph in 1889 and 1890 and named R. pyra- nudalis with Focke’s approval, are also in my opinion R. eifeliensis.
R. vestirus W. & N. One of the most frequent Staffordshire brambles, recorded from every part of the county on limestone, sandstone and Keuper marl. On the limestone of the Manifold Valley, where it is probably the commonest bramble, its flowers seem to be always white. Elsewhere forms with large showy red flowers are frequent, sometimes, as at Ashley, growing side by side with white-flowered plants. Staffordshire specimens gathered by earlier botanists and labelled R. lewcostachys are all referable tc this species. The hybrid R. wmifolius x vestitus occurs with both parents on the road to Abbot’s Castle Hill in the parish of Trysull & Seisdon. It is a handsome plant with broad deep red petals, red styles and filaments and hairy anthers. The leaflets show on their undersurface the white indumentum of R. ulmi- folius, but they are flat and much broader than is usual in that species. The pubescent pruinose stem is armed with the long straight prickles characteristic of R. vestitus. There is little sign of developing fruit.
R. CRINIGER (KE. F. Linton) Rog. Widely distributed and easily recognised. My plants exactly resemble W. R. Linton’s gathering from Yeldersley Lane, near Shirley, Derbyshire, which was distributed through the B.E.C. in 1904. The plant is still
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 307
quite common at Yeldersley and also in Bradley Wood near Ashbourne. A good diagnostic character, not mentioned by Rogers, but pointed out to me by Watson, is furnished by the hairy anthers. I have examined ‘26 Staffordshire exsiccata and in 23 of these the anthers are conspicuously hairy. Great Barr, 1904, J. E. Bagnall in Hb. Bailey, det. W. M. Rogers (“exactly R. criniger Linton, as I understand it’’). A specimen of the same gathering in Hb. Wedgwood was confirmed by Watson. Road- side between Weston-on-Trent and Uttoxeter, J. E. Woodhead, det. W. Watson. Camp Hills, Maer, 1920, H. W. Daltry in Hb. Daltry, det. H. J. Riddelsdell. Bank of lake, Hawkesyard, Rugeley, 1916, H. P. Reader in Hb. Reader. This gathering was named R. villicaulis Koehl. var. calvatus Blox., but is quite certainly R. criniger. In Hb. Bagnall there are nine gatherings, all made by J. E. Bagnall and all correctly named, though some sheets are without stem leaves.
R. MUCRONIFER Sudre (R. mucronatus Blox.). Very local. Abundant on the edge of Hand Leasow Wood. My sheets are a perfect match for a specimen in Hb. Bagnall from Twycross, Leicester, 1870, J. E. Bagnall, “gathered in company with Rev. A. Bloxam”. A Staffordshire specimen in the same collection, gathered by Bagnall from Chartley Moss (which is in the same parish as Hand Leasow Wood) in 1896, is doubtless correct, but the panicle is poor and the anthers are not obviously hairy.
R. RADULA Weihe. I have not yet seen the true plant in Staffordshire, but the small form, var. microphyllus Lindeb., occurs in some quantity between Seisdon and Abbot’s Castle Hill in the parish of Trysull & Seisdon.
R. piscerrptus P. J. Muell. (R. echinatus Lindl.). Widely distributed, but at present known chiefly from the south of the county. Audley; Eccleshall; Fisherwick; Kinver; Lichfield; Lower Penn; Saredon; Swindon; Trysull & Seisdon. Mr. Daltry has a specimen collected at Seighford in 1922 which Riddelsdell determined as “strong R. echinatus’’.
R. ECHINATOIDES (Rog.) Druce. A rather frequent species in north Staffordshire, easily distinguished from R. radula by the dark glabrous stem and white notched petals. There are good examples in the lanes at the foot of Hanchurch Hills and by the lake in the grounds of Biddulph Grange.
R. FLExuOSUS Muell. & Lef. Shady roadside near the aque- duct at the southern end of Shelmore Wood, Norbury. An attractive species with a zig-zag rhachis and small flowers with elliptic pink petals.
308 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
R. RUBRISTYLUS W. Wats. (R. newbouldu Rog.). A frequent bramble of sandy soil all down the west side of Staffordshire from north to extreme south. An unlocalised specimen collected by Druce from the county was determined by Watson (1930) as R. newbouldii. Mr. Daltry has a specimen from Chebsey which Riddelsdell thought was probably a weak shade-grown form of. the species. Riddelsdell’s note contains the comment: “R. new- bouldu occurs over a wide extent of Staffs.”. There are three Staffordshire specimens labelled R. newbouldi in Hb. Bagnall, though two are without stem leaves. One of these was collected from Trysull Dingle by J. Fraser, the other two from Swindon and Hatherton by Bagnall himself. Bagnall states that near Hatherton R. newbouldii is the prevailing bramble. Rilstone had a specimen (now in my herbarium) collected by Bagnall from Gailey, which is not far from Hatherton, but he did not consider it quite the same as the Cheshire plant from Edge Green (Set No. 66) referred to in Rogers’ Handbook. JI have numerous specimens of my own gathering from these and other stations which seem to me to correspond quite well with Rogers’ Set No. 66 and to answer Watson’s description (1937) of R. rubristylus. A visit to Malpas and Edge Green in 1953, where R. rubristylus is a common bramble, has confirmed this opinion. The deep red styles, which are very conspicuous when the flower bud begins to open, are an attractive feature.
R. Buoxamir Ed. Lees. Abundant in many places in south Staffordshire, less common in the north.
R. PALLIDUS Weihe. Near Gnosall, 1897, J. E. Bagnall in Hb. Bagnall, conf. Rogers (“I agree with you good R. pallidus’’). A note with the specimen states that the petals were pale pink and the filaments longer than the pinkish-based styles. In the same year Bagnall collected another specimen “near Oulton very abundant” which was also confirmed by Rogers. There is no doubt that Bagnall understood R. pallidus very well. It is one of the commonest brambles in the Gnosall and Norbury district, being abundant in Shelmore Wood, Mill Haft, Coneygreave Haft and elsewhere. Mr. Daltry has a specimen collected near the reservoir on Hanchurch Hills in 1920 which was determined by Riddelsdell. Watson and I found it in the same locality in 1950. T have other gatherings from Ashley, Consall, Maer, Stowe (Hand Leasow Wood) and Tyrley (Burnt Wood). All agree in possessing diffuse rather pyramidal panicles, white petals, red styles and + erect sepals.
R. EURYANTHEMUS W. Wats. (R. pallidus var. leptopetalus Frid. ex Rog.). Widely distributed and locally very common. It is seen at its best in damp woods, being abundant in the shade
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 309
of trees round Betley Mere in north Staffordshire and Gailey Pools in the centre of the county. Mr. Daltry has a specimen from Madeley which Riddelsdell passed as “characteristic R. lep- topetalus’’ and Rilstone made the same comment on some of my early gatherings. The short broad panicle, simall, narrow, greenish-white petals and the “horrid” array of glands on the stem are remarkable features.
R. INSECTIFOLIUS L. & M. (AR. fuscus var. nutans (Rog.). As R. nuticeps Bart. & Ridd. this is recorded for Staffordshire by W. C. Barton and H. J. Riddelsdell (1932). I have a specimen, labelled R. fuscus var. nutans, which was collected by Bagnall at Drayton Bassett in 1897 and distributed through the Watson Exchange Club. In north Staffordshire it grows in several places near Mucklestone. Watson pointed it out to me in a disused gravel pit near Loggerheads and I have since found some fine bushes in a wood at Napely Heath.
R. LINTONI Focke ex Bab. In several places about Whitmore: First discovered by Watson near Whitmore Hall.
R. scaBerR Weihe. A local species of south Staffordshire. Kingswood Common near Codsall.
R. RUFESCENS L. & M. (R. rosaceus subsp. infecundus Rog.). This is another bramble which is known at present only from the south of the county. It is abundant in parts of Seckley Wood and occurs also on Kingswood Common. Specimens from these localities are quite typical and answer Rogers’ description of R. rosaceus subsp. infecundus in every detail. They have also discoid flower buds and red styles, which are additional charac- ters, not mentioned in the Handbook. A third locality is Baggeridge Wood near Wolverhampton. My specimen is incon- elusive, but a much earlier gathering in Hb. Bagnall (Sept. 1878) is probably correct, though it lacks a stem leaf.
R. TAENIARUM Lindeb. (R. spurius Neum.). Haughton; Maer; Mucklestone; Swynnerton. This is a remarkable bramble with attractive cup-shaped flowers, pink or pinkish petals, pink fila- ments, which only slightly exceed the styles, and pilose carpels. On my specimens the armature of the barren stem varies in strength, being sometimes almost hystrican. Focke (1914) eauates R. taeniarum Lindeb. with R. infestus Weihe, but Watson considers them to be distinct species. There are several old Staffordshire records of R. infestus and four old specimens. These should probably be ascribed to R. taeniarum.
310 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
R. DALTRII Edees & Rilstone. This bramble, which was first described in 1945, is abundant about Whitmore Common and in many other localities in the Newcastle district of north Stafford- shire, but I have never seen it anywhere else. It has large, showy, pure white flowers with long spreading stamens and is very distinct from any other species known to me.
R. pASCuORUM W. Wats. (Rf. borreri Bell Salt. var. virgultorum Ley). Probably a frequent, if not common, species in the south west corner of Staffordshire. Specimens from Kinver Edge and from the parish of Trysull & Seisdon, which are clearly identical, were determined, the one by Rilstone, the other by Watson. They seem to compare well with a specimen of R. borreri var. virgultorum collected by Ley from the Wyre Forest, Shropshire, in 1904.
R. DIVERSUS W. Wats. Farewell & Chorley (below the mill on the road to Lichfield). Det. F. Rilstone, conf. W. Watson.
R. LEIGHTONI Ed. Lees ex Leight. (R. radula Weihe var. anglicanus Rog.). This is a handsome bramble with showy pink flowers, long stamens and exceptionally long stalks to the terminal leaflets. It is a widely distributed and frequent species in Staffordshire. I have specimens of my own gathering from 16 scattered localities.
R. HYSTRIX Weihe. Cheddleton, on a piece of heathy ground not far from the station. Determined by Watson as “quite unambiguous”.
R. HyLocHARIs W. Wats. A frequent species of woods and hedgerows throughout Staffordshire, a very prickly bramble with handsome pink flowers and erect sepals. This is the plant which used to be called R. rosaceus in Staffordshire. Mr. Daltry has specimens so named by Riddelsdell.
R. DASYPHYLLUS Rog. One of our commonest glandular brambles, to be found in most parts of the county and abundant in the north.
R. MuURRAYI Sudre. Rare. Discovered by Watson on Dab Green near Whitmore Common. As far as I know there is only one bush here, but it is quite unmistakable. More recently I have found the same species in the south of the county, between Swindon and Highgate Common, but again in small quantity. It also grows on the northern edge of Sutton Park in Warwickshire, just beyond the Staffordshire boundary. These are all typical plants with white petals, red styles, strongly deflexed panicle prickles and rather small ovate terminal leaflets.
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES oll
R. BELLARDII Weihe. There are two Staffordshire specimens in Hb. Bagnall, one from the south of the county (Codsall, first railway bridge, 1887, J. E. Bagnall) and one from the north (Dim- minsdale, Alton Towers, 1896, J. E. Bagnall, conf. W. M. Rogers). The plant still grows at the Codsall railway bridge and is quite common in parts of Dimminsdale. It also grows in Hawksmoor Wood, Oakamoor, and in Mud-dale Wood, Checkley. A specimen in Hb. Bailey (Biddulph, 1886, W. H. Painter), labelled R. glan- dulosus var. bellardii, is not Rf. bellardu. It matches exactly a plant gathered from Bailey’s Hill, Biddulph, which has not yet been satisfactorily determined.
R. SUBLUSTRIS Ed. Lees. Generally distributed, though there are seldom many bushes in any one locality. A well defined species.
R. MYRIACANTHUS Focke. This species has large white flowers and strong uneven armature. It is common in north Stafford- shire and probably common throughout the county.
R. scaBrosus P. J. Muell. Rilstone (1935) states that every district seems to have its own special forms of R. dumetorum. The Staffordshire forms are complex and require much further study. Apart from R. myriacanthus, we have another widespread and constant species, easily recognised but not easily named. Watson examined several bushes and agreed to the name R. scabrosus, though not without hesitation.
REFERENCES.
BARTON, W. C. & RIDDELSDELL, H. J., 1932, Some Rubus Problems in the Light of Genevier’s Herbarium, Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F.C., 24, 197-221.
FOCKE, W. O., 1877, Synopsis Ruborum Germaniae. ———.,, 1914, Species Ruborum.
RIDDELSDELL, H. J.. HEDLEY, G. W. & PRICE, W. R., 1948, Flora of Gloucesier- shire, 144.
RILSTONE, F., 1935, A Key to the Species of Rubi of the London Catalogue, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 10, 931-55.
ROGERS, W. M., 1900, Handbook of British Rubi. SUDRE., H.. 1908-13, Rubi Furopae.
WATSON, W. C. R., 1930, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 113. ——, 1937, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 11, 220-1. WILSON. A., 1938, The Flora of Westmorland, 128
312 THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS L.
By Dovetas H. KENT
Clapham (1952) gives the British distribution of Senecio squalidus L. as “throughout 8. England to Lancs. and Yorks., locally in S. Scotland”.
The earliest evidence of the occurrence of the species in Scot- land appears to be contained on two sheets in the herbarium of the Royal Botanical Garden, Edinburgh. The first sheet is labelled “Leith Walk, Edinburgh, 1833, J. H. Balfour’, and bears the following annotation, ‘“‘no doubt this was a relic of the Old Botanic Garden which was finally removed from Leith Walk about 1822”, W. R. Evans, 1943. The second sheet is labelled “waste ground N.E. of Edinburgh, 1833”, and Mr. B. L. Burtt informs me that it probably refers to the same locality as that given on the first sheet. Mr. J. E. Lousley has recently located a third sheet at Edinburgh; this is labelled “near Leith, June, 1890” (Terras herbarium), and no doubt this refers to the same locality as the earlier sheets. In Herb. Bentham at Kew there is a further undated and unsigned specimen labelled ‘“Nat’d., near Edin- burgh”. The plant appears no longer to occur in the Edinburgh area, nor is there any evidence to suggest that it has been seen there since 1890.
The earliest printed record of the plant in Scotland appears to be that given by Fraser (1911). viz. “Senecio squalidus L. forma. One at Galafoot in 1908”. Apparently the plant, if cor- rectly identified, was merely a casual wool-adventive. It seems probable, however, that the plant in question was the polymorphic Senecio inaequidens DC. which superficially resembles _ S. squalidus, and is now known to be introduced with “shoddy” (cf. Year Book, B.S.BJ., 1953, 107, and Proc., B.S.BI., 1, 256 (1954)). Hayward and Druce (1919), in citing the record, add: “We have not seen Scottish specimens”’,
Druce (1932) gives the Scottish distribution of S. squalidus as v.ce. 78 and 79; there are no Scottish specimens in Herb. Druce and an exhaustive search of botanical literature has failed to produce confirmation that the plant was ever found in the first mentioned vice-county. The record for v.c. 79 appears to be based on the record given by Fraser (1911).
There appears to be only one recent printed record for Scot- land—“Bonnybridge, Stirling’, W. J. in Country-side, (N.S.), 14, 187 (1947); this has not been confirmed and was probably based on a misidentification.
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS mille
Miss C. W. Muirhead has recently informed me that the plant was found “growing on a roadside bank near New Craighail Colliery, near Musselburgh (v.c. 83)” in May 1954 by Dr. J. Milne. This is the first definite evidence of the occurrence of S. squalidus in Scotland during this century.
In conclusion both Mr. J. R. Lee and Mr. R. Mackechnie in- form me (7 litt.) that they have never seen the plant growing in Scotland; nor do they know of any Scottish records other than those that I have given. I am indebted to Mr. B. L. Burtt and Mr. J. E. Lousley for information relating to the specimens at Herb. Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
REFERENCES. CLAPHAM, A. R., 1952, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 1041. Cambridge. DRUCE, G. C., 1932, Comital Flora of the British Isles, 189. Arbroath. FRASER, J., 1911, Alien Plants, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1911, 99-102.
HAYWARD, I. M. & DRUCE, G. C., 1919, The Adventive Flora of Tiweedside, 137 Arbroath.
314 CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE
CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE By E. NELMES
The Hummocky Field, or, more officially, Cow Common, is now ploughed up and most of its age-long wealth of plant lie gone. Cow Common, no longer appropriately named, lies near Totternhoe in Bedfordshire. I visited it in June 1952 because I suspected that Carex hostiana DC. grew there and it seemed desirable to record its presence—or absence—before the growing threat of ploughing became an actuality.
I went to find Cow Common with the help of a little pencil sketch made by a colleague. There were several meadows at the end of the route, a gate leading into the most likely looking one. I opened it, and my wife, who shared my day’s exploration, stepped into the field. Before I could join her she tripped and fell, hurting her leg. This was certainly the Hummocky Field!
A tiny stream flowed through the middle of it, and by the water in its bed grew tufts of Carex lepidocarpa Tausch. Along- side the streamlet, clear of its banks, C. distans L. oceurred plenti- fully. Still further from the stream my guess came true: I had found C. hostiana in the Hummocky Field! Not far from its somewhat larger relative, C. distans, this neat little sedge with the silvery-margined glumes occurred in patches for some dis- tance parallel to the two other species.
At an earlier date Dr. John Dony, author of the Flora of Bed- fordshire, had found somewhere here specimens of a sedge which were determined (not by me) as a hybrid between C. distans and C. lepidocarpa. As, however, this plant bears glumes which are awnless and often acute at the apex, as in C. hostiana but not characteristic of C. distans, it seems highly probable that C. hostiana is one of the parents. It is not in dispute that C. lepido- carpa is the other parent. Specimens have been placed in the Kew herbarium.
A description of the hybrid follows.
CAREX HOSTIANA X LEPIDOCARPA: C. hornschuchiana x lepidocarpa Hausskn. in Mitt. Geogr. Ges. Thiir., 2, 212 (1884): CG. x leutzii Kneucker in Seub., Kleine Ercursfl. Baden, Ed. 5, 68 (1891).
Plant loosely tufted. Stems curved-erect, 30-40 em. tall, 0.75-1 mm. thick below, smooth below but scaberulous on the acute angles of the rhachis. ‘eaves much shorter than the stems, 2-3 mm, wide, flat or flattish, lower reduced to pale and almost bladeless sheaths. Spikes
CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE 315
3-4, usually 3, subdense-flowered, uppermost male, terminating the stem, slenderly cylindric, but somewhat tapering at each end, 2-2.5 em. long, 2-2.75 mm. thick, lateral spikes female, more or less cylindric, base often slightly thicker, 1-1.6 cm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. thick, upper subsessile or on shortly, lower on rather longly, exserted peduncles, upper at a node 2.5-4 em. below the male spike, lower 4.5-13 cm. dis- tant from the upper female spike. Bracts subfoliaceous, 4-8 cm. long, upper shortly lower longly sheathing; sheaths in front, at the mouth, prolonged into a short membranous tongue. female glumes ovate, acuminate, flattish-cymbiform, apex acute to obtuse, 3-3.3 mm. long, 1.8-2 mm. wide, light castaneous, often whitish at the base and irre- cularly and widely so on the margins, midrib slender, from slightly failing to reach to forming a firm tip at the apex. Utricles shrunken and compressed, mostly broadly elliptic but a few obovate or ovate, 3.4-3.6 mm. long, 1.5-1.8 mm. broad, obscurely few-nerved to many- nerved, narrowly marginate, glabrous, straightish, slightly spreading. lowest few subpatent, greenish or yellowish-green above, white below or at the base, very shortly stipitate, mostly abruptly or subabruptly beaked; beak not or scarcely tapering, compressed, 1.4-1.6 mm. long, narrowly marginate, margins very sparsely to subdensely rough, pale — below, castaneous above, bidentate; teeth somewhat diverging. Achene undeveloped.
V.c. 30, Bedfordshire; Totternhoe = The Litany = Hummocky VWield, 1951, J. D. Dony, 1469 (Herb. Kew).
316 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME: A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION TO IRELAND OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL GRID .
By D. A. WEBB
The decision to use the 10-km. squares of the National Grid as the basis of the Society’s Atlas of the distribution of British plants necessitated the extension of the grid to cover the whole of Ireland. This presented a problem which was at once difficult and incapable of an elegant solution.
The zero vertical of the grid nearly bisects Ireland, running from Youghal to the Bloody Foreland, so that the eastern half is covered by the existing grid; but only small-scale maps are available to show this. Furthermore, a serious difficulty arises from the fact that, whereas the grid was chosen to suit the projec- tion on which the Ordnance maps of Britain are drawn (trans- verse Mercator, with origin at 2° W., 49° N.), the Ordnance maps of Ireland are drawn on Bonne’s projection, centred on the meridian of 8° W. It follows from this that the grid will appear on the Irish maps in a form that is neither rectangular nor rectilinear, and that it will be set skew both to the graticule (meridians and parallels) and to the margins of the sheets. In fact, the verticals appear as virtually straight lines running from west of north to east of south; while the horizontals appear as curved lines, dipping south of west at an angle which increases sensibly towards the west. In the eastern half of the country their deviation from a straight line is barely perceptible, but in the extreme west it becomes very marked.
To plot this grid accurately would require some fairly intricate spherical trigonometry and a very long and tedious series of calculations. Since the time for the latter was not available, I wasted no vain regrets on my lack of the former, and proceeded by a method which used approximation and extrapolation freely to an interim solution which is (if one remembers the scale on which the maps are ultimately to be printed) sufficiently accurate for the present purpose. The grid has been drawn on a series of }” maps which are kept in the School of Botany, Trinity College, Dublin; duplicate sets are in the Departments of Botany at Cambridge and (northern sheets only) Belfast. It nevertheless seems worth while to put on permanent record the position of the principal fixed points in this grid which is being used for the atlas, so that any record which gives rise to queries in the future can be searched for if necessary, and so that those who have not aecess to the gridded maps can, by interpolation between these points, reconstruct the grid with sufficient accuracy for most purposes.
—*"
_—- .
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME O17
A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION TO IRELAND oF THE BritisH NATIONAL GRID
In this connection, however, attention must be drawn to a totally unexpected obstacle which I encountered in transferring _ the grid to the Ordnance maps: the fact that a considerable number of the Irish sheets deviate perceptibly from their osten- sible scale of 4” to a mile. Altogether ten sheets out of the twenty-five on which the grid was actually drawn show dis- crepancies of scale exceeding 0:2%. ‘The most serious error is in sheet 9, where the scale in the north-south direction seems to be 1:8% below its nominal value; the most bizarre discrepancy is in sheets 4 and 8, where the north-scuth scale is 0:-5% too large and the east-west scale 0:25% too small. How this state of affairs arose I cannot imagine, but it is a trap against which I would warn anybody who is attempting to reproduce a part of the grid.
we — Go
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
The two tables here appended should suffice for fixing the grid within the limits of those errors which are inherent in the
method by which it was plotted.
TABLE 1. INCLINATION OF VERTICALS WITH RESPECT TO THE MERIDIANS Grid line Inclination 850 7 (eel Tt 900 6° 40’ 950 6° 0 Sheer. | 50 4° 40” 100 4° 10’ TaBLe 2.
LOCALISATION OF PRINcTPAL GRID INTERSECTIONS
Intersection (vertical is given first) Locality 0/600 1-4 m. W. and 1-0 m. S. of the Bloody Foreland. 50 / 600 0-9 m. E. and 1-0 m. S. of the fort on Dunree Head, Lough Swilly. 100/600 3-1 m. W. and 0-4 m. N. of Ramore Head, Portrush, Co. Antrim. 900 / 500 0-4 m. E. and 0-3 m. N. of the 890 ft. summit N. of Bangor Erris, Co. Mayo. 950 / 500 1-6 m. E. and 0-3 m. S. of the bridge at Geliaan: Co. Shgo. 0/500 1-9 m. E. and 0-1 m. N. of Lisgorman station, Co. Leitrim. 50/500 0-8 m. W. and 0-6 m. N. of the N.W. corner of L. Lea, near Lisnaskea, Co. Fermanagh. 100 / 500 0-1 m. E. and 0-9 m. N. of the church at Lisnadill, near Armagh. 150/500 1-0 m. E. and 0-3 m. S. of Edendarriff Mt. (553 ft.), S. of Ballynahinch, Co. Down. 900 / 400 0-7 m. W. and 0:4 m. S. of the Cashla River bridge. S.E. of Costelloe, Co. Galway. 950 / 400 1-9 m. W. and 0-9 m. N. of Athenry station, Co. Galway. 0/400 2-2 m. W. and 1°8 m. N. of the school at Clonmacnoise, Offaly. 50/400 0-6 m. E. and 2-0 m. S. of Rochfortbridge. 100 / 400 1-1 m. W. and 2-8 m. N. of Leixlip station, Co. Kildare. 850 / 300 2-1 m. W. and 0:3 m. N. of Gurry Island (N. of Castle gregory, Co. Kerry). 900 / 300 0-1 m. E. and 2:3 m. S. of the church at Duagh, Co.
Kerry.
Intersection
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 319
(vertical is given
first) 950 / 300 0/300 50/300 100/300 850 / 200 900 / 200
950 / 200
Locality
0:5 m. E. and 0-2 m. S. of Bruree station, Co. Limerick. 1-1 m. W. and 1-3 m. N. of Newinn, Co. Tipperary. 1-2 m. W. and 2-4 m. S. of Thomastown, Co. Kilkenny.
-0:3 m. E. and 1-8 m. N. of Grania’s cross-roads, EK. of
Enniscorthy, Co. Wexford.
5-9 m. W. and 2-1 m. S. of the 765 ft. summit above Mizen Head.
0-4 m. W. and 0:2 m. N. of Scullane Point, near Toe Head, Co. Cork.
1:6 m. E. and 5:3 m. S. of the Old Head of Kinsale.
320 PLANT NOTES
PLANT NOTES
33/2. MattruHiota sinvata (L.) R.Br. This is usually said to be a biennial. J had however a plant of it in my garden grown from seed. from Saunton, Devon, and sown in 1949, which was still lusty until the frosts early this year (1954)—30° was recorded close by. It is perhaps relevant to record that in its first year it proved a prime favourite with rabbits and never managed to flower. This may have enabled the plant to form a stouter stock and last longer.—D. McCurytocr.
147(2)/1. Genistella sagittalis (L.) Gams, 1923, in Hegi Jllustr. Fl. Mittel-Eur., 4, 196; Genista sagittalis L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 710; G. herbacea Lam., 1786, Encycl., 2, 616; Genistella racemosa Moench, 1794, Meth., 1383; Spartium sagittale Roth, 1798, Tent. Fl. Germ., 1, 302; Saltzwedelia sagittalis Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb., 1800, Fl. Wetterau, 2, 498; Cytisus sagittalis Koch, 1837, Syn., 147; Syspone sagittalis Griseb., 1843, Spic. Fl. Rum. Bith.;1, 5. 12, NO Hants.; a large patch on bank by roadside on the Basingstoke-Andover road be- tween Whitchurch and Hurstbourne Priors, 1954, Miss C. PLUNKETT, comm. Miss D. E. pE VrEs1an. Dwarf procumbent shrub less than 30 em. high, with ascending or erect mostly simple broadly 2-winged branchlets: leaves ovate to oblong, 12-20 mm. long, villous: flowers yellow, each 10-12 mm. long, in terminal racemes 2-5-4 em. long; calyx hairy; pods linear-oblong, 20 mm. long, silky, 3-6 seeded. Native otf central and south east Europe.—D. H. Kent.
156/1. ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. Sir Edward Salisbury’s recent book Downs and Dunes more than once gives this species as a biennial. A mature red-flowered plant collected in early 1951 was still flourish- ing three years later in my rockery until destroyed by the activities of moles. Its seedlings I might add have also produced red flowers.— D. McCuintocx.
195/2. Pyrus communis L. In view of doubt about the status of the pear-tree in Britain, it is interesting to note that the carbonised fruits of either this species or the related P. corduta Desy. have been found in the Tardenoisian midden on Téviec island, off the coast of Morbihan, in Brittany (M. & S.-J. Péquart, et al., 1937, Arch. Inst. Pal. Humaine, Mém. 18; J. G. D. Clark, 1952, Prehist. Eur., 48). Since this deposit is of Mesolithic age, before the advent of orchardry, it is reasonable to assume that the fruits came from wild trees grow- ing in the vicinity. This increases the likelihood that at least one of the species of Pyrus is native in southern England.—D. E. Aten.
378/22. ARTEMISIA NORVEGICA var. scotica Hultén, 1954, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 67. In typical A. norvegica the basal leaves are sub- palmate and the primary lobes have long secondary lobes. The plant
PLANT NOTES 321
recently found in Scotland has the primary lobes of the basal leaves merely deeply 3-5-dentate and is described by Hultén (1954) as a new variety. The full description of the new variety is as follows: — Humilis 1-2 capitulata albo-pilosa; foliis basalibus cuneatis, vel sub- palmatis laciniis tribus usque quinque profunde 3-5 dentatis. Capitula minora iis apud Artemisiam norvegicam, modo c. 1-2 cm. diam. Type specimen, 105, W. Ross; near Ullapool, Wester Ross, at about 2,400 feet on spur of mountain, 1953, J. E. Loustey (Hb. Mus. Brit.).
610/2. Kochia densiflora Turcz. The treatment of the genus Kochia in Komarov FI. URSS., 6 (1936) by Iljin has drawn attention to Kochia densiflora Turez. in Moquin, Chenop. Enum., 91 (1840) (K. steversiana Ijin, |.c., 134—non C. A. Meyer) a species which is closely related to K. scoparia (L.) Schrad. Whereas the flowers of K. scoparia do not show any, or only a few, hairs at their base, in K. densiflora they have a more or less dense ring of long hairs. The flowers are embedded in this ring of hairs so that the flowering branches have a general very hairy appearance. The intensity of this hairy develop- ment is found in a whole series of stages, so that very often difficulties arise in assigning individual plants to one or the other species.
It seems that the strongly hairy K. densiflora, which is found in steppes and deserts of Central and Eastern Asia, is the wild form of K. scoparia, which in Asia grows especially in cultivated ground such as cornfields, or in ground influenced by man.
In recent years K. densiflora has been observed as an introduced plant several times in Europe (Germany, Austria, Holland). In Eng- land it was collected by Miss C. M. Goodman on a track adjoining fields in which wool-aliens were abundant at Charlton, Worcs., v.c. 37, on October 11th, 1953, and a specimen was sent to me by Mr. J. E. Lousley. .
An account of the Asiatic species of this genus by the writer will be found in Mitt. Basler Bot. Gesellsch., 2 Jahrg., No. 1, 4-16 (May 1954) which includes a description of K. densiflora and discussion of the nomenclature.—P. AELLEN.
656/2. Elodea callitrichoides (Rich.) Caspary, 1857, Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 47; Anucharis callitrichoides Rich., 1814, Mém. Inst. France, 2: 7, 75, t.2. 20, Herts.; river Colne near Harefield, c. 1948, G. Taytor. 21, Middx.; Longford River, Stanwell, abundant, 1950, H. C. Grice; still plentiful, 1954, D. H. Kent. A dark green pellucid submerged plant. Stems up to 2 m. long, usually much less, brittle. Leaves 15- 25 mm. long x 1-5-2-5 mm. broad, opposite (or in whorls of 3), linear- lanceolate, acute, translucent, lightly toothed. Flowers dioecious, small, solitary, whitish. Male flowers carried on a pedicel 20-50 mm. long, sepals 5-6 mm. long; stamens 9. Female flowers submerged with very long stigmas which reach the surface of the water. Fruit with 7-8 seeds. Water-pollinated at the surface. Only female flowers have so far been noted in Britain (cf. Year Book, B.S.B.I., 1951, 80). Native
322 PLANT NOTES
of temperate South America, and believed to have been accidentally (or deliberately) introduced into British waters by aquarists.—D. H. KENT.
656(2)/1. Egeria densa Planch., 1849, Ann. Sci. Nat. Ser. 3 Bot. 11, 80; Hlodea densa (Planch.) Casp., 1857, Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 49. 59, - S. Lanes.; Ashton Canal, Droylsden, 1953, L. W. Frost, det. J. E. Danpy. Plant resembling Hlodea canadensis, but larger and coarser. Branches elongate with whorls of 4 (rarely 6) linear-lanceolate, acumin- ate, finely toothed leaves, 20-30 mm. long. x2-3-5 mm. broad. Flowers dioecious, large, whitish. Male flowers grouped 2-4 in a spathe and car- ried on long pedicels; corolla 18-20 mm.; sepals 3-4 mm.; petals showy; stamens 9. Female flowers solitary in a spathe, the corolla somewhat smaller. Fruits elongated with 1-2 seeds. Insect-pollinated, the showy flowers being raised above the water, whereas in Elodea pollination takes place at the surface of the water.
Plants have been observed for some years at Droylsden, growing in warm waste water from cotton-mills, but were thought to be luxuriant forms of EKlodea canadensis until 1953 when the plant flowered pro- fusely. The plant is frequently grown as an oxygenator in aquaria (often as Hlodea canadensis var. gigantea), and it seems likely that the Lancashire plants have arisen from aquarium waste, and have estab- lished themselves in the warm water, multiplying by vegetative propaga- tion, as only male flowers have been detected so far. EH. densa is an- other native of temperate South America, and is naturalised and spreading vegetatively in the U.S.A., mainly in southern California and along the Atlantic coast; it has also been introduced into Kenya.— D. H. Kent.
658(2)/1. Lagarosiphon major (Ridley) C. E. Moss, 1928, Trans. Ry. Soc. S. Afr., 16, 1938; DL. muscoides var. major Ridl., 1886, J. Linn. Soc. Bot., 22, 233. 1, W. Cornwall; old quarry, Sennen, 1954, Miss B. M. Sturpy, det. at Kew. 17, Surrey, gravel pit near Teddington Lock, 1948, J. P. M. Brenan (Hb. Kew & Hb. Mus. Brit.). Distributed through B.S.B.I. Exchange Section (see Year Book, B.S.B.1., 1950, 96); 1949, J. E. Loustey; B. Wetcn (Hb. Mus. Brit.): gravel pit now filled in. 30, Beds.; pond in chalkpit, Arlesey, 1944, J. G. Dony & E. Mitne-RepHeEap; 1945, J. G. Dony, det. J. E. Danny (Hb. Kew, Hb. Mus. Brit., Hb. Luton Mus.); still there, 1954, J. G. Dony. 59, S. Lanes.; Ashton Canal, Droylsden, 1953, J. E. Loustry. A large, strong, rigid, submerged aquatic species, resembling in the field luxuriant Hlodea canadensis. Stems long, + branched, leafy throughout; leaves thick, dark green, translucent, whorled to alternate, linear-acute, 10-15 mm. long x 2-3 mm. broad, with short blunt triangular-shaped teeth. Flowers dioecious, small, whitish, enclosed in long spathes. Male spathe ovate, bifid at the apex, many-flowered (up to 40). Female spathe ovate or oblong, 1-flowered. Male flowers float free on water on reaching the surface. Water-pollinated at the surface. Native of S. Africa. Frequently grown as an oxygenator of aquaria
PLANT NOTES S23
(often under the name Elodea crispa), and believed to have been intro- duced into British waters by the action of aquarists.—D. H. Kent.
830/4 x 835/1. x Agrohordeum langei (Richt.) G. Camus ex A. Camus, 1927, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 33, 537 (Agropyron repens x Hordeum secalinum); Agropyron repens var. hordeacea Nielson, 1872, Bot. Tidsskr., 5,202; Agropyrum pratensexrepens Lange, 1886, Haandb. Danske Fl., 4, 49; x Agropyron langei Richt., 1890, Plantae Europ., 1, 126; xTritordeum lange: Aschers. & Graebn., 1901, Syn., 2, 748; x Elytrordeum langei Hylander, 1953, Nord. Kdrlvdxtflora, 1, 369. 34, W. Glos.; brackish pasture by the river Avon, Shirehampton, 1945, Mrs. C. I. SanpwitH; 1954, Mrs. C. I. & N. Y. SanpwitH. Plant male- sterile; the slender yellow anthers remain closed and contain imperfect pollen only. This hybrid is intermediate in several respects between its putative parents, but its facies is that of an Agropyron due to the dominance of certain A. repens characteristics. It is possible that for this reason it has been passed over, being mistaken for slender A. repens. From that species it may be distinguished by the articulated spike- rhachis, the internodes of which fracture horizontally just above each spikelet as they do in Hordeum secalinum; by the narrower, more rigid, fewer(3-4)-nerved, awned glumes which are often placed slightly obliquely in relation to the florets; and by the fewer (2-4) florets. Occa- sionally there are two, rarely three, spikelets at each of the lower nodes of the spikes; usually, however, they are solitary and in this respect differ from Hordeum secalinum. The hybrid may also be separated from that species by the wider glumes and the shorter awns. The anthers (3-3-5 mm.) agree in length with those of Hordewm secalinum.— C. E. Husnarp & N. Y. SANDWITH.
835/2(2). Hordeum leporinum Link, 1835, Linnaea, 9, 133. 30, Beds. ; railway sidings, Flitwick, 1950, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1068, Herb. Luton Mus.): shoddy heap, Deepdale, Potton, 1952, EK. MILNE Repueap and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1820, Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Willington, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1985, Herb. Luton Mus.): railway sidings, Southill, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1991, Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Shefford, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2232): arable field, Maulden, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2217). 37, Worcs.; arable field, Pinvin, 1954, Miss C. M. Goopman. 63, S.W. Yorks.; waste-wool heap, Kirkheaton, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1924, Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Eccleshill, 1953, J. G. Dony, J. E. Loustey and D. McCrintock (J. G. Dony 2107): railway sidings, City Road, Bradford, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2136). 65, N.W. Yorks.; arable field, Catton, 1954, Miss C. M. Rop and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2170).
835/2(3). H. glaucum Steud., 1854, Syn. Pl. Glum., 1, 352, H. stebbinstt Covas, 1949, Madrofio, 10, 17. 30, Beds.; railway sidings, Flitwick, 1953, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2020, Herb. Kew, Herb. Luton Mus.); 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2148). 37, Wores.; arable field,
524 PLANT NOTES
Pinvin, 1954, Miss C. M. Goopman and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2263). 63, S.W. Yorks.; Valley Scouring and Cleaning Works, Shipley, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1911, Herb. Kew): Minerva Works, Kirk- heaton, 1953, J. G. Dony, J. E. Loustty and D. McCiintock (J. G. Dony 2108, Herb. Kew). 65, N.W. Yorks.; railway sidings, Baldersby, 1954, Miss C. M. Roz and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2174).
835 /2(4)b. H. pusillum var. pubens Hitchcock, 1933, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 23, 453. 30, Beds.; arable field, Maulden, 1953, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2058, Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Flitwick, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2149).
Hordeum glaucum and H. leporinum are superficially alike, and closely allied to, H. murinum L. from which they differ in the floret of the central spikelet being borne on a ‘‘pedicel’’ (rhachilla-internode) usually as long as the ‘‘pedicels’’ of the lateral spikelets. In dH. murinwm the floret of the central spikelet is sessile or subsessile. The lemma, awn and palea of the central spikelets of H. glaucum and H. leporinum are shorter than those of the lateral spikelets: in H. muri- num they are longer. In H. glaucum and H. leporinum the inner glumes of the lateral spikelets are as broad as those of the central spike- let, and the paleas of the lateral spikelets are pubescent. ere 37. murinum the inner glumes of the lateral spikelets are narrower than those of the central spikelet, and the paleas of the lateral spikelets are almost glabrous.
H. glaucwm differs from H. leporinum in its spike being more dense, 6-8 spikelets per cm. of rhachis, and the stamens of the central floret being included at anthesis; the anthers are 0-2-0-5 mm. long, their upper filaments having no starch grains. In H. leporinum there are 3-5 spikelets per cm. of rhachis, and the stamens of the central floret are exserted at anthesis; the anthers are 0-8-1-5 mm. long, their fila- ments having conspicuous starch grains.
Hf. pusillum is closely allied to H. marinum Huds. It has a linear- oblong spike, usually over 4 cm. long, the glumes being suberect. In H. marinum the spike is ovate, usually less than 4 em. long, the awns being strongly spreading.
H. leporinum is a native of the Mediterranean region, N. Africa and the Orient, and is now cosmopolitan in warm temperate regions. H. glaucum is also native in the Mediterranean region, N. Africa and the Orient, and is becoming cosmopolitan in warm temperate regions (N. & S. America, S. Africa, Australia). H. pusillum is probably native from the U.S.A. to central Argentine, and is appearing as an adventive in Europe.
[ wish to thank Mr. C. E. Hubbard and Dr. A. Melderis for their assistance in naming my material.
REFERENCE COVAS, G., 1949, Taxonomic observations on the North American species of Hordeum, Madrono, 10, 1-21.
J. G. Downy.
1)
PLANT RECORDS 38
PLANT RECORDS Compiled by E. C. WaLtack
Records are for the year 1954 when no date is given. The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con- tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.LZ. number: to indicate that the plant is not a native species in the British Isles.
t before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in
some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub- lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ ] enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
++
Tt will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as accurate as is thought advisable, are added to all records.
§2/5. THatictrum aupInumM L. *79, Selkirk; basic flush at about 2,200 ft., east slope of Cramalt Craig, Meggat Water, D. A. RarcrirreE.
5/1. Myosurus minimus L. 22, Berks.; (5) farm land just outside Reading, plentiful, 1953, J. OuNSTED.
§6/28. RanuncuLus BAaupoTir Godr. *101, Kintyre; coastal marsh near Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninenam, det. R. W. ButcHer.
21/6. PapAvER HyBRIDUM L. 16, W. Kent; edge of field near Farningham, Lonpon Natura History Soctrty Excursion, comm. P. C. Hatz, conf. E. B. BancEerter.
35/1(2). RorippA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. 90, Forfar; Leys- mill, U. K. Duncan, det. H. K. Atry SHaw.
35 /1(2)x 35/1. Rorrerpa x srERILis Airy Shaw. 90, Forfar; Carling- heugh Bay, Arbroath, 1953: 96, Easterness; Allanfearn, 1943, U. K. Dunean, det. H. K. Arry Suaw.
¥35/5. Rorippa Austriaca (Crantz) Bess. 23, Oxon; (7) Wayside at Caversham, within the borough of Reading, a good patch, 1953, H C. A. THomas, det. and comm. J. OUNSTED.
326 PLANT RECORDS
§44/1. ERoPHILA VERNA (L.) Chevall. *89, EK. Perth; railway bridge north of Dalnaspidal Station, A. A. Strack.
54/14b. SINAPIS ARVENSIS var. ORIENTALIS (L.) Aschers. 36, Here- ford; waste building ground, Colwall, F. M. Day.
§54/22. HiRSCHFELDIA INCANA (L.) Lagreze-Fossat. *t21, Middx. ; rubbish tip, Hounslow Heath, in quantity, B. WetcH, comm. D. H. KENT.
§61/2. Leprptum tatirorium L. {t26, W. Suffolk; near, and on the banks of, the river Lark at Tollgate Bridge, Bury St. Edmunds, ? a relic of cultivation, 1953, H. J. Boreham (1954, Trans. Suffoli: Nats. Soc., 8, 188). *t3l1, Hunts.; dredgings of river Nene backwater near Yarwell Mill, Elton, T. Parston, comm. J. L. GILBerr.
§85/3. Resepa LuTEota L. +74, Wigtown.; roadside banks near Lochlans village, Stranraer, 1952, A. M. Strriine, but see A. C. McCandlish, A List of Wigtownshire Plants, 1931, for an earlier record.
§88/1. Viona sTaGNIna Kit. 126, W. Suffolk; Lakenheath, 1953, R. G. Rutterford, conf. S. M. Walters (1954, Proc. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 188).
88/34. VioLA TRICOLOR subsp. curtTistr (E. Forst.) Syme. H.21, Dublin; North Bull Island, Dublin Bay, purple, yellow and _ parti- coloured forms, F. Suater.
92/2. DrianrHus DELTOIDES L. 34, W. Glos.; the possible occur- rence of this species on St. Vincent’s Rocks is discussed by C. I. and N. Y. Sandwith in ‘‘Bristol Botany in 1953’’ (Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 1954), arising from a specimen now in their possession labelled “Chiffton Rocks, July 22, 1910, W. Prowse’’.
96/1x2. SILENE MARITIMA X VULGARIS. 68, Cheviotland : just be- hind Bamburgh Castle, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vase. (Subst.), 39, 9).
96/4. MrLANDRIUM NocTIFLORUM (l.) Fr. H.21, Dublin; Port- rane, J. P. Brunker (1954, Irish Nats. J., 11, 206).
103/2. Saeina susuLata (Sw.) C. Presl. 97, Westerness; frequent on stony scree (basaltic), An Coire, Morvern (Argyll), E. C. Wattace.
104/2. SperGuLA SATIVA Boenn. 34, W. Glos.; on sandy soil, Yate Common, G. W. Garlick, C. I. and N. Y. Sandwith (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 380).
105/2. SpPERGULARIA MEpIA (L.) C. Presl. 101, Kintyre; salt-marsh, Davaar Point, near Campbeltown; salt-marsh by Smerby, E. Kintyre, 1951, M. H. Cunnrineuam, det. A. MELDERIS.
PLANT RECORDS BPA
§105/3. SpERGULARIA MARINA (L.) Griseb. *101, Kintyre; salt- marsh, Davaar Point, near Campbeltown; salt-marsh by Smerby, E. Kintyre, 1952, M. H. Cunninenam, det. A. MELDERIS.
§¢108/2. CrLAYTONIA PERFOLIATA Donn ex Willd. *46, Card.; sand dunes south of Gwbert, W. M. Conpry, comm. Nat. Mus. WaAtgss.
109/2. MontTIA FONTANA subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) S. M. Walters. 48, Mer.; dune slack below Plas Mynach, Barmouth, P. M. Benoit, det. S. M. Watters, comm. Nar. Mus. WALgs.
116/2. WLavarera cretica L. +19, N. Essex; Colchester, 1953, D. McCurntock, H. Cuitp and B. WELcH.
127/13. GeERANIuM LuctIpUM L. 86, Stirling; shaded rocks near the Loup of Fintry on the Endrick, A. A. Suack and A. M. Strriine.
§132/2. Oxaris corntcuLata L. 101, Kintyre; recorded in error in Proceedings, B.S.B.I., 1, 166 (1954). Delete 101 from C.F., M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
§+133/3. ImpaTIENS PARVIFLORA DC. {59, S. Lancs.; Ashworth Valley, Heywood, in locality stated in the preface of HK. Whittaker’s Birds of a Lancashire Cotton Town (1932) to be the only station in S. Lancs., 1953, F. Sater.
§149/2. Uzex cattm Planch. ~-*16, W. Kent; Kemsing, 1953, D. McCiintock
176/1. Vicia sytvatTicaA L. 97, Westerness; rocky slope by Sound of Mull, Aoineadh Mor, Morvern (Argyll), KE. C. Wannacer.
176/4. Victa oropus DC. 104, N. Ebudes; gullies near the sea, north west side of Loch Brittle, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. Strriine
§176/13. Victa ancustiroria LL. 1101, Kintyre; roadside, Peninver, M. H. CunntncHam—but see Glasgow Nat., 17, 73 (1954).
§176/14. Victa tatHyrompEs L. {101, Kintyre; coastal pasture by Killean, W. Kintyre, 1953; Southend links, S. Kintyre, M. H. Cunnine- HAM, det. A. MreLDERIS—but see Glasgow Nat., 17, 73 (1954).
185/13. Rusus tatirorius Bab. 90, Forfar; Auchmithie, U. K. Duncan, det. W. C. R. Watson. ;
§185/155. Rusus cHamMaEmMorus L. *99, Dunbarton; at 1,700 ft. near the summit of Creachan Hill, Glen Finlas, Luss, 1948, A. M. Srrrite.
§187/2x1. Grum x INTERMEDIUM Ehrh. *48, Mer.; with putative parents, Torrent Walk, Dolgelly, Mrs. M. Ricuarps.
328 PLANT RECORDS
§189/6. PoTENTILLA TABERNAEMONTANI Aschers. *86, Stirling; on a very limited area of rocks near the waterfall known as the Loup of Fintry on the Endrick; also on basalt crags a little to the north west at ec. 900 ft. Remove record from brackets in C.F., A. A. SLACK.
189/8. PotTENTILLA ANGLICA Laichard. 101, Kintyre; banks of Corskiey Burn: widespread in Kintyre, M. H. CunNINGHAM.
190/2. ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. 101, Kintyre; wide- spread—Tarbert Hills; Pennygown, S. Kintyre; Peninver, E. Kintyre, etc., M. H. Cunninenam, det. S. M. WaALteERs.
190/8. ALcHEMILLA GLABRA Neygenf. 101, Kintyre; widespread— Baraskomie pasture, Aros Moss, Tarbert Hills, ete., M. H. Cunninc- HAM, det. S. M. WALTERS.
§190(2)/2. APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. *16, W. Kent; rides in wood, Bedgebury, N. Y. SanpwirH. *44, Carm.: old quarry, Cil-maen-llwyd, near Llandilo, A. E. Wapr, comm. Nat. Mts. WALES. t61, S.E. Yorks.; Skipwith Common, R. Rose and C. M. Rob: 62, N.E. Yorks.; Gribdale Gate, Great Ayton, G. F. Willmot and C. M. Rob: {65, N.W. Yorks.; Cover Banks, Middleham, C. M. Rob (1955, The Nat., 1955, 27).
4192/1. . ACAENA ANSERINIFOLIA (J. R. & G. Forst.) Druce. 33, E. Glos.; (7a) Batsford Park, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
199/2. SAxIFRAGA opposiITIFoLIA L. 101, Kintyre; hillside rocks at Mull of Kintyre, elevation c. 1,000 ft., M. H. Cunnrnenam, det. D. A. WEBB.
T200/1. . TrtrrImaA GRANDIFLORA (Pursh) Dougl. ex Lindl. 4, N. Devon; banks of river Heddon, near Hunter’s Inn, and elsewhere. S. PALMER.
203/1. CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM JT.. 88, Mid Perth; among scattered boulders below crags, Loch na Craige, Aberfeldy, A. M. STIRLING.
§211/7. Serpum aLtBum L. *+t68, Cheviotland; on a natural rock out- crop at the roadside, approaching Bamburgh from the west, 1953, A. M. STIRLING.
213/2. DROSERA INTERMEDIA Hayne. 101, Kintyre; Aros Moss by Campbeltown, in company with DP. anglica and D. rotundifolia, 1951, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. A. MELDERIS.
+220/7(2). Eprmoptum AapENocavuLon Hausskn. 37, Worcs.; marshy ground by the lake, Westwood Park, Droitwich, J. W. Gover and N. Y. SANDWITH.
PLANT RECORDS 329
+220/17. Eprnopium PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. 64, N.W. Yorks.; on a wall, Bentham railway station, J. F. and P. C. Hatu. 88, Mid Perth; north side of Shiehallion, following a stream up to 2,000 ft., J. OunstED and C. J. Capspury. 97, Westerness; abundant in stone gullies on An Coire, Morvern (Argyll), A. C. CrunpweEii and KE. C. WatLmace. 101, Kintyre; first found in 1948, Glenbreckerie, S. Kintyre, by burn- side, since then in quarries and by roadside in many parts, M. H. CUNNINGHAM, det. G. TAYLOR.
242/1. DANAA coRNUBIENSIS (L.) Burnat. 24, Bucks.; the Dorney Wood locality, referred to as ‘‘a second Bucks. station’ (Proc. B.S.BTI., 1, 51 & 73 (1954), is in fact the well-known station near Burn- ham Beeches, J. EK. Loustey.
4244/2. SmMyRNIUM pERFOLIATUM Mill. 21, Middx.; Newland’s Copse, Harrow Park, three plants, R. M. Harury, det. and comm. D. H. Kent.
271/1. lLagusticum scoricum L. 103, Mid Ebudes; quite plentiful on Staffa, above the basalt, J. OUNSTED.
+277/1. HERACLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier. 66, Dur- ham; along the Wear banks in Lambton Park, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 18).
+287/1. SampBucus RACEMOSA L. 66, Durham;. common and fully naturalised in woods near Baybridge and Hunstantworth, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 18).
* §304/1. VALERIANELLA Locusta (L.) Betcke. *42, Brecon; on an old wall, Crickhowell, H. VERNALL, comm. Nar. Mus. WALES.
1320/7. ERigrhRON PHILADELPHICUS L. 35, Mon.; Tutshill, 1953, D. McCuinTock.
3238/3. GNAPHALIUM syLvaATicum L. 15, E. Kent; Soles Wood, on chalk, west of Barfreston, D. McCuintock.
1354/1. GALINSOGA PARVIFLORA Cav. 65, N.W. Yorks.; Hawkhills, Crayke, J. H. Evers, per K. G. Payne (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28).
7354/2. Gainsoea ciniaTa (Raf.) Blake. 11, S. Hants.; (2) at the foot of a wall near the quay, Christchurch, J. OunstEp. 26, W. Suffolk; cultivated fields, Great Cornard, Dr. G. Griffith (1954, Proc. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 190). 62, N.E. Yorks.; York, C. Brereton, per C. M. Rob: 64, Mid W. Yorks.; as a weed in a flower bed at the University, Leeds, G. A. Shaw (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28).
§1378/21. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte. *16, W. Kent; waste ground, Erith, J. F. and P. C. Hatt, conf. D. H. Kent.
330 PLANT RECORDS
1383/7. SrNEcIo squatipus L. 58, Cheshire; canal towpath, Sand- bach, 1952, F. Siatrer.
1387/1. GAZANIA SPLENDENS Lemaire. S, Guernsey; still by Fort Marchant, where I first saw it in 1947, then obviously of long standing, D McC.utntTock. .
391/1. Carina vuteariIs L. 104, N. Ebudes; rock ledges in gully near the sea, north west side of Loch Brittle, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. Stieqine.
1393/4. ARCTIUM TOMENTOSUM Mill. 90, Forfar; Monikie, U. Kk. Duncan, det. W. A. SLEDGE.
395/3. CarRDUUS TENUIFLORUS Curt. 136, Hereford; waste ground near Hereford station, casual, F. M. Day.
396/4. Crrstum acauLon (L.) Scop. 14, E. Sussex; clayey pasture by Beechdown Wood, Ashburnham, E. C. WatLuace.
396/5x9. CIRSIUM DISSECTUM x PALUSTRE. 12, N. Hants.; marshy ground, Conford, near Liphook, N. Y. SanpwitH.
Hrrractvm, all det. by P. D. Sett and C. West.
419/92. Hrieractum cyMBirorium Purchas. 64, Mid W. Yorks.; Ingleton ; Oxenber Wood, Feizor, J. F. and P. C. Hatn.
419/166. Hrrractum anctorum (Ley) Pugsl. 57, Derby.; Whitwell Wood, J..F. and P. C. Hatt. ,
419/169. Hirractum strumMosum Ley. *57, Derby.; Markland Grips, J eoteeand JP Ce Eiarn:
419/184. HigRAcCIUM PRENANTHOIDES Vill. 57, Derby.; Tideswell Dale; J. . and. P. CC. Harn.
419/216. Higractum TRICHOCAULON (Dahlst.) Roffey. 14, E. Sussex; Tilgate Forest, J. F. and P. C. Hatt.
419/221. Hirractum pRuUMMOoNDII Pugsl. 101, Kintyre; seaside rocks, Muasdale, W. Kintyre, 1953, M. H. CunNINGHAM,
$425/8. CrcerBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wallr. 20, Herts; lane- side near Harpenden, Mrs. D. Jonrs, det. and comm. D. H. Kent.
§430/1. Scorzonera numtiInis L. 38, Warwick.; see Proceedings B.S: BP, 1, 162 (19654):
§432/1. JAstoNE mMonTANA L. *86, Stirling; in very small quantity on a rocky bank near the waterfall called the Loup of Fintry on the Endrick, A. A. Stack and A. M. Srrruine.
PLANT RECORDS 331
4435/11. CampanuLA PyRAMIDALIS L. 16, W. Kent; East Farleigh, 1953, D. MeCuintock and F. Rosk. 8S, Guernsey; St. Peter Port, 1953, D. McC.LintTock.
4442/1. PernertyaA mucronata (L.f.)Lindl. 97, Westerness; well established near Corran Ferry, Mrs. B. H. S. Russeti and D. McCuin- tock. 101, Kintyre; established on seashore rocks, and on the hills at Tarbert, Loch Fyne, 1953, M. H. CunNINGHAM.
453/2. Pyrota MEpIA Sw. 97, Westerness; in ravine, Loch Aline, Morvern (Argyll), E. C. Wawace.
467/3. ANAGALLIS FOEMINA Mill. 21, Middx.; Waste ground, Regents Park, about twelve plants, H. C. Houme, conf. and comm. D. H. KENT.
469/1. Samotus vaLERANDI L. 104, N. Ebudes; salt-marsh at head of Loch Scavaig, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. SrirRLING.
4474/1. Buppursa pavipi Franch. 8S, Guernsey; St. Peter Port, 1953, D. McCuintocx.
+497/5. SympnHytumM AspERuM Lepech. 96, Kasterness; Drumna- drochit, 1953, J. E. Loustry and D. McCuintock.
§506/9. Myosoris uispipa Schlecht. *50, Denbigh.; above the limestone quarry, near Craig Farm, north-west of Denbigh, and Cefnmeiriadog Caves, three miles south-west of St. Asaph, M. Morris, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
527/4. VEeERBASCUM VIRGATUM Stokes. +65, N.W. Yorks.; near Skipton, 1953, D. McCuintock and C. M. Ros.
7532/26. CYMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. 101, Kintyre; old wall by Maiden’s Planting, near Campbeltown, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
§543/9. VeRONICA CATENATA Pennell. *101, Kintyre; coastal marsh near Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, M. H. CunnincHam, det. J. H. Burner.
§1543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. “11, S. Hants.; garden weed, Butts Ash, near Hythe, 1953, F. E. W. Vernnine, comm. E. B BANGERTER: garden weed, New Milton, T. G. Cotterr. $18, S. Essex; side of main road near ‘‘The Nag’s Head’’, Ramsden Heath, S. T. Jermyn (1954, S. Hssex Nat., 3, 12). *53, S. Lincs.; garden weed, Stragglethorpe: *56, Notts.; Farndon, 1940; Orston, 1953, both as garden weeds colonising lane sides, R. C. L. Howirr, comm. E. B. BaNncERTER. 164, Mid W. Yorks.; river bank above Tanfield, C. M. Rob (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28). 66, Durham; in a dense mass along the Wear near Eastgate, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.),
ja2 PLANT RECORDS
39, 18). *100, Clyde Isles; grassy verge near the pier, Brodick, Arran, G. C. LEWARNE, comm. EK. B. BANGERTER.
545/10d. EurHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS var. CALVESCENS Pugsl. 101, Kintyre; Clochkei] inks, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. E. F. WARBURG.
§545/19. MKupHRASIA ROSTKOVIANA Hayne. *47, Montgomery; heathy hill slope between Llanidloes and Llandynam, C. I. and N. Y. Sanp- With, de bah. Yo:
§548/5. RHINANTHUS STENOPHYLLUS (Schur) Druce. *101, Kintyre; in pastures everywhere—Southend, Aros, Ardnacross, etce., M. H. CunnINGHAM, det. E. F. Warsure.
550/3. OROBANCHE ALBA Steph. ex Willd. 104, N. Ebudes; crevice of Cambrian limestone, lower slopes of Ben sea Beings: Skye; also in rock gully near the sea, north-west of Loch Brittle, Skye, A. A. Suack and A. M. StirR.ine.
§558/1. MENTHA RoTUNDIFOLIA L. 101, Kintyre; recorded in error in Proceedings, B.S.B.I., 1, 177 (1954). Delete 101 from C. F., M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
§558/2. MENTHA ALOPECUROIDES Hull. {101, Kintyre; wayside by Kilkeddan and Oed Lintmill, 1953, M. H. Cunninenam, det. R. A. GrAHAM.—But see Glasgow Nat., 17, 79 (1954) for earlier records.
§558/4. Menrua spicata L. *101, Kintyre; established along the Tayinloan burn between the village and the sea, 1952, M. H. Cunnine- HAM, det. R. A. GRAHAM.
560/1. OrrGaANum vuLcaRE L. 94, Banff.; on limestone rocks by roadside about a mile north-west of Tomintoul, near Bridge of Avon, A. A. Suack and A. M. Srrruine.
5963/1. CrLiInopopIuUM VULGARE L. 86, Stirling; rocky bank near the Loup of Fintry, on the Endrick, A. M. Strruinc. 94, Banff.; on limestone rocks by roadside about a mile north-west of Tomintoul, near Bridge of Avon, A. A. Stack and A. M. Srrruine.
611/5. SALicoRNIA RAMOSISSIMA Woods. 24, W. Glos.; Pill, be- tween Avonmouth and Chittering, M. P. W. Cummins (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 383).
615/3. Potyeonum nistorta L. 101, Kintyre; damp grassland . by Erines, N. of Tarbert, Loch Fyne, in great quantity and luxuriance, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
PLANT RECORDS Bo
§618/13. Rumex maritiuus L. £8, S. Wilts.; lake at Wardour, K. Marks, det. J. E. Lousley (1954, Wilts. Arch. and N.H. Mag., 55, 261).
§632/2. MercurtaLis aNNuA L. *69, Westmorland; Rayrigg Wood, Windermere, M. I. Treriey, det. G. Wiison.
633/4(2). UnmMus piversiIrotia Melville. 19, N. Essex; Great Braxted, forming most of fieldside hedge, G. G. Harton, det. R. MEL- VILLE.
638/1. PaRiETaRIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. 100, Clyde Isles; road- side wall due north of Kingarth Hotel, Bute, A. M. STrRuine.
§652/2. EMPETRUM HERMAPHRODITUM (Lange) Hagerup. 72, Dum- fries; acidic rocks, alt. c. 2,400 ft., north slopes of White Coon:b, Moffat Hills, D. A. RATCLIFFE.
662/1. Neortira Nipus-Avis (L.) Rich. 96, Easterness; bank of the Grotaig Burn, four miles south-west of Strone, Loch Ness, 1953, A. A. — Suack. 97, Westerness; wood by Inninbeg, Lochaline, Morvern, (Argyll), E. C. Watuace. 101, Kintyre; woodland at Ellavy, Loch Killi- sport, H. R. Rogers, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES, comm. M. H. Cunnine- HAM: Inverneill, Loch Fyne, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
663/2. ListeRa corpata (L.) R. Br. 97, Westerness; at base of damp overhanging rocks at 3,500 ft. on Stob Coire an Easain, Glen Spean. Fully one hundred plants of which two were flowering. This altitude is considerably higher than that given in (0.F., A. A. Stack and A. M. Strruine. 103, Mull; open woodland, Craignure, E. C. Wat- LACE.
664/2. SPIRANTHES SPIRALIS (L.) Chevall. 22, Berks.: (5) Leigh- ton Park School, within the borough of Reading, two plants flowered in an old lawn which was left unmown in September 1951. I+ is reported that the same occurred in 1941, but the plant had not been seen in other years, J. OUNSTED.
§667/3. CEPHALANTHERA LONGIFOLIA (L.) Fritsch. *96, Easterness; high bank by Inverness to Fort Augustus road, Loch Ness, oppcsite Inverfarigaig (north shore, near 19th milestone), M. S. Camppetyi. 101, Kintyre; woodland by Ellavy, Loch Killisport, long known to H. R. Rocers of Ellavy, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES, comm. M. H. CuNNINGHAM.
§668/3b. EpIpPACTIS PHYLLANTHES var. VECTENSIS (T. & T. A. Steph.) D. P. Young. {61, S. E. Yorks.; on the wolds, west of Hull, first found in 1953 by Mrs. Grewe of Hull. Visited in 1954 by Dr. D. P. Young (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28).
Bai! PLANT RECORDS
§669/7. ORCHIS INCARNATA L. *63, S.W. Yorks.; near Tickhill, five miles south-west of Bawtry, in a meadow on magnesian limestone, 1949, J. Brown, det. V. S. SumMERHAYES. 101, Kintyre; coastal marsh by Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, also marsh by Clochkeil, 1953, M. H. Cunnine- HAM, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
669/7c. ORCHIS INCARNATA var. PULCHELLA Druce. 101, Kintyre; damp coastal grassland near Ballochroy, also Clochkeil, both W. Kin- tyre, M. H. Cunnincuam, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
§669/8. ORCHIS PRAETERMISSA Druce. *38, Warw.; Sutton Park, near Sutton Coldfield, 1951, R. C. Reaperr: marshy field, Earlswood, 100-200 plants, 1953, J. F. Wootman, both det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
§669/9. ORCHIS PURPURELLA T. & T. A. Steph. *76, Renfrew.; Eaglesham, E. M. Rurter, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMERHAYES. “*91, Kinecard.; Drumlithie, in a bog with Orchis ericetorum and Gymnadenia conopsea, 1951, J. C. GarpInER, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMERHAYES. *99, Dunbarton; Rosneath; Kilereggan, marsh on slope below road near Portkil Farm, 1948, H. K. Arry SHaw (Hb. Kew), comm. D. H. KEnr.
§669/9(3). ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Saut. *49, Caern.; Rhyd-y-clafdy, Cors Geirch, three miles west of Pwllheli, W. S. Lacey, det. and comm. V.S. SuMMERHAYES. See also separate paper on p. 297.
§669/10. OrcHiIs ERICETORUM (Linton) EK. S. Marshall. *7, N. Wilts.; Layfield outside Spye Park, near Chittoe, 1947, N. Y. SanpwitH (Hb. ikew), comm. D. H. Kent. *27, EK. Norfolk; Upton Broad, north of Acle, 1951, V. S. SumMERHAYES.
§669(3)/1. HIMANTOGLOSSUM HIRCINUM (L.) Spreng. *59, S. Lances.; Freshfield, in sand dune area, J. Grant, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMER- HAYES.
671/1. AckRAS AN'rTHROPoPHORUM (I..) Sm. 20, Herts; chalk down three miles from Hitchin, 1931, K. Mears (Hb. ew), comm. D. H. KENT.
674(2)/1. Leucorcuts auprpa (L.) KH. Mey. ex Schur. 97, Wester- ness; dry hillocks, by Loch na Droma Buidhe, Dorlin, Morvern (Argyll), I. C. Waace.
674(3)/1 669/11. CokLoGLossuM viIRtpbE xX OrRCHIS FUCHSII. 51, Flint.; Maeshafen, with both parents, E. Huyron, det. and comm, V. S. SUMMERHAYES.,
+678/1. Crocus NupIFLorUs Sm. 59, S. Lanes.; Woolfold, 1952, F. SLATER.
PLANT RECORDS 339
§702/3. ALLIUM scoropoPRASUM L. *87, W. Perth.; among grass by roadside on west bank of Forth, at the road junction immediately south-west of Gartmore Station, 1950, A. M. Streiine.
§702/9. Axiium oLteERAcEUM L. {i7, N. Wilts.; Colerne Park, J. D. Grose. But see Fl. Glus., 464 (1948).
§711/1. Gacea tutes (L.) Ker-Gawl. 77, Lanark.; in sandy soil among trees on north bank of river Clyde near Crossford, 1952, A. M. StTrrLtinc—see also J. R. Lee in Glasgow Nat., 17, (1952). Remove from brackets in C.F.
718/2. Juncus acutus L. 49, Caern.; Bardsey Island, the second record for the county, Mrs. M. Ricuarps, conf. P. W. RicHarps.
718/12b. Juncus Kocum F. Schultz. 46, Cardigan.; stream near the shore (on mainland) between Gwhbert and Cardigan Island, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. Wares. 101, Kintyre; marshy ground, Tar- bert Hills, also hills around Campbeltown, and Aros Moss, M. H. Cun- NINGHAM, det. P. W. RicHarps.
§+719/9. Luzuta LuzuLoIpEs (Lam.) Dandy & Wilmott. 166, Durham; Lambton Woods, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 18).
723/2. Arum macuLatum L. 101, Kintyre; Keil woodland, S&S. Kintyre, long known and seen in 1952 and 1953, M. H. Cunninenam.
§745/2. ExxocHaris uniecLumis (Link) Schult. *38, Warw.; mar- gin of pool (salt spring), Southam Holt, R. C. Reavert, det. S. M. WALTERS.
747/1. ERtiopHoRUM LATIFOLIUM Hoppe. 97, Westerness; several places about Glen Cripesdale, and Loch na Droma Buidhe, Morvern (Argyll), E. C. Watace.
§749/1. ScHoENUs nicRIcANS L. *86, Stirling; western shores of Incheailloch, Loch Lomond, 1953, A. A. Stack and A. M. Strretine.
753/10. Carex PENDULA Huds. 86, Stirling; at the waterfall called the Spout of Ballagan, Strathblane, A. M. Strriine.
753 /20(2). Carex pEmMIssA Hornem. 90, Forfar; above Falls of Damff, Glen Esk, U. K. Duncan, det. E. NEtMgs.
§753/21. Carex LepripocarPsa Tausch. *101, Kintyre; damp pasture by sea, Baraskomil, E. Kintyre, and shore marsh by Ardnacross, E. Kintyre, M. H. Cunnineuaw, det. E. C. Watuace.
336 PLANT RECORDS
753/68. Carex pivisA Huds. 6, N. Som.; edge of a pool near Ber- row Church, Miss A. Miller, and in 1953, Miss BE. Rawlins (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 384).
§787(2)/1. »* AMMOCALAMAGROSTIS BALTICA (Fluegge) P. Fourn. “(Ammophila arenaria x Calamagrostis epigejos). $25, E. Suffolk; south end of Gorleston, 1953, F. W. Simpson (1954, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 192).
1796/1. GAuDINIA FRAGILIS (L.) Beauv. S, Jersey; Port Marquet, D. McCuintock.
797/1. CyNopon pactyton (L.) Pers. +16,W. Kent; Abbey Wood, G. M. Brown, conf. and comm. D. H. Ken’.
814/1b. CATABROSA AQUATICA var. LitoRatis Parn. 101, Kintyre; sandy beach, seaward of all other land plants and apparently salt- washed, north of Machrihanish, J. OuUNSTED.
§818/1. Merica nutans L. *104, N. Ebudes, rocky bank of burn on Cambrian Limestone, south-east side of Loch Cil Criosd, Broadford, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. StrRuine.
§818/2. Merrica uniFLorA Retz. *96, Easterness; shaded rocks on bank of Gralaig Burn, four miles south-west of Strone, Loch Ness, A. A. Suack and A. M. Sriruine.
824/5. Poa paLustris L. +21, Middx.; bombed site, Lower Thames Street, London, E.C.4, D. McCuintock.
824/8. Poa BALFouRI Parn. 72, Dumfries; moist calcareuvus rocke, Raven Craig, Carrifron, Moffat Hills, D. A. RAtTcuirre.
8296/5. Festuca autisstMA All. 99, Dunhbarten.; steep rocks im ravine on Finglas Water, near Luss, Loch Lomond, 1950, A. M. StrrRLING, det. C. HK. HusBarp.
+827/13(2).. Bromus cartnatus Hook & Arn. 18, S. Essex; grounds,
of Shoebury Garrison, 1953, S. T. Jermyn, det. A. Melderis (1954, 8S. Essex Nat., 3, 13).
827/19(2)b. Bromus LEPIDUS var. MICROMOLLIS (Kroésche) C. FE. Hubbard. 83, Edinb.; locally dominant on overgrown cinder path by the side of St. Steven’s Church, Comely Bank, Edinburgh, 1953, P. S. GREEN, conf. C. EK. Hussarp.
827/19(3). Bromus tTHomintr Hard. 6, N. Som.; limestone quarry at Cross (the f. hirsutus (Holmb.), C. I. and N.Y. Sandwith: 34, W. Glos.; Bury Hill, Yate Rocks; and quarry east of Yate Court, G. W. Garlick; Avonmouth Docks, C. C. Townsend (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 385).
/ Ae
PLANT RECORDS 337
7829/2. Lonium tTemMuLentumM L. 55, Leics.; waste ground between railway and canal near Marlow Road, Leicester, three plants, E. kh. Horwoop.
844/7. EquisETUM HYEMALE L. 92, S. Aberdeen.; a single clump on the bank of the Glas Allt Beag near the track from Invercauld House, Braemar, A. A. Stack and A. M. Sriruine.
850/1. PHYLLITIS scoLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. 104, N. Ebudes; in fine condition in ‘‘grikes’’ of limestone pavement, lower slopes of Ben Suardal, Broadford, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. StrRine.
856/5. DRyYopTeRIs AEMULA (Ait.) Kuntze. 14, E. Sussex; peaty bank in Beechdown Wood, Ashburnham, E. C. WatLwace.
§856/11. THELYPTERIS ROBERTIANA (Hoffm.) Slosson. *t17, Sur- rey ; railway platform, Kew Gardens Station, J. P. M. Brenan.
§857/4. CystopTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. *101, Kintyre; damp rocks at Mull of Kintyre, in company with Sedum rosea, Sazifraga oppositifolia and Thelypteris phegopteris, at c. 1,000 ft., M. H. Cun- NINGHAM, det. A. MELDERIS.
865/1. Borrycutum LuNARIA (L.) Sw. 34, W. Glos.; Engine Com- mon, Yate, G. W. Garlick (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 385).
870/5. Lycorpopium cLravatum L. 34, W. Glos.; scattered patches on side of old cart track in open woodland, Lydney Tufts, near White-
croft; a rediscovery of a species thought to be extinct in Gloucestershire, J. T. FietcHer, comm. W. R. Price.
CuARropHyta, all det. by G. O. ALLEN.
§872/7. Nrirevua cracinis Ag. *108, W. Sutherland; very small immature specimens obtained by grapnel in about 10 ft. of water (pH 5-7) interspersed amongst considerable masses of the alga Batracho- spermum atrum (Dillw.) Harv., Lochan an Smuraich, near Loch Stack; larger but sterile specimens from Loch Grosvenor, 13 miles north west of Lochan an Smuraich (pH 5-7), A. V. HotpEn, comm, A. J. Brook.
873/1. ToLYPELLA INTRICATA Leonh. 34, W. Glos.; pond near Vin- ney’s Lane, Horton, and in two ponds on Inglestone Common, G. W. Garlick (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 385).
§876/3c. CHARA VULGARIS var. PAPILLATA Wallr. *56, Notts.; peaty drain, Misson, R. C. L. Howitt.
§876/4. CHaRra RupIs Leonh. *27, E. Norfolk; Hassingham, G. H. ROocKkE.
338 PLANT RECORDS
876/16a. CHARA GLOBULARIS var. CAPILLACEA (Thuill.) Zanev. 53, S. Lincs.; ballast pit, Woolsthorpe, R. C. L. Howirr.
§876/17. CHARA DELIcATULA Ag. *56, Notts; peaty drain, Misson, R. C. L. Howitt. 88, Mid Perth; pool beside an old lime kiln near Loch Kinardochy, on the road from Keltneyburn to Loch Tummel, 1952, A. M. StTIRuinc.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 339
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter, N. D. Simpson and A. K. Wade for their help.
SYSTEMATIC, ETC.
3/2. ANEMONE NEMOROSA L. . Kotilainen, M. J., 1953, Valkovuokon levinneisyy dest’ maassamme, Suomen Luonto, 12, 54-68. Studies on the distribution of Anemone nemorosa in Finland.—{ D.H.K.]
6. Ranuncutus. Hess, H., 1953, [Ranunculus acer L. x Ranun- culus steveni Andrz.] ein neuer Bastard aus dem St-Galler Rheintale, Ber, Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 63, 267-270.
23/1. ‘CHELIDONIUM MaAJus L. Fast, G., 1953, Uber laciniate Mutanten von Chelidonium majus L., Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 188- 198. Chelidonium majus var. laciniatum includes forms described under the names f. acutiloba, f. multifida, f. quercifolia and f. serrata. The distribution of these forms is discussed, and the author suggests that they have arisen spontaneously and independently.—[ D.H.K. ]
61/3. Carparta DRABA (L.) Desv. Willis, S. J., 1953, Cardaria draba—a globe-trotting weed, World Crops, 5, No. 8. The spread of Cardaria draba throughout the world is discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
77. CaxitE. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1952, A new British sea rocket, Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hooker, Vasc. (Subst.), 37, 30. In 1941 the author drew attention to the fact that Hebridean material differed from the normal British Cakile maritima. He now concludes that this belongs to the American species C. edentula. It has been observed from Barra to Lewis in the Outer Hebrides as well as in Coll and Tiree.—[D.E.A.]
127/14. GERANIUM ROBERTIANUM L. Béocher, T. W., 1953, Cultiva- tion experiments with Geranium robertianum, Veronica officinalis and Prunella vulgaris, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 268-269.
152. TricgonELtta. See Kroos, A. W., Jr., 1952. 185. Ruvesvus. Beijerinck, W., 1953, On the habit, ecology and
taxonomy of the brambles of the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 523-546.
340 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
185. Rusus. Berger, X., 1953, Untersuchungen iiber die Embryo- logie partiell apomiktischer Rubusbastarde, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 63, 224-266.
185. Rusus. Haskell, G., 1953, Quantitative variation in sub- sexual Rubus, Heredity, 7, 409-418.
185. Ruspus. Vaarama, A., 1953, Chromosome numbers of some species and hybrids in the genus Rubus, Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 8, 192-195.
190. ALCHEMILLA. Pawlowski, B., 1953, Nowe lub mato znane przywrotniki zachodnio-karpackie, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 42-73. Kight new species of Alchemilla are described from the Carpathians.— [D.H.K.]
190/1. ALcHEMILLA ALPINA L. Naustdal, J., 1953, Om Alchemilla alpina’s tilheve til kalk pa Vestlandet, Blyttia, 11, 79-95. Alechemilla alpina is usually regarded as a calcifuge species, but in a great many localities in west Norway it grows in association with a number of dis- tinectly calcicolous species.—[ D.H.K. ]
191. AerRimonia. Brittain, N.H., 19538, Cytotaxonomy of some species of Agrimonia, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 278.
197. CoTONEASTER, Eberle, G., 1952, Felsenbirne und Felsemi- spel, Natur und Volk, 82, 325-331. An account of Cotoneaster integer- rimus and allied species, and Amelanchier ovalis in Germany.—[{D.H.K. }
198. AMELANCHIER. See 197. CoTONEASTER.
207. Rises. Vaarama, A., 1953, A contribution to the genetics of Ribes sativum Syme, Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 8, 115-116.
212/1. SrmMPprERVivum tEcToRUM L. Eberle, G., 1953, Donnerwurz., Natur und Volk, 83, 336-348.
217. Catiitricne. Schotsman, H. D., 1954, A taxonomic spectrum of the section eu-Callitriche in the Netherlands, Acta Rot. Neerl., 3. 313-384. A taxonomic and cytological account of the genus Callitriche in the Netherlands. Five species are recognised :—C. hamulata Kuetz. (2n = 38), C. obtusangula Le Gall. (Qn = 10), C. platycarpa Kuetz. (2n = 20), C. stagnalis Scop. (Qn. = 10) and C. palustris L. (2n = 20). (’. pedunculata is referred to C. hamulata; all species are very variable, especially in their vegetative parts. Detailed distribution of the species in the Netherlands and the rest of Europe is given, and habitat prefer- ence and other ecological data are also presented. British material of all the species except (. platycarpa is cited, and nomenclature is dis-
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 34]
cussed at length. The following key to the identification of the species is given. It is only reliable for well-developed flowering and fruiting plants.
14
3a
4a
na
1a
A. Water forms
Leaves all linear, with widened and deeply emarginate apex. Basal rests of the refiexed stigmata pressed close to the iateral sides of the fruit .........
C. hamulata Upper leaves spathulate, forming a well-marked floating rosette ............... Q Rosette composed of about 20 rhomboid thick leaves. Fruit with rounded edges and very shallow median and lateral furrows, in side view elliptical,
longer than broad. Seed unwinged. Pollen ellipsoidal ......... C. obtusangula Rosette composed of about 8-14 elliptical, circular or obovate leaves. Fruit HOGCMOMMLESS INCCLEO: | SCOCSWANGEM .oksscseacduccecsvnoscgerccdevscsduedacdiacssonscuueaddentocsesles 3 Fruit small (1mm. long), narrowed in the lower half, in side view obovate, ACS Me S COMMU "at GME! COPE eas sccshes sncisttanecsoncstcesasccasetecdteses C. palustris Fruit larger, in side view circular or almost circular. Seed with dorsal TT enor snocosaetod- cer bABUnE GE RROePiCE Ba ERES 4qneeE CoH enn: tt tat ep Renn ene nne: -annenE ee ane eae ee ee ee 4
Rosette cup-shaped. Stamens and stigmata wholly submerged. Anthers small, rather colourless. Pollen colourless. Stigmata reflexed at base. Basal rests of stigmata pressed close to the lateral sides of the fruit ... C. hamulata Rosette more or less convex. Stamens and stigmata above the water surface. Anthers yellow. Pollen yellow. Stigmata erect or-recurved ...................+ 5 Rosette leaves generally elliptical. Pollen of various shape. Stigmata erect or spreading, to 5mm. long. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit ORIPAINC! ocosstocacscO Cac ROHR OORS RON SE TROBRDRACOOUE DRE CnAEH MERC Re nCrne OU Hence ReEspearE sce meape C. platycarpa Rosette leaves generally almost circular. Pollen globular. Stigmata gener- ally arcuate-recurved, 2-3mm. long. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit GIERVETERETN, —_ coadecbadSbBoee anon ob DOB MSR aBe accor nace nb Rpn Oc Ronee eer as error In pEDennnaGReT omens C. stagnalis
B. Land forms
Pistil with very reduced stigmata. Stamen reduced, generally entirely lacking. Fruit small (1mm.), narrowed in the lower half, in side view
obovate, blackish. Seed winged at the top ..................cccecenencnee eee C. palustris Pistil with well developed thread-shaped stigmata. Fruit larger, in side view CHCA Ore (GT OUICRN I ye iaete Sasocsccdaa ud cacok omen cd ecae a oncdenc acd ScoeonCcaBconpeaceerceeninc nea mre 2 Fruit with rounded edges and very shallow furrows, in side view elliptical. longer than broad. Seed unwinged. Pollen ellipsoidal ......... C. obtusangula EVM COLEC AE SCCO. aWihtI CLOTS AT WAIN jansco acacia celeuetdeece ceacte slit eeicc ss lotinse deel seiice 3 Stigmata reflexed at base. Rests of the stigmata pressed close to the lateral SIGE SO fame NC ManTRUIM Es as.cetet, foci srsisurn atiaah anaeiehtcoete eel cameben sacle dePrsicaeiecline cele na steealee C. hamutlata SHSUINACD, CWOCH Ole” TEGURAKSC!) Zassacsooccbnoeesopeonaodoeseo500s0500 00808 anBALE oe bUsacRPnnaepoerbncebEerhn 4 Stigmata erect-patulous. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit parallel. WWeAvVeEsmeeMeraliliy CLD GTIC AIR sc cis secteescscmscneantnete sossecaianeiesmecenin ecooeins C. platycarpa Stigmata arcuate-recurved. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit divergent. Weavesmoenerallliy, -AlMOSt CINGUMAMIs w-cieescheeceae neces cesesdadenee sels de sues C. stagnalis —[D.H.K.]
220. Epritopstum. Ross, H., 1953, Physiologie der Reziprokenunter-
schiede bei einigen Epilobium-Bastarden, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 343-344.
290/7(2). Eprroprum ADENOCAULON Hausskn. Swann, E. L., 1953,
A new plant for Norfolk, Trans. Norfolk & Norwich Nat. Soc., 17, 298- 300. HEpilobiwm adenocaulon has been found in several parts of Norfolk. The author gives a short description of the plant and compares it with other closely allied species.—[D.H.K.]
342 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
238-> UMBELLIFERAE. Hakansson, A., 1953, Some chromosome numbers in Umbelliferae, Bot. Not., 1953, 301-307.
261/1. ANTHRISCUS SYLVESTRIS (L.) Hoffm. Kousal, K., 1953, Abnormity u kerbliku lesniho (Anthriscus sylvestris Hoffm.), Prir. Sborn., 14, 526-527.
296/4. Gatium sAxaTILE L. Gilli, A., 1953, Galium hereynicum und EKuphrasia nemorosa—neu ftir Osterreich, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 93, 110-111. Galium saxatile and Euphrasia nemorosa have been dis- covered in Austria.—[D.H.K.]
353. BIDENS. Nehou, J., 1953, Deux Bidens nouveaux pour le Massif Armoricain: Bidens frondosa L. et Bidens connata Miihl. (Com- posées), Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 27, 97-107. Bidens frondosa L. and B. connata var. petiolata Farw., N. American adventives, are spread- ing rapidly along the waterways of western France, and have now ex- tended their range into Brittany. The two species are described and compared with the native B. cernua and B. tripartita. Drawings of the leaves and fruits of the four species are also given.—[D.H.K. }
354. Gatinsoca. Dizerbo, A. H. & Nehou, J., 1953, Apparition de Galinsoga parviflora Cay. et Galinsoga aristulata Bicknell (Composées) dans le Massif Armoricain, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 27, 85-92.
419. Hieracium. Dijkstra, S. J., Kern, J. H., Reichgelt, T. & Van Soest, J. L., 1953, Sur quelques Hieracia subg. Pilosella des Pays- Bas, Acta Bot. Neerl., 2, 522-534. The subgenus Pulosella of Hieracitwm falls into three groups in the Netherlands; Acaulia N.P. sect. Pilo- selina N.P.; H. pilosella. Cauligera humilia N.P. sect. Auriculina N.P.; H. auricula. Cauligera elata N.P. sect. Pratensina Aschers.; H. aurantiacum, H. caespitosum: sect. Cymosina N.P.; H. cymosum: sect. Praealtina N.P.; H. piloselloides, H. bauhini. Hybrids are found in spite of a high degree of apomixis in the subgenus. The first two groups are mainly western in eurasian distribution whilst the third is central to eastern. Small distribution maps show H. caespitosum, H. piloselloides and H. bauhini as occurring in the British Isles. Details of the distribution in the Netherlands of the third group are given with a map for H. caespitoswum.—{ E.B.B.]
444/1. ANDROMEDA poLIRoLIA L. Eberle, G., 1953, Rosmarinheide und Torfgrinke, Natur und Volk, 83, 194-202. An ecological account of Andromeda polifolia in Germany.—[{D.H.K.]
457. Limontum. Baker, H. G., 1951, The agamie complex in Limonium (Sects. Densiflorae and Dissitiflorae), Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 329-330.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 343
458. ArmerIA. Bernis, F., 1953, Revision del género Armeria
Willd. con especial referencia a los grupos ibéricos, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 11, 5-287.
537. Mimunus. Vickery, R. K., Jr., 1953, An experimental study of the races of the Mimulus guttatus complex, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 272.
543. Veronica. Kunz, H., 1953, Hinweis auf Veronica catenata Pennell, Mitt. Basle Bot. Ges., 1, 8. A short note on Veronica catenata and V. anagallis-aquatica.—[ D.H.K. ]
9543/3. VERONICA OFFICINALIS I. See 127/14. GERANIUM ROBERTI- ANUM L.
543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Kornas, J. & Kuc, M., 1953, Veronica filiformis Smith—nowy we florze polskie] uciazliwy chwast lakowy, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 81-86. Veronica filiformis has been discovered in the East Carpathians, it is new to Poland and appears to be of recent introduction. The distribution and spread of the species in Europe, and its affinity to V. persica is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
545/5. KupHRASIA NEMOROSA (Pers.) Mart. See 296/4. Gatium SAXATILE L.
553. PrineurcuLa. Zurzycki, J., 1953, Studia nad polskimi-t-tustos- zami (Pinguicula L.), Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 16-31. Studies on the morphology, anatomy and cytology of the three species of Pinguicula found in Poland, viz.—P. vulgaris, P. bicolor and P. alpina.—[D.H.K.]
573/1. PRUNELLA VULGARIS IL. See 127/14. GERANIUM ROBERTI- ANUM L.
Gol. Porutus.. Ward, J. D. U., 1953, A note on poplars, Town ¢: Country Planning, 1953, 138-141.
669/1. OrcHts puRPUREFA Huds. Medwecka-Kornas, A. & Kornas, J., 1953, Orchis purpurea Huds. na Wyzynie Matopolskiej, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 7-11. The distribution of Orchis purpurea in Poland and adjacent countries is discussed and illustrated by maps.—[D.H.K.]
737. PotamMocEtTon. Clason, W., 1953, Notes on the Potamogetons of the Zuidlaren Lake and its adjacent waters, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 489- 496.
741/1. Nasas marina L. Barry, D. H. & Jermy, A. C., 1953, Obser- vations on Najas marina L., Trans. Norfolk & Norwich Nat. Soc., 17, 194-297. The distribution, habitat and ecology of Najas marina are discussed.—[D.H.K.]
344 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
745. Exzocnarts. Walters, S. M., 1953, Eleocharis mamillata Lindb. fil. and allied species, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 63, 271-286.
745/1. Etzocnaris paLustris (L.) Roem. & Schult. Walters, S. M., 1953, Variation in Eleocharis palustris, Abstr. Diss. Univ. Camb., 1950-51, 21-22.
778/1. Mrpora minima (L..) Desv. Eberle, G., 1953, Das Zwerggras, Natur und Volk, 83, 33-39. A taxonomic and physiological account, illustrated by photographs and drawings, of Wibora minima in Germany. Some ecological data are also given.—[D.H.K.]
824/11. Poa anpiIna L. Skalitiska, M., 1952, Cyto-ecological studies on Poa alpina L. var. vivipara L., Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci., Series B, 1, 4-10, 253-283.
824/11. Poa atpina L. Schwarzenbach, F. H., 1953, Die Abhangig- keit der Bulbillenbildung bei Poa alpina vivipara von Photoperiodismus und Frost, Hxzperienta, 9, 96. Culture experiments with Greenland plants of Poa alpina (viviparous form) have shown that after the action of frost the mode of reproduction is determined by the photoperiodic factor. The influence of short days produces blossoms, and that of long days results in bulbillae.—[Author’s summary. ]
826. Festuca. lLitardiere, R. de, 1952, Sur la répartition en Espagne des Festuca du groupe du F. ovina L. subsp. laevis Hack. (var. gallica St-Y. et var. marginata Hack.), An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 10, 291- 300. The distribution in Spain of the two vars. is given, together with descriptions of subvars. herviert St.-Y., leptophylla R. Lit. and costei St.-Y. under var. gallica and subvars. timbalai Hack. and alopecuroides Hack. under var. marginata. Various intermediate forms between subsp. laevis and other subspp. are also described.—[ E.B.B.]
PTERIDOPHYTA. Cranfield, W. B., 1950, The vegetative increase of hardy British ferns, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 297-298.
PTERIDOPHYTA. Whiteside, R., 1949, Some rare ferns, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 257-259.
847/1. Prertprum aquiLtinum (L.) Kuhn. Conway, E., 1953, Studies in the spread of bracken, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Conar., Stockholm, 238-239.
853/1. ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth. Druery, C. T., 1950, The lady fern, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 267-269.
854. Porysticnum. Elliot, FE. A., 1950, Polystichum notes, Brif. Fern Gaz., 7, 271-276.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 345
854/1. PorysTIcHUM sETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar. Greenfield, P., 1950, The vagaries of Polystichum angulare pulcherrimum, Brit. Fern Gaz., 71, 276-282.
857 /4. CysTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. Greenfield, P., 1951, Cystopteris fragilis, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 10-12.
868/1. AzoL~“a FILIcuLoIDES Lam. Schloemer, A., 1953, Hin ver- wildeter Wasserfarn, Natur und Volk, 83, 131-135. Gives an account of the occurrence and spread of Azolla filiculoides in Germany.—
ED EK.|
TOPOGRAPHICAL 3-4, DEVON. Martin, W. K., 1953, 45th Annual report on tlie botany of Devon, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assocn., 85, 178-188. Includes a few new vice-county records.—[A.E.W.]
5-6, Somerset. Hamlin, FE. J., 1952-53, Botanical report, 1951, Mid- Somerset Nat. Soc. Rep., 1, 23-25, & 2, 30-31. Gives unlocalised lists of Somerset plants.—[D.H.K.]
5-6, SoMERSET. Watson, W., 1953, Botanical report, Proc. Somerset Arch. & N.H.S., 97, 168-170. Gives a number of new locality records, mainly from v.c. 6.—[A.E.W. ]
10. Wiexut. Elliot, EK. A., 1950, Ferns in the Isle of Wight, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 310.
11, S. Hants. Bury, H., 1953, Wild flowers in the New Forest, in Guide to the New Forest, (Forestry Commission), 25-31.
11, S. Hants & 13, W. Sussex. Perraton, C., 1953, Salt-marshes of the Hampshire-Sussex border, J. Hcol., 41, 240-246. An ecological account of the Portsmouth, Langton and Chichester Harbour areas. The primary coloniser is Spartina townsendu, but the upper regions of the Spartineta become invaded by Obione portulacoides, and later by other halophytic species. There is evidence of a transition from general salt-marsh to a Festuca rubra turf.—[D.H.K.]
13-14, Sussex, 15-16, Kent & 17, Surry. Rose, F., 1953, Botanical records in Kent, Surrey and Sussex, 1952-55, S.H. Nat., 58, xviii-xx.
14. EK. Sussex. Ticehurst, N. F., 1953, Notes on the local fauna and flora for 1952: Plants, Hastings & E. Sussex Nat., 8, 77. The more interesting records made during 1952 are given. They include Orobanche aegyptiaca Pers. which was reported by F. G. Osborn as occurring on tomatoes in'a St. Leonard’s nursery. The plant, which is a native of south east Europe, the Middle Fast and India had not previously been recorded from Britain,—[A.E.W. ]
346 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
21. Mippx. Mitchell, N. S. P., 1953, Ruislip Woods and their structure: Mad Bess Wood, J. Ruislip & Dist. N.H.S., 2, 6-11.
22. Berxs, & 23. Oxon. Butler, K. I., 1951, Extract from botany report, Reading Nat., 3, 11-12.
25. E. Surrotk. Trist, P. J. O., 1953, Ecology at Minsmere, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 66-72.
25-26. Surrotk. Simpson, F. W., 1953, New and interesting plants recorded by W. A. Dutt (1870-1939) of Carlton Colville and Lowestoft, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 136-147. Gives records from an annotated copy of Hind’s Flora of Suffolk, which formerly belonged to W. A. Dutt, the East Anglian author and naturalist. The records include many alien species found by Mrs. F. Baker, some of which are new to
the Suffolk flora.—[D.H.K.]
32. NORTHANTS. Gilbert, J. L., 1953, Botanical records, 1952, J. Northants. N.H.S. & F.C., 32, 201-2.
34. W. Gros. & 35. Mon. Jones, E. W. & Brown, J. M. B., 1947, Plant life and vegetation, in National Forest Park Guide: Forest cf Dean, (Forestry Commission), 21-29.
35. Mon. Elliot, E. A., 1949, Some Monmouthshire ferns, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 260-261.
41. Gram. Wade, A. E., 1953, Botanical notes, 1951-52, Trans. Cardiff N.S., 81, 100-101.
45. Pems. Gillham, M. E., 1953, An annotated list of the flowering plants and ferns of Skokholm Island, Pembrokeshire, V.IV. Nat. (V.S.), 1, 539-557.
46. Carp., 47. Monte., 48. Mer. & 50. Dens., 1953, 46th Annual Report Nat. Mus. Wales, 19. Includes a number of new county records.
Se |
49. Cargrn. Woodhead, N., 1948, Plant life, in National Forest Parl: Guide: Snowdonia, (Forestry Commission), 31-37.
53-54. Lincs. Gibbons, E. J., 1953, Botany, Trans. Lines. Nats. Union, 13, 37-39. Gives a few new stations for Lincs. plants.—[D.H.K.]
57. Dersy. Balme, O. E., 1953, Edaphic and vegetational zoning on the carboniferous limestone of the Derbyshire dales, J. Ecol., 41, 331-344.
61. S.E. Yorks. Rowntree, H., 1953, Vascular plants, in Walsh, G. B. & Rimington, F. C., The Natural History of Scarborough, 1, 206- 285.
a
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 347
64. Mrip-W. Yorks. Swinscow, D., 1953, Ferns in west Yorkshire, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 72-76.
66. Duruam. Harrison, J. W. Heslop & Richardson, J. A., 1953, The magnesian limestone area of Durham and its vegetation, Trans. Northern Nat. Union, 2, 1-26. The vegetation of the magnesian lime- stone area is described in detail. Orchis fuchsii is represented on the coast by the subsp. dunelmensis, some examples of which strongly recall subsp. hebridensis. Orchis traunsteinert which occurs in a few stations in north-east Yorkshire, Durham and Fifeshire (as well as in Ireland), has evidently been hybridised out of existence by O. purpurella in several places. O. traunsteineri and Cypripedium calceolus both possess similar, anomalous distributions, resembling those of certain species of Lepidoptera, and are regarded as survivals from the First Inter- glacial Phase of the Last Glaciation.—[D.E.A. ]
66. Duruam & 67. Nortuums., S. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1953, Plant records, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 30-31 & 65-66.
70. CUMBERLAND. Pearsall, W. H., 1949, The botany of the district, in National Forest Park Guide: Hardknott, (rorestry Commission),
29-34.
71. Man. Allen, D. H., 1953, Three years of Manx botany, Pere- grine, 2, 4-7. Gives details of recent additions to the Manx flora.—
[D.E.A.]
jon iarkKe. & 75. Ayr. Matthews, J: BR., 1950, Plant life, in National Park Forest Guide: Glen Trool, (Forestry Commission), 30-39.
96. Easterness. Walton, J., 1949, The vegetation of the park, in National Forest Park Guide: Glen More, (Forestry Commission), 19-26.
97. WESTERNESS, 98. ArGyLL, 101. Kintyre, 102. S. Esupres & 103. Mip Esupes. Macleay, K. N. G., 1953, New plant records for the west of Scotland, Glusgow Nat., 17, 82-83. Notes on the occurrence of Arenaria norvegica (v.c. 97), Spiranthes romanzoffiana (v.cc. 102 & 103), Paris quadrifolia (v.c. 98) and Asplenium obovatum (v.c. 101).— [A.E.W. ]
98. Areytt. Walton, ae 1947, Vegetation of the park, in Scottish National Park Guide: Argyll, (Forestry Commission), 21-23.
Tre“LAnp. Praeger, R. L., 1949, Ferns in Ireland, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 225-227.
H.39. Anrrim. Small, J. (Kditor), 1953, Botany, in Belfast in its regional setting: a scientific survey, (Brit. Assocn.), 51-64. Gives a short account of the flora, plant ecology and phytogeography of the area.—[D.H.K. ]
348 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
ECOLOGY (See also TOPOGRAPHICAL)
Buenon, F., 1952, Esquisse des principaux caracteres botaniques de la Montagne chAatillonaise ot Plateau de Langres, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 83-89. The principal characters of the flora of this plateau, the Montagne (chiefly forest with some natural clearings and calcareous © marshes), are a marked influence from the northern and eastern elements; some influence, particularly on the south and south east borders, from the southern element and very little from the western element. It may be considered, however, as a somewhat isolated moun- tain area in the Paris Basin; species of a montane character, not un- common, include Cypripedium calceolus and Schoenus ferrugineus.—
[E.B.B.]
CLEMENTS, C. N.:A., 1953, A study of the part played by the oak tree in the natural plant and animal community of a woedland, Mag. Blundell's School Sev. Soc., 8, 17-28.
CorILLIon, R., 1953, Les halipedes du nord de la Bretagne, Rev. Gen. Bot., 60, 707-775. An ecological and phytogeographical study of the areas Finistere, Cotes-du-Nord and Ille-et-Vilaine. Maritime asso- ciations, with species of Juncus, Carex, Spartina, Festuca, Puccinellia, Agropyron and Salicornia as dominants, are discussed and illustrated by tables and figures.—[ E.B.B. ].
De Vries, D. M., 1953, Dominancy and dominance communities, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 500-505.
De Vriss, D. M., 1953, Objective combinations of species, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 497-499.
DimbBLesy, G. W., 1953, Natural regeneration of pine and birch on the heather moors of N.E. Yorks., Forestry, 26, 41-52.
Keauer, J., 1953, Mittelsteirische Rotbuchenwalder, Mitt. Naturw. Ver. Steier., 83, 3-20. Kcological studies on beech woods in the Graz area of Austria.—[D.H.K. |
GoopvaLL, D. W., 1953, Objective methods for the classification of vegetation: 2. Fidelity and indicator value, Austr. J. Bot., 1, 434-456.
GoopaLL, D. W., 1953, Point quadrat methods for the analysis of vegetation: the treatment of data for tussock grasses, Austr. J. Bot., 1, 457-461.
Hanvet-Mazzetri, H., 1953, Zur floristisechen Erforschung von Tirol und Vorarlberg, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 93, 81-99.
Huroninson, G. E., 1953, The concept of pattern in ecology, Pree. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 105, 1-12.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE J4Y)
Kienpu, J., 1953, Zum Wasserhaushalt des Phragmitetum communis und des Glycerietum aquaticae, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 246-262.
KorceLer, K., 1953, Die pflanzenzeographische Gliederung der Steiermark, Abt. Zool. Bot. Landes. Joan, Graz, 2, 3-58.
Lemé&e, G., 1952, Végétation et écologie des tangues du havre de Portbail (Manche), Bull. Soc. Bot. France Mem., 1952, 156-165.
Lincotn, C., 1953, The role of plant ecology in biosystematics, Ecology, 34, 642-649.
lirziter, P., 1953, Un villégiature sur la rive est de la baie de la Somme, Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 45-47. The author notes the species and associations observed by him whilst acting as a warden on the east bank of the mouth of the Somme. Most species also occur in Britain; varieties of Atriplex patula and A. hastata are detailed, and Cakile maritima var. edentula is recorded.—[ E.B.B. ]
McIntyre, G. A., 1953, Estimation of plant density using line tran- | sects, J. Ecol., 41, 319-330.
Minter, A. D., 1953, Factors affecting the growth and form of young beech at Gardiner Forest, Wiltshire, Forestry, 26, 111-122.
Moors, P. G., 1953, A test for non-randomness in plant populations, Ann. Bot., 171, 57-62.
Mortensen, M. B., 1953, Urte-samfund pa skraenter pa Hinds- holm, Bot. Tidssk., 49, 239-259. An account of the grassland-vegetation on slopes in the peninsula of Hindsholm in the northern part of Funen.
(DK: ]
Neere, R., 1952, Note phytosociologique sur quelques mares et tour- bieres de Kroumirie, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 16-22. The plant associations of the pools and bogs of the Kroumirie area of Tunisia are considered under two headings: those of running water and those of stagnant water. Heliosciadium nodiflorum and Potamogeton polygont- folius are British species dominant in the first category; Carex punctata - and Osmunda regalis in the second. The role of Alnus glutinosa is discussed in both. The number of species belonging to five floristic distribution elements are given.—[E.B.B. |
Portrer-ALAPETITE, G., 1952, Note préliminaire sur I|’Isoetion tunisien, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 4-6. An ecological note on an association of Myosotis sicula and Isoetes velata, illustrated by a table, which includes a number of British species, some at the eastern limit of their African range, e.g., Hxaculum pusillum, Cicendia filiformis and Juncus pygmaecus.—[ E.B.B. ]
1510) ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Seirkiz, W., 1953, The oecology of thicket-formation, Vegetatio, 4, 155-164.
SISSINGH, G., 1952, Kthologische synecologie van enkele onkruid associaties in Nederland, Med. Landbouwhoogesch. Wagen., 52, 167-206. An ecological study of several types of associations of the weeds of waste and cultivated ground in the Netherlands.—[ E.B.B. ]
VANNELLI, S., 1953, Ricérche sulla flora infestante delle colture in Italha: 4. La flora infestante di un Podere presso Montecatani Terms, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., 59, 388-435. Studies on the weed-flora of a small farm near Montecatani Terme, Italy.—[D.H.K. ]
WEATHERALL, G., 1953, The checking of forest trees by heather, Forestry, 26, 37-40.
WENDELBERGER, G., 1953, Die Trockenrasen in Naturschutzgebiet auf der Perchtoldsdorfer Heide bei Wien: eine soziologische Studie, Angew. Pflanzensoziol., 9, 1-51.
HISTORICAL
Bremexamr, C. E. B., 1953, Linné’s significance for the development of phytography, Taxon, 2, 47-54.
Bremekampe, C. FE. B., 1953, Linné’s views on the hierarchy of the taxonomic groups, Acta Bot. Neerl., 2, 242-253.
Bryk, F., 1953, Linné und die Species Plantarum, Taxon, 2, 63-75.
Girmour, J. S. L., 1952, The development of taxonomy since 1851, Adv. Sci., 9, 70-74.
Henrey, B., 1953, J. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist., 3, 17. Richard Walker (1679-1764), and not Thomas Martyn (1735-1825) as was generally be- lieved, is shown to be the author of an anonymous pamphlet entitled ‘““A short account of the late donation of a botanic garden to the University of Cambridge by the Revd. Dr. Walker, Vice-Master of Trinity College; with rules and orders for the government of it’’, pub- lished at Cambridge in 1763.—[{D.H.K. ]
NANNFELD, J. A., 1953, Species Plantarum, 1753—1 May 1953, Taxon, 2, 37-38.
Srrks, M., 1952, The earliest illustrations of chromosomes, Genetica, 26, 65-76.
Srracuer, T. A., 1953, Linnaeus as a nomenclaturist, Taron, 2, 40-46.
Svenson, H. K., 1953, Linnaeus and the species problem, Tazon, 2, 55-5
(9 8)
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 351
Ucera, A. H., 1953, The preparation of the Species Plantarum, Taxon, 2, 60-62.
Verpoorn, F., 1953, The International Plant Science Congresses, their history and aims, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot, Congr., Stockholm, 42-56.
PALAEOBOTANY Backman, A: L., 1951, Najas minor All. in Europa einst und jetzt, Acta Bot. Fenn., 48, 1-82.
Conotity, A. P., Gopwin, H. & Mecaw, KE. M. 1950, Studies in the Post-Glacial history of British vegetation: 11. Late-Glacial deposits in Cornwall, Phil. Trans., Ser. B, 234 (bis), 397-469.
Gopwin, H., 1952, Palaeo-ecology: the study of the vegetation of former times, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Int. & Phil. Soc., 93, 45-55.
Gopwin, H. & M. E., 1952, Pollen analyses from peat on the shore and coastal plain of Jersey, Channel Islands, Soc. Jers. Bull. Ann., 15, 457-466.
LovusiERE, A., 1952, Apercu sur la végétation européenne pendant le quarternaire inférieur et moyen, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat., 24, 118- 125. An account of the flora of Europe during the lower and middle Quaternary. There appear to have been a series of alternating warm and cold periods with accompanying changes of vegetation.—[D.H.K. |
MircuHet., G. F., 1952, Late-Glacial deposits at Garscadden Mains, near Glasgow, New Phyt., 50, 277-286.
MircHeru, G. F., 1953, Further identifications of macroscopic plant fossils from Irish Quaternary deposits, especially from a Late-Glacial deposit at Mapastown, Co. Louth, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 55, Sect. B., No. 12, 225-281.
Tatuantire, P. A., 1953, Studies in the Post-Glacial history of British vegetation: 13. Lopham Little Fen, a Late-Glacial site in Hast Anglia, J. Ecol., 41, 361-373. ;
HERBARIUM AND LABORATORY TECHNIQUE
DerFRANce, E., 1951, La préparation des orchidées pour l’herbier, Nat. Belge, 32, 78-79. A note on the equipment needed and the method for treatment of freshly gathered orchids with Hydrogen sulphide (H.S) before drying. Plants treated four years previously have re- tained their fresh appearance.—[E.B.B. ]
Fassett, N. C., 1952, Uses of Cellulose acetate in the herbarium, Rhodora, 54, 286-288.
wet nS
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Fosspere, R., 1953, Functions of the modern herbarium, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 869.
Lincappa, B. T., 1952, A sand press method for the preservation of natural colours in herbarium specimens, Bot. Gaz., 113, 484-485.
Marks, G. E., 1952, A controllable carmine technique for plants with small chromosomes, Stuin Vechnol., 27, 333-336.
PreirFER, H. H., 1953, Rapid chromosome methods, Taxon, 2, 86-87.
Saver, J. D., 1953, Herbarium specimens as records of genetic re- search, Amer. Nat., 87, 155-156.
SuoMALAINEN, H. O. T., 1952, An improved method for the use of crystal violet and allied dyes as chromosome stains, Arch. Suc. Zoul. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 7, 33-36.
Traus, H. P., 1953, Rapid chromosome methods for the taxonomist, Taxon, 2, 28-29.
NOMENCLATURE
Breitune, A. J., 1952, How plants are named, Le Nat. Caunad., 79, 5-10.
Bucwanan, R. E., 1953, Transliteration of Greek words for use in nomenclature in botany, Taxon, 2, 93-96.
CroizaTt, L., 1953, On nomenclature: the ‘‘Type method’’, Taxon, 2, 105-107 and 124-130.
Le6n y AymMéE, A. P. pE & AtvarEz, M. T., 1953, Family names, Taxon, 2, 96-98.
Pacitt, J., 1952, Terminology of -onyms as applied in taxonomy, Taxon, 1, 110-111. The author gives a short list of the terms used in biological taxonomy to distinguish between various types of scientific names.—[ D.H.K. ]
ProHi-SERMOLLI, R., 1952, The publication of Roth’s genera *‘Athyr- ium’? and ‘‘Polystichum’’, Webbia, 8, 437-442. The place of publication of these genera, which was uncertain, is established as follows :— Athyrium Roth, Tent. Fl. Germ., 3, 31 and 58 (1799): Polystichum Roth, Tent. Fl. Germ., 3, 31 and 69 (1799).—[D.H.K.]
Potuntn, N., 1958 Capitalization ou decapitalization encore une fois!, Tawon, 2, 25-26.
Rickert, H. W., 1953, Expediency vs. priority in nomenclature, Taxon, 2, 117-124.
ABSTRACTS FROM. LITERATURE 3y5)3)
MISCELLANEOUS AperG, B., 1952, Karlvaxternas hojdgranser i Lule Lappmark och 1 Graubtinden en j amforelse, Svensk Bot. Tidssk., 46, 286-312. Studies on the altitudinal limits of vascular plants in Lule Lappmark and in Graubitinden.—_[D.H.K. |
ABERG, E., 1953, Biology of weeds and hormone weed killers, Proc. ?th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 182-184.
AuLaNn, H. H., 1952, Some remarks on the species question, Rep. Roy. Soc. N.Z. Sci. Congr., 7, 36-39.
ALLEN, D. E., 1953, Botanical indications of a possible climatic change in the Irish Sea area, Irish Nat. J., 11, 77-78. Several species belonging to the Germanic element appear to be spreading in the Irish Sea area. Conversely, other species markedly Atlantic in range have gradually been decreasing or disappearing. In the Isle of Man the summer rainfall has become less heavy since about 1910. The evidence suggests a change towards a less oceanic type of climate.—[D.E.A. |
Awnon., 1952, Chromosome counts of species. and varieties of garden plants, Rep. John Innes Hort. Inst., 1951, 47-50. New chromosome counts include Fuchsia magellanica var. gracilis, 2n = 44, Rubus fuscus, 2n = 28, R. carpinifolius, R. drejerit, R. dumetorum, R. koehleri, R. lentiginosus, R. thyrsoideus, 2n = 35, Chrysanthemum parthenium, 2n = 18, and Triglochin maritimum, 2n = 48.—[D.H.K. |
ANZALONE, B., 1951, Flora e vegetazione dei muri di Roma, Annali Bot., 23, 393-497. The author has made extensive studies on the flora of - walls in Rome. A systematic list of 385 species noted is given, and the various plant associations are discussed. The wall-flora of Rome is com- pared with those of other cities in central and southern Italy, and
Sicily.—[D.H.K. |
Bascocre, EK. B., 1952, The development of fundamental concepts in the science of genetics, Portug. Acta Biol., A., vol. R. B. Goldschmidt, 1-46. ; .
Baker, H. G., 1952, The ecospecies—prelude to discussion, Hvolu- tion, 6, 61-68. The unsuitability of the taxonomic species as a ‘‘unit of evolution’’ is emphasized, and it is believed that for many problems in ‘‘micro-evolution”’ use of the categories of the ‘‘special’’ classification of biosystematics is preferable although they are not as useful as a ‘“‘veneral’’ classification in tracing phylogeny. The time has, there- fore, come for an increased measure of agreement in the use of such terms as ecospecies and recent opinions and trends are discussed, while a collection of published definitions is appended. An examination is made of the genetical criteria of ecospecific distinction. The develop- ment of hybrid incapacity is considered to occur in too irregular a
354 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
manner to provide the only criterion and it is proposed that the divid- ing line between ecotype and ecospecies should be drawn at the level where the first bar to crossing is imposed which is not purely concerned with habit-preference. Suggestions are made as to the manner in which tests for such barriers may be made.—[Author’s summary. ]
BancGeErRTER, E. B., 1953-54 Some alien fiowering plants (2), Country- side, 16, 259-263. Describes Polygonum cuspidatum, Bunias orientalis and Calystegia sylvestris; (3), op. cit., 16, 347-350. Gives accounts of Petasites fragrans, Claytonia alsinoides and Veronica filiformis, the latter is illustrated by a line drawing; (4), op. cit., 16, 391-394. De- scribes Sisymbrium orientale, S. altissimum and Cicerbita macrophylla, leaves of the first two are illustrated by drawings; (5), op. cit., 17, 9-12. Gives accounts of Omphalodes verna, Trachystemon orientale and Symphytum orientale; (6), op. cit., 17, 61-64. Describes Coronilla varia, Galega officinalis and Gaultheria shallon, siliquae of the first two, and a plant of the latter are illustrated by line drawings; (7), op. cit., 17, 97-101. Describes Heracleum mantegazzianum, Lycium halimi- folium, L. chinense and Geranium versicolor.—[D.H.K.]
Bateman, A. J., 1952, Self-incompatibility systems in angiosperms: 1. Theory, Heredity, 6, 285-310.
Berton, A., 1950-52, Adventices et naturalisées du Nord, Monde des plantes, 273, 85-87 and 285-286, 11-12. An account of various adventive plants found in northern France.—[D.H.K. ]
BetHuAuMy, N., 1952, Why do plants wilt in cold weather?, Ecology, 33, 301-303.
Brtuines, W. D., 1952, The environmental complex in relation to plant growth and distribution, Quart. Rev. Biol., 27, 251-265.
Bonancina, L. C. W., 1953, British forest trees in the weather scene, Weather, 1953, 237-242.
Brown, J. M. B., 1952, Notes on the Chiltern beechwoods, Quart. J. For., 46, 5-15. The growth of beech in the extensive woods of the Chiltern Hills is poorer than in many other parts of England. The cutting of the better trees in the past may have left poorer, less vigorous trees for reproduction. Desirable silvicultural treatment is discussed. —(D.H.K. ]
CaRrroTHERS, E. N., 1952, Giesecke’s report of Ledum palustre L. and Papaver nudicaule L. in Ireland, Irish Nat. J., 10, 264-266. The former existence of Papaver nudicaule near Achill Head is confirmed by the discovery of a specimen in Herb. Kew. A letter written by G. L. Giesecke, also preserved at Kew, records that a living specimen of Ledum palustre, also reputed to have come from Achill Head, was taken from the hat of a local fisherman. A short account of the life of
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 305
Giesecke is given, and the author concludes with the hope that the two species may yet be refound in Ireland.—[D.H.K.]
Cayouttr, R., 1951, Trois additions a la flore adventice du Quebec, Ann. L’afe., 17, 155-156. 9 Gypsophila muralis, Euphorbia peplus and Ornithogalum umbellatum have occurred as adventives in Quebec.—
[D.H.K.]
CHRISTIANSEN, W., 1949, Polyploidie-Spektren: statistische Unter- suchungen an Pflanzengesellschaften in Schleswig-Holstein, Biol. Zentralbl., 68, 369-384. The author gives an account of statistical studies carried out on plant associations in Schleswig-Holstein. In nearly all the examined associations the proportion of polyploids ex- ceeded the proportion of diploids. The possible reasons for this occur- rence are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
CHRISTIANSEN, W. & ScHMIDTENDORF, H.. 1952, Zur Frage des atlantischen Klimakeils in Scheswig-Holstein und zur _ pflanzen- geographischen Stellung des Seestrandes innerhalb desselben, Ber. Deutsch. Bot., Ges., 65, 341-348.
Conrab-Martius, H., 1952, Das Artproblem in naturphilosophischer Beleuchtung, Experienta, 8, 400-404. Abandoning the accepted differ- ences between species and subspecies in the plant and animal worlds, the author proposes and discusses the empirical definition of a species as the aggregate of subspecific forms developed through evolution. The acceptance of such a definition raises anew the problem of whether species distinctions are based on essential metaphysical differences. In discussing the determination of species special reference is made to the views put forward by Camp and Gilly.—[{D.H.K. }
CoqtitiatT, M., 1951, Sur les plantes Je plus communes 4 la su1face
du globe, Bull. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 20, 165-170. Lists of the ‘‘most com- mon’’ plants, and of the species considered to be most widely spread throughout the world are compared. The author concludes that the most widely distributed plants, are, in the following order :—Poly- gonum aviculare, Capsella bursa-pastoris, Chenopodium album, Stellaria media and Poa annua.—[{D.H.K.]
Daunu, E., 1951, On the relation between summer temperature and the distribution of alpine vascular plants in the lowlands of Fenno- scandia, Oikos, 3, 22-52.
D’ Amato, F., 1953, The problem of the origin of spontaneous muta- tions, Caryologia, 5, 1-13.
DoszHansky, T., 1950, Mendelian populations and their evolution, Amer. Nat., 84, 401-418.
356 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Dony, J. G. & Loustey, J. E., 1952, The travels of plants, Bedford- shire Mag., 3, 185-189. An account of wool-alien species in Bedford-
shire.—[D.H.K.]
DoorEensos, J., 1953, Review of the literature on dormancy in buds of woody plants, Med. Llandbouwhoogesch. Wagen., 53 (4), 1-24.
Drees, E. M., 1953, A tentative design for rules of phytosociological nomenclature, Vegetatio, 4, 205-214.
Dutven, J..M., 1952, Les ‘‘relicts’”’ de la période glaciaire dans la région de Westerwolde (Pays-Bas), Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 15-16. Four species :—Chamaepericlymenum suecicum, Trientalis europaea, Rubus sazatilis and Carex aquatilis are claimed as true relicts for the Wester- wolde region of north-east Holland. All the conditions necessary for their occurrence in early times are shown to have existed, and the argument that they are recent arrivals brought by birds is shown to be erroneous.—[ E.B.B. ]
Durin, L., 1953, Notes pour la flore du nord de la France, Bull. Suc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 11-13. Short plant notes on thirty species (British, or recorded from Britain) of phytogeographical interest, in the north of France. Some morphological distinctions between some of these and closely allied species are given.—[E.B.B. ]
KarnsuHaw, F., 1953, The nature of ecotypes, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 269-271.
Epuin, H. L., 1953, English tree names and their origins, Forestry, 24, 57-63.
Epi, H. L., 1953, Rebuilding Britain’s woodlands, Biology and Human Affairs, 18, 72-80.
KmBercGer, L., 1951, L’origine de la fleur, Experienta, 7, 161-168. The flower did not arise with the angiosperms in the Cretaceous period ; its origin can be traced to the vascular eryptogams of the much earlier Devonian. The sporangia of these plants, dispersed singly in a branched arrangement, have gradually come together, become united, and, accom- panied by contraction and foliarisation of the branched parts, have resulted in the modern flower. The stages in this development are given in detail and diagrammatically illustrated. Illustrated examples are also given of present-day angiosperms which have not yet reached full development of the flower.—[ E.B.B. ]
Eriine, C. & Carn, W., 1950, The relation of taxonomic method to an explanation of organic evolution, Heredity, 4, 313-325. A general discussion on the way in which taxonomic and genetic investigation may be integrated to assist in the study of the course of organic evolution.—
[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Bon
Evenari, M. & Sretn, G., 1953, The influence of light upon germin- ation, Haperienta, 9, 94-95.
Favarcer, C., 1950, Polyploidie et vicariance dans la flore alpine, Arch. Klaus.-Stift., 25, 472-477.
Finney, D. J., 1952, The equilibrium of a self-incompatible poly- morphic species, Genetica, 26, 33-64.
ForestRY Commission, 1952, Britain’s Forests: Thornthwarte. Gives an historical account of the 5,000 acre forest of Thornthwaite in Cumberland.—[D.H.K. ]
Forestry Commission, 1953, Britain’s Forests: Drumtochty Forest. An account of the history and development of Drumtochty Forest, Kin- eardineshire, which includes a brief mention of the more uncommon plants.—[D.H.K. ]
Forestry Commission, 1953, Britain’s Forests: Glentress (Peebles- shire).
Froment, P. & Mme., 1953, Importance du role des oiseaux pour la dissémination de certains arbres et arbustes dans les gisements tour- beux de la vallée de |’Ardon a Laon (Aisne), Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 6-7. A survey of the trees and shrubs found in the muddy bed of the valley of the Ardon under tall planted poplars used as perches by frugi- vorous birds. About 400 individual plants, covering twelve species, were
counted.—[E.B.B. |
Garbk, A. & Marnerros-Garnk, N., 1953, Contribuigao para o estudo cariologico de algumas especies de angiospermicas, 1, Gen. [ber., 5, 115-124. Chromosome counts on Portuguese and Spanish plants include Galega officinalis, 2n = 16, Matthiola incana, n=7 and Reseda suf- fruticosa, n = 10.—[D.H.K. ]
Gatrs, R. R., 1951, The taxonomic units in relation to cytogenetics and gene ecology, Amer. Nat., 85, 31-50. The genetical and taxono- mical approaches to the classification of plant species are discussed with reference to genic and chromosomal changes underlying speciation, sub- specific categories, isolating mechanisms, ete. The general conclusion reached is that the taxonomist should be the final arbiter in classifica- tion, and that reproductive isolation is inadequate as the main criterion of species.—[D.H.K. ]
Gatss, R. R., 1953, Polyploidy and the sex chromosomes, Acta Bioth., Series A, 11, 27-44.
Gates, R. R., 1953, The taxonomic units in relation to Cyto-genetics and Gene-ecology, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 287-288.
358 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
GAuME, R., 1952, Considérations générales sur la flore de la brie, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 70-78. In this area of northern France the Atlantic distribution region reaches its eastern limits; a number of oriental species are also found, together with representatives of the Mediterranean element. This diversity may be attributed to climatic factors as the geological constitution of the soil is fairly uniform.— [E.B.B.]
GILLNER, V., 1952, Die Giirtelung der Strandwiesen und der Wasser- standswechsel an der Westkiiste Schweden, Svensk. Bot. Tidssk., 46, 393-428.
GoopaLtL, D. W., 1952, Quantitative aspects of plant distribution, Biol. Rev., 27, 194-245.
Grece, J. R., 1950, Taxonomy, language and reality, Amer. Nat., 84, 419-435. Prompted by recent discussions on whether species are real the author gives a semantic analysis of the species and other taxo- nomic categories.—[D.H.K. ]
Gricson, G., 1952, Flower-show in the corn, Country Life, 112, 394- 395. <A popular account of some cornfield weeds and their origin.—
[D.H.K.]
Grieson, G., 1952, Flowers and men, History Today, 2, 823-831. The author shows that the record of human migration and colonisation may in many cases be traced by the diffusion and spread of plant species.
—[D.H.K.]
GrRicson, G., 1953, Ancient woods of box, Country Life, 113, 1240- 1241. Describes some of the ancient British box woods, and gives a short account of the history of the species in Britain.—[{D.H.K. }
Gricason, G., 1953, Three instruments of magic, Country Life, 113, 1070-1071. Gives a short account of the folk-lore associated with Hypericum perforatum, Sorbus aucuparia and Artemisia vulgaris.—
[D: HK
Hacpere, A., 1953, Further studies on, and discussion of the heterosis problem, Hereditas, 39, 349-379.
Hacervup, O., 1950, Rain-pollination, Kgl. Danske Vid. Sels. Biol. Med., 18 (5), 1-18. Studies on pollination in various species of Ranun- culus, Caltha palustris and Narthecium ossifragum. In Ranunculus the flowers of the commonest species may be pollinated in three different ways:—by insects (particularly flies), by rain, and (should either of these two have failed) by autogamy. Insect pollination was most pro- nounced in R. acris, the flower of which bends in the rain.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 359
Hara, H., 1952, Contributions to the study of variations in the Japanese plants closely related to those of Europe or North America, Part 1, J. Faculty Sci. Univ. Tokyo, 6, Sect. 3, Bot., 29-96... The Japanese flora includes many species and genera common to Europe and N. America. The author brings together a number of these, and discusses the differences between the Asiatic, American and European
forms.—[D.H.K. |
Hara, H., 1952, Vaccinium uliginosum L. in Japan, with reference to variations in widespread northern species, 1, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 309- 315. Deals with the related species or races in east Asia and Europe, or N. America, and discusses their taxonomic and genetical differences. Plants which also occur in Britain that are discussed in the account include several species of Ranunculus (Sect. Batrachium), Chelidonium majus, Potentilla fruticosa, Adoxa moschatellina, Vaccinium uliginosum and Plantago major.—{[D.H.K. ]
Harrison, J. Hestop, 1952, A reconsideration of plant teratology, Phyton, 4, 19-384. The implications of recent work on the physiology cf plant growth and development are discussed in relation to the causes of teratological phenomena. It is concluded that under the heading of teratology a wide range of different anomalies is grouped. These are classified under separate headings, and the possible causes of the various abnormalities are discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
HASKELL, G., 1952, Polyploidy, ecology and the British flora, J. Hcol., 40, 265-282. Analysis is made of the relations between polyploidy and the British flora. Polyploidy was estimated as CPT, the coefficient of polyploidy among types, i.e. in all subdivisions of the flora. CPTM=0-65 for monocotyledons and CPTD=0-46 for dicotyledons, slightly lower values than another estimate; reasons for this are suggested.
The hypothesis of polyploidy increasing with altitude is confirmed. Some species are polyploid in Britain and diploid in Greenland. Higher polyploidy of monocotyledons favours the hypothesis that they returned to dry land following an aquatic existence which promoted polyploidy.
Generally CPT’s are high for Scottish and Highland species and low for Atlantic and Germanic species; monocotyledons and dicotyle- dons differ in how their CPT’s change. Monocotyledon upland species have a very high OPT’; dicotyledon upland and universal species have comparatively high CPT’s. Polyploidy is lowest in lowland species; monocotyledons and dicotyledons differ in how their CPT’s change.
Both monocotyledon and dicotyledon perennial species have higher CPT’s than annuals but dicotyledon trees and shrubs are intermediate. Polyploidy may change diploid annuals to perennials but perennial diploids remain perennial.
Plants in man-made habitats (weeds) have lower CPT’s than those of natural habitats. CPT’s seem to be high for very wet habitats and also in monocotyledons for extreme wet-extreme dry situations; ordin-
360 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
ary conditions have lowest CPT’s. | Monocotyledons and dicotyledons differ in how their OPT’s change. Polyploidy has not been an important factor in influencing: (i) the ability of introduced species to spread in Britain, (ii) general comital frequency, (iii) distribution of diploid/polyploid species pairs within genera, and of British Carex species.
There is no supporting evidence for the Age and Area hypothesis. New autopolyploidy has aided some British species to recolonise once glaciated land. Old tetraploid relicts are still confined to the unglaci- ated south but new polyploids have re-spread northwards.
Suggestions for further investigations of polyploidy in the British flora are outlined.—[Author’s summary. ]
Hitzs, L. D., 1953, Hope from the wild lupin, The Field, 201, 587. The author records Lupinus nootkatensis from the Fort William dis- trict, the Orkneys and the valley of the Tay. The plant has a low alkaloid content and the possibility of using it as a fodder crop and pasture user is discussed.—[N.D.S. ]
Hyper, H. A., 1952, Studies in atmospheric pollen, 4A; pollen de- position at two Cardiff stations, Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc., 80, 3-7. The numbers of pollen grains of various kinds deposited on unit area of an adhesive surface exposed horizontally on the roof of buildings situated 2% miles apart at Cardiff and Llandough (Glam.), respectively, are compared, and it is shown that they are consistent with the hypothesis that the catches at the two stations were in the main derived from sources present within a relatively short distance of each other.— {[ Author’s summary. ]
Hyvpeg, H. A., 1952, Studies in atmospheric pollen, 5; a daily census of pollens at Cardiff for the six years, 1943-8, New Phyt., 51, 281-293. A day-to-day census of atmospheric pollen caught at Cardiff during the six years, 1943-48 is described. The same types of pollen were taken every year, but the magnitude of the annual catches of individual types varied considerably. The variation is considered in relation to its possible causes.—[D.H.K.]
Iversen, J., 1953, Origin of the flora of western Greenland in the light of pollen analysis, Oikos, 4, 86-103.
JaLas, J., 1951, Eraitaé ajatuksiata kasvisystemakiikan kehityksesta ja nykyisesté asemasta, Valvoja, 71, 122-126. A short discussion on the history of plant systematics.—[ D.H.K.]
Jauas, J., 19538, Hemerokorit ja hemerobit Kasvien kulttuurisuh- teissiin liittyviin oppisanaston selvitysyritys, Duonn. Tut., 57, 12-16 The author attempts to solve the terminology dealing with the relations of plants to human influence.—[D.H.K.]
:
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 361
Jovet, P., 1950, Sur l’Alchemilla micrantha (M.B.) Boiss. et le Lampsana intermedia Bieb.: importance des observations relatives aux plantes adventices, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 97, 218-219. The author suggests that the recent discovery in France of two new adventives shows the importance of noting and checking the introduction of foreign species which may become noxious weeds.—[D.H.K. ]
Just, T., 1951, Citation of specimens in cytotaxonomic literature, Evolution, 5, 280-281.
Keox, D. D., 1953, Examples of the applications of experimental methods to taxonomy, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 277- 278.
Ktioos, A. W., Jr., 1952, Aanwinsten van de Nederlandse flora in 1950, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 122-156. The acquisitions to the flora of the Netherlands in 1950 include a number of wool aliens and other adventives. A few new varieties are described, and a revision of the adventive species of Trigonella found in the Netherlands is given.—
[D.H.K.]
Koos, A. W., Jr. & Van Ooststroom, S. J., 1952, Nieuwe planten- soorten en -vormen in Nederland gevonden in 1951, De Levende Natuur, 55, 176. Species new to the Netherlands flora in 1951 include Carex punctata and a number of adventives.—[D.H.K.]
KwnaBen, G., 1950, Chromosome numbers in Scandinavian Arctic plant species, Blyttia, 8, 129-155.
Kornas, J., 1953, Niektore interesujare rosliny synantropijne znale- zione w poludniowej Polsce w latach 1939-1952, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 32-41. Discusses the more interesting adventives found in southern Poland between 1939-1952. These include Puccinellia distans, Galiwim tricorne, Papaver dubiwm and Sisymbrium altissimum.—[D.H.K. |
Krytue, J. M. & Wevenstek, S. J., 1952, Five years of colchicine research, Bibl. Gen., 14, 1-132. 243 species in 137 genera treated with colchicine are tabulated and the technique of application is described. The literature on the induction of polyploidy is discussed in detail and an extensive bibliography is appended.—[D.H.K. ]
Lamrecut, H., 1953, Taxonomy on genic and cytological basis, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 287.
LAWALREE, A., 1950, Notice sur des phanérogames adventices en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 43-49. Descriptions of wool- aliens and other adventives which have been recently discovered in Belgium.—[D.H.K. ]
362 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Lawatreér, A., 1953, Contribution a l’étude de la flore adventice de la Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86, 137-143.
Lip, J., 1950, Nye plantefunn, 1945-1949, Blyttia, 8, 41-53. New Norwegian localities of 165 species and hybrids of vascular plants are recorded with new northern limits for 35 species. The following hybrids are new to Norway:—Anemone nemorosa x ranunculoides, Carex canescens x remota, C. dioica x maritima (arctica), C. flava x lepido- carpa, C. elata x fusca and Dactylis aschersoniana x glomerata.— (DHE Ke
Lip, J., 1952, Nye plantefunn, 1950-1951, Blyttia, 10, 95-105. An annotated list of the more interesting plants found in Norway during 1950 and 1951. Among the species assumed to be new to the Norwegian flora are Cicerbita macrophylla, Physalis alkekengi, Phyteuma_ orbi- culare and Sagina apetala.—[D.H.K. ]
Loustey, J. E., 1953, Study of the British flora in 1952, Nature, 171, 335-337. An account of the exhibition held in London in November 1952 by the Botanical Society of the British Isles.—[D.H.K.]
Love, A., 19538, The taxonomical evaluation of types with different chromosome numbers, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 283- 284.
Love, A., 1953, Subarctic polyploidy, Hereditas, 39, 113-124. A study of polyploidy in the Arctic flora. 511 indigenous and naturalised plants are found in Iceland; of these 65-8% are polyploids. Out of 389 indigenous species which survived the pleistocene glaciations as many as 71% are polyploids, or 90% of the monocotyledons and 60% of the dicotyledons. The author gives further data to support the hypothesis of the greater tolerance of polyploids to extreme climates of high elevations.—[D.H.K.]
Love, A. & D., 1951, The Geobotanical Significance of Polyploidy, Portug. Acta Biol., A., vol. R. B. Goldschmidt, 273-352. The frequency of polyploids in fifteen European and Arctic countries is discussed. It increases with the higher latitude, or with the extremeness of the Pleistocene and postglacial climate as postulated by Hagerup (1931). The frequency of polyploids with angiosperms in temperate or tropi- cal regions is estimated to be 30% lower.
The frequency of polyploids is higher in monocotyledons than in dicotyledons, but in both groups a statistically significant increase cor- responds to the increase in latitude. A high frequency of polyploids is found within the group of real glacial survivors in Scandinavia as well as in the floras of smaller areas in Iceland and Spitzbergen with a very high percentage of glacial survivors.
In arctic and boreal regions some connexion between polyploidy and perennity appears to exist; this may however be a false correlation, as
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 363
it is not observed in more temperate regions. The growth rate of poly- plo.ds is slower than that of the diploids, and they are more resistant to excess and shortage of water than their diploid relatives.—
[D.H.K.]
MacponaLp, J. F. M. & Lockuarr, S. I’. M., 1958, Some early obser- vations on the natural regeneration of conifers in Scotland, Scot. For. J., 1953, 79-82.
MaztuHEws, J. R., 1952, Botanical aspects of nature conservation in Scotland, Adv. Sci., 8, 369-373.
Me.LHeImM, A., 1953, Om floraen pa hustak in Hornindal, Blyttia, 11, 03-61. In the Norwegian countryside, and particularly along the coast, it has long been the custom to cover the roofs of some houses with turf. 201 of these roofs in the Hornindal area were examined by the author, and 125 different species of vascular plants were found grow- ing upon them. The dominant plants covering large areas, and the number of roofs: that they were recorded from, were :—Deschampsia flexuosa (175), Agrostis tenuis (177), Festuca vivipara (146), f. rubra (164), Achillea millefolium (120), Poa pratensis (112), Rumex acetosella (187), Viola tricolor (115) and Campanula rotundifolia (101). The method of the introduction of the various species is also discussed.—
[D.H.K.]
MercatFre, C. R., 1953, The anatomical approach to the classifica- tion of the flowering plants, Sci. Progress, 1953, 42-53.
MeuseL, H., 1952, Uber Wuchsformen, Verbreitung und Phylogenie einiger Mediterran-mitteleuropaischer Angiospermen-Gattungen, Ilora, 139, 333-393. baile. : he Micuartis, P., 1953, Der Nachweis der Plasmavererbung (das Princip und seine praktische Durchfitihrung beim Weidenréschen, Epilobium), Acta Bioth., Series A, 11, 1-26. A short review of the historic develop- ment of the problem of cytoplasmic inheritance is given, and the principles for the proof of cytoplasmic inheritance, with special refer- ence to the genus Hpilobiwm, is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
MonpEnkE, H. N. & A. L., 1951, St. Patrick’s shamrock, Sci. Coun- seler, 14, 35. Many triple-leaved plants have been called shamrocks, but of all these only Trifolium dubium would seem to grow well on sunny open hillsides, and have been native to Ireland. Trifolium repens, commonly called the shamrock, may be a later immigrant.—
[D.H.K.]
Montserrat, P., 1953, El polen atmosférico de Barcelona en Bar- celona en 1951, Publ. Inst. Biol. Aplicada, 13, 121-128. Counts of pollen-grains deposited in special collectors on two roofs in Barcelona
3564 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
were made from January to June 1951. 20 different types of pollen and 2 types of spores were noted.—[D.H.K. |
MueENSscHER, W. C. & ScHUMACHER, G. J., 1953, List of weeds of New York, Cornell Extension Bull., 891, 1-16. A list of 413 common weeds that grow in New York is given together with their frequencies and status. Approx. 30% of the plants are native to New York, about 68% have been introduced from other parts of the world, and approx. 2% are native to some part of New York but have been introduced into many parts of the State where they occur as weeds. Many plants also found in Britain are included in the account.—[D.H.K. |
OsvaLp, H., 1953, On antagonism between plants, Proc. 7th Lntern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 167-171.
Pacut, J., 1952, Hybrids and taxonomy, J'axon, 1, 117-118.
ParKER, R. N., 1958, Alien plants growing without cultivation in the Somerset West neighbourhood, J. S. Afr. Bot., 19, 161-176. <A systematic lst of 215 adventive species noted growing in and near Somerset West, S. Africa. Approx. 63% of the plants are from Europe (Qnany British) or the Mediterranean region.—[D.H.K. }
Parxkes, H. M., 1953, Some notes on the herbarium of University Col- lege, Cork, Irish Nat. J., 17, 102-106.
Perrersson, B., 1952, An alien flora on Drumsoé (Helsingfors) intro- duced by cork bark imported from Morocco and Spain, Mem. Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn., 27, 111-117. The author lists 206 adventive plants found in 1939-40 at the Finnish port of Drums6. About 75% of them had not hitherto been found in Finland, and three were apparently new to Kurope.—[D.H.K.]
Pimuott, J., 1952, The history of afforestation in Northern Ireland, Adv. Sct., 9, 297-803.
Potunin, N., 1953, British Floras ancient and modern, Ihodora, 55, 209-224. The author reviews the published British Floras from Johnson’s Mercurius Botantcus (1641) to Clapham, Tutin and War- burg’s Flora of the British Isles (1950).—[D.H.K.]
Reese, G., 1952-538, Erginzende Mitteilungen iiber die Chromo- somenzahlen mitteleuropaischer Gefasspflanzen, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 240-255 & 66, 66-74. A considerable amount of data on the chromo- some numbers of European plants (including British) are given.—
[D.H.K.)]
RerrBperGerR, A., 1951, Die Chromosomenzahl von Siidtiroler Apfel- sorten, Zeitschr. Pflanz., 30, 276-279.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 365
Ritey, H. P., 1952, ‘‘Gene’’ and ‘‘genetics’, Amer. Nat., 86, 249- 259. The history of the terms ‘‘gene”’ and ‘‘genetics’’ is discussed, and it is emphasized that ‘‘genetics’’ was not derived from ‘‘gene’’ but pre- ceded it, being proposed by Bateson in 1906. Johannsen first sug- gested the use of the term ‘‘gene’’ in 1909.—[D.H.K.]
Ross-Craic, S., 1953, Botanical illustration, Med. & Burol. Illustr., 3, 8-19. Gives an account of the purposes, and much useful intorma- tion on the technique, of botanical drawing.—|[D.H.K.]
Rune, O., 1953, Plant life on serpentine and related rocks in the north of Sweden, Acta Phyt. Swecica, 31, 1-139.
SakisakaA, M., 1953, Critical considerations of chromosome numbers in relation to plant habit (life forms), Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockhoim, 286-287.
SANCHEZ-MonecE, E., 1950, Glosario de terminos de Genetica y cito- genetica, An. Wst. Hxper. Aula Det, 2, 98-148. An annotated glossary of cytological terms used in Spain and Portugal.—[ D.H.K.]
SarRvas, R., 1950, Effect of light on the germination of forest tree seeds, Ovkos, 2, 109-119. In tests carried out with artificial-lighting equipment the author discovered that with the seed of Picea excelsa, Betula verrucosa and B. pwhbhescens the same germination result was obtained in darkness and in light. Pinus sylvestris seed yielded a con- siderably poorer final germination result in darkness than in light.—
[D.H.K.]
Scuuize, G. M., 1953, Beitrage zur deskriptiven Terminologie, Engler Bot. Jahrb., 76, 109-133. The terms elliptic, oval, oblong, lanceo- late, obtuse, rotund, acute, acuminate, cuspidate, apiculate, mucro- nate, etc., as applied by various authors are discussed.—[D.H.K.]
Sinva, A. R. P. pa & Sosringo, L. G., 1950, Flora vascular da Serra do Geres, Agron. Lusit., 12, 233-380. Salix atrocinerea is regarded as a subspecies of S. cinerea, as the authors think that the two are merely geographical races with few differences separating them. The correct name for the hairy-leaved race of Viola palustris in Portugal, which Wein established was not the same as V. epipsila Ledeb. is cited as subsp. hermini K. Wein (1906) (subsp. 7uressi (Lk. ex Neves) Beck. (1910).—[D.E.A.]
Simpson, C. G., 1951, The species concept, Hvolution, 5, 285-298. <A general discussion on the species concept from many aspects, including sematics, morphological and genetical concepts and the genetical defini- tion of a species in relation to the evolutionary unit involved.—
[D.H.K.]
366 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Sirks, M. J., 1952, Variability in the concept of species, Act Bioth.., 10, 11-21.
Soo, R., 1952, Die modernen Grundsadtze der Phylogenie in neuen Systemen der Bliitenpflanzen, Acta Biol. Hung., 4, 257-306.
STEBBINS, G. L., Jr., 1949, Reality and efficacy of selection in plants, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 93, 501-513. The author examines the results of studies on cultivated and wild species by various investigators. He is led to the conclusion that natural selection in the higher plants is founded on harmonious adaptive combinations of characters and that the selective value of any individual character largely depends upon its relationship to the other characteristics of the plant. The evolution of angiosperms is discussed in relationship to this theory.—[D.H.K.]
STEBBINS, G. L., 1952, Aridity as a stimulus to plant evolution, Amer. Nat., 86, 33-44. Where moisture is a limiting factor, xerophytic plant communities possess fewer species than do the communities of mesophytic regions, but the number of communities per unit of area is likely to be larger than in regions of adequate moisture. ‘This pro- motes geographic separation of species, populations and races, and thus might be expected to speed up evolution. Evidence that certain meso- phytic types are derived from xerophytic ancestors is presented for the genera Scorzonera and Tragopogon of the Compositae, tribe Cichorieac. and for certain genera of the subfamilies Mimosoideae and Caesalpini- oideae of the family Leguminosae. The evidence in the latter family is derived chiefly from the development of both adult and seedling leaves.—[ Author’s summary. ]
STEINDORSSON, §., 1952, Florunyjungar, 1951, Nattiurfr., 22, 36-40. Gives new localities for Icelandic plants. The hybrid Carex rigida x salina is new to the island. Adventive species new to the Icelandic flora in 1951 include Rorippa sylvestris, Alliaria petiolata, Armoracia rusticana, Anthriscus sylvestris and Chenopodium eopulifolium.— CDAneKe4
TAKHTADJAN, A. L., 1953, Phylogenetic principles of the system of higher plants, Bot. Rev., 19, 1-45.
Tournay, R. & LAwatreéeE, A., 1952, Une classification nouvelle des familles appartenant aux ordres des Ligustrales et des Contortées, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 262-263. A rearrangement of the families of the orders Ligustrales and Contortae, keyed as follows :—
Liqustrales : Ovary 2-loc.; plant often pilose:
Ovules 2 in each loc.;: andr. 2-merous, rarely 4-merous: corolla 4-, 5- or poly- MOeOrous! LERVES ESRSTIPULAC © oo accra Accent ee Oleaceae Ovules numerous in each loc.; andr. & cor. 4-merous; leaves usually SULPUIB TG, © cite crane ces uncnuwasuecahcssxedapenweiin ks a RAM one ecne igh c(askee chk bee onnaeae Buddlejaceae Ovary t-loc., ovules numerous: flowers 5-merous: andr. & cor. isomerous, plant glabrous; lvs. exstipulate ................... Ree taacede acted: bub he aeeees elie .. Menyanthaceae
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 367
Contortae : Plants lacking latex: Woody plants, not bitter: stipules present. often much reduced ... Logadniuceae CER ACCOMS EID ALES eEELGT a SULpos ON pecs oes wea coc iw oat ans wa neatinssadzessiticn Gentianaceae Plants with latex: Andr. not at all adnate to stigma: anthers not furnished with translators ...... Apocynaceae
Andr. adnate to stigma; anthers furnished with translators ... Asclepiadacege
= BE BBel
Troncuet, M. A., 1950, Apercu historique et bibliographique sur la floristique et la phytosociologie en Franche-Comté, Ann. Sc. Univ. Bes., 5, 9-20. Gives numerous bibliographic references on the floristics and phytosociology ot Franche-Comté (EK. France).—[ D.H.K.]
TuRRILL, W. B., 1952, Methods of the experimental ground in rela- tion to taxonomy, Kew Bull., 1952, 427-437.
Uniricn, J., 1953, Die ernahrungsbedingte Variabilitat im Bereich von Blite und Infloreszenz, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 5-18.
Uniricu, J., 1953, Variationsstatistische Untersuchungen an Blat- torn, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 322-332.
VaLeNTINE, D. H., 1949, The units of experimental taxonomy, Acta Bioth., 9, 75-88. Recent definitions of the botanical terms ecotype, ecospecies and coenospecies are briefly reviewed. Examples of eco- species are discussed and the following new definitions are proposed :—
g-ecospecies.—Groups with the same chromosome number between which there are well-defined morphological, ecological and geographical differences and which, under artificial or natural conditions, are cap- able of only limited gene-exchange.
a-ecospecies.—Groups with different chromosome numbers between which there are well-defined ecological and geographical differences and which are capable of only limited gene-exchange.
ecotypes.—Groups forming genetically distinct components of eco- species, adapted to special types of environment and capable of un- limited gene-exchange.
cytotypes.—Groups forming polyploid components of an ecospecies.
The probable modes of origin of g-ecospecies (gradual) and a-eco- species (abrupt) are explained, and the importance of the recognition by taxonomists of a-ecospecies which may differ morphologically hardly at all is emphasized.
Examples of the uses of the terms are given, and it is suggested that their application to animals as well as plants would be of interest.— [ Author’s summary. ]
Vatovirta, EK. J., 1951, Kasvien varinpoikkeania, Tuon. Tutt., 55, 101-102. A short account of colour aberrations in plants.—[D.H.K.]
268 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Van OoststRooM, J. J., 1953, Nieuwe plantensoorten en -vormen im Nederland gevonden in 1952, De Levende Nutuwur, 56, 212-214. Many adventives are included in this account of plants new to the Dutch flora in 1952.—[D.H.K. ]
Voret, J. W., 1952, A technique for morphological analysis in population studies, Rhodora, 54, 217-220.
Water, K., 1952, Deux fougeres calcifuges cn sol caleaire, Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 20. A short note on the occurrence of Asplenium septentrionale and Pteridium aquilinum in chalky soil in Alsace.— [E.B.B.]
WeeEvERS, T., 1952, flower colours and their frequency, Acta Bot. Neerl, 1, 81-92. After a short survey of the chemical structure of flower pigments the relative frequency of the various flower colours is examined on the basis of an analysis of standard floras of different parts of the world. The approximate percentage of each colour was found to be:— yellow-orange 31%, white 264%, red-pink 15%, green 73%, purple 7%, violet-lilac 7%, and blue 53%. The reasons for higher percentages of particular colours in specific regions, and the genetical problems of flower colour are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
Went, F. W., 1953, The effects of climate on plant growth and dis- tribution, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 56-163.
Went, F. W., & JunREN, G. & M. C., 1952, Fire and biotic factors affecting germination, Heology, 33, 351-364.
Werrrt, R., 1951, Uber die Lebensdauer der Pollenkérner in der freien Atmosphiare, Biol. Zentralbl., 70, 354-367.
WertH, E., 1952, Zur Kenntnis der alpinen Wuchstormen der Pflan- zen, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65, 373-376. Studies on the growth forms of alpine plant species.—[D.H.K. ]
Witson, A., the late, 1953, The Albert Wilson herbarium, NV.1W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 391-399. An account of a herbarium of some 6,000 British
plants now preserved at York Museum.—[D.H.K. ]
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. 369
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954
This regional meeting, the second of its kind, took place in the new West Building of the Department of Science of Durham University on Saturday, 30th October, the lectures being given in the Appleby Theatre, while the exhibits were displayed in two rooms on the same floor.
At 11.30 Professor D. H. Valentine, the chairman for the morning session, welcomed members and their guests, numbering 69, and intro- duced the first speaker, Professor J. W. Heslop Harrison, F.R.S., who then gave his most instructive and illuminating lecture, illustrated by a number of beautiful coloured lantern slides, on ‘‘Durham Wild Roses’’. A short discussion followed.
After lunch, three talks were given by Messrs. F. H. Perring, R. J. Elhott and J. Rossiter, followed by some lively discussion, with Mr. Lousley in the chair.
Then tea was served in the laboratories, when the Society was the guest of the University, and afterwards the exhibits were inspected until the closure of the meeting at 6 o’clock.
An excursion to the Magnesian limestone had been arranged for the next day, and a party of about a dozen, under the leadership of Professor Heslop Harrison, went to Cassop, about 5 miles S.E. of Durham, to study the vegetation and, in particular, the rose bushes, when Professor Harrison gave practical demonstrations illustrating some of the points made in his lecture on identifying these in the field, chiefly by their fruits.
The weather was exceptionally good that week-end, which enabled us to enjoy a picnic lunch on a hillside. After a three-mile walk, via Cassop Vale and Shadforth, the party reached Sherburn Hill, where a bus was taken back to Durham.
In spite of the lateness in the season, this excursion proved to be an interesting and profitable one. No further details are given here, as this will be one of the areas to be visited during the field meeting in Durham in July 1955.
A. N. Gipsy.
Lectures
DURHAM WILD ROSES J. W. Hestop HARRISON
Professor Heslop Harrison began by stating that, almost certainly, the rose flora of our two counties was the richest in Britain and then showed a number of lantern slides in colour, depicting the whole of the Durham and Northumberland species. In doing so, he pointed out their
370 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
distinguishing features and emphasized that for distributional and ecological reasons, as well as structural, Rosu dumetorum should be kept separate from R. canina, and &. dumalis (R. glauca) from Kk. caesia (R. coriifolia). It was stated, too, that the usual British ranges supplied for R. tomentosa and R. micrantha are quite incorrect, R. sherardi forms often being referred to R. tomentusu and R. caesia forms to R. micrantha. As a matter of fact, both are very rare in Durham and there attain their northern limits.
Next, taking up the question of rose hybrids, he listed those found in the two counties, and insisted that, contrary to general opinions, many showed limited fertility, although he remarked that Durham R. villosa x spinosissima and R. dumalis x spinosissima were always sterile. Very much different were the cases of R. sherardi x spinosissima, R. rubiginosa x spinosissima, R. caesia x spinosissima, R. canina x sherardi and R. dumetorum x villosa. The first of these crosses he had reared up to the F, generation, the second to the F, lots and the third, fourth and fifth to the F, lots. In each case, the F, and succeeding lots, when the latter had been obtained, were much more fertile than the F, generation. At this stage it was indicated that R. spinosissima was self sterile.
Next, by the aid of lantern slides, he described the cytology of the of the roses, stressing the peculiarities of the Caninae and the Spino- sissumae. From that he led up to experimental work with the hybrids between R. spinosissima on the one hand and R. sherardi, R. rubiginosa and &. caesia on the other. In all the hybrids reared F, generations were obtained which manifested a certain degree of fertility, and the resulting F, lots leant strongly toward the RR. spinosissima parent when reared to maturity. In addition, many F, plants remained herbaceous, and perished after a height of 2 em. had been reached.
Professor Heslop Harrison emphasized that the F, lots, whilst con- forming, in a general sort of way, cytologically to the usual Caninae pattern, in their later meiotic stages on the female side showed im- portant anomalies. As a result, amongst the seedlings, orthoploid plants were secured carrying chromosome complements of 14, 28, 35 and 42. Thus it was clear that a new polyploid series had been evolved by a distinctly novel mechanism. Further, amongst the seedlings there were encountered aneuploid plants with chromosome numbers 2n = 24, 2n = 32 and so on.
Apparentiy, in development a fairly heavy mortality rate takes place, leaving F, plants, as far as present results indicate, possessing, like R. spinosissima, a balanced set of 28 chromosomes. These plants display a regular heterotype division like R. spinosissima and a normal homotype division, and are quite fertile. Further, this same fertility is manifested by the F, and F, generations. Incidentally, the lecturer pointed out that pinkness in all these crosses is dominant.
At this point the topic of the puzzling rose described by Smith as Rosa rubella was raised. This species (?) was erected in 1810 on the basis of Durham material, and its status has ever since been a problem
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. oral
to rhodologists. _By comparisons made point by point with Smith’s and other descriptions, and by a direct consideration of Winch’s speci- mens, the speaker showed that in every respect R. rubella agreed with certain segregates in the F, R. sherardi x spinosissima lots, as did his own R. rivalis described from Wheel Birks plants. He had, therefore, no hesitation in regarding R. rubella and R. rivalis as naturally occur- ring hybrids originating in a cross between R. sherardi and R. spino- sissima. Obviously, since F, plants so reared are fertile, the generation to which they belong remains undecided. Professor Heslop Harrison stated that in his opinion, based on certain experimental data, they actually belonged to the F, lot.
The lecturer concluded by indicating a few of the investigations yet to be carried out on the wild roses of Durham and Northumberland.
THE B.S.B.I. DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME EF. H. PERRING
Mr. Perring gave a comprehensive account of this work, chiefly for the benefit of those who had not heard of the scheme or were unfamiliar with the details. He appealed for volunteers to undertake the record- ing of 10 kilometre squares and answered a number of questions.
THE WORK OF THE NATURE CONSERVANCY RESEARCH STATION AT GRANGE-OVER-SANDS R. J. Evwiiorr The lecturer gave an account of this work in its various aspects,
mentioning the most recent developments in this area as well as in Scotland.
THE FLORA OF THE DURHAM WALLS J. Rossiter and S. R. J. WoopELu
This paper was an account of some work on the flora of the walls within the City boundary. The total number of species found was 141 angiosperms, 1] gymnosperm, 6 ferns, 12 mosses and 6 algae and fungi.
Exhibits
1. Cytotaxonomy oF HERNIARIA
The exhibit consisted of herbarium sheets of some European Herniaria species, figures of their chromosomes, a list of chromosome numbers and drawings of diagnostic morphological features. Special attention was given to H. glabra L., H. ciliata Bab. and H. maritima var. ciliata Dav. which are shown to be distinct on both morphological and cytological grounds. A similar demonstration was shown, by re-
372 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
quest, at the London Exhibition meeting and is reported in more de- tail in the account of that Meeting.
Miss K. B. BiackspuRN and Miss A. W. ADAMS.
2. Some CoRNISH PLANTS
The herbarium specimens fell into two groups.
(1). Native, such as Allium triquetrum L., very abundant round St. Ives. Scilla autumnalis L. and Scilla verna Huds., growing on the cliff tops. Sibthorpia europaea L., growing in wet ditches. Erica vagans L., abundant locally. Parentucellia viscosa (1..) Caruel, growing in bogs. (2). Introduced, such as Erigeron mucronatus DC., growing on walls. Carpobrotus edulis (1..) N.E.Br., hanging over cliffs. Acanthus mollis L., growing on cliff tops.
D. BLAcKBURN.
3. DISTRIBUTION OF THREE SprEcIES oF ALCHEMILLA IN County DuRHAM
Detailed work on the distribution of all the species of Alchemitlla found in Co. Durham has been continued since the maps were exhibited at the London meeting in 1952.
Distribution maps of A. vestita, A. glomerulans and A. wichurae were based on the presence or absence of the species in each 1 kilo- metre square. These showed A. glomerulans and A. wichurae confined to the valleys in the west and A. vestita in these valleys and the east of the county. A. wichwrae occurs in 8 km. squares in Teesdale and A. glomerulans in 16 squares plus 1 square in Weardale. Both species occur in Scotland and the former in the Craven district and should be looked for in Weardale and other parts of the Pennines.
Detailed work is being done on A. vestita and material from other parts of the country would be welcome.
Miss M. FE. BrapsHaw.
4. A New Station ror DROSERA ANGLICA tN NortTHUMBERLAND, S., V.c. ,67
The exhibit consisted of a pressed specimen of Drosera anglica col- lected from Coom Rigg Moss at the head of the Chirdon Burn in the North Tyne Valley and of a distribution map, showing the previous two localities from which this plant has been recorded from Northumber- land. As Drosera anglica is almost certainly now extinct in its earlier known stations at Muckle Moss and Prestwick Carr, its discovery this summer by Mr. Allison and myself in Coom Rigg Moss means that we
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. one
ean still claim this now very rare plant in North East England, as a native of Northumberland. Coom Rigg Moss is situated in an area where extensive planting of conifers by the forestry Commission is now taking place and, although much of the surrounding area has been drained prior to planting, there is every prospect that the moss itself will neither be drained nor planted.
W. A. CraRK.
5. DISPERSAL OF SEEDS ON Boots
The transport of seeds and other propagules by their adhesion to the feet of animals is well known, but few attempts have been made to assess the importance of man as an agent in similarly dispersing plants in the mud frequently clinging to his boots. Samples of mud scraped from several pairs of boots have been kept under conditions suitable for germination and the plants which have been noted, both as to species and abundance. Often no seedlings appear, but there are usually a few and there may be many, for from one sample 176 seedlings of Bellis perennis were obtained.
From the boots not worn in England since their wearer’s return from Ireland, 65 seedlings were raised; similarly, mud from boots worn in Madeira yielded 10 seedlings. It is apparent that quite long distance dispersal may be achieved in this manner.
To the present date, amongst the seedlings raised from boot mud, the following genera have been identified.
Anthoxanthum, Bellis, Capsella, Cardamine, Cerastium, Chamae- nerton, Chenopodium, Crataegus, Matricaria, Plantago, Poa, Ranun- culus, Rubus, Trifolium, Urtica, Juncus.
H. T. Cuirrorp.
6. A CoLLEcTION oF HERBALS OLD AND NEw
The volumes shown were A Family Herbal by John Hill, 1812, another copy of this work, but a different edition, of the same date, A New Family Herbal by Thornton, with wood engravings by Bewick, 1810, Compassionate Herbs by Mrs. C. F. Leyel, 1946, etc.
Mrs. A. N. Gipsy.
7. DuRHAM ROosEs, ETC.
This exhibit included freshly collected fruiting specimens of Durham and Northumberland roses. Amongst them were Rosa spinosissima L., R. canna L., R. dumetorum Thuill., R. obtusifolia Desv., R. dumalis Bechst. (R. glauca auct.), R. caesia Sm. (R. coriifolia auct.), R. sherardi Dav., R. villosa L., R. rubiginosa L., R. micrantha Sm. and R. agrestis Savi. In each case, many of the varieties growing in the counties were represented. In addition, a long series of dried specimens of species and hybrids, comprising those mentioned above, as well as hybrids and forms not shown in a living condition, were on view. Noteworthy amongst these was the new subspecies R. dumalis subsp. dolomitica Hes- lop Harrison.
374 NORTHERN REGIONAL. MEETING, 1954.
The hybrids from Durham and Northumberland exhibited were R. villosa x spinosissima, R. villosa var. relicta x spinosissima, R. sher- ardt x spinosissima, R. dumalis x spinosissima, R. canina x sherardi, R. canina x caesia, R. canina x obtusifolia, R. villosa x dumetorum.
Scottish hybrids shown were R. sherardi x. spinosissima, R. rubi- ginosa x spinosissima, R. caesia x spinosissima from Port Seaton (v.c. 82), R. sherardi x spinosissima, two forms, almost certainly originat- ing as reciprocal crosses from the Isle of Eigg (v.c. 104) and R. sherardi var. pseudomollis x canina var. verticillacantha from the Isle of Raasay Gc 104): .
Amongst the plants of experimental origin shown were F,, F, and F, generations of the cross R. sherardi x spinosissima and F, and F, lots resulting from the R. rubiginosa x spinosissima cross. In addition, living potted specimens of F, R. sherardi x spinosissima, F, R. canina xR. sherardi, F, R. villosa x spinosissima and F, R. rubiginosa x spinosissima were on view. One of the latter, a full-grown plant, at- tained a height of only 1-4 cm.
Mounted specimens, also illustrative of experimental work, included leaves of the parents of the cross R. sherardi x spinosissima, of the F, lot and of a series from F,, plants to demonstrate the effects of Mendelian segregation and recombination.
This portion of the exhibit demonstrated the strong leaning of the F, generation to the spinosissima parent, a fact confirmed by their chromosome number 28. A similar group of leaves, showing F, and F, plants of R. rubiginosa x spinosissima, revealed a similar state of affairs in that hybrid in which, again, the plants on display possessed 28 chromosomes.
Other plants brought by Professor Harrison comprised :—
Cerastium arvense x vulgatum from the Wear Banks, Lampton (v.c. 66). j
Euphrasia curta (Fr.) Wettst. trom Birtley (v.c. 66).
Potamogeton epihydrus Raf. from the Isle of South Uist (v.e. 110).
P. X prussicus Hagstr. Isle of Colonsay (v.c. 103).
Betula tortuosa Ledeb. from the Isle of Harris (v.e. 110).
Cakile maritima Seop.
C'. edentula (Bigel.) Hook. from the Isle of Harris (v.ec. 110).
('. edentula x maritima from Horgabost, Isle of Harris (v.c. 110).
J. W. Hestorp Harrison.
PHOTOGRAPHIC ENLARGEMENTS OF DurHAM Roses J. THomMPpson.
8. (1) Some Scottish CARICES A number of herbarium sheets of Carices including Carex micro-
glochin, C. atrofusca, C. rupestris, C. atrata, C. saratilis, C. rariflora.
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. 315
(2) Two Auien Species oF LYSIMACHIA From tHE LAKE DistRIctT
(a) Lysimachia ciliata L.
This specimen was collected from the Lancashire side of Lake Winder- mere during the meeting of Junior Members of the Botanical Society of the British Isles held in August 1953.
Wilson, in his Flora of Westmorland, gives references to plants from adjacent counties, but makes no mention of this species. It would appear, therefore, that it is an addition to the flora of the North Lanca- shire portion of v.c. 69.
(b) Lysimachia terrestris (l..) Britton
Wilson records this species only from an island in Lake Windermere. Since that time, however, it has spread widely and now occurs in quantity, on both shores of the lake.
Attention is also drawn to the fact that the description in Clapham, Tutin and Warburg’s Flora of the British Isles does not appear to be true of the plants found at Windermere. None of these plants have been found with elongated bulbils in the axils of the leaves, and during the two years I have had them under observation the plants have flowered freely.
(3). HERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Honck. ann ERIO- PHORUM LATIFOLIUM Hoppe
Specimens collected from a small calcareous bog near Ingleton, v.c. 64, Mid-West Yorkshire, were exhibited to draw attention to what appears to be good colour characteristics by which I was able to dis- tinguish the two species without a close examination.
In Eriophorum angustifolium the leaves and stems are a greyish green colour, and in E. latifolium they are a_ yellow- ish green colour. <A further characteristic which was observed is the colour of the inner sheaths of the lower leaves where surrounded by the outer sheaths of the basal leaves. In E£. angustifolium these sheaths have a pinkish tinge, and in E£. latifolium they have a yellowish tinge. In dried material the leaf and stem colouration is not so easily dis- tinguishable as in fresh material, but the colouration in the lower leaf sheaths is retained.
I have had no further opportunity of examining any additional material to verify if these characters are constant, and I am unable to find any references to these colour characteristics in existing British Floras. It would be interesting to know if these characters are, in fact, constant, as the colour of the lower leaf sheaths would be especially use- ful in the identification of non-flowering material. The observations of other botanists on these points would be very welcome.
(4). CALYSTEHGIA SEPIUM (L.) Roem. & Scuutt. anp C. SYT- VESTRIS (Wit1p.) Roem. & ScHuULt. Specimens from South Holderness, S.E. Yorkshire, v.c. 61, were exhibited to illustrate the main distinguishing characters between the two species of Calystegia. hese are: —
376 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
(a) The corolla, which is c. 5 em. long in (. sepium and c. 7 cm. in CU. sylvestris, and
(b) the bracteoles enclosing the calyx, which are not inflated in the case of U. sepium, and which are large and inflated in the case of C. sylvestris.
Owing to the fact that, until comparatively recently, C. sylvestris was not recognised in Britain as a separate and distinct species from C. septum our knowledge of the vice-comital distribution of the two species in the British Isles is either inaccurate or incomplete. Generally, how- ever, it may be said that C’. septum is common in the southern half cf Great Britain, gradually becoming rarer northwards, and that @. syl- vestris 1s fairly evenly distributed over the whole country and is the commoner species in the northern half.
A reprint of a note by J. E. Lousley published in Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C. 13, 265-268, and giving a detailed account of the history of C. sylvestris in Great Britain, was included in the exhibit.
R. Lewis.
9. Metotic BrHAaviour IN AGRIMONIA Potten MotTHer CELLs
Almost completely normal meiosis is observed in pollen mother cells of the British Agrimonia eupatoria L. (2n=28) and A. odorata Mill. (2n=56), the European A. repens L. (2n=28) and A. zeylanica (2n =56) from Ceylon.
A sterile haploid plant (2n=14), arising parthenogenetically after emasculation of A. ewpatoria, shows an overall reduction in size and increase in auxiliary branching. A wide range of variation in the first division followed by a normal second division results in the formation of irregular tetrads of inviable pollen grains.
A wild hybrid A. eupatoria x A. odorata (2n=42) shows leaf charac- ters intermediate between the two parents and is sterile owing to irregular meiosis, in which both univalents and bivalents occur.
The artificially produced hybrid A. repens x A. eupatoria (2n=28) is variable in both pollen mother cell chromosome number and the pre- sence of univalents. Although this hybrid sets fruit, the seeds have not been induced to germinate.
C. M. MeEpp.
10. Variation IN ANTENNARIA DIOICA (L.) Gaertn.
This demonstration was intended to show some of the results ob- tained during a series of observations on fixed populations of Anten- naria dioica.
The area selected for the work was a small island called Alstendy. lying just off the Norwegian coast and some 30 miles south of the Arctic Circle. Here this species grew in habitats of very varied aspects and at heights ranging from sea-level to 2,300 feet.
Samples were taken of 20 plants per population and for each in- dividual a number of measurements and observations were made on seape length, width of largest rosette leaf, shape and colour of involucral bracts, sex, ete.
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. BT
The results were subsequently subjected to statistical analysis in order to try to determine any pattern in the variation of these charac- ters and, if present, whether it could be linked with external influences.
It was found that, although certain general trends were evident, these were masked by the different relative effects of certain factors on various characters and by the inherent properties of the sexes (e.g., males have a significantly shorter scape than the female plants).
These few observations did, however, show quite clearly the inter- play between a number of clines in such micro-populations as were dealt with here, although only a few could be evaluated completely. The two which have been taken here as examples are:—(a) The reduc- tion in width of the largest rosette leaf in response to the increase of exposure, and (b) The expression ‘‘compactness of rosette’ which was shown to become less with increase of soil depth and maturity.
The herbarium specimens from populations XI and XIV were in- eluded, since they illustrate the importance of competition in determin- ing the success of this species. Both these samples had markedly low leaf widths and were found growing in quite close turf areas. Ecological observations carried out at the same time showed a preference for more open situations, so that these measurements do seem to conform with such a state of affairs.
D. M. Moore.
11. Tae B.S.B.I. Distrrnution Mars ScHEemMe
This exhibit included maps, the various types of individual and regional record cards, as well as leaflets giving information on the way to use these cards and other methods of helping in the work of the Scheme. Mr. Perring was kept extremely busy answering questions and allocating 10-kilometre squares to volunteers. A quantity of leaflets and record cards, which were available for distribution, were taken by interested individuals.
KF. H. Perrine.
12. YoRKSHIRE ALIENS
The 30 sheets of alien plants from vice counties 62 and 65 in this exhibit could be put into four groups.
1. Wool Shoddy plants. Examples of these are Vanthium spinosum L., Echium plantagineum L., Erodiwm botrys (Cav.) Bertol.
2. Mill Aliens. Examples are Melilotus indica (L.) All., Medicago arabica (L.) All., Phalaris paradoza UL.
3. Garden Escapes. These include such plants as Omphalodes verna Moench, Laliwm monadelphum L., Veronica filiformis Sm.
4. Seed Introductions. The following are some of the representa- tives of this class:—Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz, Silene dichotoma Ehrh., Silene schafta Gmel., Impatiens glandulifera Royle, Linaria supina (L.) Chazelles, Chenopodium glaucum L.
378 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
The recording of alien plants is often neglected. Impatiens glanduli- fera was not noted in v.c. 65 until 1944, but by then had become so well established there is no doubt it had been there for many years; the object of this exhibit was to stimulate the recording of all alien plants, and to stress the need for investigation into the possible means of intro- duction, without which the mere recording is rather pointless.
Miss C. M. Ros.
13. THe FLoRA oF THE DURHAM WALLS
The demonstration illustrated the paper read to the Society the same day, and consisted of 38 sheets of herbarium material of the most frequent species, and of modifications of plant form due to habitat. Some undetermined species were put out for identification.
A selection of photographs was shown, and a complete list of species found indicating the status, lfe-form, dispersal-mechanism and usual habitat of the plants.
J. Rossiter and S. R. J. WoovE Lu.
14. Some New ReEcorpDs AND INTERESTING PLANTS OF SARK
This exhibit, which includes a map of Sark, showed plant specimens of some of the new records to the Sark flora. Sark has a flora of about 450 species, and a visit to the island in July 1953 added several new records such as:—
Dianthus deltoides L. Spergularia rupicola Lebel ex Le Jolis Potentilla recta L. Calystegia sylvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Juncus kochu F. W. Sehultz Schult.
Bromus rubens L. ~ Carex polyphylla Kar. & Kir.
Several of these new records were of plants that are frequent in the North of England, e.g., Sedum album L. and Galiwm erectum Huds.
Sark, having a much warmer climate than the north of England, supports many interesting plants that are restricted in the British Flora to southern England. <A few of these plants were shown, as they would probably be unfamiliar to many northern members at the meet- ing:—Leonurus cardiaca L., Polycarpon tetraphyllum (1...) L., Gnaphalium undulatum ., Chenopodium polyspermum L.
W. B. H. Sowersy.
15. Variation IN PLANTAGO MAJOR L.
Specimens were shown which had been grown in the garden from seeds collected in (a) Durham, (b) Morocco and (ce) Tasmania. Con- siderable differences between the populations from these three widely separated localities could be observed. The Moroccan plants are signifi- cantly larger in all parts than any plants normally observed in Britain, while the Tasmanian plants differ from local Durham populations in both habitat and leaf shape.
D. H. VALENTINE,
EXHIBLTION MEETING, 1954. ony
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
An Exhibition Meeting was held in the Lecture Hall of the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, by kind permission of the Trustees, on Saturday, November 27, 1954, from 2.30 to 5.45 p.m. 253 members and guests attended, and exhibits were arranged by 35 individuals. and institutions. An account of these is given below, with notes supplied by the exhibitors.
THe Distrisution Maps ScHEME.
The centre-piece of the exhibit was a map showing the distribution of botanists who had already volunteered to send records for the Scheme. On this certain underworked areas were already apparent, notably Ireland, Seotland, Mid Wales, Devon and Cornwall (excluding the coast). However, even areas in more populated regions of the British Isles had gaps, e.g., Northamptonshire, N. Oxford, N. Buckinghamshire, N. Hampshire, Suffolk and Norfolk. Records for common species from these areas would be particularly valuable.
The map showed that, by the end of November, 615 people had asked for information about the Scheme. Of these 298 had agreed to send records, of whom 175 were members of the B.S.B.I. In all, 900 squares out of a total of 3,500 are being totally or partially covered, for which records have been received from 278.
As a result of the exlnbit about 20 new volunteers were enrolled and about 40 squares allocated.
J. E. Bagnatyt, AutHor oF FLORA OF WARWICKSHIRE
No portrait of James Eustace Bagnall (1830-1918) has ever appeared in a botanical publication, and consequently his likeness has been a subject for speculation by those who have followed in his footsteps. The photograph exhibited was an enlargement of one which had lain hidden in a rare, privately circulated memoir; it was used in an exhibition of Bagnall and his work recently held at Birmingham Museum and Art Gallery, to which his collections, comprising some twelve thousand sheets of plants, were presented in 19138.
A clerk in a Birmingham pen factory for over fifty years, Bagnall devoted all his scanty leisure to the investigation of the flora of the central Midlands. His week-end excursions to explore the remoter areas often entailed a railway journey of three to four hours, followed by a slow walk of anything from twelve to thirty miles; he is even reputed to have spent nights in the open, sleeping under hedges. Deeply religious and of a retiring disposition, he was an indefatigable worker and specialised in difficult groups like the roses and brambles. He died unmarried, at the age of eighty-seven.—D. EF. ALLEN.
330 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A Hysrip CAREX From MERIONETH.
Herbarium sheets of the hybrid Carex binervis x punctata and the putative parents were exhibited together with a table showing their distinguishing characters.
An account of this new hybrid is being prepared for Watsenia.—- P. M. BEnorr.
SALICORNIA PERENNIS 1x WaALtEs.
The discovery of Sulicurniu perennis in Merioneth (y.c. 48) con- stitutes the first certain record of the species for Wales, and a consider- able extension of its known British range. Previously it was considered to be confined in the British Isles to the south and east coasts of England.
The plant has been found in two localities in Merioneth: near Mochras, and near Barmouth. In the Mochras locality it is abundant on the mud-fiats where it is associated with Limonium humile, Puccinellia maritima, Salicornia stricta sens. lat., Suaeda maritima, etc., and forms large tussocks several feet in diameter. At Barmouth the habitat is similar but the plants exist in very small quantity, suffer through grazing by sheep, and rarely flower. The exhibit comprised a herbarium sheet of the species and a map showing its distribution.—P. M. BeEnoIlr.
Cytotocy In HERNIARIA.
Chromosome counts of six species of Herniaria show a _ polyploid series on the base number of 9. The exhibit was chiefly concerned with the ‘‘glabra’’ group of the subgenus Eu-Herniaria Williams.
H. glabra is diploid, but specimens of H. glabra var. subciliata from Coimbra, Portugal, gave aneuploid counts near the octoploid. The relationships of the plant are obscure and we should particularly like to obtain material from other localities.
The chief interest of the exhibit centred round the relationship be- tween H. ciliata Bab. and H. maritima var. ciliata Dav. which have previously been considered on the one hand to be identical, and on the other to be distinct taxa. The evidence from chromosomes seems to support the latter view, since H. cililata from the Lizard, W. Cornwall and from Guernsey is octoploid, whereas two stocks of H. maritima var. ciliata were found to be 12-ploid and Mesquita-Rodrigues records one 14-ploid.
Morphological details from plants growing under similar conditions were illustrated, and were, in general, in support of the results from the chromosomes.
A map of the distribution of these plants in Europe showed that there were French forms from Brittany and the Vendée which were still in need of examination. Material from these areas would be most gratefully received.—Miss K. B. Bracksurn and Miss A. W. ApDAMs.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 301
STRONTIUM IN PLANTS
Strontium is a widely distributed element in soils and is found in large concentrations near Wickwar and in the Avon Gorge (both v.c. 34, W. Glos.). The element was determined by the radioactivation analysis of plant ashes, and was found to be present in amounts vary- ing from about one to fifty parts per millon in the dry weight of normal plants. In plants from strontium-rich areas, however, the amount may rise to as much as 2% of the dry matter. Particularly in- teresting from the point of view of plant distribution is the finding that some of the rarities of the Avon Gorge (e.g. Arabts stricta Huds. and Bromus madritensis J.) contain about 1% of the element. It is sug- gested that plants of Strontium-rich areas, especially the Charophytes, deserve further study. Scme autoradiographs of Strontium in native plants were exhibited.—H. J. M. Bowen.
PREDICTING TIMES OF INSOLATION IN CREVICE PLANTS
A graph was presented showing values of altitude and azimuth of the sun for all times of all days in north-west Yorkshire. The times at which a microhabitat such as a rock crevice is potentially capable of receiving direct sunlight depends on its angular exposure to the sky. The periods at which the sun is in an effective part of the sky could be drawn on such a graph.
This graphical expression is easily comprehended and is being used in conjunction with a sunshine recorder to determine actual times of insolation and to make rapid estimates of averages of actual insolation received.—B. N. BowveEn.
SomME INTERESTING PLANTS FROM THE EUROPEAN HERBARIUM OF THE BritisH MusEuM
1. SPECIMENS CONNECTED WITH PAPERS IN Watsonia:
Nuphar intermedia Ledeb.; see Harrison, Y. Heslop, Watsonia, 3, 7; from Chartner’s Lough, Northumberland, S. (v.c. 67), collected by Fraser Robinson.
Stellaria nemorum subsp. glochidosperma Murb.; see Green, op. cit., 3, 122; from Llandogo, Monmouth (v.c. 35).
Carex lepidocarpa subsp. scotica E. W. Davies; see Davies, op. cit., 3, 70; type specimen from Creag-an-Lochain, Mid Perth (v.c. 88).
Festuca vivipara (1..)Sm., Poa bulbosa var. vivipara Koel., Poa alpina var. vivipara L., Poa x jemtlandica (Almq.) Richt., Deschampsia cespi- tosa var. pseudalpina (Syme) Druce, Deschampsia alpina (l.) Roem. & Schult.; see Wycherley, op. cit., 3, 41; examples of grasses showing proliferation of spikelets; also three examples of grasses showing ab- normal proliferation due to attack by nematodes (eel-worms), viz.,
Lolium perenne L., Agrostis tenuis Sibth. and Agropyron pungens (Pers.) Roem. & Schult. :
332 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
2. TypE spEcIMEN. oF ARTEMISIA NORVEGICA FR. var. SCOTICA HuttEin*
_ Type specimen of Artemisia norvegica var. scotica Hultén from Ullapool, W. Ross (v.c. 105), coll. J. E. Lousley, 1953, described by E. Hultén in Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 67 (1954).—British Museum (NATURAL HIstTorRy).
SOME UNPUBLISHED DRAWINGS AND TEXT FoR TYPES OF FLORAL MECHANISM, sy A. H. Cuurcu
A selection from the 700 drawings and MSS. by A. H. Church; material for further volumes of his Types of Floral Mechanism was exhibited.—BritisH Musrum (Naturat History) Liprary.
FLOWER VARIATION IN DIANTHUS GRATIANOPOLITANUS
The occurrence of Dianthus gratianopolitanus in the Cheddar Gorge, its limited habitat and the considerable variation which occur in the petals were illustrated and described. The need for further work before the full significance of the variation can be appreciated was stressed.— S. CHALLENGER.
LABELS AND HANDWRITING, oR ‘WHo Dun It?’ (1) EARLY EXAMPLES.— Mrs. H. N. CLoKiE.
Scottish HUPHRASIAE
Herbarium sheets were exhibited showing the distribution of the commoner species in Scotland. Plants represented were Euphrasia brevipila, E. confusa, E. nemorosa var. collina, E. micrantha, E. scotica, E. frigida, FE. occidentalis var. calvescens, BE. foulaénsis, BE. marshall, and two hybrids.—Miss U. K. Duncan.
VARIATION AND Ecotogcy oF CAREX FLACCA Scures.
The exhibit consisted of three herbarium sheets showing a range of forms of Carex flacca from different habitats. In the accompanying notes an attempt was made to correlate the length of the lowest fruiting spike with the base status of soil (pH measurement). Similar variable characters were pointed out including peduncle- and leaf-lengths which showed similar variation to spike length, and the very variable charac- ter of fruit colouration. Overall height was found to be an inconsistent character and somewhat independent of soil conditions. One sheet showed a series of fruiting spikes which were more uniform than the specimens on the other sheets, thus demonstrating the danger of draw- ing conclusions from single specimens.
Transplant experiments are being carried out, the results of which it is hoped will show how much of the variation is due to environmental differences, and how much to the genetical constitution of the plants.— H. J. FLercHer.
*See also Plant Notes.—Ed.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 383
SoME PLANTS FROM THE ‘N’ HoRIzon IN THE ESTHWAITE BASIN
Photographs of pollen grains and a part of a pollen diagram trom Out Dub’s Tarn, Esthwaite, were exhibited.
The photographs were of Plantago lanceolata, Gramineae type, Chenopodiaceae type, Caryophyllaceae Scleranthus type, Urticaceae type, Umbelliferue type, Hedera helix and Compositae Tubuliflorac type.
These were compared with modern grains of Plantago lanceolata, Deschampsia flexuosa, Pustinaca sativa, Hedera helix and Hwpatorium cannabinum.
It was suggested that the presence of Plantago lanceolata and other ruderals, together with the overall changes in vegetation as shown in the pollen diagram, provided some evidence for regarding the ‘N’ Hori- zon as a_ product of the first human settlement in the area.—J. W. FRANKS.
THe Forms or GALLIUM PUMILUM 1 Britain
Five distinct taxa are included in the species known as Galiwm pumilum in this country. The exhibit illustrated their morphology and distribution.
1. The common northern form, a tetraploid whose closest allies occur in Seandinavia and Iceland.
2. A western form, found on the Irish limestone, in Snowdonia and at Inchnadamph. Morphologically similar to the northern form, but a diploid.
3. The montane form, intermediate between the northern form and Galium saxatile. A very variable plant; some individuals appear to be hybrids cytologically. Found only on the Breadalbane range.
4. The southern chalk form, an octoploid found in small isolated populations. Very different morphologically from the forms above, and more closely related to the central European forms.
5. The Cheddar form, an octoploid found only in the vicinity of Cheddar Gorge. Closest to the southern chalk form, but with a dif- ferent habit. Perhaps identical with a plant found on chalk cliffs of the Seine.
The relative status of these five taxa, and hence their nomenclature, is not yet certain —K. M. Goopway.
Some Water Mints
The ‘‘varieties’’ of the polymorphic species Mentha aquatica L. were shown, with a few intermediates, in order to illustrate how they may be determined apart for convenience in large collections. Jt was made clear that no scientific value was placed on these varieties’’. In general, the exhibit provided an illustration of the recent paper on water mints in Watsonia.
In addition, a specimen was exhibited of a mint, recently discovered in Cornwall by Miss B. M. Sturdy, which appeared to be M. x mazav- miiana F. Schultz (M. aquatica x rotundifolia), a hybrid not pre-
384 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
viously recorded for Britain. A final determination must await fresh material next year, when, if the presumption is confirmed, the mint will be again exhibited.—R. A. GraHamM.
British CYPRIPEDIUM CALCEOLUS
The exhibit consisted of a photograph, taken some years ago, of a flowering plant im situ. In addition, a fragment was shown that had been collected this spring, having been eaten off by slugs.—R. A. GRAHAM.
STELLARIA NEMORUM UL. susse. GLOCHIDOSrPERMA Meprs. rx BRITAIN
Two herbarium specimens of Stellaria nemorum L. subsp. glochido- sperma Murb. and a typical specimen of subsp. nemorum were exhibited. The two former specimens had been gathered: (1) ‘‘at the falls, Lian- dogo, Monmouthshire, 36.6.29’’ (Ex Herb. F. Farre); (2) ‘‘Llyfnant Valley, Cardiganshire, July-August 1954, Miss Sine MacLachlainn’’. The specimen of subsp. nemorum was from Roslin Glen, Midlothian, 26th June 1902, W. Edgar Evans.
In addition seeds of the two subspecies were exhibited and a map showing the vice-comital distribution of S. nemorum L. sens. lat., marked with the known localities of subsp. glochidosperma.—P. S. GREEN.
THE CytToLoGy AND Ecotocy or British OROBANCHACEAE anp SeEmi- PaRAsiItic MEMBERS OF THE SCROPHU LARIACEAE
The genus Orobunche has been divided into two sections, Osproleon Wallr. and Trionychon Wallr. Photographs and drawings of chromo- some counts for eight of the nine British species in Osproleon Wallr. were demonstrated. These species were Orobanche minor Sm., O. mari- tima Pugsl., O. elatior Sutton, O. reticulata Wallr., O. ptcridis F. Schultz, O. hederae Duby, O. rapum-genistae Thuill. and O. caryo- phyllacea Sm., all possess 2n=38 chromosomes, indicating a basic num- ber x =19. One of the two British members of Trionychon (O. purpurea Duby) has been examined; it possesses 2n=24 chromosomes, which were illustrated by a photograph and drawing. Drawings of O. caryophyl- lacea and O. purpurea demonstrated the single bract characteristic of the section Osproleon, and the two bracteoles which occur in addition to the bract in Trionychon.
Rhinanthoideae in Britain may be classified cytologically into two groups on the basis of the resting nucleus. One group, comprising Rhinanthus and Euphrasia, possesses a prochromosomal resting nucleus; the stainable material in this type of nucleus is concentrated into a variable number of large bodies. The second group contains the re- maining British genera; in these the resting nucleus shows irregular small stained regions (chromocentres), or diffuse staining properties with oceasional aggregation of stainable material. Rhinanthus has been shown to possess the basic number x=1] which is the same basic number as that of Euphrasia; this point has not previously been noted
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 385
as a number of small chromosomes (8 in a diploid complement of 22) appear to have been overlooked, except by Fagerlind (1936)!, who gave 2n=22 as the number for R. major. Photographs and drawings of the chromosomes of British Rhinanithus minor Ehrh.?, and Finnish R. major EKhrh. (both 2n=22) were exhibited.
For comparison with these, P. Yeo kindly provided illustrations of Huphrasia chromosomes which do not show such marked size differentia- tion within the complement (the largest chromosome being about twice as large as the smallest). The photographs were of EH. anglica Pugsl., 2n=22, H. hirtella Jord., 2n=22, HK. pseudokernert Pugsl., 2n=44 and E. marshallu Pugsl., 2n=44. All are members of the Section Semi- calcaratae.
Members of the non-prochromosomal Rhinanthoideae possess different basic numbers:—Pedicularis x=8*, Melampyrum x=94, Odontites x=104 and Bartsia c=124. Photographs and drawings of the chromo- somes of Pedicularis palustris L., 2n=16 (material from Kent), Melam- pyrum cristatum L., 2n=18? (from Essex) and Parentucellia viscosa (L.) Caruel, 2n=48? (from Kent) were demonstrated. This last count is interesting in view of the fact that 48 is a multiple of 12, the basic number for Bartsia, the genus to which this species was assigned by Linnaeus.
Herbarium specimens of British Rhinanthus minor were exhibited for comparison with R. major trom Switzerland. Preserved specimens of Orobanche minor, O. maritima and O. caryophyllaceae were exhibited.
REFERENCES. 1. FAGERLIND, F., 1936, Hereditas, 22, 189-192. 2. HAMBLER, D. J., 1954, Nature, 174, 836. 3. WARBURG, E. F., 1952, in Clapham, A. R., Tutin, T. G. and Warburg, E. F. Flora of the British Isles. 4,
WITSCH, H., 1932, Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr., 81, 108. é D. J. HAMBLER.
SomE OBsERVATIONS oN SALIVCORNIA
There is an erect form of Salicornia, similar to 8S. appressa (Duin.) Dum. except in habit, which has not yet been described. This plant differs from S. ramosissuma Woods in its dingy crimson colour, more delicate cylindrical branches and in its habitat preferences. SN. appressa 18 apparently genetically distinct from its erect counterpart as the forms may grow side by side. The decussate nature of the branching is partially obscured in the prostrate form where successive branch-pairs lie in the same plane. Erect forms may be trampled, or flattened by other environmental factors, or prostrate forms may be- come semi-erect. These intermediate forms may cause confusion but in general it seems possible to distinguish plants with negatively geo- tropic shoots, as the apices of stem and branches of such plants are not appressed to the substratum, and successive branch-pairs are obviously decussate.
Photographs and habit specimens illustrated these points.
336 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A Salicornia like S. smithianu Moss possesses prostrate and erect forms. Quadruple branching occurs at the nodes in this taxon (as in S. dolichostachya Moss) which is very variable on the Medway Estuary ; extreme forms, with long (up to 6 cm.) tapering fertile spikes, which resemble S. dolichostachya Moss in habit, also occur. A series of photo- graphs illustrated this variability.
A living specimen of Salicornia perennis var. radicans Moss & Salis- bury was exhibited together with a photograph and drawing of its somatic chromosomes (2n = 18). The somatic chromosomes of 8. ramo- sissuma Woods (2n = 18) were also illustrated, together with a habit photograph. All material was from the estuary of the River Medway. —D. J. HAMBLER.
RU BUS ARCTICUS in Britain
Specimens of Rubus arcticus were exhibited from Ben Lomond and from Ben-y-Glo; kindly lent by the British Museum (Natural History). A third specimen, from Ben Lawers, recently located in Herb. J. C. Melvill at Harrow School, was also exhibited.—R. M. Hartey.
PLANTS oF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
A list of the plants of Caldey Island has already been published (Hepper, F. N., 1954, Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 21-36) and the exhibit sup- plemented that paper with other information on the island and its flora. Two maps indicated the geology and the vegetation respectively and a series of photographs helped to give an impression of the scenery. A few specimens were also shown, including the more interesting species occurring on Caldey in relation to Pembrokeshire (v.c. 45), and Carer polyphylla Kar. & Kir., which was a new vice-county record.—F. N. HEPPER.
A VarieGaTED Form or POA ANNUA
A variegated form of Poa annua was found in a shrubbery at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, during the past summer, growing with the normal green form. The original small plant was divided to pro- duce 16 separate plantlets which rooted and branched from the lower nodes, each giving rise to several vegetative shoots and a few flower- ing culms. These plants had the habit of one of the short-lived perennial variants of the species. In many leaves the green tissue was confined to the midrib, whilst in others there were 2-4 longitudinal strands of green, the remainder of the leaf being white. From panicles flowering in the late summer two batches of seed were collected and sown a few days later when dry. In the first batch all the seedlings appear to have been green, but in the second there were two albinos out of the 15 seedlings.
Plants with variegated leaves have been found in several grass- species found in the British Isles. In these the leaves were longi- tadinally striped with green and white, cream or yellow. Such
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 387
variegated forms are known in Alopecurus pratensis, Arrhenatherum elatius, Dactylis glomerata, Glyceria maxima, Holcus mollis, Melica uniflora, Molinia caerulea, Phalaris arundinacea and Phragmites communis.—C. E. HusBArpb.
AN INTERGENERIC Grass Hypsrip New To BrItTAIN*
Intergeneric hybrids between genera of the tribe Hordeeae are not of common occurrence in nature, although there are numerous instances of them being produced artificially. Among the natural hybrids found in Europe are two between species of Agropyron and Hordeum. These hybrids must be comparatively rare since they have been recorded only from Denmark and the south coast of France.
The Danish hybrid, Agropyron repens x Hordeum secalinum was first gathered by P. Nielsen at Stubberup near Skjelskov in the south- west of the island of Sjaelland in 1865, in a coastal meadow, where it persisted until 1877 or later. Nielsen named it Agropyron repens var. hordeacea, but at the same time observed that it might be a hybrid between Agropyron repens and Hordeum secalinum, a sugges- tion with which the Danish botanist, J. Lange, agreed. This rare hybrid was first discovered in the British Isles by Mrs. C. I. Sandwith in August 1945, in brackish pasture by the river Avon at Shirehampton, W. Gloucestershire. It was refound there last August and September, as a single large patch of about a square yard, with both parent species.
The French hybrid P?Agropyron pungens X Hordeum secalinum (x Agropyron rouxii Gren. & Duval-Jouve, Rouxia x hordeoides Husn., Agropyrohordeum X rouwxit G. Camus, Agrohordeum x roux G. Camus) was discovered first by Salzmann in August 1819, in brackish meadows at Villeneuve, and later in June 1859 by Blaise and Roux near Mar- seilles. It has since been recorded from various coastal localities in the départements of Hérault, Bouches-du-Rhone and Var.—C. E. Hus- BARD & N. Y. SANDWITH.
VARIATION IN THE CAREX NIGRA Compiex
Variation in herbarium specimens of this species complex was shown under three main categories. Specimens whose variation in colour of the female glumes and utriculi had attracted the attention of early botanists have been collected from most parts of Britain. In forma chlorostachya Reichb. (C. chlorocarpa Wimm.) the black female glumes are much smaller than the green utriculi and almost hidden in the compacted spikelet. Forma leucolepis Meinsh. has both glumes and utriculi of a very light fawn, whereas in forma badia Sanio the utriculi are as above but the glumes assume a chestnut-brown colour. The extreme is seen in forma fuliginosa A.Br. (C. melaena Wimm.) where both glumes and utriculi are of a sooty black.
Three anomalous forms were exhibited showing a variation which can be seen in many species of Carex. A woodland form in which
*See also Plant Notes.—Ed.
388 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
the leaves are narrow and the spikelets distant, short and few-tlowered compares with Kiikenthal’s forma subsetacea. An almost unisexual plant only occasionally with female flowers at the base of the otherwise all-male spikelet corresponds to forma polyandra (Schkuhr) Kiik. (C. polyandra Schkuhr). Some living material from a grazed fiush on being brought into the greenhouse produced flowering spikes in which the lowest spikelet was pedunculate and originated almost from the rootstock itself—forma basigyna Reichb.
Kiikenthal (in Engler, Das Pflanzenreich IV, 20, 1909) gives ten forms of C. goodenoughu Gay a varietal status; three of these were exhibited. Var. strictiformis L. H. Bailey (C. limula A. Gray) is a tufted form in which the leaves and flowering stems grow up to a height of 75 ems. The utriculi are markedly stipitate and nerved. Var. recta Fleischer is a type with a Scandinavian and Central European range and is probably present in Britain. The plant is more robust than the type and the leaves overtop the spike. The spikelets are lax and 4-5 cms. long and the utriculus is oblong-elliptical. The specimen exhibited was from Langskar, Sweden. A further variety which we have in this country is var. stolonifera (Hoppe) Aschers. (C. stolonifera Hoppe). According to Kiikenthal the geographical range of this plant extends to Chile and Bolivia. It has a very short, rigid and often curved stem; the basal sheaths are shiny and of a reddish-brown. The leaves are channelled and somewhat falcate; the whole plant suggests very close affinities with (©. bigelowz Torr.
A fine specimen of the hybrid between the type nigra and a near relative C. elata All. was kindly lent by Mr. E. A. Ellis for exhibi- tion. This is a very large form (=C. goodenoughit var. turfosa Aschers.) whose characters are intermediate between those of the parents.—A. C. JERMY.
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Savur. 1x WALES
Specimens of Orchis traunsteineri Saut. collected by the exhibitor from Cors Geirch, near Pwllheli, Caernarvonshire (v.c. 49), in June of 1953 and 1954 were shown. Hitherto this species has been known in the British Isles from scattered localities in Ireland and south-east Eng- land. The discovery in Wales helps to fill a gap in its markedly dis- continuous distribution. Maps were provided showing the distribu- tion of the species, together with photographs of the new locality in Wales, and a short list of associated plants. A fuller account is pub- lished elsewhere in this journal.—W. S. Lacey.
Witp PLANts or JERSEY, CHANNEL ISLANDS
Herbarium specimens of the following Jersey plants were ex- hibited :—Dianthus gallicus, Kohlrauschia prolifera, Lythrum hyssopi- folia, Eryngium maritimum, Centaurea aspera, Erica cinerea (albino form), Limonium lychnidifolium and Euphorbia paralias.—Mrs. K, LE SUEUR.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 389
EPIPOGIUM APHYLLUM 1x OxrorvsHIRE
Epipogium aphyllum was first found in Oxfordshire ‘‘in a wood near Henley’’ in 1924, and was seen again in this wood in 1926. In 1931 Miss Vera Emith (now Mrs. Paul) found it in a wood ‘‘near Peppard’’, where it reappeared in 1933 and 1953. It did not flower in either of these localities in 1954, but on September 4 I found it in a new wood in the parish of Rotherfield Greys, where there were five flowering spikes. Photographs taken there were exhibited.—J. EK. Lous try.
A SyYNTERESISED Prant or ASPLENIUM x BREYNIT
An exhibit was shown at the 1953 Exhibition Meeting concerning the synthesis of the well-known hybrid fern, Asplenium x breynw (Pro- ceedings B.S.B1., 1, 97 (1954). It was not possible then to display one of the artificial hybrids, but on the present occasion a live synthesised example was exhibited, together with a small explanatory demonstra- tion.—J. D. Lovis.
ASPLENIUM ADULTERINUM anp 17s ProBABLE PARENTS
Asplenium adulterinum Milde is only known from serpentine and other similar ultra-basic rocks in Central Europe and Fenno-scandi- navia. It is intermediate in morphology between A. viride Huds. and A. trichomanes L. and is usually found growing with one or both of these species. On account of these facts A. adulterinum aroused con- siderable speculation as to its true status amongst German authors in the last century.
A. adulterinum is now known to be a tetraploid species with 2n=144, and cytogenetic investigation shows it to be an amphidiploid, with A. trichomanes, diploid form (2n=72) and A. viride (2n=72), as its pro- bable parents. Meiosis in A. adultevinum is regular, 72 bivalents being formed. Triploid hybrids between A. adulterinum and A. viride (=A. x poscharskyanum) occur in the wild and have now also been synthe- sised by myself in Leeds. Analysis of meiosis in both wild and synthe- sised hybrids shows 36 bivalents and 36 univalents to be present. The other backcross, between A. adulterinum and A. trichomanes diploid form, has also been synthesised, and also shows 36 bivalents and 36 uni- valents in meiosis. These results indicate a high degree of homology between the chromosomes of A. adulterinum and the two diploid species, which may therefore be regarded as the probable parents of A. adulterinum.
It is possible that A. adulterinum may yet be found on rocks of the serpentine group in the more remote parts of Scotland, and it is sug- gested that botanists might bear this in mind when in such areas,
The exhibit was supported by (1) herbarium specimens of the three species concerned, and of both wild and synthesised hybrids between them, (2) photographs of meiosis in both species and hybrids, (3) photo- graphs of A. adulterinum and of A. x poscharskyanum growing wild in Norway.
390 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A full account of this investigation will appear elsewhere.—J. D. Lovis.
NORWEGIAN MATERIAL OF SOME OF THE RAREST BRITISH MoUNTAIN PLANTS
This exhibit consisted mainly of herbarium specimens, mostly col- lected at Finse, in Norway. The species shown were some of which recent British specimens in luxuriant growth are not, or should not, be available to-day, e.g. Woodsia alpina, Phyllodoce cverulea.
Colour transparencies of vegetation at Finse were also on display.
It was pointed out that our British mountain flora can be regarded as essentially an impoverished sub-arctic flora, and its closest affinity is with the flora of the Scandinavian mountains. There are very few high mountain species in Britain which do not occur in Scandinavia. Moreover, many of the rarest British mountain plants are relatively common in Norway, e.g. Carex atrofusca, Carex vaginata, Arabis alpina, Gentiana nivalis and Luzula arcuata—J. D. Lovis & J. V. Lovis.
ReEcENT WorK ON THE GENtS SENECIO
Specimens were exhibited of Senecio vulgaris, S. squalidus, the synthetic hybrid S. vulgaris x squalidus and the synthetic allopolyploid which had been produced by colchicine treatment of the hybrid.
These were accompanied by a plant of the naturally occurring allo- polyploid from north Wales.—DerptT. or Botany, MANCHESTER UNIVER- SITY.
A Hysrip BETWEEN FESTUCA RUBRA ann VULPIA MEMBRANACEA
An intergeneric hybrid new to science, Festuca rubra x Vulpia membranacea was collected from two localities during summer 1954 :— (1) at Southport, S. Lanes. (v.c. 59) by Mr. and Mrs. P. C. Hall and Mrs. B. Welch, and (2) at Sandwich, E. Kent (v.c. 15) by Miss M. McCallum Webster.
In appearance this hybrid resembles a long-awned form of Festuca rubra with rhizomatous growth and dark-brownish lower leaf-sheaths. The structure of the spikelet is similar to that of Vulpia membranacea, having pedicels thickened upwards, and narrow keeled glumes, though these gradually taper, and the lower glume is distinctly longer than that of V. membranacea. The size of the lemma and the length of the awn in the hybrid is intermediate. All specimens examined were completely male-sterile, having narrow, indehiscent anthers with badly developed pollen grains.
This intergeneric hybrid has not been recorded before either in Britain or on the Continent, but it was collected earlier on Guernsey, Channel Islands, by Francis Druce and C. E. Hubbard. In the her- barium of the British Museum there are some specimens belonging to this hybrid which were cultivated in Curtis’s Botanic Garden and dis-
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 391
tributed erroneously under the name ‘‘I’estuca cambrica’’ which is a form of F. rubra.
Festuca rubra x Vulpia membranacea has in its external morpho- logy a remarkable resemblance to Vulpia sicula Link which grows in Sicily, Sardinia, Tunis and Algeria. This species may also have arisen from hybridization between F. rubra and V. membranacea. As the pollen grains in V. sicula are well-developed, it seems that the dupli- cation of chromosome sets of species involved might have taken place in that case.
Specimens of this hybrid with its putative parents and V. sicula were demonstrated in this exhibit. A description and full account of this hybrid is being prepared for publication.—A. MELDERISs.
THE DistrRisutTion oF CIRSIUM ACAULE ann ASPLENIUM VIRIDE IN THE BritisyH ISLES
Many northern plants reach their south-eastern limit, and many southern plants reach their north-western limit along a line running diagonally across central England. There seems little doubt that this phytogeographical boundary is also an important climatic boundary and - maps were exhibited to show that to the south-east, over lowland Eng- land, the climate is more continental, annual rainfall is lower and hours of sunshine and summer temperatures are higher, than to the north-west, where the reverse is the case. Asplenium viride, selected as an example of a northern type, was compared with Cirsium acaule, a southern type, and the distribution maps demonstrated that these two species meet along this boundary but never overlap. In Derbyshire, which hes on the boundary, Asplenium viride is always confined to north-facing rocky slopes where limited observations show that summer temperatures are very low and, probably of greater significance, relative humidity correspondingly high. (Cirsium acaule, on the other hand, is generally on south-facing slopes, and studies of the reproductive capacity in these habitats show that this is greatly reduced.—C. D. Pieort.
HELIANTHEMUM CANUM w Britain
Helianthemum canum occurs very locally in Britain in five rather small areas on Carboniferous Limestone; the Gower Coast, North Wales, Teesdale, near the head of Morecambe Bay, and the Burren in Ireland. Taxonomically these populations fall into three groups: (a) the well- known and scarcely variable plant from Teesdale with small dark green leaves. (b) The remaining populations in England and Wales; rather large and often grey-tomentose plants. (c) The much coarser Irish plants; like the Teesdale form in their lack of stellate tomentum on the upper leaf-surfaces, but differing in their much larger hairier leaves.
These were illustrated with herbarium sheets and cultivated material, and by diagrams showing the results of analysis of leaf length and length/breadth ratio measurements. Also exhibited were a number of photographs of H, canum, and some of its British habitats.
392 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A more detailed account is in preparation for publication elsewhere. —M..C. F. Proctor.
CoLtour PHOTOGRAPHS oF ALPINE PLAntTs.—M. C. F. Proctor.
FERNS oN A RAaILwAay PLATFORM
On the eastern face of one of the platforms at Leagrave Station, Bedfordshire (v.c. 30), beside the railway track, is a remarkable colony of ferns (see also Dony, J. G., 1953, Flora of Bedfordshire). This plat- form face is of cemented bricks, the cement crumbling in many places, and the ferns grow from the crevices between them. The steam from passing trains, though emitted on the off-side, is a fairly continual source of moisture. A map showed the distribution of the train services through Leagrave Station, and four photographs illustrated some of the ferns there. A list of species seen there two months ago was displayed, showing that calcicole ferns consort with calcifuge. An interesting problem is whether the colony owes its existence primarily to the trans- port of spores by the trains or to the favourable conditions afforded by that particular platform face.—T. D. V. Swinscow.
SYMPHYTU M 1 Britain
Specimens were exhibited of Symphytui officinale, S. asperum, SN. tuberosum and S. orientale. The origin of S. peregrinum was examined. TGs Lorin,
THE Uses or ‘SuUB-SPECIES’ IN TAXONOMY
The recent increase in knowledge of variation within species of the British Flora has resulted in the suggestion of a number of different taxonomic treatments for particular cases. These niay roughly be grouped as follows :—
A. The extreme genetical view, which would attempt to work a species-concept based primarily on sterility, and would claim that, below the level of species, orthodox taxonomic categories are un- desirable. This view, in its extreme form, is likely to be upheld only by workers who are not faced with the practical necessity of producing a workable taxonomy.
B. A less extreme view, which, whilst aiming at a genetical species-concept, concedes the practical difficulties by devices such as the use of ‘aggregate’ (agg.), but which on the whole thinks the orthodox infra-specifie categories of little value.
C. A view which concedes the desirability of incorporating new knowledge (and particularly that usually called ‘experimental taxonomy’) into the orthodox taxonomy, but which holds that the latter must remain
(a) based on observable and describable morphological differ- ences.
(b) practicable for the general purposes of the science of Botany as a whole,
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 393
If, to satisfy these conditions, it is necessary to use the existing cate- gories for what are genetically speaking different types of situation, this is neither inconvenient nor undesirable. The taxon is morphologi- cally definable; what it is equivalent to genetically or in terms of evolving population studies ‘s a matter requiring a separate terminology. (Such a terminology, involving the use of the suffix ‘-deme’, has been suggested and elaborated by Gilmour, Gregor, Heslop Harrison and others).
The case in favour of adopting the third view was set out, in the exhibit, with reference to the use of the category ‘subspecies’ for par- ticular examples. In current practice (e.g. in Clapham, Tutin & War- burg’s Flora) three main types of situation (from the experimental taxonomic viewpoint) underlie the use of this category :—
(1) ‘geographical subspecies’, morphologically more or less de- finable from the ‘type’ subspecies with an assumed interfertility, at least partial, e.g. Veronica spicata L. subsp. hybrida (L.) E. F. Warb. (2) ‘eyto-subspecies’, insufficiently clearly definable on mor- phology (the differences being usually quantitative and statistical), but, usually, with more or less complete sterility barrier between it and the ‘type’, e.g., Galiwm palustre subspp.
(3) subspecies definable to some extent morphologically, ecologically and geographically, but about the nature of whose variation there is insufficient evidence for a satisfactory taxonomic treatment, e.g., Ranunculus aquatilis L. subsp. radians (Revel) Clapham.
Clearly the refusal of specific rank to examples of type (2) is a decision based on purely practical considerations. No logical boundary can be drawn between species and subspecies, nor should one attempt to find one. In practice, specific rank should be given where it is possible to assign, say 90% of reasonably complete specimens to one or the other taxon. If this is not practicable, then the subspecific category should be used, so that the unqualified binomial is available for general-purpose taxonomy.
Evidence was given in favour of treating the three cytodemes of Polypodium vulgare L. as subspecies (type (2)), not as separate species.
Type (3) cases will presumably continue to trouble us; but no-one need feel dissatisfied with this, which is merely a convenient taxonomic device.—S. M. Watters.
Some Hysrips In THE BritisH FLORA—EXISTENT AND NON-EXISTENT.— K. F. Warsure. .
ARTIFICIAL INTERSPECIFIC Hysrips In HUPHRASIA
The hybrids shown were Euphrasia occidentalis x salisburgensis var. hibernica and EF. pseudokerneri x occidentalis. Dried specimens of the hybrids and their parents were exhibited. In addition flowers and leat silhouettes were shown,
394 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
EK. occidentalis and E. pseudokerneri are placed in Subsection Ciliatae, Series Nemorosae, and EH. salisburgensis is placed in Subsection Angustifoliae. All have the same chromosome number.
The hybrids were intermediate between the parents in most respects. An exception was seen in the flowers of H. occidentalis x salisburgensis which were larger than those of either parent.
The percentage production of normal-looking pollen and of good seed was normal or almost so in E. pseudokerneri x occidentalis. In E. salisburgensis x occidentalis only about 20% of normal-looking pollen was produced and seed-production averaged one to two good seeds per capsule, as compared with nine per capsule in EL, salisburgensis.—P. F. YEO.
PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEBTING, 1955 395
SUMMARY OF PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 1955
CHANGES IN THE Frora or NortH-WEst YORKSHIRE DuRING THE Past CENTURY Miss C. M. Ros
Most of the changes in the flora of v.c. 65 since J. G. Baker’s day are losses, It is an area of upland and lowland, but with no large towns. ‘Catterick Camp encloses 11 square miles; airfields do not cover much ground, nor do roads, and the only loss due to the making of A.1 into a dual-carriageway was Doronicum pardalianches. Thanks to an enlightened Surveyor, no sprayed weed-killer is used.
It is drainage that has led to more changes in the flora than every- thing else put together. There were several carrs, in one of which, Leckby carr, Scheuchzeria palustris survived at least to 1840. Gentiana pneumonanthe has gone from Catton and become very rare at Strensal, where tanks are an added menace. Sazifraga hirculus is in danger. Drainage had been begun earlier, but was intensified during the 1914-18 war and the land now grows good potatoes. Another change originat- ing in the 1914-18 war was the wholesale removal of willows from the river banks, which leads to scouring which prevents the growth of her- baceous plants. When there is much snow on Mickle Fell, the rush of water washes out plants of Potentilla fruticosa which is much decreased.
On the uplands there are less sheep, and on the lower ground more potatoes and sugar-beet are grown and less corn, and there are now far fewer arable weeds; poppies are now rare. Everywhere wire fences replaced hedges, many of which were delightful mixtures of Salix pent- andra, crabs, etc., planted about 1790. The recent spectacular spread of Senecio viscosus right up into the dales is attributed to milk lorries carrying seeds which germinate on bare patches by farm gates. Col. chicum autumnale has been exterminated by ploughing up pasture. There has been very little afforestation. Lord Bolton’s well-managed mixed woods are allowed to regenerate, and have a good ground flora. The War Office ranges automatically form Nature Reserves, but tank training churns the soil into porridge annihilating all vegetation. One change for the better was the increase, between 1940 and 1945, of Gentiana verna in Upper Teesdale, attributed to lack of transport for marauders.
“Quo Imus?’’
R. W. BurcHer After a warning that he would be ignoring the laws of priority and using synonyms indiscriminately for the Society which began as the Botanical Society of London and, after being the ‘‘B.E.C.’’ for many
396 PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 19505
years, is now the B.S.B.I., Dr. Butcher described how he joined it. In 1921 he discovered Tillaea aquatica, and showed it to Dr. Druce, who said: ‘‘Splendid; the Society should make you an Honorary Member’’, which he remained for fifteen months, after which he was asked for a subscription.
Many things had changed since then. For years, Dr. Druce was combined Secretary-Treasurer-Editor and often Exchange Distributor; there was no A.G.M. and no excursions; the Reports were sometimes late but full of interesting items. For the amateur Dr. Butcher thought the finest period of the Society was the forty years from the 1890’s, when identification was on gross morphology. Now the emphasis is on micro- scopic distinctions, on genetics, biology and ecology. Lately we have had an orgy of changes, in nomenclature, from ‘‘Hooker order’’ to ‘“‘Hingler order’’, and splitting of species and genera to the confusion of the amateur. The change from mere collecting to the study of habitats and distribution is all to the good, and the Maps Scheme was admirable.
As to the fate of the flowers, they have many enemies and are the victims of rural and social economics. Many attempts at conservation are useless, for fencing in a plant will not preserve its environment; many are dying out from changing conditions. Dr. Butcher strenuously opposes deliberate sowing or replanting a species in a ‘‘lost locality’’, and, above all, he thought we must help to educate the public to ap- preciate the plants of Britain before it is too late.
In the discussion which followed, Dr. Warburg commented that the number of cytological papers in early numbers of Watsonia was largely fortuitous, and nomenclature in Britain had fallen behind, so that changes were necessary to bring us in line with the Continent.
THE PROGRESS OF THE DISTRIBUTION-MAPS SCHEME EF. PERRING
Deputising for Dr. Walters, Mr. Perring described how contact had been made with local Natural History Societies, schools and with the veneral public by notices in local papers. A Scottish Office had been set up in Edinburgh. The area within a hundred miles of London was adequately covered by promises of lists and several other counties were well in hand, but there were still areas without workers, such as North Hampshire and North Bucks; Lines. was short of workers, and for large areas of Northumberland, Cumberland and the moorland areas of Devon and Cornwall, records would be very welcome.
So far about a thousand of the approximately 3,500 ten-kilometre squares were in hand. He and Dr. Walters had made a number of visits to talk to Societies and co-ordinate local helpers. The relative value of time spent in extricating information from literature and time spent in the field, showed the latter to be far more productive of re- cords per man-hour. Many museums up and down the country have local herbaria, but staff shortage prevents their extracting the infor- mation; if members of the B.S.B.1. could undertake the extraction of
PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 1955 397
records from their local Museum herbarium, the help would be very welcome. A curious extension of the Maps Scheme is that a manu- facturer of nylon stockings has adopted the system to map his sales.
Prof. D. A. Webb spoke of the Distribution-Maps Scheme in Ireland, and asked for any records, however few, for any part except such well- known places as Killarney.
Dr. D. P. Young said that Croydon Natural History Society had undertaken six squares, and he had abstracted records from literature for them, and found that this method has left many gaps, especially among sedges and grasses, which the Society hopes to fill by field-work.
398 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR 1954
This report and the audited accounts printed below cover the period January lst to December 31st, 1954.
MEMBERSHIP. During the year 142 new members joined the Society and we lost 25 through death, resignation and the operation of Rule 6 (e). It is with very great regret that we report the death of three Honorary Members, Dr. Kar] Ronniger, P. Senay, and W. C. R. Watson, who all rendered valuable services to the Society. The net increase in membership was 117, which is the largest number recorded in our history, and to be compared with 12, 104, 79, 97 and 61 for the years 1949 to 1953. The total membership at the end of the year was 956.
FINANCE. Receipts from subscriptions amounted to £910, compared with £823, £719, and £641 for the previous three years. During 1954 we expended £938 on our two periodical publications. Sales of publi- cations totalled £209, which is more than twice the figure for 1953 when special receipts are excluded. Our total assets at the end of the year amounted to £1750, which shows a decrease (£134) on the previous figure.
The Society’s financial position remains sound, although rising ex- penses, which are partly due to increased facilities offered to members, give cause for anxiety. In view of the increased cost of our publica- tions under the new arrangements, the Council has decided that for the time being the standard size of parts of Watsonia should be kept down to 52 pages, and the published prices increased to 15/- a part for Watsonia and 10/- a part for the Proceedings. The full effect of this is not reflected in the present accounts. Expenditure on postages and General Printing have shown a further increase, while, in spite of a transfer of £25 from the General Fund (£8 in 1953), the Meetings Com- mittee’s Fund shows an overdraft of £36. Efforts are being made to effect further economies in these and other directions.
DEVELOPMENT AND RULES COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. D. E. Allen.
In addition to its usual duties in revision of the lists of Local Secre- taries, Referees, the Panel of Specialists, Floras in preparation, the Prospectus, and Rules, this Committee has been concerned during the year with the co-ordination of the new activities of the Society, includ- ing the Maps Scheme. Other matters referred to it include a sugges- tion that periodically the Annual General Meeting should be held away from London, proposals from a meeting of Local Secretaries and mem-
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 399
bers at Perth regarding the organisation of our activities in Scotland, and a recommendation from the Junior Membership Committee that a Panel of Lecturers should be formed. It has also considered the urgent need for making available more information about the autecology of rare plants to which attention was drawn by the Conservation Com- mittee, and following its recommendation, as approved by Council, the General Secretary has arranged a meeting of our representatives with those of other interested bodies.
MEETINGS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Dr. J. G. Dony.
A Conference on ‘‘The Species Concept in its relation to the British Flora’ was arranged at Church House, Westminster, on April 9th and 10th. It was attended by 234 members and guests, the papers read were of a very high standard, and the programme was carried out as advertised. A demonstration of the machinery to be used, and of the methods of collecting records for the Maps Scheme, was on view in a separate room throughout the Conference, and on the evening of the first day Professor Clapham and Dr. Walters lectured on the progress of the Scheme and the part members would be invited to play. The Conference was followed on Sunday, April 11th, by a field meeting ar- ranged jointly with the British Bryological Society under the leader- ship of Mr. E. C. Wallace. The attendance was about 80.
The Annual Exhibition Meeting was held on November 28th in the Lecture Hall of the British Museum (Natural History) by kind permis- sion of the Trustees, and was attended by about 280 members and guests. The meeting was followed in the evening by a Conversazione at the Glendower Hotel, South Kensington, at which the attendance was 54. A Northern Regional Meeting was held at Durham University on Octo- ber 30th, when 69 members and guests were present. We are grateful to Professor D. H. Valentine and Mrs. A. N. Gibby for organising this meeting, and also a visit to the Magnesian Limestone country near Durham on the following day. Arrangements are in hand for Regional Meetings at Glasgow, Cardiff and Leeds in 1955.
The published programme of field meetings was carried through as advertised, with a total attendance of 224, made up as _ follows:— King’s Lynn 35, Southport 27, Salisbury 58, Horsham 25, Sheffield 28 and Shingle Street 26. The special meeting for younger members at Garth, near Aberfeldy, which lasted a week, had an attendance of 25. Two of the 1954 meetings were devoted to collecting more detailed re- cords of the flora than has been usual in the past. At King’s Lynn members were issued with specially printed booklets for listing the species observed, while on the Horsham meeting the Maps Scheme printed cards were used. Here 535 species were listed for one 10-kilo- meter square, and other squares received attention. In arranging the programme for 1955 the Committee have included meetings specially devoted to the collection of records for the Maps Scheme and it is hoped that, as far as possible, this work will be included at all meetings.
400 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
Following the discussion at the last Annual General Meeting, fees charged were deducted from the amounts collected for coach fares, teas, etc., at meetings in 1954. Under this arrangement the expenses of field meetings amounted to £32, and, in estimating the total cost to the Society, the charges for printing and postage on the programme must also be taken into account. The Committee are reviewing this ques- tion in the light of the experience gained.
PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE, Secretary: Mr. P. J. Wanstall.
During the year the arrangements for improving the Society's periodical publications initiated in 1953 have been carried into effect. Watsonia, Volume III, Part 2, was issued in September, and Part 3 was in page proof by the end of December and will be published early in 1955. The first part of the new Proceedings appeared in April and the second part in December, and these have been well received.
Work has continued on the revised and shortened British Plant List, which is now in an advanced stage, and the Sub-Committee re- sponsible is aiming at publication by the summer of 1955. The Council has agreed to publish a report of the 1954 Conference, which is being edited by J. E. Lousley. Work is also proceeding on the Indez of British Herbaria and A Flora of the Isles of Scilly, but it is felt that
owing to the limited finance available the two works previously men- tioned should have precedence.
It was with very great regret that we received the resignation of Professor J. Heslop-Harrison as Secretary of the Committee when he left London to take up his appointment at Belfast. Mr. P. J. Wansiall was elected in his place as from October 15th, 1954.
CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. J. E. Lousley.
The number of ‘‘threats’’ reported during the year has been small, and in several cases it has proved that our informants were not fully acquainted with the position, so that action has not been required. Some of the special plants of Teesdale continue to be a source of anxiety, and the enquiries we have made indicate the importance of collecting more information about their ecological requirements and population fluctuations. We are pleased to report that the Ministry of Agriculture has not approved the Glamorgan River Board’s scheme for the ‘“improvement’’ of the Ely River which threatened the magni- ficent colonies of Aconitum anglicum which grow there. There have been fewer reports of damage to roadside plants from the use of chemi- cal sprays than in recent years.
During 1954 we have continued to collaborate closely with the Nature Conservancy and the regular meetings between members of the Com- mittee and representatives of the Conservancy have proved very valu- able. The scheme for collecting reports on areas in which they are specially interested has been continued and Mrs. Welch has received
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 401
reports on 96 areas from 38 members. Some of these reports have been extremely thorough and of a very high standard. Arrangements are being made for continuing this scheme in 1955,
MAPS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Prof. A. R. Clapham.
The progress made by the Distribution Maps Scheme during its first year is the subject of a separate report prepared by the Director, and of accounts which are kept entirely separate from the Society’s own funds. ‘The first annual instalment of the Nuffield Foundation grant of £2,000 per annum for 5 years has been received, and £50 has been transferred from the Society’s funds as its contribution for 1954. It is understood that the British Ecological Society has approved a grant of a like amount. The Nature Conservancy has agreed to make a grant not exceeding £1960 per annum from April Ist, 1955, to March 3lst, 1959, which includes the estimated cost of the punched card system. With this financial support it has been possible to set up the necessary organisation for the collection of data with confidence, and members and others have been enthusiastic in promising their assistance.
JUNIOR MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. A. W. Westrup.
During 1954, field meetings were organised at Epping Forest and Runnymede for young people between the ages of 15 and 21, and attended by 40 and 12 respectively. Details of a visit to the Depart- ment of Botany, Natural History Museum, for January 8th, 1955, have been circulated to Grammar Schools in the London area and 245 pupils and teachers have asked to attend. Arrangements have been made for three field meetings near London, one in Lancashire, and one near Glasgow in 1955.
Copies of the Junior Prospectus and Mapping Scheme leaflet have been circulated to schools and Training Colleges, and useful contacts with youth organisations have been established. With the experience gained during its first year the Committee is considering further developments for making known the Society’s activities to botanists of school age.
IXCHANGE SECTION.
To the 1953-54 Distribution, 10 members contributed 53 gatherings totalling 560 sheets of specimens. In addition, 1,484 miscellaneous duplicates, mostly from University College, Leicester, were distributed. Professor T. G. Tutin acted as distributor, and his report will appear in the Proceedings, Vol. I, Part 3.
402 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
REPRESENTATION AT MEETINGS OF OTHER BODIES.
We were very pleased to present a congratulatory address to the Royal Horticultural Society on the occasion of its Sesquicentenary cele- brations in July when we were represented by Mr. J. S. L. Gilmour. At the Centenary celebrations of the Société Botanique de France, Profes- sor T. G. Tutin read a short congratulatory speech prepared by the President, and Dr. Butcher represented us at the 250th anniversary celebrations of the teaching of botany at Glasgow University. We were represented by Professor T. G. Tutin and Professor D. H. Valentine at the International Botanical Congress at Paris. The Council would like to express its appreciation of the services of the officers and members who represented the Society at these and other meetings during the year.
C. E. Raven, President. J. E. Loustey, Honorary General Secretary.
By Order of the Council. February 4, 1955.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
ACCOUNTS FOR 1954. GENERAL FUND.
To Subscriptions received during the year
, Receipts from Advertise- ments
Income Tax Recovered Interest for 1953 on Post Oflice Savings Bank De- posit
Sales of Reports and Re- prints
£909 16 0
£1024 9 1
—_———__<___—__
}
|
By
29
”
Balance from 1953 Transfers to Journal Fund Transfers to Proceedings Fund sae Transfers to Committee Fund Notional Interest to Pub- lications Fund : Hire of Rooms for Council and Committee Meetings Cheque-book
Meeting
Minutes’ of
Duplicating
Meetings ae
Officers’ Expenses 5s Expenses re “Index of British Herbaria”’ ae Makinies rack at > Nat. History Museum for storage of publications ... Congratulatory Address to Royal Horticultural Society ie an Bes Grant to Distribution
Atlas project ... re Fire Insurance on publica- tions at Nat. History Museum and Portrait Advertising Expenses Telephones General Stationery Committee Secretaries’ EX- penses Postages and ‘Petty EX- penses :— Hon. General Secretary . £18 0 6 Hon. Treasurer 1611 1 Hon. Assistant Secretary Vie 8) A Hon. Distributor 115 4 Hon. Secretary, Development Committee Hon. Secretary, Junior Members’ Committee 8 19 11 Parcelling Pub- lications at Oxford (1953) ... Parcelling pub- lications at Nat. History Museum
Printing and
1 4 10
816 5
10 0 0
Balance
408
82 16 2 64 3 10
£1024 9 1
404
To Balance from 1953 ... , Transfers from General Fund
,» sales of Watsonia
To Balance from 1953 ...
Transfers from General
Fund a a Bs
» sales of Year Book and Proceedings
To Balance from 1953 ... Interest for year on initial balance at. 24% General Fund) Kae Sales of 1948 Conference
(per
Report mad re aes Sales of 1950 Conference Report aie Rs ee Sales of 1952 Conference Report Ad we Agi Sales of Comital Flora
and British Plant List ... Sales of Flora of Northants
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
JOURNAL FUND.
SLE aad By Printing Watsonia and postages thereon : 300 0 0 Vol. III, part 1 (to com- 105 19 6 plete payment) Ea do Ss Vol. III, part 2 190 14 10 Vol. III, part 3 (part payment) 100 0 0 | ., Balance 359 10 6 £880 6 7 £880 6 7 PROCEEDINGS FUND. £200 0 O By Printing Proceedings and postages thereon :— 250 0 0 Vol. fi, Parts Se Sy ee | Volume I, part 2 (part yy aS ys payment 200 0 0 Balance 46 0 4 £463 2 3 £463 2 3 PUBLICATIONS FUND. ee eG) 4 ad. By Balance a whine 9 A 25) By 0 | ee aA 810 3 66 11 8 "1a 3 313 5 £1132 9 1 £1132 9 1 ee Se =
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL A405
MEETINGS COMMITTEE'S FUND.
To Sales of Conference By Balance from 1953 ... son aevass. Bal Tickets on sa abe, 8 tes ee . Balance of Con- » Transfer from General ference Expenses £96 17 6 Fund es aes i= a: Des (0 (0) Paid Wms 19535225 A= 70 Balance ae : AEE 36 6 4 — 7416 6 Northern Regional meet- ing Expenses ae S70 wv aI@) Postages and Petty Ex- penses :— Hon. Meetings SCTE AIAY 9 35, £88} 7b Hon. Field Secretary Bs lt Ara) —— Adis Ose'§ , Printing and Stationery 1015 4 , Travelling Expenses (Field Secretary) iF (3) 319): ., Loss on Field Meetings ... 6 17 10 Expenses of Exhibition Meeting 618 6 £147 10 4 £147-10 4 The Balances on Life Members’ and Benevolent Funds remain unchanged for the vear at £145 12s 0d and £39 11s 0d respectively. BALANCE-SHEET as at 31st December 1954. General Fund ey é ig, EA BS 1) 300 National Savings Certifi- Journal Fund oe ss foo oS a) cates at cost ... mn soo ES) OF Proceedings Fund bis ae 46 0 4 Meetings Committee’s Fund Publications Fund a sot THIGY) @) a Debit Balance a Eras 36 6 4 Life Members’ Fund _... oe sy > Deposit with Post Office Benevolent Fund lee sus 39 11 0 Savings Bank Bee soos lee 42) aE | Cash at Bank ... a Ae 1G a) 7% eStore GO | £1787 6 9
Examined and found correct, (Signed) J. H. G. PETERKEN, Hon. Auditor. 20th January 1955. sh E. L. SWANN, Hon. Treasurer.
406 DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME, FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
FIRST ANNUAL REPORT TO 31st DECEMBER 1954.
In December 1953, the B.S.B.I. Council gratefully accepted the £10,000 grant from the Nuffield Foundation, and the Distribution Maps Scheme was officially launched at the Society’s Conference on 9th April 1954. On this occasion acknowledgment was made of the generous grant of the Nature Conservancy, consisting of £4,000 over the five years’ duration of the Scheme plus the whole cost of the Powers-Samas punched card recording system chosen for the Scheme. Further small grants towards the Scheme have been announced during the year, viz., £50 per annum by the Society itself, and a £50 grant by the British Ecological Society. The Royal Irish Academy have made a grant of £25 in aid of field work in Ireland, and hope to continue this annually over the five-year period.
Since April, the office of the Maps Scheme has been functioning in its temporary quarters in the Botany School, Cambridge, and has gradually expanded its activities, until by 1st October the full staff was employed on the work. This staff consists of :—
Dr. S. M. Watters, Part-time Director.
Mr. F. Perrine, Full-time Administrative Officer. Miss A. Matruews, Full-time Secretary.
Mrs. S. Frncuam, Full-time Punched-card Operator.
The reconstructed and augmented Maps Committee, consisting of 14 members with limited power to co-opt non-members of the Society. directs the main policy of the Scheme, and an Executive Committee of three is consulted by the Director on matters of policy which require urgent decision.
A Scottish Office was set up in the Nature Conservancy’s offices in Edinburgh on lst November, and Mrs. M. E. D. Poore was appointed as part-time Regional Officer. Professor D. A. Webb has set up an Irish Regional Office in Dublin, in co-operation with -Professor J. Heslop- Harrison (Belfast) for Northern Ireland. The National Museum of Wales (Cardiff) is co-operating fully in the collection and checking of all Welsh records.
During the year an attempt has been made to approach all B.S.B.I. local officers for help in the recording from their particular vice- counties, and a satisfactory network has now been set up. By the 3lst December, 700 people (as individuals or representing Natural History Societies) had offered to help in recording, of which approximately 180 were members of the Society, and about 1,000 of the approximately 3,500 10 kilometre squares were at least to some extent ‘‘covered’’ by these offers. Much useful information has been gained during the year on
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME, FIRST ANNUAL REPORT AOT
the most practicable ways of recording, and the methods (involving principally the use of ‘‘Regional’’ and ‘‘Individual’’ Record Cards) have been largely standardised. Plans have been laid for special “‘recording’’ field meetings in 1955. A useful start has been made in abstracting herbarium data; Mrs. B. Welch has been appointed part- time worker on the British Museum collections, and members of the Society are beginning to send in records from private herbaria. All the machinery was installed by 31st December, although the tabulator was only supplied temporarily until the specially-designed machine was available. The installation will be complete by the end of January. Some 10,000 punched cards have already been prepared from record ecards which since October have been coming in in a steady stream.
Two sub-committees have been set up, one to prepare the base- map(s), and the other to decide a provisional list of species to be mapped; both were at work before the end of the year.
Thus, early stages of the Scheme have gone roughly according to plan, and the ground-work now seems to be satisfactorily finished. There is reason for a qualified optimism for the future.
S. M. Watters.
DISTRIBUTION ATLAS ACCOUNT.
To Grant from Nuifield By Furniture and Office Foundation ... x ... £2000 0 0 Equipment—
» Grant from Nature Con- Cambridge ... £20618 4 servancy a a se OPA ©O Dublin es DOR OM 0 . Grant from B.S.B.I. Re 50 0 0 Edinburgh ... 012 6
————_ 257 10 10
* , Mechanisation Equipment 162 13 10
, Postages and Telephone ... WD 3} @
, Printing and Stationery 248 211
, Rent and Room Hire ne 40 10 O
, salaries JE at Se .. 86014 0
» Travelling Expenses ee: 62, 2) 0
, Employers’ Liability In-
surance ie ial wie 0 9 ,, Investment in 34% Defence Bonds ... ae Ae .. 500 0 , Balance fae i Mae Ole oe tl £2296 10 0 £2296 10
*Expenditure on this item is covered by the Nature Conservancy Grant.
Examined and found correct. (Signed) J. H. G. PETERKEN, Hon. Auditor. 20th January 1955. as E L. SWANN, Hon. Treasurer.
408 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2nd APRIL 1955
The Annual General Meeting was held in the rooms of the Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, on Saturday, April 2nd, 1955, at 2.30 p.m.
The Rev. Canon Raven (President) was in the Chair and 64 members were present.
The Minutes of the last Annual General Meeting as printed in Proceedings, Vol. I, Pt. 2, page 274 were adopted.
Councin’s ReEport.—The Report of the Counc] for the year 1954 had been printed and circulated. The Hon. General Secretary drew atten- tion to the expansion of the Society’s activities during the year and to the increase of interest among Scottish members. The Report was adopted and the President thanked Mr. Lousley for drawing it up.
ELEcTION OF PRESIDENT.—As retiring President, Canon Raven ex- pressed his pleasure at seeing the Society expanding in all directions and membership approaching a thousand. He thanked Mr. Lousley and other officers for their keenness and kindness and Prof. Tutin for taking his place in representing the Society overseas. He then introduced Dr. George Taylor whose election as President was carried with acclamation, The new President then took the Chair.
ELECTION OF TWO ViIcE-PRESIDENTS.—Council had nominated Mr. G. M. Ash and Prof. D. A. Webb and they were elected unanimously.
ELeEct1ION oF HONORARY GENERAL SECRETARY, HONORARY TREASURER, Honorary Eprror aNp Honorary Merrtincs SrcretarRy.—Council had nominated Mr. J. E. Lousley, Mr. FE. L. Swann, Dr. E. F. Warburg and Dr. J. G. Dony respectively. They were unanimously re-elected.
Kiection or MEMBERS OF CouNctIn.—There were four vacancies occasioned by the retirement under Rule 3(e) of Prof. D. A. Webb, Prof. J. Heslop-Harrison, Dr. R. C. L. Burges and Mr. E. Milne-Redhead. Six members had been nominated by members under Rule 3(f). Ballot papers were distributed and Mr. R. A. Graham and Mr. D. H. Kent were appointed scrutineers. The following were declared elected :—Dr. F. Rose, Mr. C. FE. Hubbard, Mr. P. J. Wanstall and Mr, J. E. Raven. The order of seniority for retirement, as decided by lots drawn by the Chairman, is in the sequence given,
ELection or Honorary Mrmpers.—Eight names were put forward by Council, under Rule 4(e):—Dr. Ch. H. Andreas (Groningen), Prof. T. W. Bécher (Denmark), M. Roger de Vilmorin (Verriéres-le-Buisson),
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955 409
Dr. N. Hylander (Uppsala), Dr. P. Jovet (Paris), Dr. A. Lawalrée (Brussels), Dr. Johannes Lid (Oslo), and Mr. H. N. Ridley (London). At the suggestion of Mr. Bangerter, Mr. Lousley said a few words about each and the value to the Society of their botanical work. They were elected by unanimous vote.
ExcHaNnce Section.—The following Resolution was considered :— “That Rule 16 be suspended until further notice’’. This rule requires the annual appointment of an Exchange Distributor. Dr. D. P. Young pointed out that the Society had conducted exchange activities for the greater part of its life, and in recent years the emphasis was now on exchange of critical or otherwise interesting material and not rarities. Even before the war it was seldom that more than a dozen members sent parcels, and the handling of them entailed much work for the Distributor. Nevertheless he would be grieved to see the Exchange Section come to an end, and asked members who have never taken part to abstain from voting. Prof. Tutin, as last year’s Distributor,. agreed as to the work involved and said that the contributors were new mostly institutions and the material of more interest to specialist botanists and professionals than to the Society as a whole, and exchanges between specialists can be arranged privately. In his view the Exchange Section was a survival from the past rather than an active need of the present, and he felt the time had come for dropping it. Mr. R. W. David suggested that it might be replaced by a list published annually in Proceedings indicating the groups in which members were currently interested, to facilitate private exchanges. Prof. Webb proposed that Council consider, as a new basis for the Section, the setting up of some sort of machinery for the exchange of information as to specimens which might be exchanged among smaller institutions. Mr. Alston seconded this amendment, suggesting that perhaps the annual change of Dis- tributor had contributed to the lack of enthusiasm. Mr EK. C. Wallace mentioned that in the Bryological Society the exchange of specimens still receives ample support which shows no sign of diminishing. The amendment was put to the meeting and carried. The Resolution was also carried, the voting being 12 in favour and one against.
There being no other business, Mr. Lousley expressed his personal gratitude to Canon Raven, for the four years in which he had been an ideal President had been a time of very active expansion with many intricate details to be considered.
A vote of thanks to the Officers, proposed from the Chair, was carried with acclamation, and it was agreed that the Linnean Society be thanked for the use of their rooms. The meeting closed at 3.15 p.m.
J.E.L. B.W.
410 ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954
During 1954, 142 new members joined the Society, this being 50 more than in 1953, and 28 more than in 1952. Of the new members 108 were Ordinary members, 10 Subscriber members, 23 Junior mem- bers and 1 a Family member. Losses were 25, this being 6 less than in 1953, and 8 more than in 1952. Of these, 7 members resigned, 6 ceased to be members under Rule 6 (e), and we regret having to re- cord the deaths of the following 12 members:—A. Farquharson, Mrs. C. Graham, Rev. A. G. Gregor, Mrs. B. Hassall, R. Howarth, Major J. G. MacGeorge, Dr. K. Ronniger (Honorary Member), P. Senay (Honorary Member), J. S. Stephens, S. A. Taylor, A. Turner and W. C. R. Watson (Honorary Member).
New Ordinary members are:—K. L. Alvin, Mrs. M. R. Ashton, Rev. P. R. Barker, D. M. Barling, Miss M. E. Barnsdale, Mrs. M. Barton, J. T. H. Beetham, Dr. G. Benl, Miss K. Benson-Evans, J. Bergin, Miss FE. I. Biggar, W. Bunting, Miss P. H. Burford, Dr. E. M. Burrows, Miss G. M. Butler, J. W. Carr, B. V. Cave, M. J. Christmas, M. H. Cocke, Mrs. N. L. Colthurst, Miss E. G. Cordiner, Miss P. Cox, J. A. Crabbe, D. Davidson, Dr. P. H. Davis, Miss L. H. Eaton, Dr. W. J. Eggeling, Dr. R. J. Elliott, Miss M. C. Entrican, Miss E. M. Evans, Mrs. E. Farnol, R. E. C. Ferreira, J. L. Fielding, F. Fincher, Dr. H. J. W. Fisher, J. T. Forrest, P. Greig-Smith, Mrs. N. K. Hadfield, Miss M. D. Hainsworth, D. D. Handford, Miss A. S. Harris, J. H. Hawkins, F. N. Haynes, D. J. Hinson, E. B. Hoare, H. C. Holme, P. R. G. Jackson, Dr. D. G. Jones, D. M. Jones, Mrs. D. M. Jones, F. Keeler, Dr. E. G. Kellett, Miss M. P. H. Kertland, Dr. B. A. Kilby, G. Knight, I. C. Lawrence, Miss V. M. Leather (re- joined), W. H. Lee, Miss K. D. Little (re-joined), Dr. A. Love, Miss B. Lunn, Dr. K. M. Lyon, Miss S. MacLachlainn, Dr. A. MacLeod, P. H. McNally, Prof. I. Manton, Mrs. M. E. Mason, D. M. Moore, Mrs. O. R. Moyse, Mrs. M. J. Oldaker, Miss U. M Palmer, F. P. Penfold, D. H. Phillips, L. G. Phillips, K. G. Plant, Miss B. A. Poulter, G. C. Rhodes, Dr. C. H. Rice, R. H. Roberts, C. W. Robin- son, J. Rossiter, H. B. Sargent, T. Schofield, Miss C. Shaddick, Mrs. A. G. Side, P. W. Spragg (re-joined), Miss C. J. Spurgin, W. T. Stearn, Mrs. EK. K. Stephenson, J. E. Stevens, A. M. Stirling, Miss B. M. Sturdy, P. G. Summers, F. J. Taylor, Sister Teresa, J. Thorpe, R. Torrey, Miss M. A. Turner, Miss J. E. Tutin, R. J. Ventura, Dr. S. Walker, W. A. Watts, B. Welsby, J. E. Willé, D. N. Williams, Dr. D. Wise, Miss R. Witton and S. R. J. Woodell.
New Junior members are:—A. Angel, A. G. Bailey, A. F. Baldry, R. A. Beaver, J. M. Colyer, Miss H. Cotton, D. W. Cross, J. D. Dodge, P. J. S. Furneaux, 0. L. Gilbert, D. R, Harvey, Miss P.
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954 4ll
Heaviside, J. I. Hopper, J. Horsman, P. F. Hunt, Miss B. Kydd, B. Miles, M. W. Morgans, R. C. Palmer, J. B. Phipps, I. T. Prance, Miss M. A. Williams and H. Wood.
New Subscriber members are:—Barnsley Naturalists’ and Scientific Society, Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery, Canterbury and District Birdwatchers’ Association (Botanical Section), Herefordshire Botanical Society, Liverpool University Library, National Institute of Agricultural Botany, Scottish Home Department Marine Laboratory, University College of Wales (Aberystwyth) Library, Vaxtbiologiska Institutionen, and West Wales Field Society.
A new Family member is Mrs. M. M. Williams.
D. H. Kent. January 1955.
41? REVIEW
REVIEW
Plants, Man and Life. By Epe¢ar ANpERsoN. Published by Andrew Melrose Lid., London. Pp. 208, with 16 text figures. 1954. Price 15s.
Plants, Man and Life has been written by an American for the general reader, but the contents will be of considerable interest to British botanists. The main theme is the methods used in the study of the origin of cultivated plants, and there is a useful summary of our present Knowledge (and lack of knowledge) of about a hundred of the world’s most important crop plants. In developing this theme the author shows how man has carried plants about with him and urges the active co-operation of historians, anthropologists and ethnobotanists for the study of cultivated plants and weeds. It is suggested that “‘the history of weeds is the history of man’’.
Edgar Anderson, who is Assistant Director of Missouri Botanical Garden, has, as one would expect, chosen most of his examples from personal observations in the New World. Many of these examples have interesting implications in connection with the origin of the British fiora and its increment from alien introductions in ancient as well as modern times. Thus his accounts of the “‘transported landscapes’ of the central and eastern United States, and of the rolling hills of coastal California, will be a revelation to many readers in this country of how the conscious and unconscious introductions of a short historic period can change the vegetational aspect of large areas. The chapters on Sunflowers and Tradescantias illustrate the taxonomic complexities with which all students of introduced plants become all too familiar. The book is written in a lively style and draws attention to important aspects which have hitherto not received adequate appreciation.
J. E. Lous.ey
OBITUARIES 413
OBITUARIES
—
Mrs. Bessizt FLorRENCE HassaAuu, née Cory (1883-1954). Mrs. Hassall, who joined the Society in 1934, died at Oxford on 15th September 1954, after a long and painful illness. Widely travelled, she had a great love of nature and her sketch-books were full of delightful water-colour drawings of plants. Her name appears frequent!y as a contributor of plant records to our reports and she was a regular attendant of our Field Meetings.
J. G. Dony.
P. Senay (1892-1954). Pierre Senay was born at Le Havre (Seine- Inférieure) on December 29th, 1892, and died at Asnieres (Seine) on September 2nd, 1954. Of humble origin, he entered at an early age the cotton trade, which at that time was attracting many young in- habitants of Havre. He was a model itself of self-education—his tenacity, exceptionally methodical ways of working and attention to minute detail, combined with a noble ambition to succeed completely in everything he undertook, led to the achievement of an incontestable mastery equally in the technicalities of his trade and in the elaboration of botanical works to which, from adolescence, he devoted his leisure. His courtesy and unwearying helpfulness made him the friend of all his confreéres.
After demobilisation in 1919 he returned to Havre and lived there until 1933. During this period he explored the surrounding country and paid particular attention to the flora of the alluvial soils of the estuary of the Seine. His residence in Paris after 1933 compelled him to modify the subject of his research. He then undertook the systematic study of certain critical or little known groups and published numerous notes on various subjects concerning phanerogams. He left uncom- pleted important studies of marsh orchids and of the muwricata-divulsa group of Carex. During the second World War he was attached to the Laboratoire:de Phanérogamie du Muséum National.
Senay was a founder member of the Société Linnéenne de la Seine Maritime at Havre, which was founded in 1913, and of which he was vice-president from 1926 to 1936. In this Society he exercised an important influence in effectively directing the work on phanerogams after the death of his master, Raoul-F. Mail.
Since 1929 he was a member of the Société Botanique de France, of which he was vice-president during the years 1940 to 1944. He was an Honorary Member of the Botanical Society of the British Isles and belonged to various other scientific and historical societies. He was an Officier d’ académie.
414 OBITUARIES
PRINCIPAL WORKS OF P. SENAY
I. Botanical Works
1922-1923: Etudes de la flore adventice du Havre et des environs, Bull. Soc. Linn. Seine marit., 1922, 31-58; op. cit., 1923, 307-310.
1929: Plantes disparues ou en voie de disparition et plantes nouvelles pour la Seine-Inférieure, Congr. du Havre de lAssoc. fse. pour VAvane. des Se., 1929, 429-431.
1930: <A variety of the bluebell new to Britain (Scilla non-scripta var. lacaillei Senay), J. Bot., 68, 112-114. Impatiens fulva Nutt. sur les rives de la basse Seine, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 77, 257-259.
1932: Etudes de la flore adventice du Havre et des environs, Bull. Soc. Linn. Seine marit., 1932, 3-48.
1934: Spartina townsendi, son extension a l’embouchure de la Seine. Observa- tions sur son origine et son mode de dissémination, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 81, 632-643.
1935: Sur une variation d’Endymion nutans, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 82, 129-131.
1936: Contribution a l’étude du genre Arctium, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 83, 330- 343.
1937: Orchis cruenta Muller, nouveau pour la flore francaise, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 84, 511-515.
1939: (with Varde, R. Potier de la) Extension de Spartina townsendi dans la baie du Mont Saint-Michel et sur le littoral occidental du Cotentin, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, $6, 388-392.
1940: Symphytum peregrinum Ledeb. et ses hybrides avec S. officinale L., Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 87, 313-322.
1943: Qu’ est-ce que l’Erythrea tenuiflora ?, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 9Q, 181-187.
1944: Le Sénecon adventice de Mazamet, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 91, 111-113.
1945: Le genre Cochlearia dans la Seine-Inférieure, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 92. 160-163. Le Carex vulpina et ses alliés, Bull. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Nat., 17, 332-339, 443-449 and 529-535. (with Debray, M.) La flore des ruines du Havre, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 92, 229-235.
1947: A propos dhybrides d’Orchis, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 94, 249-250.
1950: Réhabilitation du Festuca loliacea Huds. (Festuca pratensis x Lolium perenne), Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 97, 228-230.
1950-1951: Le groupe des Carex flava et C. oederi, Bull. lus. Nat. @ Hist. Nat., 22, 618-624 and 790-796 and 23, 146-152.
1952: Découverte de lAsplenium viride Huds. dans la Seine-Inferieure, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 306-308.
Il. Works on Cotton
1937: Le coton, sa production et sa distribution dans le monde. Le Havre.
1939: (with Chevalier, Prof. A.) Le coton Coll. Que sais-je? Paris. Ed. 3 (1954).
M. Depray.
Pierre Senay was elected an Honorary Member of this Society at the Annual General Meeting on March 16th, 1938, on the reeommenda- tion of P. M. Hall, and his services in supplying information about the French flora have been invaluable. He had an excellent command of the English language (for a time he ‘‘monitored’’ B.B.C. transmissions for his country) and thus was able to follow with ease the developments recorded in English botanical publications. In return he was most generous in providing details required by members working on groups represented in France. This would often take the form of carefully
OBITUARIES 415
prepared maps showing the distribution of particular species in his country.
I never had the pleasure of meeting Senay but from a correspondence extending over many years grew to feel that I knew him almost inti- mately. His letters touched on many matters in addition to botany and revealed him as a man who thought very deeply about current affairs and who held this country in high esteem. His ready assistance to our members will be extremely difficult to replace and the Society has lost a very staunch supporter.
J. E. Lous tey.
416 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
RORIPPA
Specimens of seed or living plants of Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) Hayek and R. microphylia (Boenn.) Hylander are required for an investigation on resistance to the crook-root disease of watercress (Spongospora sp.) which is causing considerable losses to cultivated watercress in Britain. Seed or fresh material will be gratefully received by Dr. J. A. Tomlinson, National Vegetable Research Station, Welles- bourne. Warwick. Postage will be refunded.
ALCHEMILLA VULGARIS L. agg.
Miss M. B. Bradshaw is studying Alchemilla vulgaris L. agg. and would be grateful for records, herbarium specimens and living material of all the microspecies. Material of A. vestita from the Midlands, S. England and Wales would be particularly welcome; this is the only species with hairs on both surfaces of the leaves lkely to be found in these areas. The National Grid number and a short note on the type of habitat and size of population from which plants are sent would also be useful. Communications should be sent to the Department of Botany, Science Laboratories, South Road, Durham.
SENECIO SQUALIDUS L.
Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.138, is studying the distribution and spread of Senecio squalidus in Britain and would be glad to receive records of the species, especially from the Midlands, northern England and Wales.
NAREX NIGRA (L.) RetcHARD AND ITS ALLIES Mr. A. C. Jermy, Dept. of Botany, University College of Leicester, is working on the ecology and taxonomy of Carex nigra (I...) Reichard, C. elata All., C. acuta L., C. aquatilis Wahlenb., C. recta Boott. and C. bigelowti Torr. He would be grateful to receive living or herbarium material, or information regarding localities of these species. Speci- mens from foreign localities would also be welcome.
FLORA OF CUMBERLAND The Carlisle Natural History Society commenced work on a new Klora of Cumberland in 1946 and the project is being continued with vigour. The Society would welcome, and fully acknowledge, any assist- ance in recording the distribution of plants in the county and records should be sent to: —Derek A. Ratcliffe, Ph.D., B.Sc., 72 Newtown Road, Carlisle.
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS A417
THE SOCIETY FOR VISITING SCIENTISTS
The Society for Visiting Scientists, Ltd., 5 Old Burlington Street, London, W.1, established in the spring of 1944 when Britain had the honour of welcoming many scientists from Allied countries, seeks to be a focus for all scientists visiting the United Kingdom, and to put them in touch with British scientists and with one another. The Society aims to provide and encourage an active exchange of scientific thought and discussion between scientists of the United Kingdom and scientists from overseas.
The House of the Society provides a meeting place, a refectory, a bar and some residential accommodation. In addition an information service is provided which is open to all visiting scientists, so that any scientist arriving in this country can, if he wishes, proceed at once to the House and be given such advice and information as is available.
Among the Society’s activities is the holding of receptions in honour of groups of scientists visiting Britain, who thus have an opportunity of meeting at the House their British and oversea colleagues. Jnformal discussion meetings of general interest to scientists are organised. The Society provides a forum for topics which are outside the scope of specialised scientific societies but which are of importance to scientists as a whole.
The Society’s Officers are Professor A. V. Hill, C.H., O.B.E., F.R.S. (President and Chairman); Professor F. J. M. Stratton, D.S.O., O.B.E., F.R.S., and Mr. A. Lang Brown, M.A. (Honorary Secretaries), and Professor Alexander Haddow, M.D., D.Sc., Ph.D. (Honorary Treasurer).
Scientists from all countries are welcomed at the Society, which tries to assist its visitors in every way possible.
The annual subscription is three guineas, with an entrance fee of one guinea. Oversea postgraduate students in science holding research grants may become Student Associates, paying an annual membership fee of one guinea; they pay no entrance fee. Other oversea members pay no annual subscription, but an entrance fee of five shillings.
Further particulars may be obtained from the Assistant Secretary, Society for Visiting Scientists, Litd., 5 Old Burlington Street, London, W.1.
418 LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS (up to and including 20th April 1955)
Members are asked to advise the Hon. Assistant Secretary, D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, of any corrections to this list.
When the year of attaining membership appears in italics the records show that the member has resigned and rejoined during the period.
Institutions are listed geographically, but it should be noted that many Institutions who do not appear in the list purchase the Society’s publications through the Trade.
F = Family Member
J = Junior Member
I. = Ordinary Member who has paid Life Composition S = Subscriber Member
II
PATRONESS
H.R.H. Tue Princess Royat, Countess or Harewoop, Harewood House, Leeds, Yorkshire.
HONORARY MEMBERS
1928 Aellen, Dr. Paul, Mittlere Strasse 139, Basle, Switzerland.
1955 Andreas, Dr. Ch. H., Botanisch Laboratorium, Grote Roze- straat 31, Groningen, Netherlands.
1922 Baker, Rt. Hon. H. T., P.C., Crabwood, Sparsholt, Win- chester, Hants.
1952 Bocher, Prof. T. W., Fortunvej 90, Charlottenlund, Denmark.
1926 Campbell, Miss M. S., F.L.S., Easter Tegarmuchd, Aberfeldy, Perthshire.
1931 Chapple, J. F. G., F.L.S., The Brackens, Nicholas Way, Northwood, Middlesex.
1914 Davy, Lady, Wayside, Lawn Road, Pennington, Lymington, Hants.
1935 Drabble, Mrs. E., Tregudda, Ayr, St. Ives, Cornwall.
1955 Hylander, Dr. N., Botaniska Museet, Uppsala 1, Sweden.
1937 Jansen, P., Frans van Mierisstraat 128, Amsterdam, Nether- lands.
1955 Jovet, Dr. P., Laboratoire de Phanérogamie, Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, 57 Rue Cuvier, Paris 5, France.
1908 Kiikenthal, Dr. G., Untere Klinge 9, Coburg, Germany.
1955 Lawalrée, Dr. A., 3 Avenue van Elderen, Bruxelles, Belgium.
1955 Lid, J., Botanisk Museum, Oslo 45, Norway.
1928 Price, W. R., B.A., F.L.S., 64 Elsworthy Road, London, N.W.8.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 419
1928 Rechinger, Dr. K. H., Friedrichstrasse 6, Wein 1, Austria.
1915 Ridley, H. N., ©.M.G., M.A., F.R.S., 7 Cumberland Road, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
1920 Swanton, E. W., O.B.E., A.L.S., ‘‘Littleton’’, 3 Derwent Avenue, Whitton, Twickenham, Middlesex.
1937 Vermeulen, Dr. P., Wodanstraat 14, Amsterdam-Zuid, Nether- lands.
1955 Vilmorin, R. de, Etablissements Vilmorin-Andrieux, Herbier Vilmorin, Verriéres-le-Buisson, Seine et Oise, France.
ORDINARY, LIFE, JUNIOR, FAMILY AND SUBSCRIBER MEMBERS
1952 Abbott, W. E., M.Sc., 36 Patterdale Road, Woodthorpe, Not- tingham.
1929 Abell, Miss L., Thorndale, Andoversford, Cheltenham, Glos.
1943 Abell, Rev. R. B., M.A., Bussage Vicarage, Stroud, Glos.
1954 S Aberystwyth, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth Library, Aberystwyth, Cards.
1928 Ackerley, Miss M. E., 107 West View, Clitheroe, Lancs.
1914 L Adair, G. S., M.A., F.R.S., Low Temperature Station, Down- ing Street, Cambridge.
1951 Adams, F. W., 141 Sandygate Road, Sheffield, 10.
1920 Adams, Rev. J. H., M.A., Llandulph Rectory, Saltash, Corn- wall.
1928 Adams, L. T., 96 Burman Road, Shirley, Birmingham.
1912 Adamson, Prof. R. S., M.A., Dept. of Botany, University of Cape Town, S. Africa.
1953 J Adcock, John A., 50 Sandy Lane, Norwich.
1949 Allen, D. E., 51 Oxford Road, Moseley, Birmingham, 13.
1944 Allen, G. O., St. Oswalds, Enton Green, Godalming, Surrey.
1955 J Allott, Miss Margaret C., ‘‘Newtonmore’’, 69 Downs Hill, Beckenham, Kent.
1934S Alston, A. H. -G., M.A.,-F.L.S:, Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
1954 Alvin, K. L., 20 Highfield Road, Hornchurch, Essex.
1951 Ambrose, F., Glendora, Cookham Rise, Maidenhead, Berks.
1953 Amshoff, Dr. G. J. H., Utrechtseweg 194, Oesterbeek, Nether- lands.
1955 S Amsterdam, Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Weten- schappen, Kloveniersburgwal 29, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
1951 S Amsterdam Universiteitz-Bibliotheek, Singel 421, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
1953 andrews, 1©. Hs A; B.Sse. “AJR EB-AL. © L.S., 114. Oxford Road, Moseley, Birmingham, 138.
1953 Andrews, Miss Janet, B.Sc., Hillcrest, Southfield Road, Burley in Wharfedale, Yorks.
iS
420 1955
1954 195] 1929 1951
1954 1952
1947 1951
1952
1954 1952
1954 1951
1947 1951
1949 1949
1948 1946
1946 1954
1954 1936
1953 1954
1954
1955 1949
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Andrews, Miss Marjorie, B.Sc., County of Stafford Training College, Nelson Hall, near Stafford. Angel, A., 72 St. Donatt’s Road, London, 8.1.14.
Appleyard, Mrs. J., 98 Moore Avenue, Bradford, 6, Yorks.
Ash, G. M., F.L.S., Alding, Grayswood, Haslemere, Surrey.
Ashhurst, Miss D. E., 1 Heron Court, Alexandra Road, Epsom, Surrey.
Ashton, Mrs. Mary R., Kingsbury, Dunstable, Beds.
Association of School Natural History Societies. See Harrow Weald.
Atkinson, Robert, Rocky Lane, Henley-on-Thames, Oxon.
Atkinson, W., F.R.A.S., 2 Duke Street, Penrith, Cumber- land.
Attenborough, Miss S. J., 18 Forest Ridge, Keston, Kent.
Bailey, A. G., 177 Langley Way, West Wickham, Kent.
Baker, Dr. H. G., Botany Dept., The University, Leeds, 2, Yorks.
Baldry, A. F., lla Parkside Way, N. Harrow, Middlesex.
Balfour; A. .<P., A.H-:R.-H.S.,. F.L.S8.,. “Cranfords- pPeppara Common, Oxon.
Balfour, Mrs. E. J., B.Sc., Newton Hall, Windygates, Fife.
Balme, Miss O. E., Cherry Trees, Rotherfield Greys, Henley-on- Thames, Oxon.
Bangerter, E. B., 51 Springfield Avenue, London, N.10.
Bangor, University College of North Wales, Bangor, Caer- narvon.
Bannister, C. W., Northway Cottage, Ashchurch, near Tew- kesbury, Glos.
Bannister, H. E., The Red Cottage, Little Heath Lane, Pot ten End, Berkhampstead, Herts.
Baring, Hon. Mrs. G., Empshott Grange, Liss, Hants.
Barker, Rev. P. R., Woolpit Rectory, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk.
Barling, D. M., Ammonite Cottage, Stroud Road, Cirencester, Glos.
Barnes, Mrs. Egbert, Hungerdown, Seagry, Chippenham, Wilts.
Barnes, Miss Ruth M., Castle Museum, Norwich, Norfolk.
Barnsdale, Miss Marguerite E., 6 Orchard Drive, London, S.E.3.
Barnsley Naturalist & Scientific Society (Secretary: R. S. Atkinson, F.R.A.S.), c/o 46 White Hill Avenue, Barns- ley, Yorks.
Barrow, L. V. G., Black Buoy Cottage, Wivenhoe, Essex.
S Barrow Naturalists’ Field. Club (Secretary: G. Wilson), 91
Yarlside Road, Barrow in Furness, Lanes.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 42]
Bartle, Miss Joan E., B.Sc., Withybush, Manley Road, Ben Rhydding, Ilkley, Yorks.
Barton, Miss F. M., 19 Park Street, Bath, Somerset.
Barton, Mrs. M., c/o The British Council, 65 Davies Street, London, W.C.1.
Basden, EK. B., 7 Leyden Park, Bonnyrigg, Midlothian.
Baylis, Miss D., Westwick, Barnhorn Road, Bexhill-on-Sea, Sussex.
Beak, P. G., Commonwealth Forestry Institute, South Parks Road, Oxford.
Beaver, R. A., 9 The College, Keele, Staffs.
Beetham, J. T. H., 50 Henley Road, Southsea, Hants.
Bemrose, G. J. V., City Museum & Art Gallery, Hanley, Stoke- on-Trent, Staffs.
Bendix, M., The Guards Club, 16 Charles Street, Berkeley Square, London, W..1.
Benl, Dr. Gerhard, Botanische Staastssamlung, Menzinger- strasse 67, Munich, Germany.
Benoit, P. M., Pencarreg, Barmouth, Merioneth.
Benson-Evans, Miss K., M.Sc., F.L.S., Somerset Lodge, Merthyr-Mawr Road, Bridgend, Glamorgan.
Bergen Universitets Biblioteket, Bergen, Norway.
Bergin, James, 20 Liffey Avenue, Crossacres, Wythenshawe, Manchester.
Best, F. C., Vivod, Llangollen, Denbigh.
Bexon, Miss D., M.Sc., F.L.S., The University, Nottingham.
Biggar, Miss E. I., Corbieton, Castle-Douglas, Kirkcudbright.
Bingley, F. J.. M. ine Flatford Mill Field Centre; East Berg- holt, near Golohestar, Fissex.
Birkett, Lady D. M., c/o Coutts & Co., 1 Cadogan Place, Sloane Street, oncom! S.W.1.
, Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery (Keeper, Dept. of
Natural History), Birmingham, 3.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society, 4 Greenfield Crescent, Birmingham, 15.
Birmingham Public Libraries, (The City Librarian), Birming- ham, 1.
Birminehatd University of, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 16.
Bitton, E. Q., Church Para, Runhall, Norwich.
Eline Svea, K. B., D.Se., Botany Dept., King’s College,
_ Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Blaikley, Miss N. M., M.Sc., 14 Marion Road, Southsea, Hants.
Bloomer, H. H., Longdown, Sunnydale Road, Swanage, Dorset.
Bogor, Bibliotheca Bogoriensis, (Mrs. C. M. den Herder van Veen, Librarian), Djalan Raya 20, Bogor, Java, Indonesia.
Bolitho, Mrs. A., All Saints House, Axminster, Devon.
Bond, Dr. T. EK. T., Horticultural Science Laboratories, Bracken Hill, Leigh Woods, Bristol, 8.
T|
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Boniface, Ronald A., 5 Grosvenor Road, London, W.4.
Booth, Mrs. A., 18 Besom Lane, Millbrook, Stalybridge, Cheshire.
Booth, Miss E. M., Lucy’s Wood, Newtownbarry, Co. Wexford, Irish Republic.
Bor, N. L., C.I.E., M.A., D.Sc., Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Borrill, M., ‘‘Tradiddan’’, Ynyslas, Borth, Cardigan.
Bowden, B. N., B.Sc., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road, Oxford.
Bowen, H. J. M., Magdalen College, Oxford.
Boyd, R. A., Dept. of Botany, University of New England, Armidale, New South Wales, Australia.
Bradbury, J. F., A.L.S., 12 London Road, Pulborough, Sussex.
Bradshaw, A. D., B.A., Dept. of Agricultural Botany, Memo- rial Buildings, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Bradshaw, Miss E., 156 Appley Lane, Appley Bridge, Wigan, Lancs.
Bradshaw, Miss M. E., B.Sc., West Croft, Tibthorpe, Driffield, E. Yorks.
Braid, Prof. K. W., O0.B.E., M.A., B.Sc., 48 Buchanan Street, Milngavie, Glasgow.
Brenan, J. P. M., M.A., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Brett, D. W., 43 Penrhyn Avenue, London, E.17.
Brett, Miss O. E., B.Sc., 13 The Vale, Woodford Green, Essex
Brighton Public Library, Church Street, Brighton, 1, Sussex.
Bristol Central Library (City Librarian), College Green, Bristol.
Bristow, Miss H. M., B.Sc., White Walls, 8 Shirley Avenue, Leicester.
British Empire Naturalists’ Association. See Guildford.
Britten, H., 21 Tollers Lane, Old Coulsdon, Surrey.
Broad, P. D., 59 Woodlark Road, Cambridge.
Brokenshire, F. A., 2 Rock Avenue, Barnstaple, Devon.
Brooke, Miss W. M. A., F.L.S., 300 Philip Lane, London, N.15.
Brooklyn Botanic Gardens, 1000 Washington Avenue, Brooklyn 20, NV Ae
Brown, G. C., 16 Lion Walk, Colchester, Essex.
Brown, G. M., B.Se., A.R.C.S., 176 Wricklemarsh Road, Lon- don, S.E.3.
Brown, John, 16 Stafford Road, Sheffield, 2.
Brown, Miss M. I., Gatehouse, Ditchingham, Bungay, Suffolk.
Bruce, Miss E. A., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Bruce, J. M., A.M.C.T., Gwydyr Forester Training School, Capel Curig, Bettws-y-Coed, Caernarvon.
Brunker, J. P., 28 Grosvenor Place, Rathgar, Dublin, Irish Republic.
3
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 493
1945 S Brussels, Jardin Botanique de |’Etat, 236 Rue Royale, Brus-
1950
1955
1947 1951 1935 1951 1955 1930 1954 1954 1952 1931
1952 1946
1954
1948
1948 1921
1954
1947
1936
1950 1952
1953
1950 1947
e
sels, Belgium.
Bruxner, C. J., Pippins, Newick, Lewes, Sussex.
Buckle, Mrs. G. E., Bank House, 105 Rowlands Road, Worth- ing, Sussex.
Buckle, Oliver, Bank House, 105 Rowlands Road, Worthing, Sussex.
Buckle, Miss W. I., 74 Sheepcot Lane, Watford, Herts.
Bull, Mrs H., Upper House, West Burton, Pulborough, Sussex.
Bull, K. E., 18 The Pantiles, Tunbridge Wells, Kent.
Bullock, R. C., B.Sc., 3 Sunny Hill Villas, Bruton, Somerset.
Bunker, H. E., 18 Abingdon Drive, Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston, Lancs.
Bunting, William, 27 Alexandra Street, Thorne, via Doncaster, Yorks.
Burford, Miss P. H., B.A., Rossholme, East Brent, near High- bridge, Somerset. Burges, Prof. A., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The Univer- sity, Liverpool, 3. | ipumves sive C.cdian MAR MiUBY geb ©. - WLS 10: ~Pritchatts Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 15.
Burnett, D. H., M.B.E., Tandridge Hall, near Oxted, Surrey.
Burnett, Dr. J. H., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The Uni- versity, Liverpool, 3.
Burrows, Dr. Elsie M., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The University, Liverpool, 3.
Burton, C. W., Maybank, Monkwood, Ropley, Alresford, Hants.
Burtt, B. L., B.Sce., Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, 4.
Butcher, R. W., B.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S., Cotherstone Cottage. Hillside Road, Burnham-on-Crouch, Essex.
Butler, Miss G. M., Holme Dene, Upper Batley, Batley, Yorks.
Butler, Miss K. I., 18 Morgan Road, Reading, Berks.
Cadbury, Miss Dorothy A., 73 Wellington Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 15. 5
Cadbury, C. J., Beaconwood, Rednal, Birmingham.
Caddy, Dr. D., 16 Cypress Avenue, Crews Hill, Enfield, Middlesex.
Cadell, Mrs. C. M. A., c/o Westminster Bank, Barnstaple, N. Devon.
Cadman, J. R., 1 Park View, Barony, Nantwich, Cheshire.
Calder, M. G., B.Sc., Ph.D., Botany Dept., The University, Manchester, 20. |
1950 S California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-
eisco, California, U.S.A.
M
DM
E>
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
California, Pomona College Library, Claremont, California, WW SeAy
Callen, Dr. E. O., Faculty of Agriculture, McGill University, Montreal, Canada.
Cambridge, Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cam- bridge, Mass., U.S.A.
Cambridge, National Institution of Agricultural Botany, Huntingdon Road, Cambridge.
Cambridge, University of, Botany School, Downing Street, Cambridge.
Campbell, Dr. Bruce, Hordley, Woodstock, Oxon.
Cannon, J. F. M., B.Sc., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Cannon, Mrs. M. J., B.Sc., 54 Westfield Avenue, Sanderstead, Surrey.
Canterbury and District Birdwatchers’ Association, Botanical Section (Hon. Sec., Mrs. E. Brickenden), 23 The Crescent, Chartham, near Canterbury, Kent.
Cardew, Major J. W., 44 Putnoe Lane, Bedford.
Cardiff, National Museum of Wales, Dept. of Botany (Keeper, iE) AS, Aiyde,»MizAc,. Byes) 9 Carditte
Carey, Miss R., Peakland P.N.E.U. School, Buxton, Derby.
Carlisle Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery, Carlisle, Cumberland.
Carmarthen, The West Wales Field Society, c/o Mrs. H. R. H. Vaughan, M.B.E., Nantymwyn, Rhandirmwyn, Llandovery, Carmarthen.
Carr, John W., B.A., Windy Corner, Vicarage Hill, South Benfleet, Essex. Carrothers, E. N., 21 Linenhall Street, Belfast, Northern
Treland.
Carter, J. E., 38 Kennington Road, Fulwood, Preston, Lancs.
Castell, C. P., B.Se., 52 Graham Road, London, S.W.19.
Cave, B. V., 161 Grangehill Road, London, S.E.9.
Chadwick, N. L., M.Se., 37 Castle Road, Salisbury, Wilts.
Chamberlain, Miss Y. M., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Chambers, V. H., Ph.D., A.R.C.S., 47 Westbourne Road, Luton, Beds.
Chambré, Mrs. C. B. M., Hawthorn Hill, Killeavy, Newry, Northern Treland.
Chandler, M. R., 18 Hamlyn Avenue, Anlaby High Road, Hull, Yorks.
Chandler, S. E., O.B.E., D.Se., F.L.S., 59 Anerley Park, Lon- don, S.E.20.
Chapman, Hon. Mrs. D. B., Dingley Hill, Bradfield, Berks,
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS A495
Chase, Capt. C. D., Campbell College, Belfast, N.1, Northern Treland.
Cheltenham and District Naturalists’ Society, (Hon. Secretary, M. G. Noll), 6 College Road, Cheltenham, Glos.
Chidell, J. W. P., 93 Worcester Road, Cheam, Surrey.
Child, Miss H., 42 Lowndes Street, London, S.W.1.
Chislehurst, County Grammar School for Girls, (The Head- mistress), Beaverwood Road, Perry Street, Chislehurst, Kent.
Christmas, M. J., 72 Northumberland Road, New Barnet, Herts.
Churchman, Miss Nancy, Melton Lodge, Woodbridge, Suffolk.
Churchman, Miss Violet, Melton Lodge, Woodbridge, Suffolk.
Cincinnati, Lloyd Library and Museum, (Mrs. Corinne M. Simons, Librarian), 309 West Court Street, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.
Clapham, Prof. A. R., M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, The University, Sheffield, 10.
Clark, William A., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, King’s College, Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Clayton, Mrs. M. H., 8 The Boltons, London, S.W.10.
Clokie, Mrs. Hermia N., B.A., B.Litt., 33 Chalfont Road, Oxford.
Cobbett, Lt.-Col. W. O., Worton, Devizes, Wilts.
Cocke, M. H., 21 Hornyold Road, Malvern Link, Worcs.
Codrington, Lt.-Col. J., 22 Eaton Mews South, London, S.W.1.
Cole, M. J., 5 Cranwich Avenue, London, N.21.
Collenette, C. L., Hartsfield Manor, Betchworth, Surrey.
Collett, G. W., 174 Sheldon Road, Chippenham, Wilts.
Collett, T. G., 6 Kent Avenue, London, W.13.
Collins, Brian E., B.Sc., 5 Tranmere Road, Whitton, Hounslow, Middlesex.
Colthurst, Mrs. M. L., Stonecrop, Wembdon Hill, Bridgwater, Somerset. Colyer, J. M., 3 Wyehurst Gardens, Bexhill-on-Sea, Sussex. Conder, P. J., 5 Bedales, Scaynes Hill, near Haywards Heath, Sussex. Conolly, Miss Ann C., Dept. of Botany, University College, Leicester.
Cooke, R. B., Kilbryde, Corbridge, Northumberland.
Coombe, David K., The Botany School, Downing Street, Cam- bridge.
Copenhagen, Botanisk Centralbibliotek, Gothersgade 130, Copenhagen, Denmark.
Copithorne, Dr. R. E. C., Keri, Oulton Road, Lowestoft, Suffolk.
Cordiner, Miss E. G., Trevelyan Cottage, Rosudgeon, Penz- ance, Cornwall. :
1954
1946 1954
1950
1947
1915 1942
1954 1955 1935 1952
1947
1918
1951] 1946 1951 1952 1952
1953 1951
1955 1938
S)
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Corke, H. T., M.A., 87 Finborough Road, London, S.W.10. Corner, J. H., 26 The Common, London, W.5. Cory, Miss A. M., Fullerton Manor, Andover, Hants.
Cory, Mrs. C. M., The Grange, St. Brides-super-Ely, near Cardiff, Glamorgan.
Cotton, Miss Hana, Pershteen, The Drive, Longfield, Kent.
Cotton, Mrs. N. E., 77 Arnold Road, Shirley, near Birmingham.
Coulthard, C. E., 51 Henry Road, West Bridgford, Notting- ham.
Cowling, D. W. M., B.Sc., Grassland Research Station, Hur- ley, Maidenhead, Berks.
Cowling, Mrs. M., B.Sc., Grassland Research Station, Hurley, Maidenhead, Berks.
Cox, Sir Christopher, K.C.M.G., c/o Colonial Office, 15 Vic- toria Street, London, S.W.1.
Cox, Miss Peggy, ‘‘Wingfield House’’, 107 Marsh Road, Luton, Beds.
Coxhead, G. W., 5 Rochester Avenue, Bromley, Kent.
Crabbe, J. A., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural His- tory), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Crackles, Miss F. E., B.Sc., 143 Hoimgarth Drive, Bellfield Avenue, Hull, Yorks.
Cranbrook, Dowager Countess of, Snape Priory, Saxmundham, Suffolk.
Creed, Dr. R. S., M.A., New College, Oxford.
Crichton-Stuart, Lady Colum, c/o Coutts & Co., 440 Strand, London, W.C.2.
Cross. D. W., 124 Hampton Road West, Hanworth, Middlesex.
Cross, P. J., 124 Hampton Road West, Hanworth, Middlesex.
Cross, Hon. Marjorie, Ash House, Millom, Cumberland.
Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society, 2 Lansdowne Road, Croydon, Surrey.
Crundwell, A. C., B.A., Dept. of Botany, The University, Glasgow, W.2.
Cruttwell, Rev. N. E. G., Dogurla, via Samarai, British New Guinea.
Culshaw, Rev. J. C., Hartley, Fonthill Road, Bath, Somerset.
Cumming, Richard, 2 Windsor Street, Hillside, Edinburgh, 7.
Cunnell, G. J., 56 The Warren, Heston, Hounslow, Middlesex.
Cunningham, Miss M. H., Seabank, Campbeltown, Argyll.
Curnow, P. W., D.F.M., B.Sc., F.G.S., Casimir Place, Dali- burgh, South Uist, Inverness-shire.
Currie, Andrew, 134 Brunton Gardens, Edinburgh, 7.
Dalby, D. H., 108 Gordon Road, Camberley, Surrey.
Dalby, Miss G. W., 108 Gordon Road, Camberley, Surrey.
Dalby, Mrs Diana, 7 Lincoln House, Basil Street, London, S.W.3.
1950
1954
1947 1947
195) 1951 1944 1950
1953 1954 1937 1922 1946 1949
1936 19438
1953 1955 1952 1950
1950 1954
1952 1937 1952 1951 1941 1950 1931
1953
I
uy
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 427
Dandy, J. E., M.A., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Koad, London, S.W.7. Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field Club (T. N. Seal- ing, Secretary), 17 West Auckland Road, Darlington. David, R. W:, c/o Cambridge University Press, 200 Euston Road, London, N.W.1.
Davidson, D., B.Sc., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road, Oxtord.
Davie, J. H., B.Se., Ph.D., Clifton College, Bristol, 8.
Davies, Miss Elizabeth W:, Ph.D., George’s Plot, Abbots Leigh, Bristol.
Davies, H. B., 3 West lkoad, Prestwich, near Manchester.
Davies, H. I., Elidir, College Street, Ammanford, Carmarthen.
Davies, Mrs. H. R., 112 Coleherne Court, London, S.W.65.
Davies, Mrs. M. L., Little Stoke Farm, Patchway, near Bristol.
Davis, Owen, 16 Park Road, Sheerness, Kent.
Davis, Dr. P. H., University Dept. of Botany, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
Day, Miss E., 82 Strand Street, Sandwich, Kent.
Day, Francis M., c/o Lloyd’s Bank Ltd., Malvern, Worcs.
Day, Miss Gwendoline H., Harrold, Beds.
Deakin, R. H., Harvey Road, Canford Magna, Wimborne, Dorset.
Dent, G., Speedwell, Wych Cross, Forest Row, Sussex.
Dent, Miss H. S. A., J.P., Flass, Maulds Meaburn, Penrith, Yumberland.
Dewey, Miss O. R., 14 Tootswood Road, Bromley, Kent.
Dick, M. W., 6 Fairway, London, S.W.20.
Diemer, Miss D., Arnewood, 178 Melton Road, West Bridg- ford, Nottingham.
Diver, Capt. C., C.B., C.B.E., F.L.S., Rushmere Cottage, Frensham, Farnham, Surrey.
Dodd, A. J., 9 Fullands Avenue, Taunton, Somerset.
Dodge, J. D., 49 Bradbourne Lane, Ditton, near Maidstone, Kent.
Dolman, G., 221 The Causeway, Petersfield, Hants.
Dony, J. G., Ph.D., 41 Somerset Avenue, Luton, Beds. ©
Downer, C. S., 6 Mapperley Park Drive, Nottingham.
Drummond, R. B., B.Sc., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Dublin, National Museum of Eire (The Acting Director), Kil- dare Street, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 19 Dawson Street, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Duncan, Miss Ursula K., B.A., F.L.S., Parkhill, Arbroath, Angus.
Dupree, T. W. J. D., Flat 3, 43 Clarence Parade, Southsea, Hants.
428
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBELS
1941 S Durham Colleges, Science Library, South Road, Durham.
1952
1952 1955
1949 1954
1932 1950 1954 1931 1952 1954 1930 1930 1919 1954 1950 1947 1954 1948 1950
1933
1937 1950 1950 1945 1952 1954 1947 1949
1948
NM
_
Dyce, J. W., Hilltop, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex.
Eagles, T. R., 32 Abbey Road, Enfield, Middlesex.
5 East Ham Grammar School for Boys’ Natural History Society,
Sussex Road, London, K.6.
Eastwood, Mrs. J. F., 5 Sloane Court, London, S.W.3.
Eaton, Miss Lilian H., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Morden Cliff, 107 Morden Hill, London, S.EH.13.
Edees. E. S., M.A., 19 Dartmouth Avenue, Westlands, New- castle, Staffs.
Edinburgh, Nature Conservancy, 12 Hope Terrace, Edin- burgh, 9.
Eggeling, Dr. W. J., Brackness House, Anstruther, Fife.
Eliot, Lady Alethea, 8 Carlyle Square, London, S.W.3.
Elliot, Rev. E. A., South Stoke Vicarage, near Reading, Berks.
Elliott, Ronald J., M.C., B.Sc., Ph.D., Merlewood Research Station, Grange-over-Sands, Lancs.
Ellis, A. E., M.A., F.L.S., Epsom College, Epsom, Surrey.
Ellis, E. A., Castle Museum, Norwich.
Elis, Edgar W., Gedham, Ossett, Yorks.
Entrican, Miss Mary C., 12 Southwood Lane, London, N.6.
Erith, Dr. A. G., 70 Highmoor Road, Caversham, Reading, Berks.
Esplan, Mrs Ceres, The Dairy House, Mill Road, Arundel, Sussex.
Evans, Miss Elizabeth M., B.Sc., Ph.D., Merlewood Research Station, Grange-over-Sands, Lancs.
Kvans, Ivor W., Hafod House, 46 Horfield Road, St. Michaels, Bristol, 2.
Exeter, Roborough Library, University College of the South West of England, Prince of Wales Road, Exeter, Devon.
Kyre, Mrs. R. S. K., Allen’s Farm, Five Ashes, near Mayfield, Sussex.
Fanshawe, D. B., c/o Forest Dept., P.O. Box 228, Ndola, N. Rhodesia.
' Farenden, Mrs. J., 88 Harewood Road, Isleworth, Middlesex.
Farenden, W. [I., 83 Harewood Road, Isleworth, Middlesex.
Farmer, Dr. A. J., M.B., Ch.B., c/o Rev. L. J. Farmer, The Manse, Chatton, near Wooler, Northumberland.
l’armer, C., 16 Woodberry Way, London, E.4.
Farnol, Mrs. E., Rook’s Farm, Bishopswood, Chard, Somerset.
Farquharson, Mrs. J., The Manor, Homington, Salisbury, Wilts.
Farquharson, Miss M. M., Craig Mount School, Scone Palace, Perth.
Fawkes, F. 8S. E., Haresfield, Bessels Green, Sevenoaks, Kent.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS A429
Ferreira, Robert IK. C., St. Catherines, Windermere, West- morland. Field, John A., 11 Oak Tree Gardens, Bromley, Kent.
Fielding, J. L., The Gables, Lower Road, Little Hallingbury, Bishops Stortford, Herts.
Fincher, Frederick, Randan Wood, Woodcote, Bromgrove, Worcs.
Fisher, Dr. H. J. W., 25 Broomy Hill, Hereford.
Fitter, R. S. R., Drifts, Chinnor Hill, Oxford.
Fitzgerald, Mrs. V. H., 24 Castellain Road, London, W.9.
Fleming, Dr. G. W. T. H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.L.S., Barn- wood House, Gloucester.
Fletcher, H. J., 51 Grenoble Gardens, London, N.13.
Foottit, A. C., Scredington Vicarage, Sleaford, Lincs.
Forrest, J. T., Little Udston, Hamilton, Lanark.
Frankland, J. N., ‘‘St. Leonards’’, Station Road, Giggleswick, Settle, Yorks.
Franks, Miss H., 262 South Norwood Hill, London, S.#.25.
French, Miss E. H., B.Sc., St. Christopher’s School, Bath, Somerset.
Frost, L. C., M.A., Botany School, Downing Street, Cambridge.
Frost, Miss L. Winifred, 98 Bolton Road, Salford, 6, Lancs.
Frowde, Miss Dora M., Elmsleigh, Colerne, Chippenham, Wilts.
Furneaux, P. J. S., ‘‘Southenay’’, Sellindge, near Ashford, Kent.
Gahan, 22747705, L/Cpl. P. B., Recruit Instructors’ Course, Education Centre, No. 1 Trg. Bn. R.E.M.E., Blandford Camp, Blandford, Dorset.
Galt, R. W. C., West African Institute for Oil Palm Research, Sub-station, Njala, via Mano, Sierra Leone.
Gardiner, J. C., F.C.A., 61 Coleherne Court, London, S.W.5.
Garlick, G. W., 147 Melrose Avenue, Yate, near Bristol.
Garnett, Miss G. A., 16 The Downs, London, S.W.20.
Garnett, Rev. P. M., 16 Loane Road, Sholing, Southampton.
Garratt, Mrs. B. EK. M., High Chimneys, Battle, Sussex.
Garside, Miss H. D., 18 Elm Gardens, Welwyn Garden City, Herts.
Gaunt, Alfred, Bryn Gwilym, Llangollen, Denbigh.
Gay, Mrs. J., Dept. of Botany, University College, Gower Street, London, W.C.1.
Gay, P. A., Dept. of Botany, University College, Gower Street, London, W.C.1.
Geneve Conservatoire et Jardin Botanique, (Directeur, Prof. C. Baehni), rue de Lausanne 192, Geneva, Switzerland. German, Mrs. P., Newlands, The Plantation, Durrington,
Worthing, Sussex. Gibbons, Miss E. J., The Hall, Holton le Moor, Lincoln.
1925 1950 1946 1950 1938 1938 1951 1929
1944 1919
1941
TR
1953
1955
1920
(Op)
I
—
oa
P
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Gibby, Mirs.: Ac N.j2 BSc); A.R.LC.. LS: Prebend’s Gate; Quarry Heads Lane, Durham.
Gibson, Mrs G. C., The Old Rectory, Clapham, Worthing, Sussex.
Gilbert, John ., ‘‘Riverside’’, Wansford, Peterborough, Northants.
Gilbert, O. L., 46 Roundwood Park, Harpenden, Herts.
Gilbert-Carter, Dr. H., M.A., M.B., Ch.B., Thatches, Hol- combe, Dawlish, Devon.
Gill, Mrs. M. M., 7 Victoria Avenue, Cheadle Hulme, Cheshire.
Gilmour, J. S. L., M.A., F.L.S., Cory Lodge, Hills Road, Cambridge.
Gilmour, Mrs. §., 48 Defoe Avenue, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Gimingham, Dr. C. H., Dept. of Botany, University of Aber- deen, Old Aberdeen.
Glaister, Mrs. E., 12 Grey Close, London, N.W.11.
Glasnevin Botanic Gardens (The Keeper), Dublin, Irish Republic.
Glendinning, D. R., c/o Foyer Farel, Passage Mon-Muron 4, Neuchatel, Switzerland.
Goddard, W. J., Fairfields, Manor Lane, Ollerton, Knutsford, Cheshire.
Godward, Dr. M.B.E., 8 Deyncourt Gardens, Upminster, Essex.
Goodhart, Mrs. M. S., West Thorpe, Lymington, Hants.
Goodman, Miss C. M., 2 Victoria Road, Harborne, Birming- neon, 1/
Goodway, K. M., Dept. of Biology, University College of North Staffordshire, Keele, Staffs.
Gordon, Seton, C.B.E., Upper Duntuilm, Portree, Isle of Skye.
Gordon, Miss V., 23 Alder Grove, Waterloo, Liverpool, 22.
Goteborgs Botaniska Tradgard, Goteborg, Sweden.
Gough, F. C. G., Gorse Cliff, Nevin, Pwllheli, Caernarvon.
Gough, Mrs. H., Rossbeg, Rosscahill, Galway, Irish Republic.
Gough, J. W., M.A., 43 Sandfield Road, Headington, Oxford.
Gould, H. C. F., Accolade, Ham Road, Liddington, Wilts.
Gourlay, W. Balfour, M.C., M.A., F.L.S., 7 Millington Road, Cambridge.
Graddon, W. D., Rathgar, Park Lane, Congleton, Cheshire.
Graham, Mrs. E., Mint House, Woodside Road, Northwood, Middlesex.
Graham, R. A., F.L.S., Mint House, Woodside Road, North- wood, Middlesex.
Graham, Commander R. D., Stawell House, Bridgwater, Somer- set.
Grange-over-Sands, Nature Conservancy, Merlewood Research Station, Grange-over-Sands, Lanes.
Grant, Cosmo S., ‘‘Yitsn’’, Rayleigh Road, Thundersley, Essex.
Graveson, A. W., Tintagel, Stoke Road, Beaminster, Dorset.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 43]
Gray, Mrs. A. S., Weir Lodge, Kibworth, Leicester.
Gray, Henry, Yewtree Cottage, West Malling, Maidstone, Kent.
Gray, R. E. G., M.D., Southcote, Hindhead, Surrey.
Gray, Miss R. EH. K., The Rectory Cottage, Checkendon, Read- ing, Berks.
Graz, Institut fiir Systematische Botanik und Botanischer Garten der Universitat, Holteigasse 6, Graz, Austria.
Green, H. E., Wood Hey, Ness, Neston Wirral, Cheshire.
Green, P. S., Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 4.
Greenfield, P., 18 Stuart Road, Warlingham, Surrey.
Greig-Smith, P., Dept. of Botany, University College of North Wales, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Grenoble, Institut de Botanique, Faculte des Sciences, 9 Place Bir-Hakeim, Grenoble, Isere, France.
Grierson, Miss Mary A., Palmers Lodge, Elstree, Herts.
Griffiths, Miss M. E., c/o Forest Herbarium, Imperial Forestry Institute, Oxford.
Grigg, H. C., Arundel House, Stanwell, Staines, Middlesex.
Groningen, The Librarian, Botanical Laboratory, State University, Groningen, Netherlands.
Grose, J. D., Downs Edge, Liddington, near Swindon, Wilts.
Grubb, Peter J., 11 Elmhurst Drive, Hornchurch, Hssex.
Guildford, British Empire Naturalists’ Association (G. A. Hebditch, M.B.O.U.), 92 Rydes Hill Road, Guildford, Surrey.
Guile, D. P. M., M.Sc., A.L.S., 51 Coity Road, Bridgend, Glamorgan.
Gurney, Mrs. A. H., Walsingham Abbey, Norfolk.
Gurney, Miss C., Turleigh Mill, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts.
Gurney, John, Walsingham Abbey, Norfolk.
Gurteen, F. M., Honiley, Balcombe Road, Horley, Surrey.
Hadfield, Mrs. Nancy K., Bulls Grove, Putley, near Ledbury, Hereford.
Hadlow, Miss M., B.Sc., 21 Flanders Mansions, London, W.4.
Haines, Mrs. EK. M., Appleslade, Linwood, Ringwood, Hants.
Haines, Miss G. M., Appleslade, Linwood, Ringwood, Hanis.
Haines, Mrs. J. W., Midhurst, Green Lane, Hucclecote, Gloucester.
Haines, R. N. G., 167 High Street, Bloxwich, Walsall, Staiis.
Hainsworth, Miss Marguerite D., B.Sc., Winterdorf, 10 Trafal- gar Road, Birkdale, Lancs.
Halifax Scientific Society (Hon. Treasurer, Mrs. Shaw), 4 Royd Terrace, Saville Place, Halifax, Yorks.
Hall, F. T., 2 Hartington Terrace, West Road, Buxton, Derby.
Hall, P. C., 26 Luddesdon Road, Erith, Kent.
Hall, Mrs. P. C., 26 Luddesdon Road, Erith, Kent.
Hall, R. H., 11 Wroxham Drive, Wollaton, Nottingham.
Hambler, D. J., B.Sc., 146 Lancelot Avenue, Strood, Kent.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Handford, Derek D., 5 Rifts Avenue, Saltburn-by-Sea, Yorks.
Hanson, F. D., 39 Malvern Road, Acocks Green, Birmingham, 27.
Hanson, M. K., 145 Staveley Road, Leicester.
Harberd, D. J., Scottish Plant Breeding Station, Pentland-
field, Roslin, Midlothian.
Hardaker, W. H., 451 City Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 17.
Harding, W. F. W., B.Sc., 15 Place Victor Hugo, Arras, Pas- de-Calais, France.
Hardinge of Penshurst, The Hon. Lady, Crichel, Wimborne, Dorset.
Hardy, R. E., Meadowbank, 56 Brighton lRoad, Banstead, Surrey.
Hare, Dr. C. Leighton, Dept. of Botany, The University, Liverpool, 3.
Harley, J. L., M.A., D.Phil., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road, Oxford.
Harley, R., Broadwell Manor, Lechlade, Glos.
Harris, Miss Anne S., Easton, Winchester.
Harrison, Sir Guy, Beenleigh Manor, Harbertonford, S. Devon.
Harrow Weald, Association of School Natural History Societies (Field Studies Secretary, Miss J. Dawson), 79 Bishop Ken Road, Harrow Weald, Middlesex.
Hart, Miss I. R. G., 25 Enys Road, Eastbourne, Sussex.
Harvey, D. R., 27 Knoll Rise, Orpington, Kent.
Harvey, F/O J. W., Ludbrook Cottage, Upper Raby Road, Neston, Wirral, Cheshire.
S Haslemere Natural History Society, Hon. Secretary, Hasle-
mere Educational Museum, Haslemere, Surrey.
Hatton, G. G., Elmcroft, Tiptree Road, Great Braxted, near Witham, Essex.
Hawkes, Dr. J. G., Dept. of Botany, The University, Edgbas- ton, Birmingham, 15.
Hawkins, J. H., M.Se., Arncliffe Cottage, Arnside, near Carn- forth, Westmorland.
Hay, J. A., 24 Burntwood Lane, Caterham, Surrey.
Haynes, Fred. N., Dept. of Botany, The University, Sheffield, 10.
Healy, A. J., 23 Ebdentown Road, Upper Hutt, Wellington, New Zealand.
Heath, Rev. D. M., Little Compton Vicarage, Moreton-in- Marsh, Glos.
Heaviside, Miss P., 25 Southgate Street, Bishop Auckland, Co. Durham.
Hemsley, J. H., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanie Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Henderson. D. M., Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, 4.
1952
1933
1950 1951
1949
1917
1950 1955
1933 1949
1954 1953 1954 1949 1952 1946 1928
1946 1954 1952
1949 1954
1955 1954 1955 1953
1918
NM
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 433
Hensler, Major E., B.Sc., Gilead Balm, 12 Knighton Close, Woodford Green, Essex.
Hepburn, Jan, M.A., B.Sc., 18 South Road, Peterborough.
Hepper, F..N., B.Sc., A.L.S., c/o The Herbarium, . Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Herefordshire Botanical Society (Hon. Secretary, Dr. B. G. Levy), Style House, Withington, Hereford.
Herniman, R. H., Shopwyke Grange, Shopwyke, Chichester, Sussex.
Heron, Miss May, Erclands, Ercall Lane, Wellington, Shrop- shire.
Herrick, A. C., 8 Craddock’s Avenue, Ashtead, Surrey.
Hertford, John MJInnes_ Horticultural Institution (The Librarian), Bayfordbury, Hertford.
Heslop-Harrison, Prof. J., M.Sc., Ph.D., Dept. of Botany, The Queen’s University of Belfast, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Heslop-Harrison, Prof. J. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Dept. of Agriculture, King’s College, Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Heywood, V. H., B.Sc., Pembroke College, Cambridge.
Hill, Miss Rosemary A., 24 Westland Drive, Hayes, Bromley, Kent.
Hill, S. Ashton, Hillside, Elgin Road, Parkstone, Dorset.
Hinde, J. D., Sunny Cottage, Brigham, Cockermouth, Cum- berland.
Hinson, D. J., 22 Leaside Avenue, London, N.10.
Hinton, Miss M. B., B.A., 56 The Goffs, Eastbourne, Sussex.
Hoare, Eustace B., 58 South Street, London, W.1.
Hodges, K. J., 1 Irvine Gardens, South Ockendon, Essex.
Holbek, Miss O., 42 Gardens Walk, Cambridge.
Holder, F. W., 17 Balmoral Drive, Southport, Lancs.
Holland, Sir J. S., Bt., M.A., c/o Central Mining and Invest- ment Corporation Ltd., 1 London Wall Buildings, Lon- don, EH.C.2.
Hollick, Miss K. M., The Old House, Ashbourne, Derby.
Holme, H. C., 23 Marlborough Place, London, N.W.8.
Hope-Simpson, J. F., M.A., D.Phil., Dept. of Botany, The University, Bristol, 8.
Hopkins, B., 63 Kingsway, Pendlebury, Lancs.
Hopper, J. I., ‘‘Chyngton’”’, 3 West Way, Carshalton Beeches, Surrey.
Horrell, M. J., Netherton, Upton Cross, Liskeard, Cornwall.
Horsman, John, 7 Foxwood Walk, Roundhay, Leeds, 8, Yorks.
Horwood, E. K., 48 Upperton Road, Leicester.
Howard, Miss E. M., Springhill Cottage, Petworth Road, Haslemere, Surrey.
Howarth, W. O., D.Sc., F.L.S., Botany Dept., The Univer- sity, Manchester, 13.
434
1946 1949 1949 1947 1947
1951
1933
1954 1950 1950
1946
1952 1955
1947 1951 1950 1951
1954 1949
1952 1950
1949 1933 1950 1947 1955 1954 1954
1954 1947
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Howell, William, 13 Balgowan Road, Beckenham, Kent.
Howitt, R. C. L., Farndon, Newark, Nottingham.
Howitt, Mrs. R. C. L., Farndon, Newark, Nottingham.
Hubbard, C. E., O.B.E., F.L.S.. c/o Thé Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Hughes, Dr. Marguerite, M.B., Ch.B., Hartwell Cottage, Bisley, Stroud, Glos.
Hughes, Dr. R. E., The Nature Conservancy, c/o School of Agriculture, University College of North Wales, Memorial Buildings, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Hull, University College of, (Prof. R. d’O. Good, M.A., Repre- sentative), The Librarian, Hull.
Hunt, Peter F., 19 Victoria Road, Frome, Somerset.
Hunter, Mrs. M. S., Glen Grant, Rothes, Moray.
Hurley, Grassland Research Station, Hurley, near Maidenhead. Berks.
Hurst, Miss Barbara, Rusper Nunnery, Horsham, Sussex.
Hutchison, Miss A. R., Denecroft, Brodick, Isle of Arran.
Hyde, Mrs. L. T., The Croft, Green Road, Kendal, Westmor- land.
Isaac, Miss M., 30 Pond Place, London, S.W.3.
Isherwood, Miss E. M. C., 26 White Post Hill, Redhill, Surrey.
Islington Public Libraries, (Chief Librarian and Curator), Central Library, 68 Holloway Road, London, N.7.
Jackson, Major J. P. A., B.A., 25 Addison Park Mansions. Richmond Way, London, W.14.
Jackson, P. R. Gidlow, 12 Maori Road, Guildford, Surrey.
Jacobs, V., State School 1426, Maude, via Bannockburn, Viec- toria, Australia.
James, L., 19 Bushey Road, Ickenham, Uxbridge, Middlesex.
Jameson, J. H., M.A., 25 Radnor Road, Handsworth, Birming-
ham, 20.
Jaques, Miss M., Egmont, St. James’ Lane, Winchester, Hants.
Jekyll, Francis, Munstead Wood, Heath Lane, Godalming, Surrey.
Jermy, A. Clive, B.Se., A.L.S., Dept. of Botany, University College of Leicester, Leicester.
Jermyn, S. T., 98 Western Road, Leigh-on-Sea, Essex.
Johnston, Miss F. K., 21 Mount Crescent, Tupsley, Hereford.
Jones, Dr. D. G., 57 Junction Road, Norton, Stockton-on- Tees, Co. Durham.
Jones, Mrs. D. M., 24 Douglas Road, Harpenden, Herts.
Jones, Derek M., ‘‘Meo-Voto’’, Hill Road, Porchester, Hants.
Jones, E. W., M.A., Ph.D., Imperial Forestry Institute, Oxford.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 435
Jones, Inigo, 30 Norris Green Road, West Derby, Liverpool, 12. Jones, Miss M. M., St. Michael’s, Herne Road, Surbiton,
Surrey.
Jones, Miss Vera E., Mowbray, Wern Road, Skewen, Neath, Glamorgan.
Jowett, D. W., 36 Wood Road North, Old Trafford, Man- chester, 16.
Jowett, Miss E. B., Oreton Mount, Grange-over-Sands, Lancs.
Kear, Brian S., 31 Parkend Road, Bream, near Lydney, Glos.
Keeler, F., 33 Fleetwood Avenue, Herne Bay, Kent.
Kellett, Dr. E. G., 1 Parkfields, Welwyn Garden City, Herts.
Kent, Douglas H., 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.18.
Kertland, Miss M. P. H., M.Sc., 9 Knockdene Park North, Belfast, Northern Ireland. :
Kew, Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Kidd, L. N., F.R.E.S., 46 Eton Avenue, Coppice, Oldham, Lancs. : Kilby, Dr. B. A., Dept. of Biochemistry, 9 Hyde Terrace,
Leeds, 2. Killick, H. J., 33 Grange Road, Bishops Stortford, Herts. Kind, S. S., Flat 1, 33 Kent Road, Harrogate, Yorks. King, Mrs. EK. L., Lindholme, The Park, Cheltenham, Glos. Kingston-upon-Thames, The Tiffin Girls’ School, (Senior Bio- logy Mistress), Richmond Road, Kingston-upon-Thames, Surrey. Kirby, Mrs. G. E., Sankey House, Brook, near Ashford, Kent. Knight, G., 39 High Street, Northwood, Middlesex. Knott, E., Swinhope Hall, Binbrook, Lincoln. Kydd, Miss Sarah B., 968 Bristol Road, Birmingham, 29.
Lacey, William S., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.G.S., Dept. of Botany, University College of North Wales, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Laidlaw, Miss R. G. B., c/o Dr. E. F. Laidlaw, Moniaive, St. Lawrence, Ventnor, Isle of Wight.
Lambert, Dr. J. M., B.Sc., Dept. of Botany, The University,
Southampton. Langridge, C., 1 St. Joseph’s Cottages, Upper Froyle, Alton, Hants.
Larsen, L., 22 Maes Cadnant, Caernarvon.
Latham, J., The Beeches, Brambletye Park Road, Redhill, Surrey.
Lavender, J. H., B.Sc., A.R.C.S., Heather Lodge, Burley Road, Bransgore, Christchurch, Hants.
Lawfield, W. N., 345 South Lane, New Malden, Surrey.
Lawrence, Prof. G. H. M., Bailey Hortorium, Cornell Univer- sity, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.
436
1954
1953 1949
1937
1938
1923 1954 1944
1924 1953
1951 1953 1955
1950 1931 1946 1943 1953
1951 1930 1951 1955
1952 1952
1954
1955
P
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Lawrence, Ian, 60 Cambridge Road, Linthorpe, Middles- borough, Yorks.
Lawrie, Miss J. R., 6 Beresford Road, Bedford.
Laycock, T. R., B.Sc., 3 Bent Street, Longsight, Man- chester, 12.
Leadbitter, Sir Eric, K.C.V.O., 160 Addiscombe Road, Croy- don, Surrey.
Leather, Miss V. M., M.B.E., Vine Cottage, Ewshott, near Farnham, Surrey.
Lee, John R., 96 Finlay Drive, Dennistoun, Glasgow, E.1.
Lee, W. H., 78 Barton Road, Kettering, Northants.
Leeds Central Library, The City Librarian, Central Library, Leeds, 1.
Leicester Museum and Art Gallery, Leicester.
Le Mare, Derek V., 18 Astoria Mansions, Streatham High Road, London, S.W.16.
Lemmon, R. A., 5 Tinwell Road, Stamford, Lincs.
Lennard, Lady, Woodcote, Churt, Surrey.
Le Sueur, Mrs. F., Four Winds, Mont Gras d’ Kau, St. Brelade, Jersey.
Le Sueur, Mrs. K. H., 23 Rosary Gardens, London, S.W.7.
Lewis, J. S., Leckford Abbas, Stockbridge, Hants.
Lewis, R., 54 Greenside, Kendal, Westmorland.
Libbey, R. P., 148 Gaywood Road, Kings Lynn, Norfolk.
Liger, Dr. J., 52 Rue de la République, Rouen, France.
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, (Hon. Secretary, F. T. Baker), City and County Museum, Lincoln.
Lindquist, Prof. Bertil, Botanic Garden, Gothenburg, Sweden.
Little, D. A. J.. N.D.H., 25 Lannoweth Road, Penzance, Corn- wall.
Little, Miss K. D., 19 The Avenue, Hitchin, Herts.
Littleboy, Miss S. M., Robin’s Acre, Saffron Walden, Essex.
Liverpool Botanical Society, (Hon. Secretary, Miss S. Reeve), 4 Booker Avenue, Liverpool, 18.
Liverpool, The Library, The University, Liverpool, 3.
Lloyd, V. E., M.C., M.B.B.S. (Lond.), 111 Highlands Heath, Portsmouth Road, London, S.W.15.
London, Birkbeck College Library (University of London), Malet Street, London, W.C.1.
London, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
London, Forestry Commission, 25 Savile Road, London, W.1.
London, Linnean Society of, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W.1.
London Natural History Society, Botanical Section, (Hon. Secretary, F. E. Wrighton), 60 Evelyn Avenue, Ruislip, Middlesex.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 437
London, Nature Conservancy, 19 Belgrave Square, London, S.W.1.
London, Royal Horticultural Society, Vincent Square, London, S.W.1.
London, Science Museum, London, S.W.7.
London, South London Botanical Institute, 323 Norwood Road, London, S.E.24.
Long, Miss D. A. C., Little Madekin, Denton, near Canter- bury, Kent.
Longfield, Miss C. E., 11 Iverna Gardens, London, W.8.
Louis-Arsene, Frére, Maison Principale des Fréres, Ploérmel, Morbihan, France.
Lousley, J. E., 7 Penistone Road, London, S.W.16.
Love, Dr. A., Dept. of Botany, University of Manitoba, Win- nipeg, Canada.
Lovis, J. D., 20 Holly Lane West, Banstead, Surrey.
Lowne, B. T., 41 Ladydell Road, Worthing, Sussex.
Lucas, R. L., 20 Clapham Road, Bedford.
Lunn, Miss Betty, 33 Jacksons Lane, London, N.6.
Lyon, A. G., Braco Lodge, Rubislaw Den North, Aberdeen.
Lyon, Dr. Kathleen M., 21 William Street, Dundee.
McClintock, D., M.A., Bracken Hill, Platt, Sevenoaks, Kent.
McCurdy, Dr. J. M., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 144 Old Road,
Ashton-in-Makerfield, Wigan, Lancs.
MacDonald, J., Woodcombe, Madeira Road, West Byfleet,
Surrey.
MacDonald, Dr. J. A., D.Se., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., Dept. of
Botany, The University, St Andrews, Fife.
MacDonald, Miss Mary M., B.Sc., 23 Glencairn Crescent,
Edinburgh, 12.
McFarlane, M., 151 St. Johns Road, Tunbridge Wells, Kent.
Mackechnie, R., B.Sc., A.L.S., 9 Skirving Street, Shawlands, Glasgow, S.1.
Mackintosh, W., c/o 3 Craven Hill, London, W.2. MacLachlainn, Miss Sine, B.Sc., Dept. of Botany, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth, Cardigan. McLean, Prof. R. C., M.A., D.Se., University College, New-
port Road, Cardiff. Macleay, K. N. G., B.Se., Ph.D., Botany Dept., Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum, Sudan. Macleod, Dr. Anna M., Heriot-Watt College, Edinburgh. McNally, P. H., ‘‘Aldeburie’’, Wick Lane, Devizes, Wilts. McVean, D. N., Ph.D., 27 Huntley Avenue, Giffnock, Glasgow. Maidstone Corporation Museum, Dept. of Natural History, St. Faith Street, Maidstone, Kent. Major, A. P., 21 Tufton Road, Rainham, Gillingham, Kent. Male, Miss H. M., B. A., 45 Vista Drive, Ilford, Essex.
438
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
1948 S Malham Tarn Field Centre (KE. J. Douglas, Assistant Warden),
1951 1923 1954 1930 1935
1947 1919
1947
1987
1935
Ss
Ss
|
near Settle, Yorks. Mallinson, Mrs. M. B., The Rectory, Speldhurst, Kent. Manchester Museum, The University, Manchester, 13. Manton, Prof. Irene, Dept. of Botany, The University, Leeds. Marks, C. E., Islington Cemetery, London, N.2.
Marlborough, The Wedgwood Herbarium, Marlborough College, Marlborough, Wilts.
Marriott, Miss Mildred M., 63 Chalfont Road, Oxford.
Marsden-Jones, E., F.L.S., Close Cottage, Littleton Panell. Devizes, Wilts.
Marshall, H. S., F.L.S., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Martin, Rev. W. Keble, M.A., F.L.S., Broadymead, Gidleigh, Chagford, Newton Abbot, Devon.
Marwood, W. F. C., F.C.A., 2 Norfolk Street, Strand, London. W.C.2.
Mason, Mrs. M. E., Treloyhan Lodge, St. Ives, Cornwall.
Massachusetts, Arnold Arboretum (The Librarian), Jamaica Plain 30, Mass., U.S.A.
Matthews, Prof. J. R., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E., Botany Dept.. The University, Old Aberdeen.
Maxwell, Miss §., 819 Sideup Road, London, S.E.9.
Maycock, R., 17 Osborne Street, Bletchley, Bucks.
Meadows, P. H., F.R.Econ.S., Crag Neich, Five Crosses, Coed- poeth, Wrexham, Denbigh.
Medwin, Miss E. M., Wood View, 80 Broomy Hill, Hereford.
Meikle, Robert D., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Melderis, Dr. A., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Melville, R., B.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Merton, F., c/o Dept. of Agriculture, Nicosia, Cyprus.
Metcalfe, Miss C. E., B.Sc., 122 Doddington Road, Lincoln.
Meyer, H., 5 Souberie Avenue, Letchworth, Herts.
Meynell, Miss D., 1 Maids of Honour Row, Richmond Green, Richmond, Surrey.
Michigan, University of, (General Library), Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.
Miles, Beverley, Lyndale, Merthyr-Mawr Road, Bridgend.
Glamorgan. Miles, D. F. S., M.P.S., 303 Selsdon Road, South Croydon, Surrey.
Mills, J. N., M.D., 39 Victoria Avenue, Didsbury, Manchester, 20. Mills, Dr. W. H., F.R.S., 23 Storey’s Way, Cambridge.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 439
Milne, Dr. James, 2 Hillview Road, Corstorphins, Edin- burgh, 12.
Milne, James Fairweather, M.A., M.B., Ch.B., Rocksley House, Boddam, Peterhead, Aberdeen.
Milne-Redhead, E., M.A., F.L.S., 7 Ashley Gardens, Petersham, Richmond, Surrey.
Milne-Redhead, Dr. H., Mainsriddle, Dumfries.
Milsum, J. N., O.B.E., F.L.S., Grays, Tilford, Farnham, Surrey.
Milvain, Mrs. M., Green Close, Snowshill, Broadway, Worcs.
Milward, Miss M. E., The King’s School, Canterbury.
Minns, F. C., 42 Heaton Road, Manchester, 20.
Minor, R., 2 Woodside Avenue, Preston Park, Brighton, 6, Sussex.
Mitcham County School for Girls (The Headmistress), Cranmer Road, Mitcham, Surrey.
Mitchell, M. BE. K., 11 St. Mary’s Terrace, Taylors Hill, Gal- way, Irish Republic.
Mitchell, M. R: S., Rookwood, Cuckfield, Sussex.
Montgomery, Mrs. R., Birkwood, Thorntonhall, Glasgow.
Moon, John McK., 24 Brookvale Avenue, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Moor, J., Nichol Farm, Teynham, Sittingbourne, Kent.
Moore, David M., Dept. of Botany, Durham Colleges in the University of Durham, Science Laboratories, South Road, Durham. :
Morgan, Miss Beryl M. C., Fairfield, Old Road, Buckland. Betchworth, Surrey.
Morgan, Miss Patricia, 105 Plymouth Road, Penarth, Glamorgan.
J Morgans, M. W., 65 Lower Redland Road, Bristol, 6.
Morgenroth, Mrs. W. J., 17 Bryanstone Close, Rydes Hill, Guild- ford, Surrey.
J Morrison, N. R., The Manor House, Withington, Glos.
Mortis, Mrs. R. H., Cecil House, Hertford, Herts.
Morton, J. K., The Manse, The Avenue, Birtley, Co. Durham.
Moyse, Mrs. O. R., Veronica Lodge, St. Mary’s, Isles of Scilly.
Muirhead, Miss C. W., Kelsick Moss House, Abbeytown, Carlisle.
Munro-Smith, Dr. D., 220 Badminton Road, Downend, Bristol.
Murphy, Miss R. J., B.Sc., A.I.M.L.T., Shang-ri-la, Reska- dinnick, Camborne, Cornwall.
Nannfeldt, Dr. J. A., Uppsala Universitets for Systematisk Botanik, Uppsala, Sweden.
Nelmes, E., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
1952 1950
1947 19388
1940
no
|
TD
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Nelson, George A., M.P.S., Ph.C., F.L.S., 37 The Crescent, Adel, Leeds, 6.
Newbould, Mrs. P. J., Botany Dept., University College, Gower Street, London, W.C.1.
Newcastle upon Tyne, King’s College, (The Library), Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Newey, P. M., 29a Roxborough Park, Harrow, Middlesex.
New York, Albert R. Mann Library, Acquisitions Division, Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.
New York Botanical Gardens, (J. W. Robbins, Director), Bronx Park, New York, U.S.A.
Noble, Miss E. R., White House, Saham Toney, Thetford, Norfolk.
Norman, P. R., Branksome, 11 Linden Way, Shepperton, Middlesex.
North, Miss Dorothy E., Swallow’s Nest, Melling, Carnforth. Lancs.
Northamptonshire Natural History Society, (Hon. Secretary, Bot. Section, H. G. Allen, B.Sc.), Ivydale, Wootton, Northampton.
Norton, Miss M., Nobles, Upper Easebourne, Midhurst, Sussex.
Nottingham Natural History Museum, Wollaton Hall, Notting- ham.
O’Connor, Miss W. M. T., B.Sc., Hartley Botanical Labora- tories, The University, Liverpool, 3.
O’Donovan, J. E., Union Hall, Skibbereen, Co. Cork, Irish Republic.
Ogilvie, William B., Dunnichen, 8 Tayside Street, Carnoustie, Angus.
Oldaker, Mrs. M. J., B.Se., F.L.S., Milner Court, Sturry, near Canterbury, Kent.
Oldham, Central Public Library, (J. Simpson, Director), Wer- neth Park Study Centre, Frederick Street, Oldham, Lancs.
O’Reilly, Dr. Helen, Botany Dept., University College, Upper Merrion Street, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Oslo, Universitetets Botaniske Museum, Trondhjemsvegen 23, Oslo, 45, Norway.
Oswald, P. H., The Rectory, Angmering, Sussex.
Ottawa, National Museum of Canada, Victoria Memorial Museum Building, Ottawa, Canada.
Ounsted, John, M.A., Leighton Park School, Reading, Berks.
Oxford, University of, Dept. of Botany, (The Librarian), South Parks Road, Oxford.
Oxford, University of, Dept. of Forestry, (The Librarian), Oxford.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 4A]
Packer, John G., B.Sc., c/o 100 Evington Road, Leicester.
Padmore, Miss P. A., B.A., Sunny Hill, Thurcaston, Leics.
Paget, Lady, Moine Na Vey, Ballater, Aberdeen.
Palmer, R. C., ‘‘Braeside’’, Paddockhall Road, Haywards Heath, Sussex.
Palmer, Miss Ursula M., ‘‘Braeside’, Paddockhall Road, Haywards Heath, Sussex.
Palmer, W. E., M.A., B.Sc., Tyndale, Yeovil, Somerset.
Palmer, Hon. W. J. L.., Headbourne Worthy Grange, Win- chester, Hants.
Pankhurst, J. S. R., Roxana, Toftwood, Dereham, Norfolk.
Paris, Bibliotheque de la Faculté de Pharmacie, 4 Avenue de la Observatoire, Paris, France.
Park, K. J. F., Rydal Cottage, Station Road, Allendale, Northumberland.
Parker, R. E., B.Se., The Queen’s University of Belfast, Bel- fast, Northern Ireland.
Parkin, J., M.A., F.L.S., Blaithwaite, Wigton, Cumberland.
Bereons. Miss M., ionwelvale, Forest Bown Sussex.
“Pamtnndlee, Mrs. ences: Ham Spray House, Marlborough, Wilts.
Patton, Dr. Donald, M.A., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., 15 Jordan- hill Drive, Glasgow, W.3.
Paul, Mrs. Vera N., The Mount, Peppard Common, Oxon.
Pavia, Botanical Institute, The University, P.O. Box 165, Pavia, Italy.
Paxman, G. J., Genetics Dept., The University, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 15.
Payne, R. M., 8 Hill Top, Loughton, Essex.
Penfold, Frank P., ‘‘Connest’’, Copse Lane, Walberton, Arun- del, Sussex.
Perring, F., 180 Cherry Hinton Road, Cambridge.
Perrins, Mrs. D., Davenham, Malvern, Worcs.
Perry, B. J., 7 Church Street, Exmouth, S. Devon. Petch, C. P., M.A., M.D., 10 Abinger Avenue, Cheam, Surrey. Peterken, J. H. G., F.L.S., 73 Forest Drive East, London, E£.11. Phelps, Mrs. J. V., 65 St. James’ Court, Buckingham Gate, London, S.W.1.
Philips, D. H., M.Se., M.I. Biol., States Experimental Station, Howard Davis Farm, Trinity, Jersey, C.I.
Phillips, E. Masson, The Priory, Totnes, S. Devon.
Phillips, L. G., 11 Sunny Bank, London, S.E.25.
Phillips, M. T. T., ‘‘St. Ternans’’, Fort Augustus, Inverness- shire.
Phipps, James B., 60 Senneleys Park Road, Birmingham, 31.
Pigott, Dr. C. D., Clevedon, Harestone Hill, Caterham, Surrey.
1950
1946 Iis}eii
1949
19538 1945
1943 1950 1947
1951 1952 1951
1954
S
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Pilcher, Miss E. V., 65 Chester Road, Northwood, Middlesex.
Pitman, P. B., 3 Beverley Gardens, Ensbury Park, Bourne- mouth, Hants.
Pittman, Mrs. D. M., B.Sc., 4 Luxfield Road, London, S.E.9.
Pittsburgh, Carnegie Museum, 4400 Forbes Street, Pittsburgh, Ise les. Wass.
Plant, Kenneth G., Evesham Road, Stow-on-the-Wold, Glos.
Polunin, Prof. Nicholas, M.S. (Yale), M.A., D.Phil., D.Sc. (Oxon), Osborn Botanical Laboratory, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.
Polunin, O. V., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey.
Poore, M. E. D., Carn Raineach, Coshieville, Aberfeldy, Perth- shire.
Pope, C. N., 265 Hythe Road, Ashford, Kent.
Porter, D. L. H., 4 Harley House, Marylebone Road, London, N.W.1.
Poulter, Miss B. A., B.Se., c/o Royal Botanic Gardens, Edin- burgh, 4.
Pownall, Rev. G. C., 2 Weston Road, Strood, Kent.
Prance, I. T., ‘‘Woodend’’, Toddington, near Winchcombe, Glos.
Price, Miss M. E., St. Michael’s, Herne Road, Surbiton, Surrey.
Prime, Dr. C. T., M.A., F.L.S., 147 Upper Selsdon Road, Croy- don, Surrey.
Pritchard, N. M., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road, Oxford.
Proctor, M. C. F., The Nature Conservancy, c/o School of Agriculture, University College of North Wales, Memorial Buildings, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Raison, C. E., Barnet Cottage, Westcott, Dorking, Surrey.
Ramsbottom, J., O.B.E., M.A., D.Sc., P.P.L.S., 34 Ennerdale Road, Richmond, Surrey.
Ramsden, W., 147 Barlow Moor Road, West Didsbury, Man- chester, 20.
Ranson, Oliver, Hervey House, Hardingstone, Northants.
Raven,;. Rev. Canon Ch H.;- D-D.;. DiSe,. EBA eee Madingley Road, Cambridge.
Raven, John E., King’s College, Cambridge.
Readett, R. C., 60 Danford Lane, Solihull, Birmingham.
Rees, John, B.A., M.Se., Y Faerdref, 404 Cyneoed Road, Cardiff.
Reid, D. A., 19 High Street, Leighton Buzzard, Beds.
Reid, L. M., The Mount, Buckingham.
Reykjavik Natturugripasafnid, P.O. Box 532, Reykjavik, Iceland.
Rhodes, G. C., B.Se.., ¢/o Mr. G. E. Taylor, 38-40 Ashbourne Road, Leek, Staffs.
1949
1954 1922 1949 1942
1952
1932 1954
1946 1950 1954 1951
1947 1951 1938 1949
1950
1953
1937 1944
1950
1954
1950 1950 1950 1950
1955 1948
1952
S
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 4433
Ribbons, B. W., B.Sc., A.L.S., Dept. of Botany, The University, Glasgow, W.2.
Rice, C. H., B.Sc., Ph.D., 35 Hill Top, Loughton, Essex.
Richards, Mrs. H. M., Tynllidiart, Dolgelley, Merioneth.
Richards, Miss J. E., Tynllidiart, Dolgelley, Merioneth.
Richards, Prof. P. W., M.A., Ph.D., Coed Menai, Upper Bangor, Caernarvon.
Ritchie, J. C., Dept. of Botany, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada.
Rob, Miss C. M., F.L.S., Catton Hall, Thirsk, Yorks.
Roberts, R. H., ‘‘Quinton’’, Belmont Road, Bangor, Caernar- von.
Roberts, T. V., 27 The Grove, Gosforth, Newcastle upon Tyne, 3.
Robertson, A. G., B.Sc., 2 Westfield Park, Redland, Bristol, 6.
Robinson, C. A., 155 Regent Street, Kettering, Northants.
Robinson, E. A., M.A., St. Mark’s College, Mapanza, P.O. Choma, Northern Rhodesia.
Robson, A. W., Perth Road, Dunning, Perthshire.
Robson, N. K. B., 70 Rubislaw Den North, Aberdeen.
Roche, The Lady, Chadlington, Oxford. |
Roger, J. G., B.Sc., The Nature Conservancy, 12 Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9.
Rook, A. J., M.A., M.D., M.R.C.P., 3 Grange Road, Cam- bridge.
Rorison, I. H., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road, Oxford.
Rose, Mrs. Eric, Leweston Manor, Sherborne, Dorset.
Rose, Francis, B.Sc., Ph.D., The Forge House, East Maliing, Maidstone, Kent.
Rosser, Miss E. M., Ph.D., The Herbarium, Manchester Museum, The University, Manchester.
Rossiter, J., B.Sc., ‘‘Craigmore’’, Percy Terrace, Neville’s Cross, Durham City.
Rowlands, Dr. S. P., 44 Beckett Road, Doncaster, Yorks.
Rowntree, H., 43 Westbourne Grove, Scarborough, Yorks.
Rugby School Natural History Society (Botanical Section), N.H.S. Museum, Lawrence Sheriff Street, Rugby, Warwick.
Russell, Mrs. B. H. S., Manor Cottage, Jacksons Lane, Billericay, Essex.
Russell-Smith, Dame Enid, 4 Stanhope Terrace, London, W.2.
Ruxton, J. P., King’s School House, Cathedral Gardens, Gloucester.
Ryland, J. S., .182 Manor Road North, Thames Ditton, Surrey.
1954 1950 1951 1950 1954 1950
1950 1955
Ia -
1955 1952 1930 1932
1954
1951
1926
1922 1951
1952 1930 1954. 1946 1951 1953
1950
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Sagar, Geoffrey R., School House, Woodplumpton, Preston, Lanes.
Salisbury, Sir Edward J., C.B.E., D.Sc., Sec.R.S., F.L.S;; Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Sandell, R. E., Hillside, Potterne Road, Devizes, Wilts.
Sandwith, Mrs. Cecil, F.L.S., 26 Canynge Square, Clifton, Bristol, 8.
Sandwith, N.Y., M.A., F.L.8S., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Sanecki, Mrs. Kay N., Keeper's Cottage, Sheepridge, near Little Marlow, Bucks.
Sargent, H. B., 8 Bay View Terrace, Porthleven, Helston, Cornwall.
Saunders, Mrs. N., Orchard Cottage, Gretton, near Winch- combe, Glos.
Savidge, J. P., Millwood, Spital, Wirral, Cheshire.
Sease, R. P., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley, Ripley, Woking, Surrey.
Schofield, Tom, ‘‘Whinfield Nurseries’’, The Marsh, East Bierley, near Bradford, Yorks.
Scholey, Miss M. A. R. S., Flat 29, 20 Stuart Crescent, Lon- don, N.22. .
Scott, E., D.M., Suomi, Westwell, Ashford, Kent.
Scott, George A. M., Snob Cottage, Rickarton, Kincardine- shire.
Scott, William A., 63 High Street, Lanark.
Seeley, Robert, Wye College, Wye, near Ashford, Kent.
Sell, P. D., Fen Road, Bassingbourn, Cambs.
Severn, Lady, Winterbrook Lodge, Wallingford, Berks.
Seward, Mrs. O. G., Ashrof, 93 Sussex Road, Petersfield, Hants.
Shaddick, Miss Christine, B.A., Craigens, Dawcross, Harro- gate, Yorks.
Shaw, Rev. C. E., The Vicarage, Wingates, Westhoughton, Bolton, Lanes.
Shaw, G. A., 33 Temple Rhydding Drive, Baildon, Shipley, Yorks.
Shaw, H. K. Airy, B.A., 13 Honor Oak Road, London, S.E.23.
Shaw, Miss M. S., B.Se., Woodlea, Marsh Platt, Honley, Huddersfield, Yorks.
Shirras, Miss A. J. M., 5 Craiglockhart Park, Edinburgh.
Short, G. R. A., 36 Parkside Drive, Edgware, Middlesex.
Side, Mrs. A. G., 107 London Road, Stone, Dartford, Kent.
Sidwell, R. W., ‘‘Paris’’, Ashton-under-Hill, Evesham, Worcs.
Simmonds, Mrs. A. M., 45 Highgrove Street, Reading, Berks.
Simpson, Andrew V., 11 Coniston Close, Barnehurst, Bexley, Kent.
Simpson, Lt.-Col. F. H., 3la Pemberley Avenue, Bedford.
1951 1922
1949
1946 1951 1951 1952 1945
LOL 195] 1924
1949 1950 1952 1921 1919
1952 1953 1951
1952 1907 1947 1950 1946
1950 1953
1927 1953 1952 1950 1950
gio 1948
1950
I
DRM
5
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 44
Simpson, F. W., 40 Ruskin Road, Ipswich, Suffolk.
Simpson, N. Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Maesbury, 3 Cavendish Road, Bournemouth, Hants.
Sinker, C. A., 1 Grove Terrace, Highgate Road, J.ondon, N.W.O5.
Skene, Prof. Macgregor, D.Sc., The University, Bristol, 8.
Skimming, Mrs. A., Taplow House, Taplow, Bucks.
Skinner, T. G., 112 Gurney Court Road, St. Albans, Herts.
Slack, A., B.Sc., 195 Wilton Street, Glasgow, N.W.
Sladen, W. J. L., M.D., Edward Grey Institute of Field Ornithology, Botanic Gardens, Oxtord.
Slater, Dan C., 30 Pembroke Road, Sevenoaks, Kent.
Slater, F., 20 Mostyn Avenue, Bury, Lancs.
Sledge, W.. A., Ph.D., B.Sc., 9 St. Chad’s Drive, Headingley, Leeds, 6.
Small, Mrs. L. M. P., 13 Woodfield Crescent, London, W.5.
Smith, D. C., 175 Headstone Lane, North Harrow, Middlesex.
Smith, Miss P. M., Osmotherley, Bromsgrove, Worcs.
Smith, R.L., 24 Grand Avenue, Ely, Cardiff.
Smith, Prof. Sir W. Wright, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, 4.
Smithson, Miss E., M.Sc., Ph.D., 56a Coniston Road, Lon- don, N.10.
Somers, W. H., 468 Kedleston Road, Allestree, Derby.
Somerset Archaeological and Natural History Society, (Botan- ical Section), (A. D. Hallam, Representative), Taunton Castle, Taunton, Somerset.
Souster, J. E. S., 193 Kew Road, Richmond, Surrey.
Southall, A. W., Cliffords Mesne, Newent, Glos.
Southall, P. S. L., Greenlanes, Henley-in-Arden, Warwick.
Southampton, University College of, Library, Southampton.
Southport Botanic Gardens Museum (The Curator), Southport, Lancs.
Southwell, Mrs. M., 85 Kingsway, Mildenhall, Suffolk.
Sowerby, Brian, B.Sc., 11 Evelyn Terrace, Blaydon-on-Tyne, Co. Durham.
Sowter, F. A., F.L.8., Ashstead, 9 North Avenue, Leicester.
Sparrow, Col. C. E. H., New Barn, North Hinksey, Oxford.
Spence, D. H. N., B.Sc., Dept. of Botany, The University, Glasgow, W.2.
Spillett, A. W., 5 Temple Close, Bury Green Estate, Cheshunt, Herts.
Spooner, H., ‘‘Malino’’, Jaclyn Close, off Clive Avenue, Pres- tatyn, Flint.
Spragg, P. W., 34 Summerfield Road, Chesterfield, Derby.
Sprague, T. A., D.Sec., F.L.S., 4 Ashford Road, Cheltenham, Glos.
Spreadbury, W. H., 35 Acacia Road, New Malden, Surrey.
1951 1932 1952 1939 1950
1953
1953 1950
1951
1952
1951 1953
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Spurgin, Miss C. J., Rodneys, Blockley, Moreton-in-Marsh, Glos.
Stalker, Miss N. M., 12 Alexandra Road, Penrith, Cumber- land.
Starr, Miss E. L. G., Willinghurst, Shamley Green, Guild- ford, Surrey.
Stearn, W. T., 217 Mortlake Road, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Stelfox, A. W., 14 Clareville Road, Rathmines, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Stephenson, Mrs. E. K., Old Vicarage, Falkenham, near Ipswich, Suffolk.
Stern, Col. F. C., O.B.E., M.C., F.L.S., Highdown, Goring-by- Sea, Sussex.
Steuart, Mrs. G. M., Down, Whimple, Exeter, Devon.
Stevens, J. E., The Groom’s Cottage, Our Lady’s Convent, Chesterton Lane, Cirencester, Glos.
Stevenson, Miss A. D., Windmill Cottage, Sandhurst, Hawk- hurst, Kent.
Stevenson, Miss EK. H., 28 Foxcombe Road, Weston, Bath, Somerset.
Stirling, Allan, M., 17 Austen Road, Glasgow, W.3.
Strachan, P. W., 71 The Mall, London, N.14.
Streeter, David, 193 London Road, East Grinstead, Sussex.
Sturdy, Miss B. M., Branksome, Mennays Road, Penzance, Cornwall.
Styles, Brian T., Court’s Close, Chedworth, Cheltenham, Glos.
Summerhayes, V. S., B.Se., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Summers, P. G., Kingswood School, Bath, Somerset.
Sutchffe, Dr. J. F., 68 Half Moon Lane, London, S.E.24.
Swain, A. M., 253 Crescent Drive, Petts Wood, Kent.
Swaine, Miss A. K., Pisang Cottage, Nailsea, Bristol.
Swales, G. J., 90 Pierremont Avenue, Broadstairs, Kent.
Swann, Kric L., 282 Wootton Road, Kings Lynn, Norfolk.
Swansea, University College of, Singleton Park, Swansea, Glamorgan.
Swinscow, T. D. V., M.B., B.S., Everley, London Road, Kneb- worth, Herts.
Swinton, Mrs. A. E., Swinton House, Duns, Berwick.
Sworder, Miss R. M., Aut Dinas, Overton Road, Cheltenham, Glos.
Sylvester-Bradley, P. C., Bole Hill House, Fulwood, Sheffield, 10.
Talbot, Miss A. H. C., 13a St. Ann’s Terrace, London, N.W.8. Tallantire, Miss A. C., B.Sce., P.O. Box 262, Kampala, Uganda. Tanner, Mrs. M. E., The Ivy House, Meole Brace, Shrewsbury.
AaomM
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 447
Tansley, Sir A. G., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Grantchester, Cam- bridge.
Taylor, F. J., M.Sc., Monkham’s Hall, Waltham Abbey, Essex.
Taylor, G., D.Sc., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Taylor, Peter, c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Taylor, Mrs. S. E., 9 Linden Road, Bedford.
Teacher, Mrs. N., Spider’s Bay, Clonbur, Co. Galway, Irish Republic.
Teresa, Sister, St. Louis’ Convent, Minehead, Somerset.
Tetley, Miss M. I., High Garth, Heathwaite, Windermere, Westmorland.
Texas Research Foundation, The Librarian, Box 43, Renner, Texas) U.S.A:
Theobald, W. L., School House, Sandford-on-Thames, Oxford- shire.
Thomas, A. S., D.Sc., Goodings Cottage, Woodland St. Mary, Newbury, Berks.
Thomas, Charles, Arden, 48 Manor Road North, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 16.
Thomas, Miss E. Mary, 3 Bellaria, La Tour de Peiiz, Vevey, Switzerland.
Thornley, Miss I., 69 Coleridge Road, London, N.8.
Thorold, C. A., Hele, Bradninch, Exeter, Devon.
Thorpe, John, 77 Mount Pleasant, Woodley, Stockport.
Tindall, Mrs. K. B., West Downs, Winchester, Hants.
Visdall, 591255, Sgt. J. H., c/o R.A.F., Records Office, Gloucester.
Torry, Ralph, 17 Gretton Road, Fairfield, Buxton, Derby.
Torry, Scottish Home Department, Marine Laboratory, Wood Street, Torry, Aberdeen.
Townsend, C. C., A.L.S., A.M.Inst.Gas E., 3 Kelvin Close, Cam- bridge.
Travis, W. G., 9 Barton Road, Liverpool, 9.
Troms6 Museum Biblioteket, Tromso, Norway. -
Tuckett, Miss Paula M., 31 Selborne Road, Sidcup, Kent.
Tunbridge Wells Municipal Museum, 12 Mount Ephraim, Tun- bridge Wells, Kent.
Turner, Miss M. A., 4 Orchard Gardens, Dunsford Road, Exeter, Devon.
Turrill, W. B., D.Sc., F.L.S., The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Tutin, Miss J. E., 4 Station Road, Cambridge.
Tutin, Prof. T. G., M.A., University College, Leicester.
Twist, A. F., Sheddings, Chettle, Blandford, Dorset.
448 LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
1950 S Uppsala, Kungl. Lantbrukshogskolan Biblioteket, Uppsala, 7, Sweden.
1954 S Uppsala, Vaxtbiologiska Institutionen, Villavagen 14, Uppsala, 8, Sweden.
1951 S Utrecht Botanical Museum and Herbarium, State University of Utrecht, Lange Nieuwstraat 106, Utrecht, Netherlands.
1987 Valentine, Prof. D. H.,. M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, University Science Laboratories, South Road, Durham.
1952 Vaughan, Mrs. H. R. H., M.B.E., Nantymwyn, Rhan- dirmwyn, Llandovery, Carmarthen.
1918 Vaughan, John Griffith, M.Sce., Ph.D., A.L.S., 6 Mattison Road, London, N.4.
1954 Ventura, Richard, J., 6 Macaulay Buildings, Widcombe Hill, Bath, Somerset.
1949 J Vernon, P. F., Y.H.A. Hostel, The Moorings, 461 Winchester Road, Bassett, Southampton, Hants.
1947 Verschoyle, Mrs. W., 19 Fitzwilliam Square, Dublin, Irish Republic.
1953 Vesian, Miss D. E. de, B.Sc., 3 Lansdown Terrace, Malvern Road, Cheltenham, Glos.
1927 S Victoria, The Public Library of, Melbourne, Australia, c/o Truslove & Hanson, 153 Oxford Street, London, W.1.
1917 Vivian, Miss C., 37 Wilton Crescent, London, S.W.1.
1952 Wace, N. M., The Orchard, Harting. Petersfield, Hants.
1915 Wade, A. E., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, National Museum of Wales, Cardiff.
1937 Waldy, Hon. Mrs. H. P., Sonameg, Higher Sea Lane, Char- mouth, Dorset.
1950 Walker, Donald, Botany School, Downing Street, Cambridge.
1951 Walker, Mrs. R. J. B., 38 Walton Street, London, S.W.3.
1951 Walker, R. K., Fir Hill, Droxford, Southampton, Hants.
1954 Walker, Dr. S., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The University, Liverpool, 3.
1932 Wallace, E. C., 2 Strathearn Road, Sutton, Surrey.
1952 Wallace, T. J., B.Sc., Goodmans, Membury, Axminster, Devon.
1944 Walters, Dr. S. M., Botany School, Downing Street, Cam- bridge.
1949 Wanstall, P. J., Dytchleys, Coxtie Green, Brentwood, Essex.
1946 Warburg, E. F., M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., South Hayes, Yarnell’s Hill, Oxford.
1946 Warburg, Mrs. P., South Hayes, Yarnell’s Hill, Oxford.
1930 Ward, B. T., 24 Long Deacon Road, London, E.4.
1933 L Warren, W. E., Selborne, Horsell Rise, Horsell, Woking, Surrey. .
1948 KF Warren, Mrs. W. E., Selborne, Horsell Rise, Horsell, Woking, Surrey.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 449
S Washington, Smithsonian Institution (The Librarian), Wash-
ington, 25, D.C., U.S.A.
S Washington, Library of State College of, Pullman, Washing-
ton, D.C., U.S.A.
S Washington, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture (The Librarian),
Washington, D.C., U.S.A. Waterfield, R., 7 Buckeridge Road, Teignmouth, Devon.
Watson, Dr. E. Vernon, 15 Ilkley Road, Caversham Heights, Reading, Berks.
Watson, H. G., 2 Greendykes Road, Dundee, Angus.
Watt, A. S., Ph.D., Botany School, Downing Street, Cam- bridge. :
Wait, Mrs. W. Boyd, M.B.O.U., F.Z.S., San Simeon, 52 Wim- borne Road, Bournemouth, Hants.
Watts, W. A., Dept. of Botany, University College, Hull.
Webb, Prof. D. A., M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., Trinity College, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Webster, Miss M. McCallum, c/o Bank of Scotland, Macduff, Banff.
Weimarch, Prof. H., Institute of Systematic Botany, Lund, Sweden.
Welch, Mrs. B., B.Sc., 203 Lichfield Court, Richmond, Surrey.
Wells, Mrs. E. M., 4 Chellow Terrace, Chellow Dene, Bradford, Yorks.
Welsby, Brian, 87 Ellesmere Load, Lower Walton, near Warrington, Lancs.
Welsh, Ian H., J.P., F.R.H.S., Machattie Park, Bathurst, New South Wales, Australia.
West, Dr. C., O.B.E., D.Sc., M.A., F.L.S., The Ferns, New Town, West Malling, Kent.
Westrup, A. W., 259 Hanworth Road, Hounslow, Middlesex.
Wethered, Miss D. M., Woodside, Walton St. Mary, Clevedon, Somerset.
Whellan, J. A., Entomological Branch, P.O. Box 100, Cause- way, Salisbury, Southern Rhodesia.
Whicker, Mrs. G., Flat B, Woodlane House, Woodlane, Falmouth, Cornwall.
White, F., B.Sc., 9 Longwall Street, Oxford.
Whitehead, Dr. F. N., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road, Oxford.
Whitehead, Mrs. L. E., Rydal Mount, 37 Bodenham Road, Hereford.
Whitehouse, Mrs. M., 16 Ranelagh Avenue, London, S.W.138.
Whiting, Miss M. M., Rosemary Cottage, Blythburgh, Hales- worth, Suffolk.
Whitton, B. A., 91 The Quadrant, London, S.W.20.
Wilkinson, J. S., 26 Golders Rise, London, N.W.4.
450
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
1950 J Willan, Miss Tessa, Hillcrest, Lisvane Road, Llanishen,
1954
1954
1945
1925
1946
1953
1949
1954 1954
1948 1947
1952 1953
1950
1953
1954
1952 1954
1951 1946 1951 1954 1953
1954
1938
Glamorgan.
Willé, J. E., M.A., B.Se., 77 Gurney Court Road, St. Albans, Herts.
Wilhams, D. N., Orchard House, Dunster, near Minehead, Somerset.
Williams, E. G., M.A., F.R.I.C., 10 Glen Aber Park, Hough Green, Chester.
Williams, I. A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., West Hall, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Williams, J. E. Miles, M.A., F.L.S., 4 Park End Road, Glou- cester.
J Williams, J. Trevor, 18 Dawson Road, Long Lane, Cheadle,
Cheshire.
Williams, L. H., B.Sc., 31 Armour Road, Tilehurst, Reading, Berks. 1
Williams, Miss Margaret A., 12 Friary Road, London, N.12.
Williams, Mrs. M. M., Orchard House, Dunster, near Mine- head, Somerset.
Williams, Dr. W. B., 59 Station Road, Portslade, Sussex.
Williams, Dr. W. T., Botany Dept., University College, South- ampton, Hants.
Williamson, M. H., Fairfield, Pullens Lane, Oxford. Wilson, Albert K., 6 Westfield Close, Cottingham, near Hul!, Yorks. Wilson, Miss B. A., Whitestacks, Bisham Road, Marlow, Bucks. Wilson, Donald, B.Sc., Dept. of Agricultural Botany, The In- stitute of Rural Science, University College of Wales, Penglais, Aberystwyth, Cardigan.
Wise, Dr. David, Mount Pleasant, The Grove, Rowlands Gill, Co. Durham.
Wise, R. D., The Rookery, Ashford-in-the-Water, Derby.
Witton, Miss Rae, B.Sc., M.I. Biol., 9 Auckland Road, Spark- brook, Birmingham, 11.
Wolverhampton, South Staffordshire Naturalists’ Society, (Secretary, Miss K. B. Walker), 97 Allen Road, Wolver-
hampton. Wood, Miss A. F., Waysmeet, Cores End, Bourne End, Bucks. Wood, C. A., ‘‘Glynmead’’, Perrymead, Bath, Somerset.
Wood, Hubert, A.M.I.E.T., c/o L. J. Williams Marketing Co., 68 Marine Square, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.
Wood, P. J., White Roding, Burghclere, Newbury, Berks.
Woodell, S. R. J., B.Se., Dept. of Botany, Durham Colleges in the University of Durham, University Science Labora- tories, South Road, Durham.
Woodhead, J. EK., B.Se., F.I.C., Ph.C., 325 Kennington Road, London, S.E.11.
1951 1950 1953 1927
1955 1953
1951 1933
1933
1950
1945
1921 1953
L J
L
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 45]
Woolman, J. F., F.L.S., Cardah, Olton Road, Shirley, Bir- mingham. Wooster, K. R., Coniston, 10 Broxbourne Road, Orpington,
Kent. Wray, E. V., Selwood, Humberstone, Grimsby, Lincs. Wright, Dr. F. R. Elliston, Braunton, Barnstaple, Devon. Wright, R. S., Pageites, Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey. Wylie, Miss A. P., Dept. of Botany, The University, Man- chester, 18.
Yeo, P. F., University Botanic Garden, Cambridge.
Yeoman, Miss Ruth, The Green, Brompton, Northallerton, Yorks.
Young, Rev. Canon Andrew, LL.D., The Vicarage, Stonegate, Wadhurst, Sussex.
ounces Mossi. Me. DSc. .(Hort.), (N.D.H., .The Glen, Rickmansworth, Herts.
Young, Donald P., B.Se., Ph.D., -A.R.I.C., Green Woods, 3 Essendon Road, Sanderstead, Surrey. . Young, Miss Gertrude A., 5 Woodlands Terrace, Glasgow, C.3.
Younger, Mrs. H. J., Baro, Haddington.
SuMMARY OF THE ABOVE MEMBERSHIP List
Honorary Members aco 20 Life Members ale 19 Ordinary Members a ete U0. Subscriber Members mee Lae OG Junior Members a 55° Family Members es 14
986
452 GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS (As at
S, CHANNEL Istanps—Jersey. Le Sueur, Mrs. F.; Phillips, D. H. 1, W. Cornwauu. Cordiner, Miss E. G.; Drabble, Mrs. E.; Little, D. A. J.; Mason, Mrs. M. E.; Murphy, Miss R. J.; Sargent, H. B.; Sturdy, Miss B. M.; Whicker, Mrs. G. 1a, Scrtuy Istes. Moyse, Mrs. O. R. 2, E. Cornnwatyt. Adams, Rev. J. H.; Horrell, M. J. 3, S. Devon. Bolitho, Mrs. A.; Exeter, Roborough Library, Univer- sity College of the South West of England; Gilbert-Carter, Dr. H.; Harrison, Sir G.; Martm, Rev. W. Keble; Perry, BiJ.; Philips, E..'M.; Steuart; Mrs. G. Me; ®heroids C. A; Turner, Miss M. A.; Wallace, T. J:; Waterfield, R. 4, N. Devon. Brokenshire, F. A.; Cadell, Mrs. C. M. A.; Wright, Dr. F. R. Elliston. 5, S. Somerset. Bullock, R. C.; Burford, Miss P. H.; Colthurst, Mrs. M. L.; Dodd, A. J.; Farnol, Mrs. E.; Graham, Com- mander R. D.; Hunt, P. F.; Palmer, W. E.; Somerset Archaeological and Natural History Society; Teresa, Sister; Wethered, Miss D. M.; Williams, D. N.; Wilhams, Mrs. M. M. 6, N. Somerset. Barton, Miss F. M.; Bond, Dr. T. E. T.; Culshaw, Rev. J. C.; Davies, Miss E. W.; French, Miss E. H.; Steven- son, Miss EK. H.; Summers, P. G.; Swaine, Miss A. K.; Ventura, R. J.; Wood, C. A. 7, N. Witts. Barnes, Mrs. E.; Collett, G. W.; Frowde, Miss D. M.; Gould, H. C. F.; Grose, J. D.; Gurney, Miss C.; Marlborough, Wedgwood Herbarium, Marlborough College; Partridge, Mrs. F. 8, S. Wirts. Chadwick, N. L.; Cobbett, Lt.-Col. W. O.; Farquhar- son, Mrs. J.; McNally, P. H.; Marsden-Jones, E.; Sandell, R. E.
, Dorset. Bloomer, H. H.; Deakin, R. H.; Gahan, P. B.; Grave- son, A. W.; Hardinge of Penshurst, The Hon. Lady; Hill, S. A.; Rose, Mrs. E.; Twist, A. F.; Waldy, Hon. Mrs. H. P.
10, Wieut, Laidlaw, Mrs. R. G. B.
ll. S. Hants. Baker, ‘Rt. “Hon: HH. ‘T.; Banne- hon eee. GS Beetham, J. T. H.; Blaikley; Miss N. M.; Davy, Lady: Dolman, G.; Dupree, T. W. J. D.; Garnett, Rev. P. M.;
yoodhart, Mrs. M. S.; Haines, Mrs. E. M.; Haines, Miss G. M.; Harris, Miss A. S.; Jaques, Miss M.; Jones, D. M.; Lambert, Dr. J.; Lavender, J. H.; Lewis, J. S.; Palmer, Hon. W. J. L.; Pitman, P. B.; Seward, Mrs. O. G.; Simp- son, N. D.; Southampton, University College of; Tindall,
9
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS 453
Mrs. K. B.; Vernon, P. F.; Wace, N. M.; Walker, R. K.; Watt, Mrs. W. Boyd; Williams, Dr. W. T.
12, N. Hants. Burton, C. W. M.; Cory, Miss A. M.; Langridge, C.
13,
14,
15,
16,
W. Sussex. Bradbury, J. F.; Buckle, Mrs. G. E.; Buckle, O.;
Bull, Mrs. H.; Conder, P. J.; Esplan, Mrs. C.; German, Mis. P.; Gibson, Mrs. G. 'C.; Herniman, R. H.; Hurst, Miss B.; Lowne, B. T.; Minor, R.; Mitchell, M. R. S.; Norton, Miss M.; Oswald, P. H.; Penfold, F. P.; Stern, Colonel F. C.; Williams, Dr. W. B.
E. Sussex. Baylis, Miss D.; Brighton Public Library; Bruxner,
C. J.; Colyer, J. M.; Dent, G.; Eyre, Mrs. R. S. K.; Garratt, Mrs. B. E. M.; Hart, Miss I. R. G.; Hinton, Miss M. B.; Palmer, R. C.; Palmer, Miss U. M.; Parsons, Miss M.; Streeter, D.; Young, Rev. Canon A.
E. Kent. Canterbury and District Birdwatchers’ Association
(Botanical Section); Davis, O.; Day, Miss E.; Dodge, J. D.; Furneaux, P. J. S.; Gray, H.; Keeler, F.; Kirby, Mrs. G. E.; Long, Miss D. A. C.; McFarlane, M.; Maidstone Cor- poration Museum; Major, A. P.; Mallinson, Mrs. M. B.; Milward, Miss M. E.; Moor, J.; Oldaker, Mrs. M. J.; Pope, C. N.; Scott, Dr. E.; Seeley, R.; Stevenson, Miss A. D.; Swales, G. J.
W. Kent. Allott, Miss M. C.; Angel, A.; Attenborough, Miss S.
J.; Bailey, A. G.; Barnsdale, Miss M. E.; Brown, G. M.; Bull, K. E.; Cave, B. V.; Chandler, Dr. S. E.; Chislehurst County Grammar School for Girls; Cotton, Miss H.; Coxhead, G. W.; Dewey, Miss O. R.; Eaton, Miss L. H.; Fawkes, F. S. E.; Field, J. A.; Hall, P. C.; Hall, Mrs. P. C.; Hambler, D. J.; Harvey, D. R.; Hill, Miss R. A.; Howell, W.; McClintock, D.; Maxwell, Miss M. S.; Pownall, Rev. G. C.; Rose, Dr. F.; Shaw, H. K. Airy; Side, Mrs. A. G.; Simpson, A. V.; Slater, D. C.; Sutcliffe, Dr. J. P.; Swain, A. M.; Tuckett, Miss P.; Tunbridge Wells Municipal Museume West, Dr. C.; Wooster, K. R.
17, Surrey. Allen, G. O.; Ash, G. M.; Ashhurst, Miss D. E.; Bor,
Dr. N. L.; Brenan, J. P. M.; Britten, H.; Bruce, Miss KE. A.; Burnett, D. H.; Cannon, Mrs. M. T.; Castell, C. P.; Chidell, J. W. P.; Clayton, Mrs. M. H.; Collenette, C. L.; Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society; Dalby, D. H.; Dalby, Miss G. W.; Dick, M. W.; Diver, Capt. ©.; Drummond, R. B.; Ellis, A. E.; Franks, Miss H.; Garnett, Miss G. A.; Gilmour, Mrs. S.; Gray, Dr. R. EK. G.; Greenfield, P.; Guildford, British Empire Natural- ists’ Association; Gurteen, F. M.; Hardy, R. E.; Hasle- mere Natural History Society; Hay, J. A.; Hemsley, J. H.; Hepper, F. N.; Herrick, A. C.; Hopper, J. I.; Howard, Miss E. M.; Hubbard, C. E.; Isherwood, Miss EK. M. C.; Jackson, P. R. G.; Jekyll, F.; Jones, Miss M. M.; Kew,
454
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens; Kingston- upon-Thames, Tiffin Girls’ School; Latham, J.; Lawfield, W. N.; Leadbitter, Sir Eric; Leather, Miss V. M.; Le Mare, D. V.; Lennard, Lady; Lloyd, V. E.; Lousley, J. E.; Lovis, J. D.; MacDonald, J.; Marshall, H. S.; Meikle, R. D.; Melville, Dr. R.; Meynell, Miss D.; Miles, D. F. S.; Milsum, J. N.; Milne-Redhead, E.; Mitcham County School for Girls’; Morgan, Miss B. M. C.; Morgenroth, Mrs. W. J.; Nelmes, K=;-Petch, Dr.-C. P.; Phillips, i. 6G.2ieetse ore D- Pittman, Mrs. D. M.; Polunin, O. V.; Price, Miss M. E.; Prime, Dro_C., 'T.; ~Raison, C@: > Ramsbeitear | Dr Ridley, <H:.. N.;> Ryland, We )S:; Salsburysu 82 J Sandwith, N. Y.; Scase, R. P.; Souster, J. E. S.; Spreadbury, W. H.; Starr, Miss E. L. G.; Stern, W. T.; Summerhayes, V.S.; Taylor, P.; Tulse Hill, South London Botanical In- stitute; Turrill, Dr. W. B.; Wallace, E. C.; Warren, W. E.; Warren, Mrs. W. E.; Welsh, Mrs..B.; Whitehouse, Mrs. M.; Whitton, B. A.; Williams, I. A.; Woodhead, J. E.; Wright, Ree Ss Vounes, Drs DAsP:
18, S. Essex. Alvin, K. L:; Brett, D. W.; Brett, Miss O. E.; But-
cher, Dr: R: W.;. Carr, J. Ws; Dyce- J 4Wee Sast-Ham Grammar School for Boys’ Natural History Society; Farmer. C. 5) Godward, Dr: M: B. E.y Grant-O? SsGrenb ee. oJ. : Hensler, Major E.; Hodges, K. J.; Jermyn, S. T.; Male, Miss E. M.;..Payne, R. M.; Peterken, J. H. G.; Rice, Dr. O. H.; Russell, .Mrs: B. H: -S?> Taylor, F252. Wanstalk, oe: Jc WardsBe
19, N. .Essex.” Barrow, L. V.. G:; Bingley; -¥. Jc3.Beaws, sa- W-.s
Hatton, G. G.; Littleboy, Miss S. M.
20, Herts. Bannister, H. E.; Buckle, Miss W. F.; Christmas, M.
21,
J.; Fielding, J. L.; Garside, Miss H. D.; Gilbert, O. L.; Grierson, Miss M. A.; Hertford, John Innes Horticultural Institution; Jones, Mrs. D. M.; Kellett, Dr. E. G.; Kallick, H. J.; Little, Miss K. D.; Meyer, H.; Mortis, Mrs. R. H.; Skinner, T. G.; Spillett, A. W.; Swinscow, T. D. V.; Wille, J. E.; Young, Miss H.
MippukEsex. Alston, A. H. G.; Baldry, A. F.; Bangerter, E. B.;
Barton, Mrs. M.; Bendix, M.; Birkett, Lady D. M.; Boni- face, R. A.; Brooke, Miss W. M. A.; Caddy, Dr. D.; Cannon, J. F. M.; Chamberlain, Miss Y. M.; Chapple, J. F. G.; Child, Miss H.; Codrington, Lt.-Col. J.; Cole, M. J.; Col- lett, T. G.; Collins, B. E.; Corke, H. T.; Corner, J.; Cox, Sir C.; Crabbe, J. A.; Crichton-Stuart, Lady C.; Cross, D. W.; Cross, P. J.; Cunnell, G. J.; Dalby; Mrs. D.; Dandy, J. E.; David, R. W.; Davies, Mrs. H. R.; Eagles, T. R.; Eastwood, Mrs. J. F.; Eliot, Lady A.; Entrican, Miss M. C.: Farenden, Mrs. J.; Farenden, W. E.; Fitzgerald, Mrs.
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS 455
WiSebiee Kletcher, yo ).:-Gardiner:) J: Ca, Gay; Mrs. J; Cay. e) he Ace) (Glaister.> Mrs. @ He: eGrahams; Mrs’ - K.; Graham, R. A.; Grigg, H. C.; Hadlow, Miss M.; Harrow Weald, Association of School Natural History Societies; Eonson Ds 7J.-» Hoare, H..B.; Holland, Sir Ji..S:; 7Holme, H. C.; Isaac, Miss M.; Islington Public Library; Jackson, Menor demi As dames, ue: Kent, D., H.: Knicht, G.5; the Sueur, Mrs. K. H.; London, Birkbeck College Library; Lon- don, British Museum (Natural History); London, Forestry Commission; London, Linnean Society of; London Natural History Society; London, Nature Conservancy; London, Royal Horticultural Society; London, Science Museum Library; Longfield, Miss C. E.; Lunn, Miss B.; Mackintosh, Wee) Marks: (. Hs: > Marwood, W. E..C.; Melderis, Dr..A.; Newbould, Mrs. J. P.; Newey, P. M.;. Norman, P. R.; Phelps. Mrs. J. V. > Pilcher, Miss H.°V.> Porter, D. L. H.; Price, W. R.; Russell-Smith, Dame E.; Scholey, Miss MeeAcho.: short. G. B. A. Sinker, ©..A‘;, Small, Mrs: eM Pe? Smith D, sC);- Smithson, Dr. E.;- Strachan, iB Ws; Swanton ,9hs.W.:) Talbot; Miss A. H.-C.; , Taylor, Dr Ge: thormley, Mass 1k-)) Vaughan) “Dre:J.. G.: -Vivian, Miss C.; Walker, Mrs. R. J. B.; Westrup, A. W.; Wilkin- son, J. S.: Williams. Miss M. A.
22, Berks. Ambrose, F.; Butler, Miss K. I.; Chapman, Hon. Mrs. D. B.; Cowling, D. M.; Cowling, Mrs. M.; Elliot, Rev. E. A.; Erith, Dr. A. G.; Gray, Miss R. E. K.; Hurley, Grass- land Research Station; Ounsted, J.; Severn, Lady; Sim- monds, Mrs. A. M.; Thomas, Dr. A. S.; Watson, Dr. E. V.; Williams, L. H.; Wood, P. J.
23, Oxon. Atkinson, R.; Balfour, A. P.; Balme, Miss O. E.; Beak, P. G.; Bowden, B. N.; Bowen, H. J. M.; Campbell, Dr. B.; Clokie, Mrs. H. N.; Creed, Dr. R. S.; Davidson, D.; Fitter, R. S. R.; Gough, J. W.; Griffiths, Miss M. E.; Harley, J. L.; Jones, Dr. EK. W.; Marriott, Miss M. M.; Oxford University (Dept. of Botany); Oxford University (Dept. of Forestry); Paul, Mrs. V. N.; Pritchard, N. M.; Roche, The Lady; Rorison, I. H.; Sladen, Dr. W. J. L.; Sparrow, Col. C. E. H.; Theobald, W. L.; Warburg, Dr. E. F.; Warburg, Mrs. P.; White, F.; Whitehead, F. N.; Williamson, M. H.
24, Bucks. Maycock, R.; Reid, L. M.; Sanecki, Mrs. K. N.; Skim- ming, Mrs. A.; Wilson, Miss B. A.; Wood, Miss A. F.
25, E. Surrork. Brown, Miss M. I.; Churchman, Miss N.; Church- man, Miss V.; Copithorne, Dr. R. E. C.; Cranbrook, Dowager Countess of ; Stephenson, Mrs. E. K.; Whiting, Miss M. M.
26, W. Surrotk. Barker, Rev. P. R.; Southwell, Mrs. M.
27, E. NorrotxK. Adcock, J. A.; Barnes, Miss R. M.; Ellis, E. A.; Gurney, Mrs. A. H.; Gurney, J.
4:
30,
39,
33,
3A,
36,
37,
38,
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
W. Norrotk. Bitton, E. Q.; Libbey, R. P.; Noble, Miss E. R.; Pankhurst, J. S. R.; Swann, E. L. CamBripeg. Adair, G. S.; Broad, P. D.; Cambridge, Botany School; Cambridge, National Institute of Agricultural Botany; Coombe, D. E.; Frost, L. C.; Gilmour, J. S. L.; _ Gourlay, W. B.; Heywood, V. H.; Holbek, Miss O.; Mills, Dr. W. H.; Perring, F.; Raven, Rev. Canon C. K.; Raven, J: Kes Rook, Dr. Aco) .-” Selk PR De; Wiusleyemserie as Townsend, C. C.; Tutin, Miss J. E.; Walker, D.; Walters, Dre S. Me Watt, Avis.) Vicor. Be
Breprorp. Ashton, Mrs. M. R.; Cardew, Major J. W.; Chambers, V-H.: Cox; (Miss_P.: Day,. Miss G: Hi; Dony ihe see Lawrie, Miss J. R.; Lucas, R. L.; Reid, D. A.; Simpson, Lt.-Col. F. H.; Taylor, Mrs. S. E.
Nortuants. Gilbert, J. L.; Hepburn, I.; Lee, W. H.; Northamp- tonshire Natural History Society; Ranson, O.; Robinson, (Ones
EK. Gros. Abell, Miss L.; Abell, Rev. R. B.; Bannister, C. W.; Barling, D. M.; Cheltenham and District Naturalists’ Society; Fleming, Dr. G..W. T.-H:; Haines, Mrs2 32 W.; Harley, R.; Heath, Rev. D. M.; Hughes, Dr. M.: King, Mrs. E. L.; Morrison, N. R.; Prance, I. T.; Ruxton, J. P.; Saunders, Mrs. N.; Southall, A. W.; Sprague, T. A.; Stevens, J. E.; Styles, B. T.; Sworder, Miss R. M.; Tisdall, Sgt. J. H.; Vesian, Miss D. E. de; Williams, J. E. M.
W. Gtos. Bristol Central Library; Davie, Dr. J. H.; Davies, Mrs. M. L.; Evans, I. W.; Garlick, G. W.; Hope-Simpson, Dr. J. F.; Kear, B. S.; Morgans, M. W.; Munro-Smith, Dr. D.; Plant, K. G.; Robertson, A. G.; Sandwith, Mrs. C.; Skene, Prof. M.; Spurgin, Miss C. J.
Hererorp. Fisher, Dr. H. J. W.; Hadfield, Mrs. N. K.; Here- fordshire Botanical Society; Johnston, Miss F. K.; Medwin, Miss EK. M.; Whitehead, Mrs. L. E.
Worcester. Cocke, M. H.; Day, F. M.; Fincher, F.; Milvain, Mrs. M.; Perrins, Mrs. D.; Sidwell, R. W.; Smith, Miss Pv
Warwick. Adams, L. T.; Allen, D. E.; Andrews, C. E. A.; Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery; Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society; Birmingham Public Libraries; Birmingham, University of; Burges, Dr. R. C..L.; Cadbury, C. J.; Cadbury, Miss D. A.; Cotton, Mrs N. E.; Goodman, Miss C. M.; Hanson, F. D.; Hardaker, W. H.; Hawkes, Dr. J. G.; Jameson, J. H.; Kydd, Miss §S. B.; Paxman, G. J.; Phipps, J. B.; Readett, R. C.: Rugby School Natural History Society; Southall, P. S. L.; Thomas, C.; Witton, Miss R.; Woolman, J. F.
39,
40, 41,
58,
59,
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS A457
Starrs. Andrews, Miss M.; Beaver, R. A.; Bemrose, G. J. V.;
Edees, E. S.; Goodway, K. M.; Haines, R. N. G.; Rhodes, G. C.; Wolverhampton, South Staffordshire Naturalists’ Society.
SaLtop. Heron, Miss M.; Tanner, Mrs. M. E.
GuAmorRGAN. Benson-lNvans, Miss K.; Cardiff, National Museum of Wales; Cory, Mrs. C. M.; Guile, D. P. M.; Jones, Miss V. E.; McLean, Prof. R. C.; Miles, B.; Morgan, Miss P.; Rees, J.; Smith, R. L.; Swansea, University College of; Wade, A. E.; Willan, Miss T.
CaRMARTHEN. Carmarthen, West Wales Field Society; Davies, Re ee Viawowan, Mrsia oR. H.
CarpicaAN. Aberystwyth, University College of Wales Library; Borrill, M.; MacLachlainn, Miss §.; Wilson, D.
MerRionetH. Benoit, P. M.; Richards, Mrs. H. M.; Richards, Miss J. E.
CAERNARVON. Bangor, University College of North Wales; Brad- shaw, Miss M. E.; Bruce, J. M.; Gough, F. C. G.; Greig- Smith, P.; Hughes, Dr. R. E.; Lacey, W. S:; Larsen, L.; Proctor, M. C. F.; Richards, Prof. P. W.; Roberts, R. H.
DensieH. Best, F. C.; Gaunt, A.; Meadows, P. H.
Fuint. Spooner, H.
S. Lincs. Foottit, A. C.; Lemmon, R. A.
N. Lincs. Gibbons, Miss E. J.; Knott, E.; Lincolnshire Natural- ists’ Union; Metcalfe, Miss C. E.; Wray, E. V.
Leics. Bristow, Miss H. M.; Conolly, Miss A.; Gray, Mrs. A. S.; Hanson, M. K.; Horwood, E. K.; Jermy, A. C.; Leicester Museum and Art Gallery; Packer, J. G.; Padmore, Miss P. Aes somwter,, KH. A.- Putin, Prof. Tf) G:
Notts. Abbott, W. E.; Bexon, Miss D.; Coulthard, C. E.; Diemer, Miss D.; Downer, C. S.; Hall, R. H.; Howitt, R. C. L.; Howitt, Mrs. R. C. L.; Nottingham Natural History Museum.
Dersys. Carey, Miss R.; Hall, F. T.; MHollick, Miss K. M.; Somers, W. H.; Spragg, P. W.; Torry, R.; Wise, R. D. CHESHIRE. Booth, Mrs. A.; Cadman, J. R.; Gill, Mrs. M. M.; Goddard, W. J.; Graddon, W. D.; Green, H. E.; Harvey, F./O. J. W.; Savidge, J. P.; Thorpe, J.; Williams, E. G.;
Williams, J. T.
S. Lancs. Ackerley, Miss M. E.; Bergin, J.; Bradshaw, Miss E. ; Burges, Prof. A.; Burnett, Dr. J. H.; Burrows, Dr. E. M.; Calder, Dr. M. G.; Davies, H. B.; Frost, Miss L. W.; Gordon, Miss V.; Hainsworth, Miss M. D.; Hare, Dr. C. Leighton; Holder, F. W.; Hopkins, B.; Howarth, Dr. W. O.; Jones, I.; Jowett, D. W.; Kidd, L.N.; Laycock, T. R.; Liverpool Botanical Society; Liverpool, University of; McCurdy, Dr. J. M.; Manchester Museum; Mills, Dr. J. N.; Minns, F. C.; O’Connor, Miss W. M. T.; Oldham Central
62,
63,
64,
66,
82,
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
Public Library; Ramsden, W.; Rosser, Dr. E. M.; Shaw, Rev. C. E.; Slater, F.; Southport Botanic Gardens Museum; Travis, W. G.; Walker, Dr. S.; Welsey, B.; Wylie, Miss A. P.
W. Lanes. Bunker, H. E.; Carter, J. E.; North; Miss D. KE. Sagar, (Gaoike
S.E. Yorks. Bradshaw, Miss M. E.; Chandler, M. R.; Crackles, Miss F. E.; Hull, University College of; Watts, W. A.; Wilson, A. K. a
N.E. Yorks. Handford, D. D.; Lawrence, I. C.; Rob, Miss C. M.; Rowntree, H.; Yeoman, Miss R.
S.W. Yorks. Adams, F. W.; Appleyard, Mrs. J.; Barnsley Naturalist and Scientific Society; Brown, J.; Bunting, W.: Butler, Miss G. M.; Clapham, Prof. A. R.; Ellis, E. W-; Halifax Scientific Society; Haynes, F. N.; Kind, S. S.; Rowlands, Dr. S. P.; Schofield, T.; Shaw, G. A.; Shaw, M. S.; Sylvester-Bradley, P. C.; Wells, Mrs. E. M.
Mip W. Yorxs. Andrews, Miss J.; Baker, Dr. H. G.; Bartle, Miss J._E.;- Frankland, J. N.; Horsmanj 23) Malby,) Or. 5:
'A.; Leeds Central Library; Malham Tarn Field Centre; Manton, Prof. I.; Nelson, G. A.; Shaddick, Miss C.; Sledge.
Drs, We Ae DurHAM. Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field Club: Durham Colleges Science Library; Gibby, Mrs. A. N.; Harri-
son, Prof. J. W. Heslop; Heaviside, Miss P.; Jones, Dr. D. G.; Moore, D. M.; Morton, J. K.; Newcastle, King’s College: Rossiter, J.; Sowerby, B.; Valentine, Prof. D. H.; Wise, Dr. D.; Woodell, S. R. J.
NORTHUMBERLAND, S. Blackburn, Dr. K. B.; Clark, Dr. W. A.; Cooke, It. Bs; Park, .K. J.-F. > Resterte tae
, CHEVIOTLAND. Farmer, Dr. A. J. 9, WESTMORLAND. Jerreira, R. E. C.; Hawkins, J.; Hyde, Mrs.
ie Je; Juewis;, Rs Tetley, Miss Mee.
,N. Lanes. Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club; Elliott, R. J.; Evans,
Miss E. M.; Grange-over-Sands, Nature Conservancy; Jowett, Miss E. B.
, CumBrrianp. Atkinson, W.; Carlisle Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery; Cross, Hon. M.; Dent, Miss H. S. A.; Hinde, J. D.; Muirhead, Miss C. W.; Parkin, J.; Stalker, Miss N. M.
Dumrries. Milne-Redhead, Dr. H. Kirkcupsriecut. Biggar, Miss E. I. LANARK. Braid, Prof. K. W.; Crundwell, A. C.; Forrest, J. T.:
Lee, J. R.; Mackechnie, R.; McVean, Dr. D. N.; Mont- gomery, Mrs. R.; Patton, Dr. D.; Ribbons, B. W.; Scott, W. A.; Slack, A.; Spence, D. H. N.; Stirling, A. M.; Young, Miss G. A.
, Berwick. Swinton, Mrs. A. E.
Happineton, Younger, Mrs H. J.
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS 459
83, HpinBurGH. Basden, EK. B.; Burtt, B. L.; Cumming, R.; Currie, A.; Davis, Dr. P. H.; Edinburgh, Nature Conservancy ; Green, P. S.; Harberd, D. J.; Henderson, D.M.; Mac- Donald, Miss M. M.; MacLecd, Dr. A.; Milne, Dr. J.; Poulter, Miss By AY; Roger, J. G.; Shirras, Miss A. J).,M.; Smith, Prof. Sir W. W.
85, Fire. Balfour, Mrs. EK. J.; Eggeling, Dr. W. J ; MacDonald, Dr. J. A.
88, Mip PerrH. Campbell, Miss M. S.; Farquharson, Miss M. M.; Poore, M. E. D.; Robson, A W.
90, Forrar. Duncan, Miss U. K.; Lyon, Dr. K.; Ogilvie, W. B.; Watson, H. G.
91, KincarpIne. Scott, G. A. M.
92, S. ABERDEEN. Gimingham, Dr. C. H.; Lyon, Dr. A. G.; Matthews, Prof. J. R.; Paget, Lady; Robson, N. K. B.; Torry, Scottish Home Department Marine Laboratory.
93, N. ABERDEEN. Milne, Dr. J. F.
94, Banrr. Webster, Miss M. McCallum.
95, Exern. Hunter, Mrs. M. S.
96, Easterness. Phillips, M. T. T.
100, CrypE Isues. Hutchison, Miss A. R.
101, Kintyre. Cunningham, Miss M. H.
104, N. Esuprs. Gordon, S.
110, OurzR Hesripes. Curnow, P. W.
H.3, W. Corx. O’Donovan, J. E.
H.12, Wexrorp. Booth, Miss EK. M.
H.16, W. Gatway. Gough, Mrs. H.; Teacher, Mrs. H. N.
H.17, N.E. Gatway. Mitchell, M. E. K.
H.21, Dusurxn. Brunker, J. P.; Dublin, National Museum of Eire; Glasnevin Botanic Garden; Dublin, Royal Irish Academy ; O'Reilly, Dr. H.; Stelfox, A. W.; Verschoyle, Mrs. W.: Webb, Prof. D. A.
H.37, ArmacH. Chambré, Mrs. C. M.
H.39, ANTRIM. Carrothers, KE. N.; Chase, Capt. C. D.; Harrison, Prof. J. Heslop; Kertland, Miss M. P. H.; Moon, J. Mck.; Parker, R. E.
MEMBERS OVERSEAS KUROPE
Austria. Graz, University of ; Rechinger, Dr. K. H.
Betcrum. Brussels, Jardin Botanique de |’Ktat; Lawalrée, Dr. A.
Denmark. Bocher, Prof. T. W.; Copenhagen, Botanisk Central- bibhotek.
Franck. Grenoble, Institut de Botanique; Harding, W. F. W.; Jovet, Dr. P.; Liger, Dr. J.; Louis-Arsene, Frére; Paris, Faculte de Pharmacie; Vilmorin, R. de.
GERMANY. Benl, Dr. G.; Kiikenthal, Dr. G.
IceLanD. Reykjavik Natturugripasfnid.
AGO GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
Iraty. Pavia, University of.
NeETHERLANDS. Amshoff, Dr. G. J. H.; Amsterdam, Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen; Amsterdam Universiteits-Bibliotheek ; Andreas, Dr. Ch. H.; Groningen, State University of; Jansen, P.; Utrecht Botanical Museum and Herbarium.
Norway. Bergen Universitets Biblioteket; Lid, J.; Oslo, Univer- sitets Botaniske Museum; Tromsé Museum Bibhoteket. SweEDEN. Goteborgs Botaniska Tradgard; Hylander, Dr. N.; Lind- quist, Prof. B.; Nannfeldt, Dr. J. A.; Uppsala, Kungl. Lantbrukshogskolan Biblioteket; Uppsala, Vaxtbiologiska
Institutionen; Weimarch, Prof. H.
SWITZERLAND. Aellen, Dr. P.; Geneve, Conservatoire et Jardin
Botanique; Glendinning, D. R.; Thomas, Miss E. M.
ASIA Cyprus. Merton, F. InponESIA. Bogor, Bibliotheca Bogoriensis.
AFRICA CarE Province. Adamson, Prof. R. S. NORTHERN RuHopeEsIA. Fanshawe, D. B.; Robinson, FE. A. SrerRA Leone. Galt, R. W. C. SOUTHERN RHopESIA. Whellan, J. A. Supan. MacLeay, Dr. K. N. G. Ueanpba. Tallantire, Miss A. C.
N. AMERICA
CanaDa. Callen, Dr. E. O.;, Léve, Dr. A.; Ottawa, National Museum of Canada; Ritchie, J. C.
Unirep States. Brooklyn Botanic Gardens; California Academy of Sciences; California, Pomona College Library; Cambridge. Gray Herbarium; Cincinnati, Lloyd Library; Lawrence, Prof. G. H. M.; Massachusetts, Arnold Arboretum; Michi- gan, University of; New York, Albert R. Mann Library; New York Botanical Gardens; Pittsburgh, Carnegie Museum: Polunin, Prof. N.; Texas Research Foundation; Washington, Library of State College of; Washington, Smithsonian In- stitute; Washington, United States Department of Agri- culture.
Ss. AMERICA TRINIDAD. Wood, H.
AUSTRALASIA AusTRALIA. Boyd, R. A.; Jacobs, V.; Melbourne, Publie Library of Victoria; Welsh, I. H. BritisH New Guinea. Cruttwell, Rev. N. E. G. New ZEALAND. Healy, A. J.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 19538 A461
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953
The number of gatherings contributed to the Exchange, though sti!l substantial, showed a drop of rather over 12% on last year’s total. The Guaiity of the material sent in was, on the whole, good, though a few of the contributions were rather scanty. The number of plants which appeared to call for comment from referees was not large and it is to be hoped the contributions of ‘critical’ plants will increase in the future.
Special mention should be made of the interesting and excellent specimens of Oxalis contributed by Dr. D. P. Young which will un- doubtedly be of great assistance in the naming of O. corniculata, O. europaea, O. stricta and their varieties.
Our thanks are due once more to the referees who have provided comments on the plants submitted to them and finally I should hke to express my own thanks to Mr. E. K. Horwood for a great deal of help with making up and sending out the parcels.
MG) Lurin’. University College, Leicester. October 1954.
LIST OF PARCELS RECEIVED
Gatherings. Sheets. Duplicates.
F. W. Adams ass i 109 8
Botany School, Cambridee 14 166
kk; Duncan : 4 36
G. W. T. H. Fleming il i
J. D. Grose 3 32
J. E. Lousley 2 2 14 40)
National Museum of Tales il 10
E. L. Swann 3} 33
University College, leiecerer 13 106 1420
E. C. Wallace 5 47 16 53 560 1484
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL
A Magazine of Natural History Published Every Quarter by the I.N.J. Committee
Epitep By Miss M. P. H. KERTLAND, M.Sc., with the assistance of Sectional Editors.
Annual Subscription, 10/— post free. Single Parts, 3/6
All communications to be addressed to :—
The Editor, Department of Botany, Queen’s University, Belfast
DISTRIBUTOR’ S REPORT FOR 1955 463
Rununculus murginatus Urv. var. trachycarpus (Fisch. & Mey.) Aznavour. 1, W. Cornwall; Hort. Streatham, London, from root col- lected April 5, 1953, from arable field, St. Martin’s, Isles of Scilly; material pressed June 7 and 25, 1953 (Fl. Scilly Exsice. No. 573). This buttercup has been established for at least five years in arable fields and roadsides about Higher Town, St. Martin’s. In early April it was just coming into flower, and a root was grown on to show the charac- teristic fruits—J. E. Lous ry.
Viola odorata L. var. dumetorum (Jord.) Rouy & Fouc. 3, S. Devon; sheltered lane, Torbryan, near Newton Abbot (Grid Ref. 823667), March 21, 1953.—S. M. Watters. ‘‘Correct’’.—D. H. VALENTINE.
Silene anglica var. sylvestris (Schott) Aschers. & Graebn. 28, W. Norfolk; in 2-year old lucerne ley, Westacre, King’s Lynn, June 17, 19538.—E. L. Swann.
Chenopodium ficifollum Sm. 55, Leicester; garden weed, Home Farm, Knighton, Leicester, August 10, 1948.—T. G. TurtIn.
C. vulvaria L. 15, E. Kent; crack between base of brick wal) and tarmac road, Davington, near Faversham, September 1953.—R. E. PARKER.
Ozalis corniculata L., erect-growing state. 38, Warwick; subspon- taneous in garden of Westham House, Barford (Grid Ref. SP/262603), June 28, 1952 (Ref. No. 4417). I believe that this form has sometimes been mistaken for O. stricta auct. in the past. Seed from these plants sown in open ground gave normal creeping plants, so that these speci- mens only represent an updrawn state, probably caused by growing in crowded flower-beds near a house-wall.—D. P. Youne.
O. corniculata L. var. microphylla Hook. f. 16, W. Kent; gravelly sidewalk adjacent to gardens, Tunbridge Wells, August 15, 1953 (Ref. No. 4886).—K. E. Butt and D. P. Youne. ‘‘This very distinct minia- ture form of O. corniculata is a native of the mountains of New Zealand and Tasmania, and is often grown in rockeries. I know of several places where it is naturalised in similar situations’’.—D. P. Young.
O. europaea Jord. (O. stTRIcTa auct., non L. sec. Wiegand) forma villicaulis Wiegand. 13, W. Sussex; garden weed at New Place, Pul- borough, August 29, 1953 (Ref. No. 4900). I give the formal name for what it is worth; the present plant is hairier than the form distributed by the National Museum of Wales last year, but it is sometimes more extreme with long shaggy brown pubescence on the stem.—D. P. Youne.
O. europaea Jord., purple-leaved var. 17, Surrey; subspontaneous in a garden at Horley (Grid Ref. TQ/2941), September 7, 1953 (Ref.
464 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953
No. 4923).—F. M. GuRTEEN and D. P. Youne. “‘I have seen this var. called ‘rubrifolia’ and ‘purpurea’ but I know of no authority for the names. I have never seen it outside a garden, although as in the pre- sent instance it is usually no more than a weed. Compared with the parallel var. purpurea Parl. of O. corniculata, the purple suffusion of the leaves is weak and reddish in tint, and fades away in older leaves’. —)). PP. Youne-
O. stricta L. sec. Wiegand (O. pILLENTI Jacq.). 13,.W. Sussex; cul- tivated at Sanderstead, Surrey, August-October 1953 (Ref. No. 4893), from plants gathered in a sandy arable field near Pulborough by Mr. O. Buckle in 1951. Although this species has figured in the British list for some time, the earlier record for it (B.E.C. 1919 Rep.. 553) is based on a misidentification, and the present plant represents the first and so far the only British record. It is a native of the eastern United States and Canada, and although it has been grown in Europe for at least 200 years it is very rarely seen this side of the Atlantic. It is, however, naturalised in Paris. Whence or how the Pulborough plants were introduced is a mystery; they have persisted in the same field now for several years. The agrestal habitat is also unusual for an Ozalis in this country. A further account of the naturalised British Uzalis is in preparation.—D. P. Youne.
Lotus angustissimus L. 17, Surrey; sandy pasture by Derry’s Wood, near Wonersh, August 16, 1953. Known here some twenty years, the plant was found to be flourishing still, when Mr. N. Y. Sandwith and I visited the locality to obtain specimens for illustration purposes.— EK. C. WALLAce.
Onobrychis vicifolia Scop. (? Native form). 8, S. Wilts.; chalk grassland, Casterly Camp, June 24, 1953.—J. D. Grose. Ref. 6318a.
The native form of Onobrychis viciifolia is far less common on the Wiltshire downs than the introduced strain which is now thoroughly established on chalk grassland in many places. The following characters may serve to separate the two forms:
NATIVE NATURALISED Plant Small, slender Large, robust Habit Prostrate Suberect Stems Few Many Leaflets Usually obovate; often retuse Usually oblong: rarely retuse L/B ratio c 3:0 c. 4:5 Flowers Bright red Paler, pink to red Calyx teeth Half as long again as tube Twice length of tube
It is possible that the specimens distributed are the products of crossing between the native and the cultivated strains, the influence of the latter being shown chiefly by the large size of the plants.—J. D. GROSE.
QO. vicufolia Seop. (Naturalised form). 8, S. Wilts.; chalk grass- land, Rushall, June 24, 19538.—J. D. Grosr. Ref. 6318.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 465
Rubus ulmifolius Schott f. 55, Leicester; hedge, Home Farm, Knighton, Leicester, July 23, 1948.--T. G. Turrn. 2n=14. Identifica- tion confirmed by W. C. R. Watson.
Potentilla thuringiaca Bernh. var. nestleriana (Tratt.) Schinz & Keller. 90, Angus; abundant near Leysmill, May 11, 1953.—U. K. DUNCAN.
Iibes alpinum L. 63, S.W. Yorks.; crevice on Magnesian Lime- stone, cliff near Roche Abbey, Maltby (Grid Ref. SK 547899). Presum- ably naturalised, April 1953.—F. W. Apams.
Bupleurum tenuissimum L. 15, E. Kent; on compacted gravel, often flooded with brackish water, head of Oare Creek near Faversham, Sep- tember 1953.—R. E. Parker.
Euphorbia hyberna L. H2, N. Kerry; Hort. Trinity College, Dublin, root from Derrycunihy wood, near Killarney, May 19, 1952.—D. A. WEBB.
Polygonum aviculare L. 39, Staffs.; Bass’s Maltings, Burton-on- Trent, August 20, 1948.—R. C. L. Burces and T. G. Turin. ‘An un- usual-looking erect form’’.—T. G. TuTIn.
Rumex x wrightu Lousley (=R. conglomeratus x cunetfolius). 4, N. Devon; Hort. Streatham, London, from a scrap of the root from material sent by Dr. F. R. Elliston Wright in August 1952 (see Wat- soma 2, 394-7, 1953) from Braunton Burrows and pressed August 30, 1953. The plant grew luxuriantly and flowered freely, but, as is so often the case in hybrid docks, no fruit developed fully.—J. E. LovustLey.
Salix calodendron Wimm. 90, Angus; base of sea cliff, Auchmithie, July 15, 1953.—U. K. Duncan. ‘This is a hybrid of S. viminalis but the material is inadequate to decide the other parent or parents. Material for identification should include (1) catkins, (2) mature leafly shoots of normal branches, (3) in all hybrids in which S. aurita, 8S. atrocinerea, S. cinerea or S. cavrea may be involved, a portion of a 2-year old (or older) branch with the bark removed to demonstrate the presence or absence of ridges (‘striations’) on the wood’”’.—R. MELVILLE.
PS. atrocinerea Brot. x S. nigricans Sm. 90, Angus; sea cliffs, Auchmithie, March 18, 1953.—U. K. Duncan. ‘‘Yes’’.—R. MELVILLE. “Whilst there is a suggestion of S. atrocinerea about the young leaves, I do not feel convinced that this is a hybrid and think it may be pure S. nigricams’’.—HK. F. Warsure.
Erica mackaiana Bab. H35, N. Donegal; Upper Lough Nacung, August 2, 1953,—D. A. Wess. ‘‘A hydro-electric scheme will greatly
466 ; DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 Sai
diminish the abundance of the plant here in the next year or two, though I hope it will be possible to save some’’.—D. A. WEsB.
E. xX praegeri Ostenf. (ZH. mackaiana x tetraliz). H35, N. Done- gal; Upper Lough Nacung, with both parents, August 3, 1953.—D. A. Wess. “Apart from the narrower leaf, it may be distinguished trom Hi. mackaiana by the presence of downy hairs on the sepals, at least on the margins’’.—D. A. WEBB.
EH. X praegeri Ostenf. H16, W. Galway; Craigamore, August 5, 1953.—D. A. WEBB.
Cuscuta europaea lL. 17, Surrey; on nettles hy the River Wey near Burpham, Guildford, September 5, 1953 (Ref. No. 9338).—E. C. WALLACE.
Veronica catenata Pennell. 56, Notts.; marshy bank of stream near the canal at Shireoaks near Worksop (Grid Ref. SK 551811), September 1953.—F. W. ApaAms.
Rhinanthus stenophyllus (Schur) Druce. 27, E. Norfolk; about the drainage channels in rough meadow-land of Brinton Common, August 8, 1953.—E. L. Swann. Corolla dull yellow with violet teeth. Plant association: Juncus inflexus (a); J. subnodulosus (f); Mentha aquatica (a); Pulicaria dysenterica (f); Galiwm palustre (0); Lotus uliginosus (f).
EKuphrasia brevipila Burnat & Gremli var. notata Pugsl. 88, Mid Perth; grassy bank by lane from road to pier, Lawers (Ref. No. E254), June 30, 1953.—P. F. YEo.
E. brevipila Burnat & Gremli var. reayensis Pugsl. 108, W. Suther- land; sandy slope between dunes and field, Farr Bay, Bettyhill. Flowers large, lilac, or white with upper lip lilas, 9-10 mm. long, 10 mm. across lower lip (Ref. No. E304), July 8, 1953.—P. F. Yro. ‘‘Con- sidered as a population this is not quite like the Reay plant, which is more compact and robust with more and longer indumentum and larger flowers. Some individuals at Reay are, however, almost identical with these. It is therefore perhaps legitimate to extend the name reayensts to cover these plants’’.—E. F. Warsure.
K. confusa Pugsl. f. albida Pugsl. 1, W. Cornwall; grassy track, Zela near Goonhaven (Ref. No. E257), August 10, 1953.—P. F. Yro. “Rather stiff and erect, but the nearest approach to characteristic E. confusa I have found in this neighbourhood’’.—P. F. Yro. “I agree that these are confusa, though I often find it difficult to know where to draw the line between confusa and nemorosa’’.—E. F. Warsure.
Mentha longifolia (L.) L. 18, W. Sussex; roadside, North Stoke near Amberley, August 8, 1958. (Ref. No. 9339).—E. C. Watacrg.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 467
Stachys x ambigua Sm. (Stachys palustris x sylvatica). 8,8. Wilts.; Warden’s Down, Bratton (Ref. No. C334), August 4, 1953.—J. D. Grosg. ‘‘The L/B ratio of the leaves averages about 2:6—a value which is probably too small even for the robust broad-leaved form of S. palus- tris. The flower-colour was intermediate between S. palustris and S. sylvatica; it has darkened a little in drying’’.—J. D. GRosk.
Guleopsis angustifolia Khrh. ex Hoffm. 41, Glamorgan; fixed shingle beach, The Leys, West Aberthaw, August 11, 1953.—A. E. Wape.
Galtum erectum xX verum. 90, Angus; Turfbeg near Forfar, with the parents, July 11, 19538.—U. K. Duncan.
Galinsoga ciliata (Rafin.) Blake. 29, Cambs.; weed in Botanic Gar- den allotments (loc. ab.), Cambridge, October 30, 1953.—S. M. WaLTErs.
Senecio inaequidens DC. 30, Bedford; grown at Sanderstead, Surrey, October 1953 (Ref. No. 4977), from seed from a plant grown by Mr. Lousley and originally from Biggleswade Railway Sidings, October 1951 (Ref. No. 5110161). The parent has already been com- mented on in last year’s Report (Year Book, B.S.B.I., 1953, 107); the progeny showed some variation in leaf-shape, but the specimens distri- buted all came from one plant which most nearly resembled the parent. In others the leaf-auricles were not so well developed.—J. EF. LousLey and D. P. Youne. See also Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 256 (1954).
Filago apiculata G.E.Sm. 17, Surrey; sandy field by Derry’s Wood. near Wonersh, August 16, 19538.—H. C. Watvacr
Hieracium vagum Jord. 63, S.W. Yorks.; rather common in wood clearing and margin by Killamarch Pond, July 1951.—F. W. Apams. “Grows on waste ground and woodland rides in the region. The capi- tula are frequently attacked by Noéeta pupillata (Fallén). In some cases there may be 100% infection. ‘Galled’ capitula are readily re- cognisable in fruit, as the involucre is much broader towards the base and often triangular in outline. The involucre of ‘ungalled’ capitula is much narrower’’.—F. W. ApaMs. “Correct’’.—P. D. Serr and C. West. [Noéeta pupillata is a species of fly belonging to the Dipterous familly Trypetidae—the ‘‘fruit flies’?.—H. K. Atry SHaw. ]
Juncus effusus L. x inflerus L. (J. x diffusus Hoppe). 17, Surrey: margin of Britten’s Pond near Worplesdon, September 5, 1953. (Ref. No. 9343).—E. C. WaLwace.
Orchis ericetorum (Linton) Marshall. 98, Argyll; Ben Laoigh, 2000 ft., June 8, 1953.—G. W. T. H. Fremine. “QO. maculata L. subsp. ericetorum Linton (=O. ericetorum (Linton) Marshall). Pressed under great pressure, and stem thus appearing thicker than usual, White- flowered individuals are not uncommon in this species’’.—J. Hrstop- Harrison,
468 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953
Glyceria declinata Eréb. 57, Derby; margin of duck-pond by main road near Winster, Matlock (Grid Ref. SK 238600), August 10, 1953.— F. W. Avams. ‘Variable, tending to form a floating mat at the water’s edge. Some specimens have suffered attack from ‘insects’ and Clavi- ceps purpurea Tul. Other species of Glyceria are absent from the locality’’.—F. W. ApAMs.
x Festulolium loliaceum (Huds.) P. Fourn. (Festuca pratensis xX Lolium perenne). 57, Derby; abundant in pasture beside River Brad- ford between Alport and Youlgreave (Grid Ref. SK 218643), July 16, 1953.—F. W. Apvams. ‘‘Very variable in size, and both the number of spikelets and the number of florets per spikelet. It is of locally frequent occurrence in the neighbourhood, but is by no means generally frequent in Derbyshire, although both parents occur. Many specimens wither before they are fully developed’’.—F. W. ApamMs.
Puccinelha distans (L.) Parl. 56, Notts.: abundant on waste ground by canal, Shireoaks, Worksop (Grid Ref. SK 551811), July 28, 1953.— fF, W. Apams. ‘“‘Introduced with ballast from the nearby canal? Thrives on remains of lime heaps from the tormer burning of Magnesian Lime- stone. Has spread to calcareous regions nearby, and may grow on al- most pure lime’’.—F. W. ApDAMs.
Poa bulbosa L. Root from wall top, near Colico, Lake Como, N. Italy, July 1948; Hort. University College, Leicester, April 25, 1949. 2n=35.—T. G. Turtmy. “A ‘viviparous’ race but larger than that from N. Kurope, which has 2n=45’’.—T. G. Turin.
P. compressa 1.. 29, Cambs.;: Norman Cement Works Chalk Pit (loc. ab.), Cambridge (Grid Ref. 480575), June 30, 1953.—S. M. WALTERS.
Bromus ferronii Mabille. 1, W. Cornwall; grassy places on cliff near the Lizard, more or less sheltered from S.W., and abundant within 1 mile of sea, June 3, 1948.—T. G. Turtn.
B. lepidus Holmb. var. micromollis (Krésche) C. E. Hubbard. 28, W. Norfolk ; borders of arable land and old stack sites, Appleton, King’s Lynn (Ref. No. 2396), June 26, 1953.—E. L: Swann.
Bromus (1). 29, Cambs.: arable field near Little Abington (Grid Ref. 52539494), June 1953.—R. E. Parker. ‘RB. commutatus Schrad.’’. A. Metpreris and T. G. Turttn.
Bromus (2). 29, Cambs.; arable field near Little Abington (Grid Ref. 52539494), June 1953.—R. E. Parker. ‘“‘B, interruptus Druce’’. A. Metprris and T. G. Turm,
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 A469
Bromus (3). 29, Cambs.; arable field near Little Abington (Grid Ref. 52539494), June 1953.—R. E. Parxer. ‘3. secalinus L. var. hirtus (Schultz) Aschers. & Graebn. ex Hegi’’.—A. MerLpEris and T. G. TUTIN.
B. arvensis L. 26, W. Suffolk; near Newmarket, August 8, 1913.— C. E. Moss.
Phalaris minor Retz. 13, W. Sussex: uncultivated allotment, Worth- ing, June 1, 1953 (Ref. No. 4779).—D. P. Younc, conf. N. L. Bor.
Cynodon dactylon (I..) Pers. 1, W. Cornwall; very abundant be- tween Penzance and Marazion on sandy shore (Grid Ref. SW 4931), July 22, 1953.—F. W. Apams. ‘‘Very abundant, reproducing vegeta- tively. The specimens are much smaller than those from similar habi- tats on the continent’’.—F. W. Apams.
cecart Ee
Continued from inside front cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1955-56
—_———_
Development and Rules Meetings
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.) A. H. G. Alston Miss M. S. Campbell Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
R. A. Graham
D. H. Kent
R. D. Meikle
H. Milne-Redhead
O. V. Polunin
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan
J. HE. Dandy
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley —
H. K. Airy Shaw R. M. Payne
N. Y. Sandwith
E. C. Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters P. J. Wanstall (Hon. Sec.) Dr. E. F. Warburg
Maps .
Prof. A. R. Clapha (Hon. Sec.)
Dr. J. G. Dony
R. A. Graham
J. E. Lousley
R. D. Meikle
E. Milne-Redhead
C. D. Pigott
M. EK. D. Poore
W. T. Stearn (co-opted)
Prof. T. G. Tutin
E. C. Wallace
_ Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Prof. D. A. Webb
A. H. G. Alston
EK. B. Bangerter
O. Buckle
Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.) Mrs. A. N. Gibby
P. C. Hall
Dr. E. M. Rosser
Mrs. B. H. S. Russell Mrs. B. Welch
Conservation
Captain C. Diver Dr. J. G. Dony | . L. Gilmour
E
K. Milne-Redhead V. S. Summerhayes P. J. Wansitall
_ Mrs. B. Welch
Junior Membership
D. E. Allen
Miss H. Franks
Miss L. W. Frost
Miss B. M. C. Morgan
J. Ounsted
O. V. Polunin
Dr. ©: Ve Prime
A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec.)
WATSONIA
JOURNAL OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Published Twice Yearly
Price 15} per part
Obtainable from Mr E. B. BANGERTER, c/o Department of Botany, British Museum, (Natural History ), London, S.W.7
PROCEEDINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES Editor: D. H. KENT
Vol. | OCTOBER 1955 Pt. 4 CONTENTS PAGE N = ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE (V.C. 29). By F. H. Perring, P. D. Sell and 8. M. Walters... ti Ai JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTONSHIRE PLANT RECORDS. By F. H. Perring oes oe OF Ge at ist Oe A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT. By D. P. Young ... ... 490 PiLant NOTES ie: ae pe i oe he ae ie Piant RECORDS. Compiled by E. C. Wallace ... we Ce ea ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Kent DUS Frevp Meerine, 1953 Be ee eae oon BBB Fre.p MEETINGS, 1954 ae ses He Bolu ee vse DAZ OBITUARIES Be, oe but ae ae iG ap Beis 9 15 ye PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS _... ee ch tee LocAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES ... zee 5 OE PANEL OF SPECIALISTS ao6 ae seis ae vee - 572 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954 ... sae ss se Le OED
Sree
* PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES c/o DEPARTMENT oF Botany, British Muszum (Naturau History), Lonpon, S.W.7
Prict TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. THe Princess Royar
Applications for Membership should be addressed to the Hon. Assistant Secretary: D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, from whom copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained
OFFICERS FOR 1955-1956 ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, APRIL 2npd, 1955
President: Dr. George Taylor
Vice-Presidents: N. D. Simpson, Prof. T. G. Tutin, G. M. Ash, Prof. D. A. Webb
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley
Honorary Treasurer : E. L. Swann
Honorary Editor : Dr. E. F. Warburg
Honorary Meetings Secretary : Dr. J. G. Dony
COUNCIL (in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e))
Elected April 1952 Elected April 1954
Dr. D. P. Young O. Buckle
V. S. Summerhayes Dr. H. G. Baker
E. B. Bangerter D. McClintock
Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. E. M. Rosser Elected March 1958 Elected April 1955
Dr. J. H. Burnett Dr. F. Rose
R. A. Graham C. E. Hubbard
D. E. Allen P. J. Wanstall
Mrs. A. N. Gibby J. E. Raven Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D.H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch Honorary Field Secretary : QO. Buckle
REPRESENTATIVES
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett Council for the Promotion of Field Studies : J. E. Lousley Wild Plant Conservation Board : R. A. Graham
Continued on inside of back cover
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE A471
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE (V.C. 29) By F. H. Perrine, P. D. SELL and 8. M. WaLTERS
The botanical vice-county 29 comprises Cambridgeshire proper and the Isle of Ely. The latter is flat, almost entirely arable, drained silt and fenland, and, compared with the more accessible and more diversified country in the Cambridge district, is very much neglected botanically and badly under-recorded. There are no recent records for many species formerly recorded in the Cambridgeshire fens, and whilst it is reasonable to suppose that many of these (particularly species of neutral to acid fen or bog such as Potentilla palustris) have in fact disappeared, some (e.g. aquatic species such as Potamogeton friesi) are very probably still to be found, though perhaps reduced in quantity. Also the information on the distribution of common species in the Isle of Ely is seriously inadequate, and assistance with recording in the March-Chatteris-Wisbech areas would be most welcome.
Cambridgeshire is well documented botanically. The series of County Floras begins with Ray (1660), and continues at intervals of roughly a century with Relhan (1785), Babington (1860) and Evans (1939). Unfortunately, the last of the series does not keep up the high standard of its predecessors, and a taxonomically satisfactory revision of the Cambridgeshire flora, correcting a number of Evans’ statements, particularly for the grasses and sedges, is now overdue. It is hoped that some reasonably complete revision might be ready for publication in 1960, the tercentenary of Ray and the centenary of Babington. In the meantime, these notes are offered as an indication of “work in progress’’.
In such a highly arable county as Cambridgeshire, decline and extinction of certain classes of species due to improved agriculture is very marked. Some of these changes, particularly those affecting bog, fen and marsh plants, due to drainage and cultivation, were already apparent to Babington, and have, of course, proceeded much further since his day. Thus, the fen orchid, Liparis, is apparently extinct in the county (last recorded at. Wicken in 1945); and there are no recent records for several other species such as Sagina nodosa and Stellaria palustris. Other species such as Parnassia, Pinguicula vulgaris, E'pipactis palustris and Menyanthes trifoliata survive in a very few relict fen habitats. Another category of “agricultural casualties” are the species of old pasture, including several orchids (e.g. frog orchid, Coelo- glossum viride) very much reduced in numbers. In recent years
472 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
the progress of ploughing up and re-seeding has further seriously reduced this class of species, and permanent pasture with a rich variety of grasses and other herbs is now quite a rarity in the Cambridge district. The most recent threat to floristic diversity —the use of hormone weed-killers—is undoubtedly having a quick and serious effect, particularly on hedgerow and roadside affected by drifting spray, although it is as yet too early for much detailed evidence to have accumulated.
In the weed flora, changes since Babington’s time may be attributed firstly to cleaning of agricultural seed (decline of e.g. cornflower, Centaurea cyanus, and thorow-wax, Bupleurum rotundifolium), and more recently to the use of selective weed- killer (decline of the field poppies has been a most striking post-war change in arable Cambridgeshire). One or two interesting cases suggest, however, that the elimination of the main dicotyledonous weeds may give certain monocotyledonous species a great advantage. The most obvious cases are the increased abundance of wild oat (Avena fatwa—the allied A. ludoviciana is still apparently rare in the county), and the extra- ordinary spread of that supposedly rare annual grass, Bromus diandrus (Anisantha gussoni), which was unrecorded in Cam- bridgeshire before 1952, but which now appears to be occasional or frequent in hedgerows, roadsides and waste ground over a large part of the east of the county, between the Breckland border and Cambridge. In part this “spread” may be due to the species having been previously overlooked; but it seems unlikely to be wholly attributable to this cause, as a well-grown clump of the grass looks very different from its common relative Bromus (Anisantha) sterilis.
A rather different reason for decline is shown by a number of species, particularly ferns, which occur principally or wholly on walls and buildings in the county. Re-pointing of brickwork or re-building seems to have caused a general diminution. Ray’s locality for Polypodium vulgare, in Garret Hostel Lane, Cam- bridge, survived till the whole wall was pulled down for a new building in 1947; but Aspleniwm ruta-muraria still survives on the Senate House steps, and that famous alien crucifer, Arabis turrita, on a few feet of old wall in the grounds of St. John’s College.
Some few species, in addition to the grasses already mentioned, appear to be actively extending their range in the county. The most spectacular spread is that of Epilobiwm adenocaulon, first recorded in 1945, and now abundant in one or two localities where woodland has been partially cleared, and recorded for seven localities in all. Another willow-herb, E. lanceolatum, seems likely to spread in the near future; at present it has merely a single Cambridgeshire record, but it is obviously extending its
NOLES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE 473
range in Britain and is no longer strictly a south-western species. Veronica filiformis has recently successfully escaped from culti- vation in several Cambridgeshire localities and may well spread quickly. Cardaria draba (first recorded 1857) is apparently still increasing on roadsides and waste ground, and is achieving some importance as a potentially serious agricultural weed. Lactuca serriola has become a common wayside plant in the last twenty or thirty years. Senecio squalidus is now well-established in several places around Cambridge, but does not yet show signs of active spread in the City itself. Crepis taraxacifolia, Diplotaxis muralis, Hrigeron canadensis and Matricaria matricarioides seem to have finished their main expansion which began in the last century.
With all this change, it is pleasant to record that several rare species persist in their classical localities—Linum anglicum on the Gogs, Dianthus deltoides on the Furze Hills, and Seseli at Cherry Hinton. Ray’s locality for Veronica spicata, which survived war-time ploughing up, was unfortunately lost in 1953; but a fragment of the plant was rescued from the ploughed field, propagated vegetatively, and used to re-plant the stock in chalk erassland on the margin of the now arable field in December 1954. A welcome re-discovery of a supposedly extinct plant was that of Alchemilla vestita in 1953, in one of its nineteenth century localities.
No fewer than 12 new county records are here published, all of them made since 1946. Not one of these species can be con- sidered “critical”, and although most of them are probably fairly recent arrivals in the county, others, such as Glyceria declinata and Poa palustris, are almost certainly native species which have been overlooked. It is clear that the floristic possibilities of Cambridgeshire are by no means exhausted; and 1955 has already yielded one new county record in the shape of Barbarea inter- media.
The following records are extracted from the card index of the Cambridgeshire Flora, the property of the Cambridge Natural History Society, kept in the University Herbarium. This con- sists of a separate card for each species of vascular plant, listing all Cambridgeshire records, historical and recent, and indicating which are represented by specimens in the University Herbarium; in addition, since 1950, a considerable amount of data has been added in the form of lists, principally of common species, for particular Cambridgeshire localities, on special printed record eards, giving the National Grid Reference. The Society is attempting to cover the county by making at least one list in each 1 kilometre grid square. For the B.S.B.I. Distribution Maps Scheme, these data are being extracted on a 10 kilometre square basis. |
474 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
SOME ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO EVANS’ FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE tNot native *New County Record §Record new to Comital Flora
InrTIALS oF ContTRiIBUTORS :—D.E.C.—D. E. Coombe, H.G.-C.—H. Gilbert-Carter, C.D.P.—C. D. Pigott, F.H.P.—F. H. Perring, P.D.S. —P. D. Sell, S.M.W.—S. M. Walters.
4/1. Aponis annua L. There are specimens in Herb. Cantab. from Coton, 1852 (C. C. Babington), Cherry Hinton, 1862 (Rey. S. Hiley) and Newnham allotments, 1944 (C. E. Raven). In addition notes in Babington’s manuscript give between Hinton Church and Fulbourne, 1868 (Rev. S. G. Phear) and Odsey (A.M.B.).
5/1. Myosurus minimus L. Abundant in a field of beans by Gam- lingay Wood, 1949 (C.D.P.).
17/2. Manonta aquiroLtiIum (Pursh) Nutt. Abundant on the Fleam Dyke, 1947 (W. Jones). Now fast becoming well established in many places in the east of the county.
¥31/4. Corypatis LuTEA (I.) DC. Grantchester, 1886 (A. Shrubbs); Shelford, 1900 (IF. R. Tennant); Willingham and Earith (KE. A. George) ; Cambridge, Waterbeach, Ely and Elsworth (J. Rishbeth).
35/1(2). NASTURTIUM MICROPHYLLUM (Boenn.) Reichb. Many re- cords from most parts of the county by H. W. Howard.
35/1(2)x1. N. MICROPHYLLUM X OFFICINALE. With parents, Cold- ham’s Common, 1951 (S.M.W.).
§*36/5. BARBAREA INTERMEDIA Bor. Arable fen near Over, 1955
(f.H.P. and S.M.W.).
37/6. Turritis GuaBra I. The plant still occurs in the locality given by Evans (1939). Also in a felled part of Gamlingay Wood (M. I. D. Pore).
§*+45/7. CocHnparta panica I.. Railway-line near Hayley Wood, 1946 (K. G. Jeffreys). This and Cerastium tetrandrum are interesting railway-track weeds (see Dony (1953) for further comment).
149/4. SIsyMBRIUM ORIENTALE L. Grantechester (G@. W. Chapman); Chesterton Ballast Pits (J. S. L. Gilmour); Shepreth (H.G.-C.); Roswell Pits -( ); Barnwell (H.G.-C. and E. F. Warburg), and Barrington Cement Works, 1949 (C.D.P.).
§*55/1. Drenotaxis tTENvuIFOLIA (l1.) DC. Devil’s Dyke, 1946 (J.
Rishbeth); Fleam Dyke, 1946 (P. W. Richards) and 1950 (S.M.W.).
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMERIDGESHIRE AT5
65/1. Iseris amara L. Still at the Morden locality, 1951 (W. H. Mills); railway cutting between Meldreth and Royston, abundant, 1954 (2. D:S.)..
74/2. Buntas ortentTALIs L. Well established in waste-ground by the railway in Cambridge; also on roadside near Devil’s Dyke.
§*100/9. ‘CERASTIUM TETRANDRUM Curt. Railway by Hayley Wood, 1947 (Miss Duval); and 1951 (S.M.W.).
101/8. STELLARIA ALSINE Grimm. Still on Coe Fen, 1951 (M. C. F. Proctor).
§*+133/2. Impatiens capENsis Meer. As yet a single record only from “The Backs’’, Cambridge, 1946.
7133/38. I. parvirtorA DC. Has spread a great deal in and around Cambridge recently.
185. Notes on Rusus (by W. H. Mills). R. consJuNGENS is very common in the county, coming next in abundance after R. ULMIFOLIUS and R. cakstus. RR. TUBERCULATUS is well distributed. RR. BABING- TONIANUS Is frequent. (Asterisk * indicates specimens in Hb. Mills.) R. BABINGTONIANUS W. Wats. Cambridge*, Colon*, Linton*, etc.; R. BELLARDIT Weihe. Jongstone Wood*; R. carstus lL. Widespread; R. CARDIOPHYLLUS L. & M. Gamlingay*; R. consunerns (Bab.) W. Wats. Abundant. (Specimens Wicken Fen*, Linton*, 1, Madingley Road, Cambridge*); R. conspicuus P.J.M. (?) Lt. Chishall Wood*); R. CRINIGER EK. F. Linton. Gamlingay (Cinques, Great Heath Wood*, Gam- lingay Wood*); R. pisceretus P.J.M. Morden Grange Plantation* ; R. Fratcatus Kalt. Gamlingay*; R. rrexvosus L. & M. Gamlingay (roadside by White Wood and in Gt. Heath Wood*); R. 1mpaEus I. Here and there. Probably always of garden origin; R. INSECTIFOLIUS LL. & M. Lt. Chishall Wood*; R. tinpLEIaNnus Ed. Lees, Gamlingay, Hayley Wood*, Doddington Wood; R. mercicus Bagn. Borley Wood" ; R. myriacanrHus Focke. Willingham (also in University Botanic Gar- den and Salisbury Road, no doubt introduced); R. NemMornatis P.J.M. (R. SELMERI Lindeb:). Wilberforce Road, Cambridge, near the end of the Coton foot-path*. Evidently introduced; R. potyantHEmMos [Lindeb. Gamlingay*, Borley Wood; R. pyramipaLtis Kalt. Gamlingay (road- sides near White Wood*, in Great Heath Wood*); R. rapurta Weihe. Eversden*, Kingston, and Swansley Woods. Hatley St. George. Hay- ley*, Longstowe, Borley, Lt. Chishall* Woods, Lt. Abington, Morden Grange Plantation; R. rHomBIFoLIUS Weihe. Gamlingay (Cinques* and roadside opposite Great Heath Wood*); R. rurescens L. & M. Borley Wood*, Sparrow’s Grove*; R. sustustris Ed. Lees. Gamlingay; R. TUBERCULATUS Bab. Frequent as at Dry Drayton*, Caldecot, by the Wool Street*, Longstowe, etc.; R. unmironius Schott. Abundant; R. vestTitus W. & N. Balsham, Borley*, Gt. Chishall, Lt. Chishall* and
476 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE
Wood Ditton Park Woods. Also in and about Cambridge (introduced) as in garden of 30 Storey’s Way, on the Rockefeller Field, and the hedge between the Sewage Farm and the Railway Ballast Pits; R. WARRENII Sud. Gamlingay*.
190/4. ALcHEMILEA vEsTITA (Buser) Raunk. Old pasture, outskirts of Balsham Wood, 1953 (J. Rishbeth and S.M.W.). A very interesting re-discovery of a supposedly extinct plant, in a locality probably known to Ray.
190(2)/2. APpHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. Furze Hills and Gamlingay (S.M.W.). The expected localities for a calcifuge plant in Cambridgeshire. A. arvensis is a common weed.
193/4. SaNncGurIsoRBA OFFICINALIS L. Many localities in Babington (1860). Only records this century are from the edge of Hayley Wood, 1940 (W. H. Mills and others), near Conington on the road to Knap- well, 1944 (R. P. Scase), and Cottenham Fen, 1954 (S.M.W.).
205/1. Parnassia pAtustRis L. Two localities still known, but a small quantity only in each.
§*+220/7(2). EpriLoBIuM ADENOCAULON MHausskn. First record on waste ground, Mill Lane, Cambridge, 1946 (J. N. Mills). Since 1950 recorded for Ditton Park, Borley, Balsham and Hardwick Woods, also at edge of Madingley Wood and in grounds of Abington Hall.
220/9. KE. LANcroLatum Seb. & Mauri. Morden Grange Plantation, 1953 (S.M.W.). See Proceedings B.S.B.I., 1, 89 (1954).
247/5. Aprtum INUNDATUM (L.) Reichb. f. In Wicken and Monk’s Lode, first recorded here 1946 (H.G.-C.).
§*+252/1. Fatcarta vuLGARtIs Bernh. Chalk rubble by Cherry Hinton chalk pits, 1949 (D.E.C. and C.D.P.).
272/1. Serinum oarviron1A (L.) L. Still common at Chippenham Fen and Fordham Abbey grounds, also in damp meadow, Sawston Hall,
1949 (S.M.W.).
+383/7. Srnecto squattipus L. Evans’ (1939) note on this species is misleading. The plant was grown in the Botanic Garden in the last century, but the supposed hybrids with S. vulgaris were almost cer- tainly the radiate form of the latter species and their presence had nothing to do with S. squalidus. Until recently when some plants were brought from Coldham’s Common WS. squalidus had not been in the Botanic Gardens for many years. During the last ten years, however, the plant has spread considerably in and around Cambridge.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE A777 4928/2. TRAGorpOGON PRATENSIS L. Evans’ (1939) statement ‘. always as the long-rayed form’ is so obviously wrong that one suspects an accidental error in writing “‘long’’ for ‘‘short’’. Subsp. minor (Mill.) Rouy is undoubtedly the common plant, but subsp. pratensis
has been recorded from several localities.
481/1. MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA L. Persists in two localities only.
1527/1. VeERBASCUM PHLOMOIDES IL. Plentiful in a chalk pit be- tween Kneesworth and Royston, 1950 (P.D.S. det. J. E. Lousley).
1527/4. V. vireatum Stokes. Ely Road, Cambridge, 1863 (W. Wal- ton) and waste ground, Cambridge, 1946 (J. N. Mills).
1527/5. V. suaTTaRia L. Kirtling (Pryor); Chatteris and Firelots (Fryer); railway line, Cambridge (H.G.-C.); Harston (J. L. Browne) and Laboratory grounds, Cambridge (H.G.-C. and S.M.W.).
5093/2. PineurcuLa vuueaRtis L. Still at Chippenham; recorded since 1947 at Dernford also.
5058/2. MErNTHA ALOPECUROIDES Huds. Chippenham, Chesterton and Caxton Gibbet (C. EK. Moss), Hinxton Hall (A. Shrubbs), Linton (A. J. Crosfield), Coe Fen (H.G.-C.), and Fordham Abbey (S.M.W.). There are no specimens referable to M. rotundifolia (L.) Huds.
5598/6. M. PIPERITA var. OFFICINALIS Sole. R. Graham has so named the Barrington plant.
558/9. M. x veERTIcILLATA L. Specimens from Dry Drayton (C. C. Babington), Madingley (Henslow), and Upware (C. E. Moss) are so named by R. Graham.
558/12. M. x smitHtANA R. Graham. The plant growing between Longstowe and Bourne and known for many years as M. rubra Sm. is now so named.
The Cambridgeshire Thymus material has been carefully revised by C. D. Pigott, with the following result :—
561/1. THymus puLEciompes L. Chalk pits at Haslingfield and Barrington ; strip lynchets above Harston station; Cherry Hinton chalk pits; Gamlingay Cinques; chalky field between Gt. Wilbraham and Fulbourn; ride in Chippenham Fen.
561/8. T. pRuckr Ronn. em. Jalas. Hildersham; Little Trees Hill; Babraham; Gogs; Devil’s Dyke; Fleam Dyke; Heydon; Morden Grange Plantation; Dernford Fen; Bottisham; Kneesworth; Litlington.
586/2. Trucr1um scorpium L. Still at one of Evans’ localities, 1951 (P. M. Garneit).
478 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
587/4. Asuca cHAMAEPITYS (L.) Schreb. Field at Morden Grange Plantation, 1951 (C.D.P.).
+628/9. EupHORBIA VIRGATA Waldst. & Kit. Many records, in- cluding railway station, Cambridge, and roadside, Toft (C.D.P. and S.M.W.). Obviously increasing.
669/5. ORcuts mortio L. Rough grassland on the Greensand near Gamlingay, 1949 (C.D.P.) and two plants, Main Drove, Wicken Fen, 1951 (P.D.S.). Obviously much rarer nowadays.
669(3)/1. HirmMantToGLossuM utRcINuM (L.) Spreng. Has flowered at one spot in the county every year since 1946. A new locality was found in 1954.
671/1. AcERAS ANTHROPOPHORUM (I.) Sm. Still (1953) in the locality given by Evans (1939). <A second locality was discovered in 1954 by J. C. Faulkner.
674(3)/1. CorLoGLOssuM VIRIDE (l.) Hartm. Soham, 1954 (per J. C. Faulkner). The only recent record.
§*+710/1. Turrpa syivestRis lL. ‘In old pasture, Kirtling Towers, 1952 (Miss Rhodes). A very interesting locality, apparently very long- established, but unknown to Babington.
‘718/9x10. JUNCUS ACUTIFLORUS X ARTICULATUS. Dernford Fen and Hauxton, 1949; Sawston Hall, 1950 (S.M.W.). (J. acutiflorus Hoffm. is apparently no longer present in these places.)
718/12. J. nursosus L. Evans’ (1939) statement is quite wrong. The only recent record of this markedly caleifuge species is from Gam- lingay.
§*+718/16. J. renuts Willd. Wet meadow, Coton, 1954 (R. FE. Hardy). An interesting addition to the County flora.
719/4. Luzvuta MuLtTiIFtorA (Retz.) Lejeune. Dernford Fen, 1955 (S.M.W.). The only 20th century record; Evans’ (1939) estimate ‘not common’ is an understatement!
745/1. Etrocuartis patustris (L.) Roem. & Schultes. Subsp. PALUSTRIS. The common plant, Fulbourn Pond, Wicken Lode, etc. (S.M.W.). Subsp. mrcrocarpa Walters. Coe Fen, Vicars Brook, Swave- sey, Earith (S.M.W.).
745/2. KE. untenumis (Link) Schultes. Main Drove, Wicken;: wet meadows, Hauxton (S.M.W.).
lend
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE A479
746/2. ScHOENOPLECTUS TABERNAEMONTANI (C. C. Gmel.) Palla. Pond on Teversham Fen, 1948 (D.E.C. and C.D.P.). An interesting inland record.
746/4. Sctrepus maritimus L. Pond on Teversham Fen, 1948 (D.E.C.). An interesting inland record.
746/8. Enrocuaris pauciFLORA (Lightf.) Link. Main drove, Wicken, abundant. Evans’ (1939) record for Scirpus caespitosus at Wicken may refer to this plant (S.M.W.).
746/14. Buysmus compressus (L.) Link. Dernford Fen, 1946 (S.M.W.). The only known Cambs. locality.
747/2. EriopHoRUM ANGusTIFoLIUM Honck. A small patch in wet fenland on Teversham Fen near Quy, 1947 (C.D.P.). Abundant on part of Stow-cum-Quy Fen, 1948 (D.E.C.); but ploughed up in 1954.
753/21. Carex LEPIDOCARPA Tausch. This is the common ‘(. flava’ of the fens. Abundant at Wicken.
753/22. C. sprotina Mérat. Spring at Fulbourn, Sept. 1949 (T. G. Tutin and 8.M.W.); Wicken Fen, 1950 (S.M.W.).
753/59. C. otruBAE Podp. This is the common species especially about ponds on the boulder clay. C. vulpina L. has not yet been dis- covered in the county.
1753/5957. ©. oTRUBAE X REMOTA. With the parents in a ditch at Hltisley, 1948 (C.D.P.); near Dullingham, 1953 (IF.H.P.).
753/60. C. contiguA Hoppe. Common on road verges especially to the south-west of Cambridge.
753/61. C. patragt F. Schultz. Gt. Heath Wood, Gamlingay, and Hildersham Furze Hills, 1948 (C.D.P.).
753/61(2). C. potypuyiia Kar. & Kir. Abundant in Hildersham village and near Pampisford, 1948 (C.D.P.). Verges of main road over the Gogs Hills near Wandlebury, 1948 (W. H. Mills), and Kneesworth, 1951 (P.D.S.).
753/62. C. pivuutsa Stokes. Roadside hedgebanks at Linton, Toft and Caldecote, 1948 (C.D.P.). Bryon’s Pool, Grantchester, 1954 (S.M.W.).
793/63. C. PANiIcuLaTA L. Abundant on Teversham Fen, 1947 (C.D.P.); by the river Cam around Bottisham Lode, 1954 (S.M.W.).
753/74. C. puticaris L. Still survives at Chippenham Fen. Plen- tiful in wet turf on Stow-cum-Quy Fen, 1948 (D.E.C.).
A480 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
+766/2. ANTHOXANTHUM PUELIT Lecog & Lamotte. Abundant at Gam- lingay near the Great Heath Wood, 1949 (C.D.P.).
780/3. AcGrostis TENUIS Sibth. Evans’ (1939) statement ‘probably our most plentiful grass’ is hopelessly wrong, and there is no reason to think that it ever was true of Cambridgeshire. There are in fact remarkably few records. The only common Agrostis species in the county are A. stolonifera L. and A. gigantea Roth.
§*+794/5b. AVENA LUDOVICIANA Durieu. First record Lolworth, 1952. Still apparently rare in the county.
818/2. Metica unIFLoRA Retz. West Wickham Wood, 1950 (C.D.P), and Sparrow’s Grove, 1950 (D.E.C.).
§*824/5. Poa patustris lL. Wicken Fen, 1953 (S.M.W.). The dis- covery of this plant in quantity at Wood Walton (Hunts) in 1951 stimulated a search at Wicken. This was successful, a herbarium speci- men collected in 1941 and labelled ‘‘? Agrostis’’ providing the necessary clue. There seems to be only a small quantity of the plant at Wicken, confined so far as is yet known to some 100 sq. yds. of the fen; but there is no reason to think it is a recent introduction.
895/23. GLYCERIA X PEDICELLATA Townsend. Grantchester; Sutton Meadlands; Whittlesford; Wicken Lode; Hauxton (S.M.W.).
825/3(2). G. pecriInata Bréb. Ponds at Barton, Comberton, Toft, Caldecote, Hauxton, Grantchester, Swavesey (S.M.W.).
*+827/1. Bromus pIANDRUS Roth (ANISANTHA GUSSONI (Parl.) Nevski). First recorded at side of cornfield, Gogs, 1952 (C.D.P.). Since then discovered to be locally abundant in Fordham-Chippenham area and apparently rapidly increasing.
50/1. Pryiiitts sconroprnprtum (L.) Newm. Many plants on Baitsbite Lock, 1949 (C.D.P.). A few plants on a wall near Barrington, 1949 (C.D.P.).
853/1. ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (lu.) Roth. A single plant in Forty Acres Wood on Chippenham Fen, 1948 (C.D.P.).
856/4. Dryoprerts austTriAca (Jacq.) Woynar. Longstowe Wood, 1947; Wood by the Chronicle Hills at Triplow; Buff Wood; Forty Acres Wood, Chippenham Fen; Wood near Gamlingay Cinques and Great Heath Wood, 1948. Marmers Wood near Stetchworth, Sparrow’s Grove near Burrough Green, 1950 (C.D.P.).
The nomenclature used in this paper is that of Clapham, Tutin & Warburg (1952), except in the ease of Bromus diandrus.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE 481
REFERENCES.
BABINGTON, C. C., 1860, Flora of Cambridgeshire.
CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F., 1952, Flora of the British Isles.
DONY, J. G., 1953, Flora of Bedfordshire.
EVANS, A. H., 1939, A Flora of Cambridgeshire.
RAY, J., 1660, Catalogus Plantarum circa Cantabrigiam nascentium. RELHAN, R., 1785, Flora Cantabrigiensis, etc.
489 JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTONSHIRE PLANT RECORDS By F. H. PERRiIne
In Druce (1930) many of the first records for Northampton- shire are credited to John Clare, the county poet-naturalist. The records are taken from the poems of John Clare, fairly complete editions of which had been published by 1930, the date of Druce’s “Flora”. If this procedure is botanically justifiable then some parts of Druce (1930) require revision as a result of the publica- tion in 1951 of The Prose of John Clare edited by J. W. & Anne Tibble who have devoted many years to a study of Clare’s work.
The prose falls into three main parts: the autobiography, written in 1824 and covering the years 1793-1824: a journal, referred to the years 1824 and 1825: some natural history letters, written during the same two years as the journal. In addition there are a few notes made in later years when Clare was confined to an asylum; none of these are of great botanical importance and are not further referred to here.
In a historical preface to the “Flora” Druce gives a list of plants which are mentioned by Clare. He assumes that they were seen growing within the county boundaries, though, as Clare lived in the N.E. of Northamptonshire either at Helpstone or Northborough, both of which are less than 3 miles from Lincoln- shire, this assumption may not always have been justified. This assumption is continued here, though occasionally, not being bound in his prose by the metre of the poetry, Clare is more informative about localities and some can be placed in Northamp- tonshire with certainty. To Druce’s list must be added species which are mentioned in Clare’s prose which had not been referred to in his poetry. These additions are of two kinds: they may be of no further interest, merely adding to our knowledge of Clare’s knowledge of Northamptonshire plants; or they may be records which antedate any other known records for certain species within the county. A third type of record is for species which are in Druce’s list but which are mentioned some years earlier in the prose than in the poetry. Other records are included which seem of particular interest.
Clare used English names in most cases and, where necessary, Britten & Holland (1886) and Prior (1870) have been consulted. The species are arranged in the order used in Clapham, Tutin & Warburg (1952) and symbols used to indicate the type of record. The species name is followed by a letter indicating the section of Clare’s prose in which it is mentioned: A=autobiography,
_e bat ak 2 Jk see i
JOHN CLARK AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS 4833
J=journal, N=natural history letters; the number following refers to the page in Tibble, J. W. & A. (1951). When Britten & Holland (1886) or Prior (1870) have been used (B. & H.) or (P.) follow the page number. The actual quotation is preceded by the date of the note where this is known. Amendments to Druce (1930) and comments are at the end.
N.B.—Clare’s writings were unpunctuated: Clare’s spelling is retained.
A. AppbITIONS TO DrRucrE’s LIST; EARLIER COUNTY RECORD.
1. BerRBeRIs vutcaRis J.133 Mon. 31 Jan. 1825. ‘‘Went to Simon’s Wood (53/12-03-) for a sucker of the Barberry Bush to set in my Garden’’
First record in Druce (1930): Notcutt, Phytologist, 1843. 501
Dee UUs) SEMPHRVIRENS| Jl. 134, Hr. 4 Web. 1825,, “*. .-. on the third of this month I found an hedge-sparrows nest in Billings Boxtrees .. .”’ (neighbour Billings; see D.6)
Druce (1930) gives no first record for the county. This may be the first record, but for a species undoubtedly planted here. N.170 6 Mar. 1824.* ‘‘The hedgesparrow is very early at building its nest I found one last year in a box tree with three eggs on the 3rd of February .. .”’ Placing these two entries side by side it seems reasonable to suppose that the second refers to the first and that the date of that Natural History Letter was possibly 1826.
3. -FRANGULA ALNUS J. 140 (P.) Weds. 16 Mar. 1825. ‘‘—Went to visit an old favorite spot in Oxey Wood (53/12-03-) that used to be smothered with ferns—got some sallow trees to set in Billings close & a stoven of Black Alder to set in my garden’’ Prior (1870) suggests that Black Alder is Frangula alnus. It is not certain whether Clare was referring to this species which is rare in the county or to Rhamnus catharticus which is fre- quent. However Frangula alnus has been recorded from Help- stone Heath (53/11-03-) which is adjacent to Oxey Wood. First record Druce (1930): Rev. M. J. Berkeley c. 1850.
See also:N.163 7 Feb. 1824 “. . . the darker mottled sorts of hazle & black alder...’ 4. Geum urRBANUM J. 131 Mon. 10 Jan. 1825. ‘‘. .. the Avens (a
common hedge-row plant) has never lost its leaves but appears as green as at Spring’”’ First record Druce (1930): Gulliver, Banbury Cat., 1841.
5. OORNUS SANGUINEA J. 133 (B. & H.) Mon. 31 Jan. 1825. ‘‘—saw the Corn tree putting out into leaf—’’ First record Druce (1930): Rev. M. J. Berkeley in Hooker, British Flora, 5, 1836.
*Date surmised by Prof. & Mrs. Tibble.
484
C:
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMVTON PLANT RECORDS
G. ScROPHULARIA aquatica A. 37 (P.). ‘‘Waspweed is the water betony growing by brooksides which gaind their name by the wasps being invariably attracted to its blossoms. . .’’
First record Druce (1930): Gulliver, Banbury Cat., 1841.
7, -GALANTHUS NIVALIS J. 133 Mon. 31 Jan. 1825. “Saw. .-. (Un Simons Wood 53/12-03-) a bunch of single snowdrops in full flower’’
Druce (19380) gives no first record; this may be the first.
ADDITIONS TO DRUCE’S LIST NOT EARLIER COUNTY RECORD.
1. .BLECHNUM SPICANT.
2. PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM
3. PoOLYPODIUM VULGARE (?) J..120 (B. & H.) Wed: 3 Nov. 1824 ‘c.. . went into Hilly Wood (53/11-44-) . . . there are 5 sorts (of ferns) growing about the woods here the common brake
of the fox fern (Bechnwm spicant) the hart’s tongue and the polypody 2 sorts the tall & the dwarf”’
4. -DRYOPTERIS SPINULOSA/AUSTRIACA J. 127 Wed. 15 Dec. 1824 ‘‘ . . find that my fern which I found in Harrisons close dyke by the wood lane is the thorn pointed fern. . .’’
This reference might equally well be to Polystichum lobatum or P. setiferum though Druce (1930) gives very few localities for the latter in the county.
5. Evonymus ruroparus N. 163 (B. & H.) 7 Feb. 1824. ‘the foulroyce twigs kindle into a vivid color at their tops as red as wood piegons claws. . .”’
(Foul Rush=Hnonymus in Bucks.)
6. Sorspus TorMInNsaLIs J. 188 Tues. 8 Mar. 1825. ‘‘— went to Royce Wood (Rice Wood: 53/12-04-) to get some Service trees to set in Billings close”’
7. Popunus auBA (?) A. 25 ‘. . . the different greens of the wood- land trees the dark oak the paler ash the mellow lime the white poplar peeping above the rest like leafy steeples .. .’’
PLANT MENTIONED IN DRUCE’S LIST BUT AT AN EARLIER DATE IN THE
PROSE.
1. Ranunovuuus Froaria N. 186 25 Mar. 1825. ‘‘. . . the green is covered with daiseys and the little Celandine .. .” Druce (19380) gives 1835 as the date of the first county record quoting from Clare’s ‘‘Rural Muse”? :
“And Pilewort flares about the hill.”
INTERESTING RECORDS.
1. ANEMONE puLSATILLA. N. 187 25 Mar. 1825 ‘‘— you have often wished for a blue Anemonie the Anemonie pulsatilla of botanists & T can now send you some for I have found some in
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS 485
flower today which is very early but it is a very early spring the heathen mythology is fond of indulging in the metamorph- ing of the memory of lovers & heroes into the births of flowers & L could almost fancy that this blue Anemonie sprung from the blood or dust of the romans for it haunts the roman bank in this neighbourhood & is found no were else it grows on the roman bank agen Swordy well & did grow in great plenty but the plough that destroyer of wild flowers has rooted it out of its long inherited dwelling it grows also on the roman bank agen Burghley Park in Barnack Lordship it is a very fine flower & is easily cultivated by transporting some of its own soil with it a heathy sandy soil seems to suit it best—’’
The ‘roman bank agin Swordy well’ is King Street where it crosses the modern road from Ufford to Marholm. Mrs. Tibble says that Swordy Well is at the N.E. of these cross roads, and that Anemone pulsatilla grew there in 1925; it is now, however, partly quarried and partly a refuse dump, and Anemone may be extinct. The Grid Reference is 53/113038. There is a specimen in the Herbarium of the Botany Department at Oxford, collected by Druce and labelled ‘‘Swordy Well, 1911” but this locality does not appear in the flora.
The ‘‘roman bank agin Burghley Park’’ is probably Ermine Street. It runs N.W. from Southorpe to Stamford passing through Burghley Park. At the present day it is only marked as a footpath over this stretch, but it seems likely that at some time in the past, before Enclosure, the remains of Hrmine Street were visible as a grassy bank. The bank would have had a S.W. aspect where Anemone might be expected to flourish. The locality was probably in 1 kilometre square 53/04-05- (N.B. Hills and Holes, Barnack, is 53/07-04-).
LytTHRUM SALICARIA A. 26 (B. & H.) ‘‘I lovd the meadow lake with its flags and long purples crowding the waters edge. . .”’ Professor and Mrs. Tibble, from local knowledge, believe the plant referred to is ‘Purple bugle’ (Ajuga reptans). Mrs. Tibble, in correspondence, says that the flowers are called by this name round Helpston, where they are still in the flood meadows by Lolham Bridges, where Clare found them. Orchis mascula has been put forward by B. & H. as the species meant in Somerset and Sussex and they suggest it is the species Shake- speare had in mind when he gave Ophelia the following lines in Hamlet Act iv, sc. 7.
“Long Purples, That liberal shepherds give a grosser name, But our cold maids do Deadmen’s fingers call thein.”’
Mrs. Tibble points out that neither Lythrum salicaria nor Orchis mascula look hke ‘Deadmen’s fingers’ (though surely the underground parts of the latter do have that appearance)
436
pie ~ .
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS
whereas Ajuga reptans does. However, in the quotation from the Prose above and in another from Clare’s ‘‘The Village Minstrel’’,
“Gay long purples with its tufty spike: She’d wade o’er shoes to reach it in the dyke,”
I would agree with B. & H. that Lythrum salicaria fits the description better than the other two species mentioned. SALIX CAPREA S. CINEREA J. 1386 (B..& H.) Sun. 27 Mar. 1825. “This is Palm Sunday—I went to the woods to seek some branches of the sallow palm for the children called by them ‘geese & gos- lings’ and ‘Cats & Kittens’—” Both names are recorded for Northamptonshire by Britten & Holland (1886) but refer to two Salix species. Either would be an earlier county record but we cannot tell which Clare meant. PULMONARIA OFFICINALIS J. 136 (B. & H.) Thurs. 17 Feb. 1825. ‘‘Saw a large bunch of blue violets in flower and a root of the Bedlam cowshp”’ Britten & Holland (1886) believe that Pulmonaria officinalis is intended which Langham (Garden of Health, 1597) calls Cow- slips of Bedlam, and which is known as Bedlam Cowslip in Oxfordshire. However Druce (1930) identified the plant as Primula veris x vulgaris relying on the interpretation of Baker (1854) which Britten & Holland (1886) discuss. Baker supports her interpretation by quoting from one of Clare’s poems :
“ Bedlain Cowslips and Cuckoos
With freck’d lip and hooked nose. Growing safe near the hazle of thicket & woods.”
This evidence alone seems insufficient to be certain that Clare was referring to Primula veris X vulgaris, in fact, as Dr. S. M, Walters has pointed out, the quotation from the prose makes Pulmonaria officinalis more likely. A root of the hybrid would be very difficult to distinguish from Cowslip or Primrose whereas, in an early spring when Violets were in flower in mid-February, the leaves of Pulmonaria would be showing and could be identified by their characteristic white spots even if the plant was not yet in flower. If this is the correct inter- pretation then it is probably a first county record, though the species is a naturalised garden escape in this country. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA J. 116 (B. & H. and P.) Thur. 21 Oct. 1824 ‘*. . . the little heath-bell or harvest-bell Quakes to the wind under the quick banks and warm furze—’’
Britten & Holland (1886) suggest that the Heath-bell is Erica tetraliv, a name by which it is known in Hampshire. This plant is rare in Northamptonshire according to Druce. Both
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS 487
Britten & Holland (1886) and Prior (1870) suggest that that the Harvest-bell is Gentiana pneumonanthe because it flowers at harvest time. This is not recorded from Northamptonshire so that it is not likely to be the species meant, moreover Hrica tetralix flowers at the same time and might equally well be called the Harvest-bell. From Clare’s description of the habitat and the associated plants neither Hrica nor Gentiana suggest themselves as ‘quaking to the wind under quick banks and warm furze’, both being plants of wet heaths. It could be that Heath and Harvest, particularly the latter, are cognate with Hare and the plant to which Clare referred was Campanula rotundifolia. Druce was also of this opinion and, in his list of Clare plants, he includes under Campanula rotundifolia two lines from ‘‘The Village Minstrel’? of 1821, very similar in content to the extract from the prose quoted above:
“And where, last lingering of the flowery kind, Blue Heathbells tremble ‘neath the sheltering furze.”’
6. ARum macuLatum A. 40 (B. & H.) “He (John Billings”) is foud of getting ‘cuckoos’ bluebells primroses & any favorite flowers from the fields & woods to set in his garden... .”’
Britten & Holland suggest Arum maculatuwm as the identity of ‘‘cuckoos”’ quoting the following poem:
“Where peep the gaping speckled cuckoo flowers, Prizes to rambling school-boys’ vacant hours.”
This poem is not in Druce’s lst where he quotes from poems containing references to ‘Arum’ and ‘Lords & Ladies’.
EK. UNIDENTIFIED PLANTS ABOUT WHICH SUGGESTIONS WOULD BE WELCOME.
A. 37 ‘.. . a little plant with a hard stem that grows in villages & waste places one sort bearing yellow flowers & another purple ones these they called burvine & reckoned famous for the Scurvy...
This is a reference to the Gypsies’ names for plants.
[These two plants are undoubtedly Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scop.t and Verbena officinalis L. Dr. T. A. Sprague has pointed out (e.g., in 1928, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot., 48, 89, 94-5; 1931, tom. cit., 557, 559, 612) that in the days of the herbalists the hedge mustard and the vervain were both included in the genus Verbena (or Verbenuca), being distinguished, after the common manner of the time, as V. foemina and V. mas (or mascula) respectively. Dr. Sprague comments on the great
*Billings was a neighbour of Clare’s. They often went fishing together anil whilst Clare read Cowper and Walton, Billings apparently enjoyed more practical works, for example one entitled ‘“‘The Pleasant Art of Money Catching”’’.
+The record for Sisymbrium officinale would be a new first county record. Druce gives Gulliver, Banbury Cat., 1841. Clare’s record therefore takes precedence by 17 years
488
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS
superficial similarity in the labit. of the two species: they often occur, too, in similar habitats, such as waste places in villages. It is interesting to find that one of the characters mentioned by Clare, viz., the hard stems, was already noted by the herbalist Albertus Magnus as distinctive as long ago as 1250 (quoted by Sprague, 1928, 89). The popular name *“‘bur- vine’, mentioned by Clare, is evidently a variant of ‘‘ver- vain’’.—H. K. Atry SHaw. |
J. 150. Sun. 29 May. 1825. ‘‘—Found a very scarce & curious orchis of an iron grey color or rather a pale rusty tinge with a root like the pilewort I cannot make out its name—lI found last week a fine white piegon orchis which is seldom found”’
Possibly Neottia nidus-avis and Anacamptis pyramidalis. Ii this were a reference to Neottia it would be an earlier county record than that in Druce (1930): Irvine, Lond. FIl., 1838.
J. 127 Wed. 8 Dec. 1824. ‘‘Found .. . a small fern in Hilly Wood (53/11-44-) scarcely larger than some species of moss & a little resembling curld parsley I have named it the dwari maidenhair & I believe it is very scarce here’’
F. SoME RECORDS FOR WHITTLESEY MERE, HUNTINGDONSHIRE.
ls
THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS. N. 188 25 Mar. 1825. ‘‘. . . there isa beautiful one which a friend of mine calls the ‘Lady fern’ growing among the boggy spots on Whittlesea Mere .. .”’ Druce (1932) names two counties from which Athyrium fliz- foemina has not been recorded: one of these is Huntingdon- shire. Moreover a fern of ‘“‘boggy spots’’ is more likely to be Thelypteris palustris. Earliest county records: Holme Fen, Newbould, 1846. Whittlesey Mere, Paley, 1862. N.B. First record 1824: see under Melandrium album. MELANDRIUM ALBUM J. 126 Sat. 27 Nov. 1824. “‘.. . the Lady tern growing at Whittlesea Meer & tall White Lychnis .. .”’ Earliest county records: Somersham, Newbould. Orton, 1876.
SALIX REPENS N. 188 25 Mar. 1825. ‘*. .. a dwarf willow grows there about a foot high which it never exceeds .. .”
Earliest county records: Holme Fen, Newbould (1846 ?). Wood Walton Fen, Druce, 1908. Oxycoccus PALUSTRIS N. 188 25 Mar. 1825. ‘. . . it is also a place very common for the cranberry that trails by the brink of the mere. . .”’ Earliest county records: Holme Fen, rare and probably ex- tinct, Newbould (1846 °). Whittlesey, Paley (1862).
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMVPTON PLANT RECORDS 489
N.B. Mr. J. Gilbert says the species is undoubtedly extinct in the county.
I am indebted to Mr. Gilbert for all information on Hunting- donshire records. I would also like to express my thanks to Mrs. Anne Tibble and Dr. 8. M. Walters for reading the text and making many valuable suggestions.
REFERENCES.
BAKER, A. E., 1854, Glossary of Northamptonshire Words and Phrases.
BRITTEN, J. & HOLLAND, R., 1886, Dictionary of English Plant Names.
CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F., 1952, Flora of the British Isles.
DRUCE, G. C., 1930, Flora of Northamptonshire.
DRUCE, G. C., 1932. The Comital Flora of the British Isles.
PRIOR, R. C. A., 1870, On Popular Names of British Plants.
TIBBLE, J. W. & A. (Edit.), 1951, The Prose of John Clare.
490 A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT
A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT By D. P. Youne
In the recent obituary notice of R. R. Hutchinson (C. T. Prime and D. P. Young, 1953: Year Book B.S.BI., 1953, 92) it was mentioned that his herbarium, bequeathed to the Croydon Natural History Society, included the herbarium of a much earlier collector referred to as “I.J.B.” Further examination of these sheets showed that their original owner had been a botanist of some calibre, since he received specimens from many well- known collectors of a century ago such as Roberts Leyland, J. E. Smith, J. E. Gray, Curtis (presumably Samuel), and Nathaniel Winch. Unfortunately the sheets had no proper labels, and much of the data was written by the various correspondents, so that very little of the owner’s handwriting was available for study. Two clues led finally to his identification: several specimens were collected by “E.T.B.”—presumably E. T. Bennett—and one sheet was ascribed (in Hutchinson’s hand) to “J. J. Bennett”. This suggested Sir John Joseph Bennett (1801-1876), who was E. T. Bennett’s brother. Comparison of “I.J.B.’s” handwriting with Sir John’s (e.g. in Hooker’s correspondence at Kew) left no doubt that they were the same; furthermore, he regularly signed his name with the first initial hke an “T’’.
As Bennett's herbarium had already been incorporated in Hutchinson’s, and many sheets were either completely unlabelled or without sufficient data to link them with Bennett with any certainty, it is difficult to estimate the size of the latter’s collec- tion. The number of more or less undoubted sheets is of the order of 500. It is remarkable more for rarities than for any wealth of critical material. How it came into Hutchinson’s possession cannot now be ascertained, but it may have been sold by auction; he had some books from the library of J. B. Car- ruthers, the son of Bennett’s friend and successor, William Carruthers. Bennett had retained and added to his collection whilst he was on the staff of the British Museum, thereby break- ing the rules of that institution, consequently it would have been indecorous for any public herbarium to have accepted the collection after his death.
In a separate parcel amongst Hutchinson’s collection were 85 sheets (British and foreign) which appear to have come from the herbarium of the Marchioness of Huntly (1821-1893). According to Druce (1930: Flora of Northants, exx), her collection was in “46 handsome volumes at Orton Hall”, but its present where-
4A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT 49]
abouts is unknown (Mr. J. Gilbert and Mr. D. H. Kent have kindly made enquiries after it). The 85 sheets only cover the Compositae to Thymelaeaceae inclusive (London Catalogue
sequence). They show no signs of bookbinding, and may have been duplicates.
492 PLANT NOTES
PLANT NOTES
176/21. Vicia MonantHa Retz. 1783, Obs. Bot., 3, 39; V. calcarata Desf., 1799, Fl. Atlant., 2, 166. Recently Burtt and Lewis (1949, Kew Bull., 1949, 497-515) examined the Kew herbarium material of this species by biometric methods, and found support for the long-standing view (Murbeck, 1897, Contr. Fl. nord-owest Afr:, 1, 74-76; Maire, 1932, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Afr. Nord, 23, 184; 1940, ibid, 31, 17) that it com- prised two segregates differing in size and geographical distribution. These are regarded by most authors as subspecies, and according to Burtt and Lewis they are distinguishable as follows:
Vicia monantha Retz. :
subsp. monantha subsp. triflora (Ten.) (subsp. cinerea (Bieb.) Burtt & Lewis
Maire) Flowers per inflorescence (1-2) (2-4) Length of standard ....... 10-14-5 mm. 14-°5-19 mm. Length of wings ......... 9-12°5 mm. 14-16-5 mm. engin eorekeel ais 9-11-5 mm. 12-14 mm. Mature pO di yeaa cee 23-33 x 6-8-5 mm. 32-49 x. 8-5-12 mm. SEed 5 GlAMeLEr | ster. <3-5 mm. >3-5 mm. SKEGOlS (COMO. Ghonganesooqnaedace brownish blackish IDS HOM OWI.” Goseedccosnbgabods Mainly E. Medit. Near and Middle
to India East
The assignment of Retzius’ type to the ‘‘smaller’’ subsp. was made by Burtt and Lewis on rather slender evidence (the type-specimen is inadequate), but under the International Rules it is necessary to assign the subspecific epithet monantha to whichever segregate includes the type.
V. monantha has occurred in this country sporadically as an alien, usually associated with grain refuse. I have looked through the material from Britain at Kew, the British Museum, Oxford, and in herb. R. C. L. Burges, and so far as can be determined it is all subsp. triflora, or at least there is no unequivocal subsp. monantha amongst it. As often happens with adventive aliens, the majority of specimens were so retarded or stunted from growing under unfavourable conditions that biometric measurements were unreliable or impossible. The flower-length is a particularly unsatisfactory character here, since the flowers seem to enlarge rapidly during anthesis, and also since late in the season the plant is prone to produce stunted diminutive flowers. Two plants which [ found, in company with Dr. R. C. L. Burges and Messrs. R. Graham, J. EK. Lousley, and B. T. Ward, in October 1953 on the rubbish-tip at Barking (v.c. 18) had pods 32-40 x 9 mm., standard (only one flower available, past anthesis) 12 mm. and giving preference to the pod character thus came just inside subsp. trifora. Seed from these sown in the garden the following spring germinated readily, and the resultant
PLANT NOTES 493
plants had the flower standard 15-17 mm. long and mature pods 39-44 x 10-11 mm., leaving no doubt that they fell under subsp. triflora. Although the garden-grown plants were robust and healthy, the in- florescences were never more than 1|-flowered. The flowers are usually described as ‘‘purple’’; the present ones were a_ bright carmine reminiscent of Lathyrus nissolia, turning greenish-blue after fertilisa- tion.—D. P. Youne.
220/17. EpitopiumM PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. In 1947 a few small plants of this species appeared in the shrubbery at Parkhill, near Arbroath, v.c. 90, probably imported with ornamental shrubs. At my request these plants were carefully preserved. By the summer of 1954 it was somewhat disconcerting to find that they had multiplied into hundreds, perhaps thousands, of plants covering an area of approxi- mately 50 square yards. All the common weeds had been crowded out with the exception of a few tough plants of Viola riviniana. The only other species able to hold its own was another alien, Mentha requent, which had taken possession of a few square feet of ground in competi- tion with the Mpilobium. The latter 1s spreading not only by its roots but also by seed, and fresh colonies have been noted within a radius of 150 yards, but so far (curiously perhaps) no further afield.—U. K. DUNCAN.
435/14. Campanula lactiflora Bieb., 1808, Fl. Taur.-Cauc., 1, 153. 92, S. Aberdeen; by River Dee at Dess (two places) and Ballater, thoroughly established, 1954, D. McCrintock (Hb. Lousley).
Perennial, stem 90-150 cm., branched above, with a few stiff reflexed hairs. Cauline leaves ovate-lanceolate, 7:5-10 cm. long, serrate, sessile, glabrous except for a few stiff hairs on the nerves beneath, rather pale green. Flowers in a much branched, loose, terminal panicle, usually three on each peduncle. Calyx lobes ovate, acute, veined, hispid. Corolla open campanulate to nearly saucer-shaped, about one inch long, and across. Capsule opening at the base. Caucasus, Armenia, Asia Minor and north Persia.
This ornamental garden plant was introduced in 1814, but is grown more in Scotland than in England. Bieberstein described the colour of the flowers as milky suffused with blue, but in the countries where it is native, and in cultivation, there is much variation and it is sometimes pale blue (as at Ballater) or a much brighter blue (as at Dess). Excellent illustrations will be found in Bieberstein’s Cent. Pl. Rar. Ross., 1, t. 10, 1810 and Edwards’ Botanical Register, 3, ¢. 241, 1817, but the one in Bot. Mag., t. 1973 is not representative.—J. E. Loustry.
615/37. Polygonum senegalense Meisn., 1826, Mon. gen. Polygoni prodr., 54. 37, Worcs.; as a wool adventive in field of beet, Charlton, 1953, Miss C. M. Goopman and J. E. Loustey (Hb. Lousley, 53110152).
Stem robust, erect, little branched, glabrous, over 2 metres tall. Leaves shortly petioled, ovate-lanceolate, up to 23 cm. in length, and
494 PLANT NOTES
7 cm. wide, acute, glabrous except for strigose hairs on the margins and on the nerves on the undersurface. Ochreae large, truncate, not ciliate. Flowers in elongated spike-like raceme. Perianth pink. Native throughout tropical Africa, and extending north to Egypt, and south through temperate Africa to the Cape.
The single plant found superficially somewhat resembled a giant P. lapathifolium. It was observed for several weeks by Miss Goodman but no fruits had set by November 1st when specimens were collected. I am grateful to Mr. E. Milne-Redhead for kindly confirming the name so far as is possible on immature material.
J. E. Loustey.
+754(2)/2. Eriochioa contracta Hitchc., 1928, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 41, 163. Based on Helopus mollis C. Muell., 1861, Bot. Zeit., 19, 314, non Kunth (1829). 34, W. Glos.;: Avonmouth Docks, Bristol, September 1952, Rev. R. B. Apett, C. W. BAannistER and C. C. Townsenp, det. C. E. Hupparp. See “Bristol Botany in 1952’’ (Proc. Bristol Nat. Soe.. 28, 312 (1953).
The genus Friochloa belongs to the tribe Paniceae, of which four other genera—Panicum, Digitaria, Echinochloa and Setaria—occur frequently as aliens in Britain. It may be distinguished from all of these and other genera of the Paniceae by the swollen (subglobose) lowest internode of the spikelet which is covered by the minute lower glume. Setaria is at once distinguished by the presence of one or more long bristles (modified branchlets) from the spikelet pedicels; Digitaria by the flat hyaline margins of the fertile lemma and the somewhat thinner fruit; Echinochloa by the frequently awned glumes and sterile lemma and the dense secund racemes which comprise the paniculate inflores- cence; Panicum by the paniculate inflorescence. not secund as in Eriochloa. Paspalum is distinguished by having the back of the fertile lemma towards the rachis, not away from it as in Eriochloa.
E. contracta is a simple or sparsely branched plant 30-70 em. tall, with a soft appearance somewhat reminiscent of a Holcus sp. when both are beginning to expand their inflorescence. Leaves flat and pubescent; panicle usually less than 15 em., with villous rachis: spikelets pilose, about 3-5-4 mm. long, falling very easily when ripe. Second glume and sterile lemma acuminate. Fertile lemmas with margins rigid and in- rolled.
Native of the southern and central United States of America (Nebraska to Colorado, Louisiana and Arizona, introduced into Missouri and Virginia, ex Hitchcock).
PLANT RECORDS A9Q5
PLANT RECORDS Compiled by E. C. WaAtnacr
Records are for the year 1954 when no date is given.
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con- tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.£. number: to indicate that the plant is not a native species in the British Isles.
t before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in
some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub- lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ | enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
++
It will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as accurate as 1s thought advisable, are added to all records.
+21/11. Paraver ortentaLe L. 49, Caern.; well-established on waste ground, Bangor, 1953, K. EK. Burn.
§35/1. RoriprpaA NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (Iu.) Hayek. *45, Pembs.; damp spot near Parrog sands, Newport; streamlet by St. Nan’s Chapel, St. Davids; stream running down to Manorbier sands; stream near Folly Woods, Tenby, C. C. TowNnsEnp.
35/1(2)x1. Roriprpa x stTERILIS Airy Shaw. *45, Pembs.; stream- let by St. Nan’s Chapel, St. Davids; abundant in the river Alan north of Dowrog Moor; stream running down to Manorbier sands, C. C. TOWNSEND.
§36/5. BARBAREA INTERMEDIA Bor. *45, Pembs.; several plants on a wall by the road ascending from the Goodwick causeway to Fishguard, C. C. TowNsEND. . 76/1. Cramer maritima 1.. H.20, Wicklow; about halfway from Newcastle to Five Mile Point, thought to be extinct but rediscovered by Mr. L. H. Williams and Mr. and Mrs. Stelfox, comm. J. P. Brunker (1955, Irish Nats. J., 11, 250).
496 PLANT RECORDS
92/2. DrantHus pELToIpEs L. +4, N. Devon; small patch at edge of cliff between Croyde Bay and Baggy Point, a garden escape here, KS Ee Burs, 16, W. Kent; disused ragstone quarry south of Chip- stead, 1953, F. S. E. Fawkes (1955, Lond. Nat., 34, 3).
100/8. CERASTIUM SEMIDECANDRUM forma STENOPETALUM (Beck) Hegi. 31, Hunts.; on a mole-hill near Wansford Quarries, Stibbington, 1951, J. L. Girpert, det. W. Moscnyu. 54, N. Lines.; Manton Common, 1950, B.S.B.I. Excursion, det. W. Moscur, comm. J. L. GriBert.
101/2b. STELLARIA NEMORUM subsp. GLOCHIDISPERMA Murb. 48. Mer.; wood near Hongwrt, Dolgelly, 1933, Mrs. M. RicHarps; 1954. P. M. Benoit.
1102/14. ARenaria BALEARICA L. 14, E. Sussex; old wall near Tun- bridge Wells West station, 1950-1954, K. E. Butz.
§103/2. Sacina susuLaTta (Sw.) C. Presl. 45, Pembs.; a little on dry slopes facing the sea near Manorbier, C. C. Townsenn. {66, Durham: limestone ridge near Marsden; also sparingly on Widdy Bank Fell, J. W. Heslop Harrison & J. A. Richardson (1954, Proc. Univ. Durham il -SioGs.od 25), 23 0)
§109/2. Montta FONTANA subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) Walters. 48, Mer.; in a dried-up dune-slack below Plas Mynach, Barmouth, P.M. Benorrt, det. S. M. Watters. *81, Berwick.; damp rut in track, near St. Abbs Head, P. S. Green, conf. S. M. Watters.
112/1. Hypericum ANpRosAEMUM IL. 104. N. Ebudes; limestone outcrop south of Broadford, J. Russrr1 & N. SaunpERs, comm. M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§127/11. GrrRANtIuM RoTUNDIFoLIUM L. +66, Durham; Mainforth, a single plant on the edge of a field, J. W. Heslop Harrison & J. A. Richardson (1954, Proce. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 12 (5), 37).
128/2. Eroptum mMoscHatum (L.) L’Hérit. 45, Pembs.; several plants on a grassy bank at the south end of Tenby esplanade with Lavatera cretica L. Thought by Mrs. Rees (List of Pembrokeshire Plants) to be gone from Tenby. Also found in great profusion in a field of oats on the cliffs just immediately west of the railway estab- lishment on Skrinkle Head, near Manorhier, C. C. TowNsEnp.
§ +132 /2. OXALIS coRNtcunATA L. *31, Hunts.; roadside weed, Elton Village, 1951, J. L. Grvperrt.
§+133/3. IMPATIENS PARVIFLORA DC. *31, Hunts.; abundant as a weed, Hilton, 1952, W. T. K. Garnett, comm. J. L. Giisert.
4189/13. Porrentinna REctTA L. 14, E. Sussex; large patch, chalky railway-bank near Easthourne station, K. BF. Butt.
PLANT RECORDS AQT
§190/2. ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. *81, Berwick.; grassy cliff, Coldingham Bay, P. S. Green, conf. S. M. Watters.
190/18. ALtcHEMILLA conjuNcta Bab. *133, E. Glos.; (7b) estab- lished on rocky bank near Air Balloon Inn, 1950, K. EK. Bunn, det. S&S. M. WaLTERS.
§190(2) /2. APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. *45, Pembs. ; open spots along the stream, on bare sandy soil, Gwawr Valley, near Fishguard, C. C. Townsend. .*81 Berwick.; track near St. Abbs Head: *82, Haddington; damp sandy woodland track, Tynninghame Links, P. S. Green, both conf.-S. M. WaLrTERsS.
199/17. Saxirraca GRANULATA L. 52, Anglesey; plentiful, sandy ridges at Newborough Warren, 1953, K. KE. Butt.
199/21. Saxirraca Nivatis L. 104, N. Ebudes; Quirang, 1,500 ft., Skye, C. M. Ros, J. Russetnt and N. SaunpErs, comm. M. McCartitum WEBSTER.
220. Kptnontum. All records determined or confirmed by G. M. ASH.
220/48. EPpiLnonpiuM PARVIFLORUM X ROSEUM, 24, Bucks.; garden shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/58. Epinontum apNAtum Xx ROSEUM. 24, Bucks.; garden shrub- bery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/7x4. EprmLoBIuM OBSCURUM X PARVIFLORUM. 14, EK. Sussex; grounds of Saxonbury Lodge, Frant, K. E. Bury. 32, Northants.; (7) stone quarries, Yarwell, 1951, J. L. Givpert.
220/78. Epinopium oBscURUM xX ROSEUM., 24, Bucks.; garden shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
§+220/7(2). Epinontum ADENOCAULON Hausskn. 14, E. Sussex; West’s Wood, Flimwell, K. E. Bunu. 38, Warwick.; Clifford sidings, near Stratford, C. C. Townsrnp: Umberslade Park, near Harlswood, 1954, C. KH. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TownsEenp. *45, Pembs.; fine plants in two spots along the stream, Gwawr valley, Fishguard, C. C. TownsEnp.
220/7(2)x4. EprmLoBluM ADENOCAULON X PARVIFLORUM, 32, North- ants.; (7) stone quarries, Yarwell, 1951, J. LL. GirrBert.
220/7(2)x5. EprILoBluM ADENOCAULON X ADNATUM. 24, Bucks.; gar- den shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/7(2)x6. EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON xX TAMYT. 24, Bucks.; rub- bish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
498 PLANT RECORDS
220/7(2)x7. EPpiILoBIUM ADENOCAULON X OBSCURUM. 32, Northants; (7) stone quarries, Yarwell, 1951, J. L. GruBert.
§$220/17. EpinopIuM PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. *94, Banff.; quarry near IXirkmichael, M. McCanttum WEBSTER.
250/1. CaRum carvi L. 192, S. Aberdeen; field near farm build- ings, Cock Bridge: 194, Banff.; field near buildings, Tomintoul, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
$252/1. Fatcarta vuntGartis Bernh. S, Jersey; meadow south of St. Ouens Pond, M. McCattum WepsstTEr.
1301/4. VaALmRIANA PYRENAICA L. 95, Elgin; greatly increasing on banks of the Mosset burn, south of Forres, M. McCartum WEBSTER.
+327/1. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) Benth. *95, Elgin; estab- lished on railway embankment between Dava and Grantown-on-Spey, 19538, M. McCatnum WEBSTER.
§1368/1. ANrHEMIS TINcCToRIA L. *31, Hunts.; along a cart-track, Holywell, 1953, J. S. Morton, comm. J. L. GItBert.
1383/7. Senecio squatipus L. 27, E. Norfolk; waste ground near Holt station, plentiful, K. EK. Butu.
383/78. SENECIO X LONDINENSIS Lousley. 24, Bucks.; rubbish tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop, conf. J. E. Loustey.
383 /8. SENECIO viscosus L. 38, Warwick.; Clifford sidings, near Stratford, C. C. TowNnseEnp.
419. Hreractum. All records determined or confirmed by P. D. Srut & C. West.
§419/2. HirrractuM PELETERIANUM Meérat. *9, Dorset; abundant, but flowering very sparingly, on clifftops between Lulworth Cove and Durdle Bay, 19538, C. C. TowNsEnp.
419/157. Hipractum sSUBAMPLIFOLIUM (Zahn) Roffey. 41, Glam.; disused quarry, near Porthkerry, B. A. Migs.
419/166. Hirractum anetorum (A. Ley) Pugsl. 37, Wores.; by the canal, Tardebigge, 1953, C. C. TownsENpD: roadside between Ombersley and Great Witley, 1953, C. E. A. AnprEws & C. C. TOWNSEND. 338, Warwick; railway bank near Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park, 1953, C. (\. TowNsEND.
119/191. Hirractum carncartcona (IF. J. Hanb.) Roffey. *41, Glam.; abundant on old wall and nearby rocks near Treorchy, B. A. Mires.
PLANT RECORDS 499
419/245. HierActum vacum Jord. *9, Dorset; Slepe Heath, Ware- ham, 1953, C. C. TowNSEND.
1425/8. CICERBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wally. 16, W. Kent; large patch by river Medway, Tonbridge: 33, E. Glos.; (7a) waste ground, Bourton-on-the-Water, 1950: 34, W. Glos.; (5) near Vine House, Henbury, 1951, K. E. Butt.
468/1. CrENTUNCULUS MINIMUS L. 16, W. Kent; wet track in Joyden’s Wood, Bexley, F. Rose, P. C. & J. Hall (1955, Lond. Nat., 34, 3).
$472/2. Ligustrum ovaALiroLIuM Hassk. 45, Pembs.; several isolated bushes among native vegetation on cliff tops above Lower Fish- guard, C. C. TownsEnp.
478/4. CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce. 38, Warwick.; one colony of about 80 plants in a damp sandy ride in Oversley Wood, Alcester, with Centunculus, Peplis, etc., C. C. TowNSEND.
486/1. PoLEMoNIUM CAERULEUM L. 133, E. Glos.; (7b) gravelly waste ground, Charlton Kings, 1950, K. E. Bur.
1497/3. SymMpHYTUM ORIENTALE L. *31, Hunts.; Huntingdon Grammar School Spinney, 1950, J. L. Girpert, det. A. KE. Wane.
§506/7. Myosoris syivatica Hoffm. Saul, IEhwuinis. 3 @arenvell’ \pmuss Stibbington, 1950, J. L. Gitpert, det. A. HE. Wave.
joll/i. CatystEcra sepium (l.) KR. Br. 83, Edinburgh;. hedgerow. Orchard Brae, Edinburgh, P. S. GREEN.
1527/1. VeERBAScUM PHLOMOIDES L. 95, Elgin; several plants by roadside, Dallas, 1953, M. McCattum WessreER, det. A. MELDERIS.
543/8x9. VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA X CATENATA. 9, Dorset; meadows near Wareham, 1953, C. C. Townsenp, det. J. H. Burner.
1543/41. VeERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. 104, N. Ebudes; rough ground outside the kirkyard, Uig, Skye, M. McCartum WeEsstTER.
550/3. OROBANCHE ALBA Steph. ex Willd. 104, N. Ebudes; bank above Uig, Skye, C. M. Ros, J. Russerz & N. SaunpERS, comm. M. McCatLtum WEBSTER.
558. Menrua. All specimens determined or confirmed by R.A. GRAHAM.
9598/1. MerntHa rotunpiroLiaA (L.) Huds. H.12, Wexford; by river Slaney, Newtownbury: H.14, Queen’s County; dry bank, Castle- town, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
500 PLANT RECORDS
558/1x4. Menrua x corRpDIFoLIA Opiz. 3, S. Devon; rubbish-tip, Topshap: S, Jersey; roadside above St. Ouen’s Pond, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
558/3x1. MEeNTHA X NILIACA var. WEBBERI J. Fraser. 95, Elgin; waste ground near the Haugh, Elgin, 1953, M. McCattum WesstTER.
§558/10. MentHa x centinis L. 95, Elgin; by river Lossie: *H.12, Wexford; lane leading to river Slaney one mile north of Newtownbarry, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
+600/7. CHENOPODIUM OPULIFOLIUM Schrad. ex Koch & Ziz. 16, W. Kent; garden weed, Tunbridge Wells, K. E. Buri, det. J. P. M. BRENAN.
§600/8(2). CHENOPODIUM RETICULATUM Aellen. *32, Northanits.; (7) old rubbish-tip near the river Nene, Peterborough, 1948, J. L. Grzerr, det. J. P. M. Brenan.
600/13. CHENOPODIUM GLAUcUM L. +14, E. Sussex; coal yard, Horam station, many stunted plants, K. E. Buz, det. J. P. M. Brenan.
§618/13. Rumex maritimus Sm. [H.25, Roscommon; near the mar- gin of the Boyle River below Lough Gara; about a mile downstream from Cuppanagh Bridge, 1953, Dr. Luther, comm. D. A. Webb (1955, Irish Nats. J., 11, 252).
§625/1. HirppopHaE RHAMNOIDES L. *T48, Mer.; sand-dunes, Morfa, Harlech, origin unknown, 1953, P. M. BEnorr.
1639/1. HeLXINE soLerRotit Req. 45, Pembs.; Tenby, established by a stream running from the cliffs at Saundersfoot, just where it falls to the beach, C. C. TownsEnp.
§669/3. OrcHis sruta Lam. 16, W. Kent; rough mowing grass on chalk south of Shoreham, a single plant, 1951-54, Rev. A. E. Elder, det. V. S. Summerhayes (1955, Lond. Nat., 34, 3). Remove from brackets in C.F.
+676/10. Iris verstcotor L. 18, S. Essex; naturalised in a swampy area near High Beach, Epping Forest, B. T. Ward (1954, Essex Nat., 29, 196).
+683/1. CrocosmIA x cCROCOSMIFLORA (Lemoine) N.E.Br. 1. W. Cornwall; several patches well established above Camborne North Cliffs, between Godrevy and Portreath: 45, Pembs.; well established on the cliffs above Lower Fishguard, 1954, C. C. TowNsEnp.
§689/1. Ruscus acutgeatus L. *31, Hunts.; Lower Wintringham, 1950, Mrs. G. R. F. Rowley (1950, Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 3,21).
PLANT RECORDS 501
§702/9. ALLIUM oLERACEUM IL. *24, Bucks.; field hedgerow, Bourne Knd, well established, 1946-54, A. I’. Woop, cont. J. G. Downy.
§707/2. ORNITHOGALUM UMBELLATUM L. *131, Hunts.; S.E. corner of Monks Wood, 1950, C. Blackie (1950, RKep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora SOC., 3, 21).
7i1/1. Gaera tures (l.) Ker-Gawl. 795, Elgin; twe=colonies in Greshop Wood, Forres, refound by the Misses Murray & PRocTOR, not having been seen for many years; originally planted (cf. Burgess, J. J., 1935, Flora of Moray), M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§740/3. ZosTERA HORNEMANNIANA ‘Tutin. *52, Anglesey; salt marshes, Four Mile Bridge, near Holyhead, 1952, C. C. Townsxnp, conf. T. G. Turin.
753/8. CAREX LASIOCARPA Ebrh. 48, Mer.; bog near Creigenen Lakes, Arthog, 1951, Mrs. M. Ricwarps.
753/13. Carex LAEVIGATA Sm. 38, Warwick; frequent in one small area of Umberslade Park, near Earlswood, C. E. ANpREws and C. C. TOWNSEND.
753/17. CaRExX pDISTANS L. 38, Warwick.; in small quantity in a field near Wimptone, with Sanguisorba, Filipendula hexapetala and Serratula, none of which were to be found in any adjacent field, C. C. TOWNSEND.
753/42. CAREX HALLERI Gunn. 88, Mid Perth; between An Stuc and Meall Garbh (Glen Lyon) at 3,300 ft., M. McCattum WesstTER.
753/61. CaREx PATRAEIT F'. Schultz. 45, Pembs.; roadside between Dowrog and St. Davids; Gwawr Valley, near Fishguard, C. C. Towns- END.
1766/2. ANTHOXANTHUM PUELIT Lecog & Lamotte. 17, Surrey; waste ground near Guildford, 1952, L. H. Witutams, det. C. E. Husparp. |
§826/15. VULPIA MEMBRANACEA (I..) Dum. *49, Caern.; stabilised sand dunes, Conway, T. Apress, conf. A. MELDERIS.
¥826(2)/1. Narpurus maritimus (L.) Fiori.. a22) Berks, near, dewpond, Fair Mile, near Moulsford, W. M. M. Baron, det. E. F. WARBURG.
§827/19(2). Bromus teprpus Holmb. “31, Hunts.; side. of river Nene, etc., Stibbington, 1952, J. L. Girperr, det. S. M. Watters and T. G. Tutrn. *38, Warwick; Newbold-on-Stour, 1953, C. K. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TownseEnp, conf. C. EH. Hussarp.
HOY PLANT RECORDS
§856/1(2). Dryorreris BoRRERI Newm. *38 Warwick; Umberslade Park, near Karlswood, C. EK. A. ANDREWs and C. C. TownsEND: Alces- ter, C. C. Townsend. *82, Haddington; damp wood, Tynninghame Links, P. S. Green, conf. J. P. NEwsovuxp.
864/1. OsmuNDA REGALIS L. S., Jersey; several plants in quarry near Corbiere, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
870/4. Lycopopium ANNoTINUM L. 95, Elgin; moor above Lochin- dorb, 1953, R. Ricurer, comm. M. McCaLttum WEBSTER.
CuHaARoPHyYTA, all det. by G. O. ALLEN. §872/5. NITELLA TRANSLUCENS (Pers.) Ag. {108, W. Sutherland;
Lochan an Smuraich, Lochan an Daimh Beag and Lochan a’ Bhagh Ghainmhich, Scourie, A. V. Holden (1954, Scot. Nat., 66, 154).
§876/7. CHARA CONTRARIA Kuetz. {89, E. Perth; Loch Moraig: 108, W. Sutherland; Loch Croispol, A. V. Holden (1954, Scot. Nat., 66, 154).
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 503
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter and A. E. Wade for their help.
SYSTEMATIC, Evc.
6, Ranuncutus. Harper, J. L. & Sagar, G. R., 1954, Some aspects of the ecology of buttercups in permanent grassland, Proc. British Weed Control Conf., 1953, 256-265. Statistical studies on Ranunculus acris, R. bulbosus and R. repens in two areas of permanent grassland near Oxford with special reference to the germination of the species and the relationship between the plants and grazing animals. Details of transplant experiments are also given.—[D.H.K.]
6/33. RANUNCULUS FICARIA L. Andreas, C. H., 1954, Notes on Ranunculus ficaria L. in the Netherlands, 1. Introduction—reduc- tional trends as a possible interpretation of flower types, Acta Bot. Neerl., 3, 446-453.
6/33. Ranuncutus FicaRiA L. Perje, A. M., 1953, The variation within and between clones in Ranunculus ficaria L., Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 271-272.
30> CRUCIFERAE. Genty, P., 1954, A propos de Cruciferes, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, 5-6. A short note on Cochlearia austriaca R. Br., Sisymbrium loeselu L. and Brassica elongata Ehrh. The author con- siders that the name Rorippa should not be kept up, and he places Nasturtium austriacum and N. amphibium under Cochlearia.—[ E.B.B.]
35. Rorippa. Howard, H. W., 1953, Induced and natural poly- ploidy in Nasturtium and Rorippa, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr. Stockholm, 331-332. Five species of Rorippa are native to Britain, of these R. sylvestris is a hexaploid, 2n=32, but a diploid form probably exists. R. amphibia has diploid, 2n=16, and tetraploid, 2n=32, forms.— [D.H.K. }
39. CarpAmMINE. Lovkvist, B., 1953, Polyploidy and differentiation in the Cardamine pratensis complex, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 333-335.
39/7. DENTARIA BULBIFERA L. Banach-Pogan, E., 1954, Badania kariologicane nad gatunkami rodzaju Dentaria L., wystepujacymi w Polsce, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 28, 375-382. Dentaria bulbifera in Poland has been found to have 2n=96 which agrees with earlier counts made on Swiss material.—[D.H.K.]
504 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
43/1. DRaBa atzorpEs L. Eberle, G., 1954, Das Felsen-Hunger- bliimchen, Natur und Volk, 84, 47-49. An ecological account of the species in Germany.—[D.H.K. |]
54. Brassica. Olsson, G., 1954, Crosses within the campestris group of the genus Brassica, Hereditas, 40, 398-418. Crosses have been made between different Brassica forms with the haploid chromosome number n=10. The vitality and fertility of the hybrids obtained have been determined, and considering the results obtained the taxonomy within the group is discussed. B. tourneforti, which usually cannot be crossed with B. campestris sens. lat., is considered to be a separate species. Wild B. campestris, turnip rape, turnip, toria, sarson and different types of ‘‘chinese cabbage’’ are easily intercrossed and the hybrids are fertile, except when yellow-seeded sarson is one of the parents. These types therefore are all considered to be subspecies of B. campestris sens. lat. ; yellow-seeded sarson (B. campestris subsp. trilocularis) is somewhat more different from the others than these are inter se.—[{Author’s summary. |
65/1. Iseris amarRA L. Bateman, A. J., 1954, Self-incompatibility systems in angiosperms. 2, Iberis amara, Heredity, 8, 305-332.
88. ViotA. Rasmussen, S. M., 1954, Euphorbiaceernes, Malva- ceernes og Violaceernes udbredelse 1 Danmark, Bot. Tidsk., 50, 239-315. The distribution of the various species of Violaceae, Malvaceae and Euphorbiaceae in Denmark is discussed and illustrated by maps.— [D.H.K. ]
88/33. VioLtA LuTEA Huds. Balme, O. E., 1954, Viola lutea Huds. (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 234-240.
92. DrantHus. Carolin, R. C., 1954, Stomatal size, density and morphology in the genus Dianthus, Kew Bull., 1954, 251-258.
98(2)/1. Mertanprium aLtBum (Mill.) Garcke. Takenaka, Y., 1954, Sex relations in artificially produced tetraploids of Melandrium album, Ann. Rep. Nat. Inst. Genetics (Japan), 4, 39-41.
98(2)/2. MrLanprium piorcum (L.) Coss. & Germ. Hardy, G. E. M., 1954, Variation in flower colour in the Red Campion, Vase. (Subst.), 39, 15.
98(2)/2. MerLANpRIUM pio1cuM (L.) Coss. & Germ. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, A note on flower colour in the Red Campion, Melandrium rubrum, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 15.
100. Crrastium. Sollner, R., 1954, Recherches cytotaxonomiques sur le genre Cerastium, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse, 64, 221-354. The chromo- some numbers of 43 species of Cerastium, determined from 270 specimens, are given in tabular form with a detailed account of the experimental work involved. Particular reference is given to the C. arvense group.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 505
The principle basic number of the genus appears to be x =9. The study is Ulustrated with tables, photographs, and diagrammatic plates.— [E.B.B.]
100. Crrasti1um. Whitehead, F. N., 1954, An example of taxonomic discrimination by biometric methods, New Phyt., 53, 496-510. The author shows that discriminant analysis of six quantitative floral charac- ters can be used to distinguish between three species of Cerastiwm.— [D.H.K.]
115~ Matvaceaze. See 88. Viola.
123. Tinta. Petri, C., 1954, Zomerwaarnemingen aan de krimlinde, De Levende Natuur, 57, 210-214.
133/2. Impatiens capENSIS Meerb. Allen, H. G., 1954, The Orange Balsam—why this rapid spread?, J. Northants. N.A.S. & F.C., 33, 249. Briefly discusses the history of the species in Britain, especially in
Northants.—[A.E.W. ]
142/1. AcrRr psrupopLiaranus L. Bartle, J. W., 1954, Variation in Sycamore seedlings, The Nat., 1954, 1-2.
149/1. Uxex evroparus L. Quantrill, A. E. M., 1954, The distribu- tion of Gorse and Broom on Foxhall Heath, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 197. From studies on Ulex europaeus and Sarothamnus scoparius at Foxhall Heath, Suffolk, the author concludes that the seeds are prob- ably dispersed by ants.—[D.H.K.]
150/1. SarotHamMNus scoparius (L.) Wimm. ex Koch.—Sce 149/1. ULEX EUROPAEUS.
155/16. TRirotium REPENS L. Daday, H., 1954, Gene frequencies in wild populations of Trifolium repens, 1. Distribution by geography, Heredity, 8, 61-78: 2. Distribution by altitude, op. cit., 8, 377-384.
176. Victa. ‘Ryka, C., 1954, Studia cytologiczne nad Vicia cracca L. 1 V. tenuifolia Rth., Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 321-333. Material of Vicia cracca from southern Poland has been cytologically examined; the diploid form (2n=14) is frequent, but the tetraploid (Qn=28) has been found in only one place despite the fact that it is apparently widespread in Europe. V. tenuwifolia was found to have 2n=24.—[D.H.K. |
183. Prunus. Haskell, G., 1954, Stamen number and variation in diploid and tetraploid cherries, Ann. Bot., 18, 95-111.
185. Rusus. Haskell, G., 1954, The genetic detection of natural crossing in Blackberry, Genetica, 27, 162-172.
506 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
185. Rusus. Haskell, G., 1954, The history and genetics of the Raspberry, Discovery, 15, 241-246. The Red European Raspberry (Rubus idaeus) has been in cultivation for centuries, and was mentioned by Turner in 1548. There are many kinds of Raspberries, and their centre of origin is believed to have been eastern Asia. The history of the cultivated forms and strains is given.—[D.H.K |
185. Rusus. Kerr, HK. A., 1954, Seed development in blackberries, Canad: J. Bot., 32, 614-622.
188: FRacgarta. Barnes, B., 1954, Strawberries: cultivated and wild, Discovery, 15, 325-329.
194. Rosa. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, The wild Roses of Northumberland and Durham, Hist. Trans. Consett Nat. Field Club, 1, 1-11. Although much of the variability of the section Caninae of the genus Rosa may be explained as the result of ancient hybridisation, the taxonomy has not been made easier by the exaggerated importance attached to determinations of British material by Continental authori- ties. Of reliable British workers only Barclay lived in northern Britain and was able to give sufficient attention to the critical northern forms. The treatment of the genus in the Flora of the British Isles is criticised, in particular the ‘‘telescoping’’ of Rosa caesia (R. coriifolia) into R. dumalis (R. glauca) and of R. dumetorum into R. canina. The members of each of these pairs possess different distributions and ecological pre- ferences and must be regarded as distinct species. The present exteu- sive hybridisation in the genus, alleged by certain recent workers to be taking place, is denied. IL. obtustfolia is doubtfully distinct, and more probably is only a form of R. dwmetorum. RR. villosa, after a period of decrease, has become an aggressive and abundant colonist of sand dunes, roadsides and waste land. R. tomentosa, recently detected in one locality in Durham, is not known for certain to occur in Scotland, all records hitherto having proved to be R. sherardi. R. micrantha is likewise not Scottish, having been confused with R. caesia. R. agrestis was extinguished in its only Durham station during the war.—[{ D.E.A.]
194. Rosa. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, A new subspecies of rose occurring in Durham, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 32-33. A rose found growing in quantity on the Magnesian Limestone of Durham is described as Rosa dumalis subsp. dolomitica subsp. noy. The full description is as follows :—
Frutex aculeatus, aculei sub-debiles; foliola ovata, apex apiculata; serra profunda operta, dentibus subsimplicibus; pedunculi breves, nudi; petala rosea; sepala post anthesin fortissime reflexa, subpersistentia: receptacula fructifera oblonga, 2:4 em. longa, 1:1 cm. lata. Type in Heslop Harrison collection : habitat, Fishburn, Co. Durham.—[ D.H.K. |
194. Rosa. Wulff, H. D., 1954, Cytologische Untersuchungen an einer fertilen triploiden Rose, Planta, 44, 472-502.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 507
194. Rosa. Wylie, A. P., 1954-55, The history of garden roses, Jekoneclorts)S0c., 19. 555-50) & 80, 8-24 & 77-87.
195 (2). Sorsus. Dillemann, G. & Poucques, M.-L. de, 1954, Le pollen du Sorbus latifolia Pers. et son origine hybride, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, 239-240. Examination of pollen grains of Sorbus latifolia indicates that it is of hybrid origin with an as yet irregular chromosomal constitution.—[ E.B.B. ]
195 (2). Sorsus. lLiljefors, A., 1953, Studies on propagation, embryology and pollination in Sorbus, Acta Hort. Berg., 16, 277-329.
197. CorToneASTER. Sax, H. J., 1954, Polyploidy and apomixis in Cotoneaster, J. Arnold Arb., 35, 334-365.
199/1. Saxrrraca atzorpEs L. Widder, F., 1954, Die Nomenklatur von Saxifraga aizoides Linné, Phyton, 5, 204-210.
211. Sepum. Deschatres, M. R., 1954, Recherches sur la phyllo- taxie du genre Sedum, Rev. Gen. Bot., 61, 501-570.
9911/1. Sepum teLtepHium L. Jalas, J., 1954, Populationsstudien an Sedum telephium LL. in Finland, Ann. Bot. Soc. ‘Vanamo’, 26 (3), 1-47.
213. DrosprRa. Kalela, E., 1954, Uber Land- und Wasserform bei Drosera, Mem. Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Fenn., 29, 80-98.
220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. Emery, A. E. H., 1954, Buds on the roots of the Rosebay Willow-herb, Nature, 173, 546-547.
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Gardé, E. & Malheiros-Gardé, N., 1954, Con- tribuieao para o estudo cariolégico da familia Umbellifereae, 3, Brotéria, 23, 5-35. <A table is given showing the results of chromosome counts made on many species of Umbelliferae.—[D.H.K. ]
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Robinson, R. W., 1954, Seed germination problems in the Umbelliferae, J. Hxper. Bot., 5, 531-550.
284. HepERA. Jacobson, P., 1954, Chromosome numbers in the genus Hedera L., Hereditas, 40, 252-254. Hedera helix f. typica has 2n=48, and is distributed over the greater part of Europe and Asia Minor. It ranges between southern Norway in the north and the Medi- terranean in the south, between Ireland in the west and the region around the Black Sea in the east. Hl. helix var. hibernica Kirchn. has 2n=96, and has been found with certainty in Ireland only. Morpho- logically it is closely related to H. helix and may perhaps be considered a Post Glacial species originated from Hf. helix by autopolyploidy fol- lowed by a change of chromosome structure.—[D.H.K.]
508 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
296/1. Gatium BoREALE L. Love, A. & D., 1954, Cytotaxonomic studies on the Northern Bedstraw, Amer. Midl. Nat., 52, 88-105. The collective circumpolar species Galiwm boreale has been divided into a few varieties based on the hairiness of the fruits, as well as into two different species not recognised by authors of recent manuals.
It is shown that the two species concerned differ in some minor movr-
phological characters such as puberulence of the nodes, the form of the bracts, the type of the panicle, the size of the flower, anthers, and seeds, and the colour of the corolla. These characters are always found to be strictly associated and do not mix freely. _- The geographical distribution of both the taxa is found to differ con- siderably, since one of them occurs all over northern and central Europe west to Iceland, as well as eastwards to central Siberia, while the other grows in central Asia and eastwards to Gaspé and Nova Scotia in North America.
Cytological investigations showed that the Eurasiatic taxon is a tetraploid with 2n=44 chromosomes, while the American-Asiatic one is a hexaploid with 2n=66 chromosomes.
Taxonomica]l studies of the type revealed that the tetraploid is identical with the Linnean species Galium boreale in its strict sense as described from northern Europe, while the hexaploid species should be named G. septentrionale according to a description of eastern North American material given by Roemer & Schultes. Both species are assumed to be of ancient origin.—[ Authors’ summary. ]
301. VALERIANA. Skalitiska, M., 1954, Meiosis in a polyhaploid twin plant and a hexaploid hybrid of Valeriana sambucifolia Mikan, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 359-373. A pair of dissimilar twins which ap- peared among seedlings of Valeriana sambucifolia (2n=56) represented a very small polyhaploid (2n=28) presumably developed from a synergid and a hexaploid hybrid (2n=42) which originated from a spontaneous cross probably with a tetraploid V. exaltata. In addition in the same exroup of seedlings a second hexaploid hybrid has been detected.
The author’s opinion expressed in 1947 that the British V. officinalis sens. lat. represents a non-uniform polyploid complex of hybrid origin is supported by the well-marked similarity of the spontaneous hybrid to British intergrading forms assigned to that species.—{Author’s sum-
mary, p.p. |
306. Drresaous. Snow, R., 1954, Phyllotaxis of flowering Teasels, New Phyt., 53, 99-107.
309. Compostrar. Arénes, J., 1954, Les Composées-Cynarocéphales de Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 24, 241-327. This section of Com- positae in the Belgian flora comprises the 12 genera Echinops, Carlina, Silybum, Arctium, Cirsium, Carduus, Onopordum, Cnicus, Carthamus, Centaurea, Microlonchus, Serratula. A key to the genera is provided and to species under each genus; subspecies and taxa of lower rank are
i
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 509
also keyed out. Under each taxon is given synonymy, exsiccata distri- bution, habitat and world range. The arrangement involves some new combinations particularly in Cirsium but no new taxa are described.—
[E.B.B.]
312/1. Sormpaco vireauREA L. Prelleek Ho 19545 (AS icase ot abnormal flower structures connected with reduced fertility in Solidago virgaurea, Acta Bot. Neerl., 3, 454-458.
314/1. Britis perennis L. Krausel, R., 1954, Missbildungen an Ganseblitimchen (Bellis perennis), Natur wnd Volk, 84, 127-130. The author discusses the problems of the ‘‘hen and chickens’? form and other abnormal states of the species.—[D.H.K. ]
3/71. Marricarta. Nehou, J., 1954, Etude comparative de Matri- caria inodora L. et de M. maritima L. (Composées Radiées), Bull. Soc. Sci., Bretagne, 28, 133-153. The differences between these two taxa in habit, ecology and morphology, here given and analysed in detail, are considered sufficient to give both specific status. The bushier aspect, thicker fleshier leaves, more elongated oil-glands of the achenes in M. maritima together with many minor differences are discussed and illus- trated with line diagrams. Results of experimental work tend to con- firm this conclusion.—[ E.B.B.]
383. SeNneEcto. Davies, A. J., 1954, The Ragwort problem in Wales, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 203-210. Of the nine species of Senecio recorded from Wales only S. jacobaea and S. aquaticus are con- sidered as agricultural pests. S. jacobaea is widely spread and is a very serious weed of grassland in south-west and north-west Wales. S. aquaticus, though not so prevalent, occurs widely in Carmarthenshire, Cardiganshire and Pembrokeshire. The poisoning effects of the plants on farm stock and methods of control are discussed.—[D.H.K. |
383. Senecio. Fryer, J. D., 1954, The use of 2, 4-D. for the con- trol of Ragwort, Proc. British Weed Control Conf., 1953, 211-227.
401/1. Saussurea aupina (L.) DC. Friden, L., 1954, Saussurea alpina pa Falbygden, Bot. Not., 1954, 304-317. Population studies on Saussurea alpina in southern Sweden. Much ecological information and full lists of associated species are given.—[D.H.K. |
405/13. Crntaurea scastosa L., Czapik, R., 1954, Badania cyto- embriologiczne nad Centaurea scabiosa L., Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 175-194.
416/5. Crepis caprnnuarts (L.) Wallr. Ostergren, G., 1954, Poly- ploids and aneuploids of Crepis capillaris produced by treatment with nitrous oxide, Genetica, 27, 54-64. When plants of Crepis capillaris are treated with nitrous oxide of ten atmospheres pressures for four to
510 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
six hours, at the time when the first or second zygotic divisions are passing in their pollinated flowers, a fair yield of polyploid and aneu- ploid plants is obtained in their progeny.—[ Author’s summary. |
416/5. Crepis cAPILLARIS (L.) Wallr. Petit, E., 1954, Bijdrage tot de kennis der chromosoom-variabiliteit bij natuurlijke populaties van Crepis capillaris Wallr., Verh. Koninkl. Akad. Wetenschapp., 45, 3-75. Studies on the karyotypic variability in natural populations of Crepis capilaris.—[ D.H.K. }
419. Hieractum. Omang, S. O. F., 1954., Descriptiones specierum novarum e stirpe Hieracii alpini, 3, Nytt Mag. Bot., 2, 61-100. 56 new species, 1 new subspecies and 7 new varieties of Hieracium are described from Norway.—[D.H.K. ]
421/2. HypocHorris rapicata L. Hagerup, O., 1954, Thrips pol- lination in Hypochoeris radicata, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 55-58.
423. Taraxacum. Haglund, G. E., 1954, A new remarkable Taraxa- cum species from Norway, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 59-61. Describes Taraza- cum nordhageniti sp. nov.—[D.H.K. ]
423. Taraxacum. Kappert, H-., 1954, Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen tiber die Variabilitaét eines Totalapomikten (Taraxacum officinale Weber), Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 67, 325-334.
423. Taraxacum. Marzocca, A., 1954, ‘‘Taraxacum_ erythro- spermum’’ adventicio en la Argentina, Rev. Argent. Agron., 21, 80-83.
428. TRracorocon. Ownbey, M. & McCallum, G. D., 1954, The chromosomes of Tragopogon, Rhodora, 56, 7-21.
435/5. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, Variation in flower size in the Common Harebell (Campanula rotundi- folia), Vasc. (Subst.), 29, 24. Plants with flowers similar in size to those of the Irish Campanula rotundifolia var. speciosa Moore are reported from the Isle of Harris and Widdy Bank Fell.—[D.H.K.]
445/1. Catntuna vuuearts (L.) Hull. Holmes, G. D. & Barnsley. G. I., 1954, The chemical control of Calluna vulgaris Salisb., Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 289-296.
446. Ertoa. Scannell, M. J. P., 1954, An unusual Eriea from Dun- lewy, Co. Donegal, Irish Nat. J., 11, 206-207.
446. Erica. Webb, D. A., 1954, Notes on four Irish Heaths, Irish Nat. J., 11, 187-192 and 215-219. Gives the history and distribution of Krica mackaiana in Ireland, and discusses the evidence for and against EK. stuartii being a hybrid between EF. mackaiana and FE. mediterranea. Accounts of H, vagans and EB, mediterranea are also given.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Sila
453/3. Pyro~ta minor lL. Wilcke, J., 1954, De zaadverspreiding van Stofzaad en Wintergreen, De Levende Natuur, 57, 9-11.
460/5. Primuta scotica Hook. Ritchie, J. C., 1954, Primula scotica Hook. (Biological Flora), J. Hcol., 42, 623-628.
478. Crnraurtum. Robyns, A., 1954, Essai d’étude systématique et écologique des Centaurium de Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruz., 24, 349-398. Three species of Centaurium occur in Belgium: C. minus Gars., OC. vulgare Rafn. and C. pulchellum (Sw.) Druce. Each is very polymorphic, particularly in branching habit and flower number; a table illustrates the parallel intraspecific variation. Only C. minus has so far produced a white-flowered form in Belgium although such forms are recorded for the other two elsewhere. Hybrids, also recorded elsewhere, have not yet been found in Belgium.
The author describes each species in detail, providing a plate of each nomenclatural type and giving general and local distribution, illus- trated by maps, as well as much general information on uses, common names, etc.
New combinations are: (. minus f. albiflorum (W. L. Schmidt) A. Robyns; C. minus var. fasciculare (Duby) A. Robyns; C. minus var. fasciculare f. albiflorum (Magne) A. Robyns; C. vulgare var. uniflorwin (W. L. Schmidt) A. Robyns; (. pulchellum var. intermedium f. palustre (van Hall) A. Robyns and f. contractum (Wittr. ex Corb.) A. Robyns. The comb. nov. C. vulgare var. uniflorwm involves a new name for f. uniflorum of CO. minus, which is given as CU. minus var. Jonkerianum A. Robyns.
The ecological account is only preliminary: (. minus is widespread with no clearly defined ecological preferences; C. vulgare (C. littorale) 1S a maritime species characteristic of Centawrieto-Saginetum, occa- sionally met with in others; C. pulchellum is mainly characteristic of Nanocyperion flavescentis but also appears in other associations. Two habitat photographs are provided.
The key to the species and infraspecific taxa 1s reproduced below:
Plant with rosette: fl. subsessile to v. shortly pedicelled, usually 5-merous; cor.- tube scarcely contracted at top; cor.-limb 12-15 mm. diam. with oval lobes: Lvs. herbaceous bright green; hasal elliptic-oboval to spatulate, cauline oval to elliptic, all obtuse to + acute at apex, usually glabrous, 3-5-7-nerved: calyx 4-2 length of cor.-tube at anthesis; cor. lobes oval and obtuse at tips: Cymes corymbiform; bracts glabrous-edged; stem simple to branched : JEIGONELOS, TOE Ce Becca cars bolsis ems eo aha es Sen TCI REG He TE ETO Ee SNE ie ara C. minus EOWiET Sa: WilU Gc aaaee anne rere Rents dm pe lene a NS cn baal ae f. albiflorum Cymes + compact and capituliform; bracts with + finely papillose margins at least towards base; stem usually simple: SLOW ETS oP LINK oie. ecm eer techn ume creeh tcoe tierce Oe os isnaeeas SPB ac autem nti de var. fasciculare EM OWiSTES een WHMC CE reise late Ree ccte ta teria SRG eng abo aSEee Giga f. albiflorum Lys. + fleshy and dark green; basal elliptic-lanceolate or broadly to narrowly oblong; cauline linear-lanceolate to linear-oblong, all obtuse at apex, finely papillose, 1- rarely 3-nerved; calyx + = cor.-tube at anthesis and finely papillose; cor. lobes oval-oblong and + attenuate at tips:
512 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Flowers more than one: Cymes lax to + corymbiform, few- to many-fiowered: flowers of differeni heights: stem simple to branched with rosette withering at flowering
TUTTI: os) re a ae a Cet ee C. vulgare Cymes + compact to subcapituliform, few-flowered, stem simple arising 1 to several from a leafy dense and persistent rosette ......... f. rosulatum A-HOWELER:* SLE SiTMPIe se eee eee var. unifionun
Plant without rosette; fi. + long-pedicelled. 4- or 5-merous: cor.-iube distinctly contracted at top: cor. limb 6-11 mm. diam. with oblong to lanceolate lobes: lvs. from broadly elliptic to broadly oval. bright green, 3-5-nerved.
Flowers distinctly pedicelled : 1-flowered; stem simple and filiform: Ivs. shorter to longer than internodes and somewhat fleshy in the smallest plants ..................... C. pulchellum Many-flowered; stem simple to branched: cymes lax: Plant erect; Ivs. equal to shorter than internodes: stem with slender open
HLrANGCHES se ree ne eee Spe iy Loe a eR IAS var. iniermedium
Plant low-growing; lvs. longer than internodes: siem with short, close
branches’ 2. i ee ee i. palusire
Flowers subsessile: stem short, simple to litile-branched: lvs. much longer
than internodes; cymes + compact and capituliform ............ f. contractum [E.B.B.]
497. SympHytum. Bangerter, E. B. & Welch, B., 1954, The Com- freys of the London Area, Lond. Nat., 33, 55-58. Symphytum officinale, S. peregrinum, S. asperum, S. orientale, S. tuberosum and S. grandi- florum are described and a key is given to their identification.—[ D.H.K. }
527—>ScROPHULARIACEAE. Hambler, D. J., 1954, Cytology of the Scrophulariaceae and Orobanchaceae, Nature, 174, 836. The size of chromosomes in Rhinanthus, Melampyrum and Euphrasia is discussed. The following counts are cited: —Melampyrum cristatum, 2n=18 and Parentucellia viscosa 2n=48. The following counts on British Orobanche species are also given: Orobanche minor, O. elatior, O. reticulata, O. picridis, O. hederae, O. rapwm-genistae and O. caryophyllacea, all 2n=38, O. purpurea, 2n=24.—[D.H.K. ]
535. ScropHuLarta. Hui-Lin-Li, 1954, The genus Scrophularia in China, Lloydia, 16, 165-179. All the species known to occur in China are keyed and described. The author has not seen authentic material of Scrophularia nodosa from China and the records require confirmation.— [D.H.K.]
543/41. VeRONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Lehmann, E., 1954, Ein Ehren- preis erobert Westeuropa, Orion, 9, 389-392. An account of the spread of Veronica filiformis in western Europe, illustrated by photographs and a map.—[D.H.K.]
547/2. PrpicuLtarts sytvatica L. Berg, R. Y., 1954, Development and dispersal of the seeds of Pedicularis sylvatica, Nytt Mag. Bot., 2. 1-60.
547/2. Prpicunaris sytvaticA L. Webb, D. A., 1954, A western subspecies of Pedicularis sylvatica, Irish Nat. J., 11, 235. While most
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE eile
European Floras describe Pedicularis sylvatica, and especially its calyx, as glabrous, the majority of plants in western Ireland have the upper part of the stem, and especially the calyx, covered with fairly numerous and very conspicuous shaggy white hairs.
In Portugal there occurs a variety (var. lusitanica (Hoffg. & Link) Fic.), which has usually a hairy calyx; it differs however in other respects from the Irish plants. The known distribution of the Irish form is given; it has a restricted geographical distribution but shades into the type at the margins of its area. After further study the author hopes to describe the taxon as a new subspecies. In the meantime he requests information on plants with a hairy calyx from parts of Ireland other than those included in the known range.—[D.H.K.]
550. ORoBANCHE. See 527. ScROPHULARIACEAE.
550/3. ORoBANCHE ALBA Steph. ex Willd. Sledge, W. A., 1954, Orobanche alba Steph. in west Yorkshire, The Nat., 1954, 3. <A short historical account of the species in west Yorks.—[D.H.K. ]
d02. Urricunarta. Troll, W. & Dietz, H., 1954, Morphologische und histogenetische Untersuchungen an Utricularia-Arten, Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr., 101, 165-207.
561. Tuymus. Pigott, C. D., 1954, Species delimitation and racial divergence in British Thymus. New Phit., 53, 470-495. British Thymus is Shown to be divisible into at least three units on the basis of external morphology; the evidence for considering these separate species is set out. The chromosome numbers are:—Thymus serpylium, 2n=24, T. pulegioides, 2n=28 and T. drucei, 2n=52-56. T. drucei appears to be completely isolated genetically from T. serpyllum and T. pulegioides, while hybrids between the latter two species can be made artificially. The morphological discontinuity, however, is complete between these species and 7. drucei. The intraspecific variation is described; 7. drucei includes several morphologically distinct races. The relation of the British plants to Continental spp. is discussed and the phytogeographical interest of these distributions is‘ described.—[Author’s Summary. |
581. Lamium. Bernstroém, P., 1958, Species relationships in Lamium, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 280.
594. Screrantuus. Réossler, W., 1954, Neues aus dem Scleranthus Nachlass Reichenbach’s, Phyton, 5, 222-297.
600. CHENopopium. Wahl, A., 1954, A preliminary study of the genus Chenopodium in North America, Bartonia, 27, 1-46. Nearly fifty species of Chenopodium, and a number of hybrids and varieties, found in the United States are described and keyed. Some new varieties are also described.—[D.H.K. ]
514 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
611. Sanicornta. Hambler, D. J., 1954, Chromosome numbers in British Salicornia, Nature, 173, 547. Counts have been made on material from localities on the estuary of the river Medway and the following chromosome numbers have been determined :—Salicornia per- ennis var. radicans Moss & Salisb., 2n=18, S. ramosissima Woods (form agreeing closely with the habit illustration in the Cambridge British Flora), 2n=18, S. ramosissima Woods (dwarf red form), 2n=18, S. stricta Dum. sec. Moss (form agreeing closely with the illustration in Butcher & Strudwick’s Further Illustrations of British Plants of NS. europaea), 2n=36, S. dolichostachya Moss (erect form with long taper- ing fertile branches; upper nodes each bearing four branches), 2n=36, S. disarticulata Moss, 2n=16 (?).—[D.H.K.]
615/3. Potyeonum pBistorta J.. Porsch, O., 1954, Geschlechtge- bundener Bliitenduft, Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr., 101, 359-372. The protan- drous flowers of Polygonum. bistorta emit an unpleasant smell when the stamens mature, but become scentless when the ovaries mature. The effects of the scent upon insect visitation are discussed.—[D.H.K. |
617/1. Oxyria pieyna (L.) Hill. Wilson, J. W., 1954, The influ- ence of ‘‘midnight sun’’ conditions on certain diurnal rhythms in Oxyria digyna, J. Ecol., 42, 81-94.
618. Rumex. Rechinger, K. H., 1954, Monograph of the genus Rumex in Africa, Bot. Not. Supp., 3: 3. 47 species of Rumez are described from Africa. Of these, 26 are endemic; 21 species are spread over two or more continents. R. angiocarpus is widespread and all earlier African records of R. acetosella are referred to it. R. crispus and R. conglomeratus are widespread, while R. obtusifolius subsp. agrestis and R. pulcher subsp. eu-pulcher are recorded as introductions. R. palustris has been once reported from Morocco but the record re- quires confirmation.—[D.H.K. ]
628. Eurpnorsia. See 88. Viona.
638/1. PARIETARIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. Paclt, J.. 1954, Nach- trag zu meiner Parietaria-Studie, Phyton, 5, 242-246.
642. Brrunta. Black, P. M. & Wareing, P. F., 1954, Photoperiodic control of germination in seed of birch (Betula pubescens Ehrh.), Nature, 174, 705-706.
646. Querous. Hadfield, M., 1954, The Durmast Oak, Gard. Chron., 135, 16-17. The view has recently been expressed that Quercus robur is wholly an introduced tree in Britain, having largely replaced Q. pet- raea through selective planting. The latter bears fruit less regularly and usually far less copiously than Q. robur. In ancient times, those trees lacking both in acorns, an important animal food, and in the crooked branehing required by house-builders and shipwrights, would
ite Cs ae eh
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 515
be the first to be felled; and there is historical evidence that Q. petracu was purposely eliminated by foresters from the New Forest. Although mediaeval carvings of oak foliage depict mainly Q. robur, the pollen and timber of the two species are indistinguishable. It is therefore unlikely that the problem of the status of Q. robur will ever be solved.
<p ea
650. Sattx. Nilsson, H., 1945, Uber hochkomplexe’ Bastardver- bindungen in der Gattung Salix, Hereditas, 40, 517-522.
659— Orcuivacnsak. Mever, D. K., 1954, Uber unterirdische Bliiten und blasse Individuen bei emheimischen Orchideen, Ber. Deutsch. Bot.
Ges., 67, 128-133.
659—> OrcHiIpAcEAR. Tatewaki, M., 1954, Phytogeographical studies on Orchidaceae in the islands of the north Pacific, Acta Hort. Got., 19, 51-112. Many species also found in Britain are included in this account which is illustrated by distribution maps.—[D.H.K. ]
659/1. HAmMMARBYA PALUDOSA (L.) O. Kuntze. Chevalier, A., 1954, A propos de la disparition de nombreuses stations de Malaxis paludosa dans le N.-O., Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, 139-141. Owing to man’s activities, land drainage, etc., many habitats for fen and bog plants have disappeared in N.W. France; Hammarbya paludosa is now extinct in Normandy.—[ E.B.B. |
666/1. EKprrpogium APHYLLUM Sw. Anon, 1954, The rarest British wild flower, Quart. Bull. Alp. Gard. Soc., 22, 6-7. Comments on the recent discoveries of the species in Oxfordshire and Bucks., and gives a short description of the plant and its history in Britain. A corre- spondent claims to have discovered six plants in flower near Ross, in the Forest of Dean, in July 1930, though he failed to report it at the time, being unaware of the exceptional rarity of the species in Britain.
—[D.H.K.]
668. Eprpactis. Young, D. P., 1954, A key to the Danish Epipactis, Bot. Tidssk., 50, 140-145. Includes most of the species also found in Britain.—[D.H.K. }
668/2. KHprpacTIS HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz. Richardson, J. A. 1954, Variation in Durham plants of the Broad-leaved Helleborine (Kpipactis helleborine), Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 24.
668/3 (6). EpreacTISs PHYLLANTHES G. EK. Sm. Sipkes, C., 1954, Kpipactis phyllanthes G. EK. Sm. in County Wicklow, Jrish Nat. J., 11, 113-115.
669. OrcHis. Duplessis, L., 1951, Notes sur quelques Orchidées de Seine-et-Oise, Bull. Trim. Union Soc. France d Hist. Nat., 2, 24-27. A large population of Orchis, predominantly O. morio, had colonised a
516 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
field near Bullion; a distinctive pattern of alignment was shown. Care should be taken to collect typical specimens of any Orchis population and notes made of all features of the habitat to facilitate comparisons with other populations. An atypical specimen from the Bullion colony (a hybrid between O. morio and O. mascula) is figured.—[ E.B.B.]
669/14. OrcHIs mascuLa (L.) L. Métron, J., 1954, L’Orchis mas- cula (L.) var. foetens, Cahiers des Naturalistes, 9, 105-106.
675. CyprRIpeDIUM. Curtis, J. T., 1954, Annual fluctuations in rate of flower production by native Cypripediums during two decades, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 81, 340-352.
702/19. Attium PARADOxUM (Bieb.) G. Don. Barling, D. M., 1954, Distribution and chromosome number of Allium paradoxum in Glou- cestershire, Nature, 173, 877. A population of Alliwm paradoxum at Bartonbury (Cirencester) has been investigated ecologically and cyto- logically. The chromosome number has been found to be 2n=16.— [DAE]
706/3. ENDYMION Non-ScRIPTUS (L.) Garcke. Blackman, G. E. & Rutter, A. J., 1954, Endymion nonscriptus (L.) Garcke (Biological Flora), J. Hcol., 42, 629-638.
713/1. CotcHicum autuMNaLE L. Butcher, R. W., 1954, Colchicum autumnale L. (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 249-257.
718. Juncus. Campbell, S., 1954, ‘‘The control of rushes by 2, 4-D.”’, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 190-198.
718. Juncus. Davies, T. H. & Harris, D. J., 1954, Rush control in the southwest province, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 198-203. An account of control measures used in Somerset, Devon and Cornwall.
mp uet
718. Juncus. Elhott, J. G., 1954, The use of growth regulator her- hicides for the control of rushes, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 184-190.
718. Juncus. Lazenby, A., 1954, Some aspects in the life-history of the common rush, with special reference to the seed and seedling stages, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 174-184.
718/2. Juncus acutus L. Jones, V. & Richards, P. W., 1954, Juncus acutus L. (Biological Flora), 7. Ecol., 42, 639-650.
719. Luzuta. Nordenskidld, H., 19538, Cyto-taxonomic studies in the genus Luzula, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 282-283.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 517
719/6. Luzuna campestris (L.) DC. Brown, S. W., 1954, Mitosis and meiosis in Luzula campestris DC., Univ. Califorma Publ. om Bot., 2 Zak 208
721. VTypeHa. Grontved, J., 1954, Typhaceernes og Sparganiaceernes udbredelse i Danmark, Bot. Tidsk., 50, 211-238. The distribution of Typha angustifolia and T. latifolia in Denmark is discussed: the former is scattered through the country, apparently preferring the moraine clay areas, while the latter is widely and evenly distributed. The distribution of the various species of Sparyanitwm in Denmark is also given. S. angustifolium and S. simplex are rather frequent. SWS. ramosum is regarded as a collective species comprising S. neglectum, S. oocarpum, S. microcarpum and 8. polyedrum; to these may be added the records from literature of ‘‘S. erectwm’’. The aggregate plant is frequent in most parts of Denmark; the distribution of the segregates is also given.—[D.H.K. |
722. Sparcanium. See 721. Typna.
723/1 (2). Arum nEGLECTUM (Townsend) Ridl. Prime, C. T., 1954, Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridley (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 241- 248.
734/1. Buromus umsBetLatus L. Lohammer, G., 1954, Bulbils in the inflorescences of Butomus umbellatus, Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 48, 485- 487. Plants of Butomus umbellatus bearing bulbils in their inflores- cences have been detected in Sweden and Finland. The role of these aerial bulbils for the vegetative dispersal of the plant is not known.— [D.H.K. ]
746. Scirpus. Bakker, D., 1954, Miscellaneous notes on Scirpus lacustris L. sensu lat. in the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 3, 426-445. In literature quite different opinions have been developed regarding the species-concept of Scirpus palustris L. and S. tabernaemontami Gmel. In the 19th century several authors regarded these species as modifications of S. lacustris, but in the 20th century they have usually been regarded as distinct taxa.
An examination of specimens in the Netherlands has shown that in one locality a highly fertile intermediate grows. It has the same chromosome number as the other two forms, and plants raised from its seeds are morphologically the same as those of the preceding generation. It is suggested that the plant has originated as a result of ‘‘introgres- sive hybridisation’’ sensu Anderson & Hubricht (i.e. by the crossing of S. lacustris and S. tabernaemontani, followed by back crossings with the parents). In some localities in the Netherlands the boundaries be- tween the two species have been obliterated. The intermediate is described as S. lacustris subsp. flevensis, subsp. nov. A number of other new varieties of S. lacustris and S. tabernaemontani are also described.
aap HK
518 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
747/2. ERiorpHoRUM ANGUsTIFOLIUM Honck. Phillips, M. E., 1954, Eriophorum angustifolium Roth. (EK. polystachion L.) (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 612-622.
747/2. ERiopHoRUM AaNGUSTIFoLIUM Honck. Phillips, M. E., 1954, Studies in the quantitative morphology and ecology of Eriophorum an- gustifolium Roth., 2. Competition and dispersion, J. Ecol., 42, 187-210. 3. The leafy shoot, New Phyt., 53, 312-343.
753/51(2). Carex sBicotor All. Lid, J., 1954, Carex bicolor in southern Norway, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 147-158. The Norwegian distribu- tion of Carex bicolor is outlined and discussed.—[D.H.K.]
754 GRaMINESE. Georlette, R., 1953, Bibliographie générale con- cernant les graminées prairiales des régions tempérés, Ann. Gembl-, 59. 237-255. A general bibliography of the meadow grasses of temperate regions.—[D.H.K.]
754—> GRAMINEAE. Hubbard, C. E., 1954, New names in the Gramineae, Kew Bull., 1954, 375. The following new combinations are made: Catapodium marimum (L.) C. E. Hubbard and C. rigidum (L.) C. E. Hubbard.—[D.H.K.]
754~>GRAMINEAE. Melderis, A., 1953, Generic problems within the tribe Hordeeae, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 853-854.
754—>GRAMINEAE. Pilger, R., 1954, Das System der Gramineae, Engler Bot. Jahrb., 76, 281-384. Gives a key to the tribes of the grasses of the world with the exception of the bamboos.—[D.H.K.]
754-> GRAMINEAE. Tateoka, T., 1954, Karyotaxonomic studies in Poaceae, 1, Ann. Rep. Nat. Inst. Genetics (Japan), 4, 45-47. The following somatic chromosome numbers are reported from counts made on Japanese material:—Hordeum murinum, 28, Phleum pratense. 42, Deschampsia flexuosa, 28, Milium effusum, 28, Anthoxranthum odoratum, 20, Hierochloe odorata, 42, Phalaris arundinacea, 28, Leersia oryzoides, 48, Dactylis glomerata, 28, Poa annua, 28, P. pratensis, 56, Melica nutans, 18, Cynodon dactylon, 40, Setaria viridis, 18, Echinochloa crus- gall, 54.—[D.H.K.]
754 GRAMINEAE. Wycherley, P. R., 1954, Vegetative proliferation of floral spikelets in British grasses, Ann. Bot., 18, 119-127.
765/11. PHauaRIs aruNpINACcCEA L. Holt, I.V., 1954, Initiation and development of the inflorescences of Phalaris arundinacea L. and Dactylis glomerata L., Iowa State Coll. J. Sci., 28, 603-621.
777/1. PHtEUM PRATENSE L. Williams, S. S., 1954, The effect of depth of sowing and moisture on the germination and seedling develop- ment of Phleum pratense L., J. Ecol., 42, 445-459.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 519
780. AGROSTIS. Bjérkmann, S.O., 1954, Chromosome studies in Agrostis, 2, Hereditas, 40, 254-258. The author has cytologically examined c. 600 plants of Agrostis canina from northern, western and central Europe, and confirms the correctness of dividing the species into var. fascicularis (Qn=14) and var. arida (2Qn=28). Plants from Spain and Portugal which cannot be included under these varieties have been seen.
e. 900 plants of A. stolonifera from northern and western Europe have been examined and three chromosome races have been detected, 2n=28 (ec. 600 plants), 2n=35 (c. 160 plants) and 2n=42 (c. 135 plants).
300 plants of A. tenuis have been counted, most had 2n=28. Hybrids with A. gigantea often occur where the two species grow together. 33 hybrid plants from different localities were examined: all had 2n=35. Of 217 plants of A. gigantea which were counted all except 2 had 2n= 42.
A list of artificially induced hybrids in the genus is given.—[D.H.K.]
780. AcGrRostis. Davies, W. E., 1953, The breeding affinities of some British species of Agrostis, Brit. Agric. Bull., 5, 313-316.
780. Agrostis. Jones, K., 1953, The cytology of some British species of Agrostis and their hybrids, Brit. Agric. Bull., 5, 316.
780/3. AGrRosvis TENUIS Sibth. Bradshaw, A. D., 1953, Local population differentiation in Agrostis tenuis, Heredity, 7, 445.
791/3. DescHAMpsiIA sETACEA (Huds.) Hack. Buschmann, A., 1953, Die Verbreitung von Deschampsia setacea, Ann. Inst. Biol. Sarajevo, 5, 144-158.
791/4. DescHampsia FLExvoSA (L.) Trin. Scurfield, G., 1954, Des- champsia flexuosa (L.) Trin. (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 225-233.
794. Avena. Dadd, C. V., 1953, Wild Oats, N.A.A.S. Quart. Rev., 21, 1-7. A short account of the known British distribution of Avena
fatua and A. ludoviciana, and the methods of control used against them. —[D.H.K.]
794. AveENA. Thurston, J. M., 1953, Biology of wild oats, Ann. Rep. Rothamsted Exper. Sta., 1952, 68-71.
794. Avena. Thurston, J. M., 1954, Germination and dormancy of wild oats seeds, Ann. Rep. Rothamsted Exper. Sta., 1953, 71-72. Seeds of Avena fatua germinate in the spring while those of A. ludoviciana germinate mainly in autumn and winter.—[D.H.K.]
794. Avena. Thurston, J. M., 1954, The biological approach to the problem of wild oat control, Proc. Brit. Weed Contr. Conf., 1953, 240- 248.
520 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
794. AvenA. Thurston, J. M., 1954, A survey of wild oats (Avena fatua and A. ludoviciana) in England and Wales in 1951, Ann. Appi. Biol., 41, 619-636. Jn 621 samples of wild oats collected in many parts of England and Wales by N.A.A.S. and N.JI.A.B. Officers only two species (Avena fatua and A. ludoviciana) were found, but both showed much variability. A. fatwa occurred in all wheat- and barley-growing areas, in both winter and spring corn, and on all soil types. A. ludo- viciana occurred (with two exceptions) only within an approximately 80 miles radius of Oxford, mainly on heavy soils and chiefly in winter corn. The history and spread of A. ludoviciana in Britain is discussed. A map shows the distribution of the two species in the British Isles.
The following key for separating wild and cultivated oats on spike- let articulation is given :—
Abscission scar surrounded by hairs at base of spikelet. Grain readily shed:
All florets have abscission scar at base:
seeds of spikelet Separate Wem “VIC iee.cssscesocteecerten eae eee eee A. fatua
Only the first floret has abscission scar: All seeds of the spikelet fall together when ripe ............. A. ludoviciana Neither abscission scar nor hairs at base of spikelet. Grain not readily shed: NOM DrIStle-polmtsMmon) slenminiaw ies see-ce cece eee ee eee ee eee A. sativa Tip of lemma prolonged into two long hair-like points ............ A. Strigosa —[D.H.K.]
797/1. CyYNOoDON DACTYLON (L.) Pers. Langdon, R. F. N., 1954, The origin and distribution of Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers., Univ. of Queensland (Dept. of Bot.) Papers, 4, 42-43.
813/1. Mornia cAERULEA (L.) Moench. Deuse, P., 1950, Ecologie de Molinia coerulea Moench: Germinations, Lejeunia, 14, 53-60.
818/2. MerticA UNIFLORA Retz. Durdik, M., 1954, Prispévek k ekologi travy Melica uniflora Retz. v Ceskoslovensku, Preslia, 26, 177- 182.
819/1. Dacrytis cLomEeRatTa L. Bokyo, H. & Tadmor, N., 1954, An arid ecotype of Dactylis glomerata L. (Orchard Grass) found in the Negev (Israel), Bull. Research Council Israel, 4, 241-248.
819/1. Dactryztis GuomeRATA L. Chopinet, R. & Dujardin, J., 1953, Etude de quelques populations naturelles de Dactylis glomerata L. en vue de leur utilisation agronomique, Ann. Inst. Nat. Rech. Agron. Paris, 3, Sér. B., 453-477. The geographical distribution of Dactylis glomerata in France is discussed and differences in morphological characters, flowering period, vigour, resistance to frost, etc., between populations from different parts of the country are noted.—[D.H.K. ]
819/1. Dacrytis GLomERATA L. Rebischung, J., 1953, Etudes sur la variabilité des populations naturelles franegaises de dactyle, Ann. Inst. Nat. Rech. Agron., Paris 3, Sér. B., 311-349. Studies on the variability of natural populations of Dactylis glomerata in France showed that considerable diversity exists between populations from different regions.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 521
819/1. Dacrytis cLomEeRATA L. See 765/1. PHALARIS ARUNDINACEA.
824. Poa. Akerberg, E., 1953, The progeny of artificial hybrids between Poa pratensis L. (coll.) and P. alpina L., Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 327-328.
8294/2. Poa pratensis L. Bass, L. N., 1954, Factors affecting ger- mination of Kentucky Bluegrass seed, lowa State Coll. J. Sci., 28, 503- 519.
824/5. Poa vauustris L. Berton, A., 1953, Forme automnale de Poa palustris L., Monde des Plantes, 298-302, 2.
824/11. Poa aupina L. Hakansson, A., 1954, Transmission of ac- cessory chromosomes in Poa alpina, Hereditas, 40, 523-526.
824/11. Poa auprna L. Miintzing, A., 1954, The cytological basis of polymorphism in Poa alpina, Hereditas, 40, 458-516. Material of Poa alpina from northern Sweden, the Baltic Islands, Norway, Iceland and Greenland was investigated cytologically. 18 different chromosome numbers ranging from 32 to 50 were found amongst the material from Sweden. Descriptions of these biotypes are given. It was found that the average degree of apomixis and the average chromosome number was lower in Switzerland and Poland than in Scandinavia.—[D.H.K. |
826. Frstuca. Crowder, L. V., 1953, Interspecific and intergeneric hybrids of Festuca and Lolium, J. Hered., 44, 195-203.
826/4. FrEstucA PRATENSIS Huds. Bosemark, N. O., 1954, On accessory chromosomes in Festuca pratensis, 1. Cytological investiga- tions, Hereditas, 40, 346-376. 2. Inheritance of the standard type of accessory chromosomes, op. cit., 40, 425-437.
826/9. Ferstuca ovina L. Piotrowicz, M., 1954, Badania cytolo- giczne 1 anatomiczne nad zywordnymi formani z grupy Festuca ovina L., Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 43-58. Cytological and anatomical studies on viviparous biotypes of Festuca ovina from 37 natural habitats in the Tatra Mountains and 2 in the western Carpathians.—[D.H.K.]
827/19(2). Bromus LEPpIpUS Holmb. Koch, W. & Kunz, H., 1954, Bromus lepidus Holmberg, neu fiir die Schweizerflora, Ber. Schweiz Bot. Ges., 64, 219-220. Bromus FOURS. has been detected fe the first time in Switzerland. —[D.H.K.]
829. Lotium. Cooper, J. P., 1954, Studies on growth and develop- ment in Lolium, 4. Genetic control of heading responses in local popula- tions, J. Hcol., 42, 521-556.
5 yp ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
829. Lotium. Jenkin, T. J., 1954, Interspecific and intergeneric hybrids in herbage grasses, 6. Lolium italicum A. Br. intercrossed with other Lolium types, J. Genetics, 52, 282-299: 7. Lolium perenne L. with other Lolium species, op. cit., 52, 300-317. Loliwm perenne has been suc- cessfully intercrossed with L. rigidum sens. lat., L. loliaceum, L. ttali- cum, L. remotum and L. temulentum to produce established F, progeny. —[D.H.K.]
829. LoLtium.—See 826. Frstuca.
841/1. Pinus sytvestris L. McNeill, W. M., 1954, Observations on cone and seed production in plantations of Scots Pine in Scotland, Forestry, 27, 122-133.
844. Eaquisretum. Dhien, R., 1953, Répartition géographique des Kquisetum frangais, Monde des plantes, 298-302, 7-8.
844/6. EquisEruM PALUSTRE L. Holly, K., 1954, The effect of synthetic growth regulator herbicides on Equisetum palustre, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 227-233.
845— PreripopHyTa. Berton, A., 1954, Recherches sur lanatomie des fougeres. Deux types de frondes, Bull. Soc. Bot. France Mem., 1953-54, 95-106.
845—> PreripopuytTa. Klhott, EK. A., 1954, The names “Oak Fern’’, ‘Beech Fern’’, Gymnocarpium dryopteris and Phegopteris polypod- ioides, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 100-103.
845— PreripopHytTa. Lawalrée, A., Données nouvelles sur les Ptéridophytes de Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86, 265-273.
845— PrertipopHytTaA. Manton, I., 1954, Experimental methods available for the taxonomy of the Pteridophyta, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 808.
845—> PreriporHytTa. Manton, I., 1954, Polyploidy and its probable significance in. the Pteridophyta, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stock- holm, 332-333.
845—> PreripopHytTa. Pichi-Sermolli, R. E. G., 1954, The nomen- clature of some fern genera, Webbia, 9, 387-454.
845—> PrertpopHyta. Small, J., 1954, Quantitative evolution, 19: The numerical composition of Copeland’s Filicales, Phyton, 5, 211-221.
847/1. Prertptum aquintInum (L.) Kuhn. Stephens, R., 1954, Ex- perimental work on the control of bracken in the west of Scotland, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 248-256.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE PB}
847/1. PrerRipium aquininum (L.) Kuhn. Watt, A. S., 1954, Con- tributions to the ecology of bracken (Pteridium aquilinum), 6. Frost and the advance and retreat of bracken, New Phyt., 53, 117-130.
850/1. PHyLitris scoLopENDRIiIUM (L.) Newm. Clovis, J. F., 1954, The Hart’s Tongue—an interesting fern, Castanea, 19, 75-78. The dis- tribution of Phyllitis scolopendrium var. americana Fern. in the United States is discussed and compared with the distribution of the EKuropean
form.—[D.H.K.]
856. Dryopreris. Manton, I. & Walker, S., 1954, Induced apogamy in Dryopteris dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray and D. filix-mas (L.) Schott emend. and its significance for the interpretation of the two species, Ann. Bot., 18, 377-383. Two new cases of induced apogamy in common European species of ferns are described. Meiosis in the apogamously produced sporophytes has been investigated and compared with that of sexually produced sister plants. The importance of these observations in relation to previous evidence regarding the mode of origin of ate wild species is discussed.—[ Authors’ summary. |
856. DryoptEeris. Reed, C. F., 1954, Spores, sporangia and indusia of the genus Dryopteris in North America, north of Mexico, Bartonia, 27, 47-56.
856. Dryoprerts. Stansfield, W., the late, 1954, Lastrea dilatata and its allies, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 95-100.
872. Nirerua. Allen, G. O., 1954, An annotated key to the Nitel- leae of North America, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 81, 35-60. The author keys and gives descriptions of the N. American species of Nitella and Tolypella. A number of species also found in Britain are included.—
pose |
872. Nirenia. Brook, A. J., 1954, Further new records of Stone- worts (Charophyta) in Scotland, Scot. Nat., 66, 154.
873. ToLypELLA. See 872. NITELUA. 876. CHARA. See 872. NITELUA.
TOPOGRAPHICAL
3, S. Devon. Anderson, M. L., 1954, The ecological status of Wist- man’s Wood, Devonshire, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Hdinb., 36, 195-206.
3, S. Devon. Swinscow, D., 1954, Some Dartmoor summits, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 85-87. Notes on the ferns found on Cox Tor, Staple Tor and Great Mis Tor.—[D.H.K.]
6, N. Somerset & 34, W. Guos. Sandwith, C. I. & N. Y., 1954, Bristol Botany in 1953, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 379-386. Give fur- ther new stations for plants in the Bristol area, including a few addi- tions to the flora of the isle of Steep Holm.—[D.H.K. ]
524 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
7, N. Witts. Grose, J. D., 1954, A botanical survey of Spye Park, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 263-276. An ecological study of the main types of vegetation in the Park; semi-natural and artificial woodland, scrub, grassland, pteridietum, marsh and aquatic vegetation. There are also two large disused sandpits.—[A.E.W. |
7-8, Witts. Grose, J. D., 1954, Wiltshire Plant Notes 15, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 258-262. Gives new stations for Wiltshire Plants.—[A.E.W. |
9, Dorset. G.D.H., R.H.B. & C.N.H., 1954, Botanical Report, Rep. Bryanston School N.H.S., 1953, 14-16.
14, E. Sussex. Brightmore, D., 1954, Notes on the local fauna and flora, Hastings & E. Sussex Nat., 8, 105-106. A list of 20 plants flower- ing abnormally late in the year is given, together with a few new stational records.—[ A.E.W. ]
15-16, Kent & 17, Surrey. Cornish, M. W., 1954, The origin and structure of the grassland types of the central North Downs, J. Ecol., 42, 359-374.
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18-19, Essex, 20, Herts, 21, Mippx. & 24, Bucks. Kent, D. H. & Lousley, J. E., 1954, A Hand List of the Plants of the London Area, part 4. Compositae (Picris) to Labiatae (Ballota), Supplement to Lond. Nat., 33.
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18, S. Essex, 20, Herts & 21, Mippx. Lousley, J. E., 1954, Botanical Records for 1953, Lond. Nat., 33, 52-54. Further interesting records for the London Area are given.—{| D.H.K. }
17, Surrey. Jones, A. W., 1954, The Flora of Bookham Common, Lond. Nat., 33, 25-47.
18, S. Essex. Jermyn, S. T., 1954, Botanical notes and records, S. Essex Nat., 3, 10-13.
18, S. Essex. Myers, J. E., 1954, A survey and comparison of the natural and inner salt marshes at Leigh-on-Sea, Essex, Essex Nat.,
29, 155-175.
18-19, Essex. Robson, C. H. A., 1954, The trees and woodlands of Kssex, Essex Nat., 29, 142-153.
18-19, Essex. Ward, B. T., 1954, Some Essex plant notes, Esser Nat.; 28, 197.
21, Mippx. Harley, R:, 1954, Flowers and ferns of Harrow, pp. xii + 86 and a map. London. Obtainable from The School Book Shop, Harrow-on-the-Hill, Middlesex, price 1/8 post free. The author gives
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE US
a short account of the changes which have taken place in the Harrow Area since the publication of the second edition of Melville’s Flora of Harrow in 1876. This is followed by a systematic list based on Clapham, Tutin & Warburg’s Flora of the British Isles. Nearly 200 species of plants are noted from the area and Claytonia alsinoides, Symphytum orientale and Petasites japonicus are illustrated by line drawings.—
[D.H.K.]
21, Mippx. Westrup, A. W., 1954, Cranford Park Survey :—Botany, Lond. Nat., 33, 21-22. A short ecological account of the results of the first year’s work at Cranford Park —[D.H.K. |
22, Berks. & 24, Bucks. Hyde, M. B., 1954, Botanical records, 1953, Middle-Thames Nat., 6, 7.
23, Oxon. Warburg, E. F., 1954, Vegetation and flora, in Martin, A. F. & Steel, R. W., The Oxford Region: A Scientific and Historical Survey, 56-62.
25, E. SurronK. Anon, 1952-54, Observations: botany, Ann. Rep. Lowestoft F.C., 6, 192-194, 7, 225-226, and 8, 253-254.
25-26, SuFFoLK. Trist, P. J. O., 1954, Salt tolerant flora on the Suffolk marshes, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 147-148. The great sea floods of January 1953 inundated 16,000 acres of grassland and 4,400 of arable in Suffolk. Over much of the area the sea water lay for a fort- night, and in some places for five weeks. In many places it is now difficult to distinguish the grassland from the arable.
Since early June (1953) the marshes have produced an ever increas- ing crop of salt-tolerant weeds. The commonest of these include Atri- plex spp., Aster tripolium and Beta maritima. A list of all the plants observed is given.—[D.H.K. ]
25-26, SuFFoLK. Simpson, F. W., 1954, Notes and additions to the Flora of Suffolk, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 188-192.
32, NortHants. Allen, H. G., 1954, The Flora of the Parish of Braunston, J. Northants. N.H.S. & F.C., 33, 248-249. Gives a list of recent additions to the Avon District (District 1 of Druce’s Flora of Northants).—[A.E.W. ]
32, NortHants. Gilbert, J. L., 1954, Botanical Records, 1953, J. Northants. N.HS. & F.C., 33, 253.
33-34, Gios. Fleming, G. W. T. H., 1954, Phanerogams and vas- cular cryptogams, 1952, Proc. Cotteswold Nats. F.C., 31, 145-155. Gives new records for the county including many adventives from Bristol and Gloucester Docks.—[D.H.K. ]
526 ABSTRACTS FROM IITERATURE
36, Hererorp. Salt, A. E. W., 1954, Report on botany for 1952, Truns. Woolhope N.H.S., 34, 146-148. Includes a few new vice-county records.—[ D.H.K. } ‘
36, Herrerorp. Levy, B. G. F., 1954, Report on botany for 1953, Trans. Woolhope N.H.S., 34, 148-150. Includes a few new vice-county records.—[D.H.K. ]
37, Worcs. Hardaker, W. H., 1954, The botany of Worcestershire: appendix 2, Trans. Worcs. Nats. Club, 10, 328-340. Gives numerous additions to Amphlett & Rea’s Botany of Worcestershire, including many wool-aliens and other adventives.—[ D.H.K. ]
38, Warwick. Anon., 1954, Changes in the vegetation of a Rugby pond, 1946-1953, Rep. Rugby School N.H.S., 1953, 6-14.
38, Warwick. Dix, H. M., 1954, Gramineae of the Nature Reserve, Proc. Coventry & Distr. N.H. & Sci. Soc., 2, 232-236: Keys and de- scribes the grasses to be found at the Tile Hill Nature Reserve.— PD aEHaKe
38, Warwick. Hawkes, J. G. & Readett, R. C., 1954, The Warwick- shire County Flora revision: a new method of recording, Proc. Birming- ham N.H. & Phil. Soe., 18, 61-74. The history of past work on the Warwickshire flora is outlined, and the basic square method of record- ing for the proposed new Flora of the county is detailed. It is hoped eventually to be able to record the distribution of each species on a separate map. The account includes the suggested terms to indicate frequency as well as groups of species for which specimens will be needed to support a record.—[ D.H.K. ]
38, Warwick. King Edward VI Grammar School for Boys’ N.H.S., 1954, Brown’s Coppice: a survey. Birmingham. pp. 79. Price 5/-. An ecological account illustrated by maps, figures and photographs of a woodland area near Birmingham. Twelve pages of plants observed are
given.—[D.H.K. ]
39, SrarForD. Edees, E. S., 1953, Botany, Trans. d& Ann. Rep. N. Staffs. F'.C., 87, 68-80. An account of the more interesting plants found in Staffordshire during 1952, including details of the distribution of Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum, R. microphylla and their hybrid, and Narcissus pseudo-narcissus in the county.—[D.H.K. ]
39, STAFFORD. Edees, E. S., 1954, Plant Notes and Records for 1953, Trans. & Ann. Rep. N. Staffs. F.C., 88, 82-89. In addition to the usual new stational records there are notes on the occurrence of Cicuta virosa and Calamagrostis canescens in the county.—[ A.E.W.]
44, Carm. Barnes, M. & Vaughan, I. M., 1954, A preliminary sur- vey of Talley Pools, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 24-25.
= = 7
ABSTRACTS FROM IITERATURE Oi
45, Pems. Goodman, G. T. & Gillham, M. EH., 1954, Ecology of the Pembrokeshire Islands, 2. Skokholm, environment and vegetation, J. Ecol., 42. 296-327.
45, Pems. Rees, M., 1954, The vegetation of St. Margaret’s Island, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 24. A short note on the effect of the introduction of Soay Sheep on the vegetation of the island.—[D.H.K. }
45, Pems. Roberts, J. D. H., 1954, Weeds of forest nursery and plantation, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 26-27. <A short account ot the weed flora of Little Milford Nursery near Haverfordwest.— [D.H.K. ]
48, Mer. Benoit, P., 1954, The hmestone flora at Barmouth, Ann Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 25-26.
51, Frint, 58, CHesuireE & 59, S. Lanes. Savidge, J. P., 1954, Botanical records and notes, 1949-1953, Proc. Liverpool Nats. F.C., 1953, 12-18. Includes numerous records additional to C. T. Green’s Flora of the Liverpool Area (1933), and some new vice-county records. Reference is also made to the spread in Cheshire of some introduced species, particularly Acaena anserinifolia, Veronica filiformis and Im- patiens glandulifera.—[A.E.W. & D.H.K.]
53-54, Lincs. Gibbons, EK. J., 1954, Botany, Trans. Lines. Nats Union, 13, 185-187.
54, N. Lincs. Kirk, F. L., 1954, Outline study of the natural his- tory of Roughton Moor, Trans. Lincs. Nats. Union, 13, 175-179. <A study, which includes a short account of the flora, of Roughton Moor, near Woodhall Spa.—[D.H.K. ]
58, CHEsHirRE. McMillan, N. F., 1954, Botanical notes from Brom- borough, Cheshire, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 321.
59, S. Lancs. Hdmondson, T., 1954, Some flowering plants of the Leigh area of Lancashire, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 384-389. Includes an account of the flora of an industrial ash-tip.—[D.H.K. ]
60, W. Lancs. Holder, F. W., 1954, Changing flora of the south Lancashire dunes, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 141.
60, W. Lancs. Whellan, J. A., 1954, The present day flora of the sand-dunes at St. Annes, W. Lancs., v.c. 60, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 139- IAs
66, DurHAM. Harrison, J. W. Heslop & Richardson, J. A., 1954, Further investigations in the flora of the Magnesian Limestone area of Durham, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 12, 35-42.
528 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
66, DurHAM. Walton, T., 1954, May orchids in Durham, Vasc (Subst.), 39, 16.
66, DuRHAM & 68, CHEVIOTLAND. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, Records, flowering plants, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 9-10, 17-18 & 25-26.
71, Man. Allen, D. E. & Cowin, W.S., 1954, The flora and fauna of the Isle of Man and their geographical relationship, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 18-30.
86, Strrtine, 87, W. PertH. & 99, DunBaRTON. Patton, D., 1954, The botany of the area, Queen Elizabeth Forest Park Guide, 12-19 (Forestry Commission).
88, Mip PertH. Firsoff, V. A., 1954, In the hills of Breadalbane. London. Price 18/-. Contains numerous references to Ben Lawers and the arctic-alpine species of the area.—[D.H.K.]
90, Forrar. Roger, J. G., 1954, The Flora of Caenlochan, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 189-194.
105, W. Ross. Ribbons, B. W., 1954, A contribution to the Flora of Beinn Eighe Nature Reserve, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 230-265.
110, OurER Hepripes. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, Botanical investigations in the isles of Lewis, Harris, Taransay, Coppay and Shillay in 1953, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 11, 135-142. Includes a list of the introduced plants of the Inner and Outer Hebrides.— EDEL]
110, Ourtrr Hepsripes. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, Observations on the vascular plants of the Outer Hebrides made in 1954, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 12, 29-34.
H.26-27, Mayo. Gorham, E., 1954, The soils and vegetation of a western Irish relict woodland, J. Ecol., 42, 497-504.
H.34-385, Donecau. Stelfox, A. W., 1954, The ‘‘Scottish’’? element in the flora of Co. Donegal, Irish Nat. J., 11, 220-228.
ECOLOGICAL (See also TOPOGRAPHICAL)
AICHINGER, E., 1954, Statiseche und dynamische Betrachtung in der pflanzensoziologischen Forschung, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel. Ziirich, 29, 9-28.
Corttiton, R., 1953, Les progrés de Vlasséchement de quelques lagunes et étangs de la région maritime finistérienne conséquences sur appauvrissement de la flora, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bret., 26, 81-92. A num-
cs
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 529
ber of pools, creeks, marshes, lagoons, etc. in the process of drying out on the Finisterian coast are reviewed from the point of view of loss cf plant species. The greatest number of species in the process of disap- pearing are of the circumboreal element (all those listed occur in the British Isles).—[EK.B.B. ]
DavuBEnMIRE, R. F., 1954, Vegetation classification, Verdff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 29-34.
Davin, F. N. & Moors, P. G., 1954, Notes on contagious distribu- tions in plant populations, Ann. Bot., 18, 47-53.
Duptessis, L., 1952, Observations botaniques; effets des oscillations climatiques dans le répartition des végétaux, Bull. Trim. Union Soc. France d’ Hist. Nat., 3, 77-78. Some sandy areas in the Seine valley had been affected by the dry period from 1940-50. By 1952 the areas had recovered and some interesting associations, the principal species
being listed, had colonised the bare ground.—[D.H.K. ]
Durin, L., 1954, Apercu général sur la végétation de la Forét de Mormal, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belge, 86, 247-254. <A brief ecological account of the vegetation of an ancient carbon forest, mainly damp pedunculate-oakwood.—[E.B.B. |
Gams, H., 1954, Vegetations systematik als Endziel oder Verstindi- gungsmittel P, Verdff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 35-40.
GrossE-BrAucKMANN, G., 1954, Untersuchungen iiber die Okologie, besonders der Wasserhaushalt, von Ruderalgesellschaften, Vegetatio, 4, 245-283.
Hopkins, B., 1954, A new method for determining the type of dis- tribution of plant individuals, Ann. Bot., 18, 213-227. The method depends on linear measurements between random points and adjacent individuals, and between adjacent pairs of individuals. Tts results compare favourably with those of the current methods when tested on synthetic and natural populations. The method is quicker than the quadrat methods and is especially useful for analysing the distribution of trees.—[ Author’s summary. ]
Mevuset, H., 1954, Uber die umfassende Aufgabe der Pflanzengeo- graphie, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 68-80.
NorpwacEn, R., 1954, Vegetation units in the mountain areas of Scandinavia, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 81-95.
Ovineton, J. D., 1954, Studies of the development of woodland con- ditions under different trees, 2. The forest floor, 7. Hcol., 42, 71-80.
530 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Passarce, H., 1953-54, Waldgesellschaften des mittel-deutschen Trockengebietes. Fortsezung 1: Die Traubeneichen-Buchen-walder des Berghtigellandes (Querceto-Luzuletum nemorosae), Arch. Forstw., 2, 182-208: 2. Die Eschen-Feldulmenwalder (Verband: Alneto-Ulmion). op. cit., 2, 340-383: 3. Fortsetzung und Schluss, op. cit., 2, 532-551.
Rostnson, P., 1954, The distribution of plant populations, Ann. Bot., 18, 35-45.
ScHWICKERATH, M., 1954, Lokale Charakterarten—geographische Differentiar larten, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 96-104.
Ssors, H., 1954, Slatterangar i Grangarde Finnmark, Acta Phyt. Suecica, 34, 3-136. Studies on the fiora of meadows in Grangarde, Dalarna, Sweden.—[D.H.K. ]
SouTHERN, H. N., 1954, If rabbits should disappear, Country Life, 115, 1024-1026. Surveys the changes in plant succession which may occur in the event of the rabbit population of Britain being greatly reduced by myxomatosis. It is thought that a richer ground vegetation would replace the bare grassy areas seen in many rabbit-haunted wood- lands and that on acid moorlands Calluna would re-establish itself over large areas which have been invaded by grasses. On grassland, however, the outlook is not so clear.—[ D.H.K.]
Tuvy, J., 1954, Reconnaissance vegetation survey of certain hill grazings in the southern uplands, Scot. Geogr. Mag., 70, 21-33.
VaLeEK, B., 1954, Pody porostu Molinia coerulea (W. Koch) vztah k pudam ostatnich raselinnych porostu, Preslia, 26, 385-414.
ZoLuER, H., 1954, Die Arten der Bromus erectus-Wiesen des Schwei- zer Juras, Verdéff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 28, 1-283.
ZONDERWIUK, P., 1954, Voorne’s duingebied een dorado voor de florist, De Levende Natuur, 57, 85-89.
ZWILLENBERG, L. O. & Dr Wirt, R. J., 1952, Observations sur le Rosmarineto-Lithospermetum schoenetosum du Bas-Languedoc, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 310-323.
HISTORICAL
Anon., 1954, Botany in the University of Glasgow: 250th Anniver- sary, Nature, 174, 10-12. Gives a short history of botany in the Univer- sity of Glasgow from 1704 to date, and an account of the 250th Anni- versary celebrations of the Department on June 15, 1954.—[D.H.K.]
Bratp, K. W., 1954, Dr. James Cargill—an early Aberdeen botanist, Glasgow Nat., 17, 127-128.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 531
Bryk, F., 1954, Bibliographia Linnaeana Genera Plantarum per- tinens, Taxon, 3, 174-183.
Curaruci, A., 1953, Le date di fondazione dei primi orti botanici del mondo, Nuov. Giorn. Bot..Ital., 60, 785-839. The dates of the foundation of the oldest Botanical Gardens are not well known. Their history is discussed and it is concluded that the chronology of the foundation of University Botanic Gardens in the world is 1, Pisa, 1534: 2, Padua, July 1545: 3, Florence, December, 1545.—[D.H.K. ]
Packer, M. St. J., 1954, The life of John Stuart Mill. London. Price 42/-. Gives several references to the botanical activities of J. 5. Mill.—[D.H.K. ]
PaszEwskI, A., 1954, Poglady Linneusza na powstawanie gatunkow, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 195-215. A discussion upon Linnaeus’s views of the origin of plant species.—[D.H.K. ]
Patton, D., 1954, The British herbarium of the Botanical Depart- ment of Glasgow University, Glasgow Nat., 17, 105-126. A detailed account of the collections preserved at Glasgow University, including biographical data on some of the collectors —[D.H.K. ]
Stmmonps, A., 1954, The history of the Royal Horticultural Society, J. Roy. Hort. Soc., 79, 457-488.
Warp, B. T., 1954, The herbaria of the Essex Field Club, Essex Nat., 29, 187-195. A historical account of the collections of the Essex Field Club at Stratford. Biographical information on the various collectors is also included.—[D.H.K. |
PALAEOBOTANY Conway, V. M., 1954, Stratigraphy and pollen analysis of southern Pennine blanket peats, J. Ecol., 42, 117-147.
MitcHett, G. F., 1954, The Late-Glacial flora of Iceland, Dani. Geol. Unders., 2, 74-86.
Pant, D. D., 1954, Suggestions for the classification and nomen- clature ot fossil species and pollen grains, Bot. Rev., 20, 33-60.
TALLANTIRE, P. A. 1954, Old Buckenham Mere: Data for the study of Post-Glacial history, 13, New Phyt., 53, 131-139.
HERBARIUM & LABORATORY TECHNIQUE Dunn, D. B., 1954, A method of mounting pressed flowers for study and preservation, Rhodora, 56, 258-260.
Fisuer, F. J. F., 1954, Use of an iris diaphragm for simplifying emasculation technique in Ranunculus, New Phyt., 53, 541.
O32 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Traus, H. P., 1954, PDB in plastic envelopes for pest control in the small herbarium, Taxon, 3, 84-88. Directions are given for storing herbarium specimens with the needed quantity of p-dichlorobenzene for the destruction of insect mites and related pests in sealed Saran film pouches or envelopes. These pouches are durable, transparent, easy to seal, and possess a low gas transmission rate so that pesticidal vapours will be retained sufficiently long to kill any pests present.
The method is recommended for the worker with a small herbarium, and for those who receive herbarium specimens on loan, and who do not have access to the standard facilities for herbarium pest control.— { Author’s summary. |
Wipper, F., 1954, Herbartechnik (1): Alte und neue Pflanzenpres- sen, Phyton, 5, 228-233. A short account of the history and develop- ment of the plant press.—[ D.H.-K. |
MISCELLANEOUS ANDERSON, IK. & Sresains, G. L., 1954, Hybridization as an evolu- tionary mechanism, Hvolution, 8, 378-388.
AnvERSON, Mrs. M. S., 1954, Some problems involved in the map- ping of biological distributions, The cartographical presentation of bio- logical distributions (Royal Geographical Society): a symposium with the Systematics Association, 15-18.
Awnon., 1954, Mapping British wild flowers, Country Life, 115, 1114. A short popular account of the B.S.B.I. Maps Project.—[D.H.K. |
Becuerer, A., 1954, Fortschritte in der Systematik und Floristik der Schweizerflora (Gefasspflanzen) in den Jahren 1952 und 1953, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 64, 355-389.
Bonactna, L. C. W., 1954, British trees in relation to climate and soil, Trees, 17, 190-192 & 197.
Burma, B. H., 1954, Reality, existence, and classification: a discus- sion of the species problem, Madrofio, 12, 193-209.
Coutty, J., 1954, Biological control, Discovery, 15, 315-320. Cramer, P. J. S., 1954, Chimeras, Bibl. Gen., 16, 193-381.
Datiman, A. A., 1954, Local plant names, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 321- 322. Gives a short list of Staffordshire plant names.—[D.H.K.]
Daruineton, C. D., 1954, The place of botany in the life of a Univer- sity: Inaugural lecture. pp. 24. Oxford. Price 2/6.
Davipson, J. F., 1954, A dephlogisticated species concept, Madrofio, 12, 246-251.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Doo
DiutEMAN, G., 1954, Lhybridation interspécifique naturelle, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, 36-87. Recent work on hybridisation, an exten- sive bibliography of which is given, is reviewed and discussed. The conditions necessary for, and the barriers to, hybridisation are given in detail and the theme developed through the relationships of hybridity to evolution and cytogenetics to its effect on taxonomy and systematics. —[E.B.B.]
Downs, R. A., 1954, Weed control on roadside verges, Proc. Brit. Weeds Control Conf., 1953, 407-411. An account of roadside spraying and other control experiments carried out in Gloucestershire.—[ D.H.K. |
Epurn, H. L., 1954, Cornish wood-names and tree-names, Forestry, 27, 147-148.
Erprman, G., 1954, Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, Bot. Not., 1954, 65-81.
Gitmour, J. S. L. & Harrison, J. Hestor, 1954, The deme ter- minology and the units of micro-evolutionary change, Genetica, 27, 147- 161. The authors put forward proposals for a new terminology to cover what may be called ‘‘micro-evolutionary change’ and the relation- ship between such units and the categories of biological taxonomy.—
[D.H.K.]
Grosz, J. D., 1954, Historian of flowers, Countryman, 49, 358-356. The author gives an excellent short account of the many and varied difficulties which may be encountered by would-be compilers of County Floras.—[D.H.K. ]
GuitcHER, J. M. & Noatiies, R. H., 1954, The hidden life of flowers. London. 5/-. A booklet mainly of photographs, which depict various stages in the development of a number of plants. The text of J. M. Guilcher has been translated from the original French.—[D.H.K. ]
Harrison, J. Hestor, 1954, The nature of plant species, Nature, 174, 245-247. An account of the B.S.B.I. Conference held in London in April 1954.—[D.H.K. ]
Harrison, J. Hestorp & Wess, D. A., 1954, An atlas of plant-distri- bution in the British Isles, Irish Nat. J., 11, 201-203. An account of the B.S.B.I. Maps Project.—[D.H.K. ]
HASKELL, G., 1954, Chromosomes and plant ecology, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 9-17.
HespitcH, G. A., 1954, B.E.N.A. Inquiries in 1953—Botanical, Country-side, 17, 66-69. Summarises studies on Papaver rhoeas, Galiwm cruciata and Linaria vulgaris by members of the British Empire Natur- alists’ Association. In Papaver rhoeas variants showed differences in
534 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
petal colour, absence of dark centre, white edges to petals, hairs pressed closely to the stem, hairs which are crimson or golden yellow. In Galium cruciata there are variant plants which lack the usual hairy clothing, plants with leaves having marginal hairs, and hairs confined to midrib and underside only, whole plant exceptionally hairy: Linaria vulgaris variations included prostrate plants, plants with flowers half the usual size and pale and peloric forms.—[ D.H.K. ]
Hyper, H. A., 1953, Atmospheric pollen studies in Great Britain in their relation to the pollen-analysis of Post-Glacial deposits, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 882-883.
Just, T., 1954, Generic synopses and their role in modern botanical research, Taxon, 3, 201-202.
KasaHara, Y., 1954, Studies on the weeds of arable land in Japan, with special reference to kinds of harmful weeds, their geographic dis- tribution, abundance, life-length, origin and history, Ber. Ohara Inst. landwirtschaftlhiche Biol. Okayama Univ., 10, 72-109. Many plants also found as weeds in Britain are included in this account of the weed flora of Japan.—[D.H.K. ]
Kasastan, L., 1954, A comparison of the effects of MCPA and 2, 4D on annual weeds, Proc. Brit. Weeds Control Conf., 1953, 74-80. Alter- native methods for controlling Atriplex patula, Matricaria spp., Papaver rhoeas, Polygonum vpersicaria, Ranunculus arvensis, Raphanus raphanmstrum, Simapis arvensis and Spergula are discussed and com- pared.—[ D.H.K. ]
Knapp, R., 1953, Uber Zusammenhinge zwischen Polyploidie, Ver- breitung, systematischer und soziologischer Stellung von Pflanzenarten in Mitteleuropa, Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm. u. Vererb. Lehre, 85, 163-179.
Le Brun, P., 1954, Principales acquisitions de la flore frang¢aise depuis 1854, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, Suppl., 47-58. A summary of the additions recorded for the French flora during the past 100 years. These comprise about 3800 species, excluding such critical genera as Rubus, Rosa and Hieracitum. The records are dealt with by natural areas and not administrative divisions.—[{ E.B.B.]
Love, A., 1954, Cytotaxonomical remarks on some American species of Cireumpolar taxa, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 48, 211-232. The American and European races of the following species are discussed :—Phyllitis scolopendrium, Potamogeton perfoliatus, Glyceria maxima, Eleocharis quinquefolia, Carex echinata, Chenopodium hybridum, Pentaphylloides (Potentilla) fruticosa, Potentilla norvegica, Lathyrus palustris, Myrio- phyllum spicatum and Galium boreale.—[{D.H.K.]
v
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE at
~
Love, A., 1954, Cytotaxonomical evaluation of corresponding taxa, Vegetatio, 6, 212-224.
Mason, H. L., 1954, Migration and evolution in plants, Madrono, 12, 161-169.
Marutrson, A., 1953, Some observations on the defoliation of trees, Acta Hort. Berg., 16, 241-255.
Meroatre, C. R., 1954, An anatomist’s views on angiosperm classi- fication, Kew Bull., 1954, 427-440.
Miuuer, P., 1954, Verbreitungsbiologie der Bliitenpflanzen, Verdjf. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 30, 1-152. 7
Miunrzine, A., 1953, Polyploidernas ekologi, Kungl. Lantbr. Akad. Tidskr., 92, 119-130.
Nyeren, A., 1954, Apomixis in the angiosperms, 2, Bot. Rev., 20, 577-649. Studies on apomixis in numerous genera are discussed and summarised. Taxa discussed in detail include Ranunculus, Potentilla, Deschampsia and Poa.—|[D.H.K. |
PEARSALL, W. H., 1954, Growth and production, Adv. Sci., 11, 232- 241.
PickarD, J. I. (the late), 1953-54, Altitudinal range of British plants, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 452, 601-602 & 2, 141, 323 & 462. Records are given from a copy of A. Wilson’s ‘‘Altitudinal Range of British Plants’’ annotated by the late J. F. Pickard. Additional data and some ex- tensions of vertical range are included.—[D.H.K. |
Pieorr, C. D. & Waters, S. M., 1954, On the interpretation of the discontinuous distributions shown by certain British species of open habitats, J. Hcol., 42, 95-116. The interpretation of the relict distri- butions of many British species has been confused by attempts to apply in an uncritical manner the hypothesis of Pre-Glacial survival. It is stressed that a considerable number of these species achieved a wide distribution in the Late-Glacial period, preceding the spread of forests; they have since been eliminated by forest and bog competition and the natural sequence of soil development from all areas except those with peculiarly favourable ecological conditions. Such species, in fact, occur in fragmentary relict communities. On the retreat of the ice, extensive areas were left with steep slopes, cliffs and immature soils, supplying just the conditions for the spread and survival of relict types. With the northward advance of the forest line, areas more or less free of trees and with suitable edaphic conditions very probably remained even in the south of the British Isles. Removal by solifluction of the Pre-Glacial soils from the scarp slopes of the chalk and limestone hills may well have allowed these regions to have remained treeless for a
536 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE -
very much longer period into the Post-Glacial than the neighbouring level clayland and plateau areas, where the soils were left largely intact. The types of habitat which have, it is presumed, continuously provided a soil of sufficient base status, and could never, even in the forest maximum, have carried closed woodland over the whole of their present extent, include mountains above the tree limit, cliffs and screes, river gorges and alluvium, sand dunes, shallow soils over chalk and lme- stones, and certain marsh and fen communities. It is in such habitats that the relict species occur. Scleranthus perennis, Veronica spicata, Senecio integrifolius, Inula salicina, Linosyris vulgaris, Hypochoeris maculata, Carex ericetorum, C. humilis and Sesleria caerulea are selected for special discussion.—[D.E.A. ]
Potuntn, N., 1954, Vascular plants common to the Arctic and the British Isles, Nature, 173, 816-817.
Rickett, H. W., 1954, Materials for a dictionary of botanical terms, 1, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 81, 1-15. Discusses the terms glabrous, glab- rate, glabrescent, pubescence (pubescent), villose (villous), pilose, hir- sute, hispid, strigose, oval, ovate, elliptic(al), ellipsoid(al) and oblong, and their usage in taxonomic literature: 2, op. cit., 81, 188-198. The terms receptacle, torus, hypanthium, peduncle, pedicel, bract, bracteole and prophyll are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
RutTIsHAvUSER, A., 1953, Sexuality and apospory in some pseudoga- mous plants, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 328-329.
SancHEz-Monesr, E., 1954, El tamano de las poblaciones en la mejora de plantas, An. Est. Exper. Aula Dei, 3, 233-246. Formulae and tables are given for the calculation of the minimal size of a plant population obtained in a breeding process, in order to have a certain level of prob- ability of obtaining a determined genotype or phenotype in a certain generation.—[D.H.K. }
SHannon, EH. L., 1954, The production of root hairs by aquatic plants, Amer. Midl. Nat., 50, 474-479.
SniypERS, W. G. F., 1954, Biological problems connected with the draining of the Zuiderzee, School Sci. Rev., 1954, 237-245. An account, illustrated by maps, of the changes in the flora and fauna of the Zuider- zee area brought about by drainage schemes.—[ D.H.K. ]
Troup, L. C., 1954, The afforestation of chalk downland, Forestry, 27, 135-144.
Turritt, W. B., 1953,. The taxonomic importance of hybridization, Jahrb. Biol. Inst. Sarajevo, 5, 429-436.
TurrRILL, W. B., 1954, Hybrids and evolution in flowering plants, Sct. Progress, 1954, 15-31.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 537
TurRILL, W. B., 1954, Mapping the ranges and distribution of taxo-
nomic groups of plants, The Cartographical Presentation of Biological
Distributions (Royal Geographical Society): a symposium with the Systematics Association, 1-7.
U.N.E.S.C.O., 1954, Bibliography of interlingual scientific and techmeal dictionaries. Paris. H.M.S.O. 10/10 post free. Gives refer- ences to a number of interlingual botanical dictionaries and glossaries. —[D.H.K.]
VaartasA, O., 1954, Photoperiodic ecotypes of trees, Canad. J. Bot., 32, 392-399.
VALENTINE, D. H., 1953, Interspecific compatibility and hybrid fer- tility as taxonomic criteria, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., 285-286.
Van Oostroom, S. J. & RetcHGeLtr, T. J., 1954, Nieuwe planten- soorten en vormen in Nederland gevonden in 1953, De Levende Natuur, 57, 232-234.
Van Oostroom, S. J. & Retcuertr, T. J., 1954, Nieuwe vondsten van zeldzame planten in Nederland in 1953, De Levende Natuur, 57, 234-239.
Wiuratts, EK. C., 1954, The cartographer’s contribution, The Carto- graphical Presentation of Biological Distribution, 19-28. (See also TuRRILL, W. B.)
O38 FIELD MEETING, 1993
FIELD MEETING, 1953
AUGUST Ist-8th, 1953. LAKE DISTRICT Leader: G. Witson
At the 1948 Conference the Brains Trust recommended botanising ‘‘Alone for concentration, with an organised party for education, but ideally, with two or three friends’’. The second of these can be fully endorsed by members of the ‘‘Junior’’ meeting of 1953 which brought together university students, post-graduates and senior Grammar School students in the Lancashire area of the Lake District. We were happy to have with us Dr. Dony, who had organised the meeting and dealt with the booking of accommodation at five Hostels, and Mr. G. Wilson, well-known as a botanist in the Barrow-in-Furness district. He had planned an itinerary which gave a surprising variety of types of vegetation in a district generally dominated by moorland, character- istic of the mountains and high rainfall of N.W. England. As a focus for our activities, Mr. Wilson had prepared lists of plants which had not been recorded for 40 years or more in the localities named, but which were believed to exist there. The weather was kind, enabling us to complete the programme with only a few minor alterations. After supper each evening the day’s collections and records were dealt with.
August Ist. Nine members of the party assembled at Hawkshead Youth Hostel in the late afternoon and, after signing in, we took a stroll to the shores of Esthwaite Water, noting the profusion of Clay- tonia alsinoides in the shade of trees and hedgerow, Lotus uliginosus and Sangutsorba officinalis and many characteristic semi-aquatics be- fore returning to the hostel where we were joined by two more of the party.
August 2nd. In glorious sunny weather the party assembled at the bridge over Black Beck and met Miss Duncan of the British Fresh Water Biological Association station at Ferry House (Dr. Lund having been prevented from coming). Miss Duncan set off with most of the party to search for Naias flexilis and the elusive Hydrilla lithuanica and Potamogeton spp. in the tarn. Dr. Dony and I explored some marshy ground near Priest’s Pot awaiting Mr. Wilson who had to travel from Barrow-in-Furness. During the day we all had a chance to explore the tarn and the well-known marsh at the north end of Ksthwaite Water. For those who had not seen Lobelia dortmanna before, it was disappointing that it had finished flowering; Navas flexilis and Nitella translucens were found, but not Hydrilla lithuanica. In the late afternoon we thanked Miss Duncan for her valuable assist- ance and sent our thanks to Dr. Lund for the use of the boat.
FIELD MEETING, 1953 539
Having some hours before dinner, the party walked to Sawley, famous as the home of Beatrix Potter. Rubus idaeus was common along the roadside and Meconopsis cambrica and Sedum anglicum were seen. A preliminary survey of Colthouse Top and the three tarns showed very different vegetation—bracken and heather, pine-wood and acid tarns; Peplis portula in ruts, Euphrasia micrantha, H. nemorosa, Isolepis setacea, Drosera rotundifolia and Pinguicula vulgaris were seen on the ascent. Near Coltwith Myrrhis odorata, Chenopodium bonus-henricus, Lycium halimifoium and Spiraea salicifolia emphasised man’s influence on the vegetation.
August 3rd was again fine and hot and members made a rapid survey of Hawkshead before climbing on to Coltwith Heights. Several species of fern common in the area were found in a wood near Coltwith —Thelypteris phegopteris, T. dryopteris, T. oreopteris, Dryopteris aus- triaca, Athyrium filix-femina and Blechnum spicant. Aphanes micro- carpa was found in a pasture. (Second record for v.-c. 69.—S.M.W.) Rucksacks were left by the boathouse on Wise E’en Tarn and the party divided to explore the two tarns amid moorland dominated by Pteri- dium, Molinia, Calluna and Myrica gale, having typical acid vegeta- tion except for a small inflow stream from the south which contained Eleocharis quinqueflorus (pauciflora) indicative of basic soil; this was compared with FH. multicaulis from Wise H’en and E. palustris subsp. palustris found nearby. After lunch, we passed through the Forestry Commission plantations to the shore of Windermere, recording Dryop- teris borrert and Ceterach officinarum var. crenatum. Amongst the marsh flora of the lake edge were Lysimachia terrestris, L. ciliata, Serratula tinctoria, Hypericum androsaemum and a form of Galeopsis tetrahit which was seen frequently during the week. Towards Upper Wray, Impatiens parviflora and Thalictrum minus subsp. majus were seen. Welcome refreshments were obtained at Upper Wray before we dispersed to Elterwater, Ambleside, Hawkshead and Barrow for the night.
August 4th. A doubtfully fine morning gave way to the only wet day of the meeting, but more than this rain was needed to damp our enthusiasm and. the programme continued as planned. Crossbills were seen in conifers en route to the rendezvous at Colwith Bridge where we saw luxuriant plants of Impatiens glandulifera. In the oak wood on the Lancashire bank of the River Brathy, mosses attracted our atten- tion before we succeeded ‘in finding the moss-like Hymenophyllum wil- soni. A few members examined a marshy area of coppiced Alnus gluti- nosa, Betula pubescens and Salix atrocinerea, dominated by Juncus acutiflorus and containing several Carices.
At High Tilberthwaite Farm, Circaea intermedia is plentiful and the alien Hpilobium pedunculare is colonising the rubble of the slate quarries leading to Tilberthwaite Ghyll. The mountain flora of the rock ledges added several plants not met earlier in the week: Festuca ovina var. vivipara, Melica nutans, Sazifraga aizoides, Hieracium
540 FIELD MEETING, 1953
vulgatum, H. bladoni, Asplentum viride and Polystichum lobatum. An intensive search for Oxyria digyna was unsuccessful. Planned work finished, the party spread out along the track to Coniston. Lycopodium alpinum, L. clavatum, LD. selago and Selaginella selaginoides were col- lected on the final stage.
August 5th. A few miles by bus to Torver gave the party a good start to the day. The first halt was at Torver Beck, a fast-flowing mountain stream which has cut deep into the Pteridiuwm-covered slates. Here we found Sazifraga aizoides, S. stellaris, Chrysosplenaum oppositi- folium, Parnassia palustris and Hymenophyllum wilson. Reluctantly we left the ghyll and continued to cross the Nardus-covered mountain slope to Goat Water where we lunched in the inadequate shelter of boulders. Dr. Dony returned to Coniston whilst we climbed Dow Crag, noting the varied flora of the small streams in the Festucetum and remaining just long enough on the summit to find Silene maritima, Salix herbacea and Vaccinium. vitis-idaea in the scanty vegetation amid the loose rocks. The descent into the Duddon Valley was more rapid, the form of Galeopsis tetrahit was again seen by the roadside; some time was spent in a wet oak-birch wood grading to drier ground before tea at Newfield Inn. The hostellers travelled by the R. Duddon through an old oak-birch wood with a rich ground layer of ferns, very similar to the woods of W. Ireland. Fine plants of Huphrasia montana were found near the hostel.
August 6th. Throughout a cloudy morning we followed the track through Calluna, Pteridiwm and Nardus to the N. end of Seathwaite reservoir, now a dense stand of Juncus acutiflorus and Carex rostrata with Sphagnum spp. Lunch was eaten early below the cloud-bar. Above this the Nardetum was replaced by Festucetum amongst scree and flushes rich with Montia fontana subsp. fontana, Saxifraga stellaris and Chrysosplenium. oppositifolium. It was disappointing that the cloud and cold winds discouraged any lengthy exploration of the summits of Coniston Old Man, Brim Fell and Dow Crag. Dr. Dony was waiting for us near Low Water where we shed our rucksacks and searched the cliffs above the tarn for Juniperus communis var. nana. Most striking was the luxuriant vegetation in a narrow flush containing 20 species, including Trolliws ewropaeus, Sedum rosea, Cochlearia officinalis, Rumer acetosa, Luzula sylvatica and Solidago virgaurea. Dr. Dony and James Cadbury visited a bog off the Walna Scar track to see Utricularia inter- media in flower.
August 7th. For our last day in the field we climbed to Tarn Hows, an artificial tarn and well-known beauty spot, but more interesting was the smaller Wharton Tarn nearby, where Nymphaea alba, Lobelia dortmanna and Potamogeton polygonifolius grow in the deep water; the water table was obviously lower than usual since Utricularia inter- media lay out of water on the peat; Drosera rotundifolia and D. inter-
i p>
FIELD MEETING, 1953 ; 541
media were flowering with Rhynchospora alba, Carex rostrata and C. panicea. Mr. Wilson found one plant of Scutellaria minor, one of our list of not-recently-recorded plants. During tea Mr. Wilson was thanked for his preparation and leadership of an adventure which had proved so varied, interesting and instructive. Then we collected our rucksacks and travelled by bus to Ambleside.
That the week had been a success was beyond doubt; our finds of rare and not recently recorded plants may have been few, but the wealth of botanical experience gained and the joy of botanising with others was immeasurable. Detailed lists of specific habitats were made and these will be sent to Dr. S. M. Walters for the Distribution Maps Scheme. Whilst a catholic interest was characteristic of the party, several members elected to record certain groups of personal interest ; Pteridophytes, Alchemilla, Erica, Euphrasia and Carices.
MarGARET E. BRADSHAW.
542 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
MAY Ist and 2nd, 1954. WEST NORFOLK Leader: KE. L. Swann
For the opening Field Meeting of the 1954 season thirty-five members and guests attended. The party assembled on the evening of Friday, 380th April, where they were welcomed by Dr. Petch and the leader in the Riverside Room of St. George’s Guildhall, King’s Lynn. A briet outline of the geology of the district was given and members were invited to assist in listing the species of two small areas of woodland on the boulder clay of central Norfolk and the ephemeral flora of some West Norfolk ‘breckland’.
For this purpose record-cards were provided. These proved most successful for, thanks to the members’ co-operation, no fewer than 153 species were listed. These included not only the flowering plants of the spring-phase of woodland but also vegetative and fruiting species. To have such permanent records will prove of value to the Distribution- Maps Scheme and to the authors of the West Norfolk Flora and for the revision of the county Flora.
Saturday, June lst, was spent in visiting Horningtoft and Rawhall woods in central Norfolk. Although not noted for extensive woodlands, the greatest concentration occurs in the centre of the county and the Parish Awards trace both the areas visited back to 1790. They are classified as coppice with standards and it is the periodical ecutting-over in conjunction with the shorter duration of the shade-phase of the two dominant trees, oak and ash, and the medium clay soil, which provide such a varied and luxuriant field-laver. Whilst outside the woods the ravages of the recent ‘‘blackthorn-winter’’ were all too evident, in the woods members were delighted with the magnificent show of Anemone nemorosa, Hndymion non-scriptus, Oxalis acetosella, Primula vulgaris, and the violets, V. reichenbachiana and V. riviniana. Other plants worthy of mention include Asperula odorata, Calamagrostis epigejos, Convallaria majalis, Epilobium adenocaulon, Hypericum hirsutum, Tuzula pilosa, L. sylvatica, Melampyrum cristatum, M. pratense, Melica uniflora, Ophioglossum vulgatum, Paris quadrfolia, Platanthera chlorantha, Poa nemoralis, Prunus spinosa var. macrocarpa, Salix aurita x caprea, Viola riviniana var. nemorosa, and the hybrid V’. reichenbachiana XxX riviniana.
Rawhall was visited after lunch but proved to be very similar although larger, with a, considerable amount of impenetrable under- growth. Seedlings of Melampyrum cristatum were found and Hyperi- cum hirsutum was abundant with a very few plants of Paris quadrifolia,
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 543
Tea was taken at the Crown Hotel, Fakenham, and on the return journey to King’s Lynn a brief halt was made at Houghton, where the head-gamekeeper to the Marquess of Cholmondeley escorted the party through the well-managed woodland. By the lakeside a large planted colony of Acorus calamus was seen. Other plants noted were Primula veris, P. vulgaris and its var. caulescens, and the hybrid P. veris x vulgaris.
Sunday, June 2nd, was spent in the West Norfolk ‘breckland’ but bad weather unfortunately curtailed the day’s programme. A stop was made at Cockley Cley to see Carex ericetorum in some quantity by the roadside on chalk grassland and later in the day it was seen on Weeting Brecks. A longer stay was made at Santon. Although largely planted by the Forestry Commission there is an interesting chalk-pit sloping down to the narrow alluvium bordering the Little Ouse. A few remaining colonies of the pansy, Viola tricolor subsp. curtisii, were seen along the railway embankment and other plants included Teesdalia nudicaulis, Descurainia sophia, Vicia lathyroides, Lathyrus sylvestris, Hypochoeris glabra, Taraxacum laevigatum and Inula conyza. Although recorded as occurring in West Norfolk there are no recent records for the Veronacas—verna, triphyllos, and praecox—and in spite of extended search in likely ground both here and at Ringmere none was found. As Arthur Bennett recorded V. verna as abundant at Santon Warren in 1880 it seems that the extensive planting of coni- fers has brought about the disappearance of this plant.
The last station to be visited after lunch was the prehistoric flint- mines known as Grime’s Graves at Weeting. On the adjacent heath- land, in addition to Carex ericetorum, Tillaea muscosa was seen on the tracks growing with an abundance of dwarfed Aphanes microcarpa. The meeting concluded with tea taken at the Crown Hotel, Mundford. The kindness of those members with private cars who provided spare seats was much appreciated and we are grateful to the landowners who allowed us free access to their land.
E. L. Swann.
JUNE 5th to 7th, 1954. SOUTHPORT (LANCS.) Leader: D. E. ALLEN
Twenty-e:tht members and guests attended this meeting, which was primarily designed as an introduction to that botanical Mecca, the South Lancashire sand dunes. It was not expected that anything new would be discovered in so well-worked an area and so early in the year, but fortunately this scepticism proved unjustified. Several important new records were made and some puzzling hybrids given the closer atten- tion which they deserved. In addition, the Nature Conservancy was re- presented at the meeting by Dr. EK. Evans and some valuable work was done in connection with the scheme to set aside part of the dunes be- tween Ainsdale and Freshfield as a Nature Reserve.
HA4 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
The party assembled on the evening of Friday, June 4th, at the headquarters, the Scarisbrick Hotel, where the leader gave a short in- troductory talk on the history and flora of the dunes and outlined the plans for the week-end. The following morning a start was made in perfect weather to Hillside Station, where several local members who had travelled in by train were waiting. The party then made for the dunes. In the very first slack we were lucky enough to find early flower- ing examples of two of the dune specialities, Orchis strictifolia subsp. coccinea and Pyrola rotundifolia subsp. maritima. Arenaria lepto- clados, Rhinanthus stenophyllus and an abundance of Poa pratensis subsp. subcaerulea were also noted. Further along a hitherto unnoticed patch of Hpipactis phyllanthes (very rare at the far northern end of the dunes) was encountered, as well as a single tiny plant of Botrychium lunaria. A small clump of Sieglingia decumbens, in its only known station on the coastal dunes, was inspected and Orchis praetermissa and Ranunculus trichophyllus subsp. drouetii were found close by. Hybrids between Hrodium cicutarium and EF. glutinosum were also noticed on bare sandy ground.
The party then passed through a series of wetter slacks covered with Salix repens, visiting one of the two surviving colonies of Juncus bal- ticus on the way. Potentilla reptans and P. anglica seemed rather sur- prising species to be growing in the peat, where they were accompanied by the remains of hybrid swarms between Cardamine pratensis and C. polemonioides, though pure specimens of the latter were only seen later, at Ainsdale and Freshfield. A Hieraciwm of the H. exotericum aggre- gate was collected on a low grassy ridge; and specimens of Vicia angusti- folia with very large magenta flowers, perhaps the true native form, were also much admired. JTLittorella uniflora was found in abundance in a damp sandy hollow and Lathyrus latifolius and Rosa rugosa noted as escapes before the road down to Ainsdale Beach was eventually sighted. | Here several more members were waiting to join the main party, including Mr. W. G. Travis, editor of the forthcoming Flora of South Lancashire and one of the Society’s oldest members, who was for- tunately able to be present for a few hours.
Lunch was eaten while we contemplated a large patch of a Juncus which has mystified local botanists since 1933. A hybrid between J. balticus and J. effusus is the general opinion; if so, this plant would appear to be new to science. <A second doubtful Juncus, found in 1951, grows in a slack about half a mile to the north and was visited on the following day; this one reaches five or six feet in height and may be a hybrid between J. balticus and J. inflexus, though these two species are not at present found nearer than half a mile from one another. Both plants are being studied by Professor P. W. Richards.
In the afternoon the party split up, some remaining to investigate Ainsdale Slacks, where Pedicularis palustris was plentiful alongside the star-like flowers of Caltha palustris var. qguerangerii, while others pressed on to Woodvale. tolden sheets of Lotus corniculatus, backed by the glaucous foliage of Salix repens subsp. argentea pushing up
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 545
through the sand, presented an unusually fine sight on the outer dunes. A halt was made at a flooded bomb-crater, where Chara vulgaris var. papillata was collected, after which the track passed through a curious ‘poplar scrub’ (Populus gileadensis and P. nigra var. betulifolia) colon- ising bare sand. Under the shade of pines occurred Monotropa hypo- phegea (a reversion to its original habitat?), Ribes nigrum, Hpipactis phyllanthes, Stellaria apetala and the only plant of Bryonia dioica in the vice-county—known here since 1940 and presumably bird-sown, as it is not otherwise found nearer than Chester. <A patch of Antennaria dioica was located nearby, together with Veronica officinalis, which occurs in a few places on the sand dunes south from Woodvale. Senecio viscosus, Ornithopus perpusillus and Geranium pusillum were noted in a sandy field beyond the railway, Salix purpurea var. helix in a hedge and Bromus lepidus as a garden weed. The weather broke that evening and we did not see the sun again till the very end of the meeting. Sunday greeted us with heavy rain. The majority of the members, however, undeterred by the weather, took the train to Ainsdale and set out to follow the railway northwards. Ophioglossum vulgatum was seen in one place together with an unusually tall form of Carex nigra. A walk along the outermost ridge resulted in the discovery of a patch of yellow-flowered Sea Pansies, hitherto believed to have been extinct on the South Lancashire coast for some thirty years. The common Sea Pansy here has purple flowers and a very long, slender spur; it appears to be endemic and is due to be described as a separate species. The other surviving colony of Juncus balticus was inspected in the slack below, parts of which are composed of a veritable Blysmus compressus ‘turf’. Ranunculus trichophyllus and masses of Chara hispida were found in the ditch. Orobanche minor (growing on clover), Hrodiwm cicutarium subsp. dunense, and two or three bushes of Salix purpurea x repens subsp. argentea and S. purpurea x viminalis were also seen.
The party continued down the disused railway line (the only ground not soaking underfoot) to Victoria Park, seeing Ambrosia artemisiifolia and Hlymus arenarius in an old siding on the way. After lunch Chry- santhemum balsamita and Potentilla erecta x reptans were pointed out on waste ground. The salicologists then had a field day in a remark- able willow thicket at the side of the Park. This appears to be largely natural, formed over boggy ground containing Scirpus maritimus and Hydrocotyle vulgaris in abundance. By chance eight different species of Salix occur in this one small area and extensive hybridisation (includ- ing some possible triple hybrids) is evidently in progress.
The bus was then taken to the far end of the Promenade, where Cata- podium marimum, a very rare plant in South Lancashire, is growing in the pavement. Little of interest was seen on the Sea Wall (sometimes rich in aliens) apart from Raphanus maritimus, Lycium chinense and Sahx daphnoides. On the salt-flats Spartina townsendii, planted in the early thirties, and some puzzling forms of Cochlearia, needing further study, were observed. Brackish ditches on Hesketh golf-links produced Festuca arundinacea, Ranunculus baudotii, R.
546 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
trichophyllus subsp. trichophyllus, Chara vulgaris var. papillata and Callitriche obtusangula. The party then moved on to the road, where it promptly discovered Carex divisa in the ditch—the second record for the vice-county, the species having previously been collected in another locality a few miles distant and the naming only confirmed in 1953.
Monday, June 7th, was spent at Freshfield. A brief détour from the road to the beach enabled the party to see Osmunda, Blechnum and Thelypteris oreopteris growing in a fragment of aboriginal birchwood. Epipactis phyllanthes and Erodium cicutarium xX glutinosum were noted on the roadside. In the dryish slacks Wyosotis hispida, the dwarf dune variety of Valerianella locusta, Sagina ciliata, and patches of Ophioglossum vulgatum and Ophrys apifera (not yet in flower) were noted, together with a few specimens of Erodium cicutarium subsp. dunense. Massam’s Slack produced its usual specialities, including the famous Scirpus americanus, which is supposed to have been originally planted, Valeriana officinalis, and Ranunculus trichophyllus and Chara hispida in the ditch. Sisyrinchium angustifolium, seen here the pre- vious year, was looked for in vain.
After lunch under the pines an attempt was made to explore the pools in the ‘swale’. Veronica catenata and Carex disticha were seen growing amid great stands of Iris pseudacorus, Menyanthes trifoliata and Rumex hydrolapathum before heavy rain forced the party to seek a less exposed area further inland. Two patches of Botrychium lunaria and another of Ophioglossum vulgatum were inspected, and Hieracium vulgatum and H. anglorum (N.C.R.) collected growing together by the Fishermens’ Path. A small amount of Polypodium vulgare (the com- mon tetraploid, with orbicular sori) was also seen on the open dunes. An early tea was taken at the beach café, after which a small remnant of the party crossed Formby dunes, in welcome sunshine, to see another patch of Antennaria dioica. The lane back to the station contained planted specimens of Sorbus intermedia, Salizr purpurea var. helix and _ Populus canescens x tremula. Sagina ciliata grew on the grassy verges and in a ditch by the army camp Ranunculus aquatilis subsp. hetero- phyllus, R. trichophyllus and Callitriche obtusangula were collected.
Sometime during the day—the exact spot cannot be recalled—a queer looking grass was gathered which was subsequently identified by Dr. A. Melderis as Festuca rubra x Vulpia membranacea, a hybrid not previously described in the literature.
Throughout the meeting members remained admirably obdurate in the face of what must have been one of the wettest Whitsuntides on record, and as a reward for their patience were able to see nearly all the interesting plants which the Southport district has to offer at this time of year. The leader would like to thank everyone for their cheer- ful collaboration and especially Miss V. Gordon for her assistance both during and after the meeting.
D. E. ALLEN.
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 o4/
JUNE 5th and 6th, 1954. MID PERTH. MEETING OF LOCAL SECRETARIES AND RECORDERS FOR SCOTLAND
The experimental meeting for Local Secretaries and Recorders of the Society in Scotland was held in Perthshire on June 5th and 6th, 1954.
The programme consisted of a preliminary meeting in the Library ot the Perth Museum and Art Gallery, kindly placed at our disposal throughout the day by the Curator, at which, under the chairmanship of Professor Braid, an agenda was drawn up for the afternoon meeting.
The party lunched together and the afternoon was spent in discus- sing the present and future activities of the B.S.B.I. in Scotland. The Minutes, including a number of proposals, have been submitted to the Council of the Society.
We welcomed Mr. Davidson (Curator of the Perth Museum and Art Gallery), Mr. G. Blackwood (Ben Lawers Committee, National Trust for Scotland) and Mr. A. W. Robson (a local B.S.B.I. member) as guests at the business meetings.
At 6.0 p.m., by kind invitation of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science, who had placed the date and hall of one of their regular meet- ings at our disposal, Mr. J. Grant Roger (Nature Conservancy) gave a talk on the Scottish flora, illustrated with kodachrome slides. This meeting was presided over by the Vice-Chairman of the Perthshire Society, and attended by a number of its members; to all of whom our thanks were warmly accorded.
The following morning we assembled at Coshieville, near Aberfeldy, and were pleased to have several car loads of Perthshire Society mem- bers with us at our Field Meeting, an account of which follows this report.
I would like to place on record my thanks to Mr. B. W. Ribbons, and to Mr. D. Spence who took the Minutes; to Mr. Davidson, the Pre- sident and Officers of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science, and to Mr. Ross (Manager of Drummond Hill Forest), for their kind co- operation, and to Professor Braid for the admirable way in which he presided over the meetings. M. S. CAMPBELL.
JUNE 6th, 1954. MID PERTH.
On Sunday, June 6th, the party visited the Scottish Field Studies Association’s Field Studies Centre at Garth House. It was met and conducted through the Centre by the Honorary Secretary, Mr. B. W. Ribbons, who described the facilities available at Garth.
The remainder of the day was devoted to examining two places which are subject to human interference. The Lochan na Lairige area is at present the scene of extensive hydro-electric operations, one result of which will be to bring the water level close to the Creag an Lochan rocks; Drummond Hill has been the property of the Forestry Commis- sion for some years.
548 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
At mid-day the members reached Lochan na Lairige, and proceeded to examine the lower rocks of Creag an Lochan. Here, at altitudes be- tween 2000 ft. and 2250 ft., over thirty species of mountain plants were noted. The most interesting were :—
Woodsia alpina, Draba incana, Cerastium alpinum, Potentillu crantzu, Dryas octopetala, Saxifraga oppositifelia, Epilobium anagalli- difolium, Salix arbuscula, S. reticulata, Veronica serpyllifolia subsp. humifusa, Carex vaginata, C. atrata, C. rupestris, Poa alpina, Sesleria caerulea.
The party re-assembled at 3.30 and moved on to Drummond Hill, where the forest of Sitka, Norway and Serbian spruce was admired. Members drove along the road which encircles the hill, and made occa- sional stops to record the ground flora. The species noted here were :—
Pteridium aqulinum, Dryopteris borreri, D. spinulosa, Thelypteris oreopteris, T. dryopteris, Polypodium vulgare, Ranunculus repens, Car- damine pratensis, C. flexuosa, C. hirsuta, Viola riviniana, Polygala serpyllifolia, Hypericum pulchrum, Cerastium holosteoides, C. glomera- tum, Stellaria holostea, S. alsine, Sagina procumbens, Oxalis acetosella, Acer pseudoplatanus, Lotus corniculatus, Rubus idaeus, Potentilla sterilis, P. erecta, Alchemilla vulgaris agg., Rosa sp., Sorbus aucuparia, Chamaenerion angustifolum, Mercurialis perennis, Rumex acetosella, Urtica dioica, Betula pubescens, Corylus avellana, Calluna vulgaris, Erica cinerea, Vaccinium vitis-idaea, V. myrtillus, Primula vulgaris, Myosotis discolor, Scrophularia nodosa, Digitalis purpurea, Veronica officnalis, V. chamaedrys, V. serpyllifolia, Teucrium scorodonia, Ajuga reptans, Galum saxatile, Lonicera periclymenum, Senecio jacobaea, Tussilago farfara, Gnaphalium sylvaticum, Bellis perennis, Cirsium vul- gare, CU. arvense, Hieracium sp., Endymion non-scriptus, Juncus effusus, Luzula pilosa, L. sylvatica, L. multiflora, Orchis mascula, Poa annua, Deschampsia flecuosa, Anthoxanthum odoratum.
It is hoped that this list may prove interesting in its own right, and for a future comparison with a corresponding one made when the pre- sent stand of timber has been cleared.
The visit to Drummond Hill, which was followed by tea at Kenmore Hotel, was made possible through the kindness of the Forestry Commis- sion Conservator in Aberdeen, and of the local officer, Mr. Ross, who acted as guide to the Hill.
The thanks of members are also due to Miss M. S. Campbell, who organised the meeting and who, with Miss Ursula Dunean, was most generous in providing transport on the excursions.
R. MAcKECHNIE. B. W. Rissons.
AUGUST 20th to 22nd, 1954. HORSHAM Leader: Miss B. M. C. Morgan, assisted by Miss B. Hurst and Miss E. M. C. IsHerwoop
Twenty-five members took part in this meeting, which was arranged for the purpose of visiting part of the area to be incorporated in Craw-
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 O49
ley New Town or its green belt, and to lst all plants seen for the Dis- tribution-Maps Scheme and a revision of the Sussex Flora being under- taken by Mr. Buckle. At the meeting on Friday evening a list of plants recorded from Tilgate Forest was circulated and the Record Cards were explained. A map showing the area to be included in the New Town was displayed.
On Saturday morning the party left by coach for Tilgate, a large area of woodland on the Hastings Sands, with several ponds, and inter- sected by streams which form the headwaters of the River Mole to the north and the River Arun to the south. First a stretch of roadside vegetation enabled about seventy species to be recorded, including Sisymbrium altissemum and S. orientale. In the wood, Ranunculus lenor- mandi was in the first swamp, Impatiens parviflora by a timber-stack, Gnaphalium sylvaticum and the typical plants of the ‘‘Forest’’ area, Wahlenbergia hederacea, Scutellaria minor, Centunculus minimus and Radiola linoides, and one plant of Anagallis tenella (rare in Sussex) were seen. On a grassy ride was an unusual form of Epipactis with pendu- lous flowers. The Forestry Commission has felled a large area and re- planted it with soft-wood trees.
After lunch the party divided for some to explore a swamp and stream. The others found Centaurium pulchellum on their way to the lake, but a heavy thunderstorm held up note-taking. By the lower lake ferns are in rich profusion, and include Thelypteris oreopteris and Osmunda regalis. The Great Pond, as Borrer called it, provided Nym- phoides peltata, Nymphaea alba and Menyanthes trifoliata and, in the place where Borrer recorded it in 1825, Hlatine hexandra. On leav- ing the lake, we entered (by kind permission of Mr. Baker) the private part of the wood. MHere in a sphagnum bog were great clumps of Osmunda, obviously planted, but sporelings found near the stream show that it is also naturalised here: We returned by the main drive, noting a change in the flora, Campanula rotundifolia, Linum catharticum and Briza media being abundant, and Trifolium mediwm was found. The coach then took the party to the George Hotel, Crawley, for tea, after which a short visit was paid to St. Leonards Forest, where Mrs. Esplan led us to Aquilegia vulgaris and Valeriana dioica. Another plant of Osmunda was found by the Hammer Pond.
On Sunday morning we set out from Faygate station to see what the Weald Clay would produce. Crossing the railway, we entered a wood, a feature of which was the very tall crack-willow trees. A fine speci- men of Sorbus torminalis was noted. Then we skirted a cornfield, find- ing Euphorbia platyphyllos in some quantity, and walked along the rail- way to Pondtail Shaw, a piece of typical clay-woodland with Epipactis helleborine and E. purpurata. The track led on past Bewbush Pond, which is now drained, and it was interesting to see which plants had colonised it. After lunch the party divided, those led by Miss Hurst visiting the Mill Pond, while a few went to visit Calamagrostis epigejos and they found Gastridium ventricosum in an oat-field, confirming an old record.
550 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
A foot-path took us to the Crawley-Horsham road which here divides the Weald Clay from the Hastings Sands. Across the road we were back in the forest with a flora similar to that seen yesterday. Island Pond was visited and Hypericum elodes and Anagallis tenella were found. A short walk through the wood, noting Juncus tenuis in passing, brought us to Holmbush Potteries, where Diplotaxis tenwifolia, Senecio squali- dus and Phalaris canariensis were seen and where the coach awaited us. After tea at the George Hotel, Crawley, we drove through terrific rain to Warnham Pond, which provided a good finish with Butomus umbellatus,
tanunculus lingua, Nymphoides peltata and Stratiotes aloides. By the gate x Festulolium loliaceum was found.
During the meeting 538 species were listed for one 10-kilometre square, and lesser numbers for other squares.
B. M. C. Morean.
SEPTEMBER 2nd, 1954. LANGHAM POND AND RUNNYMEDE Leader: A. W. WeEstRuP
This was a Junior meeting, and a party of 12 met at Egham Station at 10.30 a.m., seven schools in the west London area being represented.
The marsh and reed-bed on Langham Farm were first visited and most notable here was the fine stand of Typha latifolia. The outer edges contained Impatiens capensis and Epilobium hirsutum, both in full flower. Other plants noted included Mimulus guttatus, Bidens tripar- tita, B. cernua, Carex pseudocyperus, Glyceria declinata and the four British species of Lemna.
Langham Pond yielded a fine display of Szum latifolium, together with Thalictrum flavum, Oenanthe aquatica, O. fistulosa, Rumex hydro- lapathum, Veronica catenata, Utricularia vulgaris, Alisma plantago- aquatica, A. lanceolatum, Butomus uwmbellatus and Hydrocharis morsus- ranae.
The meadows provided chalk-loving plants such as Poterium sangut- sorba, Plantago media and Leontodon hispidus, while Epipactis pur- purata was found on the clay hillside below the Runnymede Memorial.
After lunch the party visited several small ponds in Windsor Great Park where a strongly contrasting flora was seen. This was much poorer both in species and abundance. Of note were Epilobium palustre, Galium uliginosum and Typha angustifolia.
A. W. WEstTRtr.
SEPTEMBER 11th, 1954. SHINGLE STREET Leader: D. H. Datsy
The aim of the expedition was to demonstrate the variation in form of Salicornia, especially in relation to the habitat. This is a necessary beginning to a study of this difficult genus, because there is clear evi- dence that much of the variation encountered is caused by environ- mental conditions. Shingle Street contains many types of habitat for
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 dbl
Sulicornia, and because of their close proximity it is possible to visit them all within a few hours.
After a brief explanation by the leader of some of the theoretical aspects of the problem, the party moved across the shingle to a lagoon, where the water (associated with thin bands of Cardiwm shells in the mud) is of a high pH value. The floral and vegetative morphology of the plants were demonstrated to those who had not examined the flowers of Salicornia before. Plant density and availability of water appeared to be responsible for much of the variation in plant size, as was well seen when a turf formed from small dense plants was compared with the much larger S. ramosissima-type plants scattered amongst Phragmites, and along the sides of small pools.
The party next visited the complex series of lagoons which are still in free connection with the sea. Colonies of S. ramosissima- and S. stricta-type plants were examined growing on the mud at and just above normal high tide level, and the transition from the normal large green plants to the smaller and more red individuals at the upper edge of the colonies was clearly seen. Here again, plant size seemed to be related to the soil-water content.
Nearer the mouth of this tidal channel, plants of the S. dolichostachya- type were well seen on a low mud bank, and were easily distinguished by their disorderly growth habit and long flowering spikes. This colony is frequently covered by the tide. Beyond the mouth of the channel is an area of saltmarsh, where the original vegetation has been destroyed by the passage of a moving shingle bank which is driven inland by winter storms. On the surface of this firm mud more interesting Sali- cornia forms were seen, showing a great range of morphology and colour. Here three groups could be distinguished, the reddish short-spiked S. ramosissima-type (sometimes prostrate), the erect green medium-spiked S. stricta-type, and the decumbent green long-spiked S. dolichostachya- type. Biometrical studies of this colony suggest that these three groups are here quite distinct.
Various explanations were forthcoming for the differing appearances of plants growing on low mounds of mud by the river, and similarly the relationships of the small specimens in the saltmarsh pans produced much discussion. The two main suggestions made were that different species were present, or that in any such place one form only occurred, its variations being due to eftects of the environment. Relics of the original marsh vegetation attracted interest, as did also annular patches of Spartina townsendit.
The party left the main saltmarsh after visiting an area where growth of the vegetation appeared to have been stimulated by digging in con- nection with repairs to the seawall following the 1953 sea flood. Although the marsh marginal to the river is mostly overgrown by Puccinellia spp., specimens of Salicornia disarticulata were found be- side the path. This is probakly the most distinctive of all the forms of Salicornia in this country, and there is little doubt that it constitutes a separate species. D. H. Datsy.
55D OBLTUARLES
OBITUARIES
ARTHUR GEORGE GREGOR (1867-1954).—The death of the Revd. Arthur George Gregor at West Worthing on November 9, 1954, in his 88th year robbed British field botany of an able exponent. Born at Retford, Notts., he was educated at King’s College Grammar School, Ashby de la Zouche, and later at Monmouth Grammar School. He received his theological training at St. John’s College, Highbury, and University College, Durham, where he took his M.A., and later his B.D. His first curacy was near the Wye Valley, but the rest of his life was spent in Sussex where, after several curacies in the Hastings district, he became Vicar of Firle for 19 years, and finally spent the last nine years of his life in retirement at West Worthing.
His interest in botany began after he left school and he was seldom seen in the country without his vasculum; his study table was never with- out its specimen vase, and Babington was his second Bible. Curiously enough his membership of the B.S.B.I. began only in 1947 and continued until his death. He greatly appreciated the honour of being elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London in 1948 largely on account of the very valuable contribution he was able to make to Wolley-Dod’s Flora of Sussex. He would have been equally happy to know that his extensive British and foreign herbarium would finally be received by Kew.
His holidays were spent in Switzerland among the mountains he loved so well and where he compiled several local floras and collected a great number of herbarium specimens. The notes in his Gremli indicate very clearly his indefatigable industry in the cause of botany. He was constantly in correspondence with Kew and contemporary botanists, and accuracy of identification was almost a fetish with him.
When the last war made further visits to the Alps impossible he turned to the large garden at Firle and filled it to overflowing with a remarkable collection of trees, shrubs, herbaceous, alpine and rare native plants all of which were scrupulously labelled, and the result, though not always artistic, was extremely informative. At one period his crop of Sonchus palustris threatened to take complete possession of the gar- den. The last surviving relies of his visits to Switzerland were some silver saxifrages now in another friend’s garden.
Apart from his wide knowledge of flowering plants he was a life- long student of literature and the classics, with the phenomenal memory not unusual in men of his generation, so that he was never at a loss for an apt quotation and once had the satisfaction of winning a prize for the solution of a Greek crossword puzzle. His keen ear for a false quantity was a perennial trap for the unwary, and an error never escaped detection or correction.
OBITUARIES D053 Always of a modest and retiring disposition, all too few had the op- portunity of profiting from the vast store of knowledge he had to im- part, and the writer of these notes is grateful to be able to place on permanent record her own appreciation of the enormous amount gained from a friendship which lasted nearly thirty years. K. PicKARD SMITH.
Wiuitam Rosperr SHERRIN (1871-1955) was born on May 20th, 1871, and died in hospital at East Dulwich on March 22nd, 1955. His hfe was devoted to the study of natural history and although it is broadly true to say—as he did himself—that he was first a zoologist and, later, a botanist, the statement covers only his main professional interest at different stages in his life. At heart he was always a general naturalist willing to pursue any study in which he thought he could render the most useful service.
Sherrin was educated at Taplow Grammar School and in boyhood was regarded as weakly and in need of an open air life. As a young man he had a taxidermist’s shop at Ramsgate until, in 1895, he applied for a post as articulator in the Department of Zoology at the British Museum (Natural History). He was employed there full-time until in 1919 he resigned in order to take up an appointment as Curator of the South London Botanical Institute. But he continued part-time work in the Department of Zoology until 1928 when he was transferred to the Department of Botany as part-time assistant. Many fine mammal skeletons at the Natural History Museum remain as a record of the 33 years he spent there on this exacting work and his skill was such that he continued occasional preparations until recently. A rat from Pakistan and a bat from New Guinea were named for him.
From very early years it was Sherrin’s principle always to have a ‘‘second interest’, and in turn he collected and studied phanerogams, coleoptera, mollusca, lepidoptera, and bryophytes. His interest in bryology must have commenced at a very early date, for he left specimens collected in 1900 and 1901 and joined the Moss Exchange Club junior section in 1905, and the main club in 1906. Tt is for his work on bryophytes that he is best known to botanists. For many years he was a referee of the British Bryological Society, and Librarian and Curator from 1925 to 1945. After serving for five years as Vice-President of that Society, he was elected in September 1945 as their President to cover the period of their Jubilee Meeting in 1946. For this, the celebra- tion of their 50th anniversary, he also acted as Local Secretary for the London arrangements. He was an authority on bog-mosses and in 1927 published An Illustrated Handbook of the British Sphagna. He also wrote a most useful booklet on Study of Mosses in the London District, which was published by the School Nature Study Union in 1916. Both works were illustrated by numerous excellent sketches from his own pen. He compiled lists of the mosses and hepatics of Essex (Hssex Naturalist, 23, 129-136, 1931). From the time of his transfer to the Department of
554. ; OBITUARIES
Botany at the Natural History Museum until his retirement on October 17th, 1947 (when he was granted a Civil List pension), he worked on the collections of bryophytes. With characteristic energy he incorporated vast accumulations of the mosses of the world at a speed which strained the resources of the mounters. When he retired he had served the Trustees for 52 years. Sherrin’s interest in mosses was first aroused by handling them as packing in which material of mammals was received from far corners of the world—it is fitting that he should have been able to complete his service at the Museum by studying collections of bryo- phytes from these distant countries.
If the first major change in Sherrin’s life was joining the staff of the Museum, the second was his appointment as Curator of the South London Botanical Institute in 1919. This appointment he held for 36 years until it was terminated by death. He threw himself into the work with single-minded devotion. His only thought was to further the interests of the Institute and he did not spare himself in the process. In effect, Sherrin and the Institute became fused in such a way that it was diffi- cult—if not impossible—to think of one without the other. The posi- tion was neatly summed up by a phrase commonly used by his colleagues at the Museum—‘‘Sherrin’s Institute’’.
When he came to the South London Botanical Institute he found a volume of work awaiting him which would have daunted anyone not possessed of very exceptional energy. His predecessor had been removed with difficulty, and the collections and activities were in a sadly neglected state. For years Sherrin rose at 4 a.m. to work on the herbarium, and cycled to the Natural History Museum where he was employed from 8 a.m. to mid-day. He returned to open the Institute from 2 until 9, and during this time no visitor ever found him idle. First, he con- centrated on getting the British plants in order and then he turned to the European herbarium. Of both he arranged ‘‘selections”’ in which each species was represented by a single representative sheet. The algae. bryophytes, lichens, mycetozoa and conifers were mounted and arranged. Special collections of microscope slides, mounted seeds and lantern slides were accumulated. The library was rearranged and catalogued with the assistance of his daughter. The garden was improved and interesting mosses and ferns were grown in the conservatory. It is hardly possible for people using the collections to-day to realise how much they owe to Sherrin or to imagine the extent to which they were improved by his almost single-handed efforts.
As Curator he never lost sight of the fact that there is no object in amassing collections unless they are used, and he made every effort to ensure that the maximum use was made of the facilities offered. Visitors were always welcome and whatever task claimed his attention at the time was dropped immediately so that he could give hours of patient instruction to beginners, or help to experienced botanists in finding the specimens or books they required. He got in touch with local schools (especially the Strand School and Dulwich College) and training colleges and had outstanding success in encouraging interest in botany
OBITUARIES 555
in the steady stream of young people who were introduced to him by the teachers. Similarly, he approached local churches and other bodies with youth organisations, to obtain recruits. Many of them fell under the spell of Sherrin’s infectious enthusiasm and charm, and some retained and developed their interest in later years. His influence was deep and far reaching and rendered his most important service to botany. There are many who owe an immense debt to the encouragement and stimulus received from this kindly man.
I first met Sherrin in 1920 as one of the schoolboy members of a small party from the Strand School and most of us lost no time in taking advantage of his invitation to ‘‘use the Institute as much as we liked’’. Other members of the same party, or similar parties at about the same time, were D. G. Catcheside, J. L. O'Loughlin, W. G. Archer, and S. O. S. Dark. Very soon the Curator had us interested in bryophytes as well as phanerogams. I still possess an interleaved copy of Sherrin’s ‘‘Mosses of the London District’ containing specimens collected under his guidance on excursions by bicycle in 1921 when he took two boys at a time to his favourite localities at Keston. Esher and elsewhere. Not long afterwards E. C. Wallace joined the group of youngsters working under Sherrin’s encouragement. J remember with deep gratitude many occasions when he broke off his work to help us. At one period he was excavating a pond in the Institute garden during the winter and digging away after dark with the aid of electric light provided by running a length of wire from the nearest room. At an- other time he was engaged for months in compiling an index to the Journal of Botany from the first volume in 1863. The mighty manu- script which resulted still occupies several feet of shelving at the Insti- tute.
Sherrin’s botanical character may be summed up as that of a born collector with abounding energy and goodwill. He was prepared to collect anything and to arrange it according to the leading manual covering the group, but he gave very little credit to modern develop- ments. To him ‘‘species’’ were made by the Creator, and to be accepted they had to be clear-cut and free from intergrading. He was scornful of hybrids and refused to believe that they could be so much more common in phanerogams than in mammals. If intermediates connected two taxa they could not be ‘‘good species’? and to him no other verdict was possible. If his approach was old-fashioned it was suited to the wide field he covered, and until he was overtaken by old age his taxono- mic skill was great and by no means lacking in critical judgment. His genius was in undertaking big tasks and he never rested until they were completed according to his standards.
His skill with his hands was such that he could have become a master of almost any art or craft had he wished. The son of an artist (John Sherrin) and brother of another (Dan Sherrin), he drew lightning sketches with astonishing ease—many of these are preserved on her- barium sheets in the collections at which he worked. He could turn
556 OBITUARIES
his skill to almost any handyman’s task. For years he bound all periodicals added to the Institute library, while his interest in photo- graphy was turned to good account in preparing lantern slides to illus- trate the lectures.
Sherrin’s association with the British Bryological Society has already been mentioned. He was elected an Associate of the Linnean Society (Honoris causa) in 1919, and shortly before his death he was made an Honorary Life Fellow of the Zoological Society of London, of which he had been a Fellow for many years. He joined the B.S.B.I. in 1920, but his association with the Society dates back much earlier than this, for specimens of Physospermum cornubiense from his important new locality at Burnham Beeches were distributed in 1904 (B.H:C. Rep., 1904, 22-23). On March 25th, 1942, he was elected a Corresponding Member (now Honorary Member) in recognition of his long services to British botany. He took a very active part in the affairs of the School Nature Study Union and South Eastern Union of Scientific Societies.
Sherrin’s collection of British phanerogams, filices and bryophytes is incorporated in the herbarium of the South London. Botanical Institute. His special collection of Sphagna he presented to Kew. He left a small study collection of mosses of the world arranged alphabetically by genera and species.
He was twice married—his first wife died in 19838—and is survived by a son and daughter and his second wife. He was buried at Streatham Cemetery on March 26th, 1955, following a service at St Cuthbert’s Presbyterian Church, Thurlow Park Road, West Norwood. <A wreath and sheaf included plants of Lewcobryum glaucum, Polytrichum for- mosum, Hypnum cupressiforme, Mniwm hornum, and Dieranum scopartum—an appropriate tribute to a life devoted to natural history. with emphasis on mosses,
J. E. Lovstry.
WitiiAM CHarites RicHarp Watson (1885-1954).—In the passing of William Watson, British botanists have lost the last of the small group of amateurs whose critical work on our more difficult genera of native plants has brought our knowledge into line with that of other European countries. It is difficult for botanists born within this century to appraise the status of field botany in the universities and public schools when Watson was a youth. Admittedly there were Floras available which had originally been written by professional botanists, but, though revised from time to time, they were all much out of date. Some teaching was given in cytology, and in the rediscovered ‘‘Mendelism”’ and, perhaps more immediately important, ecology. The ecologists had to visit plants where they grew and learn there something about their associations. To the more competent field-botanists of the time, the earlier papers on ecological subjects seemed to be only statements of the obvious. It is no exaggeration to state that well within this cen- tury it was possible to obtain a good degree or diploma in botany from
ORITUARIES 557
almost all examining bodies (the Pharmaceutical Society was an excep- tion) with only a slight acquaintance with our native plants.
Watson was born in the village of Chislehurst, West Kent, of yeoman stock. He was educated at Sevenoaks Grammar School and after some private coaching entered the Post Office branch of the Civil Service. He spent some of his summer holidays with the Co-operative Holidays Association and it was while acting as lecturer at the Derbyshire centre that he first met the lady who afterwards became his wife. On his marriage he removed to Bickley where he resided for the remainder of his life. During the First World War he served in France. On his return to civil life he became an active member of several metropolitan field societies and was widely known to, and respected by, workers in several branches of natural history. He was not of a robust disposition and suffered from periods of indifferent health. He is survived by his widow and two daughters.
Watson’s interest in field botany dates from his schooldays and it is recorded that during several seasons he vied with his favourite sister in attempting to produce the longer list of plants growing on Chislehurst Common. It is tempting to suggest that the young boy considered the feasibility of using some of the many forms of brambles which abound on the Common to lengthen his catalogue, but in truth his study of the genus Rubus arose from quite different origins. He was much influenced as a youth by Darwin’s Origin of Species. He asked himself questions more fundamental than the origin of species, questions that still await a satisfactory reply. What constitutes a species? How do species differ? In the Floras the species were differentiated by combinations of characters that were visible to the eye perhaps with the aid of a simple lens. Authors of Floras recognised very different numbers of species growing in the same area, or in other words held very different views as to what combination of characters constituted a species. Watson, following Darwin, thought ‘‘that something might perhaps be made out on this question by patiently accumulating and reflecting on all sorts of facts which could possibly have any bearing on it’’. He wished in the first place to find by observations on the growing plants what characters could be ranked as truly specific in contrast to the many, often of outstanding appearance, which could be modified at will by changing the conditions of growth. For such a study the bramble almost selects itself. With a perennial rootstock, biennial shoots of somewhat different forms and very different functions, prone to vary in mor- phological characters and yet usually adaptable to wide differences in soils, water content, light density, etc., widespread and often abundant, readily spreading by tip-rooting and for the most part with viable seeds, the scope for study is illimitable. He selected an isolated bramble growing on Chislehurst Common and during several years visited it at short intervals carefully noting any differences he could detect in the canes of successive years and attempting to find explanations in factors due to environment. Other brambles growing on the Common and much the same as his type were examined for morphological differences
558 OBITUARIES
and explanations sought. He sowed seeds taken from a single fruit and grew root-tips taken from a single bush in different kinds of habitat and thus learned by observation the range of forms, often very striking, which could be explained satisfactorily by known factors and, per- contra, the more constant characters which alone could have specific value. Watson pursued these methods to the end of his life. He re- visited certain bramble bushes over several years, patiently accumulat- ing facts and compiling dossiers, some of considerable bulk. Plants which were too far away from home to visit were grown at Bickley from seed or root-tips until four or five years old. At one period some 80 different species were under cultivation simultaneously.
Meanwhile Watson studied the bramble population on Chislehurst Common with Rogers’ ‘‘Handbook’’ for guidance. C. E. Britton col- lected brambles extensively in Surrey and West Kent and his gather- ings were submitted to Rogers and later to Riddelsdell for identifica- tion. Britton, who incidentally introduced Rogers to the bramble flora of the Metropolitan Commons (including Chislehurst Common in 1898), left a representative selection of his Rubi to Watson. Thus, in addition to the views expressed in the ‘‘Handbook’’, Watson had later knowledge of Rogers’ views of and comments on brambles which Watson was dis- covering for himself. As his knowledge grew, Watson found himself more and more at variance with Rogers’ conclusions, especially on two points. Rogers had confined his descriptions to about a hundred species. He allowed for considerable variation in drawing up the characters of some of these species. [+t will be recalled that the batologists, one of whom was Rogers, who issued the ‘‘Set of British Rubi’’ included in several instances two forms under one species intended to illustrate the range of variation in these species... Later, Rogers must have had doubts about the wisdom of this procedure, for in the ‘‘Handbook’’, published soon after the issue of the ‘‘Set’? came to an end, he selected one only of the forms, where two were issued to illustrate the species he was describing. To Watson this method was wrong. Only those individuals could be included under one species which could be con- sidered to possess the characters constituting the species. The other case concerned a number of species which Rogers believed to agree with species named and described by continental authors. Watson hunted up the original descriptions, searched for authentic specimens in the national herbaria, obtained authentic material from continental cor- respondents and in one case saw many plants growing in the habitats where originally discovered by the authors of the original descriptions. Thus it was proved that many names in the ‘‘Handbook’’ inserted on the authority of Focke and others were wrong. A large percentage of British Rubi are endemic. Others have been found to be true repre- sentatives of continental species, the names of which had been given in error to other plants by Rogers.
In 1927 Watson published in the London Naturalist the first of six papers on the bramble flora of Kent and Surrey. His notes were ar- ranged in the sequence of the ‘‘Handbook’’. In the following year he
OBITUARIES 559
contributed a paper on Some Kent and Surrey Brambles to the Report of the Botanical Hxchange Club; he published several further papers in the ‘‘Annual Reports’’ and its successor, Watsonia, until 1951. He also published ‘Bramble Notes’ in the Journal of Botany for 1933, 1935, and 1937, where a number of new species were described. His papers quickly won him recognition and from 1928 he acted as referee for the genus Rubus in the ‘‘Annual Reports’’. His reports often differed from those of Barton and Riddelsdell and it is interesting to turn over the pages of those older volumes to read the different outlooks of these antagonists—for such they were. Riddelsdell would carefully dissect the characters of the specimen in question, comparing them with charac- ters of other brambles and finally giving a cautious opinion based on the balance of probabilities. Watson more usually gave a succinct sum- mary or merely the name he considered it to be. It is pleasant to re- call that they exchanged friendly and useful correspondence and occa- sionally spent a day together in the field. Amongst other valued cor- respondents of Watson’s were C. E. Gustafsson who supplied him with authentic specimens of critical continental material, and G. Didier, who sent him several bulky parcels of French brambles by way of exchange. In the summer of 1937 N. D. Simpson and Watson spent a strenuous holiday in that locus classicus of batologists, the Ardennes, visiting Stavelot, Trois Points, Malmédy, Verviers, Eupen, Spa, and the district around Aachen. Many species were obtained and descrip- tions drawn up from living material.
Watson made a major contribution to county and other Floras in the genus Rubus. His earliest list was compiled for St. John Marriott’s book British Woodlands as illustrated by Lessness Abbey Woods pub- lished in 1925. He contributed ‘‘A Revised List of Rubi’ to the Flora of Gloucestershire (1948) in an Appendix. The ‘‘Brambles of Middlesex’’ was published in 1947 and ‘‘The Brambles of Bedfordshire’’ in 1948. <A List of Rubi growing within twenty miles of St. Paul’s Cathedral drawn up for the London Naturalist in 1951 extended to over 220 species. An earlier list published in the same periodical in 1932 contained 78 species only. The striking increase in numbers occurring in less than twenty years gives some indication of the amount of field work he accomplished with his friend Charles Avery during that period. Many of them were new to England, many were endemic. The vice-counties of Bedfordshire, East Kent, Staffordshire and Wiltshire were visited in company with botanists working on the county floras, and help given to workers in more distant parts of Britain which he was unable to visit personally. For the ‘‘Check List of British Vascular Plants’’, Journal of Ecology, 1946, he completed a Rubus List of almost 300 species, and his last work was the preparation of a List of Rubi of the British Isles for the forth- coming ‘‘Plant List’’ of the Botanical Society of the British Isles.
During the winter of 1953-4 he wrote the manuscript of his book on the British and Irish Brambles, a work giving the fruits of his forty years’ study of the genus Rubus. He did not live to see the proofs of the
560 OBITUARIES
book and some time must necessarily elapse before publication. Ar- rangements have been made for early publication of Latin descriptions of new species and new combinations which occur as an appendix to the hook.
Of Watson’s other botanical interests only a brief summary can be given. In his earlier years he studied mycology, was a member of the British Mycological Society and was in request as a leader of fungus forays in the Metropolitan area. He was a member of the British Bryological Society and for several years attended the Spring and Autumn field meetings. At one time or another he was an active mem- ber of several societies including the School Nature Study Union, the Battersea Field Club, the London Natural History Society, the Woolwich Historical and Scientific Society, and the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies. | His connection with the South London Botanical Institute was a long and intimate one. He served. on the Council for many years and was a Fellow of the Institute at the time of his death. Watson joined this Society in 1921 and was elected an Honorary Mem- ber in 1951.
He was of a rather shy and retiring nature. In the field he preferred to work alone or with a single companion and his habit of intense men- tal concentration on whatever interested him at the moment tended to keep him silent and perhaps distraught in general company. Yet he derived immense pleasure in leading parties in the field provided they were interested in the things he wished to show them. In the summer of 1953 he conducted a number of our members over Hayes Common to study the characters of a representative selection from the large num- ber of bramble species to be met with there. He was already a sick man and the fixture was a source of anxiety right up to the day it took place. Fortunately, all passed off well: he left us in the evening a tired but very happy man. We may part with him there. He had some months yet to live, and with undiminished mental power but ever in- creasing physical weakness and weariness he strove to commit to paper his unique knowledge of British Rubi. To work with Watson was a continual education, to be counted amongst his friends a valued privilege. His name is commemorated in Rubus watsonii W. H. Mills.
List oF PAPERS
1928: Minute Stellate Hairs on the Upper Face of Bramble Leaves, /. Rot., 66. 169-170. Brambles of Kent and Surrey (1) Lond. Nat., 1927. 12-17. Some Kent and Surrey Brambles, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 499-508. 1929: Brambles of Kent and Surrey (2), Lond. Nat., 1928, 21-26. Bramble Notes, 1928, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 782-788. Botanical descriptions, in C. G. Trower, British Brambles, Rep. Rot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 851-866. 1930: Brambles of Kent and Surrey (3), Lond. Nat., 1929, 70-76. Bramble Notes, 1929, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 168-172. Rubus leucanthemus P. J. Muell. and Rubus leucanthemus Rogers, J. Bol., 68. 24. Rubus latifolius Bab. and Rubus latifolius Focke, J. Bot., 68, 183-185.
1931 :
1932 : 1933 :
1935 : 1937 :
1938 :
1946 :
1948 :
1949 :
1950 : 1951 :
1952 :
1947 :
OBITUARIES 561
Brambles of Kent and Surrey (4), Lond. Nat., 1930, 68-74.
Bramble Notes, 1930, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 423-427.
Some British Rubi, New and Old, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 761-768. Brambles of Kent and Surrey (5), Lond. Nat., 1932, 60-66.
Rubus latifolius Bab. and R. laetus Wm. Watson, J. Bot., 71, 127-130. Rubus opacus subsp. nobilissimus nov., J. Bot., 74, 130-134.
Notes on Rubi, J. Bot., 71, 223-229.
Brambles of Kent and Surrey (6), Lond. Nat., 1934, 59-66.
Notes on Rubi, J. Bot., 73, 193-198 and 252-256.
The Bramble Plates of Syme’s English Botany, Rep. Bot. Soc. & F.C., 14, 325-329.
Notes on Rubi, J. Bot., 75, 156-163 and 195-202.
Rubus echinatus Lindley, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 11, 566-568.
Rubus rotundifolius (Bab.) Blox. apud Kirby, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 41, 569.
Rubus, in Clapham, A. R. (compiler), Check List of British Vascular Plants, J. Ecol., 33, 337-344.
The Unravelling of British ‘“‘Rubus leucandrus Focke’’, Rep. Bot. Soc. & BACon 11835 SPARRO.
The Brambles of Bedfordshire, Bedfordshire Nat., 2, 21-25.
A Revised List of the Rubi reported for Gloucestershire, in Ridcelsdell, H. J., Hedley, G. W. & Price, W. R., Flora of Gloucestershire, 614-623. Weihean Species of Rubus in Britain, Watsonia, 4, 71-83.
An Introduction to the Study of Rubus, in Wilmott, A. J., (Editor), British Flowering Plants and Modern Systematic Methods, 58-66.
Rubus corylifolius var. purpureus Bab., Watsonia, 1, 289-290. ©
The Sequence of the Pliocene and Pleistocene Bramble Floras in Peri- glacial S.E. England, in Lousley, J. E. (Editor), The Study of the Dis- tribution of British Plants, 102-104.
Rubus, in Kent, D. H. & Lousley, J. E., A. Hand List of the Plants of the London Area, 74-100, supplement Lond. Nat., 31.
POSTHUMOUS
British and Trish Brambles. (In the press.) Biographical notice of W. Moyle Rogers, in Grose, J. D., Flora of Wilt- shire. (In the press.)
WITH AVERY, C.-
The Brambles of Middlesex, Lond. Nat. 26, 66-73. J. EK. WoopHeap.
ON ep) bo
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
EXPERIMENTAL SOWING AND TRANSPLANTS OF RARE SPECIES NEAR BRISTOL
Preliminary observations and experiments have recently been started on the ecology of seven of the rare or local plant species for which the Bristol region is famous:
Arabis stricta Koeleria vallesiana Geranium sanguineum Linosyris vulgaris Helianthemum apenninum Trinia glauea
Veronica spicata subsp. hybrida
The methods of investigation include a type of action—sometimes in the past a cause of protest or controversy—which should be reported at the outset; namely field experiments in the form of trial sowing and transplants, in natural habitats where the species do not already occur.
Two other lines of study are being followed: observations in the field on habitat factors and the behaviour of the plants, and experiments at the Department of Botany, University of Bristol, including the use of different soils with and without competition.
The field experiments have the aim of providing some answer to one or both of two questions:
Gi) Is the restriction of the species due to the limitation of dispersal or of habitat?
(11) If some degree of survival is shown in the new habitats, at least for a time, how easy or precarious is it and what aspects of environment or life-cycle are most critical in the establish- ment, maintenance or spread of the population?
Without field experiments of the kind proposed, the first question obviously cannot be answered at all. The second question is of direct concern in the existing habitats, but in the latter it would be extremely difficult, if not impossible, to obtain any precise answer. Longevity of buried seeds, for instance, is an unknown quantity. and attempts to relate seed output and seedling establishment would for this reason alone have no reliable foundation. In such matters the field experiments will attempt to obtain quantitative data; they will not, in other words, be mere scattering of uncounted seeds or rootings. On this account it is important, if the experimental data are to be reliable, that finders of any of the seven species in new habitats should refrain from taking specimens of any kind; even barren shoots may be destined to reproduce.
The sites being used for field experiments, although in the Bristol region, are well separated from localities where any of the species are known to occur. Members of the Society will naturally be more anxious
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 063
than anyone to avoid misleading records or rumours of naturally ex- tended distribution, and any member who meets with any of the seven species in a new habitat is therefore asked to communicate with one of the authors of this note before announcing the find publicly or privately. If the find has been made in one of the experimental sites, it may be advisable to ask the finder to regard the knowledge as confidential. The site might otherwise become the object of visits. These, although made with the best of intentions—to satisfy scientific curiosity—may be harmful to the outcome of the experiments, whose aims will, we hope, meet with the approval of the many field botanists with a keen interest in the understanding of rare plants from an ecological standpoint. We realise that there may be some others, equally keen, who disapprove of experimental introductions. Those who believe that the present state of knowledge calls for field experiments to carry it one stage further, might wait indefinitely for complete agreement to be reached on such a course. In the past the most substantial objection has in any case been against introductions carried out with no announcement to those interested. After the experimental stage has passed, it should be possible to announce the location of the sites.
The Bristol Naturalists’ Society has been separately informed about the subject of this note.
J. EF. Hopr-Stmpson M. Evizaseto Prine CyntHIA Dutton DEPARTMENT, OF Botany, UNIVERSITY OF BRISTOL.
COMMITTEE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SUOTTISH FLORA
This Committee will act under the joint aegis of the Botanical Society of the British Isles and the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. It has been formed to further the study of the plants of Scotland by co- ordinating work on the Scottish flora on behalf of the sponsoring societies. Excursions and meetings will be arranged and announce- ments will appear in the publications of the two societies.
The Committee has appointed Mr. B. L. Burtt as its Chairman and Mr. B. W. Ribbons as its Secretary.
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
A single card based upon Bentham & Hooker’s Flora, but excluding grasses, sedges and rushes, is now available for recorders for the B.S.B.I. Distribution Maps Scheme who do not use Clapham, Tutin and War- burg’s Flora of the British Isles.
del ae 1 S. M. W.
564. PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
A GEOGRAPHICAL HANDBOOK OF THE DORSET FLORA
A first addendum to A Geographical Handbook of the Dorset Flora by Ronald Good has been published in the Proceedings of the Dorset Natural History and Archaeological Society, vol. 75 (1955). Separate copies of this addendum may be obtained from the Curator, County Museum, Dorchester, price 2/- post free, or, with the Handbook, 22/- post free.
FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE Mr. I. H. Perring, Mr. P. D. Sell and Dr. S. M. Walters, who are working on the flora of Cambridgeshire, would be grateful for any records members could supply. It is possible that members have anno- tated copies of Babington or Evans Flora of Cambridgeshire, herbarium sheets or field records. Records for the period 1880-1930 would be par- ticularly useful.
FLORA OF EAST YORKSHIRE Protessor Ronald Good, the University, Hull, is collecting intorma- tion relating to the flora of the East Riding of Yorkshire, and will be very grateful for any herbarium specimens, plant records, or other data concerning that area.
FLORA OF FIFE AND KINROSS
The Botanical Society of Edinburgh has a number of copies of ‘‘A List of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Recorded from Fife and Kin- ross (v.c. 85)? by William Young, pp. 173 and map, reprinted from their Transactions, vol. 32, part 1, 1936, for sale, price 5/-, postage 3d. Application should be made to the Secretary, Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 4.
In addition, a varying number of copies of parts 1-16 of ‘‘Additions to the Flora of Orkney’? and parts 1-4 of ‘‘Additions to the Flora of Shetland’? by H. H. Johnston are available on application to the Secretary.
THE BOTANICAL RESEARCH FUND
The Botanical Research Fund is a small private Trust Fund founded in July 1913. The first Trustees to be appointed were Dr. E. M. Berridge, Mr. A. D. Cotton and Miss Gulielma Lister.
The purpose of the Fund is to encourage research in Botany in all its branches and to assist research workers, more especially women and particularly those with some previous experience of research and who, for some reason, may not be eligible for grants from public or university funds.
The method is to make short term grants in aid of maintenance, research expenses or assistance. The grants may be renewed in special
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 565
circumstances but assistance over lengthy periods is not contemplated, Iurther details may be obtained from the Hon. Secretary, Dr. E. M. Delf, 243 Haverstock Hill, London, N.W.3.
PERMITS FOR VISITING NATURE RESERVES
The Nature Conservancy have now acquired and declared the tol- lowing Nature Reserves in England and Wales:—Moor House, West- morland*; Kingley Vale, Sussex; Cavenham Heath, Suffolk; Yarner Wood, Devon; Ham Street Woods, Kent; Holme Fen, Hunts; Monks’ Wood, Hunts; Blean Woods, Kent; Woodwalton Fen, Hunts; Swans- combe Skull Site, Kent; Scolt Head, Norfolk, Orfordness-Havergate, Suffolk*; Old Winchester Hill, Hants.; Bridgewater Bay, Somerset* ; Castor Hanglands, Soke of Peterborough*; Arne Peninsula, Dorset; Blelham Bog, Lancashire; Cwm Idwal, Caerns.; Hartland Moor, Dorset ; Axmouth-Lyme Regis Undercliffs, Devon* ; Cader Idris, Merionethshire ; Cors Tregaron, Cardiganshire; Newborough Warren and Ynys Lland- dwyn, Anglesey*; Tring Reservoirs, Bucks. and Herts.*; Hales Wood, Essex; and the following in Scotland:—Beinn Eighe, Ross and Crom- arty; Morton Lochs, Fife; Tentsmuir Point, Fife; Cairngorms, Inver- ness-shire and Aberdeenshire. Permits to collect are required for all Reserves. Permits to visit the whole Reserve are required for those above shown in italic type; permits to visit part of the Reserve (in some cases the whole Reserve except along Rights of Way) are required for those above which are followed by an asterisk.
A small pamphlet, Visiting Nature Reserves, setting out the con- siderations which govern the Nature Conservancy’s policy in permitting visits, may be obtained from the Conservancy’s headquarters at 19 Belgrave Square, London, S.W.1, or from their Scottish headquarters at 12 Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9.
Applications for permits may be sent to the London headquarters for the English and Welsh Reserves, or to the Scottish headquarters for those in Scotland, or to the Regional Officers of the Conservancy con- cerned. Visitors who wish their permits to include the right to collect and take away specimens should say so in making application and should specify what it is they wish to collect.
NEWBOROUGH WARREN, ANGLESEY
The Air Ministry propose to establish a range at Newborough Warren but following representations made at a Public Local Inquiry by this Society and others, have agreed to make advance notices of firing prac- tices available to research workers and students. These notices will be sent to our Local Secretary, Prof. P. W. Richards, Coed Menai, Upper Bangor, Caernarvonshire, and members wishing to visit the Warren are advised to make arrangements with him well in advance of the time of their visits.
N66 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
THREATS TO BRITISH FLORA
Members are urged to report to the Hon. General Secretary any threats to the British flora. The Council has appointed a Conservation Committee to deal with such matters and every effort will be made ‘‘to promote in every way possible the conservation of the British flora’’.
TOXIC SPRAYS
The Society is collecting information about the effect on native vege- tation of toxic chemicals used for spraying crops. The increasing use of weed-killing chemicals on arable land imples a threat to neighbour- ing uncultivated land or woods since the spray can be carried a con- siderable distance under suitable conditions. Members who observe damage from this cause are asked to send full details to the Hon. General Secretary, 7 Penistone Road, London, S.W.16.
SYSTEMATICS ASSOCIATION
A card index of autecological and/or cytogenetic-taxonomnic researches that are being carried out on British flowering plants is maintained by the Association. Copies of the index may be consulted at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, or at the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. Its purpose is to obviate overlapping between different workers. Members taking up research of this nature are asked to send particulars either to Mr. R. D. Meikle, Royal Botanie Gardens, Kew, Surrey, or to Mr. B. L. Burtt, Royal Botanic Garden, Edin- burgh, 4.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Members are reminded that through the kindness of the Council of the Linnean Society of London, they have the privilege of consulting the Library of the Linnean Society at Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W.1.
ADVERTISEMENTS A limited number of relevant advertisements will be accepted for the Society’s publications as space permits. Enquiries should be addressed to Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13.
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES 567
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
The regional organisation, of which details are given below, has been arranged for the assistance of members. It is hoped that they will take full advantage of the facilities offered which now include the identifica- tion of non-critical specimens. It is not intended that the Local Secre- taries, Recorders and Referees should become the only, or even the usual, channels of communication between members on the one hand and the Officers, Specialists or Panel Members of the Society on the other. Nevertheless, those who have agreed to provide local services are generally in a position to provide more personal assistance to members and it is hoped that they will relieve the Officers of as much work in- volving local information as possible.
The functions of Local Secretaries, Recorders and Referees are as set out below. The boundaries of the areas for which they are severally responsible are those of the Watsonian vice-county system units indi- cated.
FUNCTIONS OF LOCAL SECRETARIES
1. To keep in touch with other local members and where possible and desirable to arrange meetings for their benefit.
2. To encourage the enrolment of new members.
3. To act as a centre for some botanical work of local bearing where they are qualified to do so.
4. To provide information to members of the Society from outside their areas, either by correspondence or otherwise, on travel facilities, accommodation, and botany. (This does not include supplying information about localities for rare plants, although statements as to their continued existence or frequency may be given for the purpose of scientific work.)
5. To keep in touch with local libraries, museums and, especially, local herbaria and natural history societies, supplying information about them to other members, and particularly to the Panel, and also keeping the name. of the Society before officials, officers and members of local Societies.
6. To assist the Hon. Meetings Secretary and Leaders of field meetings prior to and at the time of visits of the Society to their area.
7. To report without delay to the Hon. General Secretary or Treasurer the death of any member within their area.
8. To make regular visits to habitats of special interest within their areas as far as possible, and to report without delay to the Hon. General Secretary any threat which may call for conservation measures.
FUNCTIONS OF RECORDERS
To assist the Editor by collecting records of more than local interest, checking records contributed for publication, and forwarding information about im- portant changes in the flora.
568
BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS.
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
FUNCTIONS OF REFEREES
VICE-COUNTY REFEREES are responsible only for the naming of NON-CRITICAL
Material of critical groups (including all Pterido-
phyta and Charophyta) covered in the list of Specialists given on pages 572-573 should be sent to them and not to the local Referees. to name plants of critical groups not covered by the Panel of Specialists, nor all plants alien to the British flora.
It may not be possible
Non-critical plants should be sent to the vice-county Referee for the vice- county in which the plants were found and not necessarily to the Referee for the member’s home vice-county. A stamped addressed envelope for reply should be enclosed in all cases and the other directions set out for sending material
for identification on pages 573-574 also followed.
Specimens must not be sent to
the Honorary General Secretary except for vice-counties or groups for which his name is given in the lists.
THE REGIONAL REFEREES have agreed to give assistance, when required, to the
vice-county Referees within the Watsonian Provinces indicated.
Their panies
are printed in small capitals and members should, in the first imstance, send miaterial to the vice-county Referees, and not to them.
LIST OF LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES (Revised September 1955)
The following table indicates those members who have agreed to act as Local Secretaries, Recorders and Referees for the vice-counties
indicated. vice-counties.
of the Development and Rules Committee.
It is hoped to extend this list so as to include, if possible, all
Any member who is willing and able to carry out any of these duties in any vice-counties not already covered, or who knows any person, whether a member of the Society or not, who might be suitable, is invited to communicate with Mr. D. E. Allen, Secretary
All addresses (except where
given) can be obtained from the List of Members (See Proceedings B.S.B.I., 1, 418-451 (1955).
PENINSULA
WAGs
1. W. Cornwall ib. Scilly
2. EH. Cornwall 3. S. Devon
4. N. Devon
» SS. Somerset 6. N. Somerset
ENGLAND AND WALES
LOCAL SECRETARIES
Miss B. Mrs. O.
M.
R.
Sturdy Moyse
E. M. Phillips
F. A. Brokenshire
iA. D. Hallam (Taunton Castle, Taunton)
Mrs. @C. I.
Sandwith
RECORDERS
J Mrs. C. I. Sandwith |Mrs. C. I. Sandwith
REFEREES E. MILNE-REDHEAD
{Q. V. Polunin >. C. Townsend iJ. E. Lousley |.J. E. Lousley R. W. David Cc. C. Townsend Rev. W. Keble | Rev. W. Keble Martin Martin Rev. W. Keble iRev. W. Keble Martin Martin A. D. Hallam Cc. C. Townsend (Taunton Castle, | Taunton)
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
CHANNEL WC: 7. N. Wilts. 8 S. Wilts. 9. Dorset 10. Isle of Wight
iP See Llamts:
12° Ne Hants 13. W. Sussex 14. E. Sussex THAMES
WEG:
15. E. Kent 16. W. Kent 17, (Sweeny
18. S. Essex 19. N. Essex 20. Herts.
21. Middlesex 22. Berks.
23. Oxford
24. Bucks. ANGLIA
Vic;
25. E. Suffolk 26. W. Suffolk 27. E. Norfolk 28. W. Norfolk 29. Cambridge 30. Bedford 31. Hunts.
32. Northampton SEVERN
WG
33. E. Gloucester
384N. W. Gloucester (N.)
34S. W. Gloucester (S.)
35. Monmouth
36. Hereford
37. Worcester 38. Warwick 39. Stafford 40. Salop
LOCAL SECRETARIES RECORDERS J. D. Grose iJ. D. Grose J. D. Grose J. D. Grose
Prot, Re dO) Good (Univ. College, Hull)
Miss D. Meggison, (9 Cornwall Road, Dorchester).
Dr. J. M. Lambert J. E. Lousley Dr. J. M. Lambert Dr. J. M. Lambert J. Ounsted EK. C. Wallace
Mrs. P. German E. C. Wallace
Mis. P. German P. J. Wanstall
D. McClintock Dr. F. Rose
D. McClintock Dr. F. Rose
J. E. Lousley J. E. Lousley
So erm yan Bee Wan
| — B. T. Ward
|Mrs. R. H. Mortis Dr. J. G. Dony
De Ee Kent D. H. Kent
J. Ounsted Dr. E. F. Warburg ‘Mrs. P. Warburg Dr. E. F. Warburg R. A. Graham R. A. Graham
|Miss M. M. Whiting iF. J. Bingley
|R. P. Libbey
|R. P. Libbey
| Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. J. G. Dony
J. L. Gilbert
iI. Hepburn
F. W. Simpson
F. J. Bingley
Hide NS TAS
|E. L. Swann
Dr. S. M. Walters |Dr. J. G. Dony |J.-L. Gilbert
I. Hepburn
Miss D. E. de Vesian |} Miss D. E. de Vesian Miss D. E. de Vesian | Miss D. E. de Vesian
Dr. J. H. Davie A. E. Wade WOES, IL 1B. head Die, IRs (, Ih DKS, Is Cy dhe EK. S. Edees ipje, IR, GO, Ih
Dr. M. G. Hughes A. E. Wade White-|F. M. Day
Burges|F. M. Day Burges|R. C. Readett E. S. Edees
Burges
569
REFEREES
R. D. MEIKLE
Jee DE GLoOse
J. Di Grose
Prof. R. d’O. Good (Univ. College, Hull)
| Prof._R. d’O. Good
(Univ. College,
Hull)
|Prof. R. d’O. Good (Univ. College, Hull)
E. C. Wallace
Mrs. P. German
E. C. Wallace
D. H. KENT
Dr. F. Rose
| Dr. F. Rose
| Di) DS Ps Young |B. T. Ward
| B. T. Ward
Dr JeaGs, Domi;
PDA He Kent
Dr. E. F. Warburg Dr. E. F. Warburg R. A. Graham
Dr. S. M. WALTERS
F, W. Simpson .F. J. Bingley
|F. W. Simpson iE. L. Swann
|Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. J. G. Dony |Dr. J. G. Dony ‘I. Hepburn
P. S. GREEN
|
.C. C. Townsend 'C. C. Townsend
|Mrs. C. I. Sandwith | A. E. Wade
iF. M. Day
|
|Dr. R. C. L. Burges (Pe. S. Green
'E. S. Edees
‘Dr. R. C. L. Burges
570
SOUTH AND NORTH WALES
VG:
414. Glamorgan 42.. Brecon
43. Radnor
44. Carmarthen 45. Pembroke 46. Cardigan 47. Montgomery 48. Merioneth 49. Caernaryon 50. Denbigh
Sil IM bane
52. Anglesey
TRENT
WEG:
53. 8S) Lincoln 54. N. Lincoln 55. Leicester 56. Nottingham 57. Derby
MERSEY
WatGs
58. Chester
59. S. Lancs: 60. W. Lancs.
HUMBER
VG.
61 Sth vonk: 622 NB orks. 63. Swe vorks 64. Mid-W. York. 65) INJW. York.
TYNE
Weiler
66. Durham
67. Northumber-
land, 8S.
68. Cheviotland
LAKES
Vici
69. Westmorland 70. Cumberland 71. Tsle of Man
LOCAL SECRETARIES
'A. E, Wade
Vis: Se TRH Vaughan
1st, 1, S18. Vaughan
|
Mrs.
Mrs. Mrs. H. M. Richards
—
Prof. P. W. Richards
|
‘Miss E. J. Gibbons 'Miss E. J. Gibbons Miss P. A. Padmore Dr. R. W. Butcher [ee WED Ena
W. D. Graddon Dr. E. M. Rosser H. E. Bunker
}
Dt AWW | Miss C. M. Dr. W. A. Dr. W. A. Miss C. M.
Sledge Rob Sledge Sledge Rob
Prof. D. H. Valentine
Mrs. A. N. Mrs. A. N.
Gibby Gibby
G. Wilson J. D. Hinde J. T. Williams
H. M. Richards |
RECORDERS
Wade Wade Wade Wade
> Pp
She Bit RE Ee
Wade Wade
Wade
. Benoit Wade Wade Wade Wade
PPE PP
Miss E. J. Gibbons ‘Miss E. J. Gibbons (Prot. 22 G. hui |Dr. R. W. Butcher Miss K. M. Hollick
W. D. Graddon W. G. Travis G. R. Sagar
Dr WA: Miss C. M. Dr Ws A. Dr. W. A. Miss C. M.
Sledge Rob Sledge Sledge Rob
| Prof. | tine
D..H. Valen-
| | —
G. Wilson Miss C. W. Muirhead D. E. Allen
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
REFEREES A. E. WADE A. E. Wade |A. E. Wade 1A. E. Wade | A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade A. E. Wade Probst Ga] Lon | /Miss E. J. Gibbons , Miss E. J. Gibbons | Pretea., Go- Tatin
| Dr. R. W. Butcher | Miss K. M. Hollick
Prof. T. G. TUTIN
W. D. Graddon | Dr. E. M. Rosser | Dr. E. M. Rosser | Miss C. M. ROB | Dr. WwW. A. | Miss C. M. | Dr. W. A. Dr) We Ae
A. Sledge Miss C. XK
Rob Sledge Sledge . Rob
—
_
Prot... HH: VALENTINE
Prof. D. H. Valentine
Miss C. W. Muirhead Miss C. W. Muirhead
P. TAYLOR
D. E..Allen
Miss C..W. Muirhead D. E. Allen
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES 571
SCOTLAND LOCAL SECRETARIES RECORDERS REFEREES ALL REGIONS Dr. G. TAYLOR VEG: | 72. Dumfries | DrH.Milne-Redhead Dr.H.Milne-Redhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead 73. Kirkcudbright | Dr.H.Milne-Redhead Dr).H.Milne-Redhead 5 E. Allen 74. Wigtown | Dr. H.Milne-Redhead | Dr.H.Milne-Redhead |D. E. Allen 75. Ayr 'R. Mackechnie -R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie 76. Renfrew 'R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie 77. Lanark 'R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie 78. Peebles | _ P. S. Green | P. S. Green 79. Selkirk | — |B. L. Burtt B. L. Burtt 80. Roxburgh | = PB. Burtt Be Burtt 81. Berwick = P. S. Green | P. S. Green 82. Haddington ate Dr. G. Taylor Dr. G. Taylor 83. Edinburgh ew Dr. G. Taylor | Dr. G. Taylor 84. Linlithgow | _— Dr. G. Taylor | Dr. .G.. Taylor 85. Fife. Mrs. E. J. Balfour Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead 86. Stirling |B. W. Ribbons |B. W. Ribbons |R. A. Graham 87. W. Perth 'B. W. Ribbons B. W. Ribbons B. W. Ribbons 88. Mid Perth Miss M. S. Campbell | Miss M. S. Campbell ; Miss M. S. Campbell 89. E. Perth A. W. Robson A. W. Robson . | Miss M. S. Campbell 90. Forfar Miss U. K. Duncan | Dr. G. Taylor |Dr. G. Taylor 91. Kincardine J, Ge ROR (de Commo Ser |Dr. G. Taylor 92. S. Aberdeen — — Miss M. McCallum | Webster 93. N. Aberdeen a ey = ‘Miss M. McCallum | Webster 94. Banff Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum Webster Webster Webster 95. Elgin Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum Webster Webster Webster 96. Easterness A. Slack A. Slack A. Slack 96b. Nairn Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum | Miss M. McCallum Wehster Webster Webster 97. Westerness J. E. Raven E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace 98. (Main) Argyll A. Slack |E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace 99. Dunbarton A. Slack | Prof. K. W. Braid | Prof. K. W. Braid 100. Clyde Tsles Bae Dr. D. Patton Dr. D. Patton 101. Cantire Miss M. H. — | Prof. K. W. Braid Cunningham 102. S. Ebudes Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead 103. Mid Ebudes Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead | | Miss C. W. Muirhead 104. N. Ebudes Dr. D. N. McVean — | J. E. Raven 105. W. Ross Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace 106. E. Ross Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace 107. E. Sutherland | Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace 108. W. Sutherland] Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace 109. Caithness ua Miss M. S. Campbell | Miss M. S. Campbell 110. Outer Hebrides | Miss M. S. Campbell | Miss M. S. Campbell} Miss M. S. Campbell 111. Orkney I. C. Hodge I. C. Hodge J. E. Lousley {Roy. Bot. Gard., (Roy. Bot. Gard., Edinburgh) Edinburgh) 112. Zetland D. Spence D. Spence J. E. Lousley IRELAND
| | ALL REGIONS | — |, Prof. D. A. WEBB | prof. D. A. WEBB
~l a iN)
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS (Revised September 1955)
CRITICAL SYSTEMATIC GROUPS B.P.L.\no. Dis Thalictrum L. Dr. R. W. Butcher Ge Ranunculus 1. §Flammula. Miss P. A. Padmore. 6. Ranunculus L. §Batrachium. Dr. R. W. Butcher fp Caltha L. Prof. A. R. Clapham 3. Fumaria L. N. Y. Sandwith 35/1. Nasturtiwm R. Br. (excluding Rorippa). H. K. Airy Shaw 39/1. Cardamine pratensis L. agg. D. E. Allen 45. Cochlearia L. Prof. A. R. Clapham 64/3. Thlasp alpestre L. Prof. A. R. Clapham 88. Viola § Nominium. Prof. D. H. Valentine 88. Viola § Melanium. R. D. Meikle 100. Cerastium L. (annual species). E. Milne-Redhead 109. Montia L. Dr. S. M. Walters lle Malva L. N. Y. Sandwith 123; Tha L,. >. A.2Hyde 128. Erodium L’Hérit. Dr. E. F. Warburg 132. Ozalis 1s Drs DP: Youn 183. Prunus L. Dr. R. Melville, Dr. E. F. Warburg 190. Alchemilla L. Dr. S. M. Walters 190 (2). Aphanes L. Dr. S. M. Walters 194. Rosa L. Dr. R. Melville 195. Sorbus L. Dr. E. F. Warburg 196. Crataegus L. A. D. Bradshaw 199. Sazifraga L. Prof. D. A. Webb 220. Epilobium L. G. M. Ash 247. Apum L. R. D. Meikle 296. Galium L. (palustre L. and allies). Prof. A. R. Clapham Bio: Solidago L. D. H. Kent 383. Senecio L. J. FE. Lousley
393. Arctium L. Dr. W. A. Sledge
395. Carduus L. Dr. W. A. Sledge
396. Cirsium Mill. Dr. W. A. Sledge 405. Centaurea L. E. Marsden-Jones 457. Timonium Mill. Dr. H. G. Baker 478. Centauritum Hill. J. S. L. Gilmour 480. Gentiana L. J. E. Lousley
497. Symphytum L. A. E. Wade
506. Myosotis L. A. E. Wade
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS SiS
B:P.L- no. O27. Verbascum L. J. E. Lousley 543. Veronica L. (aquatic species). Dr. J. H. Burnett
545. Euphrasia L. Dr. E. F. Warburg, P. F. Yeo
548. Rhinanthus L. Dr. EK. F. Warburg
558. Mentha lL. R. A. Graham
561. Thymus ly. C. D:. Pigott
596. Amaranthus lL. J. P. M. Brenan
600. Chenopodium L. J. P. M. Brenan
Gin Salicorma L. Prof. T..G. Tutin.
618. Rumex L. J. E Lousiey
633. Ulmus L. Dr. BR. Melville
642. Betula L. Dr. EK. F. Warburg
650. Sahx L. R. D. Meikle, Dr. R. Melville, Dr. E. F. Warburg
651. Populus L. P. G. Beak, Dr. R Melville
659 Orchidaceae. V.S. Summerhayes
668. Hpipactis Sw. C. P. Thomas, Dr. D._P. Young
669. Orchis L. §Dactylorchis. Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison, Dr. P. Vermeulen
718. Juncus L. Prof. P. W. Richards
729. Alisma L. J. EK. Lousley
737. Potamogeton L. J. EK. Dandy, Dr. G. Taylor
740. Loscerg Ui. Prot. /T. G. Tutin
745. Eleocharis R.Br. Dr. S. M. Walters
753. Carex L. KE. Nelmes, E. C. Wallace
754 Gramineae. C. E. Hubbard
824. Poa L. Dr. A. Melderis
826. Festuca L. Dr. W. O. Howarth
826 (2). Vulma C. C. Gmel. Dr. A. Melderis
827. Bromus L.. agg. Prof. T. G. Tutin
830. Agropyron Gaertn. Dr. A. Melderis, Prof. T. G. Tutin
835. Hordeum L. Dr. A. Melderis
844—>- Pteridophyta. A. H. G. Alston
872 Charophyta. G. O. Allen
NOTE.—The specialists’ names in the above list are given in alphabetical order when two or more are available for consultation.
Members may send their specimens of British plants belonging to these groups direct to the specialist indicated, together with a stamped addressed envelope for reply. If the specimens are required to be returned, the necessary postage should be forwarded. The addresses of the specialists will be found in the List of Members, see pp. 418 to 451.
It should be understood that the specialist is not necessarily prepared to name all specimens submitted. In some cases the specialist indicated may not yet have attained sufficient knowledge of the group he is studying. In other cases the material submitted may be incomplete, lacking adequate data or badly prepared. All the specialists will, however, do the best they can to identify plants submitted by members.
Unless it is reasonably certain that specimens will arrive in good fresh con- -dition, they should be sent flat in paper between stiff millboards to prevent shrivelling. Dried pressed specimens may be sent similarly. Specimens should be carefully labelled with locality, habitat, date and any other notes likely to
5TA4 PANEL OF SPECIALISTS
be of use. Whenever possible, specimens should be submitted in duplicate, so that the specialist may retain one specimen if he so desires. Tf only one specimen of a gathering is submitted it should be clearly stated whether its return is desired.
Any member who is studying a critical group and would like his name added to the Panel should forward particulars to Mr. D. E. Allen, Secretary, Development & Rules Committee, for consideration by the Committee.
MISCELLANEOUS SUBJECTS
Biographical Details of British Botanists: D. H. Kent Botanical Apparatus and Material: E. Milne-Redhead Botanical Specimens, Preparation of: E. Milne-Redhead Cytology in Relation to Systematics: Dr. E. F. Warburg Ecology: Prof. A. R. Clapham Folk Lore: D. E. Allen Foreign Floras and Foreign Field Work: A. H. G. Alston Genetics in Relation to Systematics: Prof. D. H. Valentine Herbals:Dr. G.) We awe Lene: History of British Botany, before Linnaeus: Rev. Canon C. E. Raven. History of British Botany, Linnaeus and after: J. S. L. Gilmour Local Floras: N. Douglas Simpson Maps: E. Milne-Redhead Mapping, Methods of: W. T. Stearn, Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Nat. FAIS) sr MEOMGCOM Seed Nomenclature: J. E. Dandy Phenology and Meteorology : F. N. Hepper Popular Names: Miss C. M. Rob Private Herbaria, Location of: D. H. Kent, J. E. Lousley Systematic Works and Monographs: N. Y. Sandwith Vice-County Boundaries: J. E. Dandy Members wishing to avail themselves of the privilege of consulting the specialists in the list should write to them direct and enclose a stamped addressed envelope for rely (addresses in Members’ List, pp. 418 to 451).
ON ~] ~t
DISTRIBUTORS REPORT FOR 1954
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
It is regretted that the year 1955 was erroneously stamped on the labels accompanying specimens. It should of course be 1954. All who received parcels have been individually advised of this mistake.
The 1954 Distribution has been disappointing. Despite the cogent and encouraging remarks by Dr. D. P. Young in his Report for the 1952 Distribution the number of gatherings and sheets has been small. Had it not been for the kindness of some members who answered a call for material, and who supplied a number of duplicates, the outgoing parcels would have been even smaller. Following a careful review of the situation, the Society has accepted Council’s suggestion that the Exchange Section be temporarily suspended. This is now decided policy, thus it is not proposed to dwell further on the subject here ex- cept inasmuch as subsequent remarks in this Report apply. It should however be recorded that, foreseeing the possibility of temporary sus- pension, all Exchange material overflowing from previous years has been dispersed.
The material received—I speak in reference to gatherings for proper Distribution, not to the duplicates—was variable both in quality and suitability. There were many finely prepared specimens, and there were others—let me be frank—which seemed to have had no attention other than applied weight. Particular commendation must go to a set of Oxalis spp., contributed by Dr. Young. These fleshy plants are notoriously difficult to press in a manner that is ultimately either pleas- ing to the eye or of use to the taxonomist, but Dr. Young, battling away with his smoothing iron, has produced examples of a very high standard which will be gratefully received by members of the Section. Grateful acknowledgment must be given also to Professor D. A. Webb, who has provided—so soon after he discovered it—an interesting new subspecies of Pedicularis sylvatica. Mr. Grose and Mr. Lousley have contributed interesting aliens, and other suitable material was sent in. All these gatherings provide an excellent example of what sort of material is suitable for Exchange. Less satisfactory were certain common, introduced weeds, though it must be readily admitted that even these were worth their weight in helping to swell the outgoing parcels. It is very disappointing, and difficult to understand, that critical and interesting genera such as Hrophila, Viola, Rhinanthus, Euphrasia, Hieracium, Potamogeton were either unrepresented or pre- sent in only very small numbers. Many component species in these— and other—genera are neither rare nor difficult to obtain. It is to genera such as these that attention must be particularly paid if the activities of the Section are to be a success on resuscitation. Indeed, Hieracium would appear to offer remarkably heaven-sent opportuni- ties.
-_
576 DISTRIBUTOR’ S KEPORT FOR 1954
When considering the future, another point arises which should per- haps be probed with a possible view to alteration in the Section Rules. At present, one representative sheet of each gathering submitted must be allotted to the British Museum, Kew, and Oxford University respec- tively. No doubt there are, or at any rate once were, adequate reasons for this requirement, and it is undoubtedly right that one sheet should be placed in an institution where it can be consulted without difficulty. When the number of sheets per gathering exceeds the number of contributors no harm is done, but when the number is less this essential deduction of three sheets means that contributors will re- ceive in return less than is their fair due. The simple answer is to allot one sheet of each gathering to one of these three institutions only.
An outstanding feature has been the wealth of kind co-operation by specialists and other experts in the task of checking material. Owing to the wholly unexpected speed with which this was carried out by all concerned, parcels were despatched to members far earlier than had been thought possible, and your Distributor was conscious only of a pleasant task, not an onus. We are greatly indebted to Drs. Melville, Warburg, West, and Young, and Messrs. Alston, Brenan, Hubbard, Lousley, Meikle, Nelmes, Sandwith, Sell, and Swann for expert examination and interesting comments. Especially I would add my personal thanks to Mr. Brenan. To these names must be added thanks to all who contributed, and in particular to those who answered a plain- tive call for further material by supplying duplicates.
R. A. GRAHAM.
LIST OF PARCELS RECEIVED
Gatherings. Sheets. Duplicates.
Uz 1: . Duncan 2 24 J. D. Grose sit 1 15 Botany School, Leicester 4 75 J. E. Lousley 5 56 21 C. W. Muirhead 2 8 43 4 National Museum of Wales 3 40 E. L. Swann oer 4 48 Trinity College, Dublin 6 40 EK. C. Wallace 2 12 33 D. P. Young 6 62 6 4] 415 64 479 From 1951 Distribution ee “as bee 7 1952 ry. te jun gid ; 1953 i a des we 32
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954 ST
Cardaria chalepensis (.) Hand.-Mazz. 70, Cumberland; railway bank between Scotby and Durranhill, Carlisle, growing with C. draba (L.) Desv., June 11, 1952 (Ref. No. 98.52).—Leg. R. MartinpaLe, comm. C. W. Murrewead. ‘This seems correct’’.—R. D. Merkin. ‘Yes, Lepidiwm draba ssp. chalepense var. auriculatum (Boiss.) Thell. The ovate silicules, somewhat tapering at the base and apex, are easily dis- tinguished in most cases from the broad, cordate, turgid fruits of Cardaria draba. In the Orient intermediates occur and the two species are sometimes difficult to separate, though this may be in part due to collection of C. draba with immature fruit. In Britain C. chalepense has persisted for at least 40 years at Par Sands, v.c. 2; and I have material gathered in 1927 and 1937 from Burton-on-Trent, v.c. 39. Both localities are near railways. There may well be other colonies which have been overlooked as (. draba”’.—J. EK. Loustry.
Oxalis corymbosa DC. 17, Surrey; weed in flower-beds, shrubberies, etc., East Molesey (Grid Ref. 51/1467), September 25, 1954 (Ref. No. 5322). Flowers rose-pink when fresh. A frequent and troublesome garden weed in S.W. London, no doubt emanating from parks and large gardens in the district where at one time it was grown for orna- ment. Often confused with O. floribunda Lehm., from which it differs in having a bulbous and not rhizomatous base.—D. P. Youne.
Oxalis pes-caprae LL. (O. cernua Thunb.). 1b, Scilly; bulbfield weed, Parting Carn, St. Mary’s (Grid Ref. 00/9110), June 4, 1954 (Ref. No. 5142). An abundant and long-established weed in the Scilly bulbfields, where it is considered a serious pest. As it is not frost-hardy it is not found on the mainland.—D. P. Youne. ‘‘The ‘Cape Sorrel’ or ‘Ber- muda Buttercup’ is a native of the Cape, which has become a serious agricultural pest in several temperate parts of the world. I first col- lected it in Scilly in 1938 at Tremelethen by which time it was plentiful in St. Mary’s. It has since become abundant on that island, and in recent years I have seen it on St. Martin’s, Tresco, and St. Agnes, growing in the bulbfields and also on stone walls, where it is almost impossible to eradicate. It spreads rapidly by the bulbils which form round the base of the stem, and flowers freely from March to September or later’’.—J. EK. Lousiry.
Oxalis floribunda Lehm. (O. articulata var. hirsuta Prog.). 13, W. Sussex; amongst grass and brambles on sea-shore, Kingston-by-Sea (Grid Square 51/20), May 30, 1954 (Ref. No. 5078). Flowers rose-pink when fresh. <A well-known garden plant, which occurs as an escape, especially near the sea. It can tolerate and compete with a closed plant association as here, but never becomes a troublesome weed.—D. P. Young.
Oxalis latifolia Kunth. 1, W. Cornwall; weed in market gardens, Penzance (Grid Ref. 10/4630), June 10, 1954 (Ref. No. 5117). Flowers pale pink when fresh. <A serious and increasing pest in market-gardens
578 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
and glasshouses in the district and elsewhere in Cornwall and Devon. No doubt it originated from old gardens where it was grown for orna- ment, but it has been established as a weed here for many years. Since the war it has caused concern by its rapid increase, possibly as a result of the use of mechanical cultivators. The plants submitted represent the common form in Cornwall, but differ markedly from normal OQ. latifolia (e.g. that distributed from Jersey in 1926 by Louis-Arséne) in having more rounded leaflets, paler flowers, and very shortly stalked or almost sessile bulbils. As it multiples only by bulbils, the Cornish material is probably a single clone derived from one plant, perhaps col- lected and introduced from a different area from that whence the ‘ordinary’? form has come. It 1s distinguished from O. corymbosa (which is a much less common weed in Cornish glasshouses) by the wide sinus and absence of dots on the edge of the leaflets, which are more glabrous than in that species; and by the bulbils sprouting from below the bulb instead of amongst its scales.—D. P. Youne.
Oxalis carnosa Molina. 1b, Scilly ; naturalised in dry stone walls around and near houses, St. Mary’s (Grid Square 00/91), June 11, 1954 (Ref. No. 5143). This curious succulent has been well established in such situations in at least two of the Scilly Isles for 19 years or more, but is either an immediate garden escape or originally planted. Its status is similar to that of the various Mesembryanthemum spp. naturalised in Scilly. It is one of the most difficult plants known to press satisfac- torily. If dried in the ordinary way it disarticulates at every joint and rapidly falls to a mass of fragments, and if scalded in water or ironed heavily it shrivels almost to nothing. The unbeautiful specimens submitted were flattened with a hot iron for sufficiently long to kill them but not enough to dehydrate them, and then dried in a press as rapidly as possible. The flowers (in separate packets), which close as soon as gathered, were pressed on the spot in the ordinary way: the inflorescences have disarticulated completely.—D. P. Youne. ‘‘In Scilly this species spreads naturally but most of the localities are near houses. I first thought it sufficiently ‘wild’ to be worth collecting in June 1940, when [I gathered and photographed it from rocks between Old and New xrimsby, Tresco. At Pelistry Bay, St. Mary’s, it grows at some dis- tance from the nearest house, but here it may owe its origin to the Scillonian custom of sticking small pieces of succulents into walls. The status of this species in Scilly is very much lower than that of O. pes- caprae, O. corniculata, and O. artieulata var. hirsuta. ft 1s very sensitive to frost’’.—J. E. Lous.ey.
Lotus tenuis Waldst. & Kit. ex Willd. 41, Glamorgan; rough field, formerly cultivated, Sully, August 1954.—A. E. Wapr, comm. Natrona Musrum or Wares. ‘This tall, narrow-leaved form is doubtless a wild plant, although from the situations in which it is found one would suspect it of being an alien here. DL. tenuis is cultivated for fodder on the con- tinent; the form grown is broad-leaved and is very similar to ZL. corni-
i >
DISTRIBUTOR S REPORT KOR 1954 YAS)
culutus, from which it is scarcely distinguishable except by the habit. I believe that the cultivated strain is sometimes found as an alien in this country, and it may have given rise to the occasional reports in the past of intermediates or hybrids between the two species’’.—D. P. YOUNG.
Vicia villosa Roth. 16, W. Kent; rubble tip—one large plant, Leaves Green (Grid Ref. 51/4161), September 13, 1953 (Ref. No. 4932). Closely related to V. dasycarpa Ten. (distributed in 1950), which is often put under it as a subspecies. It differs mainly in being more hairy, and in having longer calyx-teeth, and often plumose racemes.—D. P. Youne. ‘‘Correctly named’’.—J. P. M. BRENaN.
Rosa x hibernica Templeton. 70, Cumberland; roadside hedge near High Lorton, Buttermere, June 13, 1953 (Ref. No. 43a.53).—C. W. MurruHeap. “Yes, I agree’’.—R. MELVILLE.
Rosa rubiginosa xX spinusissima ? 82, Haddington; sandy ground by the sea, Longniddry, July 18, 1954 (Ref. No. 98.54).—C. W. Murr- HEAD. ‘‘The long peduncles and rather abundant pubescence on the lower surfaces of the leaflets would fit an origin from R. spinosissima L. x tomentosa Sm. The rather numerous glands on the leaves would then indicate one of the Scabriusculae. Some at least of the forms placed in the latter group are R. tomentosa x rubiginosa. The character of the present hybrid would fit the triple origin, I. spinosissima x tomentosa x rubiginosa. Did it have the sweet-briar odour ?’’.—R. MELVILLE.
Phuopsis stylosa (Trin.) B.D. Jackson. 41, Glamorgan; naturalised for many years on a hedgebank, St. Donat’s, June 22, 1954.—Leg. JoHN Rees, comm. NationaAn Muszum or Wates. “‘Phuopsis stylosa (Trin-) Benth. & Hook. fil., forma’’.—R. D. MEIKLE.
Valeriana procurrens Wallr. 28, W. Norfolk; dry heathland of North Pickenham Heath, Swaffham (M/R. 53/841059), July 24, 1954. Two large colonies of plants heavily infected with the rust-fungus Uromyces valerianae Fcekl. Stolons above ground and subterranean; leaves in the middle of the stem with 5-6 pairs of leaflets; epidermal cells of the upper surface of the leaf with wavy cells; flowers c. 5 mm. long; pollen- grains 50-44 microns. (See Watsonia, 1, 379 (1950).) Plant associa- tion: —Pteridium and Calluna co-dominant, Chamaenerion angusti- folium (f), Holcus lanatus (0), and Glechoma.—EK. L. Swann. ‘“‘Is this named on a morphological or cytological basis?’’?.—D. P. Youne. ‘IT cannot distinguish this from V. officinalis L.’’.—R. D. MerKue.
Calotis cuneifolia R. Br. 30, Beds.; wool alien in field of onions, Old Warden, September 26, 1954.—J. E. Loustery and J. G. Dony. This species is a native of Australia (not also of New Zealand as has been erroneously repeated in several English works) and was first observed
D80 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
in Yorkshire as long ago as 1886. It has been frequently found in recent years, but very seldom grows to the size of the plants from which this gathering was taken, of which one was nearly a yard across and a mass of beautiful blue flowers. One sheet was sent to Dr. Gwenda lL. Davis, of New England University College, New South Wales, who has recently revised the genus (see Proc. Iinn. Soc., N.S.W., 77, 146-188 (1952)) and she confirms the name, but writes ‘‘vegetatively atypical—leaves much broader at the base and longer than any I have seen’. My own other gatherings from England have narrower and less luxuriant leaves than the plants now distributed.—J. E. Loustey.
Hieracitum lasiophyllum Koch. 70, Cumberland; Yew Crags, Honister Pass, on Skiddaw slate, alt. 1800; June 18, 1953 (Ref. No. 57.53).—C. W. Mutryeap. ‘‘Shows a good series of H. lasiophyllum var. euryodon F. J. Hanbury’’.—P. Seti and C. West.
Hieracium lasiophyllum Koch. 70, Cumberland; on rocks above “The Bishop”, Barf Fell, Bassenthwaite, June 13, 1953 (Ref. No. 42.53). Leaves spotted; styles yellow.—C. W. Murrueap. ‘‘Shows a good series of H. lasiophyllum var. euryodon F. J. Hanbury’’.—P. SELL and C. WEsT.
Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey. 8. S. Wilts; cabbage field, Little Cheverell, October 6, 1954 (Ref. No. 6391).—J. D. Grose. “This resembles specimens named Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey., and the nutlets seem to be right, but the material should be referred to Dr. I. M. Johnston. There seems to be little agreement among North Ameri- can botanists as to the delimitation of species of this genus’’.—N. Y. SANDWITH.
Kuphrasia brevipila Burnat & Gremli. 85, Fife; in sandy turf by the sea, North Queensferry, July 14, 1954 (Ref. No. 74.54). Leaves very dark, rather fleshy, with short glands.—C. W. Murruegap. ‘“‘The relatively small flowers and flexuous habit suggest that this is BE. brevi- pula x confusa rather than pure E£. brevipila’’.—E. F. Warsure.
Euphrasia montana Jord. 70, Cumberland; in meadows between Grange Bridge and the Borrowdale Hotel, June 18, 1953 (Ref. No. 49.53).—C. W. Murrueap. ‘Yes, good characteristic material’’.—E. F. WARBURG.
Pedicularis sylvatica L. H. 35, N. Donegal; steeply shelving moor- land (alt. ec. 800’), Maghera, June 30, 1954 (Ref. No. 95/85). Largely subsp. hibernica D. A. Webb (ined.) with hairy calyx; some plants of type also present.—D. A. Wenn.
Mentha longifolia (L.) Huds. 83, Edinburgh: Braid Burn, near Liberton Dams, October 3, 1953 (Ref. No. 149.53).—C. W. Murrueap. ‘‘Beautiful specimens of an unusual mint. It has a general resemblance
DISTRIBUTOR’ S REPORT FOR 1954 581 to ““M. x niliaca var. sapida (Tausch) Briquet’’, to which it is probably closely allied. It differs from this in having more numerous, sharper serratures, exserted stamens, and—as compared with the greater bulk of ‘‘sapida’’—in having leaves of a brighter green. Also, the scent seems more pleasant. It is certainly unlike the Linnean specimen of MM. longifolia, which has narrowly-lanceolate leaves with a thick white sub- surface tomentum, the like of which I have not seen among British material. Nor does it resemble any British horsemint that I can bring to mind as having seen. I am not by any means convinced that this mint is a hybrid of M. longifolia with M. rotundifolia, as its affinity to ‘““sapida’’, according to Briquet’s system of nomenclature, might sug- gest. For the time being I can only suggest a close connection with M. jongifolia in view of its general morphological characters, but whether it will ultimately be considered as a variety of this, or as a hybrid of this with another species, cannot yet be ascertained for sure.
It would assist if the chromosomes could be counted.’’—R. A. GRAHAM. Mentha x niliaca var. sapida (Tausch) Brig. 90, Forfar; Park- hill, near Arbroath, August 1954.—U. K. Duncan. “Miss Duncan’s
determination is correct, insofar as this name—on an identification by Briquet—has been applied to this mint for a long time. My suspicion as to whether the name ‘‘sapida’’ is correctly applicable to this mint was published in the Report of the 1952 Distribution, and I regret that the answer to the problem is not yet reached. The matter turns on the exact nature of the type specimen of M. sapida Tausch, which has been requested from Brussels but is not yet to hand. The difficulty hes in an apparent confusion over 'Tausch’s mint: Braun and Briquet give very different descriptions, and if Braun is right, this Scottish mint cannot be linked up with sapida. A further, perhaps minor entangle- ment lies in the fact that Briquet, having supplied the name which Miss Duncan gives, left the specimen named as M. x villosa var. nemorosa (Willd.) Briquet in his herbarium at Geneva (M. villosa Huds. being antedated by M. niliaca Jacquin). It can be added that M. mollissima Bork. and M. candicans Crantz have been at times suggested for this mint, but so far as I can tell from conflicting continental literature, neither is satisfactorily applicable’’.—R. A. GraHam.
Amaranthus hybridus subsp. cruentus var. patulus (Bertol.) Thell. 28, W. Norfolk; arable land, Rowley Corner, Hilborough, in a crop of annual blue lupin (Lupinus angustifolius), September, 1954 (Ref. No. 2524). In submitting a gathering to Mr. J. P. M. Brenan to confirm my naming of A. chlorostachys Willd., he suggested that it was best called as above. The growing of ‘‘sweet’’ lupins as a grain crop is a recent introduction in Norfolk for farmers with light land as a substitute for peas and beans for livestock feeding. The source of the seed of the Hilborough crop was not specified, but strains have been developed mainly in Germany and Holland. Both the Amaranthus and Digitaria ischaemum were found in the same field.—E. L. Swann. ‘‘This seems to be correctly
582 DISTRIBUTOR S REPORT FOR 1954
naimed according to the classification by Thellung in Asch. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. Fl., Vol. 5(1) (1914)’.—J. P. M. Brenan.
Salic x forbyana Sm. (? S. cinerea X purpurea xX viminalis). 28, W. Norfolk; from old willow-carr on the Earl of Leicester’s estate at Holkham. Catkins April 17, 1954, leaves September 15, 1954 (Ref. 2528). Described by Sir J. E. Smith in Eng. Bot., ed. 1, no. 1145, as S. forbyana, it commemorates the Rev. Joseph Forby of Fincham, Norfolk (c. 1800). This ‘‘Fine Basket Osier’’ is a native. R. D. Meikle in giving the name for this suggested it was probably the ternary hybrid S. cinerea x purpurea x viminalis. Evidence for S. cinerea may be seen in the faint striae on the decorticated wood; the catkins are cer- tainly S. purpurea; and the large stipules and leatf-length suggest some S. viminalis influence.—E. L. Swann. Mr. Meikle has re-examined, and again confirmed the name.—R. A. GRAHAM.
Salic uaurita torma pseudvohermaphrodita Gagnep. 28, W. Nor- folk; heath overlying gravel, East Winch Common, King’s Lynn. Catkins April 22, 1954, leaves September 27, 1954 (Ref. No. 2530). Although various species of willow are seen occasionally with mon- strosities such as odd branches bearing both male and female flowers, it is seldom that the whole bush—as in this instance—bears hermaphrodite inflorescences.—E. L. Swann. ‘‘Correct’’.—R. D. MEIKLE.
Juncus bulbosus L. sens. strict. H. 27, W. Mayo; on damp sand in flood zone on the west shore of Lough Mask, July 14, 1954 (Ref. No. 94/13).—D. A. Wess. (This and the ensuing species were submitted to Professor Richards who was, however, abroad, and therefore unable to comment.—R. A. GRAHAM).
Juncus kochu F. W. Schultz. H. 15, S.E. Galway; bog S.E. of Kil- lunor, September 17, 1954 (Ret. No. 93/87). Growing on bare peat at the edge of a flooded cutting. Very common in bogs in Western Ireland, to the exclusion of J. bulbosus L.—D. A. Wess.
Spargantune minimum Wallr. H. 27, W. Mayo; small bog-lake, 34 miles north of Mallaranny, July 15, 1954 (Ref. No. 84/97).—D. A. Wess.
Carex punctata Gaudin. H.1, S. Kerry; ex cult. Trinity College Dublin Botanie Gardens; root from Derrynane, S. Kerry, June 11, 1954 (Ref. No. 82/43). Grown in partial shade. The original station Was a small marsh just above the shore, not brackish but apparently base- rich.—D. A. Wess. ‘‘Correct’’.—E. NELMEs.
Carer serotina Mérat. 97, Westerness; salt marsh, in grass and stones, Loch Aline (west shore), Morvern, June 26, 1954.—E. C. Wat- Lack. ‘‘Correct’’.—E. NELMEs.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954 583
Spartina maritima (Curt.) Fernald. 19, N. Essex; salt marsh near Thorpe-le-Soken, September 6, 1954.—J. M. HarrsHorN, comm. UNIVERSITY OF LEICESTER.
Anthoxanthum puellii Lecog & Lamotte. 17, Surrey; sandy corn- field, Pirbright. October 16, 1954.—J. E. Loustey. ‘‘Correct’’.—C. E. HUBBARD.
Deschampsia setacea (Huds.) Hack. 17, Surrey; bogs at Pudmoor Pond, Thursley Common, July 25, 1954.—E. C. Watiace. ‘‘Correct’’. —C. E. Husparp.
Catapodium marinum (L.) C. E. Hubbard. 45, Pembroke; Tenby, June 10, 1954.—J. A. Wess, comm. Nationan Museum oF WALES. “Catapodium marinum (l..) C. E. Hubbard (Festuca marina L.)’’.— C. EK. Hussarp.
Zerna inermis (Leyss.) Lindm. 90, Angus; naturalised by a roadside, Camperdown, Dundee, July 1954.—U. K. Duncan. ‘‘The plant I re- ceived has awns up to 2°56 mm. long. It matches West Norfolk material of this adventive Hungarian Brome from both Breckland sands and maritime shingle. I do not know if the varietal distinction has been made under Zerna and would call this Bromus inermis var. aristatus Opiz or, as it appears likely that it may be as polymorphic as Hchinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv., then B. inermis forma aristatus Fernald.’’—K. L. Swann. ‘“‘It should be noted that Zerna is an illegitimate name’’.—C. E. Husparp.
Bromus unioloides Kunth.. 63, S.W. Yorks; wool alien, Shipley, November 1, 1954.—J. E. Loustry. ‘‘Correct’’.—C. E. Husparp.
Hordeum marinum var. gussonianum (Parl.) Tackh. 63, S.W. Yorks; wool alien, Eccleshill railway sidings, November 1, 1954.—J. E. Loustey, det. A. Mretperis. ‘‘Hordewm hystrix Roth (H. marinum var. gussonia- num (Parl.) Tackh.)’’.—C. K. Hussarp.
Hordeum glaucum Steud. 63, S.W. Yorks; wool alien, Hccleshill railway sidings, November 1, 1954.—J. E. Lousigry, det. A. MELprris. In abundance at these sidings, where it has-been collected at various times in 1953 and 1954 by Mr. D. McClintock and Dr. J. G. Dony. Dr. Dony and I have also gathered it in fields and on railway sidings in Bedfordshire, v.c. 30.—J. E. Loustry. ‘‘Hordeum glaucum Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 1: 352 (1854). It is unfortunate that in his paper ‘“T'axonomic Observations on the N. American species of Hordeum’’, published in Madrofio, 10 (1949), G. Covas overlooked H. glaucum Steud. and re- described it as H. stebbinsii Covas (p. 17). Authentic material of the latter from California has been compared with isotype material of H. glaucum Steud. (Sinai Peninsula, Jebel Catherin, Schimper 383). H. glaucum may be easily distinguished from H. murinum L. by its minute
584 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
anthers (0-2—0-5 mm.) and the presence of a slender internode (‘‘pedicel’’) between the glumes and floret of the central spikelet. In H. murinum the anthers are 0:-7—1:'4 mm. long and the internode is absent (the floret is ‘‘sessile’’). H. glawcwm is widespread in the Near East extending from the Eastern Mediterranean to N.W. India; it occurs also in N. Africa. It has been introduced into North and South America, South Africa and Australia, from some of which regions it has been carried with wool to the British Isles. It is possible that the name H. glaucum Steud. may have to be replaced by Hordeum imrinum Forsk., Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 19 (1775), when the type of this species has been re-examined. H. iwmrinum Forsk. was based on specimens collected on the island of Imroz (Imros, Imbros), Turkey’’.—C. E. Huvssarp, January 14th, 1955.
Thelypteris robertiana (Hoffm.) Slosson. H. 26, E. Mayo; chinks in limestone pavement, Cloghmoyne (the only Irish station), July 13, 1954.—D. A. WEBB.
<_s
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL
A Magazine of Natural History
Published Every Quarter by the I.N.J. Committee
Epitep By Miss M. P. H. KERTLAND, M.Sc., with the assistance of Sectional Editors.
Annual Subscription, 10/— post free. Single Parts, 3/6
All communications to be addressed to:—
The Editor, Department of Botany, Queen’s University, Belfast
INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS, B.S.B.I., VOL. I
The more important mentions of plants in original papers, Plant Notes and Abstracts are included. Plant Records are not included.
Abstracts from Literature, 71, 186, 339, 502
Acer pseudoplatanus, 505 i
Acorus calamus, 230
Aellen, P., 321
Agrimonia, 340; eupatoria, 376
x Agrohordeum langet, 323, 387
Agropyron repens X Hordeum secalinum, 323, 387
Agrostis canina var. arida; var. fascicularis, 519; gigantea; stolonifera, 235, 519; tenuis, 519
Alchemilla, 197, 258, 340, 372; alpina, 340; minor, 88
Alderney, Notes on the Flora of, 142
Alisma lanceolatum,; plantago-aquatica, 230
Allen, D. E.: Recent work on the Manx Flora, 5: 156, 280, 320, 543
Allium paradoxum, 516
Alnus glutinosa; incana, 220
Alopecurus aequalis; aequalis x pratensis, 234; alpinus, 159; geniculalus, 234
Amaranthus bouchoni; caudatus x chlorostachys; chlorostachys x retroflexus; palmeri, 214
Amelanchier canadensis; laevis, 198; ovalis, 340; spicata, 198
Ammophila arenaria, 235
Amsinckia intermedia; parishi, 209
Anagallis arvensis, 156, 208
Anderson, E.: Plants, Man and Life (review), 412
Andromeda polifolia, 342
Anemone, 186; nemorosa, 339
Angelica archangelica, 200
Annual General Meeting, 1954, 274; 1955, 408
Antennaria dioica, 202, 376
Anthriscus sylvestris, 342
Anthyllis vulneraria, 320
Antirrhinum majus, 211
Aphanes arvensis; microcarpa, 197
Apium nodiflorum; repens, 96
Arctium, 205
Arenaria montana, 192
Armeria, 343
Artemisia, 204; norvegica, 97, 204; var. scotica, 320; verlotorum, 204
Arum maculatum xX neglectum, 97; neglectum, 97, 287, 517
Asarum europaeum, 218
Asplenium, 241; adulterinum, 389; x breynii, 97, 389; viride, 241, 391
Assistant Secretary’s Report, 1953, 276; 1954, 410
Astrantia major, 200
Athyrium filizx-femina, 344
Atriplex, 215
Avena fatua; ludoviciana, 519, 520; sativa; strigosa, (key), 520
Azolla filiculoides, 243, 345
Baker, H. G. The Limonium binervosum complex in western and northern Ireland, 131
Bedfordshire, Carex hostiana in, 314
Bellis perennis, 509
Bennett, Sir John, a herbarium of, 490
Betula, 220; pubescens, 514
Bidens cernua; connata var. petiolata, 342; frondosa, 208, 342; tripartita, 342
Blackstonia perfoliata, 208
Bradshaw, M. E., 538
Brassica campestris, 504; cretica; oleracea, 189: tourneforttt, 504
Bromus, (key), 239; carinatus, 159; commutatus; inermis, 239; lepidus, 238, 521; macrostachys; molliformis; mollis; scoparius, 238; secalinus, 239
Dy INDEX TO VOL. l
Buckle, O., 244, 250, 251, 253
Butcher, RK: -W., 279; “Quo Imus ?% 395 Butomus umbellatus, 517
Buxcus sempervirens, 220
Cakile edentula, 339; edentula x maritima, 190; murilima, 339
Calamagrostis, 235
Caldey Island, Pembrokeshire, Flova of, 21
Callitriche, (key), 340; hermaphrodilica,; intermedia, 199
Calluna vulgaris, 206, 510
Caltha palustris, 187
Calystegia sepium; sylvestris, 94, 375
Cambridgeshire (v.c. 29), Notes on the flora of, 471
‘Campanula tlactiflora, 493; persicifolia, 206; rotundifolia, 206, 510
Campbell, M. S8., 547
Capsella bursa-pastoris, 189
Cardamine, 503; crassifolia; hayneanda, 83; polemonioides: pratensis, 188
Cardaria chalepensis, 577; draba, 339, 57
Carex, 231, 232; bicolor, 232, 518; bigelowii, 264, 388; cespitosda, 264; chlorocarpu 387; demissd, 92; elata, 388; extensa, 232; flacca, 382; flava, 92, 232; flava x hostiana; flava X lepidocarpa; flava xX _ serotinad, 222; goodenoughii; var Stolonifera; var. strictiformis, 388; hostiana, 314; hostiana xX flava, 232; hostiana X lepidocarpa, 232, 314; hostiana xX serotinad, 232; juncella, 264; laevigata, 232; lepidocarpa, 92, 232; lepidocarpa x serotind, 232; limula, 388, melaend, 387; nigra, 264, 387; forma badia; forma chlorostachyea;: forma fuliginosa; forma leucolepis, 387; forma polyandra; forma subsetaced, 388s: polyandra, 387; pulicaris, 232; scandinavica, 92; serotind, 92, 232; slolonifera, 264, 388; subcaespitosa, 264
Carpinus betulus, 221
Centaurea scabiosa, 509
Centaurium, (key), 511; littorale, 98, 208; minus, 98; pulchellum, 208
Cerastium, 191, 505; alpinum, 190; arcticum, 191; arvense, 190, 191, 504; brachypeta- lum, 190; cerastoides, 191; glomeratum, 190; holosteoides, 190, 191; pumilum 191; semidecandrum, 190; subtetrandrum, 102; tetrandrum, 102, 190
Ceralophyllum submersum, 222
Cerinthe minor var. hispida, 39
Chaenorhinum minus, 211
Chamaenerion. angustifolium, 199, 507
Characeae, 243
Cheiranthus cheiri, 188
Chelidonium majus, 187, 339
Chenopodium, 214, 513
Chloris, 236
Cirsium acaule, 391
Cladium mariscus, 231
Colchicum autumnatle, 516
Compositae, 508
Conopodium majus, 200
Convolvulus arvensis, 209
Coriandrum sativum, 200
Cotoneaster, 507; horizontalis, 156; integerrimus, 340
Council, Report of the, 1953, 266; 1954, 398
Crepis capillaris, 509
Cruciferae, 508
Curtis, Sir Roger (obit.), 279
Cuscuta australis var. cesatiana, 39, 101, 210: campestris, 209; curopaea, 210
Cyclamen europaeum, 208
‘ymbalaria muralis, 211
‘ynodon dactylon, 520
‘ynosurus cristatus; echinatus, 236
‘yperus esculentus, 158; rotundus, 159
‘ypripedium, 516; calceolus, 39
‘ystopteris fragilis, 345
Fe ee
INDEX TO VoL. l 3
Dactylis glomerata, 236, 520
Dactyloctenium, 234
Dalby, D. H., 550
Datura stramonium, 210
Debray, M., 413
Dentaria bulbifera, 503
Deschampsia flexuosa, 235, 519; setacea, 519
Dianthus, 504; gratianopolitanus, 382
Digitalis purpurea, 211
Digitaria sanguinalis, 233
Diplotaxis catholica; erucoides; muralis; tenuifolia; viminea, 189
Dipsacus, 508
Distribution Maps Scheme, 121, 316, 379, 396, 406; extension to Ireland of the British National Grid, 316; First Annual Report to 31 December 1954, 406; progress of, 396
Distributor’s Report for 1953, 461; for 1954, 575
Dony, J. G., 158; Flora of Bedfordshire (review), 277: 323, 413
Doronicum pardalianches; plantagineum, 205
Draba aizoides, 504
Drosera, 507
Dryopteris, 242, 523; borreri, 242; dilatata, 101, 523; filix-mas; filix-mas xX paleacea; paleacea; spinulosa; xX tavelii, 242
Duncan, U. K.. 493
Durham wild roses, 369
Edees, E. S., 110: Notes on Staffordshire brambles, 301
Egeria densa, 322
Eleocharis palustris, 344
Elodea callitrichoides, 321; canadensis, 223
Elymus arenarius, 240
Endymion non-scriptus, 228, 516
Epilobium; adenocaulon, 341; linnaeoides, 37, 93; pedunculare, 493
Epipactis, 224, 515; confusa, 224; helleborine, 224, 515; palustris, 224; phyllanthes 224, 225, 515; purpurata, 225
Epiphytic flora, a British, 91
Epipogium aphyllum, 93, 224, 389, 515
Equisetum, 240, 522; fluviatile, 95; palustre, 95, 522; pratense, 240; sylvaticum; telmateia, 95
Erica, 510; cinerea, 262; mackaiana, 102; tetralix, 207, 262
Erinus alpinus, 212
Eriochloa contracta, 494
Eriophorum angustifolium, 231, 375, 518; latifoliwm, 375
Erophila conferta, 91
Euphorbia, 219, 514; cyparissias; esula, 219
Euphrasia arctica; eurycarpa; frigida; marshallii, 213; nemorosa, 90, 343; occiden- talis, 394; occidentalis x salisburgensis var. hibernica, 393; pseudokerneri, 394; pseudokerneri X occidentalis, 393; salisburgensis, 394
Exhibition Meeting, 1953, 83; 1954, 379
Fagus sylvatica, 224
Festuca, 238, 521; longifolia var. trachyphylla; ovina, 261, 344, 521; subsp. indigesta var. molinieri; subvar. hibernica; var. vulgaris, 238; pratensis, 521; rubra, 238, 261; rubra xX Vulpia membranacea, 390; tenuifolia, 238
Field Meetings, 1953, 244, 5388: 1954, 542: Bangor, 1953, 244; Forres, 1953, 246; Hor- sham, 1954, 548; Kew, 1953, 244; Lake District, 1953, 538; Langham Pond and Runnymede, 1954, 550; Maldon, 1953, 250; Mid Perth, 1954, 547; Peterborough, 1953, 253; Pulborough, 1953, 251; Shingle Street, 1954, 550; South Lancs., 1953, 250; Southport, 1954, 543; West Norfolk, 1954, 542
Fitter, R. S. R. & Lousley, J. E.: The Natural History of the City (review), 104
Fragaria, 196, 506; vesca, 196
Fumaria, 188
4 INDEX TO VOL. l
Galanthus nivalis, 228
Galeopsis, 213
Galium, 202, 263; aparine, 263; boreale, 508; pumilum, 383; saxatile, 342; tricorne, 263
Galinsoga aristulata; parviflora; quadriradiata, 203, 342
Genistella sagittalis, 320
Gentiana, 209
Gentianaceae, 208
Geranium pusillum, 193; robertianum, 339
Geum, 196; rivale, 264
Gibby, A. N., 369
Gloucester, adventive plants in, 1952, 70
Glyceria; declinata, 237
Gordon, Miss V., 37
Graham Re vAy d5peatD
Gramineae, 233, 518
Gregor, Arthur George (obit.), 552
Grose, J. D.: Mentha pratensis Sole, 154
Hammarbya@ paludosa, 223, 515
Harland, S: C.: The genus Senecio as a subject for cytogenetical investigation. 256
Harrison, J. Heslop: Durham wild roses, 369
Hassall, Mrs. Bessie Florence (obit.), 413
Hawkes, J. G. and Phipps, J. B.: Sceorzonera humilis L. in Warwickshire, 152
Hedera helix, 200, 507; var. hibernica, 507
Helianthemum, 87; canum, 391; guttatum, 87
Helleborus viridis, 187
Hepper, F. N.: Flora of Caldey Island, Pembrokeshire, 21
Herniaria ciliata, 214, 371; glabra, 371, 380; maritima var. ciliata, 214, 371, 380
Hieracium, 206, 342, 510; pilosella, 342
Hippocrepis, 194; comosa, 195
Hippophae rhamnoides, 218
Hippuris vulgaris, 199
Holcus lanatus; mollis, 235, 236
Hordeum, 239, 240; glaucum, 323, 583; leporinwm, 323; pusillum, 324 Howarth, Ralph (obit.), 280
Hubbard, C. E., 323
Hymenophyllum tunbrigense, 243
Hypericum perforatum, 193; undulatum, 84
Hypochoeris glabra x radicata, 99; radicata, 510
Iberis amara, 504
Impatiens capensis, 86, 505; glandulifera, 86, 194; noli-tangere; parviflora, 86 Inula britannica, 203
Iris pseudacorus, 227
Jasione montana, 206 Juncus; acutus, 516; bulbosus; kochii, 84; tenuis, 228
Kent, D. H., 37, 39, 104, 156, 159: Scottish records of Senecio squalidus, 312: 320. 321, 322, 323
Kickavia elatine; spuria, 201
Knox, Margaret (obit.), 105
Kochia densiflora, 321
Koeleria, 236
Koenigia islandica, 86
Kohlrauschia prolifera, 190
INDEX TO VOL. 1 5
Lacey, W. S.: Orchis traunsteineri Saut. in Wales, 297
Lagarosiphon major, 322
Lamium, 214, 513; album; purpureum, 214
Lapsana intermedia, 205
Larix decidua, 240
Lathraea squamaria, 213
Lathyrus palustris; pratensis, 195
Lemna trisulca, 230
Leontodon taraxacoides, 206
Lepidium densiflorum; ruderale; virginicum, 189
Limonium, 207, 342; binervosum; paradoxum, transwallianum, 131
Linaria vulgaris, 211
Liparis loeselii, 223
Lithospermum, 209
Local Secretaries, Recorders and Referees, 567
Lolium, 521, 522; italicum; loliaceum; perenne; remotum; rigidum; temulentum, 522
Lonicera peri-clymenum, 201
Lotus hispidus, 83
Lousley, J. E., 37, 39, 157, 244: Some recent discoveries and re-discoveries, 255 : 320, 412, 414, 493, 553
Luzula, 229, 516; campestris, 517
Lycopodium clavatum, 243
Lythrum salicaria, 199
Mackechnie, R., 547
McClintock, D., 320
Malvaceae, 505
Manx flora, recent work on, 5
Matthiola incana, 188; sinuata, 320
Matricaria inodora; maritima, 509
Medicago sativa, 194
Melampyrum arvense, 213
Melandrium album; dioicum, 190, 504
Melderis, A., 114, 159
Melica uniflora, 520
Members and Subscribers, Geographical List of, 452: List of, 418
Mentha; X maximiliana (aquatica x rotundijolia), 383; x niliaca, 581; pratensis. 154; smithiand, 257
Mibora minima, 344
Mimulus guttatus, 343
Molinia caerulea, 520
Montia, 193
Morgan, B. M. C., 548
Morton, J. K., 159
Myosotis scorpioides, 209
Myosurus minimus, 186
Najas marina, 95, 343
Narcissus, 227
Narthecium ossifragum, 228
Nelmes, E.: Carex hostiana in Bedfordshire, 314
Neottia nidus-avis, 223
Nitella, 523
Northamptonshire Plant Records, 482
Northern Regional Meeting (Manchester), 1953, 254; (Durham), 1954, 369
Obituaries: Curtis, Sir Roger, 279: Gregor, Arthur George, 552; Hassall, Mrs. Bessie Florence, 413; Howarth, Ralph, 280; Knox, Margaret, 105; Praeger, Robert Lloyd, 106; Rilstone, Francis, 110; Ronniger, Karl, 280; Senay, P.. 413; Sherrin, William Robert, 553: Watson, William Charles Richard, 556; Wedgwood, Mrs. M. L., 144
Onobrychis victifolia, 464
6 INDEX TO VoL. 1
Ophioglossaceae, 243
Ophrys; insectifera, 227
x Orchiaceras spuria, 226
Orchidaceae, 223, 515
Orchis, 86, 515; fuchsti, 225-227: incarnata, 225, 226; x jacquini, 226; mascula, 516: militaris, 226; praetermissa, 225; purpured, 225, 343; purpurella, 225; traun- steineri, 226, 297, 388
Orobanche, 384, 513; alba, 513: minor, 213
Ounstead, John: Notes on the flora of Alderney, 142
Oxalis acetosella, 193; articulata var. hirsuta, 577; carnosd, 578: cernua, 577: corniculata var. microphylla, 463; corymbosa, 577; dillenii, 464; europaea, 463-464; floribunda; latifolia, 577; stricta, 463-464
Oxyria digyna, 514
Papaver rhoeas, 187
Parietaria diffusa, 220, 514
Parnassia palustris, 199
Pedicularis sylvatica, 512
Perring, F. H.: John Clare and Northamptonshire plant records, 482: Progress of the Distribution Maps Scheme, 396
Perring, F. H., Sell, P. D. and Walters, S. M.: Notes on the flora of Cam- bridgeshire (v.c. 29), 471
Personalia and Notices to Members, 116, 282, 416, 562
Phalaris, 234; arundinacea, 518
Phleum pratense, 235, 518; phleoides, 235
Phragmites communis, 236
Phyllitis scolopendrium, 241, 523
Physalis alkekengii, 210
Phytolacca americana, 215
Picris echioides, 205
Pinguicula, 343
Pinus sylvestris, 240, 522
Plantago; coronopus, 214; major, 378
Plant Notes, 37, 156, 320, 492
Plant Records, 41, 161, 325, 495
Platanthera bifolia, 227
Poa, 521; alpina, 344, 521; alpina x pratensis; annua, 237, 386; palustris, 521; pratensis, 236, 524
Polycarpon tetraphyllum, 193
Polygala amara: austriaca; calcarea, 259-260: oxryptera, 93, 259-260; serpyllifolia. 259; vulgaris, 93, 259-260
Polygonatum, 220; x hybridum, 158
Polygonum, amphibium: aviculare, (key), 215; bistorta, 514; convolvulus x dume- torum, 215; senegalense, 493
Polypodium vulgare, 242
Polystichum, 344; setiferum, 345
Populus, 222, 343; canescens; tremula, 222
Potamogeton, 343; alpinus, 230
Potentilla anglica, 197, 261; anglica x reptans, 197; erecta; erecta xX anglica, 197, 261; x italica; xX mixta, 261; reptans, 197; xX suberecta, 261
Praeger, Robert Lloyd (obit.), 106
Prime, C. T., Buckle, O. and Lovis, J. D.: Distribution and ecology of Arum neglectum in southern England, 287
Primula, 207; scotica, 511; vulgaris, 208
Prunella vulgaris, 348
Prunus, 195, 505
Psoralea americana, 387
Pteridium aquilinum, 241,
Pteridophyta, 240, 344, 522
Pulmonaria, 209
Pulsatilla vulgaris, 186
Pyrola minor, 511
Pyrus communis, 320
INDEX TO VoL. l 7
Quercus cerris, 221; pelraea; robur, 221, 514 “Quo Imus?’’, 395
Ranunculus, 339; acris, 186, 503; auricomus, 187; bulbosus, 186, 503; ficaria, 187, 503; flammula, 99; repens, 503
Rechinger, K. H., 280
Rhinanthus crista-galli, 213
Rhododendron ponticum, 207
Ribbons, B. W., 547
Ribes, 199, 340
Rilstone, Francis (obit.), 110
Rob, C. M.: Changes in the flora of north-west Yorkshire during the past century, 395: Some alien plants of Yorkshire, 255
Robson, A. W.. 158
Roegneria canina, 89; doniana, 88
Ronniger, Karl (obit.), 280
Rorippa amphibia, 503; microphylla; nasturlium-aquaticum; xX sterilis, 188; sylvestris, 503
Rosa, 103, 254, 369, 373, 506; agrestis: caesia; canina; dumalis; dumetorum; micrantha; obtusifolia; sherardi; tomentosa, 506; X wilsoni, 265
Rosser, E. M., 250, 254
Rubus, 195, 301, 339, 505; arcticus, 386
Rumex acetosella; angiocarpus, 217, 514; crispus; conglomeratus, 514; gramini- folius, 217; obtusifolius subsp. agrestis; palustris: pulcher subsp. eu-pulcher, 514; tenuifolius; var. turfosus, 217
RUSCUS, 228
Sagina procumbens, 192
Sagittaria sagittifolia, 230
Salicornia, (key), 99-100; 385, 514; appressa; dolichostachyu, 385-386; perennis, 380; var. radicans, 386; ramosissimad, 385; smithiana, 386
Salix, 515; X foroyand, 582; lapponum; repens, 221
Salpichroa origanifolia, 157
Sambucus; ebulus, 201
Sandwith, N. Y., 114, 322
Sarothamnus scoparius, 505
Saussurea alpina, 509
Saxifraga aizoides, 507
Scabiosa@ columbaria, 202
Schoenoplectus lacustris, 231
Scirpus lacustris, 231; subsp. flevensis; palustris; tabernaemontani, 517
Scleranthus, 214. 513 i
Scorzonera humilis, 152
Scrophularia, 512
Scrophulariaceae, 512
Sedum, 507; rosea, 199
Sempervivum. tectorum, 340
Senay, P. (obit.), 443
Senecio, 390, 509; inaequidens, 256, 312; lawlus, 256; squalidus, 256, 312; x visci- dulus; viscosus X vulgaris, 37, 96; vulgaris, 205, 256
Setaria, 233
Sherrin, William Robert (obit.), 553
Shillito, J. F., 39
Silene nutans, 94
Sisymbrium irio, 189
Smith, K. Pickard, 552
Solanum; rostratum; sisymbrifolium, 210
Solidago virgaurea, 509
Sorbus, 102, 507; confusa; latifolia; torminalis x aria, 198
Sparganium, 517
Spartina, 159; townsendii, 233-234
Specialists, Panel of, 572
Staffordshire brambles, 301
8 INDEX TO VOL. l
Stellaria media, 192; nemorum; var. glochidispermd, 191, 384
Swann, E. L., 542
Sylvester-Bradley, P. C.: The taxonomic implications of the British Rose Sur- vey, 254
Symphytum, 392, 512
Tagetes minuta, 204
Tanacetum vulgare, 204
Taraxacum, 510
Taxus baccata, 240
Teesdalia nudicaulis, 190
Thlaspi, 190
Thymus, 513
Tilia, 505; platyphyllos x tomentosa, 193 Tolypella, 523
Tragopogon, 206, 510
Tragus, 234
Trichomanes speciosum, 243
Trifolium; hybridum, 194; repens, 505; sublerraneum, 194 Trigonella, 339
Trollius europaeus, 187
Tutin, T. G., 461
Typha angustifolia; latifolia, 229, 517
Ulex europaeus, 505; gallii, 194 Ulmus; X hollandica, 220 Umbelliferae, 200, 342, 507 Urtica dioica, 220
Utricularia, 513
Vaccinium x intermedium, 263; uliginosum, 206
Valeriana exaltata; officinalis, 508; procurrens, 202, 579; sambucifolia, 508
Valerianella locusta, 202
Vallisneria spiralis, 223
Veronica anagallis-aquatica, 85, 212, 348; arvensis, 212; beccabunga; catenata, 8, 212, 343; filiformis, 212, 213, 343, 512; hybrida, 89, 212, 343, 512: officinalis, 343; polita, 212; serpyllifolia var. humifusa, 212; spicata, 89, 212
Vicia, 195; cracca, 505; monantha, 492; tenuifolia, 505
Vinca; major, 208
Viola; lutea, 504
Viscaria alpina; alpina xX vulgaris; vulgaris, 190
Viscum album, 218
Walters, S. M.: The Distribution Maps Scheme, 121: 277
\avehitol 18} Mb Ste,
Watson, William Charles Richard (obit.), 556
Webb, D. A., 106: The Distribution Maps Scheme: A provisional extension to Iie- land of the British National Grid, 316
Webster, Miss M. McCallum, 246
Wedgwood, Mrs. M. L. (obit.), 114
Westrup, A. W., 550
Woodhead, J. E., 105, 556
Yorkshire, changes in the flora of, 395; some alien plants of, 255 Young, D. P.: A herbarium of Sir John Bennett, 490: 492
Zostera marina; nana, 231
Continued from inside front cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1955-56
ee
Development and Rules Meetings
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.) Mie @ “Alston
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell HB. Paneerter
Dr. J. G. Dony O. Buckle
J. S. L. Gilmour Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.)
R. A. Graham Mrs. A. N. Gibby
Pee P.O. Hall
R. D. Meikle
E. Milne-Redhead Dr. E. M. Rosser
O. V. Polunin Mrs. B. H. S. Russell
Dr. E. F. Warburg Mrs. B. Welch Publications
J. P. M. Brenan 0 ti
J. E. Dandy onservation
D. H. Kent Captain C. Diver
J. HK. Lousley Dr. J. G. Dony
H. K. Airy Shaw I
R. M. Payne Jy u ane
N. Y. Sandwith He, Graken
E. C. Wallace D. H. Kent
Dr. S. M. Walters J. E. Lousley (Hon. Sec.)
P. J. Wanstall (Hon. Sec.) E. Milne-Redhead
Dr. HE. F. Warburg Wo) Gaaacrhaves Maps P. J. Wanstall
Prof. A. R. Clapham Mrs. B. Welch
(Hon. Sec.)
Dr. J. G. Dony
R. A. Graham Junior Membership
J. KH. Lousley
R. D. Meikle D. EK. Allen
E. Milne-Redhead Miss H. Franks
C. D. Pigott Miss L. W. Frost
= 2 a ee ied Miss B. M. C. Morgan
. T. Stearn (co-op :
Prof. T. G. Tutin : reece
fi ©. Wallace . V. Polunin
Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. C. T. Prime
Dr. EK. F. Warburg A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec.;
Prof. D. A. Webb
WATSONIA
JOURNAL OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Published Twice Yearly
Price 15} per part
Obtainable from Mr E. B. BANGERTER, c/o Department of Botany, British Museum, (Natural History ), London, S.W.7
ad
sanauae Yet Ay? ij
Die